#1696 ~Monthly Mix: Ethnic Cleansing Gaza, Mass Deportations, Deconstructing the State, Trump's Corruption (Transcript)
Air Date 3/11/2025
#1687 Respite: Ceasefire in Gaza and the Legacy of Imperial Folly in the Middle East
Gaza Ceasefire Explained Reading Between The Lines Part 2 - The Socialist Program - Air Date 1-16-25
[00:00:00]
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: There's a lot to talk about. What does Biden say about the agreement? What does Donald Trump say about the agreement? What does Netanyahu and the Israelis say about the agreement? Again, what did the regional actors say about it? Okay, and we want to talk about what the Palestinian people say, and the Palestinian resistance forces. We want to hear their voices. You know, the United States characterizes every Palestinian resistance organization as a terrorist entity. So if you show solidarity with the Palestinian people, you're frequently labeled in the United States, as aiding and abetting terrorism. I mean, the U. S. said the same thing about the ANC and Nelson Mandela in South Africa up until 1988 and even beyond, actually. But I want for our audience to hear what the Palestinian resistance forces say about this agreement.
Now, first of all, it's a three stage agreement. I wanna go over the three stages with you, [00:01:00] but let's first hear if you have it, what did Hamas say about it? What is Islamic Jihad, another Palestinian resistance group? What did the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine? All of these organizations, again, identified as terrorist entities such that the US media and the US people never hear, or the US media never tells what they think, and the US people never hear what they think. But I want people to hear what they're saying about the ceasefire agreement.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Absolutely. I think that's really important. Hamas has made (an) official statement and also has had a few speeches from different members of the political bureau. They have announced a ceasefire agreement. They have said, I'm quoting here, "The ceasefire agreement is the result of the legendary steadfastness of our great Palestinian people, and our valiant resistance in the Gaza Strip, over the course of more than 15 months. This agreement to halt the agression is an achievment for our people, our resistance, our nation, and the free people of the world. It comes as part of our responsibility towards our [00:02:00] steadfast and patient people in the proud Gaza Strip." They also announced in a speech just within the past hour that In their assessment, the ceasefire represents the achievement of all of their demands since the beginning of the genocide, and they laid out the framework of the ceasefire.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Okay.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Now, the Palestinian Islamic Jihad had a very similar tone. They said, "Our people and their resistance are imposing an honorable agreement to stop the aggression, withdraw, and conduct an honorable prisoner exchange due to their legendary steadfastness and brave and valiant fighters." They also mourn the righteous martyrs, and they look forward to healing the wounds of the Palestinian people, and extend greetings to all of the steadfast fighters in the Gaza Strip.
The Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine released a statement just before the official announcement of the ceasefire, where they condemned the ongoing assassinations and bombardments that Israel was still carrying out today.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: They assassinated- the Israelis, using a drone, [00:03:00] assassinated a Palestinian journalist as he was announcing a ceasefire.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Just after. He was- those moments right before the ceasefire, you know, kept getting closer and closer. The whole world, people of Gaza were like, "It's going to be announced. It's going to be announced," over the past couple of days. No one has slept for the past couple of days. And this young journalist was speaking live on his social media saying, "I'm so excited for the ceasefire to be announced." And then just after that, he was assassinated. Horrific.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: By a drone. A drone strike.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Yes. And over the past, I think, a couple of days, more than 86 Palestinians have been killed in bombardments. And it was going right up until the ceasefire was officially announced.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: So the PFLP statement condemns that. And what, how do they characterize the ceasefire?
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: They say that the- this is right before it was announced they said, "Amid this continued aggression," which is the ongoing bombardment, "the Palestinian resistance factions are intensifying their efforts to halt this aggression as soon as possible. [00:04:00] War criminal Benjamin Netanyahu, mired in his failures and defeats, will ultimately find himself and his fascist government compelled to agree to a ceasefire after their catastrophic failure to achieve any of their objectives beyond inflicting death and destruction on unarmed civilians."
On the Situation in Syria and its Implications for the Region - Revolutionary Left Radio - Air Date 1-6-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: So most listeners will have been aware that the Assad government has collapsed, but who are the forces and individuals that are attempting to replace him? And what is the current state of Syria overall in the wake of recent events?
ANGIE: So I can speak to this a bit. Apologies in advance. My cat tends to be a little bit active in the background. In terms of actors, I would say we can go ahead and say everyone is a free Syrian today. I would argue primarily the actors that we have to focus on are Khayat al Tahrir al Sham, the HTS, led by Mohammed al Zawlani.
There's still confrontation with other forces, from the SDF to other Turkish groups, that are [00:05:00] continuing to, we can say, resist or experience skirmishes in different areas of the region, that are just still trying to establish what law is under what area, and what individuals are essentially permitted to remain in their homes.
There's still certain local militias within the Valley of the Christians that have not completely disbanded, despite orders for disarmament, but the actors that we have to focus on in Syria are Hayat Tahrir al Sham and everybody in the West. So I would argue this includes Turkey, this includes Israel, this includes actors like Iran and Russia, this includes France, this includes Germany, this obviously includes the United States.
But the actors that we need to look at in particular are puppet masters in Syria right now. And so what we're looking at in terms of the actual event is a performance at the moment.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Yeah, and would anybody like to follow up on that? And maybe even just tell us a little bit more about exactly [00:06:00] what happened, because I'm sure there are perhaps even some people in our audience that are totally unaware of exactly what even has occurred, so maybe setting that up could be helpful.
In terms of what happened, that's still being parsed out. The fact that the Syrian army just laid down its arms with no fight, that it kept receiving orders to retreat, And that Assad very abruptly left, is still something that everybody, every actor in the region is trying to piece together. What we know for sure is that Assad was declared the victor of the Syrian civil war for the sheer reason that it was launched to oust him and he remained in power. However, that victory that he had was an incredibly fragile one.
He presided over a country that had been radically, dramatically de-developed by bombing, by foreign intervention, by the US administered [00:07:00] occupation of a third of the country, which happens to be the most lucrative region in terms of its wheat and oil supplies. So, he presided over a very fragile Syria, whose economy had been devastated by, again, many of its major cities being decimated. By its breadbasket and its oil fields being largely occupied by the US proxies in the region as well as the US military itself. So that it collapsed so quickly is what I think surprised everybody. Because I sometimes I often think of how when the Berlin Wall fell not even the CIA was prepared for it. You know, so this resulted in such a stunning collapse as something that is probably going to be studied for the immediate future and probably well past that, but [00:08:00] again, anybody who wants to-
MOHAMMAD: I just have a quick thing to add in addition to what Ed already stated, which is that all of this has to be taken within the context of the sanctions that have been placed on Syria as well, which these sanctions, again, have had a severe impact on the Syrian population and then perceptions of Assad as well. And on the region all together. So all of this is also not without taking into consideration the interventionist policies of the United States and other imperial forces.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Absolutely. And we'll definitely get back to that and talk about that in more detail. But Angie, go ahead.
ANGIE: Yeah, I don't want to go too far into the sanctions at the moment, since I'm sure we'll circle back. But I think from that point that Mohammed makes, it's important to also recognize that the interventionism in Syria cannot, at any point, be separated from Syria's stance and position towards Israel and Palestine.
Prior to the fall of the Assad regime, if that's what we want to kind of conceptualize it as, Turkey and Syria spent the [00:09:00] summer and the fall and the beginning of winter essentially negotiating a reopening of their state's relationships. So Erdogan has been pursuing Assad for nearly six months at the point at which Turkey opens the borders for Hayyat al Tahrir al Sham to enter Syria.
And that order comes, critically, in the moment that Netanyahu is announcing the weak ceasefire on south of Lebanon and then also warning Assad to not play with fire. And I think it's really important to kind of reintegrate that tie that Netanyahu speaks and Erdogan moves when it comes to Syria.
Egypt, Jordan Reject Trump Plan to Clean Out Gaza; Palestinians Return to N. Gaza in Historic Day
AMY GOODMAN: So, these comments of Trump, the last ones echo his son-in-law, Jared Kushner, who had said in the last year that Gaza is great beachfront property, talking about it as a kind of real estate deal. Trump, most recently, on Air Force One on Saturday night saying that more than a million Palestinians should be moved to Egypt and Jordan, that he spoke to [00:10:00] the Jordanian king. Meanwhile, Jordan and Egypt — talk about their responses and, most importantly, the response of Palestinians.
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Well, both Jordan and Egypt have rejected this, and they’ve done so since the beginning of this genocidal assault. You know, these comments were welcomed by the far-right ministers Smotrich and Ben-Gvir, who said, you know, this would be the voluntary emigration that they’ve been dreaming about for Palestinians to be forcibly displaced outside of Gaza and for them to rebuild Jewish settlements in Gaza.
I think what’s — yes, we have to acknowledge what’s happening today, which are these incredible scenes of tens of thousands, if not hundreds of thousands, of Palestinians, who have withstood an unprecedented genocidal assault, returning back to the north. Now, we spoke at Drop Site to Mustafa Barghouti just a few days ago, and he said the return of forcibly displaced Palestinians to the north will be the ultimate defeat of Israeli [00:11:00] plans, because it means that the goal of ethnic cleansing did not materialize.
Let’s remember what happened. If we go back to October 7th, 2023, when Benjamin Netanyahu took to the airwaves and declared war on Gaza, he said, “Leave now,” to the, you know, 2.3 million Palestinians who are living in Gaza. Just a few days later, we saw this shocking directive for all 1.1 million Palestinians who are north of Wadi Gaza to flee to the south. And we saw this unbelievable, unprecedented aerial bombing campaign and many people forcibly displaced to the south, many of them to Rafah in the beginning. And let’s not forget that at the time, Western governments, including the United States government under the Biden administration, were trying to persuade Egypt to take in hundreds of thousands of Palestinians, displace them in northern Sinai, offering economic incentives. There’s reporting that shows that this was taking place. Egypt rejected it at the time, but, more importantly, Palestinians rejected this.[00:12:00]
And then we saw them build what’s called the Netzarim Corridor, which bisected Gaza. This was a six- or seven-kilometer-wide strip of land. They completely depopulated, forcibly displaced, ethnically cleansed that area, destroyed almost all of the buildings there, set up military bases. And this was, essentially — reporting shows in Haaretz this was called a “kill zone.” Any man, woman or child, unarmed, would enter — it’s unclear where the border was of the Netzarim Corridor — they would be shot and killed. And this was essentially the place that divided Gaza. Once you crossed there, you could not go back. We saw in October also a concentrated extermination campaign in the very north of Gaza, in Jabaliya, Jabaliya refugee camp, in Beit Hanoun and Beit Lahia, where they completely did not allow any aid in and then very systematically started attacking these towns and cities and forcing people out on, essentially, what were death marches to the south, [00:13:00] across the Netzarim Corridor, and back.
And, you know, despite all of this, people withstood. They remained on their land. And now we’re seeing these incredible scenes of people returning home. And to think that, you know, Trump can just say they should move to Egypt or Jordan, I think, you know, is preposterous. And we’re seeing right now that this is kind of an ultimate defeat of the plans of ethnic cleansing, that have dated back to the 1950s for Israel.
AMY GOODMAN: So, I wanted to go to that quote of Jared Kushner, made months ago — that’s Trump’s son-in-law and former adviser — weighing in on Israel’s war on Gaza, saying Israel should move Palestinians out of the besieged territory, which he said contains very valuable waterfront property, making the remarks during an event hosted by the Middle East Initiative at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government.
JARED KUSHNER: And Gaza’s waterfront property, it could be very valuable to — if people would [00:14:00] focus on kind of building up, you know, livelihoods. You think about all the money that’s gone into this tunnel network and into all the munitions, if that would have gone into education or innovation, what could have been done. And so, I think that it’s a little bit of an unfortunate situation there, but I think, from Israel’s perspective, I would do my best to move the people out and then clean it up. But I don’t think that Israel has stated that they don’t want the people to move back there afterwards.
AMY GOODMAN: So, that’s a pretty amazing comment, invaluable beachfront property. Earlier today, I was watching the Palestinian attorney Diana Buttu on Al Jazeera. When asked about what Trump said, you know, I think all agree it does look like a demolition zone. There’s no question about it. How can Palestinians live there? And she said, “OK, if there’s that question, rather than moving them to neighboring Arab states like Egypt and Jordan, what about moving them home?” She said 80% of the people of Gaza come from [00:15:00] places in Israel.
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Yeah, I mean, this is why Gaza has long been a site of resistance in historic Palestine and long been a place that Israel wants to ethnically cleanse, because it is the largest concentration of Palestinian refugees in historic Palestine. So, it has always been a restive place. These people, who 80% of them are their descendants, want to return to their homes, which are mostly the towns and villages around Gaza. And like you said, this is now — they are returning, in these really incredible scenes that we’re seeing right now —
AMY GOODMAN: I mean, this is a flood of humanity.
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: People hugging, who haven’t seen — they’ve been separated from their family members, from mothers and fathers, separated from their children, for 15 months, and they’re reuniting for the first time. They never thought they would see each other again.
But they are returning to, as you said, a devastated landscape. Nearly the entire — every house has been destroyed or badly damaged. The government [00:16:00] authorities are telling people to bring their tents with them. There are not even enough tents for people to set up on the rubble of their homes. And as we’ve been seeing in other parts, as well, while Israel has violated the ceasefire nearly every single day, killing Palestinians, especially in Rafah, the death count, the official death count, has been also shooting up since the 19th, when the ceasefire went into effect, because dozens of bodies are being recovered from under the rubble. And so, you know, I’m afraid we’re going to see a lot of this as people search for their loved ones as they’re returning to this devastated landscape. But they are determined not to leave their land, and many of them will set up tents on the rubble of their homes.
AMY GOODMAN: And then we go to the West Bank and what’s happening there. We just spoke to Mariam Barghouti. You wrote a piece with her for Drop Site. If you can talk about intensification of violence against Palestinians there?
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Well, essentially, what we [00:17:00] saw soon after the ceasefire went into effect, a war on the West Bank, initially dubbed the Iron Wall. All of these things had been taking place already — attacks on Jenin, closures of checkpoints and so forth — but a massive escalation of this, to the likes of which we haven’t seen since 2002, an invasion of Jenin. Right now they are demolishing the refugee camp, not just with bulldozers as we’ve seen in the past. They are actually detonating, the way they have done in Gaza, parts of this. Two thousand families have already been displaced. Across the West Bank, there was usually around 700 military checkpoints. Now there’s close to a thousand. They’ve all closed down. Cities have been closed off from each other. People can’t leave their towns and villages to go to school, to go to work. They’re separated from each other. And so, this is — they’re laying siege to the West Bank. And a lot of what we show in the reporting and what has been said was that this was a trade-off that Netanyahu — trying to convince his ministers, like Smotrich and Ben-Gvir, to sign [00:18:00] onto the Gaza ceasefire plan, that they would launch this kind of unprecedented military assault on the West Bank
#1693 Empowering Ethnostates: Ethnically cleansing Gaza and Trump's South Africa fixationTrump's Insane Plan To "Own" Gaza - Pod Save the World - Air Date 2-12-25
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Shortly after we recorded last week, President Trump announced that in addition to his plan to ethnically cleanse the Gaza Strip, he also wants the US to occupy it indefinitely and deny those people he will displace the right to return home.
Trump advisors reportedly didn't know he was going to announce this Gaza occupation plan before he did it. And then they seem to try to walk it all back. But then Trump is just doubling down over and over again. Let's listen to a super cut of some of the things he said about this in the last couple of days.
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: I'm committed to buying and owning Gaza. As far as us rebuilding it, we may give it to other states in the Middle East to build sections of it. Other people may do it through our auspices. But we're committed to owning it, taking it.
JOURNALIST: Mr. President, take it under what authority? It is sovereign territory.
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: Under the US authority. We're not going to buy anything. We're going to have it. We're going to keep it. And we're going to make sure that there's going to be peace.
We'll build beautiful [00:19:00] communities for the 1.9 million people. We'll build beautiful communities, safe communities. It would be a beautiful piece of land.
JOURNALIST: Would the Palestinians have the right to return?
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: No, they wouldn't, because they're going to have much better housing, much better. In other words, I'm talking about building a permanent place for them.
JOURNALIST: But what about the Palestinians who just won't leave? We've spoken, our team has spoken to millions of Palestinians.
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: They're all going to leave when they have a place that's a better alternative. When they have a nice place that's safe, they're all going to leave. It's a hell hole right now.
JOURNALIST: But how are you so sure? Will the US force them to leave?
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: You're going to see that they're all going to want to leave.
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: So, no surprise that this plan didn't go over all that well in Arab capitals, like Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Egypt, and Jordan.
On Monday, in advance of King Abdullah of Jordan's visit to the White House on Tuesday, today when we're recording, Trump also said he would consider withholding aid from Egypt and Jordan if they refuse to take in Palestinians. For those who don't know, Jordan and Egypt are some of the top recipients of US military aid, and have been for decades, in large part because both countries cut the first peace deals with [00:20:00] Israel, and the stability of those governments is seen as the cornerstone for peace in the entire region.
So Ben, a lot of, there's a lot of debate about this announcement and people wondering if Trump's serious or if he's bluffing and setting up a negotiating position.
I think I'd argue that the reaction we're seeing in the Middle East and the pressure this conversation put on King Abdullah, who was like sitting there, literally -- he looked like he was being physically squeezed between Trump and his own population in the Oval Office -- that just shows that it doesn't really matter, in addition to being illegal and unethical, calling for the forced migration of Gazans into Jordan, is already destabilizing the Jordanian government.
And, Abdullah might've bought himself some time in this Oval Office meeting by saying he'd taken 2000 kids from Gaza who are suffering from dire medical conditions, but I doubt the Trump pressure campaign stops here.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: No. And let's just point out for a second, Tommy, that a lot of people in the US have been in this kind of mode since the election [00:21:00] of taking Trump more seriously as this kind of dynamic political figure who was able to build a winning coalition, and have projected onto him a competence that he doesn't have. And this is clearly evidence of that. This idea is an absolute dead on arrival, crazy thing to be talking about. It's ethnic cleansing of 2 million people that don't want to leave. It is existential to Jordan and Egypt that don't want to take people in.
But to gracefully plug something I wrote about this in the New York Times over the weekend, and the point I want to pull out of that is two things. And even if this doesn't happen, cause it's almost impossible to foresee how this would happen. And despite the fact that he's been taking questions, he hasn't, when he says he wants to buy it, it's not clear who he's buying it from. When he says he wants to own it, he's not clear how he wants to take ownership. They want to deny that US troops have anything to do with it. But how else could the US take possession of Gaza without troops?
But the two things that I want to [00:22:00] underscore are, first of all, just by talking about this in the way that he has the last couple of weeks, in addition to what he said about Greenland and Panama and Canada, I guess, he is completely ignoring the concept of state sovereignty, which is the cornerstone of the international legal system that was built after World War II to prevent big nations from just swallowing up smaller ones or grabbing territory like we used to do back in the colonial days.
And the reason that's so dangerous is because that interacts with what Vladimir Putin's trying to do in taking chunks of Ukraine, or what China might want to do in taking Taiwan, or what Israel might want to do in the West Bank and Gaza: it's treating land like real estate instead of sovereign territory where people live. That's the first thing.
Then the second thing is just the total disregard for the opinion of the Palestinians. He has not even solicited the opinion of a single Palestinian to inform this plan to take over Gaza. And there are two million people that live there and don't want to [00:23:00] leave there. And it just suggests we're going back in time to this pre-World War period where big powers just took land and made deals over the heads of smaller countries or less powerful people. And that led to two world wars. That's why we set up a whole system of international laws to prevent things like this from happening.
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yeah. And just again to hammer this home. half the population of Jordan is Palestinian. The king doesn't want another huge influx of Palestinians into his country for a bunch of reasons, but starting with the fact that it could topple his regime.
But on top of that, Palestinians don't want Jordan to become the de facto Palestinian state because it could deny them the right to return home to areas where they were displaced from in '67 or '48 or wherever in East Jerusalem, the West Bank, Gaza. And then Jordanians don't want a huge influx of Palestinians because they want Jordan to be Jordan, not Palestine. So the Jordanians hate Trump's plan.
And then he's also leaning hard on the Egyptians to take in a bunch of people. But Egypt is struggling from massive [00:24:00] economic problems. They're currently relying on big loans from the EU and the IMF, and in recent years have taken in a ton of refugees from Sudan, Syria, Yemen, name your country. And they're struggling with that burden. And they don't want Hamas to reconstitute. If you displace a big chunk of the Gazan population into Egypt, Hamas reconstitutes there and then attacks Israel from Egypt, that could lead to an Israeli response into Egypt. They don't want that to happen. And they also, and Sisi and the leaders in Egypt also don't want Hamas to stir shit up and build support for Islamist parties within Egypt themselves.
So, Trump just rolled this grenade into the Middle East with this plan. And everyone else were just watching to see if this thing is going to explode. It's a disaster.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yes, and you're right about what you said about Jordan. Look, King Abdullah is married to a Palestinian. There are millions of Palestinians who live in Jordan on the east bank, and that's often been a source of some tension because of Jordan's peace treaty with Israel. And so if [00:25:00] King Abdullah were to participate in the ethnic cleansing of Gaza by taking in some of these two million Palestinians who don't want to leave Gaza, I really don't know if his regime could survive that. I just, I think that the boiling frustration with what is already not a very good economic circumstance, with already displaced Palestinians, could get out of hand.
And similarly in Egypt, where you have a brittle military dictatorship with a lot of anger seething underneath, that could explode too, particularly if you have Hamas introduced into that equation.
It also is relevant, Tommy, that USAID funds a significant amount of assistance into Jordan that that government really relies on. And for all Trump's talk--
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: That they've already budgeted.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: That they've already budgeted.
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: They think already have, yeah.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yeah and so I guess it could go hat in hand to the Gulf states and ask them to fill this gap that USAID provided. But it's not just money that USCAD provides to Jordan, it's expertise. It's help in running certain government programs. That's being yanked away. [00:26:00] Trump talks about rebuilding life for Gazans. Guess which agency does that? USAID. And USAID already cannot really fulfill its obligations under the ceasefire agreement, just the short term ceasefire agreement. When you think about the long term needs in Gaza to clear rubble, to demobilize and destroy unexploded bombs that are littering Gaza, nevermind temporary housing and then long term housing. Without USAID, I don't know how that gets done.
West Bank Annexation Inevitable - The Majority Report - Air Date 2-6-25
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Can you talk a little bit more about that, Zach? Like, that being such an escalation because people that may not be as familiar with the distinction between like the West Bank and Gaza. Gaza's bombed all the time. The West Bank is bombed occasionally, but it's mostly this rolling violence and seizure of land and vigilantes and IDF people shooting people and killing them in a more targeted way.
ZACHARY FOSTER: The West Bank is divided into three areas. These three areas being area A, B, and C as a result of the Oslo process. And area C, which has [00:27:00] about 150, 000 Palestinians, Israeli soldiers and Israeli settlers have been terrorizing Palestinians on a daily basis for decades. And, ramping up in the past year. We've seen dozens. I think two dozen communities uprooted and ethnically cleansed primarily from area C. We're talking more than 1, 500 Palestinians ethically cleansed from Area C in just the past 15 and a half months. Then you have Area B, places like Sebastia, in the West Bank, which are now also increasingly coming under threat. We're talking about, how many Palestinians in an area, would be about 500, 000. They're also now facing, these are the sort of semi-rural small towns of the West Bank, they've been facing increasing attacks by settlers.
And now area A, the area with the overwhelming majority of the population of the West Bank, the urban centers, Ramallah, Beit Lahem, Nablus, Jenin, Tul Karem, Hebron, Khalid, these areas are now facing a new level of violence, a level of violence that Palestinians in these areas have not seen in decades. These are areas like Jenin, Annapolis, where the Israeli military [00:28:00] is sending multiple, we're talking thousands of Israeli soldiers on the ground, ripping up streets, tearing up civilian infrastructure, destroying the water infrastructure, destroying hundreds of homes, destroying roads, destroying hospitals.
In January, just last month, the Israeli military entered a hospital, I believe it was in Jenin, and killed three Palestinians. So, these are undercover operations taken, carried out by the Israeli military in civilian areas, dressed up as Palestinian civilians, carrying out the crime of perfidy in international law, which is feigning status as a civilian during armed hostilities in order to kill Palestinians. They're doing it in the West Bank. They've been doing it in Gaza, by the way, as well. Recall that in the Nuseirat refugee camp in this past summer, when the Israeli military entered that refugee camp to rescue four Israeli hostages, they killed 274 Palestinians at the same time.
And it was during that operation where they feigned status [00:29:00] as both Palestinian civilians and as Palestinian aid workers. And so they're doing that in Gaza, they're doing that in the West Bank as well. It's a very frightening time right now for everyone in the West Bank, not only because they're dramatically expanding the military campaigns in the West Bank, both in the tactics and in the methods and in the strategies and area A, B and C, as we already said, but we're also now getting a confirmation that the plan really is annexation. We've known this all along, but if you follow the reports of B'Tselem, and if you follow the reports of Peace Now, every week, every month, the Israeli civilian administration takes another step and people think annexation is like, one day it's not annexed, the next day it is. That's not how it works. It's an incremental process, every week, every month, there's a new policy, a new regulation, which gradually incorporates the West Bank into the Israeli civilian administration.
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: And It was announced this morning that the Israeli military has been told by higher ups to begin to plan to remove those remaining Palestinians from [00:30:00] Gaza. And what that removal looks like is going to be incredibly violent. Can you react to that instruction? And give us some historical context about how many times Israel has tried to ethically cleanse Gaza, and they've failed. So, bad record.
ZACHARY FOSTER: First of all, what we hear and what we see from Gaza is that Palestinians have no intent on leaving. So any kind of relocation effort is going to be forcible. It's not going to be voluntary. And Israel always blurs the lines between forced relocation and voluntary relocation. They forced Palestinians historically, as you pointed out. Israel has attempted to relocate, i. e. ethnically cleansed Palestinians from Gaza on countless occasions. They tried to do it in '48. It was through American pressure, 1948, it was through American pressure, the American most senior diplomat in Israel at the time, told the Israeli military, this is the end of the war, in [00:31:00] late '48, early 1949: no, you're going to withdraw your troops from Gaza Strip and Sinai now. And it was only because of that American pressure in 1948-49, that Gaza wound up in the hands of Egypt rather than Israel.
And then in '56, when Israel re-invaded the Gaza Strip, they slaughtered, they went on a campaign, they slaughtered 150 Palestinians in Khan Yunis, they slaughtered another 100 in Rafah, with the goal to incentivize flight. The same thinking that they adopted in '48 was you slaughter a few hundred here, incentivize the rest to leave this They did the same thing in '56, except '56 was not '48 and the Palestinians did not leave. Only about a thousand left after those massacres and then when the Israeli prime minister at the time realized he could not compel Palestinians to leave by force, they started to develop plans to figure out ways of, ridding Gaza of its Palestinian refugees. When they reoccupied Gaza in '67, they did the same thing. They developed a plan to ethnically cleanse Gaza. And this was at the highest [00:32:00] levels. The Israeli cabinet met on June 18th and June 19th, 1967. They made a few decisions. One of which was we will annex Gaza, after we can, after we're able to rid the population of most of its refugees. That was the decision made in June 1967, a week after Israel conquered that territory. And then from the period June 1967 to December 1967, Israel settled on a plan to depopulate this strip. And, basically from the end of the war in '67, until about the end of 1969-1970. Israel compelled 70, 000 Palestinians in Gaza to leave. And then from 1970-1972, Israel realized they weren't going to be able to compel more than that through these incentive programs, and so they did it by force.
And Ariel Sharon enters the Gaza Strip in 1971 with a plan to "thin out" the Palestinian population in the Gaza Strip. They enter the refugee... they first enter Jabali in 1971, they displace hundreds of families, they [00:33:00] expel 12, 000 Palestinian family members of fighters. So these are innocent civilians by Israel's own admission. They expel them to Sinai. They continue in 1972. They try more attempts in 1974 and 1976. But the whole plan all along, well into the 1990s, is to rid Gaza of its refugees. Anyone who leaves the Gaza Strip or the West Bank for more than three years is not able to return. They lose their residency rights.
Israel has been in a constant effort over the past 56 years in Gaza and the West Bank to figure out ways of getting them out, of pushing them out, because Zionism is a political philosophy that says, how do we create a Jewish state in a land that's mostly non-Jewish? How do we create Jewish domination and Jewish control in a land that is mostly non-Jewish? Well, the easiest way of doing it is just getting rid of all those non-Jews.
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: By killing or by forcible transfer, and that is what Zionism is, folks. And I think people are starting to wake up to the contradictions of what liberal Zionism is and what we need to do. Although we still need, one, and I was saying this before the show, [00:34:00] the evolution in this conversation is an endorsement of a one democratic state from the river to the sea. And we have still yet to see a politician in this country make that case, even the good ones that are standing up for genocide, against genocide. That is what the solution needs to be. Like South Africa, it must be imposed upon them.
Trumps South Africa Fixation - What Next - Air Date 2-12-25
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: You know, I hear theories about folks being motivated to behave in certain ways because of their childhoods, and it makes me slightly suspicious, just because, I don't know, people grow up and they change their minds. Do you think Musk could have other motivations for why he'd be so interested in South Africa, tweeting so voraciously about it?
CHRIS MCGREAL: I think certainly there are business interests involved for Musk right now. For many years, he paid little attention to South Africa and It's notable that he has started to latch onto this idea that Whites are [00:35:00] victims of discrimination, of being persecuted through a new kind of racist system, just as he's also been trying to get his Starlink into the country and run into South Africa's Black empowerment laws, which essentially require Black ownership of a chunk of the company. I think it's about 30 percent depending on the business you're in. Musk is portraying that as a racist law, as a racist anti-White law, when it's a legitimate attempt to make sure that Black people have investments in the economy and benefiting from the economy as White people have done.
But it's notable that Musk has ramped up this whole idea that there's White genocide, Whites are being persecuted, a new racist system, just as he's also trying to get the terms on which Starlink could do business in South Africa changed.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: Yeah, tell me more about what this Starlink contract could mean for Musk and his businesses and what it could mean for South Africa.
CHRIS MCGREAL: Well, the idea would be that Starlink... so, you [00:36:00] know, South Africa being a huge sprawling country with large rural areas that are difficult to get conventional kind of internet lines to and all of the rest, it would provide some kind of service for farmers and for others who live in rural areas.
So, there would be a few hundred million, I believe, would be invested in this and he would expect to get a good return from that. That's why we're going in to do it. it's interesting to note that he's being backed in this. There's a petition been raised by AfriForum, which is this Afrikaner rights group that's been accused of being essentially a White supremacist group and which has done much to make the false claims of White genocide here in the United States and to push them towards Trump.
It's now adopting Musk's language and saying that essentially he's being blocked because of his race and that actually having Starlink in South Africa would help save the lives of White farmers who don't have good communications. So, you can [00:37:00] see now the merging of those two things of this long term campaign by AfriForum to persuade the Trump administration that they're victims of the post-apartheid order, with their direct backing now of Musk's business interests and claims.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: Elon Musk and South African President Cyril Ramaphosa spoke by phone last week. Do we know what was said on this phone call?
CHRIS MCGREAL: Essentially, Ramaphosa was trying to get Musk to get Trump to dial back both the rhetoric and the threats and the cutoff of aid and all of the rest.
I'm sure Musk had something to say about Starlink. We know, from before this, that the South African government has been considering allowing Musk to bypass the Black empowerment requirement, for Black businesses to have a stake in his Starlink cooperation in South Africa, by allowing him to invest in other social programs to an equal value.
So, South Africa is saying, Well, look, maybe we can [00:38:00] work around that. And I would imagine that that would also have been part of the call as Ramaphosa tries to diffuse this whole thing.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: You know, I'm wondering if you can step back a little bit, because you reported from South Africa during the end of apartheid, right?
CHRIS MCGREAL: I did.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: I wonder how that experience maps on to what you're seeing now in the United States as someone who reports from here. Is there anything that strikes you about this transition to this new administration where you think, I was in this totally different place. I can understand what's happening here in a way that maybe the people who've been in this place the whole time can't.
CHRIS MCGREAL: Yes, I suppose the closest parallel is with this narrative that turns the oppressors into the victims, I think. And you're now getting a narrative in the United States that is an attempt to say that people who actually have [00:39:00] often been in the best position in this country are the victims. Hence, the attack on DEI, hence the attack on people who aren't White in general in some ways. So I think that kind of massaging of the narrative, the flipping of who is really at a disadvantage here, who is really in charge, it's a clear parallel.
But there are, you know, I'm kind of hesitant to draw parallels, direct parallels, with the apartheid system and years because that was such a complex and individual thing to South Africa. What you have to remember there is that more than 80 percent of the population was Black and 8 percent at that point of the population was White and they were ruling the country. So, there are different forces at work here. I do think that the attack on the courts and the rule of law that may be emerging in this country, we're just seeing the first flickers of it with the reactions from J. D. Vance and others to the judge's orders on the various actions that have been taken by Musk and his [00:40:00] DOGE, may also prove a parallel in time.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: Yeah. it's interesting. I see this administration taking aim at diversity, equity and inclusion stuff, which really hasn't been enforced with a full force of law. And what I see with the Trump administration taking on South Africa is a country that really has tried to grapple with explicit racism and what made apartheid possible and do that through rules about Black business ownership and land ownership. And it makes sense that that country. would be a target for a place that's going so aggressively after DEI. You know?
CHRIS MCGREAL: Well, I think one of the things you see with Musk and Thiel and others of these libertarians that emerged from apartheid South Africa is that they imagined that at the end of apartheid, it was some kind of level playing field and everybody was just beginning at the starting line and they should just pull their socks up and get on with it. And it's an insane idea, [00:41:00] given the huge disadvantages that the majority of the population had, not least in education.
Musk benefited from an incredibly good education in one of the best schools in Pretoria. And the idea that the end of apartheid meant that he was on a beginning at the same starting line as somebody who grew up in a Black township just outside of Pretoria, is ridiculous. But this is very much the idea that Musk and Thiel push. And I think you see the re-domination of that idea in this country, too.
#1692 Ethnically Cleansing America: Trump's racist whirlwind of deportation and criminalization of immigrationTrump’s Unconstitutional Rampage Against Immigration - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick | Law, justice, and the courts - Air Date 1-25-25
BISHOP MARIANNE BUDDE: I ask you to have mercy, Mr. President, on those in our communities whose children fear that their parents will be taken away. And that you help those who are fleeing war zones and persecution in their own lands to find compassion and welcome here. Our God teaches us that we are to be merciful to the stranger, for we were all once [00:42:00] strangers in this land.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: So I wonder if you could just tell us a little bit about what it was in that clip of the bishop just imploring Donald Trump to have some compassion. What was that a tripwire for?
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: So when that clip went viral, of course, Bishop Budd showed that mercy is still an important part of the American public discourse, and the idea of compassion still has a lot of strength. And Republican representative Mike Collins stated that he believed the bishop should be deported for having the audacity to ask President Trump to show mercy. And my response was to highlight how far we have fallen from the discourse that we used to have in this country around compassion, mercy, and justice.
These are not terms of weak people. They are core to our foundations as a country. They have been written into our laws. They are in fact, an [00:43:00] immigration law. Immigration law contains multiple. avenues for compassion, where people may be allowed to stay in the United States even if they are undocumented, and that has always been the case.
And so I think what touched a nerve is calling out this anti-mercy, anti-compassion behavior as against the founding principles of this country.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: The other, I think, big disconnect that we're all just sitting in, and Mark Joseph Stern and I talked about this earlier in the week when the first executive orders started coming down, is this gulf between the announced actions and the dictates of the Constitution, or the many statutes that control how law is actually enforced. And, earlier in the week, I said, look, a lot of executive orders are just letters to Santa. They don't have any actual force. And we're going to talk about that in a second. But I think on this question of asylum, we already have CBS News reporting that border [00:44:00] agents are being deployed right now to summarily deport migrants crossing into the country without allowing them to even ask for legal protection. At the same time, there's actually no longer any way to cross legally into the country, because on Monday, right after Donald Trump was sworn in, the administration shut down the CBP One app, which threw tens of thousands of migrants trying to navigate a lawful way to enter the country into limbo.
So I think what I'm trying to ask is this question of how much force did these -- on the one hand, these executive orders are just wish lists. On the other hand, at least in this context of immigration and asylum, they're very much effective and they're leading to action on the ground.
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: Yeah, immigration is an area where the president does have a lot of authority. But immigration is ultimately set to Congress. The Constitution assigns the power of setting rules relating to naturalization to Congress and not to the [00:45:00] president. And for the last couple hundred years, that has been interpreted as meaning that it is Congress that ultimately gets to decide who can enter the country and who cannot, and not the president.
When the president does get that authority, it's usually because Congress has given the president that authority, and not because it's an inherent aspect of the presidential power.
But Trump doesn't agree with that. And what he has already said is that he can, in his own view, simply suspend the entirety of the Immigration and Nationality Act, the laws passed by Congress about how to treat people taken into custody at the border. And he has said that he can simply sweep those aside and order border patrol to turn people away, despite the fact that they do have rights in the law, despite the fact that they have rights under international agreements that the United States is part of. And he says he can simply toss that all aside under his own power.
So to some extent these things have already gone into [00:46:00] effect. And there is more to come. There's a travel ban that can come, restrictions on legal immigration are foreshadowed in the executive orders and will be coming in the future. And that's an area where he does have a lot of authority restricting legal immigration.
But what he can't do, and what the courts are likely going to intervene on, is the idea that he can simply declare "I'm President, therefore, I don't have to follow the laws if people are crossing our southern border."
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: So I'm hearing you say that there's just this kind of "L'Etat, c'est moi," I am the president! I get to supersede everything: the Constitution, every statute, as you said, international law. And, in a strange way, by behaving as though that is true, even though it will all be tested in the courts, there feels like there's a bit of a knock-on effect where entities are starting to behave as though it's true, even if it's not yet.
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: Yeah, and we have already [00:47:00] seen a number of people who know better simply acquiesce to this kind of attitude towards constitutional authority and presidential authority. Of course, when it comes to things like his executive order to strip birthright citizenship for millions of non-citizens in the country, the Department of Justice is defending this. They have already filed legal briefings in court arguing that the consensus for centuries that birthright citizenship exists in this country is not real, and can simply be tossed aside with the stroke of a pen. So there are people going along with this.
The imperial presidency is here, and it's in action, and the question is, how much will the courts push back on it? Because a lot of the institutional actors inside the government are, for the moment, being muzzled, pushed aside, or fired.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: Can we talk for a minute about the purported legal authority that underlies the president's claim that he's just going to, on day one, effectively shut down the southern border? Because there's a kind [00:48:00] of a weird mishmash of public health claims and national security, anti-terrorism claims, and of course, the good old foreign invasion claim. We knew that was coming. Can you just walk us through what the basis of this claim that there is a catastrophic emergency at the southern border that allows him to set aside existing statutes and constitutional protections?
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: Yeah, so President Trump invokes three specific legal authorities. Two of them are contained within immigration law. One of them is his claim that as president, he inherently can shut the border whenever there is an invasion, which is a pretty radical argument, considering, again, when the Constitution speaks of invasion, everyone agrees who has ever looked at this issue on a legal basis that it refers to a military invasion, an invasion by a foreign government.
And even if you [00:49:00] think that there is an argument that colloquially we are being invaded by migrants, I would disagree with that, but I can understand the argument from a colloquial standpoint. Very clear that there is not a military invasion at the border. And in fact, the vast majority of migrants who have crossed the border in the last four years have voluntarily turned themselves into law enforcement, to the border patrol, and are asking for protection. And I cannot think of a military invasion in the history of the entire planet that began with people voluntarily turning themselves into the law enforcement of the country to which they were invading.
Nevertheless, he makes a claim, first, that under the Constitution, in order to support the constitutional provision that says the executive shall protect the states against an invasion, that he can suspend the physical entry of individuals coming into the United States. Now, what that means as a practical basis [00:50:00] remains to be seen.
Separately, he invokes two provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, which authorize the president to suspend the entry of individuals. One is the travel ban authority, Section 212(f) of the Immigration and Nationality Act. This is the authority that the Supreme Court said gave him extraordinary deference to suspend legal admissions into the country. And the other is a similar provision that operates for restricting visas.
The travel ban authority, however, is already in effect at the border. President Biden invoked this authority in the past. President Trump invoked this authority at the border in his first term. But it didn't do anything on its own. The widespread agreement of the Trump's administration first term and the Biden administration was that this authority, when invoked at the border, had to operate along with another law that let them use that authority to restrict asylum. And the way that worked was that Biden and Trump [00:51:00] pushed out regulations saying, if you cross the border in violation of a presidential suspension of entry, we are deciding in our discretion not to grant you asylum. And they had a law on the books that says the Attorney General can set restrictions on asylum that they deem necessary. So there was a pretty clear legal fig leaf.
Now, and there are good disagreements about how that authority was exercised and whether that asylum restriction was lawful, but nevertheless, they pointed to a specific law and said, this law authorizes us to suspend asylum. These new executive orders do not do that. They simply assert, I have put this suspension in effect under Section 212(f). Therefore, I am suspending not only asylum, but I am declaring that people cannot apply for any other benefit in immigration law that might permit someone to stay in the country. So that could mean a visa, that could mean applying for a green card through a spouse, that could mean applying for protection [00:52:00] under the Convention Against Torture. There are so many other things in the law that are not asylum that a migrant might be eligible for. And Trump is simply saying, I can come in and with a stroke of a pen say every one of these protections that Congress has written into law are no longer available for people.
And that is sweeping. He did not make this claim his first time.
Extraordinary Cruelty, Ordinary Policy: Immigration and Deportation Under Trump 2.0. - Unf*cking The Republic - Air Date 1-31-25
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: We can't talk about immigration without talking about why people come here in the first place. Enter the Washington Consensus. Now, we've covered it before. This was the brilliant idea to treat Latin America and the Caribbean like a commodity store rather than partners. Essentially, we've treated our neighbors to the south as a commodity source—labor, minerals, timber, oil, rather than a partner. We help build entire economies on the other side of the world, while ignoring the potential of the LAC to be more than a strip mine or cheap labor pool.
Now, as we've said before, The Washington Consensus is a reflection of ethnocentric attitudes [00:53:00] rather than a suite of policy prescriptions and what contributes to this persistent narrative that these countries are filled with unproductive savages who just want to suck on the teats of our welfare programs.
The opportunities remain abundant and available if we only developed a more proactive and less racist attitude toward the region as a whole. And it looked for a moment during the global pandemic that we might wake up to the possibility of true partnership. One that would ameliorate trade, reduce the flow of asylum seekers, and reduce carbon emissions.
Sadly, the Biden administration ignored the opportunity even as the two largest economies in the LAC, Mexico and Brazil, moved further left and tried to open up more productive conversations throughout the region. No one represents this antiquated, paternalistic view of the Southern Hemisphere more than Joe Biden mind you.
Biden could have moved to normalize economic relations with Venezuela and eliminate sanctions that only serve to [00:54:00] strengthen Maduro's authoritarian grip on the country and punish its citizens. I mean, for some reason, this dictator totally off the table. Every other dictator in the world we can do business with.
This is what led to the surge in migration that gave us Trump, because that was an actual crisis. And Biden could have also finished what Obama started in Cuba by minting it as a major trading partner and opened up the flow of tourism. He could have partnered more closely with new president Claudia Scheinbaum and returning president Lula da Silva to form an economic alliance that would reduce our dependence upon China.
All of this, all of his failures of diplomacy and foreign policy left a vacuum that is once again being filled by the bloviator in chief who's taking all of the wrong lessons from the strongmen in the region and ignoring partnerships with our two most natural allies who also happen to be the biggest trading partners.
Now, Trump once again designated Cuba as a state sponsor of terrorism. Repeated his intention to implement [00:55:00] punitive tariffs on Mexico, threatened Colombia with sanctions after they refused to take in a military plane of 200 deported migrants, none of whom, by the way, were accused of committing any crimes.
And he's celebrating the brutal economic policies of Javier Millet in Argentina and authoritarian policies of Najib Bukele in El Salvador. Our policies and attitudes toward the LAC region are so short sighted, racist, and depraved it makes my blood boil.
In terms of who's being targeted in these roundups. The biggest threat I can see is in the characterization of criminality and status under the Trump regime. This is where it goes from business as usual, but with more teeth and video cameras, to dictatorship style pogroms. Consider the following scenarios.
MANNY FACES: About 35 percent of the deportations ordered over the past decade were for people who didn't appear in court under a deportation order. This goes back to Clinton's criminalization [00:56:00] catch 22. This person might be the breadwinner for a family here, sends money back home, is raising a kid born on U. S. soil, and is generally a productive citizen.
This person is also considered a criminal and might be rounded up by ICE.
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: According to an article in the Texas Tribune, currently nearly 3 million people have legal permission to work and live in the U. S. Under various federal programs that don't provide a path to permanent legal status or citizenship.
The programs can be renewed or scrapped at the discretion of each new presidential administration. End quote. These are the so called collateral roundups that Trump is proposing to include.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Okay, alternately, They could be a member of a gang, wanted for a violent crime here in the United States, or perhaps in their home country.
There are immigrants being targeted by ICE currently, and historically, that fall under this category, and this is the pretense under which this administration and most of Trump land media is operating. A few good eggs will be swept up with the bad eggs, but that's the price we pay for freedom, [00:57:00] right?
This kind of aligns with what the young man at the top of the episode said as well. But let's dig into this last part a bit more. Right now, Congress is debating the Lake and Riley Act, which would require ICE to also detain undocumented immigrants accused of lesser, non violent crimes. There's a lot going on here.
So, let's take the undocumented person, Wanted for a crime in their home country. Assuming we have extradition privileges and communication with the nation of origin, this is pretty straightforward path, right?
MANNY FACES: Unless of course, this person is a political refugee wanted for protesting an authoritarian regime and demanding fair and open elections.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Hmm, right. Well, I guess a proper procedure should be followed in this instance. But what about the undocumented immigrant that committed a crime on US soil? Surely they have to go, right?
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Unless, of course, this crime involved your family and this person stands a better chance of roaming free once back in their home country rather than facing our criminal justice system.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Oh. [00:58:00] The Lake and Riley Act adds a bit of clarity by adding non violent crimes, which basically, just helps us weed out bad actors from our society. surely there's no harm in that, right?
MANNY FACES: Sure, except for the part about only needing to be accused of a crime. In theory, you could press charges against someone you hold a grudge against for taking your parking spot, and suddenly they're in the system, and ICE is deporting them.
So, because you lost your parking spot at Trader Joe's and decided to make a false accusation against someone you don't know and it turns out that they're the only provider for an entire family, working nights and weekends in jobs that Americans won't fill, sending money home to El Salvador, so the rest of their family can survive and not seek asylum in the United States?
And one of the jobs is a caretaker to an old disabled lady whose kids don't live in the same state, so they pay this person off the books? Because her insurance doesn't cover the cost of an aid. And since ice swept up this person and the old lady wasn't notified, she goes three days without eating, gets dizzy, falls and hits her head and dies.
The family in El Salvador falls in a crisis and the entire family has to flee the country, but they're too [00:59:00] weak and hungry, so they die in the muddy waters of the Darien Gap. Everyone died, all because you got an honest immigrant deported.
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Way to go, Max.
MANNY FACES: Asshole.
ANCHORMAN CLIP: Boy, that escalated quickly. I mean, that really got out of hand fast.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Point being, this level of nuance isn't being discussed anywhere on the left or the right. So it's important for us not to add to the confusion by getting it wrong.
Before we go, we should reinforce some facts that we've covered before to demolish some right wing bullshit. Now, you've heard it before. Immigrants are flooding across the borders to take advantage of our free social services. Really? Let's count what undocumented immigrants can't get and see there's Medicaid, TANF, Child Welfare Payments, SNAP, Unemployment Insurance, Disability Insurance, Social Security, basically everything.
But here's the kicker. [01:00:00] Undocumented workers pay about 13 billion a year into Social Security that they'll never be able to claim. They pay property taxes through their rent that funds public schools. The only benefits they can access? Emergency room care and public education for their kids, that's it.
And with respect to public education, public schools are primarily funded by local property taxes. These are paid by homeowners or landlords. Tenants pay these homeowners for apartments and rooms or landlords for apartments and storefronts. See how this works? That leaves emergency rooms, which I'll address in the Medicare for All episode.
And it also leaves school lunches. So that's the last thing, right? On this latter point, I have to concede. Undocumented children receive free school lunches. And the federal government is on the hook for that. Let's actually do a little math. Let's see. The federal government spends around 17. 2 billion on school lunches.[01:01:00]
About 7 percent of students are undocumented. That's 1. 2 billion per year Feeding undocumented children. Now the federal budget for 2025 is 7. 3 trillion. So my math is correct. School lunches for undocumented children represents 0. 016 percent of the federal budget.
MANNY FACES: So she put it that way to port them all.
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Stop it.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: These right wing talking points are garbage and the media outlets that repeat them are garbage outlets filled with garbage people, but as leftists, We don't get to pick and choose the facts that support our narratives either. Now look, I get it, we need to call out Trump's cruelty, his racist rhetoric, his intentional trauma infliction.
But we also need to be honest about something. The difference between Trump and Obama isn't in the numbers. It's in the cruelty of execution and the willingness to put it [01:02:00] on display for all of us to see. He's taunted us, for sure. And yet, the left needs to be morally consistent here. Yes, Trump's approach is more brutal, more racist, more cruel, but the machinery he's using?
That was built and maintained by both parties. Clinton criminalized existence, Bush militarized the border, Obama perfected deportation, Biden used it all and then some, and Trump? Trump just took off the mask. The real solution isn't in who can deport more people or build bigger walls. It's in recognizing that the entire fucking framework is broken.
We need to rebuild our relationship with Latin America and the Caribbean, create real economic partnerships, decriminalize immigrant status, and stop treating people like political footballs. But that would require admitting that both parties have blood on their hands, and in Washington, that's the one thing that's still illegal.
In the meantime, fuck [01:03:00] Donald Trump. Elon Musk is a Nazi. Protect those you love, and even some you might not. Because next time around it could be you
Trump's Mass Detention Plan for Guantánamo Harkens Back to U.S. Detention of Haitian Asylum Seekers - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-4-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: The Pentagon saying some 300 additional soldiers have arrived at the U.S. naval base at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba, have begun constructing a tent city to detain up to 30,000 immigrants and asylum seekers. On Monday, the Cuban President Miguel Díaz-Canel condemned the Trump administration’s attack on asylum seekers. This is what he said.
PRESIDENT MIGUEL DAZ-CANEL: [translated] For Cuba, the violent and indiscriminate deportation of immigrants by the United States, arbitrary detentions and other human rights violations are unacceptable. These measures are also used as a political pressure and blackmail weapon against the peoples of our America. The establishment of a detention center at the American naval base in Guantánamo, where it is intended to imprison tens of thousands of people, constitutes a [01:04:00] barbaric act.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, that’s the president of Cuba. Miriam Pensack, your forthcoming book is on Guantánamo. Can you give us the history of how the U.S. has used it?
MIRIAM PENSACK: Sure. So, something that I should mention first and foremost is that before Guantánamo became what it was known for in early 21st century, the sort of “forever prison in the war on terror,” the way that its ambiguous sovereignty, as a U.S. base coercively held on Cuban soil, functioned was to hold tens of thousands of circum-Caribbean asylum seekers, first from Haiti, roughly 40,000 from Haiti, then 35,000 Cubans who fled the island during what was called the Special Period, so the collapse of the Soviet Union, which prompted the total collapse of Cuba’s economy in the mid-’90s. So, this is actually a sort of back to basics, unfortunately, for Guantánamo.
And [01:05:00] those initiatives, first the Haitian internment and then the Balsero crisis of Cuban rafters a few years later, what happened with the Haitians, they were, by and large, repatriated to extremely dangerous conditions in Haiti, where a coup had taken place against Haiti’s first democratically elected president, Jean-Bertrand Aristide. And Cubans eventually made it to the United States, but not after — you know, after effectively being held in what were concentration camp-, detention camp-like conditions in Guantánamo. And they were allowed into the United States because — in part because of the establishment of what became known as wet foot, dry foot.
JUAN GONZÁLEZ - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Yeah, I also wanted to ask you about the Dominican Republic, where Rubio will also be visiting. The Dominican Republic has for years been involved in its own migration crackdown against Haitians within [01:06:00] the country, massive attempts to deport Haitians from the DR. What do you sense might come out of Rubio’s visit there?
MIRIAM PENSACK: I think there will definitely be a willingness to collaborate on immigration and deportation. You know, the Dominican Republic has been building a wall between itself and Haiti, which it shares the island of Hispaniola with. You know, there have been these mass attempts to deport Haitians. There have also been efforts to strip Dominican citizens of their citizenship if they have what has been in many cases very flimsy proof of Haitian origin or provenance. You know, so it’s very anti-Black, because Haiti was the first Black republic, and Haitians are — there are plenty of Black Dominicans, I should say, but there is a [01:07:00] huge degree of anti-Blackness involved in that. And the Dominican Republic has, in fact, left some of its citizens who it deemed Haitian stateless, because Haiti did not recognize them as Haitian citizens.
#1688 International Decline: The Old Is Dying and the New Cannot Be BornYanis Varoufakis on Cloud Capital vs AI: DeepSeek, Technofeudalism, Capitalism and the New Cold War - DiEM25 - Air Date 1-26-24
YANIS VAROUFAKIS - HOST, DIEM 25: The gist of DeepSeek's arrival on the AI scene and the carnage in the American stock exchanges is a sudden transition from proprietary to open source technology. It is therefore no great wonder that the moment DeepSeek became the most downloaded app on the Apple store, it pulverized the market capitalization of the hitherto overinflated US big tech stocks.
How did this happen exactly? How is it that a private commodified service is suddenly offered for free? And does this mean that techno federalism is in trouble to begin with? It's important to note that AI was never a proprietary technology in itself. The underlying code of all AI companies was [01:08:00] always open source.
What made American AI a quasi private commodity? Was the way in which these models were trained using huge amounts of privatized data, where I say privatized, you should translate Stolen data. Your data. My data. There was a Google memo that was leaked in 2017 that was widely discussed and refuted but it was a harbinger of what happened with DeepSeek.
In that memo we read the following words If an open source large language model, it said trained for a few million dollars, comes to outperform a proprietary model. Then there's going to be trouble. There will be no firewall, the memo continues, even to safeguard OpenAI. That's what happened. DeepSeek pierced the United States AI company's bubble by decommodifying the results of the model's training and doing it at a tiny, tiny cost to [01:09:00] itself.
Shifting the results of AI trained models from behind a paywall to the public realm. Within days since the release of the latest version of DeepSeek, developers around the world started building their own models On top of deep seeks. This was the nightmare of american big tech ai service providers who have been offering the results of prompts as a commodity in the form of subscriptions You see deep seek type applications can now produce high quality translations for free That's just an example.
And in so doing, they undermine the business model of companies like Deeple, the German company. In the broader scheme of things, this means that the morsels of cloud capital that Europe owned, like Deeple, essentially have lost their market value. Nevertheless, and this is a huge nevertheless, it is only AI as a commodity that has lost its grossly [01:10:00] exaggerated market price or value.
In sharp contrast, cloud capital utilized as Amazon, Meta, Google, and so on have been utilizing it. That is not as a commodity producing piece of tech, but as a produced means of behavioral modification. That business model is not at all threatened by companies like DeepSeek. And since techno feudalism is powered by cloud capital working that way, rather than commodity like AI services of the chat GPT 4 or 5 type, our techno feudal order is not threatened by competitors such as DeepSeek.
To help understand the difference between cloud capital and AI based commodified services, it helps to compare and contrast Alexa, take Amazon's Alexa, and OpenAI's Chat GPT. Alexa is not offering you a commodified service. It is your [01:11:00] free, pretend slave. Unlike GPT 405, you do not pay a subscription to Amazon for the right to order Alexa, to order your milk, or to switch off your lights.
Rather, you train Alexa to train you, to train it, to know you, so that it wins you over, it wins your trust, with good recommendations. So that it can ultimately modify your behavior, so that it can encourage you to buy a commodity from amazon. com with Jeff Bezos, the owner of Amazon, retaining up to 40 percent of the price you pay for a book or an electric bicycle.
Money that will be retained as cloud rent by the owner of Amazon Jeff Bezos in short and this is very important The work that Alexa performs for you is not a commodity that you buy unlike chat gpt Which works to sell you a commodity even in a subscription [01:12:00] form to put it in different words Once more chat gpt is subject to market competition and therefore vulnerable to companies like DeepSeek.
But Alexa is not. This is why OpenAI, ChatGPT's maker, is seriously damaged by the emergence of DeepSeek, but Amazon is not. That's my basic point. Cloud capital is in a league of its own, beyond market competition, from DeepSeek like upstarts. Because its power lies in its capacity to modify our behavior and remove us from any market. For example, to shift us from real markets to cloud feeds like Amazon or Alibaba. To wrap this up, in conclusion, cloud's capital capacity to drive techno fidelism is not challenged by companies like DeepSeek. Only companies like OpenAI, which invested so much, and so foolishly I would add, in providing a commodified service, these companies [01:13:00] stand to lose enormously.
This, I believe, is yet another sign that capitalism is dead at the hand of cloud capital, while techno feudalism is going from strength to strength. And as it does so, it fuels even further the new Cold War between the United States and China, which in my book, Techno Feudalism, What Killed Capitalism, I have explained away, I have explained this new Cold War as the almighty clash between these two huge concentrations of cloud capital, the American dollar denominated super cloudalist power, and the Chinese one denominated super cloudalist power.
Now, speaking of this new Cold War, which I have argued is mostly fueled by the clash between American and Chinese cloud capital, I wonder what impact DeepSeek's success will have on the United States government, not just Trump, but the whole gamut of the American state and its government, Silicon Valley and Washington DC Until very recently and the deep sea arrival on the scene, they had convinced [01:14:00] themselves that America had the huge AI lead over China.
Now that the tiny Chinese company has destroyed that confidence by producing on a shoestring better AI tech and services than Silicon Valley had imagined possible. I don't know about you, but I can almost hear the wearing of the cogs and wheels inside the heads of people in authority both on the east coast and the west coast of the United States as they are thinking, trying to understand, to predict if the Chinese can do this out of the blue.
As DeepSeek did, only two days ago. What else can the Chinese do tomorrow? It is reminiscent, isn't it, of the Sputnik moment. So, it will be interesting to see how Donald Trump reacts to this threat to companies like OpenAI. Especially since Elon Musk understood some time ago, quite presently, I [01:15:00] should say, and has spoken out against companies like OpenAI.
He seems to have understood the folly of commodifying AI services rather than going full on techno feudal. Goodness only knows what happens in a White House containing both the thoughts of Elon Musk and someone like Donald Trump. These are indeed turning out to be interesting times, of course, in the traditional Chinese proverbial sense of the phrase.
Trump, China, and the New Cold War - Macrodose - Air Date 12-10-24
JAMES MEADWAY - HOST, MACRODOSE: Over the past couple of weeks, tensions in the simmering trade war between the world's two major powers have escalated still further. President Joe Biden's outgoing administration has added around 140 Chinese companies to its expanding list of banned entities.
In response, China has hit back with its own measures, including bans on the export of key minerals essential for modern semiconductors, with gallium being the most critical. [01:16:00] Economist Prashant Garg and his team at Imperial College London have done some fascinating research highlighting just how vital gallium is to the entire semiconductor supply chain.
We'll link to that in the show notes, but the key takeaway is something we've covered before. Semiconductor manufacturing is arguably one of the most complex machines humanity has ever built, and these chips power virtually every digital device we own. Any threat to that system comes with serious economic consequences.
It's almost miraculous, though now we take it completely for granted, that some of the most advanced pieces of equipment ever created, tiny silicon fragments with billions of transistors etched into place, are produced in such massive quantities that even the most cutting edge chips are affordable enough to end up in devices we casually lose on the bus or drop into a puddle.
But that complexity, stretching from obscure, often quite rare raw [01:17:00] materials necessary for different stages of manufacturing, to the wildly sophisticated machines needed to etch purified silicon, to the distribution across a globe of billions of these devices, means that the supply chain also contains huge vulnerabilities.
A couple of months ago in the show, we talked about how Storm Helene hit the US and temporarily shut down one of the very few mines producing high grade quartz, the kind needed to make the super pure silicon used in semiconductors. For a while, it seemed like the world's chip supply might face serious disruption a few months down the line, but in the end, the mine has reopened and is now operating at nearly full capacity.
The Imperial Report uses AI techniques to analyse thousands of standardised product records, mapping the connections between raw materials and the goods they're used in. Gallium, for example, is often substituted for silicon in some cheaper semiconductors, [01:18:00] and serves as the light emitting component in LEDs.
This gives it a vast range of everyday applications. And here's the kicker, China produces 98 percent of the world's supply. Last year, even limited export controls by China caused the global price of gallium to double, and it's not easy for manufacturers to simply swap one critical mineral for another.
So this new export ban will have a significant impact, rippling across the economy. Donald Trump has, of course, threatened a far broader trade war against China, claiming 100 percent tariffs on Chinese products. But, as we've suggested before, this looks more like the opening round in a negotiating position than a firm commitment.
His senior advisors, along with others closely connected to big business, have made it clear that Trump sees today's big threats as just the opening move in a negotiation that will really [01:19:00] begin when he re enters office in January. China, for its part, has treated the Trump announcements with some public concern, understandably, stressing the likely cost to US consumers.
But the country's ambassador to Washington has, for example, been keen to underline that they know full well Trump is intending to negotiate on final tariff positions. The broader strategy here is one that Trump's pick for treasury secretary, Scott Besant, outlined in a speech over the summer. If the international economic order is being reshaped, he argues, and it is, the US should use all the levers at its disposal to bend this reshaping to its own advantage.
One obvious move is leveraging the sheer size of the US economy, with its 350 million consumers and their dollar purchasing power. Trump has, for example, boasted for months about how he would raise tariffs on imports from China [01:20:00] by 60 percent or more. Just last month, he said on social media that he would impose a 10 percent tariff above any additional tariffs on all products from China.
He's also talked about using the threat of tariffs to push China and Mexico to do more to help curb the U. S. opioid crisis, since the two countries are the top sources of fentanyl and its precursor chemicals. Now, China insists it has no role in the U. S. drug crisis, but this is where we see how the threat of tariffs is being used to achieve a broader policy goal.
Much of this policymaking is likely to be fundamentally reactive, all under the broad banner of America First. It's about responding to a world that's seen as increasingly hostile to the interests, as the new administration sees them, of US capitalism. The two key interests here are military strength and, tied to that, technological leadership in critical high tech sectors.[01:21:00]
China has moved with impressive speed over the last few decades, threatening to erode the US's edge in these areas. So from the first Trump administration, extended under President Biden, and now likely to deepen in a second Trump term, we're seeing increasingly aggressive trade moves aimed at preventing China from gaining that technological advantage.
This may not work as intended. The evidence so far suggests that China has responded by putting more resources into its own domestic industries. As a result, Huawei, the high technology supplier heavily targeted by tariffs, can now build phones with homegrown semiconductors that are not far off the cutting edge of what TSMC in Taiwan is able to produce.
In other words, the restrictions and tariffs have created a kind of hothouse for Chinese innovation, exactly the opposite of what was intended by successive U. S. [01:22:00] administrations. By pushing hard on what it sees as its own interests, the U. S. is actually undermining them. But this will likely only strengthen the case in Washington for even more tariff restrictions.
Obviously, none of this is particularly rational. In theory, there is a better way through this. If America is concerned about China's trade practices undermining its own manufacturing, it could, for instance, use a threat of tariffs to secure a more favourable position in negotiations with China, like agreeing to a controlled devaluation of the dollar, which would make US exports more competitive worldwide.
This is something Vice President in Waiting J. D. Vance has argued for. Now, back in 1985, a similar deal was struck with Japan, the so called Plaza Accords, where, under the threat of increased tariffs on Japanese exports, Japan agreed to revalue the [01:23:00] yen upwards. This made its own exports less competitive, but eased pressure on U.
S. manufacturers in particular. Cyan Vallet, from the German Council on Foreign Relations, writing in the Financial Times this week, argues that the U. S. under Trump could be about to achieve the same deal in parallel circumstances with China. Vallet believes that the macroeconomic entanglements of China and the U. S. will force a kind of economic rationality to reassert itself. Both sides will recognize a mutual interest in backing down from dispute. If, as in 1985, the U. S. is prepared to use its capacity to threaten wisely and to set up, quote, a grand bargain with China, so the dollar is allowed to fall in value, China allows the yen to rise, and tariff restrictions are dialed back.
I think this is far too optimistic. [01:24:00] One wrinkle is Vallee's call for spending cuts in the U. S., necessary in his global rebalancing to prevent the U. S. demanding to borrow more and more from the rest of the world. The first Trump administration was very careful not to touch most Americans welfare benefits, and Trump himself was associated with significant, COVID.
Whatever the chatter about cutting the administrative state we hear now, Getting politically unpopular spending cuts past this President and this Congress will be incredibly difficult. The main difference between the 1985 deal and today is that whilst Japan was politically and militarily subordinated to the U. S., China most certainly is not. So while Japan eventually buckled and accepted a deal that, in hindsight, wasn't particularly beneficial to its own economy, China has no reason to do the same thing.
Will Trump Crash Economy On Purpose- Historian Explains DANGEROUS MAGA Plot - Thom Hartmann Program - Air Date 1-28-25
THOM HARTMANN - HOST, THOM HARTMANN PROGRAM : Democrats are [01:25:00] pointing out that Trump's threats to increase our national debt by as much as 7 trillion, that is the cost of another round of tax cuts for billionaires, Shift billions of treasury dollars into crypto and impose tariffs on imported goods. Any one of those three things could cause an economic crash.
All three of them might be a perfect storm. And Trump seems unconcerned. And the Republicans. They're meeting down at Doral, at his shabby Doral Golf Club down in Florida today. Right now to, you know, plot what they're going to do. They don't seem to worry either. Now, to the average person, the idea of a recession is pretty grim.
I mean, you know, millions of people lose their jobs. People have to sell their 401ks at a loss out of desperation just to pay the rent and buy food. Uh, you know, it's, it's a horror show for average people, particularly in a country where 54 percent of Americans right now live paycheck to paycheck. [01:26:00] So why isn't Trump worried about this?
Why are Republicans not worried about this? Why are the billionaires who put Trump and the Republicans in power not worried about this? Well, the reason is very simple. There's three. big benefits to billionaires to having an economic crash. It's why Reagan had a crash. It's why Bush had a crash. It's, there's actually a benefit to it.
First, it's a great excuse to cut government services to, to, you know, and, and, and also to cut taxes on billionaires. You just say, hey, we need to cut taxes to stimulate the economy, we need to cut government services because there's no money to pay for them. I mean, Reagan did this in 81, George W. Bush did this in, in 2003, 2002, second, the second reason is the time, times of economic crisis increased the tolerance for strongman governments.
FDR ran a strongman government, now it was one that everybody liked, but he was just You [01:27:00] know, stomping all over Congress and doing things with executive orders that Republicans were screaming were unconstitutional. People were freaked out. They wanted a strong government. In Europe, Hitler used the Great Depression to, to, as the rationale for, for his enabling acts, which, you know, gave him rule by decree.
And it appears now that Trump IGs in violation of the law, these inspector generals. I'll get into that more later on in the program. But Uh, he's, he's defying the law or refusing to enforce the law in other cases right now, right in front of us, right in front of God and the world, and nobody is doing anything about it.
And he's getting away with it. And that promises that more will come and it'll get worse and worse and worse as time goes on. Secondly, times of economic crisis, uh, you know, increase the need or the demand for strong man government. And in fact, this is where it's getting wild, um, [01:28:00] 58%. of young people, generation Z people in the United States, say they trust social media more than traditional news.
45 percent now believe women have gained too many rights. The number of young men who believe that women have too much power in the United States has increased from 32 to 45 percent in just five years, while 52 percent say they trust what they, readers say, see on social media. And then third, and this is the big reason, billionaires love economic crashes.
I remember sitting in Gloria Swanson's apartment back in the 1980s having dinner with her and, uh, she was on the board of our, uh, children's village and, you know, every six months or so I'd go down to New York and we'd have dinner together in her apartment and she would just tell me these wild stories.
And she told me this story, she was a vegetarian and I was a vegetarian and the program we ran was vegetarian, so we had this commonality. So anyhow, she told me this story about, uh, Joe Kennedy. [01:29:00] John F. Kennedy's father, and he was her manager for a while, he was her lover for a while, and he robbed her blind, he ripped her off terribly.
But her story about him was that when the Great Depression started, he had bailed out of the market just a week or two before the crash happened, and that during the crash, as the market was going down, down, down, down, down, Joe Kennedy, who was really, really rich, was buying stocks. Why? Because it's a buying opportunity.
If you're really rich when the stock market crashes and all the little people are desperately selling all their stock just to pay for their rent and their food, you can buy that stock at a discount and suddenly you're the richest person on earth. Joe Kennedy made a fortune doing this. As did J. Paul Getty.
He left his parents golden anniversary In 1929 to run down to Wall Street to buy stocks during the collapse and ended up one [01:30:00] of the richest men in the world. In fact, the richest man in the world. He said it was the opportunity of a lifetime to get oil companies for practically nothing, which is exactly what he did.
And this is what we saw this during the Bush crash. During the Bush crash in 2007, home prices dropped 21%. This was when, you know, there's millions of homes now owned by big corporations, hedge funds and big corporations out of New York, investment vehicles. This was when most of them were purchased, or many of them.
Over 10 million Americans lost their homes to predators like Steve Mnuchin. The stock market lost over 50%. During the Bush crash, its all time peak was on October 9th, 2007 at 14, 164. It collapsed to 6, 594. While 8 million Americans lost their jobs and were wiped out, the billionaires came in and started buying stocks that were being unloaded by working class people from their [01:31:00] 401Ks, even though they had to pay a penalty.
Between 2009 and 2012, the bottom of the Bush crash and the beginning of the real recovery, The top 1 percent of Americans saw their income grow by over 31%, 95 percent of all income gains during that period were the top 1%. If you, the S& P went up 462 percent by 2020. If you had invested in 2009 a billion dollars, just 11 years later, you would have 4.
6 billion dollars. And then they did it again 10 years later during the Trump COVID crash. And this was, you know, again, the, the billionaires, became insanely wealthy. And they don't have to pay taxes on this money. I mean, the, the, just that one year, 2020, the world's billionaires saw their wealth increase by a full 54%.
So here you've got Republicans down at Doral planning what they're going to do economically, governmentally, whatever, and how they're [01:32:00] not going to hold Trump accountable for impounding money. I'll get to that in violation of the 1974 impoundment act. Um, and the They're planning to crash the economy. You got the debt ceiling coming, you got all this wild stuff, another tax cut.
They want to crash the economy. I'm telling you, hang on to your seat, it's going to get wild.
#1689 The Media and the Moguls: Corporate Media is not equipped for TrumpRevenge- Trump throws lawsuits at the media and demands compliance - The ReidOut w Joy Reid - Air Date 12-17-24
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT:
Donald Trump ran for president for one reason and one reason only: to make all of his legal problems -- poof! -- go away. And for the most part, he was successful, with one exception. Yesterday, the New York judge who presided over Trump's hush money trial denied his bid to toss out his guilty verdict, meaning Trump will have to live with the infamy of being the first convicted felon president.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: And yes, MAGA, you are still a convicted felon before you are sentenced. That's how it works.
But that isn't stopping Trump from trying to hit the delete button on every other bad headline ever [01:33:00] printed about him, going so far as to sue Iowa pollster Ann Seltzer and the Des Moines Register, saying he's seeking "accountability for brazen election interference" over a November poll that showed Kamala Harris up 3 percent in Iowa.
Never mind the fact that Trump won the election and won the state of Iowa by double digits. He's clearly feeling emboldened by ABC News agreeing to pay a $15 million settlement in a defamation lawsuit. Nearly every legal expert said that they would have won. And as others in the media show, they're increasingly willing to comply in advance, like the owner of the LA Times, Patrick Soon-Shiong, who Oliver Darcy is reporting, requested that the newspaper's editorial board outright take a break from writing about Trump and balance any critical editorials or articles with positive ones.
Yeah, but here's the thing: these CEOs who are thinking, "Let me just give him what he wants this one time and he'll leave me alone. He won't hurt me or my company or he'll give me [01:34:00] goodies like tax cuts or tariff exemptions or federal contracts. A pat on the head."
That is not how it works with Trump. His ego is too fragile and his needs are endless. As any parent knows, if your toddler is having a tantrum in the middle of the grocery store, the solution isn't to just buy them the cookies they're screaming for. Because then they'll just do it again and again, and you'll be out of money and sanity, and their teeth will be rotten.
And right now, Trump is that toddler. And he wants nothing short of complete obedience, and constant adulation. For everyone to say they love him and praise him, and tell him he's the best president ever! And it'll never be obsequious enough, or vigorous enough. He'll always want more. And punish and humiliate even those who do comply, just ask Marco Rubio, Ted Cruz, and all the Black Republicans who went to the mat for Trump during the campaign, only to get snubbed as he builds his administration.
He will always reward weakness with [01:35:00] more humiliation. And that includes foreign leaders like Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who went to Mar-a-Lago last month to kiss the ring, behaving like Trump was already president, which he's not. And how does Trump reward him? By publicly mocking Trudeau on his social media sites, once again calling Trudeau "the governor of the great state of Canada."
Joining me now is Tim O'Brien, Senior Executive Editor of Bloomberg Opinion and MSNBC Political Analyst. And I have to tell you, this Trudeau thing really bothered me. Let me just put up this tweet that Trudeau posted on his -- why is he still on X Twitter? But he posted this tweet of himself, Look at me next to Donald. Look, what is he doing? When will people learn, Tim, that emasculating yourself before Trump, as Ted Cruz did, as so many have done, doesn't help and just makes him worse.
TIM O'BRIEN: And it's also a reminder, Joy, that he has been this way forever.
He came up, as you [01:36:00] know, and as I know, we've talked many times, at the knee of Roy Cohn, who taught him how to weaponize the legal system. And he's learned that you don't necessarily need to go to court. And you don't necessarily need to ultimately break people. If they're scared enough in the first innings of any action you take, to capitulate, whether they're politicians, members of the business community, members of the media, members of Congress, or members of the judiciary. And, we can pull down examples of each and every one of these institutions and some of their leading members, deciding in advance that the safest way and the most productive way to deal with Donald Trump is to kiss the ring.
And we see example after example of once they do that, he then shames them in public.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Yes.
TIM O'BRIEN: And he is not ultimately delivering on some of the things they want. And he does it to the people he even holds close to them. I mean, think about how many days was it [01:37:00] after RFK Jr. got nominated for HHS.
And there was a picture of him eating fast food with Don Jr. and Donald on the presidential plane. Eat your food. Take your punishment. And for Trudeau, who you set up in your previous clip in the introduction of this segment, his government, his own government is fractured because of this. And, he could very well be out of a job because of this.
So I do think that people in the near term right now are petrified. They're not sure how to respond to the fact that Trump was reelected again, other than to capitulate. But they should keep, I think, their eyes on the prize.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Well, I mean, yeah. And there's a game people play of mocking Canada. Well, now Canada has been mocked by its own prime minister. Justin Trudeau went down to Mar-a-Lago as if Trump is already president. He's not president yet. He didn't go running to the White House of the real current president. He went to [01:38:00] him as if he could just become a supplicant. And now Christia Freeland, who is his finance minister, she's out of there because she's like we need to come up with a strategy to deal with Trump's tariff plan. That is not a strategy and it is humiliating. And if I were a Canadian, I'd be absolutely disgusted.
it's interesting that it's said that there's a crisis of manhood, right? That is being said a lot on the right. There is a crisis of manhood. But it's on your own side, guys. It's people like Jeff Bezos, it's people like Mark Zuckerberg. Is this manly behavior to go and fall on your knees to Donald Trump? No!
I want to show you one reason why people might be doing it though. Los Angeles Times wrote this. I'm sorry, not Los Angeles Times. I apologize for that. Robert Reich wrote this. Much better. he says that part of the reason the media is doing this, no large American corporation wants to be actively litigating against a sitting president, especially one as vindictive as Trump.
A $15 million settlement is chicken feed compared to the myriad ways Trump could penalize Disney, which is a $205.25 billion corporation that has other businesses [01:39:00] besides the media. So talk a little bit about that, because some of these media are actually owned by bigger conglomerates with other business that could be before the president, and so he wants to save his SpaceX and wants to save his other thing or not SpaceX. Whichever one is his. Bezos is one. Everyone's thinking about their other businesses.
TIM O'BRIEN: Blue Origins. I think it's--
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Blue Origin for Bezos. Yeah. Yeah.
TIM O'BRIEN: I think that this is, in the American media model, it is always dependent on the integrity of the owners, because they're privately held concerns for the most part in less, or, publicly traded, but with close ownership.
PBS is the only media entity of note that is in there, some very powerfully funded nonprofits like ProPublica that do wonderful work. But when we talk about the legacy media and the mainstream media, we're talking about corporate media. In the era we're in now, corporations have multiple interests [01:40:00] that aren't only tied to their media holdings, and their CEOs are thinking about those things.
And I think you're seeing some media owners decide to dispose of media assets because it's troublesome. I think you have others doing anticipatory knee bending, because they don't want to go into battle in a courtroom with the president. it's bottom line thinking, it's strategic thinking, but it's not journalistic.
And, it's not tied to the idea, just that core basic idea, that the role of journalists in the world should be to seek the truth, and hold the powerful accountable on behalf of the public interest.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Yeah, at this point, the Los Angeles Times is essentially saying if you report a negative fact about Trump, you have to balance it with a positive fact.
I'm not sure how that is serving journalists, and I can tell you that people inside the Los Angeles Times apparently, at least allegedly according to the reports, are not happy. And inside of Bezos operation, it's difficult in this moment when you just want to do the [01:41:00] journalism. it's difficult.
Public Broadcasting Is In Danger (Again) - On the Media - Air Date 1-10-25
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA:
Donald Trump, who says journalists are scum and thinks fact-checking is really unfair, won the election. Now, all those accused of scummily fact-checking are scrambling to adjust. After all, Mr. Trump has already vowed to seek retribution for media offenses by, say, suing CBS for $1 billion doll because of "biased editing of a Kamala Harris 60 minutes interview," suspending ABC's broadcast license because of fact-checked him during a debate and suing The Des Moines Register for printing a poll suggesting Harris would win. A poll that turned out to be, wait for it, wrong. There's more.
Donald Trump: We're involved in one which has been going on for a while and very successfully against Bob Woodward where he didn't quote me properly from the tapes. Then on top of everything else, he sold the tapes.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: This week, the Washington Post's budget was cut by [01:42:00] its stupefyingly rich owner, Jeff Bezos, two months after he killed its endorsement of Kamala Harris, and just as Amazon signed a big deal to bring out a Melania Trump endorsed Melania Trump documentary. He's also given $1 million bucks to Trump's inauguration, as has Meta's Mark Zuckerberg, who just announced that Facebook is ending its fact-checking program, leading the president-elect to say that Zuck's company had "come a long way."
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: The point is fact-based journalism is in trouble. This hour, we're going to look at the plight of public radio, which we are, because who else is going to do it? First, a quick history. Back in 1967 when President Lyndon Johnson mired in Vietnam was trying to build the Great Society at home by passing the Civil Rights and Voting Rights Act, creating Medicare, and crucially, for the purpose of this story, creating the Corporation [01:43:00] for Public Broadcasting, which has been marked for death repeatedly. What is it?
President Lyndon Johnson: The Corporation of Public Broadcasting will assist stations and producers who aim for the best in broadcasting on the whole fascinating range of human activity. It will try to prove that what educates can also be exciting. It will get part of its support from our government, but it will be carefully guarded from government or from party control. It will be free and it will be independent and it will belong to all of our people.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: It was a hard sell. Conservatives worried the CPB would promote liberal ideas. After all, Johnson's agenda was indisputably liberal. Some suspected its funds would flow more to some regions than others. Commercial broadcasters feared the competition. Even after the dust settled, well, actually the dust never really settled, it's been [01:44:00] kicked up by every Republican administration since. Yet through the decades, somehow every effort to slash or burn the CPB has failed, thanks to such battle-scarred warriors as Big Bird and this guy.
Fred Rogers: I end the program by saying, you've made this day a special day by just your being you. There's no person in the whole world like you, and I like you just the way you are. I feel that if we in public television can only make it clear that feelings are mentionable and manageable, we will have done a great service for mental health.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Despite Fred Rogers' appeal to empathy, Richard Nixon, not known for manageable feelings, viewed public broadcasting as an enemy to slay. In 1975, it was left to [01:45:00] Gerald Ford to set up a funding scheme to shield it, theoretically at least, from the immediate political winds. Congress was directed to appropriate CPB's funding two years in advance. Of course, Congress could kill future funding or even rescind what had already been allocated, but some insulation was better than none. Fast forward to 2017. Donald Trump tries to cut CPB's funding several times in his first term.
KAREN EVERHART: This morning, President Trump made public his proposed budget blueprint for the coming fiscal year. Among the items included, the elimination of all funding for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: He didn't get it done.
KAREN EVERHART: No, he did not. Those proposals did not fly in Congress.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Karen Everhart is the managing editor of Current, a nonprofit newsroom covering public media.
KAREN EVERHART: Members of Congress, particularly in rural states, recognize that public broadcasting is one of the only local originating sources of [01:46:00] news and information and programming, and they value that. Their constituents value that. What typically happens is the House goes along with a recommendation, especially when it's dominated by Republicans. The House will eliminate CPB's funding from its appropriations budget and then the Senate will propose an alternative number, and that number or something around that amount will end up in the final budget.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: More than 70% of CPB's annual appropriation goes directly to public media stations in the form of community service grants, CSGs, of which about 45% are rural. They can be used as they need to be to keep the station running and for programming, both local and national. They're not obligated to buy programs from PBS, nor do they have to buy from NPR.
KAREN EVERHART: Although most of them do because they're very popular with their audiences. They can choose to [01:47:00] buy programs from American Public Media or PRX or the BBC.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Last year, CPB received $525 million plus another $10 million in interest, about half of which went to local public TV stations and direct grants, about 15% to local radio stations. A big chunk went out in programming grants, mostly to TV. More went out to support the distribution system, et cetera. That said, the bigger stations are less vulnerable to attacks on CPB because it's not a significant part of their budgets.
KAREN EVERHART: They don't rely on CPB funding for essential services. That doesn't go towards their programming budget. It's the small stations where it really makes the biggest difference in what they do on a day-to-day basis. Those are the stations that are most at risk.
Fox News is Back at the White House. Plus, No Joke, The Onion Buys Infowars. Part 2 - On the Media - Air Date 11-15-24
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You also say that not everything can be fact-checked, that the political ether is lousy with [01:48:00] lies large and small, that reporters should concentrate on the ones with the highest impact, or liars, where everything is said to a large audience. But how do you curate Trump?
BILL ADAIR: Well, I think the solution for fact checking Trump is to get some funding to literally fact check everything he says.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Fact-checking all of those claims, hiring someone to do it, wouldn't that have a numbing effect?
BILL ADAIR: Well, yes, but there are also people who transcribe everything he says.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: So how exactly does more fact-checking help our current environment?
BILL ADAIR: People would say, with me, like, when you're a hammer, everything looks like a nail. Here's why. I think that, first, if you look at just the most basic thing, we talked about Trump, but this also exists at the state and local level.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Even more important, because those local papers have been hammered so hard.
BILL ADAIR: Exactly, and so here's proof of that. [01:49:00] My team looked at fact checking across the country and found that in half the states, there are no fact checkers holding governors, US Senators, members of Congress responsible for what they say. That's like driving on the interstate without any fear of getting a speeding ticket. You can go as fast as you want. Those politicians can say anything and never worry about getting fact-checked. We need more fact-checkers. The simple process of holding politicians accountable for what they say is a useful exercise that provides a ground truth. So that's step one. Okay, so is fact-checking working when it's done? No.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: And part of that is structural. Our media is crafted so that we never have to encounter an idea or a fact that we don't [01:50:00] like.
BILL ADAIR: Exactly. So we have to get creative in thinking about how we might get fact checks to people who aren't seeing them. Two thoughts on that. One, I'm not sure that shouting pants on fire is going to have an appeal to conservative audiences. I'm not sure that Truth-O-Meters are going to have an appeal to conservative audiences because they're associated with fact-checkers that probably conservative audiences have been told not to trust.
In researching the book, I searched how often PolitiFact and its fact-checking has been mentioned in negative ways on Fox, and it gets insulted a lot. We probably need to think about how we package fact-checking for conservative audiences. The other thing we need to do is to get more conservative media organizations to do their own fact-checking. Now, this is already happening. The [01:51:00] Dispatch, a center-right publication, does fact-checking and it's very popular, and we need more conservative media organizations to do fact-checking. I think those two things could really help because what we're doing now is not working.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: In writing this book, you stepped away from the day-to-day role of fact-checking and you've come to the conclusion that maybe pants on fire isn't the way to go. But have you gotten yet any insights or any really compelling ideas about how to package the truth in a way that can cross party lines?
BILL ADAIR: Not yet. That's kind of next on my to-do list.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: To me, that's a sort of, aside from that Mrs. Lincoln, how did you like the play?
BILL ADAIR: That's a big task. I think that we need to figure out what could appeal beyond [01:52:00] this NPR listening, New York Times reading, New Yorker subscribing audience and so.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: But nothing yet.
BILL ADAIR: Nothing yet.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You got nothing?
BILL ADAIR: I got nothing for you, Brooke.
#1691 Democracy Emergency, Constitutional Crisis, Democratic Backsliding, Failing GuardrailsMusk's Coup and Trump's Christian Zionist Gaza Takeover - Straight White American Jesus - Air Date 2-7-25
BRAD ONISHI - HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: Elon Musk is treating the U. S. government like a startup. He's treating it like when he took over Twitter / X. And here's a piece at Wired, a different piece, that reads like this. "While this takeover is unprecedented for the government, it's standard operating procedure for Musk. It maps almost too neatly to his acquisition of Twitter in 2022. Get rid of most of the workforce, install loyalists, rip up safeguards, remake in your own image. This is the way of the startup. You're scrappy, you're unconventional, you're iterating. This is the world that Musk's lieutenants come from, and the one they are imposing on the Office of Personal Management, the GSA, and on down the line".
But Dan, as you're saying, the U. S. government is not a startup. And [01:53:00] this is where you and I have always tried to make a point about this whole 'do the government like a business'. The point of business is to make money. The point of government is to help people's lives get better, to care for people, to help people thrive, to create systems that allow for people to make decisions not for them, and not so that they're just like passive agents, but to create systems where people have good choices about food, shelter, care, about infrastructure, about education.
Do you think that Musk and the people working for him—and I can go down the roster if you all want, the 19 year old freshman at Northeastern University, the 25 year old eugenicist, the 23 year old who just graduated and had his first job at Meta—do you think that they're concerned with the fact that the trillions of dollars they now have in front of them in a code, and where they're just like slamming Red Bulls all night and [01:54:00] hamming it up, affects people's real lives? That non profits are shutting down because OMB cut off the money? They don't.
This is not a startup. It is the most powerful government in the world. It's one that oversees 350 million people. Dan, I live near Silicon Valley. Startups come and go. One out of a hundred make it. Most of them expend a significant amount of energy and resources, and then they die, and then you just start another one. That is how the kinds of young men that Musk is dragging around think.
It's also a huge cyber security threat. There's a piece of the conversation by Richard Forno, who's a professor at University of Maryland, and what he talks about is when you have this kind of fiddling with the code of the U. S. Treasury, when you have people who are taking this data and putting it on private servers—do you remember Hillary [01:55:00] Clinton's emails, Dan? The private server? Do you remember that?—that's what they're doing with the data, oh, not of, I don't know, some emails that she sent, which, not great, Hillary, okay, whatever. Oh, I don't know, Dan happens to be perhaps every American and their financial records, the millions of federal employees on someone's server who's 23 years old and walking around like a hacker on the metro with his backpack looking like Mr. Robot. That's a problem, and it flies right in the face of what we talked about over the last couple of weeks.
Donald Trump: well, I know this was DEI with the plane crash, because I have common sense. J. D. Vance: if you just use common sense like real people, not bureaucrats, not technocrats, not those administrative state liberal career hacks, then you'll have a good government. Okay, cool, so who did you guys put in charge of the entire Treasury, and who are [01:56:00] you allowing to hack our entire government? Oh, you mean people with specialized knowledge who are 23 years old and led by a madman, the richest man in the world? That guy who just did the Nazi salute twice? You want to tell me that's common sense? You want to tell me that now you're just like a man of the people? One of the plebeians who lives in the life-world of the peasants and is thinking through everything with common sense? Like you would down at Ace Hardware? You put in charge childrenwith technical knowledge. You allowed them to download the entire code and data of the nation, and then you're gonna turn to us and tell us you have common sense about non-White people and women?
This is an authoritarian takeover. It's an attempted coup. And we should treat it as such. And I'll close this out, Dan, I'll throw it to you and we can take a break, go to something else. The Senate Dems need to figure it out. And I don't usually go for the Democratic [01:57:00] Party by the throat on this show, not that often, but Chuck Schumer, you're not the man for the job, bud. It's time to go. You're out here introducing legislation to do stuff and Hakeem Jeffries is tweeting that Jesus is in control, that's not gonna cut it. You cannot do business in the Senate when the social contract has been broken. They're trying to take your job, Chuck. They're saying they get the purse and they're gonna spend the money. And you're out here saying, this has to be stopped. Why are you using the passive voice, Chuck? Go get arrested. Go demand, I want to know which Democratic Senator is gonna get thrown to the ground and arrested at the Treasury building, trying to get in and see what the hell's going on in there. That's what I want. Show me that guy. Show me that gal. Show me that person. And guess what? They got my vote, 2028. Because right now I see a lot of like hand-wringing soft-handed BS from some of the only people who have a [01:58:00] chance to do anything right now. And this is not a way to win back voters and do whatever you've been doing since Kamala Harris lost. This is a way to make people think you're a bunch of old folks who are not built for the fight.
Why Are Dems Surprised - The Intercept Briefing - Air Date 2-7-25
SUNJEEV BERY: At a influencer conference, a political influencer conference last spring in DC, Cory Booker opened up the happy hour on the opening night of this conference talking about the importance of social media and messaging. As soon as he ended his remarks, he was hounded by a room full of some of the largest liberal TikTokers asking him why he supported banning the app that they message other young people on.
So it's odd that they have people like this, with these stances, with these actions, with this policy record, tapped to lead these critical pieces of infrastructure for the party in such a critical moment. It's, baffling to me. So I'm, wondering for both of you, how would you assess the democratic Party's leadership in this moment because you're both talking [01:59:00] about activism and organizing in addition to that Indivisible call There was a large protest outside the Treasury on Tuesday That was organized by Indivisible and Move On while members of Congress showed up that was from the outside. So what is leadership doing right now to restore faith in the party in their leadership and for the road ahead?
JORDAN UHL: I mean, I'll be blunt and say I'm not seeing it, and I'm just not seeing what needs to be done. And this is a moment for an asymmetrical challenge, right? Trump holds formal authority, but he obviously is going way beyond formal authority when it comes to things like abolishing agencies like USAID, that he doesn't technically have the power to do.
And meanwhile, Democratic leaders. They don't have a sense of what to do or how to operate. And the way you operate in a moment like this is by engaging in an asymmetrical challenge. Democrats don't have any formal authority, but they can build informal authority. I personally think Elon Musk is far more vulnerable than most people recognize.
And I could [02:00:00] imagine. A movement to call on Democratic senators to filibuster any legislation that provides any sort of appropriations or funding for any of Elon Musk's, financial interests, starting with SpaceX, a big chunk of his increase in wealth is just projections from the stock market of future earnings for Tesla and SpaceX, tens of billions of dollars could be subtracted from him very quickly.
But this kind of creative thinking isn't something that it. Democrats in office tend to be very good at because they're very well trained in, let's just be blunt kissing the ass of concentrated sectors of wealth in order to access that money to run campaigns. My personal opinion is any formal shift in how leading democratic politicians behave is going to occur because, people are leading from behind, movement organizations, concerned grassroots voters and donors are going to say, what the heck are you doing?
And then they're going to start listening, and then they're going to start quote unquote leading.
AKELA LACY: Yeah, I agree [02:01:00] with 99 percent of that, I would say. I'm not sure that leaders, leadership in the Democratic Party is looking for feedback. I get the sense that they want to create the appearance that they're looking for feedback, but, maintain this practice of thinking they're the smartest people in the room and thinking that they have it locked down and, we'll listen to what you say, but we're actually, we know what we're doing.
I do think right now is an opening for some of that more creative thinking to come in. But I think that, you, really hit it on the head there. The idea that no one was prepared, that there was no strategy, and that they're playing catch up right now when this writing has been on the wall for months and months and months.
I mean, we can go back to June. We can, we can go back to October, November. But what possible reason could there be that Schumer doesn't have Democrats locked down to vote as a bloc against every single Trump nominee? He came out on Monday touting that they had 47 people, [02:02:00] including, the two independents, vote against the OMB chief.
But then you have other votes just this week, where it's like they have 22 people voting for a Trump nominee. They have 24 people in the Democratic Party voting for a Trump nominee. And they should be being held accountable for that. I think some of these outside groups are trying to do that. But when you talk about the sparks of potential openings for that creative thinking, whether it's from members of The Squad or members of the CPC, I think Pramila Jayapal has been very blunt that Democrats are not willing to learn from this moment, particularly on Gaza.
But you also see those ranks being decimated and whatever organizing has been done to build their capacity to do that creative thinking and fill that gap in Congress, since 2018, et cetera, et cetera, has been cut in half, every two years because of groups like AIPAC and these outside groups that Democrats continue caving to.
So that's the bigger, 30, 000 foot picture of the cycle of [02:03:00] why this seems to be impossible for people who say that they have all the information and all the answers.
Trumps American Takeover - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-1-25
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: So, I lived in Hungary for a long time. I also lived in Russia for a long time. And this is the third time I've ridden this escalator from democracy into someplace very dark. And unfortunately, what we're seeing here is so similar to what happened in Russia and particularly to what happened in Hungary.
And part of the reason why it's so alarming is that Americans have this idea that when democracy fails, it's going to fail with tanks in the streets. It's going to fail with some radical rupture. It's going to fail with normal ceasing to be normal. And when you look at how autocracy works these days in the rest of the world, it almost always comes in on the backs of a free and fair election.
So, somebody who is a, we call them populist, but you can call them whatever, charismatic leaders who [02:04:00] promise to shake things up, they get elected, often fair and square the first time. You go back and you look at the election monitor's reports from when Hugo Chavez was elected in Venezuela, or when Vladimir Putin was elected the first time in Russia, or when Victor Orban was elected the first time in Hungary, the election monitors all said free and fair election, no problem. And then what happens is that as soon as these guys come to power, they start to just take over and disable all of the checks on executive power. And they do it while their cover story is a lot of inflammatory rhetoric that causes pain to people.
So, now we're seeing immigration, we're seeing attacks on people with gender fluidity, we're seeing attacks on affirmative action, we're seeing attacks across the board on vulnerable groups and people who have really never been treated equally. But behind the scenes, what that's disguising, this was also [02:05:00] true in Hungary, it was true in Venezuela, it was true in Turkey, it's in all these places, inflammatory rhetoric disguises the real work of autocracy. And what's the real work of autocracy? Removing all checks on executive power. And a lot of that is happening in a very unsexy way in laws that are buried deep beneath the surface that only a technical lawyer could love. And that's where you start to see chipping away at every single constraint on what the president can do.
Now, America is a very big and complicated system. It's going to take a lot to capture all of it because we have federalism, because we have a lot of nooks and crannies where different sources of power reside. But Trump in his first term of office had not yet discovered this formula that you need the law to entrench yourself. So, he did a lot of horrible things, he caused a lot of pain, he was incredibly [02:06:00] arbitrary, he loves to sign executive orders, but when he left office, most of the U. S. government, it was battered, it was beaten, he dropped it on the floor, it cracked, there weren't people who were put into important positions, but he hadn't changed the legal infrastructure except for one thing, and that is the Supreme Court.
Hence, this podcast. So, now what I think Trump learned is what a lot of these autocrats learned. Victor Orban was in power once and lost power because he didn't learn this lesson. When he came back, and now when Trump is coming back, what they learned is that you have to learn to entrench yourself. And it helps if you compromise some institutions when you're in office the first time. But what Victor Orban did, and what now Donald Trump has done, is to use their time out of office to put together a team of people who will write all the laws you need to entrench yourself. And it's being written by private groups. It's not going through the normal lawmaking [02:07:00] process. Private lawyers are writing up all of these plans. And then as soon as you come into power, you start to shovel this stuff out the door as fast as you can. You take advantage of incredibly obscure laws already on the books that already give the executive tons of power. You override, you might declare an emergency, for example, we've seen two of them declared this week in the U S already, or I guess it was last week, or maybe it's, and who knows how many more will there will be. But, there's a lot of these emergencies being declared that give the president additional powers, but there's also new executive orders that are simply grabbing power right now.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: It sounds to me, Kim, like what you are saying is, and I know this is simplistic, but as you're trying to make sense of this flurry of executive orders that are coming at all hours of the day, and it's really hard for most of us to triage what's meaningful, what's important, we keep saying on this show, they are not the law, but they are certainly have [02:08:00] promises and instructions to agencies how to conduct themselves.
It feels almost like you're saying that there is one bucket that is distractions, chaos, confusion. There's another bucket that's really systematically shoveling power back to the executive branch and constructing an impermeable executive branch. Is that the best schema for thinking about this?
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: Yes, yes, and of course that bucket of distraction is also actually harming people. And what it does is it takes most of the opposition and pulls their attention over to that. So for example, we've seen, immediately lots of lawsuits on birthright citizenship, lots of people putting out advisories on what to do if ICE comes knocking on your door. All that's crucial and people should be working on those things because these kinds of initiatives are causing real pain. But there's another set of things that's not getting nearly enough attention, and that is the second bucket, which is all the [02:09:00] stuff that is consolidating power in the executive.
So, let me tell you two things that look familiar from Hungary because these were really crucial in the early days. So, one thing Orbán did was to immediately suspend the civil service law in order to fire tons of governmental workers. Okay? And we've seen that. A lot of the things that Trump has been doing is to rattle the civil service. Now, the Biden administration saw this coming, they enacted a regulation that actually made it impossible to directly fire people who had civil service protection, which is why you see these new executive orders coming in. And what they're doing is they're reassigning people to jobs they can't possibly want to do. Or they're putting them on paid leave just to get them out of the way. So the Biden regulation is doing something to slow this process down. But in some of these executive orders, they actually say in our view, this Biden regulation is unconstitutional. And so we are going to ignore it, which is why they're just firing some people also, okay?
[02:10:00] But attacking the civil service, it's a big chunk of what Orban did. And he fired a lot of people. He then terrified the rest so that they were afraid to go against him. So even if there wasn't anything he could have really done, he puts people in fear of their careers, their jobs, they're disoriented. It happens so quickly, they don't know what to do. So attacking the bureaucracy, making everybody either quit, be fired, or in fear, was a big chunk of what he did, and that's what we're seeing.
The other thing he did was he defunded everybody who could possibly push back. Okay? So, in the U S government, it's been random defunding of everybody. That was not, shall we say, precision guided. But what I'm expecting to come is more systematic defunding of all the places where they think the opposition will come from. So, let me tell you what happened in Hungary. It turns out when I was living in Budapest, there were 12 daily newspapers in a [02:11:00] city of 3 million people. It was wonderful. You could read papers ranging from left or right to wonderful objective journalism, all kinds of stuff, but it was unsustainable. It turns out. You got 12 daily newspapers because most of their funding came from state advertising. As soon as Orban came to power, he cut the funding to cut all the advertising to all the papers and actually all the TV stations and radio stations that actually had been critical of his party. And it turns out they started to fail, economically.
What happens? His oligarchs swept in, bought up the media they wanted, or they let them fail. And when the rest of Europe looked at this, because this is all happening in the European Union, there's supposed to be a club of democracies, Orban says, Oh, well, you know, it's just the market. They can't sustain themselves. And this is when newspapers are failing all over the world for financial reasons. Didn't look like he'd done anything.
#1690 Oligarchy Unmasked- Why Billionaires Hate Democracy and How They're Dismantling ItIs Elon Musk Staging a Coup? Unelected Billionaire Seizes Control at Treasury Dept. & Other Agencies - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-3-25
WALEED SHAHID: If this story was taking place somewhere in [02:12:00] Central Asia or in Africa, the United States media, the United States State Department, international institutions would likely refer to this as a coup. A billionaire industrialist who donated $300 million to a campaign is installing his personal loyalists in key parts of the federal bureaucracy. This is essentially Viktor Orbán’s playbook.
And we need to know: Why does a billionaire industrialist, with millions in government contracts, military contracts for his private companies, need the Social Security numbers of every American, needs to know what every single check that the US government gives out to businesses, to charities? Why does this billionaire need to know this information?
He was not vetted or approved by the US senate. He has a history of corruption, for using public resources for private gain. He’s one of the wealthiest men in the world. In any other situation, this would be called state capture, and people around the world would be condemning it. But in the United States, we are [02:13:00] not used to this kind of level of creeping authoritarianism, of plutocracy, of oligarchy so explicit.
And we need to — as Representative Ocasio-Cortez said last night, this is a five-alarm fire. Senate Democrats need to be communicating to the American people. And last night, there was a call by Indivisible Action for people to visit their local — their senators and call for them to grind the Senate to a halt, to call for investigations and to know why does Elon Musk need to know this information. Why is he showing up on Saturday to the offices of the federal government demanding the private information of citizens all around the country?
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Well, Lindsay Owens, you say none of the reasons are good. Lay those out.
LINDSAY OWENS: Yeah, absolutely. So, for most Americans, this is the first time that they’ve ever heard of the Treasury payment system. So, what is the Treasury payment system? This is, effectively, the piece of the federal government that cuts the checks. And they cut a [02:14:00] lot of checks. This is $6 trillion a year — money that goes to individuals as Social Security payments for seniors; money that goes for organizations like Meals on Wheels to deliver lunches; foreign aid; as well as the funding that the government sets aside for key programs, paying its debts, making sure that we don’t breach the debt ceiling and default on our obligations.
So, this is really unprecedented that Elon Musk has grabbed control of the keys of $6 trillion in payments infrastructure. There are a few reasons this could be happening. The first is, as your viewers know, last week, President Trump tried to end federal spending, just stop federal payments altogether. This was so outrageous and in violation of the Constitution that the courts intervened and said that he couldn’t do that. What may be happening here is that Musk may be doing an end run around the courts, going straight to the source so [02:15:00] that he can continue to stop those payments that the courts said needed to keep staying online.
The second thing that may be happening here is this could just be a good old-fashioned cyberattack. Elon Musk could be interested in the Social Security numbers, the tax ID numbers of tens of millions of Americans. We know that he has partnered with Visa and is considering spinning out a payment system of his own. What we may have here is Elon Musk’s attempt to get the private information for his own financial gain.
The other thing that is incredibly worrying here is $6 trillion in spending is not just a lot of money, it’s a macroeconomically significant amount of money. If Elon Musk starts tinkering with the code, you know, the underlying technology that makes sure these payments go out seamlessly and effectively, he could inadvertently, or on [02:16:00] purpose, bring the macroeconomy to a halt. I mean, this is an incredibly concerning seizure of government infrastructure, but it is also an economically significant moment in the country.
So, I couldn’t agree more with Waleed more. I mean, the word “coup” is the right word to be thinking about here. And Congress must intervene. I mean, if I was a senator, I think the most important thing to do is bring the secretary of the treasury to the Senate today to answer questions about what Musk has access to.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, the Treasury Department’s inspector general, who could monitor DOGE’s activities, was among the 15 watchdogs who were purged by President Trump. Who’s now in charge of or overseeing Musk’s team?
LINDSAY OWENS: Yeah, Musk is in charge. So, that’s exactly right. Some of the key chokeholds here to make sure that something like this doesn’t [02:17:00] happen have been moved out of the way, studiously, exactingly moved out of the way. So, President Trump fired the inspector general of the Treasury, and the top civil servant of the Treasury Department, the man who was the acting treasury secretary between the time that Janet Yellen stepped down and Scott Bessent was confirmed by the Senate, has also been pushed aside, resigned over the fact that he didn’t want to give Musk, a private citizen, a billionaire, the keys to the Treasury payment system. So there is very little stopping Musk from taking this over. You know, Trump and Bessent have really given him a glide path.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, Waleed Shahid, where is the Democratic Party on this? Where are the Democratic senators and congressmembers on this? I mean, you have Hakeem Jeffries, who holds an emergency meeting of the Democrats after a judge stops the [02:18:00] federal payments from going out to — you know, stops the ban on federal funding.
WALEED SHAHID: So, the Democratic Party in Washington is largely asleep at the wheel. They are acting as if they’re kind of a librarian shushing noise in a crowded room. They are still believing in the normal procedures, normal decorum, normal — that everything here is the normal transition of power. And they still believe that what Elon Musk and Donald Trump are doing is just a libertarian reform of the government, not an oligarchic, plutocratic takeover of a private billionaire who is seeking to know — potentially seeking to know what his competitors might be doing with government contracts. He has private information that — Elon Musk has contracts with international governments all across the world. But the Democratic Party is not able to put forward an [02:19:00] opposition message right now, because they are — they feel like this is normal.
And that’s why it’s so important for concerned citizens all across the country to twist the arm of your Senate Democrat. Go to their office. If you go to Indivisible.org today, you can find a way to join your local chapter all around the country, whether your senators are Republican or Democrat or independent. They need to hear from concerned citizens, because the Democratic Party doesn’t move on issues of oligarchy, of plutocracy, of taking action, unless their constituents show up in person and demand that they hold hearings, take the bully pulpit in the media and also grind the Senate to a halt until we know why does Elon Musk have this information, someone who was not elected.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, the Democratic National Committee on Saturday elected the moderate political insider Ken Martin as chair, despite calls from voters to urgently switch gears and respond to working people’s needs following the party’s crushing defeat, though it wasn’t a [02:20:00] major numbers defeat, but it was a defeat in November. What do you think of Ken Martin? Where do you think it’s going?
WALEED SHAHID: So, the DNC is largely, at this point, a fundraising vehicle for the presidential campaign. I hope that Ken Martin reforms the party to do things like what I’m describing. The Democratic Party should be holding daily press conferences every morning to explain to working-class and middle-class Americans why it might hurt their pocketbooks for Elon Musk to have this information from the Treasury Department and from the OPM, that Elon Musk has a history of wanting to use public resources for private gain, that Elon Musk is someone who is live-tweeting that he wants to cut the federal government’s debt every day by billions of dollars, and one of the only ways to do that would be to begin to privatize Social Security. This is what the DNC should be doing.
Now, Ken Martin, we had lots of members of the “uncommitted” movement at the DNC who were being personally bullied by their DNC state parties, and Ken Martin, [02:21:00] thankfully, did intervene to make sure that that didn’t happen. And so, that was my only personal interaction with him, and he went out of his way to make sure that our uncommitted delegation was treated with respect. Other than that, I don’t know that much about him, but I’m looking forward to — hopefully he can put together a working-class, populist agenda for the party that isn’t just a fundraising handoff.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, Lindsay Owens, DOGE is not a formal government agency, right? Which means that it doesn’t fall into any category.
LINDSAY OWENS: Yeah, look, I think when President Trump announced that Elon Musk was going to be running the Department of Government Efficiency, there was a sort of tempting fantasy that maybe Musk, a tech but successful businessman, could come in and restore some efficiency in government, maybe modernize some aspects of government that could use some updating. I mean, I think with this weekend’s seizure of the Treasury payment system, we can be [02:22:00] crystal clear in putting that fantasy to bed. This is Musk determining who is going to get funding in this country, what programs are going to be funded in this country. And remember, Musk isn’t a disinterested party here. As we’ve talked about, he has many federal contracts himself, billions of dollars this year alone to his companies — SpaceX, Tesla and X, formerly known as Twitter.
But he also is interested in cutting this funding for a very personal reason, which is he is interested in paying for the tax cuts that Congress is teeing up this year. They are estimating $5 trillion in tax cuts, mostly going to the wealthy and corporations. And DOGE is the entity that is supposedly going to find the money, find the savings to pay for those tax cuts. So I think we can sum it up this way: Elon Musk is going to pay for his tax cut with your Social Security. That’s [02:23:00] really what we’re looking at here. That’s what DOGE is up to.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: What should people do right now?
WALEED SHAHID: People should go to Indivisible.org and visit their Senate office and demand an investigation of Elon Musk and that Senate business should come to a halt.
President Trump and the Power of the Purse - Takes™ by Jamelle Bouie - Air Date 2-5-25
JAMELLE BOUIE - HOST, TAKES™ BY JAMELLE BOUIE: However all of this ends, it should be emphasized that the president has no authority to do any of this. And he has sent us headlong into a genuine constitutional crisis. To specify, the president has no legal authority to freeze, suspend, or what's called impound congressional. appropriations. It is true that there is a 1974 law, the Impoundment Control Act, which sets up a set of procedures by which the president can request to Congress rescission of funds, meaning just withdrawing funds or reallocation of funds, but it's a very specific process. It's usually based on a rationale like "Oh, I found a more efficient way to do something for you." And in fact, when supporters of the idea of an impoundment power say that, Oh, it's happened [02:24:00] before what they're specifically referring to is a circumstance in the 1800s when Thomas Jefferson as president spent less than what was appropriated because he found a cheaper way to do it.
But even in whatever circumstances are outlined by the law, the president still has to contact Congress, explain to Congress what the president is doing, and give a timeline for when the funds are going to be used. Any attempt to impound funds outside of the parameters set by this law is on its face constitutional for the very, very simple reason that the Constitution gives Congress the full and unambiguous power of the purse. It is, in fact, the very first power enumerated under Article 1, Section 8, "the Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, in post and excises to pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States."
The issue of an impoundment has come up before it came up during the presidency of Richard Nixon. Nixon, certainly a great American hero, wanted to stop spending congressionally authorized [02:25:00] funds, and various legal authorities popped up to say, no, you can't really do that. And in 1988, the Justice Department's office of legal counsel even put out a memo kind of reflecting. past empowerment controversies and stating outright that this power simply doesn't exist for the simple reason that it would contradict and undermine the constitutional structure itself.
It would be anomalous, said the Justice Department, for the president to both take care to execute the laws as per the Take Care Clause of the constitution, but also declined to execute the laws as Congress set forth. You can't really do both. You have to choose one or the other, and the constitution clearly lays out that the president's job is to take care that the laws are faithfully executed, which is generally understood to mean the president has to execute the laws as Congress writes them, unless Congress provides the executive with discretion as to how the laws are going to be executed.
Now there's the plain text and logic of the constitution that makes clear that impoundment is not a thing a president can do, [02:26:00] but you can also look at the history of the constitution to make clear that impoundment is not a thing the president can do. During the fight for ratification, when supporters and opponents of the constitution battled it out in ratification conventions across the 13 states, supporters of the constitution had an answer for those who worried that the constitution gave entirely too much power to the president. "The purse is in the hands of the representatives of the people," said James Madison at the Virginia ratifying convention, responding to Patrick Henry's fears of military despotism. "They have all the appropriation of all monies." Of all money, this is a funny way to say that, yeah.
Alexander Hamilton made a similar point when speaking at the New York Ratification Convention. "We have heard a great deal of the sword and the purse. Let us see what is the true meaning of this maxim, which has been so much used and so little understood. It is that you shall not place those powers, either in the legislative or executive singly. Neither one nor the other shall have both, because this would destroy that division of powers in which [02:27:00] political liberty is founded. It would furnish one body with all the means of tyranny. But where the purse is lodged in one branch and the sword in another, there can be no danger."
The principal aim of the 1787 constitution was to secure the future of Republican government in the United States. It's lowercase R republican, not the political party, but the notion of self government. Of self government bounded by rules and institutions. Of self government defined by scheme of representation. Of self government that rests on the virtue of the people. Of self government that is defined by separation of powers, and institutions that are meant to make sure that no one particular force can irrigate all the power to itself.
And this is not just me speaking here, Republican political theory at the time insisted on "the separate and distinct exercise of the different power of government, which to a certain extent is admitted on all hands to be essential to the preservation of liberty," that's James Madison, again.
The president may have wide [02:28:00] authority to act across a number of areas, but the one thing the president cannot do is unilaterally decide what to spend and how much to spend. President cannot spend any more or less than what Congress mandates without the explicit approval of Congress.
I'm going to quote Madison again, this time from Federalist number 58 written to the New York ratification convention to persuade them of supporting the "this power over the purse," wrote Madison, "may in fact be regarded as the most complete and effectual weapon with which any constitution can arm the immediate representatives of the people for obtaining a redress of every grievance and for carrying into effect every just and salutary measure."
To upset this balance of power, to, in effect, give the president the power of the purse, is to fundamentally unsettle and unravel the constitutional system of the United States. The system as it exists is built on the idea that these things are separate, that they have to be separate in order to preserve liberty and freedom.
A [02:29:00] Congress that cannot force an executive to abide by its spending decisions is a Congress whose power of the purse is a nullity. It doesn't matter. It effectively doesn't exist. It's not there. So if you read the memo announcing the freeze or the pause or whatever, it stated this was necessary so that officials could align their objectives with those of the President's will. And you see this type of phrasing all over the Trump government, that the president's will must be obeyed, that we must follow the president's will. But wait a sec. Let's hold up. Let's, let's stop.
In the American system of government, the president's will doesn't direct the government. The people who serve the government don't pledge an oath to the President, they pledge an oath to the Constitution and to the American people. Everyone who serves in the government, career and political appointees alike, have a duty to obey the law and to follow the constitution. There is no mechanism in our system by which the mystical authority of the people flows into the President and [02:30:00] gives the president sovereign authority over everyone. It doesn't happen, that's not the United States system of government.
President is a servant of the constitution, bound by its demands. Most Presidents in our history have understood this, even when they pushed for more and greater authority. But not Trump. He sees no distinction between himself and the office, and he sees the office as a grant of unlimited power. Or, as he once said,
Donald Trump: an Article 2 where I have the right to do whatever I want as President, but I don't even talk about that.
It's a thing called Article 2. Nobody ever mentions Article 2.
More importantly, Article 2 allows me to do whatever I want.
JAMELLE BOUIE - HOST, TAKES™ BY JAMELLE BOUIE: The freeze, the Elon Musk shenanigans, all of this is an attempt to make this a reality. He wants to take the power of the purse for himself. He wants to make the Constitution a grant of absolute authority. For lack of a better term, he wants to be a king. And the big question facing this country is [02:31:00] if we're gonna let him make himself a king, or if we're gonna try to do something about it.
Trump's Attack on Science Funding - The Brian Lehrer Show - Air Date 2-21-25#1694 Unhealthy Discourse - RFK Jr. and the Anti-Science Movement Endangering Global Health
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: Katherine, your piece lays out obviously an alarming picture of the Trump administration's impact already on science. What are the most significant changes that you're seeing so far?
KATHERINE WU: Oh, my goodness, do we even have time to go through them? There have been so many. I think this really comes down to the fact that it has been so many that it's actually difficult to point to the most significant ones. Certainly, the fact that funding has been frozen, that means that researchers are essentially not getting the funds they need to pay their staff to continue their studies.
That means participants in clinical trials are potentially being called and told, "Well, we can't continue to study anymore. This very important experimental drug that might be helping you stay alive may not be an option for your care anymore." We've seen thousands of federal workers fired from across government and that includes scientists doing vital work. [02:32:00] We have seen foreign aid abroad been totally dismantled.
People who need life-saving HIV treatments not getting the care that they need. I am sure I am missing things from this list only because the list is so ridiculously long. There truly has not been a sphere of American science or American science being done abroad that has not been impacted by this. It is the way that science is being done and who is allowed to be doing science right now, every aspect of it.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: One of your articles is called The NIH, National Institutes of Health, Memo That Undercut Universities Came Directly from Trump Officials. Remind us of that one.
KATHERINE WU: Yes, so this is one of the most important changes that has happened in the past two weeks. I suppose I hesitate to call it a change because it never actually fully went into effect. On February 7th, the NIH seemed to release a memo. They did release the memo saying that indirect [02:33:00] cost rates were going to be cut and indirect costs are basically overhead.
You get a grant. You apportion some of that grant to cover the day-to-day logistics of being able to do your research, paying rent for your lab, paying the utilities bills for your lab, making sure that administrative stuff gets done, all the logistical stuff that makes the research run on the side, not just the hard science that we picture or see in stock images. This is essential stuff.
Those rates can go as high as 60%, 70% at some universities. It's a very big deal for it to be slashed all the way down to 15%. For that to be a hard cap effectively overnight, which is what that would have done, that would have been devastating. That would have been an overnight salary cut for countless people and the work that they do. You can't sustain that kind of cut with no notice whatsoever.
This created huge uproar that has since been [02:34:00] temporarily blocked by a federal judge. We're going to see how that all shakes out once this is fully litigated in court. The larger issue here was that it was not NIH behind this memo, even though it was their website that released it. The Trump administration pushed that directive through and basically forced them to publish it on their website as what appears to be just a show of force.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: Let's take a call from a scientist. Isabel in Manhattan, you're on WNYC. Hi, Isabel.
ISABEL: Hi. Thanks so much for having me. I'm a postdoctoral neuroscientist at Columbia University. I'm also a proud member and steward for my union, UAW 4100. I wanted to talk about how these funding cuts to science, health care, and higher education are impacting my job and the jobs of scientists like me. I love that I get to come into work every day and study how our brain makes memories. [02:35:00] These funding cuts are putting my job and my science at risk along with the work of thousands of other hardworking researchers and educators.
I also want to talk about something that's giving me some hope right now, which is academic labor power. Academic unions are more prolific than ever. This Wednesday, we organized a national day of action, including a rally here in New York City that was co-organized by my union, UAW 4100, and other academic unions across the city. These rallies brought together thousands of researchers, academic workers, and allies to say no to these funding cuts. It's really empowering for me to see the collective labor power that we're building in New York and nationwide. I think this is going to be a powerful tool to fight for the future of science, health care, and academic jobs.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: [02:36:00] Isabel, thank you. I'm going to add another voice to yours, Isabel, as our next caller, I think, is another scientist also getting involved with the UAW actions. Alexa in Brooklyn, you're on WNYC. Hello, Alexa.
ALEXA: Hi there. I'm a lifelong scientist. I feel like I can talk to you about the ways that this has affected the prospects of my career and the ability to do science, but I'm really passionate also about us making the connection that what we're watching happening in science right now, what were victims of in science and in research and in higher education right now also is something that is part of the global or the US economy at large with the decline in manufacturing and that we should learn from history since we're organized with the United Auto Workers.
What they've experienced in the auto industry over the past 40 years is what we're experiencing right now in [02:37:00] research and higher education, and that when we talk about the funding of US science and US research at large, we can't pretend that it's been good. The past 30 years have been a major stagnation of research funding. That's come at the cost of workers where we haven't kept up with inflation.
That's why we've organized ourselves into unions. It's because of how bad it's been. The fact that this is happening should highlight to everyone across the US and internationally just how tenuous the system of research funding is. It's right now that we need to decide whether we believe that we are a country, whether we are people that believes in public knowledge production or not.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: What would you say to listeners who might think, "Okay, you're a microbiologist. The pharmaceutical industry is big and wealthy. If they want to develop medications--" I'm sure your [02:38:00] work isn't only on medications. If private industry wants to develop things that are science-based, that are going to be useful to the public, then they will make money on them. Why do we need taxpayers to subsidize this at the level that they have? What would you say to that?
ALEXA: Also get this question in another frame, which is, "You have a PhD. You're a microbiologist. Why don't you just work in private industry?" I just don't believe in that. I believe that there is such an important place for public research and for basic science research. I actually don't study anything in biomedicine. The research that I do actually is only valued by the Department of Energy right now. My PhD is in soil microbiology. I think it's so crucial. We have no idea what discoveries we make now will be important for innovation, technology, medicine, climate change 20, 30 years from now. We need to be investing in the big questions that really propelled knowledge [02:39:00] forward. Knowledge in and of itself is a public good.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: There isn't profit in basic research, thank you for your call. Katherine Wu, what are you thinking listening to those couple of callers?
KATHERINE WU: Yes, so much. I think it's worth reiterating just how important it is to keep training future generations of scientists. Discoveries don't get made. Drugs don't get developed unless there is rigorous training in place and funds to make sure that those young scientists have the training that they need, the support they need, especially scientists from underrepresented backgrounds.
I think the system now is so strapped that some universities are trying to figure out, "Do we need to pause graduate student admissions?" There could be multiple generations of young scientists at risk here. We will see the fallout of that loss for years and years and years. That is so much knowledge that is at stake here. Absolutely, I think the conversation about private funding is an important one.
I think if you think about the amount that the federal government contributes [02:40:00] to scientific research, if you're even to pair away at that a little bit, there isn't actually a really reasonable way for private funding to fill that gap. There's not enough of it. A lot of private funding comes with strings attached, right? It's what foundations want to fund. It's to their own ends. Certainly, pharmaceutical companies are doing their own research, but it's what's lucrative. What about rare diseases? What about things that don't have a big dollar sign attached to them?
It's incredibly important to work toward the public interest and not just where the money is. I also want to point out, we have so many examples of discoveries that were made totally by accident in the pursuit of basic research, penicillin maybe being the most famous one. There will be devastating consequences for everyone's health and well-being and our understanding of the world if any type of science is hampered by this continued pause.
Samoa's Health Chief Says RFK Jr. Spread Anti-Vax Misinformation Before Deadly Measles Outbreak - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-31-25
DR. ALEC EKEROMA: In 2019, Samoa had a very low vaccination rate, and that was because of some problems back in 2018 [02:41:00] with a matching-mixing of vaccines that resulted in two deaths. And so, therefore, we had a low vaccination rate already. And then Kennedy visited, before the measles outbreak. Now, the measles outbreak, of course, it came from New Zealand across the islands, and because of a low vaccination rate, it just took off, and so resulting in so many deaths.
But the government responded quickly and demanded a vaccine campaign — vaccination campaign, and there was some international assistance to Samoa from all countries in the world, who came across — doctors and nurses came across to Samoa to help with the mass vaccination of our people. So, that drove the vaccination up, rate up, to 90%, within a few months.
So, Kennedy’s presence in Samoa a few months before that actually emboldened the anti-vaxxers locally and also from [02:42:00] New Zealand. And so, they were the ones, really, that tried to sow the vaccine hesitancy in the country. But, fortunately, our leaders did not believe that and mounted this emergency and mass vaccination campaign.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Why did Kennedy go to Samoa?
DR. ALEC EKEROMA: Apparently, he came to talk about some database that they could create. But when he was here, he talked to — well, he talked to the director — the then-director general of health and to the prime minister, but he also talked to local anti-vaxxers, as well. So, I’m not privy to what was discussed, but the result of his visit didn’t result in any improvements in our ICT or software capabilities in the country. None was promised.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: [02:43:00] I want to bring our other guest into this conversation. As we talk to the health director in Samoa, I also want to bring Brian Deer in, who was there in 2018 — in 2019 in the midst of the measles outbreak. He’s an investigative journalist and author of The Doctor Who Fooled the World. His recent New York Times opinion piece, “I’ll Never Forget What Kennedy Did During Samoa’s Measles Outbreak.” So, can you elaborate further on what Dr. Ekeroma is saying?
BRIAN DEER: Good morning, Amy.
Yes, indeed, I was out in Samoa at the time, and I spent a great deal of my time there speaking to the mothers of children who died from measles. And it was the most emotional experience, and I ended my time there just crying, as I became overcome by the pain of these mothers. Eighty-three people died, overwhelmingly small children.[02:44:00]
Now, Mr. Kennedy thinks he knows better than anybody else. He claims that he’s not anti-vaccine. I’ve been following what is now called the anti-vaccine movement for 25 years. And I can assure you that Mr. Kennedy is not only an anti-vaccine campaigner, he is the preeminent anti-vaccine campaigner in the world. And he went to Samoa, and after the outbreak began, he then wrote to the prime minister, trying to suggest that it wasn’t, in fact, the virus at all that was killing these children, but was, in fact, the responsibility of the vaccine itself.
And he didn’t stop there. Even this week, speaking to senators, he claimed that nobody knows what these children died from, even though the measles was — the vaccine there had collapsed as a result of other issues. And then, after a vaccination [02:45:00] campaign that followed the outbreak, or took part — occurred at the same time as the outbreak, the children stopped dying. But Mr. Kennedy felt that he should tell senators that nobody knows what killed those children — extraordinary thing for him to say.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: What do you think, Brian Deer — and then I want to ask the health minister in Samoa — of him being the health secretary, the secretary of health and human services of the United States?
BRIAN DEER: Well, I have to say, listening to him over the last couple of days, Amy, that I was shocked by the attitude he displayed. He was making it absolutely clear that notwithstanding him being the — hoping to become the head of an agency with a $2,000 billion budget and employing 90,000 people, he was going to personally involve himself in vaccine science, and it would be [02:46:00] he who would be deciding whether the research was conducted properly, even though he has no medical or scientific qualifications at all, and not the enormous staff he represents and the agencies, that have actually written to him previously telling him that the research overwhelmingly and conclusively shows that there is no link between vaccines and, for example, autism. He was making it absolutely clear to senators that he was going to — in that job, with those enormous responsibilities, for that massive entity, he was going to involve himself in the individual pieces of research and deciding for himself whether vaccines, for example, cause autism.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And before we leave Samoa, Dr. Alec Ekeroma, if you can talk about the significance of if he is confirmed as health secretary here in the U.S.?
DR. ALEC EKEROMA: It is quite significant. Someone who is prominent [02:47:00] in the world, with a [inaudible] , spitting out anti-vaccine sentiments, emboldening anti-vaxxers around the world and in Samoa, is going to be a public health disaster for us. Already, we’re going to have reduction in U.S. funding to United Nations and to WHO that is going to affect our capability here. And then you add in Bob Kennedy into this role, that is going to slow down the flow of vaccines to us, that is going to harm our public health state in this country. And so, therefore, it will be a disaster for us.
President Trump's second administration and Project 2025 - Trump's Terms - Air Date 2-11-25#1695 Trump's Corruption As A Matter Of Course
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: Back in April 2023, without a whole lot of fanfare, a conservative political operative named Paul Danz laid out what was basically a political battle plan.
What we're doing is systematically preparing to march into office and bring a new army of aligned, trained, and essentially [02:48:00] weaponized conservatives ready to do battle against the deep state.
It was called Project 2025, a 900+ page blueprint for a future conservative president, because it's worth flagging that at this point, President Trump had not yet locked down the Republican nomination, to hit the ground running on day one. It outlined a suite of very conservative policies that would, for example, outlaw the mailing of abortion pills and abolish the Department of Education. It even suggests a return to the gold standard.
Democrats saw this as a vulnerability for Trump in the 2024 campaign, and so we saw social media videos like this one from then president and then candidate Joe Biden.
JOE BIDEN: Project 2025 will destroy America. Look it up.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: We saw Saturday Night Live's Kenan Thompson on the stage at the Democratic National Convention holding up a giant bound copy of the plan.
COMMERCIAL: You ever seen a document that could kill a small animal and democracy at the same time?
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: After the plan became a Democratic talking point, Trump repeatedly disavowed Project 2025. Here he is on Fox News.
Donald Trump: I have no idea what it is. It's a [02:49:00] group of extremely conservative people got together and wrote up a wish list of things, many of which I disagree with entirely, they're too severe.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: But now that Trump is in office releasing his own detailed plans, a lot of them are strikingly similar to the ones laid out in Project 2025. And one of its chief architects was just confirmed to head the critical Office of Management and Budget. Here's Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer.
CHUCK SCHUMER: And make no mistake about it. Russell Vought is Project 2025 incarnate.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: Politico has been looking into where Project 2025's ideas are showing up in Trump's early executive orders, and this past week, they published a breakdown of 37 different examples. Megan Messerly covers the White House for Politico and joins me now. Welcome.
MEGAN MESSERLY: Thank you.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: So, let's start with that list. What are some of the areas where we have seen the clearest echoes of Project 2025 in the action of the White House?
MEGAN MESSERLY: The biggest category is in the area of social issues. And that's obviously a broad bucket of things like school choice and banning diversity, equity, and inclusion programs, prohibiting transgender [02:50:00] troops from serving in the military. But we've really seen this cover a broad swath of policy areas from social issues to immigration and government staffing, energy, foreign affairs, the economy. Like it really touches every area of President Trump's executive orders so far.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: It wasn't just a policy plan, though, as well. This was a database of potential administration staffers. This was a conservative bench of people who are motivated to quickly dismantle big chunks of the government that they don't like. Have you seen that play out in the first few weeks of this administration?
MEGAN MESSERLY: Absolutely. I mean, if you look at the list in Project 2025, there's this lengthy list of folks who contributed to the project. And there is significant overlap between this list and the folks who are now joining President Trump's administration. Many of them are former administration officials themselves, and we're seeing them go back in for Trump 2.0. Some of them are even joining his cabinet. Russ Vought, the new director of the Office of Management and Budget. His pick for CIA, John Ratcliffe. His border czar, Tom [02:51:00] Holman.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: And it is fair to say that Vought did write a big chunk of this plan.
MEGAN MESSERLY: Absolutely. He authored a whole chapter, in fact, on the executive office of the president. Vought is known for being really in the weeds, these nitty gritty details of really how to use executive branch authority to the fullest extent and even press that in terms of some separation of powers issues. He has this whole belief about impoundment, this idea that the president doesn't actually have to spend the dollars that Congress allows the federal government to spend.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: I want to stick on that for a moment because this seems like this is going to be a big fight of the Trump administration.
We saw this proposed freeze on federal funding. It got a lot of attention. It was challenged in court immediately. The administration eventually walked it back, at least for now, but they made it clear we want to do this again. You're saying that Vought has written about this, has talked about this, this idea that Congress appropriates the money, the executive branch, in his view and clearly in the view of many people in the Trump administration, doesn't necessarily have to spend it, can choose not to spend it. This is something that was in the plan?
MEGAN MESSERLY: So if you look at the plan, he lays out this [02:52:00] theory of the case. I will say he doesn't go quite as far in Project 2025 as he has in other writings in fully laying out his legal theory here on impoundment, but he makes very clear in Project 2025 that he believes that Congress has delegated far too much authority to what he refers to as "the fourth branch of government," the administrative state, the career bureaucrats.
And so that's reflected in the federal funding freeze that we saw. A lot of folks I talked to, though, say the rollout of that freeze obviously threw Washington into chaos before the White House walked that back. But folks now close to Vought are telling me that they expect him to find a clear cut case where this can actually go to court and potentially make its way up to the Supreme Court to determine whether or not they agree with the argument that Vought has made, that the president does have this authority to say no to congressional spending edicts.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: What is the White House saying right now? Because as we laid out, there was such a clear disavowal of this during the campaign. And as you have reported, yet so much of it is actually part of the action plan.
MEGAN MESSERLY: Exactly. When we've asked them specifically about the [02:53:00] overlap between many of these executive orders and Project 2025, we haven't gotten a lot of direct response. But in general, the argument that we're hearing now from the White House is this idea that, if you look at Project 2025, a lot of these are just longstanding conservative ideas or things that President Trump himself did do during his first term. And so I think the argument there is, okay, yes, these ideas may be in Project 2025 but these are also just reflective of President Trump's priorities.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: Have you -- it's still early, Democrats are clearly struggling with how to respond politically to all of this. Democrats seem to think this was a powerful argument during the campaign. Perhaps it wasn't because they lost. Have you seen, have you come across this? Have you looked at this at all? Are Democrats focusing in on this again in this moment?
MEGAN MESSERLY: They are. I think it's to be determined what the impact of that is. I think a lot of the American public, this label of Project 2025 did stick in their minds. When I was on the campaign trail, people were bringing it up to me of their own volition. So clearly that messaging really broke through and that's why Democrats were leaning so heavily on it.
On the other hand, President Trump is [02:54:00] moving forward. He is now elected. So if there are any concerns about Project 2025 from Democrats, from members of the American public, those aren't the folks that hold the levers of power right now. And so it's full steam ahead from the Trump administration.
The Gangster Presidency - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-15-25
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: So I've been slightly snarkily describing executive orders as letters to Santa, right? They're not binding on their face. They are directives to agencies about new priorities. But these are being treated, as you say, like a fiat from the King. And then the authority of that is cited to say, well, you know, the King said that we have to turn off the taps on this or that, or we have to end DEI wherever we find it. And so I would love you to just tell me really explicitly, in a normal administration, what an agency would do with a really broad sweeping EO. In other words, what would the regular procedure be to try to effectuate something? Because as you said, President Biden had some big swing EOs.
SAM BAGENSTOS: [02:55:00] So usually, first, and this has been the case since the Kennedy administration, before the EO were to go out, the Justice Department would review it and make sure that there was actually authority to do the things in the EO, that the President has authority to tell the agencies to do whatever the President's telling the agencies to do, and that the agencies would have authority to carry it out. And that clearly hasn't happened here. Even if DOJ has looked at these EOs, clearly there are so many provisions where there's no authority that they're just not applying the approach that they've undertaken since President Kennedy.
So, that's number one. Usually when you get an executive order—and I've been on both sides of this process, both the drafting of them in the White House and also receiving end at an agency—when you get an executive order, you look at it and you say, Okay, well, so this is the president telling us that we have to apply our statutory authorities consistent with a particular policy. What room does the statute give us? [02:56:00] What room has Congress given us to do this? How hard would it be to implement these things? Let's figure out a process for trying to implement the President's policy consistent with what Congress has told us.
What we're seeing right now is this just incredibly ham handed, reckless effort to take what the President said and just do it yesterday. So, President says I don't like equity. I'm against "gender ideology". And so you have the apparatchiks throughout the government going through with a control F looking for the word "equity" or looking for the word "gender" in any grant application, in any grant notice, in any program, in anything on a website and saying, Okay, we're taking it down. We're taking the money back. We're not spending any more money on this because it's inconsistent with the edict about what's the right way to talk about things in the world. That's just not the kind of thing that happens in any functioning government.
And [02:57:00] like we can talk a lot about norms. I'm really happy to talk about past norms, but that's not the fundamental problem here. The fundamental problem here is we need a government that works.
The people through decades have elected officials who have passed laws that create a government to solve problems for the American public, to make sure that people get health care, to make sure that people are protected against predatory actors in the economy. And if what you do is come in and say, I'm just going to take that all down because I just don't like governance or I just don't like the words that people are using, then what that's going to do is mean that people are going to live shorter, worse lives, and I think fundamentally that's the important thing. And we as a society have decided we want an effective government to protect people, to provide for people's needs, to make sure our healthcare system works, to build infrastructure, to prepare us for the next economy. And [02:58:00] all of this breaking of norms, why it matters is because it subverts all of those democratic decisions we've made through the years.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: And maybe this goes without saying, Sam, but it's not just norms because it's also a breaking of laws. it's also, as you say, some of these don't go by way of the Office of Legal Counsel the way they should have, right? There's a systematic failure to check if something is lawful. It's almost as though the presumption is not only have we lifted off without looking at the norms, we actually don't care whether the law provides for this or not, because we've decided that the President's priorities supersede that.
But there's one other piece I want to talk about. The other paradox of this just implosion that we have seen in the last couple of weeks of the federal government is that they've made the choice to just shutter agencies the way you would do a hostile takeover, where they just... they could have said to Congress, just turn off the lights. We don't like USAID, we're not [02:59:00] super fond of CFPB. Like, they've tried to do this before, but instead of saying in some world in which they actually could do this lawfully, they just bring in this like unelected centibillionaire who just with a bunch of guys and some code are just shuttering entire entities.
And, so I want to flag some reporting on Thursday night that came out of Wired that says that, Elon Musk promising, standing at the Resolute Desk, promising maximal transparency on the DOGE website, which it turns out is just being kind of run out of X.
So I think it matters for our purposes, and I need you to help illuminate why, that this is done entirely extra governmentally, Sam, because it's very fast and it's hard to catch that this sort of embodies a maximalist theory of executive power. But it's not confined to the agencies themselves. It's just a guy running around with no accountability in a non existent agency with a bunch of kids who may or may not have read-only [03:00:00] clearance. That is significant, but help me understand structurally why.
SAM BAGENSTOS: Yeah. I think it's of great concern for all the reasons that you've talked about and many more. So, we have this very powerful individual, Elon Musk, who has very substantial business interests that relate to the federal government, who has been given the keys to the most sensitive systems within the federal government. He has been given the power to turn on and turn off particular payments to particular entities, and he is using that in some ways as a blunderbuss just to shut down entire agencies, which means we have examples of people who are providing aid to prevent infectious disease that could ultimately come back to the United States, who are being stranded in potentially war torn areas because their money has been shut off for them so precipitously.
We have this agency USAID being basically shut down, notwithstanding that [03:01:00] Congress created it. That's a big deal. The power to turn on and turn off these payments can be a tool of vindictiveness and oppression, but also it can be a tool of corruption. Elon Musk is a major government contractor. He relies on government business and so do his competitors, right? And so he is now taking the power without any accountability, without any transparency to decide, yeah, we're going to turn off the spigot on the competitors. We're going to turn on the spigot on these things. That is incredibly dangerous.
And, the fact that at the same time, President Trump is getting rid of the ethical checks, getting rid of the head of the Office of Government Ethics and appointing a political appointee, Doug Collins, his Secretary of Veterans Affairs, as the acting head, trying to fire the special counsel who's designed to enforce the bar against using the government for political purposes. And again, appointing a political ally [03:02:00] as the acting head there, right? This is all of a piece of creating a massive risk of corruption and then hiding anyone's ability to find out what's going on.
See Trumps blatant quid pro quo with Eric Adams play out live on Fox News - All In w Chris Hayes - Air Date 2-14-25
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, ALL IN: We are right now in the midst of the biggest scandal of the Department of Justice. Since Watergate in the 1970s. So far, seven prosecutors have quit the DOJ in protest of Trump's corrupt deal with New York City's Democratic Mayor Eric Adams. In what can really best be described as a blatant quid pro quo, the charges in Mayor Adams federal bribery case have been conditionally dropped for now, in exchange for his full cooperation with Trump's plans for immigration enforcement and mass deportation.
In New York City. Now yesterday, six career prosecutors, people who signed up to work for Donald Trump resigned, rather than help facilitate such obvious corruption by dropping the charges. This morning, a seventh DOJ official, a man named Hagen Scotton, the lead prosecutor on the case, joined them. In a letter to Trump's acting Deputy Attorney General, Emil Bove, [03:03:00] Scotton called the deal with Mayor Adams a serious mistake, and he insisted that no system of ordered liberty can allow the government to use the carrot of dismissing charges or the stick of threatening to bring them again to induce an elected official to support its policy objectives.
Adding that any assistant U. S. attorney would know that our laws and traditions do not allow using the prosecutorial power to influence other citizens, much less elected officials in this way. If no lawyer within earshot of the president is willing to give him that advice, then I expect you will eventually find someone who is enough of a fool or enough of a coward to follow your motion.
But it was never going to be me. The formal filing to drop those charges was finally submitted about an hour ago following an intense pressure campaign by the man you see there, Emil Bove, to find lawyers at the DOJ's Public Integrity Office, that's the folks that prosecute public corruption, that would be willing to sign the requisite motion.
Now he finally convinced a trial lawyer near [03:04:00] retirement, as well as a supervisor at the criminal division, to agree. But here's the thing, a judge still needs to sign off on the whole thing. Now, we should say, Mayor Eric Adams denies the charges against him, insists his deal with DOJ was totally above board.
In a statement today, he did not explicitly deny a quid pro quo, but he did deny any trade of my authority as your mayor for an end to my case. But even that denial is difficult to square with the language that Bove himself used in his initial letter demanding the Southern District of New York drop the pending charges against Mayor Adams, so that he can quote, devote full attention and resources to the illegal immigration that escalated under the policies of the prior administration.
Bove obviously understands how that could sound like, well, a quid pro quo, which is why he went out of his way to add a very funny footnote, preemptively insisting, it is not one. Citing an earlier memo from SDNY, as Mr. Bove clearly stated to defense counsel during our government, the government is not offering to exchange dismissal of a criminal case for Adams assistance on [03:05:00] immigration enforcement.
Heh heh. Perish the thought, where'd you get that idea? Except, federal prosecutors literally asked the judge to dismiss the case against Mayor Adams. Everyone can see what's going on here. Of course, this all started earlier this week when Danielle Sassoon, she was Trump's pick to serve as the acting U. S. Attorney for SDNY. She's a prosecutor with sterling credentials among conservatives, clerk for Scalia. She, in response to being ordered to drop the case, sent a letter offering her resignation directly to the Attorney General, Pam Bondi, right, bypassing Bove, who'd sent her this instruction, writing that, Adam's attorneys repeatedly urged what amounted to a quid pro quo.
Indicating Adams would be in a position to assist with the department's enforcement priorities only if the indictment were dismissed. Adding, rather than be rewarded, Adams advocacy should be called out for what it is, an improper offer of immigration enforcement assistance in exchange for a dismissal of his case.
In that same letter, Sassoon outlines a particularly damning anecdote in which Bove [03:06:00] admonished a member of my team who took notes during that meeting with Adam's lawyers and directed the collection of those notes at the meeting's conclusion. Like, why are you writing things down, lawyer from the justice department?
Probably worth stressing here, it's standard practice for prosecutors to take notes at a meeting like this, and that demanding they refrain from doing so and then confiscating their notes? is not a sign that everything you're doing is on the up and up. Bove responded to Sassoon's letter with a blustery 8 page letter of his own yesterday, where he admonished her for refusing to drop the charges, accused her of participating in a partisan witch hunt against an elected Democrat?
Bove also mentioned by name two Assistant U. S. Attorneys under Sassoon, who worked on the case, and basically directed them to contact his office if they were willing to drop the charges. And it was one of those attorneys that he name checked. Hagen Scotton, the guy I quoted a moment ago, who resigned today and told Bove to go kick rocks.
There's one more back and forth in letters between Sassoon and Bove I think is worth highlighting because [03:07:00] it gets to the nut of the point. A perfect encapsulation of just how corrupt, how rotten this deal is that Trump is offering Mayor Adams. Sassoon in her letter invokes the case of Michael Flynn.
That was Trump's former national security advisor in his last administration. And in short, Flynn was indicted for lying to the FBI. He pleaded guilty to the charges. Then Trump's DOJ, under Attorney General Bill Barr, demanded the charges be dropped anyway after he pleaded guilty. Now, the judge overseeing the case refused to dismiss it, but the whole thing eventually went away when Trump stepped in and simply pardoned Flynn on his way out of office.
In her letter to Bove, Sassoon points out that the president could just do the same thing now, noting that With Flynn, the president ultimately chose to cut off the extended and embarrassing litigation over dismissal by granting a pardon. Bove responded to that with some more bluster, basically admonishing Sassoon for daring to question Trump's authority.
Don't tell the president who to pardon. Let's linger here for a second because that example raises an important point, right? All this is happening because Trump did not pardon Adam. In fact, [03:08:00] we have reporting in the New York Times that Adam's explicitly sent a letter asking for a pardon. He didn't get one.
That kind of gives the game away, doesn't it? Because it's not as though this president is particularly shy about wielding his pardon power, considering that on day one he pardoned 1,600 January 6th rioters, including a bunch of folks who have since been re-arrested for other crimes, others who've committed violence.
He pardoned a guy that was running like, the biggest drug trafficking website in the world. Pardoned him. Trump intentionally did not just pardon the mayor, which would be fully within his rights. Instead, what he chose to do was to dangle freedom in front of him, in exchange for his preferred policy outcomes in New York City.
The conditional dropping of the charges on a possibly temporary basis was the quid, right? Well, today, as all this is developing, in the shadow of this scandal, today we got the quo. We got the quo when Mayor Adams went on a media tour along with Trump's so called border czar, where he was forced to insist he is a willing participant in Trump's immigration crackdown and deny the existence of any sort [03:09:00] of shady dealings.
MAYOR ERIC ADAMS: Think about my attorney, Alex Spiro, one of the top trial attorneys in the country. Imagine him going inside saying that the only way Mayor Adams is going to assist in immigration, which I was calling for, since 2022, is if you drop the charges. That's quid pro quo. That's a crime. It took her three weeks to report in front of her a criminal action. Come on, this is silly.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, ALL IN: Now, that denial, again, was a little undercut during that very same interview when Trump's border guy, sitting next to him on the curvy couch, issued a not so veiled threat against Adams if he doesn't do what the big boss wants.
Tom Homan: I came to New York City, I wasn't going to leave without nothing. I did the last time, and I told him I'm not leaving until I got something. And now I've got him on the couch in front of millions of people, he can't back away from this now, right? If he doesn't come through, I'll be back in New York City, and we won't be sitting on the couch, he'll be in his office, up his butt, saying, where the hell is the agreement we came to?
#1695 Trump's Corruption As A Matter Of Course and a Strategy to Hold Power (Transcript)
Air Date 3/7/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
Corruption, for those who indulge, isn't just a perk of power. It can also be a method for maintaining it. And Trump is not even bothering to hide the corruption he's working to facilitate, or how it's geared towards supporting his desire for unchecked power.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 50 minutes today includes Trump's Terms, The Real News, Amicus, the Brennan Center for Justice, All In with Chris Hayes, Democracy Now!, the Ralph Nader Radio Hour, and the Brian Lehrer Show.
Then in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in four sections: Section A, The cabinet of greed; followed by Section B, Quid pro quo; Section C, Corporate interests; and Section D, King Trump.
President Trump's second administration and Project 2025 - Trump's Terms - Air Date 2-11-25
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: Back in April 2023, without a whole lot of fanfare, a conservative political operative named Paul Danz laid out what was [00:01:00] basically a political battle plan.
CLIP: What we're doing is systematically preparing to march into office and bring a new army of aligned, trained, and essentially weaponized conservatives ready to do battle against the deep state.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: It was called Project 2025, a 900+ page blueprint for a future conservative president, because it's worth flagging that at this point, President Trump had not yet locked down the Republican nomination, to hit the ground running on day one. It outlined a suite of very conservative policies that would, for example, outlaw the mailing of abortion pills and abolish the Department of Education. It even suggests a return to the gold standard.
Democrats saw this as a vulnerability for Trump in the 2024 campaign, and so we saw social media videos like this one from then president and then candidate Joe Biden.
JOE BIDEN: Project 2025 will destroy America. Look it up.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: We saw Saturday Night Live's Kenan Thompson on the stage at the Democratic National Convention holding up a giant bound copy of the plan.
COMMERCIAL: You ever seen a [00:02:00] document that could kill a small animal and democracy at the same time?
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: After the plan became a Democratic talking point, Trump repeatedly disavowed Project 2025. Here he is on Fox News.
DONALD TRUMP: I have no idea what it is. It's a group of extremely conservative people got together and wrote up a wish list of things, many of which I disagree with entirely, they're too severe.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: But now that Trump is in office releasing his own detailed plans, a lot of them are strikingly similar to the ones laid out in Project 2025. And one of its chief architects was just confirmed to head the critical Office of Management and Budget. Here's Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer.
CHUCK SCHUMER: And make no mistake about it. Russell Vought is Project 2025 incarnate.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: Politico has been looking into where Project 2025's ideas are showing up in Trump's early executive orders, and this past week, they published a breakdown of 37 different examples. Megan Messerly covers the White House for Politico and joins me now. Welcome.
MEGAN MESSERLY: Thank you.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: So, let's start with that list. What are some of the areas where we have seen the clearest echoes of Project 2025 in the [00:03:00] action of the White House?
MEGAN MESSERLY: The biggest category is in the area of social issues. And that's obviously a broad bucket of things like school choice and banning diversity, equity, and inclusion programs, prohibiting transgender troops from serving in the military. But we've really seen this cover a broad swath of policy areas from social issues to immigration and government staffing, energy, foreign affairs, the economy. Like it really touches every area of President Trump's executive orders so far.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: It wasn't just a policy plan, though, as well. This was a database of potential administration staffers. This was a conservative bench of people who are motivated to quickly dismantle big chunks of the government that they don't like. Have you seen that play out in the first few weeks of this administration?
MEGAN MESSERLY: Absolutely. I mean, if you look at the list in Project 2025, there's this lengthy list of folks who contributed to the project. And there is significant overlap between this list and the folks who are now joining President Trump's administration. Many of them are former administration officials themselves, and [00:04:00] we're seeing them go back in for Trump 2.0. Some of them are even joining his cabinet. Russ Vought, the new director of the Office of Management and Budget. His pick for CIA, John Ratcliffe. His border czar, Tom Holman.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: And it is fair to say that Vought did write a big chunk of this plan.
MEGAN MESSERLY: Absolutely. He authored a whole chapter, in fact, on the executive office of the president. Vought is known for being really in the weeds, these nitty gritty details of really how to use executive branch authority to the fullest extent and even press that in terms of some separation of powers issues. He has this whole belief about impoundment, this idea that the president doesn't actually have to spend the dollars that Congress allows the federal government to spend.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: I want to stick on that for a moment because this seems like this is going to be a big fight of the Trump administration.
We saw this proposed freeze on federal funding. It got a lot of attention. It was challenged in court immediately. The administration eventually walked it back, at least for now, but they made it clear we want to do this again. You're saying that Vought has written about this, has talked about this, this idea that Congress appropriates the [00:05:00] money, the executive branch, in his view and clearly in the view of many people in the Trump administration, doesn't necessarily have to spend it, can choose not to spend it. This is something that was in the plan?
MEGAN MESSERLY: So if you look at the plan, he lays out this theory of the case. I will say he doesn't go quite as far in Project 2025 as he has in other writings in fully laying out his legal theory here on impoundment, but he makes very clear in Project 2025 that he believes that Congress has delegated far too much authority to what he refers to as "the fourth branch of government," the administrative state, the career bureaucrats.
And so that's reflected in the federal funding freeze that we saw. A lot of folks I talked to, though, say the rollout of that freeze obviously threw Washington into chaos before the White House walked that back. But folks now close to Vought are telling me that they expect him to find a clear cut case where this can actually go to court and potentially make its way up to the Supreme Court to determine whether or not they agree with the argument that Vought has made, that the president does have this authority to say no to congressional spending edicts.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: What [00:06:00] is the White House saying right now? Because as we laid out, there was such a clear disavowal of this during the campaign. And as you have reported, yet so much of it is actually part of the action plan.
MEGAN MESSERLY: Exactly. When we've asked them specifically about the overlap between many of these executive orders and Project 2025, we haven't gotten a lot of direct response. But in general, the argument that we're hearing now from the White House is this idea that, if you look at Project 2025, a lot of these are just longstanding conservative ideas or things that President Trump himself did do during his first term. And so I think the argument there is, okay, yes, these ideas may be in Project 2025 but these are also just reflective of President Trump's priorities.
SCOTT DETROW - HOST, TRUMP'S TERMS: Have you -- it's still early, Democrats are clearly struggling with how to respond politically to all of this. Democrats seem to think this was a powerful argument during the campaign. Perhaps it wasn't because they lost. Have you seen, have you come across this? Have you looked at this at all? Are Democrats focusing in on this again in this moment?
MEGAN MESSERLY: They are. I think it's to be determined what the impact of that is. I think a lot of the American public, this label of Project [00:07:00] 2025 did stick in their minds. When I was on the campaign trail, people were bringing it up to me of their own volition. So clearly that messaging really broke through and that's why Democrats were leaning so heavily on it.
On the other hand, President Trump is moving forward. He is now elected. So if there are any concerns about Project 2025 from Democrats, from members of the American public, those aren't the folks that hold the levers of power right now. And so it's full steam ahead from the Trump administration.
The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau was protecting you from corporate greed. It's gone now. - The Real News Network - Air Date 2-18-25
AARON STEPHENS: This agency was created after the financial crisis in the late 2000s. This is an agency that is meant to hold banks and corporations and financial institutions accountable for malfeasance. It advocates for consumers when they are wronged. This is an agency that, for instance, somebody who, has been paying their mortgage on time, but the bank has been misapplying those payments as late, and then their house got foreclosed on, they go to the CFPB, right? And the CFPB is the one that steps in and says, actually, you guys were in the wrong here. We're going to keep this person in their house, right? They are the people on the street advocating for consumers.
So [00:08:00] getting rid of an agency like that is going to leave millions of Americans without somebody to go to. And I want to just point out some of the numbers here. The CFPB has returned over $20 billion to consumers. It has a billion dollar a year budget, and it has returned over $20 billion to consumers, just on actions against corporations that have taken advantage of them alone.
You have folks like Wells Fargo that have been taken action against and they've had to pay back $2.5 billion for misapplying mortgage payments, like I mentioned before. And a lot of other actors, that are quite frankly in the tech space, which Elon Musk is very related to, that are seeing action taken against them as well.
And so you can see the through line there. Not having this agency protect consumers will mean that corporations will have a much, much easier time stealing from consumers and not having any kind of retribution against them.
MAX ALVAREZ - HOST, THE REAL NEWS NETWORK: And it's, I guess this is more, as much a disclosure as anything, right? Because it's very hard to sit here as a journalist, as [00:09:00] Editor-in-Chief of the Real News Network, talking about this. But I'm also someone whose family lost everything in the financial crisis. I've been open about this my whole media career. It's where my media career started. We lost the house that I grew up in.
This agency was created because so many millions of families like mine got screwed over in the 2008 financial crash. And now here we are 15 years later being told that like shuttering this agency is a win for, I don't know what, efficiency?
AARON STEPHENS: For who? If you talk about efficiency, again, I'll point out $20 billion return to consumers, billion dollar a year budget. That's efficient to me, right? And we're talking about an agency that is literally dedicated to protecting consumers. So the only thing that I could say this would be efficient for is helping big corporations take advantage of people, right? There is no other reason to go after an agency that is dedicated to making sure that people have a fair shake in a financial system that is usually difficult to navigate and sometimes, [00:10:00] unfortunately, as we've seen many, many times in the past, takes advantage of consumers, right? And there's no reason to go after an agency like this other than to make it easier for those folks to do that.
But there is a really important story that is not probably going to be as told, which is that there are civil servants that dedicated their lives to basically saying, you know what, and like many of them have very similar stories to you, right? I saw somebody get taken advantage of, my family got taken advantage of, and now I've dedicated my life to fighting for consumers, and this is the agency that I'm part of. All of those people got an email that said, your work's not important, stop doing it. And so that's why so many workers showed up on Monday because and their message was very very simple It was we just want to do our job. We just want to protect people. Let us do our job. You've got hundreds of people that they're probably not making as much as they might be able to in the private sector, and they're doing their best to try and protect people and they're just basically being told this isn't important anymore
As part of a larger plan, we're seeing the same playbook at different agencies. I'm not going to be surprised as Elon [00:11:00] Musk goes and attacks Social Security, attacks the Department of Education. These are services that affect working families everywhere across the country and you don't see him having the same kind of vitriol to a large corporation that's taking advantage of people.
It's very clear that what's going on right now is they are dismantling the agencies that are protecting people just to give tax breaks and give an easier time for billionaires to take advantage of consumers.
Let's talk through some of their playbook, right? Because what Elon Musk and Donald Trump will do is they will find one little line item budget thing that they know they can message on and they will say, look at this inefficient spending. And it'll be like $10 million in a budget of a billion. And they'll say, look at this inefficient thing. This is the thing that we're cutting. And then they won't talk about the millions and millions of dollars going to help consumers. But that's the thing they'll talk about, so that way they can message to folks, No, look, we're cutting, and we're being efficient.
But the reality is that they're saying that publicly, so that way, behind the scenes, they can cut the things that help people. And I think that the CFPB is -- and one of the reasons why we are so passionate about it is because there are so [00:12:00] many stories of people being helped by this agency. And I, I'll give another random example, although there are literally thousands, people that went to a for-profit college that was not accredited. Large loans for this, and the CFPB helped state AGs sue that for-profit college, which led to not only money going back to those folks, but also loans being forgiven. Those are people that would have been in debt for probably the rest of their lives for a degree that wasn't even accredited. And that's the CFPB. That's what they're doing.
And one of the reasons why I think centering this agency in this fight is a very, very good thing to do is because there are thousands of stories of people really going out there and seeking help from the CFPB and that agency doing the right thing.
One of the rules that they most recently announced, which is a great rule, which is now being attacked by congressional Republicans is their medical debt and credit reporting rule. You're talking about folks that, for those who don't know, when you have a medical, an amount of medical debt, it goes on your credit report, and it can significantly impact your life in the future. Not being able to get a mortgage, or not being able to get a car. And sometimes those procedures are just not things that you can control. [00:13:00] And the statistics have said it, and the studies have said it over and over again, having medical debt does not actually have any real determining factor on whether or not you're going to be paying back car loans or house loans. And it really doesn't affect anything. In fact, Experian has even said that publicly. And the CFPB said, you know what, this should be something that we address. We should not have medical debt have something that reported on their credit report. And there are thousands of stories of people saying, I had a procedure done in the '90s, it was out of the blue. I couldn't control anything about it. And now, 20 years later, I can't get a house. I have two kids and I can't get a house. Those are the people that are affected by closing this agency. And so I think centering those stories is really, really important in this conversation.
And just talking about really, who is Elon Musk and Donald Trump on the side of? Is it on the side of that person that is trying to get a home for their two kids? Or is it on the side of the banks that just want to make sure they can make every last dime out of these consumers? And I think the answer is fairly clear to that.
The Gangster Presidency - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-15-25
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: So I've [00:14:00] been slightly snarkily describing executive orders as letters to Santa, right? They're not binding on their face. They are directives to agencies about new priorities. But these are being treated, as you say, like a fiat from the King. And then the authority of that is cited to say, well, you know, the King said that we have to turn off the taps on this or that, or we have to end DEI wherever we find it. And so I would love you to just tell me really explicitly, in a normal administration, what an agency would do with a really broad sweeping EO. In other words, what would the regular procedure be to try to effectuate something? Because as you said, President Biden had some big swing EOs.
SAM BAGENSTOS: So usually, first, and this has been the case since the Kennedy administration, before the EO were to go out, the Justice Department would review it and make sure that there was actually authority to do the [00:15:00] things in the EO, that the President has authority to tell the agencies to do whatever the President's telling the agencies to do, and that the agencies would have authority to carry it out. And that clearly hasn't happened here. Even if DOJ has looked at these EOs, clearly there are so many provisions where there's no authority that they're just not applying the approach that they've undertaken since President Kennedy.
So, that's number one. Usually when you get an executive order—and I've been on both sides of this process, both the drafting of them in the White House and also receiving end at an agency—when you get an executive order, you look at it and you say, Okay, well, so this is the president telling us that we have to apply our statutory authorities consistent with a particular policy. What room does the statute give us? What room has Congress given us to do this? How hard would it be to implement these things? Let's figure out a process for trying to implement the President's policy consistent with what Congress has [00:16:00] told us.
What we're seeing right now is this just incredibly ham handed, reckless effort to take what the President said and just do it yesterday. So, President says I don't like equity. I'm against "gender ideology". And so you have the apparatchiks throughout the government going through with a control F looking for the word "equity" or looking for the word "gender" in any grant application, in any grant notice, in any program, in anything on a website and saying, Okay, we're taking it down. We're taking the money back. We're not spending any more money on this because it's inconsistent with the edict about what's the right way to talk about things in the world. That's just not the kind of thing that happens in any functioning government.
And like we can talk a lot about norms. I'm really happy to talk about past norms, but that's not the fundamental problem here. The fundamental problem here is we need a government that works.
The [00:17:00] people through decades have elected officials who have passed laws that create a government to solve problems for the American public, to make sure that people get health care, to make sure that people are protected against predatory actors in the economy. And if what you do is come in and say, I'm just going to take that all down because I just don't like governance or I just don't like the words that people are using, then what that's going to do is mean that people are going to live shorter, worse lives, and I think fundamentally that's the important thing. And we as a society have decided we want an effective government to protect people, to provide for people's needs, to make sure our healthcare system works, to build infrastructure, to prepare us for the next economy. And all of this breaking of norms, why it matters is because it subverts all of those democratic decisions we've made through the years.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: And maybe this goes without saying, Sam, but it's not just norms because it's also a [00:18:00] breaking of laws. it's also, as you say, some of these don't go by way of the Office of Legal Counsel the way they should have, right? There's a systematic failure to check if something is lawful. It's almost as though the presumption is not only have we lifted off without looking at the norms, we actually don't care whether the law provides for this or not, because we've decided that the President's priorities supersede that.
But there's one other piece I want to talk about. The other paradox of this just implosion that we have seen in the last couple of weeks of the federal government is that they've made the choice to just shutter agencies the way you would do a hostile takeover, where they just... they could have said to Congress, just turn off the lights. We don't like USAID, we're not super fond of CFPB. Like, they've tried to do this before, but instead of saying in some world in which they actually could do this lawfully, they just bring in this like unelected [00:19:00] centibillionaire who just with a bunch of guys and some code are just shuttering entire entities.
And, so I want to flag some reporting on Thursday night that came out of Wired that says that, Elon Musk promising, standing at the Resolute Desk, promising maximal transparency on the DOGE website, which it turns out is just being kind of run out of X.
So I think it matters for our purposes, and I need you to help illuminate why, that this is done entirely extra governmentally, Sam, because it's very fast and it's hard to catch that this sort of embodies a maximalist theory of executive power. But it's not confined to the agencies themselves. It's just a guy running around with no accountability in a non existent agency with a bunch of kids who may or may not have read-only clearance. That is significant, but help me understand structurally why.
SAM BAGENSTOS: Yeah. I think it's of great concern for all the reasons that you've talked about and many more. [00:20:00] So, we have this very powerful individual, Elon Musk, who has very substantial business interests that relate to the federal government, who has been given the keys to the most sensitive systems within the federal government. He has been given the power to turn on and turn off particular payments to particular entities, and he is using that in some ways as a blunderbuss just to shut down entire agencies, which means we have examples of people who are providing aid to prevent infectious disease that could ultimately come back to the United States, who are being stranded in potentially war torn areas because their money has been shut off for them so precipitously.
We have this agency USAID being basically shut down, notwithstanding that Congress created it. That's a big deal. The power to turn on and turn off these payments can be a tool of vindictiveness and oppression, but also it can be a tool of corruption. Elon Musk [00:21:00] is a major government contractor. He relies on government business and so do his competitors, right? And so he is now taking the power without any accountability, without any transparency to decide, yeah, we're going to turn off the spigot on the competitors. We're going to turn on the spigot on these things. That is incredibly dangerous.
And, the fact that at the same time, President Trump is getting rid of the ethical checks, getting rid of the head of the Office of Government Ethics and appointing a political appointee, Doug Collins, his Secretary of Veterans Affairs, as the acting head, trying to fire the special counsel who's designed to enforce the bar against using the government for political purposes. And again, appointing a political ally as the acting head there, right? This is all of a piece of creating a massive risk of corruption and then hiding anyone's ability to find out what's going on.
Trump's Theory of Power - Brennan Center for Justice - Air Date 2-5-25
WILFRED CODRINGTON III - MODERATOR, BRENNAN CENTER: And so you just mentioned three different [00:22:00] areas that you wrote about. I'm going to start with the TikTok bite dance order. Around the country and around the world, everybody's been following this roller coaster that has been this divestment law. Can you talk about that order, what Trump is sought to do, how he's trying to intervene with the act of Congress in that regard?
TREVOR MORRISON: Sure. So last year, Congress passed a statute that you just referenced, requiring that either the parent company that owns TikTok, namely ByteDance, that either it divest its ownership of TikTok, or if it didn't, then, effective January 19th of this year, TikTok had to cease operations within the United States. The reason for this is a concern that ByteDance is controlled or subject to control by the Chinese government. And therefore, through that control, the Chinese government could potentially gain access to private information of TikTok users, and use that for purposes that would be contrary to the United States' national security. So a data privacy and national security [00:23:00] concern.
This was challenged, on First Amendment grounds, and the Supreme Court held only three days before Trump was inaugurated, that the statute was constitutionally valid. It rejected TikTok's First Amendment challenge to the statute. And then it went into effect on January 19th, one day before Trump was inaugurated.
Trump had asked the court to pause the effective date of the statute so that he could try and negotiate a resolution to the issue, presumably by identifying a buyer for TikTok who was not affiliated with China. And by executive order, he basically did that. So the court upheld the statute. The statute took effect. But then by executive order, Trump just announced the statute is not going to take effect for 75 days. That'll give me time as a dealmaker-in-chief to go potentially find a buyer or to figure out some other resolution to the national security concerns here.
But he gave no justification at all for what gives the president the power to just suspend or say, cancel a statute. I would emphasize, this is not simply a [00:24:00] matter of the president saying, as a matter of executive prosecutorial discretion, we will under-enforce the statute for a period of time. He actually directed his Attorney General to issue letters to the platforms that platform TikTok, telling them that during this 75-day period, nothing that they do in relation to TikTok violates the statute. When of course it does violate the statute.
That is an assertion of a prerogative by the president to rewrite the law. And what everyone thinks about his policy preferences to negotiate a resolution to this in some other way, that policy preference can't be translated into law unless and until Congress amends the law, or repeals the law, or at least the president comes forward with some account of his constitutional power that would justify ignoring it.
All he has said really is that He's the president. The president is the commander in chief of the armed forces and has responsibility for national security, and he thinks that this issue should be resolved differently. So he's suspending the law to give him a chance to resolve it differently.
The president in our constitutional [00:25:00] system does not have that authority. A system that gave legislative and executive power and judicial power to one person will be a different kind of system. And the executive order, I think, can be read to reflect a preference, the part of the Trump administration that he'd be viewed as having all of that power.
WILFRED CODRINGTON III - MODERATOR, BRENNAN CENTER: Okay, so he's not setting enforcement policy priorities like previous presidents. He's trying to nullify this statute. It's gone to the Supreme Court. Now what? What happens next?
TREVOR MORRISON: Yeah, that's the tricky part. And the answer to that kind of question will vary depending on the executive order. What the Supreme Court said in that decision that I referenced is that there is not a First Amendment problem with the statute. So TikTok's challenge to the statute lost, and therefore actually took effect.
As I say, I think the president does not have the lawful authority that he is now asserting to suspend operation of the law. The question is, can that asserted power by Trump be challenged in the [00:26:00] courts? In principle, it could. But in our federal court system, the mere fact that an issue is really important, and could use some judicial resolution, doesn't necessarily mean that the courts can get their hands on it. We need to be able to identify a party with standing to sue Trump's suspension of the law. And thus far, no one has come forward to bring that challenge.
And so we have, in my view, an illegal suspension of the TikTok statute, and so far no judicial resolution.
See Trumps blatant quid pro quo with Eric Adams play out live on Fox News - All In w Chris Hayes - Air Date 2-14-25
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, ALL IN: We are right now in the midst of the biggest scandal of the Department of Justice. Since Watergate in the 1970s. So far, seven prosecutors have quit the DOJ in protest of Trump's corrupt deal with New York City's Democratic Mayor Eric Adams. In what can really best be described as a blatant quid pro quo, the charges in Mayor Adams federal bribery case have been conditionally dropped for now, in exchange for his full cooperation with Trump's plans for immigration enforcement and mass deportation.
In New York City. Now yesterday, six career prosecutors, people [00:27:00] who signed up to work for Donald Trump resigned, rather than help facilitate such obvious corruption by dropping the charges. This morning, a seventh DOJ official, a man named Hagen Scotton, the lead prosecutor on the case, joined them. In a letter to Trump's acting Deputy Attorney General, Emil Bove, Scotton called the deal with Mayor Adams a serious mistake, and he insisted that no system of ordered liberty can allow the government to use the carrot of dismissing charges or the stick of threatening to bring them again to induce an elected official to support its policy objectives.
Adding that any assistant U. S. attorney would know that our laws and traditions do not allow using the prosecutorial power to influence other citizens, much less elected officials in this way. If no lawyer within earshot of the president is willing to give him that advice, then I expect you will eventually find someone who is enough of a fool or enough of a coward to follow your motion.
But it was never going to be me. The formal filing to [00:28:00] drop those charges was finally submitted about an hour ago following an intense pressure campaign by the man you see there, Emil Bove, to find lawyers at the DOJ's Public Integrity Office, that's the folks that prosecute public corruption, that would be willing to sign the requisite motion.
Now he finally convinced a trial lawyer near retirement, as well as a supervisor at the criminal division, to agree. But here's the thing, a judge still needs to sign off on the whole thing. Now, we should say, Mayor Eric Adams denies the charges against him, insists his deal with DOJ was totally above board.
In a statement today, he did not explicitly deny a quid pro quo, but he did deny any trade of my authority as your mayor for an end to my case. But even that denial is difficult to square with the language that Bove himself used in his initial letter demanding the Southern District of New York drop the pending charges against Mayor Adams, so that he can quote, devote full attention and resources to the illegal immigration that escalated under the policies of the prior administration.
Bove obviously understands how that could sound like, well, [00:29:00] a quid pro quo, which is why he went out of his way to add a very funny footnote, preemptively insisting, it is not one. Citing an earlier memo from SDNY, as Mr. Bove clearly stated to defense counsel during our government, the government is not offering to exchange dismissal of a criminal case for Adams assistance on immigration enforcement.
Heh heh. Perish the thought, where'd you get that idea? Except, federal prosecutors literally asked the judge to dismiss the case against Mayor Adams. Everyone can see what's going on here. Of course, this all started earlier this week when Danielle Sassoon, she was Trump's pick to serve as the acting U. S. Attorney for SDNY. She's a prosecutor with sterling credentials among conservatives, clerk for Scalia. She, in response to being ordered to drop the case, sent a letter offering her resignation directly to the Attorney General, Pam Bondi, right, bypassing Bove, who'd sent her this instruction, writing that, Adam's attorneys repeatedly urged what amounted to a quid pro quo.
Indicating Adams would be in a position to assist with the department's enforcement priorities only if the indictment were [00:30:00] dismissed. Adding, rather than be rewarded, Adams advocacy should be called out for what it is, an improper offer of immigration enforcement assistance in exchange for a dismissal of his case.
In that same letter, Sassoon outlines a particularly damning anecdote in which Bove admonished a member of my team who took notes during that meeting with Adam's lawyers and directed the collection of those notes at the meeting's conclusion. Like, why are you writing things down, lawyer from the justice department?
Probably worth stressing here, it's standard practice for prosecutors to take notes at a meeting like this, and that demanding they refrain from doing so and then confiscating their notes? is not a sign that everything you're doing is on the up and up. Bove responded to Sassoon's letter with a blustery 8 page letter of his own yesterday, where he admonished her for refusing to drop the charges, accused her of participating in a partisan witch hunt against an elected Democrat?
Bove also mentioned by name two Assistant U. S. Attorneys under Sassoon, who worked on the case, and [00:31:00] basically directed them to contact his office if they were willing to drop the charges. And it was one of those attorneys that he name checked. Hagen Scotton, the guy I quoted a moment ago, who resigned today and told Bove to go kick rocks.
There's one more back and forth in letters between Sassoon and Bove I think is worth highlighting because it gets to the nut of the point. A perfect encapsulation of just how corrupt, how rotten this deal is that Trump is offering Mayor Adams. Sassoon in her letter invokes the case of Michael Flynn.
That was Trump's former national security advisor in his last administration. And in short, Flynn was indicted for lying to the FBI. He pleaded guilty to the charges. Then Trump's DOJ, under Attorney General Bill Barr, demanded the charges be dropped anyway after he pleaded guilty. Now, the judge overseeing the case refused to dismiss it, but the whole thing eventually went away when Trump stepped in and simply pardoned Flynn on his way out of office.
In her letter to Bove, Sassoon points out that the president could just do the same thing now, noting that With Flynn, the president ultimately chose to cut off the extended and embarrassing litigation over dismissal by granting a pardon. [00:32:00] Bove responded to that with some more bluster, basically admonishing Sassoon for daring to question Trump's authority.
Don't tell the president who to pardon. Let's linger here for a second because that example raises an important point, right? All this is happening because Trump did not pardon Adam. In fact, we have reporting in the New York Times that Adam's explicitly sent a letter asking for a pardon. He didn't get one.
That kind of gives the game away, doesn't it? Because it's not as though this president is particularly shy about wielding his pardon power, considering that on day one he pardoned 1,600 January 6th rioters, including a bunch of folks who have since been re-arrested for other crimes, others who've committed violence.
He pardoned a guy that was running like, the biggest drug trafficking website in the world. Pardoned him. Trump intentionally did not just pardon the mayor, which would be fully within his rights. Instead, what he chose to do was to dangle freedom in front of him, in exchange for his preferred policy outcomes in New York City.
The conditional dropping of the charges on a possibly temporary basis was the quid, right? [00:33:00] Well, today, as all this is developing, in the shadow of this scandal, today we got the quo. We got the quo when Mayor Adams went on a media tour along with Trump's so called border czar, where he was forced to insist he is a willing participant in Trump's immigration crackdown and deny the existence of any sort of shady dealings.
MAYOR ERIC ADAMS: Think about my attorney, Alex Spiro, one of the top trial attorneys in the country. Imagine him going inside saying that the only way Mayor Adams is going to assist in immigration, which I was calling for, since 2022, is if you drop the charges. That's quid pro quo. That's a crime. It took her three weeks to report in front of her a criminal action. Come on, this is silly.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, ALL IN: Now, that denial, again, was a little undercut during that very same interview when Trump's border guy, sitting next to him on the curvy couch, issued a not so veiled threat against Adams if he doesn't do what the big boss wants.
TOM HOMAN: I came to New York City, I wasn't going to leave without [00:34:00] nothing. I did the last time, and I told him I'm not leaving until I got something. And now I've got him on the couch in front of millions of people, he can't back away from this now, right? If he doesn't come through, I'll be back in New York City, and we won't be sitting on the couch, he'll be in his office, up his butt, saying, where the hell is the agreement we came to?
The Billionaires Government Branko Marcetic on Trumps Complete Betrayal of His Base - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-27-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: First, respond overall to this highly unusual cabinet meeting, and then talk about the role of Russell Vought, who we don't usually see in front of the cameras, but who has played such a key role behind the scenes.
BRANKO MARCETIC: I think the cabinet meeting shows the tenor and direction of the Trump administration, which Trump had campaigned on fighting for the forgotten American, for fighting for the working class, he said that he was going to fight Washington corruption. And then before he'd even been inaugurated, we saw him basically handing over the reins of government, not just to Elon Musk, but a whole host of billionaires. Now of course, you have 13 billionaires in cabinet [00:35:00] positions, running the government. It's a complete betrayal, I think, of the people who voted for Trump in the vain hope that he was actually going to solve some of the problems that were bedeviling them, and, really, really gives to lie to this entire rhetoric that we've heard for the last few years.
With Vought, I think it's interesting because Musk gets all the attention, and, deservedly so, but, in many ways, I liken Musk to the private contractor, or the consulting firm that's brought in to basically do the dirty work of the people in management. And, that's Russell Vought.
Vought's normally known as the Project 2025 guy. He's known as a Christian nationalist, a hardcore social conservative. All of that is true. But I think that the more important thing about Vought is, his entire career's history, and he's a guy who, most accurately to describe it, he is an anti-government radical. He is someone who [00:36:00] sees government as the biggest problem in people's lives. He sees everything that has been done, basically, since the Great Depression and the creation of the New Deal state, that has lifted people out of poverty, that has made it so that people aren't being preyed on and poisoned and otherwise hurt by greed, by corporate greed. He sees all of that as a tremendous, profound mistake that needs to be reversed. And that has been his life's goal.
He sees Medicaid, Medicare and Social Security, he thinks these programs should be eliminated or privatized. He has actually spoken to The Heritage Foundation. He said, You know I may not be into cutting Social Security and Medicare right now, but that's purely a strategic decision on my part. We want to basically start with the cuts that Americans will feel the least, things like foreign aid, and then eventually we will build up to the point where we can really take on these programs. Vought is such [00:37:00] a disbeliever in the importance of government in people's lives, that he thinks even the construction and repair of roads and highways is illegitimate and dangerous for the government to do.
And so this is really very much what's driving, I think, what we're seeing from DOGE and a lot of these attempts to just completely dismantle the federal government. It's part of a longstanding political agenda of this man that I think does not line up with what the US public wants. I think it doesn't really line up with a lot of what even Trump voters in this last election want.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Talk, Branko, about the memo that was distributed on Wednesday, that if you can continue to say, shocked so many, that directs agencies to submit their reduction-in-force plans by March 13th. It's not just about laying off employees.
And also, the bigger picture is, the amount of money that the federal budget goes to federal workers is tiny. If you're talking about [00:38:00] saving money, the fact that they're focusing completely there on these 2, what, .3 million federal workers who are in such agony right now. Tell us about the memo.
BRANKO MARCETIC: I mean, that shows you the entire game. It's not really about saving money. Spinning cuts and the deficit have been used by Vought -- and not just Vought, many, many, right wing voices over the years -- as excuses to try and basically dismantle the modern administrative state. That's what they want to do. That's what Vought has been pretty open about wanting to do.
And so using the deficit is just an excuse. Vought's budgets that he made both when he was serving in the House, and also now when he was heading the Center for Renewing America, at the same time as they make these ruthless, ruthless cuts to the programs that people rely on, and call for the mass firing of federal workers. They also want to keep in place massive tax cuts for the rich that [00:39:00] Trump passed. And this was the same thing back in the 2000s when Vought's mock budgets kept in place Bush's tax cuts.
So the idea here behind that memo is to start dismantling and make these agencies basically dysfunctional. Because that in itself is going to help create the groundwork for further dismantling and possible privatization in the future.
If government becomes dysfunctional, if it seems to not work, if it doesn't seem like it's actually serving the interests of people, then you can come through and say, well, look at that. The fact is government doesn't work. We should just sell this off to private corporations and let them do it.
That's what Vought has wanted to do with the Postal Service, for instance, for many years. There was reporting also that, that they're going to be starting to slash the workers from the Social Security Administration. To me, I think that's clearly an attempt by stealth to start to undermine Social Security.
They can [00:40:00] say, well, we're not going to cut it now. We're going to do as Trump is saying and leave it alone. But what they're basically aiming to do is to make the Social Security program function badly, so that down the line, a few years from now, when J. D. Vance is president, or whoever else, they can say, look how bad this is working now that we've fired all these people. This should just be privatized as we wanted to do 20 years ago.
D.C. Gutted. Grassroots Galvanized. - Ralph Nader Radio Hour - Air Date 2-22-25
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: Listeners, sometimes it's really helpful to listen to C-SPAN, which records the actual hearings at Congress unedited because you get a flavor of how tough some Democratic members can be during this Trump period, even though the leadership is in the minority and is still trying to figure out how to overcome the Trump dictatorship.
I was listening the other day and Congressman Greg Casar from Texas was given 5 minutes by the Chairwoman Marjorie Taylor Greene of the Oversight Subcommittee, on the DOGE [00:41:00] so called department and here's how he used his 5 minutes. Pretty amazing.
REP GREG CASAR: This subcommittee is supposedly about looking into waste, fraud, and abuse. So I'd like to start talking about independent inspector generals, who are supposed to be looking into waste, fraud, and abuse. Mr. Talkov, do you know how many inspector generals at agencies that were investigating Elon Musk's companies have been fired by the Trump-Musk administration?
HAYWOOD TALCOVE: No.
REP GREG CASAR: It is five. Ms. Royal, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor had 17 open investigations into Tesla and SpaceX. Do you know what the Trump-Musk administration did to that Inspector General?
DAWN ROYAL: No.
REP GREG CASAR: They fired him, and I think y'all know. Mr. Whitson, the Inspector General of the Department of Transportation was investigating Tesla. Do you know what the Trump Musk administration did to that Inspector General?
STEWART WHITSON: No.
REP GREG CASAR: They were fired. The Department of Defense's Inspector General was looking into SpaceX. Mr. Hedtler, [00:42:00] do you know what the Trump-Musk administration did to that Inspector General?
DYLAN HEDTLER-GAUDETTE: I believe he was fired.
REP GREG CASAR: Thank you. I think everybody on the panel knows what the answer to these questions were. The U. S. Department of Agriculture Inspector General was investigating Musk's Neuralink. Mr. Talcove, now I'll ask you again, under oath, do you know what Mr. Trump did to that Inspector General that was looking into one of Musk's companies?
HAYWOOD TALCOVE: No.
REP GREG CASAR: He was fired. The inspector general at the EPA was repeatedly taking on Tesla. Mr. Hedtler, since it seems that you're answering the questions that everyone knows the answer to, do you know what the Trump-Musk administration did to that inspector general?
DYLAN HEDTLER-GAUDETTE: I believe he was also fired.
REP GREG CASAR: Also fired. At least five inspector generals that were looking into Elon Musk's companies were fired by the Trump-Musk administration. These inspector generals who are independent, protected by law, they are the people that find the waste, fraud, and abuse and found many of the cases of waste, fraud, and abuse that have been brought up today, fired because they were looking into Elon Musk.
At the NLRB, [00:43:00] the National Labor Relations Board, which is supposed to protect workers from getting their unions busted by folks like Elon Musk, made functionally broken by the so called Department of Government Efficiency that really is the Department of Government Efficiency for Elon Musk, not for you. They are trying to shut down the Department of Education, the Department of Labor.
You know what Elon Musk doesn't seem to be looking into? His own contracts. Again, I'll ask you, Mr. Talcove, do you know how much money a day Mr. Musk will receive from the federal government for his contracts?
HAYWOOD TALCOVE: No.
REP GREG CASAR: The answer is 8 million a day. Just last year, Elon Musk was promised 3 billion dollars from close to 100 contracts with the federal government. Ms. Royal, do you know how much the average person in this country who survives on Social Security, one of our seniors who's worked their entire life, about how much they have to survive on a day?
DAWN ROYAL: I do not.
REP GREG CASAR: $65 a day. We're not looking into Elon Musk's 8 million [00:44:00] dollars a day. This subcommittee, chaired by Marjorie Taylor Greene and the House Republicans, is looking into your grandmother's $65 a day.
Let me be clear. I think we would all support taxpayer savings. Look into money we might needlessly send to billionaires and big corporations, find taxpayer savings and send it back to your hard working family. But instead, what House Republicans and the Trump-Musk administration want to do is they want to look into your kids' lunch money, your kids' teacher's salary, into your grandparents' Social Security. They want to take that money and give it out in billionaire tax cuts and they're talking about that in committee tomorrow, in budget committee tomorrow. They just released their plan.
So, let me be clear: when Republicans talk about government efficiency in this Congress, they're not looking into billionaires who don't pay their taxes. They're not looking into billionaires who get rich off of government contracts. They're not looking into Elon Musk firing watchdogs who are supposed to keep them accountable. They're looking at cutting your public schools. They're going straight for your social security. [00:45:00] They're coming straight for cancer research. They're coming straight for the Department of Education. They're not looking at big tech. They're not looking at big pharma because those people fund their campaigns.
If this committee were serious about rooting out waste from our federal government, then today's whole hearing would be about how Musk and Donald Trump are firing the independent watchdogs who've done this work for decades. Instead, my Republican colleagues' actual goal on this committee is to distract from Trump and from Musk's corrupt war on accountability.
This will not be a subcommittee dedicated to making government efficient for everyday people. It's about helping Elon Musk and Donald Trump be as efficient as possible and robbing our government and handing out our government services to it to the rich. So this seems that this subcommittee is, [interrupted by MTG] just like the agency it's named after, a total sham.
CLIP: The gentleman's time has expired. The American people are 36 trillion dollars in debt. It certainly seems reasonable that someone has been fired.
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: Yeah, yeah. 36 trillion dollars in debt due to the Republican tax [00:46:00] cuts with George Bush and Donald Trump and due to bloated military empire funding budgets and on and on. So, listeners, this is the kind of address you should spread the word about, and that's why we played it verbatim for you.
Elie Mystal On The Peoples Checks and Balances - Brian Lehrer: A Daily Politics Podcast - Air Date 2-21-25
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, BRIAN LEHRER: A DAILY POLITICS PODCAST: So, talk more about what ways of fighting back, by people concerned about all of this, that you might be keying on. Wendy brought up one in her call, and I think you're in the camp that says the Democratic elected officials have been too timid.
There have been some public protests this week, but not really mass protests. Not even the things we saw at the beginning of the first Trump term. There are some no buy days scheduled. or this one. I saw a story in the Substack by writer Parker Malloy, celebrating former NFL player Chris Kluwe, I think you say it, who announced, to the police that he would commit an act of non violent civil disobedience to protest anti trans bigotry in the administration, and so laid down [00:47:00] and went limp and forced them to carry him out.
This was in Huntington Beach, California. And it got some press. It got press in sports media, if not general media. Strictly non violent, but civil disobedience. And I'm really just asking what you hope people will do or what you think as, an analyst could be effective if you're in the camp that criticizes elected Democrats for being timid.
ELIE MYSTAL: Yeah, so Chris Kluwe, the, punter, and, just remember, Brian, when we're talking about he, how he got press, because he was a sports person, he's a punter! He ain't no quarterback, right? He was a punter, and he was able to get some heat, some press from his actions.
Imagine what that would look like if that was half of U. S. Congress. Imagine how much press it would get if half of U. S. Congress was literally laying down trying to block some of these, Trump appointees, some of these Trump, orders, physically. How much press would you get then? If it wasn't just random [00:48:00] punter from the New York from the Minnesota Vikings, right?
So when we talk about Democrats being too timid, not only am I talking about just their lack of message discipline and their kind of inability to, their inability to make the case, their inability to highlight. some of the people who are being fired for absolutely no reason, their inability to highlight the stories of pain and suffering and harm that's beyond all that.
I'm also talking about their timidity and inability to literally generate the kind of stunts that would get a lot of the press talking and whatever. So that's what I want the Democrats to do. Understanding that the Democrats have no actual power right now, right? and, because they have no actual power, that is, we have to be realistic about that.
My, my book, the one that you mentioned that's upcoming, is all about laws that Democrats could overturn if they ever get power again, right? And I think that talking about these laws is a good way to argue that they should have power again. But let's be clear, they can't do anything that I say in my book right now.
Because they [00:49:00] have no power. So it's gotta be more stunt based, more that kind of resistance for regular people who aren't famous punters, right? who aren't, who, aren't, elected officials who don't have, the kind of platform that's going to generate media attention. Us, basically, we have to do it collectively.
We have to take collective action. And yeah, the, protest here and there is, nice. I'm always for, I'm not a big marcher myself, I always do think that marching, is, helpful. What I think is most helpful is the economic stuff. Like these people need to feel it in their pockets.
and that, and to make economic boycotts work, you need massive collective action, right? I know in the Black community, we're really trying hard to get people to boycott them. Yeah. Target, right? It's Target has abandoned its DEI policies, but Target is interesting because Target spent a whole lot of, it's been a decade saying, Hey, Black people, we love you.
Target spent a decade basically like Tom Cruise and Jerry Maguire, right? We love Black people. Show me the money. That's Target for the [00:50:00] past 10 years until Trump gets in charge. And now all of a sudden, actually, we hate DEI. So you know what, Target? You don't get my buck, right? And when I go, when I'm buying back to school supplies, I'm going to Office Depot, I'm not going to Target no more, right?
That kind of mass, and Target's, stock prices are actually going down. But that's the kind of collective economic action we need, to where we can, where our wallets can make a difference. That needs to, happen. And the final thing that I'll just point out is that Trump's approval rating, our approval ratings are the highest he's ever been.
He's still underwater, he's still lower than most presidents are, in their first month after in office. But for Trump, they're the highest they've ever been. And so it's, and so Trump is going to keep doing this as long as his approval ratings are high. And so at some, core level, people need to understand What the problems are and how, what Trump is doing is going to affect them.
I think the messaging needs [00:51:00] to be much more focused on how this is going, this is hurting or going to hurt you personally, because the people who have the empathy to understand, to be outraged when things hurt other people, all those people already hate Trump. It's the people who are selfish and can only appreciate things when it happens to them that we need to work on now.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, BRIAN LEHRER: A DAILY POLITICS PODCAST: On the DEI and your neo apartheid argument for what Musk especially is trying to impose, People will hear that and they'll say, well, especially supporters of them will hear that and they'll say, no, they're trying to remove any racial preferences. This is what they say in all their official language and have everybody compete just on the basis of Merit, and so that's not apartheid, that's removing racial preferences, what do you say back to that?
ELIE MYSTAL: Firing people who already have jobs without looking at the performance record because they are Black or Brown or disabled or gay or whatever is [00:52:00] racist, is bigoted, straight up. Show me please the White guy they've fired from the government without looking at his performance. You can't find one. Haven't I? So, miss me with the 'it's not really racist'. Oh, it's explicitly racist.
Now, in terms of the larger issue with DEI, Brian, I ain't fighting for DEI. DEI was a White man's solution. DEI was invented by White folks to help them comply with the 14th Amendment Equal Protection Clause and the Civil Rights Act, right? The 14th Amendment says you have to give equal protection of laws to all people regardless of race. The Civil Rights Act says that you can't be discriminatory in hiring. White employers were like, we don't know how to do that. Well, no, just hire the best person. No, no, no, we're just gonna always hire the White guy. Just that's how we go. So we're gonna create this whole other thing. That's gonna force us to hire Black people because we ourselves, the employers, cannot be trusted to do it fairly. And so people are like, all right, and I guess that's what we're doing today. So now that White employers are like, actually DEI is terrible, we shouldn't do fine. [00:53:00] Y'all made it up. Y'all can unmake it up. The question is still remains. How are you going to hire people fairly? How are you going to hire people on merit and what level of accountability will there be if you don't. That's what I'm fighting for. I'm not fighting for DEI. I'm fighting for the application of the Civil Rights Act. I'm fighting for the application of Equal Employment Opportunity Act, right?
Tell me Employer, tell me Target, tell me Meta, tell me Bezos, how you are gonna go about making sure that you hire the best person for the job and not the best White person for the job? The best applicant for the job, and not the best applicant who happens to be a grandson, grand niece, grand nephew of your CEO for the job. And what's gonna happen to you when you fail? What's the legal recourse that I have as a qualified Black man to hold you accountable when all you do is hire Chip Westinghouse III because you like playing squash with his daddy? Where's that lawsuit, right? That's the question, not DEI. [00:54:00] And so far, the White people in charge have yet to provide me with a frickin answer.
Note from the Editor on the impact of corruption
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips, starting with Trump's Terms laying out the role of Project 2025. The Real News explained the impact of dismantling the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Amicus looked at the impact of Trump's executive orders and how they're being received. The Brennan Center for Justice looked at Trump's theory of power through the lens of the case against TikTok. All In with Chris Hayes laid out Trump's clear quid pro quo with New York Mayor Eric Adams. Democracy Now! explained the impact of Trump's billionaire cabinet and the role of Russell Vought. The Ralph Nader Radio Hour highlighted a speech from Representative Greg Cassar on the systematic deconstruction of the government's anti-corruption enforcement abilities. And the Brian Lehrer Show spoke with Elie Mystal about what kinds of actions are needed to resist. And those are just the Top Takes. There's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members who get [00:55:00] access to bonus episodes featuring our team of producers, and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support all of our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (t here's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app.
And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
If you have a question or would like your comments included in the show, our upcoming topics that you can chime in on include the resistance to Trump, such as it is, and the international reshuffle as Trump effectively switches sides in Russia's war on Ukraine.
So get your comments and questions in now for those topics or anything else. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991, or also now findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal with the [00:56:00] handle bestoftheleft.01, and there's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected]
Now as for today's topic, I just wanna drive home an important point that I think might be a common misconception about corruption. Corruption, as I mentioned at the top, isn't just about using power for self enrichment. It's also about maintaining that power.
People, probably no one in this audience, but some people believe a couple of wrong things about corrupt and/or authoritarian leaders.
First, there's the long held misconception that authoritarian governments are better at management and efficiency, demonstrated by the old claim from Mussolini that he made the trains run on time. The reality of authoritarians is that they require sycophants and enablers to be installed everywhere in the government, which means well qualified people get weeded out.
Obviously, that's not a great [00:57:00] strategy to get the best results from a government. But that misconception drives people to think that they're making a sort of trade off, right? They might think to themselves that they don't love the idea of some of the aspects of a strict authoritarianism, but at least there'd be the relief of all the benefits of a well run government to appreciate. Nope. That's a lose-lose you just signed up for, because the idea of an effective government under authoritarianism is a lie.
Something similar goes for corruption. There's a disheartening perspective among some, probably no one listening, but some, that if the rich and the powerful are getting even more rich thanks to their power, well, as long as things are going well enough, then it's not really worth worrying about. This is the misconception that corruption is sort of a perk of power. It's apart from, or in addition to, running the [00:58:00] government. But it's not. Corruption becomes entirely wrapped up in the effort to maintain power once it's been won.
Authoritarian governments today look and feel different than they did a hundred years ago, and that means that they're managed differently than they were in the last century as well. Hitler and Mussolini had iron grips on all aspects of society, including the corporations that drove their economies and war machines.
Unsurprisingly, those dudes gave that whole system a pretty bad reputation, being mass murderers and dictators that curtailed almost all freedoms from their societies, et cetera, et cetera.
So, when people today want to be authoritarian rulers for life, they have to go about it a bit differently so that there's still an air of legitimacy to their rule.
In the article, "The New Authoritarianism" from The Atlantic, Stephen Levitsky, author of How Democracies Die, explained the new form of modern authoritarianism, saying, quote: "Rather than [00:59:00] fascism or single party dictatorship, the United States is sliding toward a more 21st century model of autocracy: competitive authoritarianism, a system in which parties compete in elections, but incumbent abuse of power systematically tilts the playing field against the opposition." End quote.
So if we take that description as granted, and of course he provides half a dozen or more examples from around the world of countries that run this way, it then stands to reason that an aspiring autocrat looking to build a competitive authoritarian state would have to use the power of government to, as Levitsky just put it, tilt the playing field against the opposition. There's a whole list of ways this is done in myriad sectors of society, but you'd better believe that the corporate sector is one of the big ones, and corruption is the tool by which control is exerted. The writer explains, quote, "State institutions may be used to [01:00:00] co-opt business media, and other influential social actors. When regulatory bodies and other public agencies are politicized, government officials can use decisions regarding things such as mergers and acquisitions, licenses, waivers, government contracts, and tax exempt status to reward or punish parties depending on their political alignment. Business leaders, media companies, universities, foundations, and other organizations have a lot at stake when government officials make decisions on tariff waivers, regulatory enforcement, tax exempt status, and government contracts and concessions. If they believe those decisions are made on political rather than technical grounds, many of them will modify their behavior accordingly." End quote.
So when you hear about a sketchy business deal or an investigation of a corporation being dropped by the government, it's not just about [01:01:00] enrichment or kickbacks or paying back friends, it's about manufacturing behavior modification through the gangster-like approach to friends and enemies.
Now in a different article, this one from NPR, the headline, "Trump agencies drop dozens of Biden-era cases against crypto and other companies," it said that, quote, "The Trump administration is going soft on corporations that break the law by moving to pause or drop investigations of companies accused of foreign bribery, safety violations, unfair labor practices and environmental crimes." End quote.
And at least two of the cases mentioned relate to large cryptocurrency exchanges that had been under investigation but no longer are. And it's pointed out that crypto spent millions in political donations for the 2024 elections.
So on one hand it's the demonstration that companies seen as friendly to Trump will be effectively [01:02:00] immune from prosecution. And on the other, there's that implicit threat that the opposite is also true.
And that would be bad if that's where it ended. But that form of corruption always blows back on the general public. A staffer from Public Citizen is interviewed who lays out the stakes. Quote, "Trump is handing out 'Get Out Of Jail Free' cards to corporate law breakers. The consequences for the public when corporations face a diminished threat of enforcement are disastrous." Then the same person, responding to the absurd mirror world idea from Trump that these investigations were being dropped because the Justice Department had previously been weaponized against these companies, the person says, quote, "Punishing corporations for violating the law isn't weaponization. It's how agencies protect the public from ripoffs, pollution, illegal firings, and workplace [01:03:00] retaliation, and the full range of dangers that stem from corporate greed." End quote.
And I just want to point out that anger at corporate greed and corporations in general is already at a near all-time high. And Trump has just indicated that he's more than happy to throw the general public to the wolves for the sake of attempting to entrench his own power.
SECTION A: THE CABINET OF GREED
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now we'll continue to dive deeper on four topics today. Next up, section A, the cabinet of greed, followed by section B, quid pro quo, section C, corporate interests and Section D, king Trump.
Elon Musk's role in government raises conflict-of-interest issues - Trump's Terms - Air Date 2-21-25
DONALD TRUMP: Members of Elon Musk's Doge team are continuing their march through government agencies on what they say is a mission to find fraud and wasteful spending. Musk himself is often seen at President Trump's side, who praises him frequently. And Elon Musk has done an amazing job, I have to tell you.
Him and his super geniuses, you know, these are Seriously high IQ people. Musk is [01:04:00] classified as a special government employee. That's a role created by Congress in the 1960s that allows parts of the federal government to bring someone on for a specific role on a temporary basis. He is also a tech billionaire.
And as NPR senior White House correspondent Tamara Keith reports, the line between those roles is blurry.
CLIP: We've got one more surprise. In case this wasn't enough, I'm gonna let Elon do it. Elon Musk was a surprise guest at the Conservative Political Action Conference outside of Washington, D. C. yesterday.
And as part of his introduction, the President of Argentina walked out on stage to give him a red and chrome chainsaw. President Malay has a gift for me. Musk waved it excitedly. This is the chainsaw for bureaucracy.
Taking a chainsaw to bureaucracy is what Musk claims to be doing with his project known as the Department of Government Efficiency. But last [01:05:00] week, when he met with Narendra Modi, the Prime Minister of India, it wasn't initially clear whether he was there as a member of the Trump administration or as the CEO of Tesla, which is looking to expand in India.
Breaking news coming in. We're getting a reaction from Prime Minister Narendra Modi after his meeting with Elon Musk. He's taken to social media platforms to say it was a delight. Presenters on India Today speculated about whether they had discussed Tesla. A White House official says Musk met with Modi in his personal capacity.
Later, though, he was in the Oval Office for Trump's meeting with Modi. In frequent posts on his social media site X, Musk ping pongs between talking about his work slashing government and promoting his business ventures, many of which have government contracts or are regulated by federal agencies. But Trump and Musk dismissed concerns about possible conflicts of interest in a Fox News interview with Sean [01:06:00] Hannity.
I mean, I haven't asked the president for anything ever. And if it comes up, how will you handle it? Well, you won't be involved. Yeah, I'll recuse
DONALD TRUMP: myself if it is. If there's a conflict, you won't be involved. I mean, I wouldn't want that, and he won't want it.
CLIP: That did not assuage the concerns of Don Fox. He was the top lawyer at the Office of Government Ethics during the George W.
Bush and Obama administrations. Musk
SPEAKER 2: seems to be in a position with the White House's consent that he can just change hats by the hour because it suits him.
CLIP: The White House says Musk will file a confidential disclosure of his financial interests with the Office of Government Ethics by the end of next month and has been briefed on ethics requirements.
As a special government employee, A temporary role. He doesn't have to divest from his businesses. But he is supposed to recuse himself when necessary. Fox says there's little indication the normal process to avoid conflicts is [01:07:00] being followed.
SPEAKER 2: The thing that the public should be concerned about is, well, we don't know.
Is he looking after our interests as taxpayers and citizens, or is he looking after his own business interests?
CLIP: These questions about Musk come up as Trump just fired the director of the Office of Government Ethics, along with other watchdogs. Richard Brafault specializes in government ethics at Columbia Law School, and describes Musk as basically a walking conflict of interest.
Whatever the guardrails, and I guess that phrase guardrails has been used a lot, but whatever. The guardrails are there in terms of preventing public officials from engaging in self dealing. Enforcement seems to be gone. A White House official not authorized to speak about this publicly dismissed the criticisms as partisan, saying there is no concern in the White House about whether Musk will follow strict ethics rules.
Trump Calls Zelensky a Dictator While Crowning Himself King - Straight White American Jesus - Air Date 2-21-25
BRAD ONISHI - CO-HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: Okay, why are people obeying in advance? So we can talk about, uh, you know, tech companies and others in the private [01:08:00] sector. I want to talk about Congress and a piece of vanity fair. Cash Patel was just, you know, confirmed as head of the FBI. So Here's a piece of Vanity Fair by, uh, sorry, let me grab the,
all right. Gabriel Sherman. Sorry, Gabriel. I had it written down and I lost it. All right. So piece of Vanity Fair, Senate and House Republicans know Trump will orchestrate the running of a primary challenger backed by Elon Musk's unlimited resources. If a member defies, defies Trump. Dan, again, just real quick, why do you not?
Allow unlimited campaign contributions. Why do you not allow individuals to simply bankroll elections and, and, and campaigns because the richest man in the world can look at every member of Congress and say, if you go against our agenda. I'll put 100 million into making sure your primary challenger wins [01:09:00] next, next election.
This is not true, by the way, in places like the United Kingdom or Germany, where there's like severe limits on how much money can be put into these campaigns. Okay.
Let me keep reading. In private, Republicans talk about their fear that Trump might incite his MAGA followers to commit political violence against them if they don't rubber stamp his actions. They're scared shitless about death threats and Gestapo like stuff, a former member of Trump's first administration tells me.
According to one source with direct knowledge of the events, North Carolina Senator Tom Tillis told People that the FBI warned him about credible death threats when he was considering voting against Pete Hecks nomination for Defense Secretary. If you all remember, Tom Tillis was the one that, that signaled he, he probably was, was going to stand up to the Hegseth nomination.
He listened to, to women who had been victims of domestic abuse and violence. He was the one that [01:10:00] basically promised those who had been victims of Hegseth himself, I'm not going to let this guy go through. And yet he did, right? Tom Tillis ended up being the guy that, that made, made it all happen. So, one of the things that comes out in this piece, Is that Hillis has said that if people want to understand Trump, they should read the 2006 book, Snakes in Suits, when psychopaths go to work.
I'm not going to read the entire piece, Dan, and I'm not going to, like, belabor the point. The point is this. We've already talked at the top of this show about Trump allying with Russia and Putin. And abandoning Democracy, abandoning the ideology of democracy, abandoning allies who are democratic governments and leaders across the world.
We then talked about Trump proclaiming himself a King and taking the entire executive branch under his absolute control such that our, our [01:11:00] economy, our trade, our securities, our banking are all at the whim of him and Elon Musk. I want to fill out the picture if you are a congressperson right now, and you stand up to Trump, whether it's not putting cash Patel through or voting against something in the house that Trump puts forward, not only will you get primaried and have 100 million spent against you so that you lose, you're going to get Gestapo like threats.
Dan, this is the man that pardoned 1500 January 6th rioters. This is the man that let the people who attacked our capital after he incited a coup out of jail. Do you think? That like, this is above him, right? And I just want to add one more dimension to this about Kash Patel, which is not really a focus of today.
Kash Patel is now the head of the FBI. Patel is a man who has talked about going after political enemies. [01:12:00] He's a man who has talked about finding those in the, in the media who are anti Trump and putting them in jail. Kash Patel is somebody who is a raving conspiracy theorist. Dan, Tom Tillis. Says the FBI warned him about credible death threats when considering voting against beat HEGs F.
Hey Dan, next time someone has that decision in front of them, it may not be the FBI warning them about credible death threats. It may be the FBI sending the warning themselves. That is what Kash Patel as the head of the FBI means. Are you all with me here? Tom Tillis heard from our intelligence community, Hey, there's credible death threats against you right now.
The next time someone's in that position, it may be the FBI saying, Hey, Tom, you're going to vote the right way. You know, you are, I mean, like, you know, we don't wanna like have to come [01:13:00] back, you know, I mean, right. Do you all see what's at stake here now that Cash Patel's, head of the F-B-I-I-I go now there's a direct line here to Elon, Dan and I, I can, I can take us there, but you wanna jump in here on cash or on Tom Tillis or the fact that one of the reasons no one in Congress will stand up to Trump, including Republicans, is they're afraid they might get death threats against themselves or their family.
Do you know what kind of like governments have that structure? Dan? It's not democracies. It's not where the rule of law works. It's not where everybody gets a fair shot. It's called something else, so anyway. Thoughts
DAN MILLER - CO-HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: here? Yeah, so gonna take a hard line here and say cry me a river, Congress people. Like, just cry me a river.
Cause, you know what happens to Congress people who don't get re elected? They go into the private sector and they make tons of money. Like, when is the last time somebody talked to somebody who lost in a primary and what, they're collecting unemployment? Like, they always land on their feet because that's how our government and our system and our country is [01:14:00] structured.
So number one, I am so tired of hearing Congress people cry about, well, I might lose an election, so I'm just not going to have any principles of any kind or stand up to anything or I'll talk to people off the record and I'll say these things because I'm just like, so what? So you lose a primary. So what?
So what? Like, what happens to you? Nothing. Credible death threats. That's awful. It is. It's awful. But guess what you're doing, congresspeople, when you let this? There are millions of Americans who have the threat of death and all kinds of things hanging over them right now because of the policies of the Trump administration, and that's what you're aiding and abetting.
And those people don't get warnings from the FBI. They don't have protections. They don't have Camp, uh, you know, Capitol Police, or Secret Service, or anything else that they can lean on. They don't have the resources to go into the private sector and make a quarter million or half a million dollars a year in some cushy job where they can hire their own security people if they really need to do that.
They don't get to do any of that. [01:15:00] So you sit in your offices being a part of the Washington problem that you say that you're opposed to while you enable this administration to actively threaten the lives of millions of Americans. And you do it because what, because you got some nasty emails or because, because you're not going to be in Congress anymore and you'll go out and you'll make more money than most of us will ever dream of making.
Like, I just, I have zero sympathy. For the GOP crybabies who want to say like, you know, always off the record or, you know, behind closed doors or unnamed sources or whatever, about how hard they have it as the ruling party under the dictatorial Trump. I just don't want to hear it. Just leave. Fine. Just leave.
Just go do something else, but stop with the crybaby stuff as you punish immigrants and you punish trans people and you punish women and you actively threaten the lives of millions of people. You are complicit. In this, you are leveling death threats against Americans by enabling this [01:16:00] administration. So I just Obviously, it really worked up about this, but I just, I am so tired of hearing people cry and whine about, well, Musk is going to come after us and there's going to be somebody with lots of money.
Fine. Do something else. Leave Congress. What is your worst case scenario? You're not in Congress anymore and you go to your cushy law firm job where your name gets put up as a partner and you make boatloads of money for not doing anything all the time ever. Yeah. That's rough. Really rough. Really rough fallback option for you.
How Kash Patel Came to Loathe the Media and Love Trump - On the Media - Air Date 2-19-25
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: So when does Donald Trump enter the picture and what exactly do you think Trump came to see in Patel?
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: Part of his kind of deal with Devin Nunes when he came to work with him was If I do this and complete my job, I would like you to promise that you'll recommend me for a job on the National Security Council in the White House. Devin Nunes stays true to that, he does recommend him, and essentially peddles to Trump this line that Kash Patel has [01:17:00] now developed.
I am the only thing standing between you and the deep state. I've uncovered their lies, I will continue to uncover their lies. Well, to Donald Trump, this sounds Great. Actually, Kash Patel getting on the National Security Council was not that easy though because you had people like National Security Advisor John Bolton who really did not want someone with as little experience as Kash Patel on his team.
So it did take a lot of push and pull before he was actually installed. But once he was in, I was told by colleagues of his on the National Security Council that he Was really kind of phenomenal at angling to get in front of Trump, making sure he was crossing paths with him at all times and perpetuating this line that he was his guardian within the White House against the deep state.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Fast forward to the nomination, which has. Led to unearthing many comments that Patel has made about the FBI [01:18:00] and the media here. He is talking with Steve Bannon on the War Room podcast last December.
KASH PATEL: We will. Go out and find the conspirators, not just in government, but in the media. Yes, we're going to come after the people in the media who lied about American citizens, who helped Joe Biden rig presidential elections.
We're going to come after you, whether it's criminal or civilly. We'll figure that out.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: What do you make of this very alarming threat that he's issued?
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: I think Kash Patel is somebody who you have to take deadly seriously when it comes to statements like that. A really instructive anecdote to keep in mind is that toward the end of the Trump administration, Kash Patel in his position as Chief of Staff to the acting Secretary of Defense, Became really enthralled by the so called Italygate conspiracy, which is related to Trump's election fraud conspiracy theory.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: This is like an extremely convoluted subplot of like the larger [01:19:00] conspiracy theory that satellites and military technology were used to rig the election for Joe Biden in 2020.
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: It's not for the casual election fraud conspiracy theorist. And in his position, he is able to get it up to White House Chief of Staff Mark Meadows to say, we need to send people to Europe to talk with these men and try to investigate the two men who were behind, theoretically, the Italygate conspiracy.
The fact that he was able to get that far and was stopped only because some of his own colleagues in DOD and other agencies said, no, I don't think we should do this and I'm not going to do this. He has not been shy in roles far less powerful than that of FBI director, of using his sort of Whim driven theories or QAnon related fringe.
conspiracies to put them at the centerpiece essentially of the work that he is doing.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: So what would [01:20:00] it even mean to act on these threats of the FBI coming after members of the press?
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: The end goal is always the same, that Kash Patel will use his power to collate all the supposedly incriminating documents, emails, memos that they are convinced will bury the deep state, essentially, and show to the American public just how corrupt they are.
I don't know, on a procedural level, how that works when you are director of the FBI, whether Kash Patel would see himself as basically an intelligence gatherer, an evidence gatherer, and then present them to the Attorney General, Pam Bondi, and ask her to initiate a case.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You found through speaking to people who know him and had worked with him that he had a lot of trouble finding work after the first Trump administration.
This might explain [01:21:00] Why he's leaned so hard in the intervening years into commodifying his association with Trump. Can you tell us a little bit about his side hustles and sort of what he's been doing with his time?
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: Sure, he starts cobbling together various other income streams in large part through the selling of cash branded merchandise.
A lot of the proceeds of which he says goes to a foundation he started called the Cash Foundation. The mission of which is to really vague and details of which are very hard to come by even in filings with the IRS and The merch I should say really runs the gamut. You have your cash crew polo tees. You have your cash scarves Rhino tanks basically anything that can be branded with K a dollar sign h there's cash wine
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: that felt very trumpian to me
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: Yes,
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: six bottles of official cash wine for two hundred and thirty three dollars and ninety nine cents
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: as of this [01:22:00] recording I believe it's sold out.
There was a market for it. It would seem another thing he does is he writes books Two of them are children's books. Actually the first one the plot against the king is a really vividly illustrated rendition of the russiagate conspiracy wherein You have King, Donald, for Donald Trump. You have Cash, the wizard.
And you have Duke Devin, Devin Nunez. And the shifty knight, Adam Schiff.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: And don't forget Hillary Queenton.
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: I could not forget Hillary Queenton. Never. It's quite a wild ride. And again, Cash, the distinguished discoverer, the wizard, is in the end the hero. He is the one that uncovers just all that the Shifty Knight and others have done to try to ensure that Hillary Queenton is chosen on choosing day and not King Donald.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: I've seen many people recently quoting from his book, Government Gangsters, the [01:23:00] one that you studied so closely for your piece. There's this, like, grudge list at the end of the book, I believe, where he kind of lists off all the quote unquote corrupt people that are in his crosshairs. It includes Anthony Fauci, it includes former Trump Attorney General Bill Barr.
It's a fairly broad tent of people that have wronged him or upset him in one way or another. What names on there stood out to you?
ELAINA PLOTT CALABRO: Names actually like Loretta Lynch and Eric Holder stood out to me because I think they go to show how Deep his grievances run from his time in the Obama administration works working as a prosecutor at DOJ You know, he frames his book in that way to say that that was his first major exposure to the deep state the corruption of high level bureaucrats in the federal government and so I think Sort of names from a past administration or people who didn't, who never worked directly in contact with Donald [01:24:00] Trump just show again how deeply he has kept these resentments, how long he has nursed them and when he does have power, the deep well that he has to pull from in terms of grievances.
Rachel Maddow on Billy Long Five things to know about Trump's pick for IRS commissioner - The Rachel Maddow Show - Air Date 1-4-25
BILLY LONG: hi, hey, and who get 25.
When you get $30,000 out of 30. 35? 40. Able to buy 45. 45 today, I a thousand to buy 60.
RACHEL MADDOW - HOST, THE RACHEL MADDOW SHOW: And so behold, the literal. Auctioneer, a man who talks fast for a living, uh, who Donald Trump has picked to be his commissioner of the IRS. Here are five things to know about Trump's IRS choice, former Republican Congressman Billy Long.
Thing number one, on the qualifications of Billy Long to be head of the IRS. Is Billy Long a CPA, a Certified Public Accountant? Is he an accountant? No. Does he have any background at all in any kind of accounting? No. Bookkeeping? No. Finance? No. How about math? [01:25:00] No. Is he a tax lawyer? No. Does he have a college degree?
No. Has he ever managed a large organization of any kind? The IRS has 85, 000 employees and a 12 billion dollar budget. Ever managed a large organization of any kind? No. No, he has not. In addition to his work as an auctioneer, he has been a realtor, he's also been a radio talk show host, and he once ran a mini golf.
That said, Billy Long has also moonlighted as a quasi professional poker player, which prompted this rare political headline from Poker News. Quote, President elect Donald Trump taps longtime poker player to head the IRS. So Billy Long has none of the qualifications for the job that every other IRS commissioner has had in the whole modern history of this agency.
But he did serve in Congress. While he was in Congress, [01:26:00] did he serve on any of the tax writing committees? No, he did not. But he did get an award while he was in Congress, and it was an award related to taxes. It was called the, quote, Tax Fighter Award from something called the National Tax Limitation Committee.
What is the National Tax Limitation Committee? When Forbes magazine went to look into it, they found that the website for this organization now points to What appears to be a gambling website based in Thailand. That makes it harder to figure out the selection criteria for this particular award. But Billy Long won it.
While he was in Congress, he did repeatedly introduce legislation to abolish the IRS, to in fact abolish the income tax as a thing, and instead replace it with a huge 30 percent sales tax on everything you buy. If that sounds familiar, it's because [01:27:00] this very expensive idea was ginned up by the Church of Scientology in the 1990s.
It has been kept alive by Republicans like Billy Long ever since. Thing number two. While he was in Congress, Billy Long did do one other tax related thing, which has to do with puppies, which sounds awesome, but it's When he was first elected to Congress, voters in Billy Long's home state of Missouri considered a ballot measure to improve conditions for dogs and puppies, puppy mill, dog breeding facilities in that state.
And it was basic kindness stuff. Um, the measure said that dogs needed to have food and water and housing and some way to exercise and run around. And the people of Missouri voted for that. God bless them. But when the Humane Society said that they, too, supported that measure, Billy Long, [01:28:00] newly in Congress, demanded that the IRS should launch an investigation into the Humane Society.
He demanded that the IRS should strip them of their non profit status. Now, in the end, his demands were not heeded. He did not succeed in getting the IRS to crush the Humane Society as retaliation for its efforts to protect But if he were in charge of the IRS, presumably he could now get that wish, which brings us to thing.
Number three. I mentioned that Billy Long mostly just has his auctioneer school degree. He has no background or training in anything substantively related to the IRS. But caveat, look at his Twitter bio. He can see it says at the top there, Congressman Billy Long CTBA. If you say it fast, it kind of sounds like CPA, but it's not.
It's not [01:29:00] a CPA certified public account. It's A-C-T-B-A. What is A-C-T-B-A? He says that it stands for Certified Tax and Business Advisor, CTBA, certified Tax and Business Advisor, which sounds very fancy. Is that a real thing? No, that is not really a thing. Headline, Billy Long, Trump's nominee to lead the IRS, touts a credential that tax experts say is dubious.
Quote, the designation is offered by a small Florida firm, Excel Empire, which was established just two years ago and only requires attendance at a three day seminar. Tax experts say they have never heard of CTBA as a credential in the tax profession. So, not a credential in the tax profession, but as a credential to be in charge of all taxes in the United States of America?
Sure. Why not? You said it. [01:30:00] Uh, the company from which Billy Long seems to have purchased this thing that sounds like CPA, if you mumble, they do list someone as their chief tax planner and tax attorney. But that is a person who let his law license in Ohio lapse 19 years ago and apparently never regained it.
So he appears to not be a licensed attorney of any kind, nor a licensed investment advisor. But his company will sell you that same CTBA, C P A, C T, C T B A credential that they sold Billy Long for somewhere between 30, 000 and 4, 997, depending on whether you catch the sale. Uh, the quote, tax attorney at this company, who again is not a licensed attorney, also reportedly invented a whole other new title besides CTBA.
Uh, so if you want to step it up a notch from the fake credential of [01:31:00] CTBA, you can also select the title, um, tax master. They will also proclaim you tax master, which also sounds amazing. We reached out to the tax master guy for comment, but he declined to answer our questions. That said, Billy Long himself apparently has not yet achieved the Tax Master title from this Florida company.
He hasn't paid for it or gone to the seminar or whatever, but maybe when he's head of the IRS, they'll give him that designation as an honorary degree. Thing number four. Go back to the Twitter bio for a second. Uh, there's something else there besides the not a real thing, fake CTBA tax credential. Right there in his Twitter bio, it says, Quote, DM me to save 40 percent on your taxes.
Seriously, that is still there right now on his Twitter bio, even after he has [01:32:00] been named to be IRS Commissioner by the incoming president. DM me to save 40 percent on your taxes. What that's about is this. Here's the current IRS Commissioner testifying in Congress. And what he's doing in this testimony is he's actually asking Congress to get rid of one particular tax program to close down a specific tax program because it had produced what the IRS called a quote, gold rush of bogus tax claims.
And that one particular tax program, which the IRS wants shut down because so many people are applying to it. In bogus terms, that is what Billy Long does for a living now at this company that he promotes. Now, two of its leaders were banned from working as securities brokers. But when COVID came around, they decided to start a new outfit that, among other things, promotes this particular.[01:33:00]
The New York Times describes the company as taking a quote, expansive view of who is eligible to get money from this program. Billy Long certainly seems to. He, for example, says that you shouldn't listen to your CPA if your CPA tells you that this is a tax program for which you do not qualify.
BILLY LONG: When people walk in and say, Hey, this auctioneer real estate broker, former congressman told me I'm going to get $1.2 million back.
Uh, you're my CPA. Why didn't you tell me that they out? Uh, instantly the reflex reaction is to go to bashing the, oh, it that, that's a, that's a joke. That that's a fake deal. That's not true. You're, you're gonna have to pay all that money back. You'll get audited. You know, they just come up with any excuse.
They can't, they,
RACHEL MADDOW - HOST, THE RACHEL MADDOW SHOW: they come up with any excuse when your your CPA. Tells you, you know, if you do this, you're going to get audited. You're going to have to pay this money back. You do not qualify for this thing. You [01:34:00] know, it's just any excuse. Forget your CPA. Come talk to Billy. We reached out for comment to Billy Long and also to the company that he works with.
We have not heard back. But I should tell you, the IRS has just warned that one of the quote, worst of the worst tax scams that taxpayers should be on the lookout for Is people telling you that you qualify for this tax program when in fact you don't?
BILLY LONG: You know, they just come up with any excuse they can.
RACHEL MADDOW - HOST, THE RACHEL MADDOW SHOW: Come up with any excuse. The IRS does this list every year. They call it the Dirty Dozen. Compiled annually, the Dirty Dozen lists a variety of common scams that taxpayers may encounter. Quote, don't fall prey. Says the IRS, uh, for the current dirty dozen list, it's, uh, what the IRS calls phishing and smishing scams.
They also have this big description about fake charities trying [01:35:00] to scam people. But number two on the latest IRS dirty dozen list of so called worst of the worst tax scams. Is this one. Beware of aggressive promoters who duped taxpayers into making questionable employee retention tax credit claims.
That is the tax program that is a big enough multi billion dollar fraud magnet that the IRS recently took the unprecedented step of setting up a backseize system, setting up an oh wow I didn't mean it system where people who have been duped by scammers into believing they were eligible for this thing when they weren't.
People can actually take back their filing from the IRS without getting into trouble for it. The IRS also really did ask Congress to shut this whole program down because it has been such a magnet for fraudsters. The IRS on its website right now warns this quote, employers should be wary of advertisements that advise them to [01:36:00] apply for money by claiming the credit when they may not qualify.
The billionaires who run the world (and why they're psychos) - Red Flag Radio - Air Date 2-23-25
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: I think, um, Musk's kind of, he's probably always had, I'm sure, um, you know, far right political ideas. By his kind of more open, uh, adoption of, you know, racist rhetoric and conspiracy theories and, um, celebration of Trump kind of tracks a lot with his interests as the owner of Tesla. Like one of the big things, like you can literally follow his trajectory by like looking at his old tweets.
Um, but was his response to the lockdown because the, he was part of the kind of radicalization of just like, they're taking away our freedoms, like any attempt. Uh, by state governments and the federal government, um, in the U. S. uh, to, uh, put in any measures to protect people's health and, you know, restrictions to try and suppress, uh, the COVID 19 pandemic.
Musk was really hostile to this because it negatively impacted on Tesla factories and You know, if you want to make money selling cars, um, and there's a [01:37:00] good reason to think that like, uh, you know, Musk is increasingly not competitive with China, um, then you have to, uh, you know, deregulate, um, you know, push down our labor conditions, uh, have speed ups, um, try and lower wages.
Uh, that, uh, was totally, you know, any kind of health measures to try and suppress COVID was totally anathema to someone who's trying to make a lot of money selling cars.
EMMA - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: Yeah. Didn't he just start up one of his factory or a number of his factories again, in, um, opposition to the COVID health measures and just like, yeah.
And I think that was a moment as well where he. was able to associate himself with Trump, who was still president and like invited him to the White House or something at that point. And kind of, they saw kindred spirits, uh, on the right.
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: Yeah, much like, um, much like, uh, Clive Palmer, you know, being the capitalist to try and sponsor uh, the lawsuit against the Western Australian government to try and force them to open up during the pandemic.
Like, there's, you know, [01:38:00] uh, you know, a lot of capitalists just are right wing and have racist ideas because of their own ideology, but it fits in with their position as the capitalist class to kind of always want to kick down. Um, you know, always oppose any forms of regulation that limit their ability to exploit workers, to make a profit, uh, to sell, you know, the movement of commodities, etc.
So, yeah, we had our own version of that with kind of Clive Palmer being one of the faces of the capitalist class campaign against, um, health measures during the pandemic. But that was, uh, you know, one of Musk's, uh, one of the things that really, uh, pushed Musk to the center of that whole, uh, you know, right wing world, um, as well as just, like, wanting to remove any, uh, fact checking on Twitter or any idea that, like, people can just run around being open Nazis and spreading anti Semitic conspiracy theories.
EMMA - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: Yeah, exactly. Um, I think he just is a really right wing, this is kind of obvious or whatever, but he just is a really right wing racist guy. Like, it obviously all suits his, um, [01:39:00] economic interests, but people like Elon Musk, I think, are ideologues. Like, he is really He's not purely driven by just the immediate profits of Tesla.
He's driven by a worldview, um, that, you know, wants a, a completely deregulated and unhinged capitalism tramping on the face of ordinary people forever. He wants, you know, a race, a more racist world, a more misogynistic world and so on. So I think he's been able to use his economic power to try to shape the world in that direction.
Peter Thiel time. All right. So, Chloe, what have you learned about Peter Thiel, which I know, I know nothing about?
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: I just don't even know where to start. Like, I feel like this guy is like, you know, Elon Musk is a more famous Trump backer now, kind of part of the tech bros from Silicon Valley that have kind of Trumpified.
Uh, kind of marching, um, in that direction, but Peter Thiel was the early adopter. Like, so he was, you know, the first Trump [01:40:00] presidency, the kind of billionaire from that Silicon Valley world that, unlike most of those billionaires who kind of still backed the Democrats at that time, uh, was a supporter of Trump.
Um, so like Musk, they actually made their fortunes from the same company, which was PayPal. Um, so, you know, someone was going to become a billionaire out of that, the kind of dot com moment where. you know, having a verifiable payment system online. Um, and they kind of accumulated a whole bunch of companies doing the same thing to kind of make PayPal the predominant one, eventually sell it to eBay.
Um, but yeah, Peter Thiel is an interesting capitalist because he is such an ideologue and has been from the very get go of his career. And I just think it's remarkable that both he and Musk come from a background of growing up in apartheid South Africa. Um, they're part of what, uh, The media dubbed the PayPal Mafia, which is like a bunch of tech guys from PayPal who made their fortunes who all had connections to apartheid South [01:41:00] Africa.
It kind of makes you the perfect capitalist in a way if you're just like willing to You made your money from like almost slave like conditions of Um, Black Africans or, you know, you, you come from that world. You grew up in like the open apartheid system. And Peter Thiel has, you know, gotten, uh, some criticism in the media because, um, he writes a lot.
He actually puts down his reactionary ideas, um, in essays and things. And he has And you've read all his essays now. I've read a couple of them. Um, they're, yeah, terrifying, um, but he, as an adult, describes South Africa as a sound economic, uh, system, um, under apartheid. Um, so he, uh, briefly, uh, when he was young, when his dad was working there, uh, studied at an elite all white school, um, in South Africa.
As a young high schooler, he got really into Ayn Rand. Um, I don't know if listeners are familiar with Ayn Rand. She was a Russian born American. so called philosopher, um, and novelist. Um, she was really the poster child for [01:42:00] extreme libertarian, laissez faire capitalist ideas, as well as like extreme McCarthyist.
And just like
EMMA - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: anti communism. Hating the poor. Absolutely. And like, and also just a kind of propaganda about how the capitalists were awesome, intelligent, ubermensch. It's like, yeah. Um, Nietzsche on steroids.
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: Yeah, so her novel Atlas Shrugged, um, it's like the bible for Silicon Valley tech pros because it's all about how, you know, the titans of industry, rugged individualists just like pursuing their own selfish, um, motives are actually like the, you know, ones, um, you know, uh, bettering society, um, through their, uh, genius and brilliance.
But not actually through helping. No, no. Deliberately through their selfishness. The poor people are
EMMA - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: scum who deserve everything that they get. Um, yeah. And like the world is basically only exists for the self aggrandizement of these rich people.
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: This is Peter Thiel is like one of the, um, you know, big kind of Ayn Randian, uh, guys in Silicon [01:43:00] Valley.
Um, and this influenced him when he studied philosophy, um, when he went to university. So, one of Peter Thiel's essays, um, which he wrote, uh, inspired by the response to 9 11, um, is called The Straussian Moment, and this essay makes Clash of Civilizations look soft, um, in it, um, so Uh, in it, he, um, welcomed the return to U.
S. unilateralism in military deployment. Um, and he called for a return to pre enlightenment thought. So, the enlightenment, he saw it as a bad thing, and he said that, uh, today mere self preservation forces all of us to look at the world anew. to think strange new thoughts and thereby to awaken from that very long and profitable period of intellectual slumber and amnesia that is so misleadingly called the enlightenment.
And basically [01:44:00] he wants to return to holy wars. Um, so he talks about, uh, when bin laden declares war on the infidels, the Zionists and the crusaders, um, you know, we shouldn't respond in half measures. Um, so this is like the most like visceral clash of civilizations. kind of politics, um, that, you know, is openly Islamophobic.
So he writes his essay, and at the same time, he leverages his PayPal wealth to build Palantir, which is his spy tech company that he created, one of the biggest, um, Uh, contracts is, uh, for the Palantir is with the U. S. Defense Department, um, and the CIA. Um, and this is literally like, you know, big techs, um, private big techs involvement in mass surveillance, uh, both of the civilian populations and, you know, spyware for, for states to kind of carry out, um, espionage, um, on other states.
And, uh, by the way, Palantir is still around. It's gotten a massive stock surge, um, since Trump, uh, entered, uh, the White House. Um, and to. [01:45:00] quote, uh, recently from the current CEO, Alex Karp, um, he said that the company exists to quote, power the West to its obvious innate superiority.
SECTION B: QUID-PRO-QUO
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering Section B quid pro quo.
The Billionaires Government Branko Marcetic on Trumps Complete Betrayal of His Base Part 2 - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-27-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And, of course, if you're talking about privatizing the Postal Service, um, or Trump taking over the U. S. Postal Service, that also has a great impact on voting. But I want to ask you about The Washington Post reporting the Federal Aviation Administration's close to canceling a 2.
4 billion contract with Verizon and awarding the work To Elon Musk's Starlink, the contractors for work to overhaul a key communication system in nation's air traffic control system. Meanwhile, a separate investigation by The Washington Post has revealed Musk has built his business empire on 38 Billion dollars in federal funding via government contracts, loans, subsidies, and tax credits over the past two decades.
And the Post reports [01:46:00] the total number might be even higher because it's not known how much Musk Companies has received in classified work for the Pentagon and other agencies. Not to mention he pushed out the head of the FAA, right, in charge of Aviation. We've had one accident after another. He pushed him out because he didn't, like he would be fined and also was raising questions about his, um, uh, rockets bursting in air over places like Turks and Caicos, Bronco.
BRANKO MARCETIC: I mean, it's, I I don't know what other word you can use for this other than corruption. Uh, it, it, it's, you know, Washington has long been a place where. Uh, donors, uh, end up getting a, a, a tremendous amount of say over government policy, where they are able to use that to push their own business interests.
Um, both parties do it. It's Frustration with that, I think, is one of the reasons why Trump won in 2016 and why he continues to have [01:47:00] appeal with people when he says he's going to take on the swamp and Washington corruption. And yet here we have the Trump administration engaging in the exact same kind of corruption, uh, and swamp like behavior that it claims to be fighting, except on overdrive.
I mean, I don't think that we have ever seen anything quite this naked before, where, uh, the world's richest man gives a campaign. What, 280 million, um, and then is basically just, just a point, a role is carved out for him. He's not even, uh, uh, confirmed by any, uh, elected officials and is allowed to just basically Go through and, and, and start dismantling things from the inside while also then fattening his own pockets, um, from the same public money that he claims that he is trying to, um, root out waste and fraud from.
I mean, it's, it's, uh, it's pretty astounding. Um, I don't think we've seen anything like this before.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: In this last minute, we have, I want to ask you about Ukraine. Ukrainian [01:48:00] President Zelensky, headed to Washington, D. C., will sign a deal at the White House on Friday, giving the U. S. access to Ukraine's rare earth minerals and other resources.
Trump was asked about Ukraine during his first Cabinet meeting. Mr. President of Ukraine, can you tell the world a little bit about what type of security guarantees you're willing to make?
DONALD TRUMP: Well, I'm not going to make security guarantees beyond, uh, very much. We're going to have Europe do that because it's in, you know, we're talking about Europe as their next door neighbor.
But we're going to make sure everything goes well, and as you know, we'll be making a, uh, we'll be really partnering with Ukraine in terms of rare earth. We very much need rare earth. They have great, rare earth. We'll be working with, uh, Secretary Burgum and with Chris, and you'll be working on that together.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Bronco Marchetti, it's your final comment. We just have 30 seconds.
BRANKO MARCETIC: Um, you know, I think this continues the, the plundering of Ukraine, uh, that has been going on. [01:49:00] It's been bipartisan policy for, for years now, uh, to, to use deepening, um, U. S. military involvement in the country and, and, and economic dependence on the United States as a way to get Ukraine to, uh, uh, do a host of damaging neoliberal reforms that, that are contrary to the interests of the actual Ukrainian people.
And this is just, you know, again, it's, it's that on overdrive.
Quid pro bros - Today, Explained - Air Date 2-25-25
NOEL: Katie Honan is a senior reporter at the nonprofit news site The City. She also hosts the F-A-Q N-Y-C podcast. Yesterday, minutes before Katie went into a press conference with Eric Adams we reached her in the rotunda of City Hall to ask her about the life and times of New York’s mayor.
KATIE HONAN [The City senior reporter]: Eric Adams is like a real New York story. He's a former police officer. He often talks about his, his path to the NYPD.
<CLIP> ADAMS: As a 15 year old, I was arrested and beat by police officers. But I also learned how to turn my pain into purpose: I became a police officer, NYPD reformer…
KATIE: And he was a very [01:50:00] activist police officer, challenging a lot of the racism within the department for a member like himself, as a Black police officer. And then he became a state senator representing neighborhoods in central Brooklyn, and then the borough president of Brooklyn. So when he ran for mayor in 2021, it was on a public safety message that really, especially towards the later months of the election season, really resonated.
<CLIP> PBS: The next mayor of New York will confront an economy battered by the pandemic, as well as rising rates of gun violence and homicide, that have made public safety the top issue for many voters.
<CLIP> CBS NEW YORK: And as the city nears a full reopening, a lotta people are worried that surging gun violence could make it more difficult to attract visitors…
<CLIP> ADAMS: This is a critical time for New York. We’re facing a pandemic of crime, inequality, and injustice.
And that is how he became the city's 110th mayor – of New York City.
NOEL: Before we get to the events of the [01:51:00] past couple of weeks, what's his reputation as mayor been? What do New Yorkers think of him?
KATIE: It's funny, when I speak to the friends of mine who don't pay attention to politics, I think because the mayor himself talks about his personality and his, his own word, which is swagger.
SCORING <Triangle Time>
<CLIP> ADAMS: When the mayor has swagger, the CITY has swagger…
He has his own message about who he is – you know, we all have stories about ourselves that we share. His, however, was very easily debunked. You know, his big thing is, ‘I'm a vegan mayor.’
<CLIP> ADAMS: When you’re eating the soul of a living being, you are also internalizing all the trauma when that animal is killed.
A few months into his tenure in 2022, he's going out to dinner and the waiter saying, ‘Yo, he ordered the fish,’ you know, which is not vegan. So there was that.
NOEL: <laughs>
<CLIP> REPORTER: I just want to clarify something: How often do you eat [01:52:00] fish and other animal proteins?
ADAMS: I eat a plant-based centered life. Some people wanna call me vegan. Vegans eat oreos. And they drink Coca-Cola. I don’t.
KATIE: And I think even his partying, it became a negative because people are like, ‘Why are you not, like, out doing your job? Why are you out at clubs with French Montana, a rapper? Why are you out of these private clubs?
<CLIP> TIKTOK: French Montana. In your friend group. Is not a good sign. Monsieur Montana? <laughs>
He has such a large personality. His clothing, it's – everything's embroidered. It says Mayor Adams, in case you don't know who he was…
NOEL: <laughs>
KATIE: …on his hat, on hit jacket. His phrase is “get stuff done.” There's GSD everywhere. So that's what we see of the colorful character of Mayor Adams.
<CLIP> ADAMS: This is New York. It’s a PRIVILEGE to live in New York. And the leadership should have that swagger. That’s what has been missing in this city.
[01:53:00] SCORING OUT
NOEL: When do things start to go south for him legally?
KATIE: Well, we found out that the investigation into him started in 2021 when he was still a borough president. But we saw it publicly… I would say it was the fall of 2023 when his top fundraisers’ home was raided by the feds. That morning, the mayor was on his way to Washington, D.C., to meet with the Biden administration to talk about the asylum seeker crisis, which – it continues to be, it’s sort of winding down now, but it was for years a large issue in the city financially and just in terms of organizing, in terms of what the mayor had to focus on, a lot of it was taken up by the asylum seeker crisis.
<CLIP> ADAMS: This issue will destroy New York City. Destroy New York City. We’re getting 10,000 migrants a month.
So the mayor flies to DC and then immediately returns. And all we knew initially was that he had to return for, quote, “a matter.” So that was when we realized there might [01:54:00] be… <laughs> an investigation into the mayor. And then we saw a trickle of this until September 2024.
<CLIP> FOX 5 NEW YORK: A Bronx neighborhood, swarming with FBI agents earlier today. Records show the address involved is owned by a top aide to Mayor Adams.
<CLIP> ABC7: We have just learned that FBI agents seized New York City Mayor Eric Adams’ phones and an iPad earlier this week…
<CLIP> FOX 5 NEW YORK: The FBI raiding the homes of at least 5 people in Mayor Eric Adams’ administration, including two of his deputy mayors, the schools chancellor, and even – reportedly – the NYPD commissioner.
And then in late September, the mayor himself was indicted on five counts, including bribery and wire fraud.
NOEL: What are the details there? Bribery and wire fraud. What was going on, allegedly?
KATIE: The mayor, allegedly, in short, was helping out the Turkish government…
NOEL: The Turkish government!
KATIE: The Turkish government, expediting a building that they have in Midtown, getting the fire permit expedited. You know, these things… It's New York City, it's a big city, and things take a lot of [01:55:00] time.
<CLIP> US ATTORNEY DAMIAN WILLIAMS: We also allege that the mayor sought and accepted over $100k in luxury travel benefits. These benefits included free international business class flights, and opulent hotel rooms in foreign cities.
And in addition to that, there was supposed to be a superseding indictment – so additional charges filed – but we don't know if we're ever going to see those.
NOEL: Okay. And once he's charged, what does he say?
<CLIP> ADAMS: My fellow New Yorkers. It is now my belief … <duck>
KATIE: The mayor immediately recorded a video and he said, I have done nothing wrong. This is a political attack. I'm being targeted. His phrase was:
<CLIP> ADAMS: <duck up> I always knew that if I stood my ground for all of you, I would be a target. And a target I became.
Because he says he was targeted by the Biden administration because he was critical of their lack of help financially in New York City for the asylum seeker crisis. I'll point out that the investigation predates the asylum seeker [01:56:00] crisis. And you can repeat that to the mayor as much as you want but he's never going to listen to it.
NOEL: <laughs>
KATIE: He insists that he is a pure victim of political persecution, and he's continued to say it. And this is a kind of a, a note that's been picked up by a lot of, particularly right-wing outlets across the country.
<CLIP> FOX NEWS, JESSE WATTERS: He was one of the ones that spoke out against Biden, and if you speak out against Biden, you get punished. Menendez spoke out, got punished. Adams spoke out, got punished. Trump got more than punished.
The Gangster Presidency Part 2 - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-15-25
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: I read Bové's letter to Sassoon that came out on Thursday night very much as an implicit threat to also investigate her, to investigate the lawyers that quit. So let's just be really clear.
It's not just that these people are losing their jobs. They're also now subjecting themselves, as you said, taking themselves out of a career path that is a rocket to success. They're also subjecting themselves to the You know, investigative and prosecutorial power that Bove is [01:57:00] threatening. I want to make explicit what Dale Ho, who has been on this podcast, is the judge tasked with sorting this out.
Presumably at some point, um, somebody is going to pull the trigger and file a motion to dismiss the Eric Adams charges. And then this goes to Judge Ho in New York. And you've now said. He certainly has, it's well within his rights to investigate and interrogate why this is happening. And I would love for you to give us a sense of the scope of what he could possibly do to put this to rights.
HARRY LITMAN: Sure. I mean, what he could possibly do is very broad and we'll see, and it's now a high profile matter. But the legal charge that he has is to find that it is in the interest of justice. And I think again, and this is the great letter that you read from, you know, if it had been put [01:58:00] in the realm of raw politics or a pardon or whatever, then the notion would be, well, that's politics, but it has been put in the realm of law and an implicit.
Um, not so implicit, an assertion, uh, and a very threatening one, as you say, from Beauvais to Sassoon, you have violated your oath and we are going to investigate you. I mean, uh, you know, a judge, I think perceives immediately that he or she needs to call it true and figure out, what happened. So even if at the end of the day, there would be a possible way in which Ho could say, I'm not going to dismiss it.
That would be pretty extreme, but to actually look into it, that would be normal. And I think there's a little wrinkle here, Daya, because at this point, you can't expect Adams to speak to why this is. political and rank, nor the department. So I see him as potentially, he certainly has the [01:59:00] power appointing someone to make those arguments.
Supreme court does it all the time. And so I think that the claims from the prosecutors and from Beauvais will come into play. There'll be an effort to put Beauvais on the stand. The department will try to resist that, but it'll be ugly and always underneath. To me is the notion that the department now under its new leadership is scared of resistant to the truth coming out.
The truth being that this wasn't ordered for typical or even. Vaguely appropriate reasons, but was raw politics. And there's the whole other theme here where it would appear that Adams was coached by Beauvais to make the right offer. I'll really play ball on immigration. If you'll dismiss the cases, that's a whole extra layer of corruption.
[02:00:00] That's the sort of thing that, oh, I think will. Have every right to look into, and I don't see why he wouldn't. I'll just add the whole way things have gone down since the January 6th pardons, uh, which so insulted the entire bench of the, uh, very respected bench, bipartisan bench of the DC district court.
I think the district court judges in this country. Really see in the Trump administration, a great sort of disrespect for the law and see themselves as, you know, maybe the only bulwark to at least push back, scrutinize, get the facts out. So, you know, hoe better than I do, but I expect that this is going to move to a hearing with real evidence of what happened and what didn't.
And. That's just bad for the department and the posture that it's in.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: I think that what you're [02:01:00] saying, Harry, and it's a great place to land is that no matter what emerges from this, the quid pro quo here is that if Eric Adams continues to be the mayor and continues to do what he did, as you noted, Harry, on Fox News on Friday morning, which is say.
I get to be the mayor as long as I do the immigration dragnet I promised. There's nothing more corrupt. You can laugh about it on Fox, but that is quid pro quo corruption and the promise that he will be removed if he fails to do that. So. This isn't just a New York story. This isn't just an immigration story.
This is a stark promise that we will keep you out of jail if you do what we want. And if that doesn't scare the face off everybody, this is no different in that sense from the Saturday night massacre. This isn't a local New York mayoral corruption story. This is a promise from [02:02:00] DOJ that you either play ball.
And do what we say we could put you in jail. I don't know how to put it more starkly than that.
HARRY LITMAN: Yeah, look, you play ball and not on the field. We're supposed to play it on. This is the broader, almost dragnet of Trump's politics. By the way, this has been happening. Uh, so basically Trump had a lawsuit against CBS saying that Kamala Harris interview was slanted and he has put his handpicked FCC chair in to basically say, we're going to scrutinize your efforts to try to do this huge profitable merger.
Uh, but we're going to look into how nice you're talking about Trump. There's no other way around it. That's got the exact same structure. As the impeachment did the abusive use of government power held hostage to Trump's private interests. And that just washed by in a moment, which returns me to the [02:03:00] point, you know, I think the sort of main meta point that we're discussing here, does this have purchase with the American people?
And I'll just repeat, you know, I am from DOJ and I want to say within DOJ. Everyone assistance all over the country. This is a body blow. It's going to hurt them going before judges. They're ashamed. This is exactly what they're schooled in not doing the reason they came to the department. But even leaving that aside, you know, I think the themes of corruption and there are multiple layers, as you say, and just the.
Bullying, you know, 22 people now in a room who's going to do the right job, the really sort of nasty, overbearing, insulting, threatening aspect to it. To me, that rings home to people generally, even if they're not schooled in the sort of DOJ way that [02:04:00] is now coming through in the letters so much what people see their jobs as being about.
Trump LEGALIZES Bribes From Foreign Countries - Thom Hartmann Program - Air Date 2-11-25
THOM HARTMANN - HOST, THOM HARTMANN PROGRAM: Trump signed an order pausing enforcement of a law called the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the FCPA. And this is a real problem, what he's doing here. I mean, you know, embracing Rod Blagojevich and Eric Adams, two corrupt Democrats, and saying, okay, everything's good with you guys.
He's just embracing corruption. I, 30 years ago or thereabouts, I was working for an international relief agency, Salem International, and, uh, we went, myself and Horse Fund Hire, we went to, um, Haiti to talk about, you know, acquiring some property there, some land there, to run a program, a relief program, you know, for, for extremely impoverished people.
And we met with the, with, uh, with the, the minister, I forget his actual [02:05:00] title, but he was kind of the equivalent of, of the home secretary or the, the, you know, the, the state, the, the secretary of state, you know, he, he, the guy who deals with other governments and things like that. And, uh, very friendly guy.
Uh, and, you know, in his office in the, in the capitol building there. Um, I think it was in Port au Prince. And, uh, the first thing he asked us for was a bribe. And we just had to say, I'm sorry, we don't pay bribes. You know, we, we operate in countries all over the world, mostly third world countries. Um, but you know, we don't pay bribes.
And, and he was like, then you can't, you can't do your work here in Haiti. And, you know, we will stop you. And by Ending the law again. Now, this was a German organization, so they weren't covered by this American law. Now, if, if we had been an American charity, I could have simply said, I'm sorry, I'm an American.
I can't by law do this. Now, do you want our help or not? But now every tin pot dictator in the world is going to be [02:06:00] saying to every business, you know, they're going to be saying to Coca Cola and to Ford motor company and whatever, Hey, you want to sell your cars? You want to sell your, your, your soft drinks.
You want to sell your pharmaceuticals in our country. Grease my Paul. And now that it's no longer illegal to do that, these companies are going to start doing it, which means that the companies that don't do it are putting their executives lives in danger and, you know, certainly the integrity of their operations.
This is absolutely criminal. I mean, this law was passed back in 1977, and it makes it illegal for American companies to pay bribes to do business in other countries, and vice versa. For other countries or other companies to pay bribes to do business here. And Trump just shut this down? It makes you wonder which count which countries Don Jr.
and Eric want to bribe in order to get Trump Hotel.
SECTION C: CORPORATE INTERESTS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: You've reached Section C corporate interests. [02:07:00]
Why does corruption matter - Civics 101 - Air Date 10-15-24
DAVID SIROTA: So in 1971,
Richard Nixon had just installed the now famous recording devices in the White House. We
CLIP: are going to use any means that we're getting done.
MUSIC: I
DAVID SIROTA: want it done. 1971 was this moment in history in which the reformers, Ralph Nader types, were winning. Tons of legislative victories. It was a time of really incredible progress in America.
I mean, the country had declared war on poverty. The Voting Rights Act had passed. The Civil Rights Act had passed. The Medicare had passed. Medicaid. Richard Nixon signed the legislation creating the EPA and the like. I mean, this was an incredible moment. And Nixon had just installed his recording device in the White House.
And one of the problems that had not been solved, one of the last big problems that had not really been addressed, was [02:08:00] this thrum of corruption underneath the political system.
And Nixon ended up recording this exchange that he had with his treasury secretary, in which his treasury secretary said. To Nixon and they were they were strategizing together that they could shake down. That was the that was the term used they could shake down the Dairy producers and we're talking about the big giant dairy companies They could shake down the dairy companies for more campaign cash to Nixon's re election campaign in exchange for Nixon issuing a policy That would create a price support floor for the price of milk to keep the price of milk at or above a Certain minimum amount.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Hang on, shake down the [02:09:00] dairy industry?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Yes, milk, shakedown, milk, shake, we are not the first to notice the pun potential there.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Milk them for all they're worth! But how is this a shakedown, exactly? You know, you help me get re elected, I'll help your industry out. That's quid pro quo, as old as time in American politics, isn't it?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Well, Nixon may not have invented campaign corruption, but he sure did define it in a new way.
DAVID SIROTA: It was very, very clear. They're going to give us money, we're going to do this policy. And what ended up happening was, this kind of came out. It leaked out at the time, not necessarily the tapes. The tapes did not leak out until Watergate a few years later.
The fact that so much money flooded into Nixon's campaign from the dairy producers, and then Nixon essentially reversed a decision from his agriculture department to then do these price supports, which enriched the dairy processors, the dairy [02:10:00] companies. It became this example of the kind of corruption that had become systemic in Washington and helped.
Basically,
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: even before Watergate went down, Congress was taking note of how campaign contributions could directly influence regulation. It was, like David said, very clear that Nixon had received a ton of money from the dairy industry and then turned around and helped the dairy industry. So, the 1971 Federal Election Campaign Act regulated money in federal elections.
Contribution limits, spending disclosures, prohibiting candidates from offering rewards in exchange for donations.
DAVID SIROTA: I think what it exemplified was this cycle that we've been talking about, where Bad stuff [02:11:00] happens, Congress feels forced to react, uh, and Congress did react. Now, Nixon almost immediately after signing the Federal Election Campaign Act, signing it, I don't know, he didn't exactly love that he was signing it, he didn't do a big signing statement, but he felt sort of publicly pressured, publicly forced to sign it, uh, Nixon and his cronies uh, decided to try to immediately circumvented.
And what's fascinating is is that we uncovered a lot of previously never reported on documents in which they outlined their strategy of how to effectively undermine that anti corruption law immediately upon its passage. I should mention, when the bill was moving through Congress after this dairy corruption scandal.
Nixon was publicly saying he supports campaign finance reform. He supports anti corruption legislation. Meanwhile, we uncovered memos inside the White House in which they were plotting a strategy of getting [02:12:00] corporate donors to threaten members of Congress with financial punishment if they ended up voting for that anti corruption law.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Wow, that is,
DAVID SIROTA: well, I
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: guess
DAVID SIROTA: that is Richard Nixon. So, I, I realize that people listening to this will say, Well, it's not a surprise that Richard Nixon, of all people, was corrupt. And I think that's right, it's not a surprise, but I think we have to understand that the Watergate scandal and the Nixon administration, it really wasn't just a scandal about the break in and a desire to win an election.
It was really The first and biggest campaign finance and corruption scandal of the modern era.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: And Nick, why is it important that Congress is monitoring this stuff? That they're playing watchdog in their own world? Because the public is often busy thinking about other things. For example, who's [02:13:00] thinking about the dairy industry in 1971?
DAVID SIROTA: Is Nixon going to end the Vietnam War? The public may be keyed into, is Nixon going to sign the bill creating the Environmental Protection Agency? The public may not be as keyed into agriculture department policy on dairy prices. And dairy price supports. So, the smaller, more granular, more detailed, more esoteric the issue becomes, in some ways, the more likely a politician is to think, well, that's the kind of issue I can go do the bidding of big money because the public's never gonna notice.
The average voter's never gonna know what I did. The average voter's never gonna know that I slipped this or that line into a bill.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: I mean, members of Congress barely have the time or opportunity to read every detail of a bill, so why would the public?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Exactly. And then there's the fact that you can always sneak language into a bill that gets you, or [02:14:00] someone else, what you, or they, want.
We hear about things like poison pillslanguage in a bill that basically kills it from the inside out. And riderslanguage attached to a bill that might have nothing to do with the bill. There are plenty of quiet routes to a legislative goal. Routes that voters might never notice or know about.
DAVID SIROTA: The more in the details you get, the easier it is for corruption to flourish. And what happened soon after that dairy scandal, Watergate happened. And what came out of Watergate was an effort to tighten and strengthen those campaign finance rules and those anti corruption rules.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: We talked about the 1971 Federal Election Campaign Act.
After the Watergate scandal, Congress amended that act to limit contributions from individuals, parties, and political action committees. That 1974 [02:15:00] amendment also established the Federal Election Commission. But politicians were immediately opposed to these reforms.
DAVID SIROTA: And what ended up happening was that even In the shadow of that scandal that everyone paid attention to, everyone knew about, the president resigned on, the bills to strengthen the anti corruption and campaign finance laws after Watergate, the famous bills to crack down, even those bills had provisions slipped into them to help create ways New ways for corporations and interests with lots of money to continue and actually expand their power to influence members of Congress.
Gregory Shupak on Palestine Ethnic Cleansing, Portia Allen-Kyle on Tax Unfairness Part 1 - CounterSpin - Air Date 2-21-25
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: Doing that report was so eye opening for so many different reasons, and both personally and professionally, and a color of change in our advocacy.
I remember years ago when I [02:16:00] discovered after going to H& R Block and paying more than 300 for a fairly simple return and finding out that the person who filed my return wasn't even in a CalPIT. And I remember how ripped off I felt. So fast forward, being in this role and doing this work and this report in particular, just going into how much of a scam the tax preparation industry, both the storefront tax prep Companies, so your H& R Block, your Liberty Tax, your Jackson Hewitt of the world, as well as large corporations such as Intuit and other software providers that provide these tax filing services.
And the reality of the situation is that you have an industry that has spent hundreds of millions of dollars. Preventing people from being able to either pay the government what they owe, or in many cases, receive money back from the [02:17:00] government that is technically already theirs. They have earned it, the government has kept more of it than they were perhaps entitled to, and now people are in the position for a refund.
And these businesses, especially for black taxpayers, for low income taxpayers, have found ways to To profit off of people's already earned money by inserting themselves as these corporate middlemen in the tax preparation game, where their sole role is to bleach people's pockets, either from the money that folks have already earned, and they are doing the refund.
Or by upcharging, upselling, and preying upon folks who are eligible for certain tax credits, such as the earned income tax credit or the child tax credit, and have made businesses off of selling the equivalent of payday loan products to these taxpayers where they take a part of their refund and just give people the rest under the guise of their income.
Giving them a same [02:18:00] day advance or a same day loan. And so no matter what the angle is, it is all unnecessary and all of them, and it's why government products like IRS Direct File are so important to both our democracy, how government works, and how people receive and keep their money.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: A key fact in your report is that the tax preparation industry has these basic competency problems.
Tax laws change all the time. You're looking for someone who can make sure you pay what you're supposed to and look for any benefits you're entitled to. And of course, throughout this, is that the most vulnerable people are the most in need of this help. But an unacceptable number, if we could say, of these tax preparers are not required to really prove that they know how to do it.
That's an industry wide failing. Oh, absolutely. There are no real
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: requirements for tax preparers in [02:19:00] these companies, whereas if you go to an accountant. Accountants have professional standards. They have training requirements. Anybody can hang up a shingle and say, I am an accountant. The same way not anyone can walk into a hospital, put on a white coat and say, I am a doctor.
But what we have is an entire industry of people that are able to say, I am a tax preparer because I have applied for a job, maybe taken an internal Training to these companies and are now in the business of selling tax preparation,
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: right? But not to everyone because let's underscore that the fact that these systemic problems This is a regulatory problem clearly, but it doesn't land on everyone equally and it's not designed to and so in this case you see that these unregulated tax preparers are taking advantage of, well, the people that it's easiest to take advantage of.
Talk a little bit more about the impacts of that particular kind of [02:20:00] predation.
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: One of the ways in which, especially storefront preparers, are able to prey on communities is simply by location. And so many of these, like, franchised operations, some of them maintain year long locations, many of them do not.
But they pop up, kind of like Spirit Halloween, often around tax season. Right. In neighborhoods that are disproportionately Black or communities of color, disproportionately lower income. It just reports that we have taxpayers and residents who are eligible for what are expected to be larger refunds. So those who are eligible for the earned income tax credit, those who are eligible for the child tax credit.
And really play upon those folks in selling tax preparation services. And the key here is selling tax preparation services, because what they really are are salespeople. They have sales goals. It's why they are incentivized to. Upsell products, some of the products that they are also selling [02:21:00] are refund anticipation loans.
So they may lure you in and say, get a portion of your refund today or get an advance up front. That's a unregulated bank product. So you have a unregulated tax preparer now selling you an unregulated bank product, loan product that often sometimes reach interest rates of over 30%. And they know what they're doing, because that is where they make their money in the selling of product.
Right. And we see that in the data that reprogram such a vital volunteer income tax assistance program, disproportionately prepares the taxes of filers. Who don't have children and aren't eligible for so many of these companies will refer out other folks for whom they find that it is not worth it to prepare their taxes right on folks that they think are getting big refunds.
But more importantly, what really illustrates the difference in tax preparation and [02:22:00] expectation, the wealthy. Millionaires, billionaires, corporations, they're not going to H& R Block. Like Mark Cuban is not walking into H& R Block to file his taxes, right? Like folks on the other end of the income and wealth spectrum are relying on accountants.
Are relying on folks who are not just preparing a service in the moment, but who are providing a year round advice on how to make the system work for them. And so there's a service and an additional amount of financial insight and oversight that they are getting that an entire segment of the market is not being properly handled in this way.
Because at the end of the day, it's these tax lobby and these corporations that have fought so hard to keep taxes complicated. and confusing for the rest of us. Doing this while providing services that they know are subpar in quality and deliver questionable outcomes. I mean, demonstrated in the report, the error rate of those who prepare taxes for [02:23:00] companies like H& R Block, Liberty Tax, Jackson Hewitt, and other companies is extremely high, sometimes upwards of 60 percent.
So, You have a scenario where you have a portion of taxpayers who disproportionately have their returns prepared by preparers who are unqualified and unregulated and essentially increases their risk of an audit and then when they are audited with trial and that the IRS. Disproportionately have audited black taxpayers and particularly those who are eligible for EITC, et cetera.
And that is not unrelated to the way that it is structured and the predation of the corporate tax lobby in the first place. And while it sounds like when you see advertisements from H& R Block or Intuit, About how they stand by and guarantee their services, they'll defend you in an audit. Well, they need to defend you in an audit.
It's not altruistic. You'll need that protection because they're going to mess it up. Right. And have messed it up. Right. For so [02:24:00] many people and that part of the story is not often talked about when we talk about the disproportionate audit rate. It often is not always included how those folks had their returns prepared, and that's often by these same companies that are presenting and fighting against things like direct file, which is essentially the public option for taxes in the same way that the Affordable Care Act is, you know, in the exchange is the public option for health care.
The billionaires who run the world (and why they're psychos) Part 2 - Red Flag Radio - Air Date 2-23-25
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: well, while we're on to, uh, the Australian, uh, capitalist class, um, he's now an American citizen, but, you know, we couldn't do this episode without talking about Rupert Murdoch, um, and the Murdoch Empire.
Today he's worth 23. 4 billion US dollars, um, and yeah, he, you know, also like most capitalists already started out rich, um, he, uh, took over running Adelaide News, um, at the age of 21 from his dad, um, by the 1960s he had consolidated Australia's largest media conglomerate, [02:25:00] um, and from there Murdoch really pivoted to Try and take over the whole UK media landscape and then from from there the US.
And so today he has his enormous global conservative media empire, probably most famously Fox News, which is a major part of getting Trump into the White House and along the way he did just, you know, classic capitalist thing. So he was involved in massive union busting campaigns, particularly to try and break the power of the print unions in the UK.
Okay. Transcribed Um, it's worth saying, like, he's most famous for, you know, Fox News, uh, Trump, loving the Liberal Party, but Modok's also not afraid to back the Labor Party when it suits them. As he says, he can make money. Uh, under Labor governments as well. Um, so for example, he was a big backer of Tony Blair during the kind of new Labor turn to, you know, the most open neoliberalism and particularly the Iraq war.
Um, but Murdoch's probably most famous for using all of the means, the many means at his disposal to undermine Labor governments, uh, when [02:26:00] they just give him the shits and he wants to return to conservative rules. So, if you remember like the headlines on the Daily Telegraph, um, during the Rudd years, uh, kick this mob out.
Um, but he also, uh, was a big backer of Gough Whitlam, and then was the key guy that ran the kind of media assault upon, uh, Whitlam, uh, during the, uh, the coup against him. Um, so yeah, he's actually stepped down from being the chairman of Fox, um, and News Corp, um, last year. Uh, but yeah, still, you know, so involved in shaping just the media that, like, millions, billions of people around the world, um, consume.
And something like 65 percent of print newspapers, um, in Australia are News Corp, uh, newspapers that we read. So just appalling, uh, control that he has over the means of, uh, accessing information, um, for millions of people in Australia, billions of people around the world.
EMMA - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: Yeah. And I think of all the capitalists in the whole world, he's probably the most responsible for the rise of Trump.
Like he really, [02:27:00] especially back to his first presidential bid. Um, you know, there was a kind of alliance between the Trumpist campaign and his media, um, in those years. Um, not that it, that was, you know, solely based on his support for Trump, like, I think Murdoch's right wing push far predates, um, Trumpism.
Uh, he's been trying to shape ideas in a right wing direction, promote racism and so on for, uh, for many decades. But I think, yeah, it really, um, he found a someone he could really commit to in the person of Donald Trump. I think we were
CHLOE - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: reminded recently of just how pathetic Labor governments are in the face of these billionaire media moguls, um, when just awesome person Grace Thame, uh, turned up to We love you, Grace Thame.
Turned up to an Australia Day, um, Australian of the Year, uh, celebration, um, at Kiribilli, uh, wearing a Fuck Murdoch t shirt. Um, to which, like, Anthony Albanese was just, like, a pathetic [02:28:00] spineless dweeb and, like, you know, criticized when he was attacked in the media by, you know, Tame wearing the Fuck Murdoch t shirt.
He, like, totally threw her under the bus. Um, and Tame wrote this really excellent, uh, crikey article in response to it called, Why is my t shirt more offensive to our Prime Minister? than a 50 year assault on democracy, and it's just a great read. He talks about, um, you know, Murdoch's long history of being a nefarious goon, his role in sacking golf Whitlam, um, his connection to Ronald Reagan to, you know, uh, conservative figures in the US like Roy Cohen, um, who was the mentor of Donald Trump.
Um, And just the way that, you know, government's deregulation and neoliberal policies has helped Murdoch, uh, build his empire, you know, his nefarious, um, uh, tactics that his media outlets have used, particularly the phone hacking scandal from, uh, News of the World, um, where he, like, they hacked the, um, the phone of, like, murdered, a murdered schoolgirl and, like, lots [02:29:00] of other, um, figures.
Um, and yeah, to quote her article, she says, It alarms me how little people seem to know about Rupert, a man who owns far more than the news. If anything, his media empire is a front for his various business ventures. Um, it's the instrument he uses to promote policies that benefit him while brainwashing the everyday person into believing they're also good for them.
I don't know, like, I don't think Marxists would particularly agree with the brainwashing terminology, like, we think working class people have the capacity to reject a whole bunch of this, but there's so much that's right in this, um, particularly all of the links between, you know, uh, his media empire, but also just generally promoting the interests, um, of big business and the need to kind of push reactionary politics and try and get a section of the population to adopt reactionary politics, like the recognition that, like, Taking up, you know, virulent racism, you know, anti trans politics, all of this is about trying to get, uh, convince people to a certain degree to kick down instead of looking [02:30:00] at, you know, what the 1 percent are up to.
EMMA - CO-HOST, RED FLAG RADIO: Yeah. And, uh, it's, you know, we've talked mainly about capitalists of the US and Australian ruling classes, but I think it's a general pattern around the world that is not often recognized, which Grace Tame recognizes, that it's the fucking capitalists that push the most reactionary agenda. Um, obviously alongside their, their politician mates and, and so on, but, um, I think that's really important to understand that this stuff, not just like the pursuit of profits, but The racism and the hatred of ordinary people and stuff, that is all in their interest and they push it at all times.
So, um, a, a good example from elsewhere is, uh, Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani from India, who have both become, uh, some of the richest people in the, the world. I think Mukesh Ambani is Asia's richest man currently, and Adani was briefly the second richest person in the world before a series of scandals, kind of, uh, briefly tanked his Uh, his conglomerate, [02:31:00] but they have been able to, you know, very similar to what's happening with Trump now, ride the wave of, um, Modi's rise to power, uh, Modi, you know, rose to power on the back of extreme racism, anti Muslim, um, uh, and Hindu nationalism.
And these guys became extremely rich out of their alliance with Modi. They were offered all of the major infrastructure projects and, and, you know, um, deals. from the government, uh, and were able to become like, like kind of just situate themselves as some of the most important capitalists, uh, in Asia and definitely the most important in India.
Um, and they've just become part of like the global elite. Last year, Ambani had a party for 1200 Silicon Valley Bollywood like types, just all these rich people came to his personal skyscraper, uh, called Antilla, which cost 2 billion to build. Like, I don't even. I don't know if that's the most expensive fucking structure ever built or whatever, but that's insane.[02:32:00]
Um, or at least as, as a personal residence. Uh, and you know, all of the classics were there, Zuckerberg, Ivanka Trump, Bill Gates, like Rihanna performed for them and stuff. So these are really part of the, um, the global elite. And I think they've, uh, you know, ridden to to that extreme wealth on the back of backing the most reactionary politics in India that is literally about, you know, pogroms against Muslims, uh, as well as, you know, enforcing a horrific level of exploitation of the working class as a whole.
D.C. Gutted. Grassroots Galvanized. Part 2 - Ralph Nader Radio Hour - Air Date 2-22-25
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: Well, Jimmy, you've done a lot of work on taxation, internet taxation, you've investigated all kinds of money laundering and tax evasions by big business and the super rich.
The reports are that Trump and Musk are going to get access to IRS personal data, which has never been allowed, and that they have put in place a toady as head of IRS forcing the current one. I had a friend who lost his his first term out of office, and he had about a [02:33:00] couple years more of his term.
Listen, this is the difference between Republicans and Democrats, among others, is that the Democrats let these heads of the Postal Service or the IRS finish their term When they win and replace the Republicans. The Republicans say, get out right now. They've got the IRS in their bullseye, and of course, both Trump and Musk are super low tax payers.
They're using every loophole possible, and it looks like they're going to get another tax cut for the super rich through Congress as fast as they can. Give us your view on this. What are the consequences here?
JAMES HENRY: Well, I've been following tax justice issues since the 1970s when I started to write about this, I did a big study of income tax non compliance for the American Bar Association way back in 1983.
And we had all these attorneys from big Wall Street law firms sitting around the table talking about how important it [02:34:00] was to have tax compliance. In the United States, the United States had this proud record of pioneering in the progressive income tax system. It had corporate tax rates as high as 70 to 80%, especially after World War II, and income tax rates were very high, it had an estate tax.
And so it was really leading the world in terms of having progressive taxation. And that's an important thing to understand, because since the 1980s, we've seen the global tax rates come down substantially. Under the influence of Reagan and then continued by Democrats, by and large, there was this effort to have moderation of taxation, both for an individual and for corporations.
And so by the time Biden takes office in 2020, we have corporate tax rates down to 21%. That's already very low. We have income tax rates that kind of cap out at 40 percent or so, depending on income levels. But the average Those are the [02:35:00] rates. That's right, those are the rates. And I'm just talking about the actual rates that people are paying, especially the rich, are much, much lower than that.
So even before Trump came into office the first time around, we've seen a substantial reduction in the rates of taxation for both corporations and individuals. He comes in in December 2017 without any hearings at all. He arranges a corporate tax rate that drops the level and generates about 2 trillion of savings, most of which went to the top 100 companies over 10 years.
And it was financed basically by borrowing. Well, this time around, those tax cuts, which most of which expire. At the end of 2025, he wants to renew. It would cost about $4.5 trillion of increased deficit over 10 years. And the way he finances at this time, given the fact the United States has this huge deficit, is by packing away all of social programs in the federal budget.
So that's the source of this attempt to, [02:36:00] to cut $2 trillion, most of which would just simply be turned over to the wealthiest people in the country. So I see this as a huge step backwards in time toward the period before 1930 and unraveling all the progress the U. S. was responsible for.
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: Tell our listeners, Jim Henry, over half of the profitable corporations in the U.
S. pay no federal income tax. Some of them get even refunds, so crazy is the tax system. How do they pull that off? Let's say General Electric, you know, made like 5 billion in the early 21st century, a few years ago. They paid no federal income tax. They got some returns because they were finagling with other tax liability companies trading off.
Explain, how do they end up making billions of dollars per company and paying no tax? Like Apple. Makes tens of billions. It's very, very little tax. The big banks make tens of billions. Explain to our [02:37:00] listeners, how can they get away with that? When the standard tax rate, as you say, is 21 percent on corporate profits.
Yeah.
JAMES HENRY: Well, the actual effective tax rate is about half that. But Apple, in particular, is one I know well, I've written about their use of the offshore system. For decades, they parked about 65 percent of their worldwide income in a company in Ireland that was a citizen of nowhere for tax purposes. It wasn't subject to U.
S. tax, and it wasn't subject to Irish tax. And so they could leave the money there offshore, untaxed, until they decided to bring it back. So by 2017 tax bill that Trump enacted, They had accumulated hundreds of billions of dollars offshore that had never paid tax. That's one method is to use the offshore system.
News Corp, owned by our friend Murdoch, has 152 offshore subsidiaries. And so one of the ways you avoid tax is by gaming the international system. You park your income [02:38:00] in jurisdictions without any income tax. You leave it there until it's appropriate for you to bring it back to the United States. And they, they basically have managed to game the system.
So, you know, of course, large credits and depreciation oil industry benefits a lot from tax. I think the IMF has done some fascinating work trying to estimate the fossil fuel subsidies. So, the offshore tax system is a mess. One of the things that Janet Yellen was trying to do at the Treasury under Biden was to work with the European countries, members of the OECD, come up with a compact that would agree that can't have any tax.
Rate lower than 15%. Well, Trump is just kabosh that whole idea and put an end to about a decade of work collaborating with our, our allies by throwing that treaty out. That will mean that in fact, U. S. Companies are back in the game of putting their money in anywhere in the world and not paying taxes on it.
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: There's an even greater absurdity here. You [02:39:00] mentioned tax credits, that doesn't mean much to a lot of people, but what they do, for example, with Silicon Valley companies and so on, and drug companies, is they say, if you put money in research and development, you can take that as a tax credit against your income tax.
Like, well, of course they're going to put money. I mean, that's how they make money. So they're paying these companies at the expense of middle class taxpayers who have to pick up the tabs. And the burdens of federal expenditures. They're paying these companies for what they should be doing anyway.
JAMES HENRY: Well, that's right.
And they would be doing anyway. You know, there's 150 billion dollars for being proposed. 150 billion tax cut being proposed as part of this package that Republicans are putting together for precisely that R& D credits that they should be making anyway. But the big picture here, and it's a little bit hard for ordinary Americans to kind of grasp all these technical issues.
And I'm familiar with the problem of trying to get people to understand the tax code to fight this fight. Basically, the U. S. [02:40:00] is now taxing corporations at Estonian levels. I mean, we have a tax rate that's below China's. You know, China's is about 25 percent corporate income tax. Ours is 20. Trump wants to make that even more generous for companies.
At the same time, one thing that I'm just shocked by, it's hard to be shocked by this administration, but any more than by anything else, but he's basically dismantling the IRS. The IRS had been for years sort of starved for financing for its tax enforcement efforts against large corporations and wealthy individuals.
They finally got the Biden administration to add another 80 billion over 10 years, which was hiring about 10, 000 additional investigators. Enforcement people and Trump has just fired them. So that whole effort to reinvigorate the IRS enforcement effort. So, you know, a lot of what we're talking about here is illegal activity.
It isn't even a question. It would have paid for itself that 80 billion investment [02:41:00] about 10 times over in terms of increased revenue collected. So it isn't that this is driven by rational economic policy. I don't think any part of Trump's program makes economic sense.
Gregory Shupak on Palestine Ethnic Cleansing, Portia Allen-Kyle on Tax Unfairness Part 2 - CounterSpin - Air Date 2-21-25
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: And the reality of the situation is that you have an industry that has spent hundreds of millions of dollars. Preventing people from being able to either pay the government what they owe, or in many cases, receive money back from the government that is technically already theirs. They have earned it, the government has kept more of it than they were perhaps entitled to, and now people are in the position for a refund.
And these businesses, especially for black taxpayers, for low income taxpayers, have found ways to To profit off of people's already earned money by inserting themselves [02:42:00] as these corporate middlemen in the tax preparation game, where their sole role is to bleach people's pockets, either from the money that folks have already earned, and they are doing the refund.
Or by upcharging, upselling, and preying upon folks who are eligible for certain tax credits, such as the earned income tax credit or the child tax credit, and have made businesses off of selling the equivalent of payday loan products to these taxpayers where they take a part of their refund and just give people the rest under the guise of their income.
Giving them a same day advance or a same day loan. And so no matter what the angle is, it is all unnecessary and all of them, and it's why government products like IRS Direct File are so important to both our democracy, how government works, and how people receive and keep their money.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: A key fact in your report is that the [02:43:00] tax preparation industry has these basic competency problems.
Tax laws change all the time. You're looking for someone who can make sure you pay what you're supposed to and look for any benefits you're entitled to. And of course, throughout this, is that the most vulnerable people are the most in need of this help. But an unacceptable number, if we could say, of these tax preparers are not required to really prove that they know how to do it.
That's an industry wide failing. Oh, absolutely. There are no real
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: requirements for tax preparers in these companies, whereas if you go to an accountant. Accountants have professional standards. They have training requirements. Anybody can hang up a shingle and say, I am an accountant. The same way not anyone can walk into a hospital, put on a white coat and say, I am a doctor.
But what we have is an entire industry of people that are able to say, I am a tax preparer [02:44:00] because I have applied for a job, maybe taken an internal Training to these companies and are now in the business of selling tax preparation,
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: right? But not to everyone because let's underscore that the fact that these systemic problems This is a regulatory problem clearly, but it doesn't land on everyone equally and it's not designed to and so in this case you see that these unregulated tax preparers are taking advantage of, well, the people that it's easiest to take advantage of.
Talk a little bit more about the impacts of that particular kind of predation.
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: One of the ways in which, especially storefront preparers, are able to prey on communities is simply by location. And so many of these, like, franchised operations, some of them maintain year long locations, many of them do not.
But they pop up, kind of like Spirit Halloween, often around tax season. Right. In neighborhoods that are [02:45:00] disproportionately Black or communities of color, disproportionately lower income. It just reports that we have taxpayers and residents who are eligible for what are expected to be larger refunds. So those who are eligible for the earned income tax credit, those who are eligible for the child tax credit.
And really play upon those folks in selling tax preparation services. And the key here is selling tax preparation services, because what they really are are salespeople. They have sales goals. It's why they are incentivized to. Upsell products, some of the products that they are also selling are refund anticipation loans.
So they may lure you in and say, get a portion of your refund today or get an advance up front. That's a unregulated bank product. So you have a unregulated tax preparer now selling you an unregulated bank product, loan product that often sometimes reach interest rates of [02:46:00] over 30%. And they know what they're doing, because that is where they make their money in the selling of product.
Right. And we see that in the data that reprogram such a vital volunteer income tax assistance program, disproportionately prepares the taxes of filers. Who don't have children and aren't eligible for so many of these companies will refer out other folks for whom they find that it is not worth it to prepare their taxes right on folks that they think are getting big refunds.
But more importantly, what really illustrates the difference in tax preparation and expectation, the wealthy. Millionaires, billionaires, corporations, they're not going to H& R Block. Like Mark Cuban is not walking into H& R Block to file his taxes, right? Like folks on the other end of the income and wealth spectrum are relying on accountants.
Are relying on folks who are not just preparing a service in the moment, but who are providing a year round advice on [02:47:00] how to make the system work for them. And so there's a service and an additional amount of financial insight and oversight that they are getting that an entire segment of the market is not being properly handled in this way.
Because at the end of the day, it's these tax lobby and these corporations that have fought so hard to keep taxes complicated. and confusing for the rest of us. Doing this while providing services that they know are subpar in quality and deliver questionable outcomes. I mean, demonstrated in the report, the error rate of those who prepare taxes for companies like H& R Block, Liberty Tax, Jackson Hewitt, and other companies is extremely high, sometimes upwards of 60 percent.
So, You have a scenario where you have a portion of taxpayers who disproportionately have their returns prepared by preparers who are unqualified and unregulated and essentially increases their risk of an [02:48:00] audit and then when they are audited with trial and that the IRS. Disproportionately have audited black taxpayers and particularly those who are eligible for EITC, et cetera.
And that is not unrelated to the way that it is structured and the predation of the corporate tax lobby in the first place. And while it sounds like when you see advertisements from H& R Block or Intuit, About how they stand by and guarantee their services, they'll defend you in an audit. Well, they need to defend you in an audit.
It's not altruistic. You'll need that protection because they're going to mess it up. Right. And have messed it up. Right. For so many people and that part of the story is not often talked about when we talk about the disproportionate audit rate. It often is not always included how those folks had their returns prepared, and that's often by these same companies that are presenting and fighting against things like direct file, which is essentially the public option for taxes in the same way that the Affordable Care [02:49:00] Act is, you know, in the exchange is the public option for health care.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: What is direct file and why can we expect to hear in the media a lot of folks saying, Oh, well, you might think direct file is good, but actually, you know, um, what should we know about it?
PORTIA ALLEN-KYLE: What we should know about it is, as I mentioned, direct file is the public option for taxes. Right. And it's important because it allows people to file returns and simple returns directly with the IRA.
The last year, the pilot program was only available in 12 states. This year, the program is open to folks living in 25 states. We hope to see and are fighting for the expansion after this season into all 50 states. And recognize the tough road ahead for that, but it is a program that in its first year, they over, I believe it was 130, 000 taxpayers, millions of dollars and hundreds of thousands of hours in tax [02:50:00] preparation and already folks block.
This season to the direct file system and in the 1st, 2 week color of change has been doing a lot of advocacy. We are the top refer of traffic to direct file. And so we're already saving hundreds of thousands of dollars and thousands of hours, which is a real benefit to community. This is a system that like in government working for you.
It is also important because the other thing that private companies have really invested in and fought so hard about is that even when you file with H& R Block, when you file with Intuit or Total Tax, like when you file with Liberty Tax, That information is still going to the government, to the IRS, but now it also is housed in this private corporation that essentially uses it as a part of their business model to sell other products to you and prey on you in other ways.
And so it's not a [02:51:00] coincidence that a company like Intuit own TurtleTax, which is, you know, a software platform that will take up your data. They also own QuickBooks, so they have a bunch of data on small businesses that keep their accounting in that way. They own MailChimp, and so they have information of millions of posts to join direct marketing, email campaigns, and so they can link data in that way.
And then also own credit partners and so for those who are looking to improve their credit scores, for example, and they also then have information about, you know, Americans would not level and match this to essentially pray in different ways with different types of tax products and other banking products.
And we've seen this in the expansion of FinTech. Tax product alone, um, that has been going crazy. You know, when Cash App, for example, is telling you that you can file your taxes for free, you should assume that you are the product. And cutting out that corporate middleman is critical and essential for not just [02:52:00] ensuring that families keep money in their pockets, save time.
That they are able to put back, spend with their kids, spend with their families, spend pursuing other things, but also is a data protection strategy as well.
SECTION D: KING TRUMP
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, section D. King Trump.
Did Trump End Fundamental Constitutional Structure Holding Back Fascism - Thom Hartmann Program - Air Date 2-10-25
THOM HARTMANN - HOST, THOM HARTMANN PROGRAM: The Supreme court is corrupt. Congress is a rubber stamp and the president is lawless. What happens next? And so J. D. Vance is now saying that he and Donald Trump don't obey federal judges. He tweeted, quote, judges aren't allowed to control the executive's legislative legitimate power. This is how autocrats run things.
It's an extraordinarily dangerous moment. And I think it's important that we put this in a historical context. It was, uh, Tuesday, July 17th, 1787 when, uh, 50 some odd men got together at the, uh, what was then the City Hall in Philadelphia, uh, it's now called Independence Hall, [02:53:00] uh, to draw up, to write the Constitution.
And they drew their inspiration for that day's efforts, that July 17th, 1787 effort, from Charles de Montesquieu, who's, uh, who had published a, a book. He was a French philosopher and, and, uh, Uh, well, a philosopher, uh, in 1748, he wrote a book called The Spirit of the Laws. And in The Spirit of the Laws, Montesquieu pointed out that it is absolutely critical that if you want to have a government that doesn't devolve into tyranny, that doesn't become an autocratic, strongman, single party state.
That you must have at least three separate branches of government that have relatively equal powers relative to each other. In this case, the legislative, Congress, House and Senate, the executive, the presidency, and the judiciary, the, the courts. [02:54:00] In fact, this is a quote from his 1748 book. He said, when the legislative and executive powers are united in the same person or in the same body of magistrates, there can be no liberty.
Again, there is no liberty of the judiciary power between the legislative and executive. So as this topic came up in the morning of July 17th, 1787 in Philadelphia, James Madison stood up to speak and, you know, his words were recorded. He said, you know, by, by quill pen, but recorded, he said, if it be essential to the preservation of liberty that the legislative, executive, and judiciary powers be separate.
It is essential to a main, maintenance of that, of that separation that they should also be independent of each other. In like manner, a dependence of the executive, the president, on the legislative would render it the executor as well as the maker of laws. And then according to the observation of Montesquieu, tyrannical laws may be [02:55:00] made, that they may be executed in a tyrannical manner.
Montesquieu conceived it to be absolutely necessary to a well constituted republic that the two forces should be kept distinct and independent of each other for guarding against the dangerous union of the legislative and executive departments. In other words, if the president were ever to dictate all terms to Congress, which then became a compliant rubber stamp, regardless of how excessive or even illegal the president's actions became.
That, Madison said, finishing his little rant, quote, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny. We're there now. In simplified form, you know, basically the system that Madison and his compatriots came up with, to, was that the legislature creates agencies and funds them, the government. The president's job is to, and this is a [02:56:00] direct quote from Article 2, Section 3 of the Constitution, to quote, Take care that the laws be faithfully executed.
Of course, the laws were created by Congress. And the role of the Article 3 Courts is to make sure that neither overstep their authority and independently arbitrate disputes between them. Well, those decisions must be final. The Supreme Court's decisions must be final for the system to work. However, we've had this 44 year long war.
Against American government, against American democracy, against James Madison and the founders that was funded by a bunch of, initially some fossil fuel billionaires, later a larger group of billionaires, now the tech billionaires are in on it. Uh, this was originally called the Reagan Revolution, then it was called the Bush Revolution, then the Trump Re There's 1, 500 radio stations, there's three television networks, there's multiple newspapers and other publications, over 200 TV stations, hundreds of billions spent to purchase and then elect politicians.
And all of [02:57:00] this American democracy and government after 240 years is finally on the verge of collapsing and being replaced by something very much like Viktor Orban's Hungary or Vladimir Putin's Russia. Both houses of the Congress are controlled by Republicans, and in both cases, every single Republican senator and member of the House of Representatives has just rolled over and said, okay, Donald Trump gets whatever he wants.
The president, so that's the, that's the legislative branch, the executive branch, the president is just nakedly breaking laws and just saying, Congress, courts, I dare you. And the courts, you know, are just beginning to weigh in, but now J. D. Vance comes out over the weekend and says that he can, he can do whatever he wants, he can ignore the courts.
And in fact, the only way courts can have their opinions enforced is by having federal [02:58:00] marshals do it. And who do the federal marshals work for? Oh, that's right, Pam Bondi. And who does Pam Bondi work for? Oh, that's right, Donald Trump. This is Pam Bondi, our Attorney General, who's investigating FBI agents who were looking into Donald Trump's crimes when he stole top secret documents from the White House, took them down to Mar a Lago, and left them out where Russian spies could wander in and photocopy them.
He conveniently left a giant photocopy machine there, too, right next to them. Wasn't that nice of him?
This is the very definition of a constitutional crisis. When one branch of government says we're going to completely ignore the other branch of government, or even, in this case, the other two branches of government, and just do whatever the hell we want. We don't care what the law says. We don't care what the courts say.
And we're going to find out. I mean, we're already hearing stories that even though a federal judge told Donald Trump and Elon Musk that they cannot suspend federal payments, [02:59:00] That farmers in the Midwest and, you know, and people all over the world are not getting federal payments. That money is being withheld in order to finance tax cuts for billionaires.
And here we have, and by the way, this was all facilitated by the Supreme Court, by five corrupt Republicans on the Supreme Court in Citizens United in 2010, saying that bribery is just fine. If you want to, if a billionaire wants to own a politician, no problem. And so here comes billionaire Elon Musk saying, I'm going to own Donald Trump.
It only costs 270 million. Not even a billion, not even a half a billion.
So, and then, and then we look at, you know, Elon Musk. Well, what's in this for him? Well, let's just go through the list. The FAA administrator had launched an investigation into SpaceX. Now he's been fired. The Department of [03:00:00] Justice was looking into possible violations of securities and other laws by Musk and Tesla.
That investigation is probably going to die. The USAID Inspector General was investigating Musk's Starlink. He's gone. The Department of Defense's Inspector General, uh, opened a review into alleged failures by Musk and SpaceX to properly disclose contact with foreign leaders. You know, like Putin? He's been fired.
The USDA Inspector General was investigating alleged animal abuse at Neuralink, Musk's brain company. He's been fired. The National Transportation Safety Board, overseen by the DOT, had several open probes into Tesla. Uh, odds are they'll be dropped if they haven't been already. The EPA had settled multiple lawsuits with Tesla.
Uh, for, you know, hazardous waste violations and violations of the Clean Air Act. Now that the EPA is being gutted, there probably won't be any more. The National Labor Relations Board, overseen by the Department of Labor, had 17 open investigations against Tesla and SpaceX. For unfair labor practices, safety violations, and [03:01:00] discriminatory work process practices that are probably now, you know, moot.
The FCC was carrying out investigations and had issued court orders relative to Musk's business. The Federal Trade Commission was overseeing some of Musk's companies and had a consent decree in place. And the Air Force and the Pentagon's Office of the Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence and Security had launched reviews into Musk and SpaceX's compliance with federal reporting requirements.
I think you can safely say all of these burrs under, under Elon Musk's saddle have, have been removed. And if not, so far, they probably will be soon. That 277 million investment that, that Musk made is going to pay billions in returns, it appears. Welcome to James Madison's very definition of tyranny.
DOJ files to dismiss NYC Mayor Adams case after request set off wave of mass resignations - The ReidOut - Air Date 2-14-25
GUEST 5: And that's, I think the, the, the, the top line takeaway here. Um, one is that, and we know where this is going to go to. So that low income heating program where [03:02:00] those people lost that money, that was straight out of project 2025.
I mean, right in the 900 page book, that was one of the programs that they were targeting. So in effect, Trump is just implementing a lot of the things that they've already written and prepared for, which means we know what's coming next. And we know the people that are going to be affected by it, which means there's no excuse.
For the, for Democrats, for the news media, not to be able to connect the dots. And your question is the important one here, because if we don't help build that connective tissue for his actions, to the harms that people are already experiencing, what's going to happen is that because they have narrative dominance and they have that massive megaphone there, when people start to ask questions, Hey, why is this happening?
They're going to blame the deep state. Malicious implementation right there and and they're going to use that anger and kinetic energy and turn it right back around to gather more power for themselves. So it is both an important opportunity, but we also need to make sure we're telling this story so that we don't, we actually prevent them from using it to get stronger.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Yeah, [03:03:00] absolutely. And you know, Antoine, you, you, uh, you made a video actually that, you know, taught that sort of sort of walks Democrats through some real way to tell this story, not even just on the red state pain, but just on the price increases that everyone is feeling right now. I'm gonna play just a little bit of that.
Do we have it? Maybe we have a little bit of that.
DONALD TRUMP: We will stop inflation. We will make America affordable again. We have tremendous potential in this country. The President's tariffs are expected to have a major impact on the price American shoppers pay. Tariffs that could raise prices for many products.
It'll also bring your grocery bill way down.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Consumers can expect to see increases on items like avocados, berries, and meat products. The
CLIP: word grocery, you know, it's sort of a simple word, but it sort of means like everything you eat.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: With many thanks for our director downtown Sterling Brown. Um, here is, uh, your article, Antoine, is Trump ignoring his promises that won in the election?
What should Democrats be asking? Where should they be playing that video?
GUEST 6: Well, well, Joy, I can tell you this as a, as the old African American proverb tells us quite [03:04:00] clearly, we tried to tell y'all. The fact of the matter is what we see now is a governing style of ram, jam, and screw. Ram these government overreach extreme policies down the throats of the American people, jam up the news cycle with multiple things at one time, and screw whatever constituency that will be impacted by these.
And quite frankly, I think the American people need to understand that these policies and this government overreach, this extremism does not just impact democracy does not just impact. Uh, those who may not have been 4. It impacts everyone in my home state of South Carolina. We better known in many places as the battered capital of the world.
The largest investments from the Inflation Reduction Act, perhaps in any other state, we've had two or three announcements where companies will not. Produce what they said they were going to produce just in Georgia a few weeks ago, the same thing. And so I think what's going to happen at the end of the day, if you look at his extremism, along with what the Republicans want to do in the Congress [03:05:00] with this budget cut in terms of Medicaid, people are going to be hurting.
And the people who benefit the most are going to hurt the most, in my opinion, those who voted for Donald Trump.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Yeah. I mean, and by the way, who's going to gain the most Angelo are, you know, Trump and his family. They're already reaping money. They're selling meme coins. They're selling their personally, you know, enriching themselves.
Elon Musk is signing himself up for contracts while canceling Medicaid money.
GUEST 5: Yeah. I mean, 800, 000 people lost money in that deal. Uh, you know, they thought they were going to get rich. They thought they were going to make some money off of Trump's momentum and they lost it. And that's the nature of a lot of these scams.
Uh, and that's a part, you know, that's the part about this that makes this even. more intense is that it's not just that they're using policies to directly affect people and harm people and transfer wealth. They're also then using their cultural and social influence to then fleece them and pick their other pocket, uh, with these sort of, with these other gambits and that, you know, and then further align their pockets.
And I mean, they are, they have really successfully [03:06:00] managing to double dip in the most odious ways. And one
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: of the ways that
GUEST 6: Remember Donald Trump promised on day one, he was going to bring down inflation. He was going to lower the price of car insurance and all these other things. And here we have prices of egg gas and goods and everything in between are still up and yet his constituents who voted for him.
On this notion of the ones who are suffering the most, they're not in blue states, they're not in urban cities, they're in rural America, they're in urban America, they're all over the country. And that's why, if you look back and reflect on this election, what people understand is it was easier to be angry than it was informed.
Because if you were an informed voter in this election, you know, it was not a policy thing that the president put up that went to benefit. Working class Americans, as they thought it would have when we tried to make this idea that the election was going to be about economic and microeconomics in particular, not one person who voted [03:07:00] for him is benefiting from that, except that the wealthy, the well off and the well connected.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: It was an open book test. The book was called Project 2025. Last word to you on this, Angela, because there, you said they were going to pivot and just blame someone. I mean, trans people are right now taking the brunt of it. I mean, they're being erased from the military. They're taking off the T in front of the Stonewall Memorial, which is literally Stonewall was done by trans people, black trans women did it.
I mean, they're literally just sort of making them vanish and disappear. It is.
GUEST 5: They are insidious. They are. And that's a strategy. Yeah. I mean, and they, you know, they organize power on the fringes, and when you bring all those people in from of the fringes, now each of them get their small little piece of the puzzle and there's a very strong segment of the right wing.
That wants to erase that, erase trans people. There's a big push in right wing media about a couple, two years ago that said that this was the trans lie and that it was only gay white men that were at Stonewall. There weren't even anybody that wasn't white there. That is the narrative that they push. And part of it is to divide and [03:08:00] to weaken.
But it's also a reflection of the fact that they are fighting a culture war here and recognize that politics is downstream from culture, which is partly why he hung that portrait of himself in that mugshot in the White House. It's about culture.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: It's about violence. A mugshot in the White House. Can we show this?
I mean, it is the first thing you see when you go into the White House is Donald Trump's mugshot. Insane. I mean, he is a convicted felon. So I guess that is what he wants people to know.
AOC Exposes Republican Plan To Pay For Elon Musk's Tax Break By Cutting Medicaid - The Majority Report - Air Date 2-26-25
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: So they're going to have problems with this, and this is going to be like literally a year long process, maybe going into the fall. Maybe, you know, I don't know what the deadline is for reconciliation, but at the very least is going to happen over the next 67 months. In the meantime, we're 13 days away now.
They're going to try and pass a continuing resolution of the existing budget we have. They don't have time to come up with a new budget. They just agreed on these broad strokes today, yesterday. And the real question is, are Democrats going to [03:09:00] help them with this continuing resolution? And the answer should be a 100 percent unequivocal no.
Um, uh, Trump agrees that he does not have the right to exercise what we call impoundment or a line item veto. If Congress appropriates the money, the president is bound in the agencies are bound to expend that money.
And so that's the, that's what we're going to see over the next 13 days. We're turning away from the, what happened with that budget resolution. And now I'm going to look towards the continuing resolution for the, for the numbers that we have now. And in one other note, that budget contained a 20 billion cut to IRS.
And it was a, a future cut, right? Cause remember there [03:10:00] was 80 billion given to the IRS over the course of 10 years, 20 billion was cut in that first, uh, was pulled back in the last, uh, Biden negotiations, but it's in the budget. So it would be cut again. And they've already cut a bunch of IRS people and, and remember whenever they cut the IRS.
The first thing that happens, the first, every dollar that is cut reduces audits of wealthy people because that's the most expensive place. So hopefully the Democrats will hold strong and like they did yesterday and not help with the continuing resolution. And get out there and start messaging the Republicans are about to shut down the government.
The Republicans are about to shut down the government. The Republicans are about to shut down the government because they refuse to agree to our constitutional order. We'll see.[03:11:00]
In the meantime, they're trying to pretend like they're not cutting, uh, uh, Medicaid because they realize like, Hey, this is a problem. 70 million Americans. Some of those live in red states. In fact, a whole lot of them do. Here is a North Carolina Republican, Addison McDowell, saying we're going to find fraud and abuse.
We're not going to actually do any cutting.
COMMERCIAL: Of cuts on the Republican side is the 2 trillion cut. Some Congress, uh, people have concerns that it could ensnare Medicaid. Congressman Don Bacon, for example, saying he wants, he wants to advance Trump's agenda on national security, energy and taxes, but doesn't want to make significant cuts to Medicaid.
It's not explicitly laid out in this blueprint, but it could be affected. Are you confident? Pause it. Let me just
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: make this clear again. It's not explicitly laid out in this blueprint. [03:12:00] But, you know, I have a cup of, uh, of liquid IV here, and, um, if you tell me to empty out three quarters of that cup, well, let's say I had an eighth of coffee and the rest of it is liquid IV, and you tell me to empty out three quarters of this cup, guess what?
A bunch of it's gonna be the liquid iv. No. So thi this isn't laid out specifically, but you cannot get $880 billion from that committee's portfolio without cutting hundreds of billions of dollars for Medicaid. It's impossible. Or like the Egg committee is gonna be snap. Yeah, a hundred percent.
COMMERCIAL: Recently laid out in this blueprint, but it could be affected.
Are you confident that this blueprint wouldn't lead to any cuts of Medicaid? I'm confident that there's waste, fraud and abuse in our government in every system that we have. Uh, and that's what we're looking to find. Does that include Medicaid? There's not a single, [03:13:00] if there is waste, fraud, and abuse in any program, we need to find it so that that includes, just to be clear, sorry.
A little bit of a delay that to be clear, if there is waste. Fraud and abuse, as you described it in Medicaid, that would be something you would be supportive of looking at. Absolutely. If there's waste, fraud, and abuse in anything, I can't imagine there's a single American that wouldn't want us to go and find that.
Okay.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Go find the waste, fraud, and abuse. How are you going to do that? Are you going to sit in your office in Congress and go, Oh, we're going to call up every single and we're going to check through this. No. What you do is you hire more investigators. At the DOJ or at CMS, HHS investigators to go look for more, uh, fraud and abuse that fraud and abuse incidentally, like we talked about yesterday, comes from providers.
There is no, they have done extensive [03:14:00] research on this and they've done extensive actually, um, uh, prosecutions of people who have committed fraud. Medicaid fraud. And it's not people who are going around pretending that they're on Medicaid and they shouldn't be. It is people who are defrauding Medicaid by charging them for stuff that they haven't done.
Medical, uh, device providers, ambulance companies, nursing homes, you name it. Providers, not beneficiaries. Here is AOC at the, um, That, that very same committee, House Energy and Commerce Committee hearing, this was from earlier that day, yesterday, I should say, uh, outlining that they're full of, they're full
AOC CLIP: of it.
But that's the argument, right? But if that were true, [03:15:00] then one would think that. The so called cost savings from certain wasteful cuts would be reinvested in Medicaid. However, that is not what the committee is proposing. They are proposing that we have cuts to these essential programs in order to pay for Elon Musk's tax breaks.
The order has come down to this committee. Find 880 billion dollars. Find it for what? To pay for a tax cut bill that benefits Tax cuts on yachts, and private jets, and billionaires, and megacorporations, while secretaries and working class people pay higher effective tax rates than Facebook does.
Undocumented immigrants in this country pay more in [03:16:00] taxes than many large corporations do. And so the, the argument here that these cuts need to be for the sustainability of Medicaid doesn't really make sense when you realize that these cuts are being just moved to justify expenditures and deficit spending in another area.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Yeah. If you thought there was a waste, fraud, and abuse, and the only way to save Medicaid was to cut that waste, fraud, and abuse. And there was a magic button where you could be like, Oh, we're just going to. These people at Medicaid put in a line item, waste, and one's fraud, and one's abuse. We're just going to cut those.
Then you would reinvest it into the program into non waste, fraud, and abuse. But again, their whole argument is, well, if there's, um, if there's 10 percent fraud in Medicaid, the way that we deal with that is by [03:17:00] cutting Medicaid by 10%.
It's absurd.
If you have 10 percent of your inventory in your store is being shoplifted, the solution is not to cut down your inventory by 10 or 20%. Yeah. If there's occasional immigrant crime, it doesn't mean you do mass deportations. That's what we're looking at. And we'll see how far, uh, Democrats go in terms of being able to, uh, exploit this for political purposes.
Ho hopefully we're gonna see ads running in Republican districts, purple districts tomorrow.
Trump Calls Zelensky a Dictator While Crowning Himself King Part 2 - Straight White American Jesus - Air Date 2-21-25
BRAD ONISHI - CO-HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: And the point is this, Trump signed an executive order this week that is probably more important in terms of policy than him saying he's king. Now, that's important and we all know that. I've talked about it a million times in the show. But [03:18:00] this executive order, I'm going to read from a piece at NPR by Danielle Kurtzleben.
The executive order gives the president greater power over independent regulatory agencies, government entities Congress set up to be shielded from White House control. Well known independent regulatory agencies include the Consumer Product Safety Commission, The Securities and Exchange Commission, which oversees markets.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which insures bank deposits, FDIC. I think you've all heard about that. The Federal Reserve, which sets monetary policy. And it's supposed to be outside of electoral politics because you don't want every four years there to be somebody who can just sort of decide how the Federal Reserve works.
This executive order basically means that any new regulations have to be, uh, run by the White House and there has [03:19:00] to be White House liaison offices that regularly consult and coordinate policies and priorities. It also says that the executive branch going back to Trump only, and the president is the only source of interpret, interpreting the law that exists period, at least when it comes to the executive branch, the Y.
So all of that to say, Dan is there is an attempt here to make sure that these independent agencies. Are under the control of the president period Politico piece by Megan Messerly and Bob King, independent agencies often find themselves in the political crosshairs either because they take actions that appear to align or conflict with the sitting president's agenda.
Those include the SEC's efforts during the Biden era to force companies to disclose the risks they face from climate change, as well as the FCC's more recent actions to investigate companies such as CBS for alleged bias [03:20:00] against Trump during The 2024 campaign, Daniel Farber, who is a professor of law at UC Berkeley said this, one result will be to give the president much more control over the financial sector, especially via the SEC.
The ultimate result could be regulatory whiplash. The commission system has given these areas of law, some degree of stability. So the rules don't completely flip after every election that would change under Trump's order. You're left with the situation, Dan, where the federal election committee, the federal communications commission, federal trade commission, and the SEC securities and exchange commission are basically not independent from Trump's will.
The argument is that from Russ Vogt, the architect of project 2025 and friends. This is project 2025. We talked about it on the show 18 [03:21:00] months ago in July of 2023, the United executive, the unified executive theory. Russell vote argues that there should be no agencies that are independent from the president.
Now their argument is the president is elected and therefore the president should have full control over all of these agencies because if you're elected, that's what you get. The reason these agencies were set up to be independent is because, right, one person should not have complete control over.
Which companies are investigated for fraud, which companies are investigated because of consumer complaints. I don't know, Dan, federal communications. Does that sound like maybe one person shouldn't have control over the media and who, who's, who's censored, who, whose licenses are under threat. Maybe one person shouldn't have control over the federal reserve, especially when they're getting together with, uh, Elon Musk and talking about putting the, the, the federal, the, the.[03:22:00]
The National Reserve and Dogecoin, okay, which is something that's been discussed already. The Federal Trade Commission. I don't know, Dan, we've had tariffs and, and things like that suggested. Do you think that like one person should have control over like, you know, how our trade is completely like regulated?
Especially when that person has business interests and like billions and billions of dollars at stake, whether that's Donald Trump or Elon Musk. Dan, it's not only that we have an executive who's trying to take control of these things, We have the exact kind of executive who the people who set them up had in mind to protect us from.
A kind of like wheeling, dealing businessman, who is a failure at every turn when it comes to like making deals, who's thinking, if I just have control of the markets and trade, if I have control of the securities exchange, if I have control of all of those agencies, you have to come to me. If you want favorable conditions for your [03:23:00] businesses, your conglomerates, your communications, labor, et cetera, this is taking control of the government in a way that we've never seen before.
I got more to say on this that I'm going to take us to Elon in a minute, but jump in here.
DAN MILLER - CO-HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: Yeah, so I know I do this a lot, but I want to sort of almost back up and look at the whole structure of the executive order. Like system and the way that Trump is using it, because I think this is another important dimension.
So like, Trump obviously in the executive orders makes these bold claims and they're, they're real. The threat is real. Everything about Project 2025, like all of that is real. The part that is always sort of surprising to me, or maybe not surprising, but I want to keep in front of people is again, I've referenced this before, you made the reference weeks ago about people, this is my language, but the idea of like sort of preemptively complying with.
The demands of autocrats, right? And the weird thing about the executive order is they don't do anything in and of [03:24:00] themselves. It's Trump putting out a political fantasy. It's Trump saying, here's what I want to be. Here's what I want political reality to look like. They're not self enforcing. They don't have the force of law.
That's why they get, you know, challenged in court and so forth. And we can go down all the stuff about like what happens if they don't listen to the courts, etc. All real things. We can talk about the fact that all of these are intended to go eventually before the Supreme Court and really try to push the boundaries of executive authority and so forth.
But what's striking to me is how much it's this, this performance, this political performance, you sign this executive order, you make this proclamation that has only as much force As people give it to begin with, and this is the dimension that I keep seeing happen, is that every time Trump signs one of these, everybody just falls in line.
These executive orders that they are not self executing, they are not self authorizing, it's not a magic wand. Trump did not wave a magic wand and suddenly make it so that all [03:25:00] these regulatory agencies have to do what he says. The way that he says he wishes they would do what he says. And yet with executive order, after executive order, after executive order, we see individuals, organizations, institutions, government agencies falling in line in anticipation of them having the force of law, which of course makes us, they don't ever have to have the force of law.
Like everybody just does it. And it's just this kind of performative thing. And that's the part that I find so, a lot of things, a lot of adjectives. I find it maddening. I find it, if I'm just trying to be analytic about it, I find it fascinating. I also find it terrifying that, yes, the claims in this are really, really scary.
But that's all they are right now are claims until and unless everybody just falls in line and starts doing what Trump wants. In which case they give him the authority that he's claiming. And I think that's the dimension that I find so disturbing about the way that these executive orders are being received.
At a national [03:26:00] level. And we've, we've seen this, you know, with, with all the executive orders, everything from like, you know, trans healthcare to, you know, not allowing transgender women in sports to Trump's authority to, you know, birthright citizenship, like whatever they are. That performative dimension that people simply falling in line when they are not required to do so is what is giving the authority to Trump.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics: the resistance to Trump, such as it is; followed by the international reshuffle as Trump effectively switches sides in Russia's war on Ukraine. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can now reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft.01. There's also a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from Trump's Terms; [03:27:00] Straight White American Jesus; On the Media; the Rachel Maddow Show; Red Flag Radio; Democracy Now!; Today, Explained; Amicus; The Thom Hartmann Program; Civics 101; CounterSpin; the Ralph Nader Radio Hour; The ReidOut, and The Majority Report. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks everyone for listening. Thanks to Deon Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show, and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist trio, Ken, Brian and Ben for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting.
And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. [03:28:00] You'll find that link in the show notes, along with a link to join our Discord community where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, and this has been the Best of the Left podcast coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show, from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1694 Unhealthy Discourse: RFK Jr. and the Anti-Science Movement Endangering Global Health (Transcript)
Air Date 3/4/2025
Audio-Synced Transcript
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast. An old proverb says that a little knowledge is a dangerous thing, and we're all about to see how dangerous, as know-nothings and science skeptics take over the government agencies staffed by doctors and scientists with the goal of keeping the population healthy.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our top takes in about 50 minutes today includes Way Too Early, Inside the Hive, The Dig, The Dream, The Humanist Report, Democracy Now!, and Some More News.
Then in the additional deeper dives half of the show there will be more in four sections:
Section A: Health Organizations
Section B: RFK Jr.
Section C: Anti-Science Dangers
And Section D: Predators and Prey
ACTIVISM ROUNDUP
Amanda: Hey everyone, Amanda here with your weekly roundup of activism actions. There's a lot going on, so remember to do what you feel is most impactful and what is possible in your life. All right? All right. Let's dive [00:01:00] in.
First, I want to talk about defying "overwhelm." In these times, it's helpful to have a repeatable plan of action to turn to. Women's March recently amplified Queer Nature's 2020 podcast about a decision making framework called OODA Loop. This framework was born out of the U. S. Air Force, but is applied across industries and situations, and in activism. OODA stands for Observe, Orient, Decide, Act. So, for example, when you see something new and threatening in the news, observe it to understand the facts, orient yourself to learn its importance and the points of power, decide how and where you can engage that can be helpful, act, and repeat. OODA reflects the natural way people respond to an urgent threat or challenge, but you can also turn to this language when the overwhelm kicks in. It can mean the difference between spiraling and making a positive impact.
Next up, on March 8th, International Women's Day, Women's March is organizing national events that will include house meetings, rallies, block parties, protests, and more, under the banner Unite and Resist, A National Day of Action. You can learn more and find events at [00:02:00] WomensMarch.Com.
Speaking of actions across the country, the February congressional recess made national headlines and put Republicans on the back foot as they were forced to defend their support of a cruel and harmful budget and president back home. Indivisible is reporting that Republican leadership is now telling their members to avoid town halls altogether in response. That just means we have to keep up the pressure. The next recess is this month, so save the dates of March 15th to 23rd and get in touch with your local Indivisible groups now to get involved in town halls or office visits near you. The goal is to loudly amplify situations where Republicans cower or don't show, and ensure Democrats know the people want them to actively and forcefully resist this administration at every turn.
And finally, there are critically important elections in multiple states coming up in early April. Florida will have special elections for their 1st and 6th districts on April 1st. These are red districts, but the hope is for big turnout from the left and for more people on the right to stay home. Look up candidates Gay Valamont and Josh Weil, [00:03:00] that's W E I L, to get involved.
A few days later, on April 4th, Wisconsin will hold its election for a Supreme Court judge seat, which will once again dictate control of the state's highest court. Musk is sinking millions into this race, so strong support for the Democrat-backed Susan Crawford is essential.
FYI, the special election for New York's 21st district is on hold as Republicans delay Elise Stefanik's confirmation out of fears over their extremely slim majority in the House during budget negotiations.
Remember that no one can do everything, but everyone can do something. Finding community and taking action are truly the best ways to deal with everything being thrown at us. We don't get to choose the times we live in, so we need everyone to act like everything is on the line. Because it is.
U.S. health agencies hit with mass layoffs by Trump administration - Way Too Early with Ali Vitali - Air Date 2-18-25
ALI VITALI - HOST, WAY TOO EARLY: We're learning more about what agencies have been affected by the Trump administration's continued mass layoffs across the Health and Human Services Department. That is, of course, just one, but several sources tell Politico the cuts have hit staffers at the Food and Drug Administration, as well as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, [00:04:00] Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the National Institutes of Health. The firings were part of cuts affecting about 3600 probationary employees across the department.
Joining us now, White House correspondent for Politico, Adam Cancryn. Adam, first, Trump officials are saying that these are methodological firings and that they are meant to serve the larger goal of cutting 10 percent of the workforce.
But there's actual tangible impacts to this.
ADAM CANCRYN: There absolutely is. Anytime you do a culling of this many people, and we're talking about, the administration has said about 3, 600 people across the health department, that's going to hit several offices and it's going to hit several offices abruptly. And from what we've heard, the evidence that we've seen so far, these haven't been kind of precision surgical cuts. These are people who are finding out out of the blue that they are being fired. These are people who have been fired without their supervisor's knowledge or even Trump political appointees in the agencies knowing who of their reports is going to be out and what the impact is going to be afterward.
ALI VITALI - HOST, WAY TOO EARLY: So [00:05:00] it's the same kind of a method that we've seen, this slash and burn, maybe ask questions afterwards. Is there any sense that when you look, for example, at disease preparedness and response teams, again amid an avian bird flu outbreak, as the White House has said, senior officials have said to me, well, you know, this is something that we're prepared to deal with. And yet they're slashing people from the very place that is dealing with it. How does that work?
ADAM CANCRYN: Absolutely. We've seen cuts at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, right? That the main public health agency for this country, HHS has an emergency preparedness and response unit, which is a lot of times on the front line of things like the bird flu response and monitoring Ebola overseas, that kind of thing. There were cuts in that office as well over the weekend.
And so there's just this core tension of, how much can you pare down while still making sure that you're doing the surveillance, doing the research, doing the kind of activities that are gonna make sure that this country remains safe from all these various health threats? And that's really the question here is whether this White House feels [00:06:00] like it can really, really shrink the workforce and at the same time, keep an eye on these kinds of constant things that are at threat of coming into the country.
ALI VITALI - HOST, WAY TOO EARLY: Because it's not just the layoffs that we're seeing at the agencies themselves. When you also talk about the funding freeze, you're seeing people who receive grants from these agencies doing important research on all matter of diseases also seeing their funding pulled. I think on the layoffs piece, though, there might be people who are wondering, is there an end in sight for this? It does feel -- and you and I were saying this during the break -- like every Friday, we get to a point where you go into a weekend of just hearing about layoff news.
ADAM CANCRYN: Yeah, this has been the main source of anxiety talking to people in the Health and Human Services building, as an example, of people just don't know when this is going to be over. And it's ironic we're talking about "government efficiency," because I'm talking to folks who say, I haven't actually been able to do my job in the last few days because we're just trying to figure out if we will have jobs. One example: there was an office in the Medicare and Medicaid agency that around 4 p.m. Friday, there [00:07:00] had been no notices of terminations. Supervisors were telling their employees, I think we're safe because I think we do something this administration values. Wow. Termination started rolling in Friday afternoon into Saturday morning and afternoon. And now suddenly people are saying, I guess I'm out of a job. I guess I wasn't valued that much. So really a lot of anxiety and nervousness.
Department of Health and Holy Sh*t: RFK Jr.’s MAHA Movement and What It Means for America Part 1 - Inside the Hive - Air Date 2-5-25
CLAIRE HOWORTH: Let's talk about what he represents for Trump's second term. Claire, you brought up the MAHA, Make America Healthy Again, constituency.
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: [To RFK Jr.] I very much like the slogan that you coined, Make America Healthy Again. And I strongly agree with that effort. Do you agree with me? that the United States should join every other major country on Earth and guarantee health care to all people as a human right. Yes? No.
ROBERT KENNEDY JR.: Senator, I can't give you a yes or no answer to that question.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: MAHA [laugher]. MAHA is the [00:08:00] Venn intersection of crunchy Earth mamas and anti-vaxxers and farmers because there's an agricultural, a huge agricultural component. And, during the hearings, we called them the MAHA cheersquad, but there was Cheryl Hines, who is also a MAHA industrialist because she has this line of candles. Megan Kelly, who's an avowed Kennedy supporter. Jessica Reed Krause, who is a "journalist" and MAHA extremist. And Vani Hari who's known as Food Babe on the internet.
So, that's who we're talking about when we talk MAHA. There's a little Hollywood intersection. These women in particular are all very glamorous looking. Vani has on these gorgeous gold costume earrings and a hot pink blazer, and she's got the perfect red lip. And I think Kennedy has built that part of himself, too. He's got a kind of [00:09:00] Schwarzenegger-esque physique and vibe.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: Putin-esque, some might say.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: Putin-esque. I don't know. We might be too flattering to Putin.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: Shirt on, shirt off, it's all the same.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: That was, that was MAHA aesthetics.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: And now Calderone, you can talk about MAHA beliefs.
MICHAEL CALDERONE: Shirt off, shirt on, RFK can do it all. And he does bring a lot of these forces together. And RFK Jr. is somebody who has been railing against vaccines. I think he would consider himself a vaccine skeptic. And I think we saw with COVID this kind of radicalization, especially, and a lot of these forces coming together. And in some ways you can say, well, sure, I think ultra processed foods in school, lunches is probably a bad thing, or we should limit it. There's some aspects of this that I think a lot of people could get behind. But then at the same time, you take the skepticism of measles vaccines and fluoride in the water and so many other more radical ideas that RFK or others have espoused. And I think that's where [00:10:00] it gets into a more extreme vision for what Health and Human Services would be. He's essentially going to be the most powerful health advisor in
America and would have a huge impact on American life.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: I would love to know what mythical moment in American history they mean when they say Make America Healthy Again. Is it before the polio vaccine? Is it the decade I grew up in, the era of AIDS?
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: It all goes to some fake Norman Rockwellian idea of an America that most of us thinking Americans realize was never, if it existed for some, it certainly did not exist for all.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: Well, I got to say, I looked up life expectancy and I'm here to tell you that we are healthier now than we have ever been. Just FYI. Although I'm with him on the processed foods. So, Michael, regardless of what happens with the confirmation vote, what are your thoughts on what R. F. K. Jr. represents?
MICHAEL CALDERONE: I think it's a power center here, and [00:11:00] he still has clout with his supporters, and it's in Trump's interest to keep RFK close to him. Now, what this means exactly, these two have vested interests together. And one thing we know about Donald Trump is he is incredibly transactional.
And whether RFK criticized him in the past, once you're in a fold again, that's a good thing in his book. We saw this on inauguration to where tech CEOs like Mark Zuckerberg who were out of the fold, suddenly they're back in. And I think Trump 2. 0, a fundamental difference with Trump 1. 0, is he does have more tech executives. He does have more celebrities, even though there are more celebrities on the Democratic side. He's got more this time. And the Camelot aspect is another part of it. To have a Kennedy in your fold, I think is a big win for him.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: And quite frankly, I think it could also be a big win for RFK Jr. And that was the calculation he made back in August when he suspended his campaign and joined Team Trump.
MICHAEL CALDERONE: Yeah, I think they all are more [00:12:00] powerful together. And that's why it'll be interesting to see if these big egos, these big personalities with your Musks and your RFKs, how they all interact when there's not a campaign anymore and you're not fighting the Democrats, but they all got to work together in some way in the Trump orbit.
Psychiatric Struggle w/ Danielle Carr - The Dig - Air Date 2-17-25
DANIEL DENVIR - HOST, THE DIG: I want to turn to RFK's anti science politics and those households that do not believe science is real. What forms of pervasive American common sense about health does that politics reflect? We've been talking about the 'science is real' politics. What are these politics? Obviously, RFK is a unhinged, profit seeking grifter, power hungry person, whose opinions on vaccines could lead to truly dystopian public health outcomes if implemented. But, he's also right that industrial agriculture is a plague upon this country. What sort of common sense does RFK [00:13:00] Jr. encapsulate, and why does that common sense resonate so powerfully among so many at this moment? And then in particular, why is it that the sort of wellness politics, the so called medical freedom movement, what is it about it that creates for so many people the sort of particularly efficacious and often quite sudden entry point into far right politics? It's almost as if it's like a portal that people can step through, overnight sometimes.
DANIELLE CARR: I think one of the things in play definitely is a sort of disaffection with the institutions of science that intensified during COVID but had been a long time coming in many ways and is not without its validity.
For instance, to take only the development of SSRIs, it is a fact that, in the 90s, the [00:14:00] manufacturers of antidepressant drugs were reporting data from these clinical trials in very selective ways, and that there was a capture of psychiatry by the brute sort of corruption of the scientific process by money and big pharma.
And you're not crazy to have some suspicion of a lot of the scientific establishment around the commodification of health in general. Like, this is not crazy, right? it is not insane to have a critique of the deregulation of the American food pipeline, such that, like, American food is poison. That's true. That is true.
I just want to mark that. I think that this suspicion did really intensify during COVID and not for no reason. The wildly vacillating instructions that were given people, some of which was like, I think it was a mistake for the [00:15:00] CDC to say don't buy masks during a period in which there was a fear that this protective equipment would be hoarded. And so there were instructions that really vacillated. And I think that people were, quite rightly, left wondering whether indeed these organs of government science did have the everyday population's best interests at heart.
So that's one critique. I think in a broader sense, though, this type of thinking about health that seems to be, like, what do we know about it? It's really tied to influencers. There is this sort of, we could almost say, libertarian epistemology in play where these forms of knowledge making about like seed oils, or raw milk, or any of this other health stuff seems to gain legitimacy in some ways to the [00:16:00] extent that it does not participate in large institutions of science. We know that it resides in this sort of literalist fantasy of purity, whether that's gender can be straightforwardly deduced from some sort of biophysiological fact, or masculinity and femininity can be purified through the elimination of unnatural hormones and additives.
That's what we know about it. And one thing that I have been thinking about a lot recently is, Antonio Gramsci's idea of organic crisis, which I know your listeners might be familiar through the really wonderful series that you've had with Michael Denning about Gramsci. But for those listeners who haven't, Gramsci's idea of organic crisis is that essentially all of the institutions of legitimacy production and hegemony have broken down. [00:17:00] People do not feel that the institutions of civil or political society like Congress or the NIH, let's shorthand, represent them. And within these moments of generalized breakdown, there is a possibility for radical alternatives to emerge, like socialism or barbarism, right? And one of the things that Gramsci points out is it's in these conjunctures that you see the rise of what he calls Caesarism. These strongman figures who claim that they are speaking, standing astride history and shaping history through this power of the individual. And this is one way to think about this sort of influencer-yness of this new alt right health movement. Is this just Caesarism for science?
I think that's one way of describing it. I want to [00:18:00] just, as someone who was trained as a medical anthropologist, I am hesitant to engage in this kind of 'aren't they so stupid' discourse. Certainly, it might seem to like you or me to be ridiculous that the government has these secret med beds that it's hiding from everyday people, all of these other like different conspiracy theories and forms of belief.
DANIEL DENVIR - HOST, THE DIG: Or that elite pedophile cabals are stealing children and sado-sadistically sexually torturing them to extract adrenochrome, for example.
DANIELLE CARR: Uh, I think that... is there a meaningful difference between your everyday NPR listener talking about intergenerational trauma, which the jury is really out on whether there is this kind of like mechanism for that kind of epigenetic transfer between generations. This sort of essentially [00:19:00] woke Neolamarcanism of the way that your average liberal like talks about trauma science and maybe the types of thinking that are prevalent on the right and less formally educated populations about the mechanisms of their health beliefs. I would say in the delta between those two in terms of "scientific literacy" or "legitimacy", might be less than we would like to think.
MAHA Forever - The Dream - Air Date 2-16-25
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Do you think he was born a conspiracy theorist?
ANNA MERLAN: That's a good question.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Being a toddler with your uncle having died in the way that he did. And his dad. And then your dad. And then there's all these questions around it and questioning authority and stuff, like, is that just part of his personality from the jump? I mean we are not being armchair psychologists.
ANNA MERLAN: No, I don't know. I mean it hasn't taken any of the other Kennedys in that direction. It's a pretty big family, but certainly he has talked a lot about conspiracy theories [00:20:00] around especially his uncle, JFK's, assassination. and has suggested that he thinks the CIA was involved. I believe he's also said that about his dad's assassination. But yeah, I think he's alone in the sort of vast forking, very dramatic Kennedy family in holding those views. So it's a mystery. It's a mystery where he got there.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: I just think about him as a toddler. Like, what happened? What do you do to a kid to make them this crazy? But, okay.
ANNA MERLAN: He actually started his career as an assistant district attorney in Manhattan, which is kind of crazy. That didn't last very long.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Mm hmm.
ANNA MERLAN: Then he became part of two non profits that were environmentally focused. One was Riverkeeper that he was at for a long time. And the other was the Natural Resources Defense Council. I'll point out that, like, when he was running for president, there was an open letter from a group of people who had worked with him in environmental spaces asking him to drop out. So, like, you know. And then starting in 2005, he started engaging in [00:21:00] anti vaccine conspiracy stuff. He published this now really infamous article that ran in Slate and Rolling Stone at the same time called "Deadly Immunity". Slate ultimately retracted it. Rolling Stone I don't think ever actually did formally retract it, but tons and tons of corrections later, the article was taken down.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: It was an op ed? About vaccines?
ANNA MERLAN: No, it purported to be an investigative article.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Written by him.
ANNA MERLAN: Yeah, written by him.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: A lawyer.
ANNA MERLAN: Yes.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Who has nothing to do with health care.
ANNA MERLAN: Essentially, his entry into the anti vax world was he claimed that a mother came to him being, like, please investigate the environmental and health harms of vaccines. Please investigate what they're doing to our children. So, this was in the period of time when there was still a belief, which we now have thoroughly debunked, that vaccines might be linked to autism.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Right.
ANNA MERLAN: That is not true. But, during that period of time, that's when he got involved.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Was that mother Jenny McCarthy?
ANNA MERLAN: She was part of it.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Yeah, I know.
ANNA MERLAN: So, yeah, then he eventually became [00:22:00] part of an organization that was originally called World Mercury Project and then was called Children's Health Defense, and he is the CEO of, or was the, sorry, was the chairman of the board of that and then went on leave during his presidential campaign and now claims to not be part of it.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: So, Children's Health Defense, I'm on their mailing list.
ANNA MERLAN: Sure.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: I know, but I feel embarrassed about it. I mean, it is great, but it's also like, I don't want to...
ANNA MERLAN: Oh, it's very interesting.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: ...I don't want to add to his popularity by signing up for this thing. But it is very interesting.
ANNA MERLAN: I love a mailing list.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Their daily newsletters about like, how's your kid gonna die today?
ANNA MERLAN: Yeah, also just the fact that they're so excited about Kennedy, like, today they're running a big sale on all of his books.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Mm hmm.
ANNA MERLAN: They sent out a fundraising email and then encouragement to buy the onesies that Bernie Sanders was mad about during the confirmation hearings.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Which ones?
ANNA MERLAN: It's like, I forget what the onesies say, but there's something about the baby being unvaccinated and Bernie Sanders put up a big image of them during the confirmation hearings and was like, do you stand by these onesies, which is just [00:23:00] objectively a very funny thing to say.
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: You have started a group called the Children's Health Defense. You're the originator. Right now, as I understand it on their website. They are selling what's called onesies. These are little things, clothing for babies. One of them is titled "Unvaxxed, Unafraid". And they're sold for 26 bucks a piece, by the way. Next one is, "No Vax, No Problem". Now you're coming before this committee and you say you are pro-vaccine. Just want to ask some questions. And yet your organization is making money selling a child's product to parents for 26 bucks, which casts fundamental doubt on the usefulness of vaccines.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: And then the mercury thing, he said there was a study of some sort where children were given tuna fish and then immediately their blood was drawn and they have elevated levels of mercury and Joe [00:24:00] Rogan was like, whoa, really? What if we can make money just doing that?
ANNA MERLAN: Yeah, it'd be great. That sounds so fun. That sounds so much easier. I love too that Joe Rogan's fact checking always consists of just asking his producer to Google things. And then Jamie, the producer, just clearly reads like whatever the first thing is that comes up and is like, well, it looks like it's, just, it's fantastic.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Horrible and fun.
ANNA MERLAN: No, it's great. I think it's so great. I think you guys should do that.
So, what Kennedy is mad about with the mercury is thimerosal, which is a preservative that is mercury based, not the kind of mercury that is dangerous to human beings or is that is found in fish, different kind, that he always conflates the two. So, thimerosal was a preservative that was used in some vaccines and was taken out of pretty much all of them by 2001. Has also never been linked to any harm in human health.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Got it.
ANNA MERLAN: It's a preservative. Nonetheless...
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: For vaccines.
ANNA MERLAN: For vaccines. And now lately he's been like, well, let's talk about mercury more generally.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: Mm hmm.
ANNA MERLAN: Yeah, so he's talking about, when he talks about tuna fish [00:25:00] sandwiches, he's talking about methylmercury. That's what is in fish. What's in thimerosal is ethylmercury, and he's always like, well, you know, there's no safe kind of mercury, but that's not actually true. And in any case, thimerosal isn't used in anything anymore except I think some multi dose vials of flu vaccine. But it's been taken out of pretty much everything out of an abundance of caution and also because...
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: ...he's so annoying.
ANNA MERLAN: ...because the CDC does not want people not getting their kids vaccinated because they're afraid of a preservative. So, the thing about World Mercury Project was that it was devoted to trying to prove he harms of mercury in a bunch of things, including vaccines, it was obviously mainly focused on vaccines and Children's Health Defense then took on a different angle, which has been echoed by the wider anti vax movement, which is going away from making like specific scientific claims because those can be debunked to making more of a civil rights sort of freedom of choice argument around vaccines, which works incredibly well on Americans, especially, were very [00:26:00] susceptible to the idea that vaccines just should be a choice and nothing should be forced upon you, which is, of course, true. That's true.
JANE MARIE - HOST, THE DREAM: But my body, my choice is also not part of this.
ANNA MERLAN: This is the argument we get into when, for instance, you want kids to be vaccinated against measles before they go to school because measles is so incredibly contagious. And most people need to be vaccinated against it to keep it from spreading. So, this is the fertile space in which he found himself. And I would say that there have been a couple points where his career really takes off. One is after "Deadly Immunity", the article that he published in Slate and Rolling Stone, and the sort of hysteria that went on around this now debunked link between vaccines and autism until the paper claiming that vaccines could cause autism was retracted. And the doctor who heavily promoted it, Andrew Wakefield, ultimately lost his medical license in the UK.
Republicans are Proposing Bills SO F***ing Stupid They’ll Make Your Head Explode - The Humanist Report - Air Date 2-18-25
MIKE FIGURADO - HOST, THE HUMANIST REPORT: On the subject of unnecessary suffering, our new health secretary, RFK Jr., who's definitely not anti-vax himself, [00:27:00] by the way, is taking aim at SSRIs, which is a common medication used to treat obsessive compulsive disorder, depression, anxiety, and other mental health issues. Now, Mother Jones reports that RFK Jr. signed a memo within hours of his confirmation, laying out his plans for his first 100 days in office, which apparently includes an assessment of SSRIs. Quote, "The government," he said, "would assess the prevalence of and threat posed by the prescription of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, antipsychotics, and mood stabilizers." Oh goody.
Now, the policy implications of this "assessment" are not clear, but we do know that he definitely doesn't like SSRIs and has talked about how they're overprescribed because he thinks he's more qualified than every doctor in the country. But back when he was still running for president, he was so anti-SSRI that on a podcast, he said that we should put people on SSRIs into labor camps, [clears throat] [00:28:00] excuse me, "wellness farms," to grow organic food to break their addictions to SSRIs and other drugs that he doesn't like.
But let's hear it straight from the horse's mouth, so you don't think that I'm misconstruing what he's saying. Quote, "I'm going to create these wellness farms where they can go to get off of illegal drugs, off of opiates, but also legal drugs, other psychiatric drugs if they want to, to get off of SSRIs, to get off of benzos, to get off of Adderall, and to spend time, as much time as they need, three or four years if they need it, to learn to get reparented, to reconnect with communities."
Now, he graciously says that this service will be offered free of charge, which is incredibly generous if you ask me, because I was expecting to have to pay to work for them, but apparently, it's free, which is cool. We all love to do work for free.
The only problem is that if somebody, say, spends, three or four years there, how exactly are they supposed to support themselves during that time, and when they get out? It's not like all of us have rich family members that we can exploit, [00:29:00] that can support us if we want to take a multi-year stay at a wellness center.
Furthermore, who are you, RFK Jr., to tell us that our doctors are wrong to prescribe us with the medications that they say we need? I mean, your brain, just like any other part of your body, sometimes requires medicine for it to work properly. So, even though being out in the sun and farming might make people feel better, it's not gonna change the underlying fact that their body lacks serotonin needed to function properly.
But, he makes it seem as if being depressed or having anxiety is a choice, or the product of an unhealthy lifestyle, which is insulting, and confirms that he doesn't know what he's talking about. And I say this as somebody who's been on an SSRI for almost 10 years now. Before that, my quality of life was non-existent. Without it, I would be miserable. So the prospect of him taking that away from me, or making it more difficult to access these drugs? That is extremely dangerous. [00:30:00] Now, we don't know what he intends to do with them, but we know that he doesn't like them, and he's in a position of power to do something about it.
Doctors prescribe SSRIs for a reason. And if you're not a physician, you shouldn't speak about things that you're not qualified to talk about. And you certainly shouldn't be in charge of Health and Human Services for the entire country. But I'm afraid that that ship has sailed.
But on the subject of criminally underqualified imbeciles, I do want to talk about the big guy himself, Donald Trump. Because I don't think that it's a stretch to say that his incompetence is bound to get a lot of people killed.
Samoa's Health Chief Says RFK Jr. Spread Anti-Vax Misinformation Before Deadly Measles Outbreak - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-31-25
DR. ALEC EKEROMA: In 2019, Samoa had a very low vaccination rate, and that was because of some problems back in 2018 with a matching-mixing of vaccines that resulted in two deaths. And so, therefore, we had a low vaccination rate already. And then Kennedy visited, before the measles outbreak. Now, the measles outbreak, of course, it came from New Zealand across the islands, and [00:31:00] because of a low vaccination rate, it just took off, and so resulting in so many deaths.
But the government responded quickly and demanded a vaccine campaign — vaccination campaign, and there was some international assistance to Samoa from all countries in the world, who came across — doctors and nurses came across to Samoa to help with the mass vaccination of our people. So, that drove the vaccination up, rate up, to 90%, within a few months.
So, Kennedy’s presence in Samoa a few months before that actually emboldened the anti-vaxxers locally and also from New Zealand. And so, they were the ones, really, that tried to sow the vaccine hesitancy in the country. But, fortunately, our leaders did not believe that and mounted this emergency and mass vaccination campaign.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Why did Kennedy go to Samoa?
DR. ALEC EKEROMA: [00:32:00] Apparently, he came to talk about some database that they could create. But when he was here, he talked to — well, he talked to the director — the then-director general of health and to the prime minister, but he also talked to local anti-vaxxers, as well. So, I’m not privy to what was discussed, but the result of his visit didn’t result in any improvements in our ICT or software capabilities in the country. None was promised.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: I want to bring our other guest into this conversation. As we talk to the health director in Samoa, I also want to bring Brian Deer in, who was there in 2018 — in 2019 in the midst of the measles outbreak. He’s an investigative journalist and author of The [00:33:00] Doctor Who Fooled the World. His recent New York Times opinion piece, “I’ll Never Forget What Kennedy Did During Samoa’s Measles Outbreak.” So, can you elaborate further on what Dr. Ekeroma is saying?
BRIAN DEER: Good morning, Amy.
Yes, indeed, I was out in Samoa at the time, and I spent a great deal of my time there speaking to the mothers of children who died from measles. And it was the most emotional experience, and I ended my time there just crying, as I became overcome by the pain of these mothers. Eighty-three people died, overwhelmingly small children.
Now, Mr. Kennedy thinks he knows better than anybody else. He claims that he’s not anti-vaccine. I’ve been following what is now called the anti-vaccine movement for 25 years. And I can assure you that Mr. Kennedy is not only an anti-vaccine campaigner, he is [00:34:00] the preeminent anti-vaccine campaigner in the world. And he went to Samoa, and after the outbreak began, he then wrote to the prime minister, trying to suggest that it wasn’t, in fact, the virus at all that was killing these children, but was, in fact, the responsibility of the vaccine itself.
And he didn’t stop there. Even this week, speaking to senators, he claimed that nobody knows what these children died from, even though the measles was — the vaccine there had collapsed as a result of other issues. And then, after a vaccination campaign that followed the outbreak, or took part — occurred at the same time as the outbreak, the children stopped dying. But Mr. Kennedy felt that he should tell senators that nobody knows what killed those children — extraordinary thing for him to say.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: What do [00:35:00] you think, Brian Deer — and then I want to ask the health minister in Samoa — of him being the health secretary, the secretary of health and human services of the United States?
BRIAN DEER: Well, I have to say, listening to him over the last couple of days, Amy, that I was shocked by the attitude he displayed. He was making it absolutely clear that notwithstanding him being the — hoping to become the head of an agency with a $2,000 billion budget and employing 90,000 people, he was going to personally involve himself in vaccine science, and it would be he who would be deciding whether the research was conducted properly, even though he has no medical or scientific qualifications at all, and not the enormous staff he represents and the agencies, that have actually written to him previously telling him that the research [00:36:00] overwhelmingly and conclusively shows that there is no link between vaccines and, for example, autism. He was making it absolutely clear to senators that he was going to — in that job, with those enormous responsibilities, for that massive entity, he was going to involve himself in the individual pieces of research and deciding for himself whether vaccines, for example, cause autism.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And before we leave Samoa, Dr. Alec Ekeroma, if you can talk about the significance of if he is confirmed as health secretary here in the U.S.?
DR. ALEC EKEROMA: It is quite significant. Someone who is prominent in the world, with a [inaudible] , spitting out anti-vaccine sentiments, emboldening anti-vaxxers around the world and in Samoa, is going to be a public health disaster for us. Already, we’re going to [00:37:00] have reduction in U.S. funding to United Nations and to WHO that is going to affect our capability here. And then you add in Bob Kennedy into this role, that is going to slow down the flow of vaccines to us, that is going to harm our public health state in this country. And so, therefore, it will be a disaster for us.
Dear Donald Trump Voters: His Actions Are Going To Hurt You Too - Some More News - Air Date 2-19-25
CODY JOHNSTON - HOST, SOME MORE NEWS: So, let's, at the start of this, pretend that COVID wasn't a big deal. I mean, it was. It killed a lot of people. But let's just say you're someone that thinks the CDC was overreacting, or that mask bans or lockdowns were a waste, and we faked a freakout about a light flu. Do you think that about all future pandemics? Like, if that movie Contagion happened, do you think we still shouldn't have masks or lockdowns? Or were you just bothered by COVID specifically? I am genuinely asking. Write down your answer and mail it, please.
Logically speaking, it would be [00:38:00] very odd to think that there's no such thing as any disease or any pandemic, right? In fact, we are literally experiencing a bird flu problemo right now, so it really doesn't seem wise to, say, block the CDC from sharing their data with healthcare professionals like nurses and doctors and hospitals. Trump did that in his first week, as well as instructing the various federal health agencies under the Department of Health and Human Services to pause all of their external communication, such as health advisories or social media posts.
Why do that? Does that help us? Does that help you? I'll make it simple.
Remember how one of the big concerns was egg prices? Like, we got to get rid of the Democrats and wokeness because eggs are too expensive. And now it seems like egg prices are only getting higher. That's because of the bird flu. That's currently spreading throughout the country. This disease is [00:39:00] killing our pets as we speak and has killed one human as of filming this. And so it is so clearly important for the CDC to be able to send out alerts and updates right now. And so it's very strange and dare I say bad and incompetent to order the CDC to shut off their communications with hospitals.
Did you know that they found out that bird flu can be passed from your cat to you? Just one more way your cat can destroy you. They knew that, and they had to delete their findings after Trump ordered them to stop. How is that helpful? Is that not hurtful? Additionally, bird flu is a global problem, and yet Trump has pulled out of the World Health Organization, citing mishandling of the COVID pandemic.
He's probably not wrong in that reports have found that the WHO did mishandle COVID. Did you know who else did? The United States. The CDC absolutely screwed it up, as did Trump. [00:40:00] Pretty much our entire government failed during COVID. There's a lot of blame to spread around, but that doesn't really justify exiting the WHO, which serves to coordinate global responses to pandemics and other health emergencies. Trump is claiming to be steering policy to put "America first", but diseases don't have nationalities. Much like your germ ridden cat, they don't see borders. And Trump knows this. The value of sharing information and collaborating between countries to combat disease was one of the core premises behind Trump's Operation Warp Speed. By removing ourselves from the WHO, all we're doing is weakening our ability to respond to a global pandemic, thus hurting more Americans.
Remember how, at the top of this, I said that people tend to choke to death in bathrooms? That's what we're doing here. We're removing ourselves from the support of the world in the name of independence. And so unless our Department of Health and [00:41:00] Human Services is really on the ball, this is going to jeopardize us. And here's the thing about the Department of Health and Human Services. It's going to be run by this guy talking to Bernie Sanders.
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: Vaccines, do not cause autism. Do you agree with that?
ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR.: As I said, I'm not going to go into HHS with any preordained...
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: I asked you a simple question, Bobby. Studies all over the world say it does not. What do you think?
ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR.: Senator, if you show me those studies, I will absolutely, as I promised to Chairman Cassidy, I will apologize...
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: That is a very troubling response.
CODY JOHNSTON - HOST, SOME MORE NEWS: So, RFK, if you're watching, thanks. Make sure to like and subscribe. But also, here. I just spammed the screen with studies that show vaccines don't cause autism. During his confirmation, RFK Jr. claimed that he isn't anti vaccine, and that he'll simply have to look at the evidence and draw his own conclusions. But he has been shown that [00:42:00] evidence over and over again. He also said if the studies prove him wrong, he'll publicly apologize. But then, apologize for what? He claimed he isn't anti vaccine, so that's weird. Also, the counter study he cited in his hearing has a whole bunch of obvious issues, and was by a guy who already has some redacted studies. Because RFK doesn't have a medical background. He's a lawyer with an axe to grind.
Doesn't it seem odd that the guy being charged with overseeing America's health also ran a personal campaign specifically against vaccines? Doesn't it worry you considering right now a town in Texas with the lowest vaccination rates and highest school exemption rates from measles vaccination is currently having a measles outbreak?
That shouldn't be happening. Does any of this worry you, especially since Trump has flat out said he's going to let RFK Jr., again, a man with no medical background, do whatever he wants?
DONALD TRUMP: And, I'm gonna let him go wild on health, I'm gonna let [00:43:00] him go wild on the food, I'm gonna let him go wild on medicines.
CODY JOHNSTON - HOST, SOME MORE NEWS: I don't know, man. Honestly, some of what RFK believes is, in my opinion, not terrible. He wants to cut down on processed foods and end pharmaceutical ads on TV. He's willing to explore using psychedelics for medical treatments. Not that I do drugs! Haha, ok? But he's one of those guys who's right on the line of reason and then he trips and falls over on the other side because he also thinks vaccines and fluoride are bad and has boasted that he only drinks of raw milk. Boy, don't do that Bobby, did you not just hear about the bird flu? He also wants to replace a lot of HHS staff with people who, like him, aren't medical experts.
Also, just my opinion, but I suspect he won't even be allowed to do the stuff he wants to do. Trump LOVES fast food, right? Here they all are eating it together. Most people like fast food. Trump's policies actually seem to go directly against a lot of what RFK is [00:44:00] saying. For example, some of Trump's executive orders were aimed at undoing directives to lower drug costs and expand Medicaid. How does eliminating the lowering of drug costs help you? Sounds like it empowers the pharmaceutical companies RFK is going after. And more likely, RFK will be there to allow Trump to downsize the HHS like he means to do with every other agency. He is extremely unprepared for another pandemic. And in fact, right now, the biggest pushes they are making are to go after abortions and eliminate guidance on HIV and contraception from federal websites, at least until a judge told them to reverse that.
If Project 2025 is any indication, and it should be, the plan is most likely to use HHS to push more and more oppressive laws around reproductive health. According to Project 2025, exact quote, "HHS should return to being known as the department of life [00:45:00] by explicitly rejecting the notion that abortion is health care".
Now, Trump may have said he had nothing to do with Project 2025, but so far, a whole lot of his executive orders match up perfectly with it. So you have to ask yourself. Are you okay living in a country where abortion becomes outlawed? I don't know, maybe you are. Maybe you want to live in a country where women are required to give birth, even if it means they will die doing it, or that they were raped, or one of the many extremely practical and vital reasons someone might need to terminate a pregnancy.
And whether or not you realize it, this is going to affect someone you know. A friend, or sister, or aunt, or mother, or daughter, or that girl at Starbucks who said she liked your shirt but probably just says that to everyone so you really, really shouldn't make a move. Also, men. Men are affected by this because they tend to get people pregnant. And heck, I know you're going to hate this, folks, but some of them can get pregnant.
This is actually where we might have to draw a [00:46:00] moral line in the sand. Because there are certain things that Trump is doing that, while having consequences for everyone, is going to have more consequences for specific people. And at a certain point, you just have to decide if you have empathy for those people or not. If we're in this together, or not.
Note from the Editor on the tragedy of the mirror world
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips today starting with Way Too Early, highlighting the disruption of mass layoffs to our health systems. Inside the Hive considered the potential impact of RFK Jr. and the broader Make America Healthy Again movement in the Trump administration. The Dig discussed anti-science politics and the gateways to the far right. The Dream dove deeply into RFK Jr.'s history. The Humanist Report looked specifically at RFK Jr.'s threat to antidepressants, depended on by millions. Democracy Now! spoke with some directly impacted by RFK Jr.'s interference in Samoa's measles outbreak in 2019. And Some More News considered some of the consequences of [00:47:00] anti-science health policy. And those were just the Top Takes. There's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support all of our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app.
And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
If you have a question or would like your comments included on the show, our upcoming topics you can chime in on include the widespread corruption absolutely endemic to Trump and just about everyone that surrounds him, followed by coverage of what resistance there is to the Trump and Musk takeover.
So get your comments and questions in for those topics or anything else. You can leave us a voicemail or send us a [00:48:00] text at 202-999-3991. We're now also findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the handle bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I was reminded of -- I think my favorite conservative take on health policy and pandemic response that I've seen maybe ever, and I don't mean favorite because it was a good take, but it was a bad take in a relatively unique way that also shined some light on what it must be like to live permanently in the mirror world, as so many conservatives do these days. This was back in fall of 2021. Vaccines against COVID-19 were widely available. And one of the biggest hurdles to getting people vaccinated was the political divide wherein far more Republicans were skeptical of the science of the vaccines compared to Democrats.
And it was in that context, an [00:49:00] opinion article was published on the far-right site Breitbart written by a pro-Trump pro-Vaxxer. And the writer was clearly somewhat scientifically literate. He was understanding the difference between transmission rates and the much larger concern of hospitalization and death rates. He tried to argue to his conservative audience that they were being tricked into thinking that the vaccines weren't effective just because transmission of the virus was still high. Because people didn't understand that being vaccinated doesn't prevent the transmission, it just reduces the severity of the symptoms and often prevents hospitalization and death.
So far so good. We're on the same page.
But in the midst of all of that reasonable understanding of science, he also decided to speculate on who was largely responsible for conservatives getting vaccinated at much lower rates. There was some blame cast [00:50:00] on anti-vaxxers for their lack of understanding of the science and promotion of conspiracies, but more of his anger was directed at the left for encouraging everyone, including conservatives, to get vaccinated.
No, you did not mishear that. Here's what he said, quote: "I sincerely believe the organized left is doing everything in its power to convince Trump supporters not to get the lifesaving Trump vaccine." End quote.
And you're probably thinking, well, he's just in his own media bubble. He doesn't know what the left is saying. He doesn't know that they're advocating that everyone get the vaccine. That is not it, that is not his argument.
Again, he argues that the left was doing this by loudly advocating that everyone get vaccinated, something that the writer strongly believes in. He agrees with the left that everyone should get vaccinated. And he thinks that the left [00:51:00] advocating that everyone get vaccinated -- in exactly the same way that he is -- is a plot to prevent people from getting vaccinated.
It's a brain bender. That's why they call it "the mirror world," and this is where in the article I got to experience the only time ever I've seen an article that includes both lessons on scientific literacy and the word "cocks". He explains his logic this way, quote: "The organized left is deliberately putting unvaccinated Trump supporters in an impossible position, where they can either not get a lifesaving vaccine, or can feel like cocks, caving to the ugliest smuggest bullies in the world." End quote.
Now I'm being reminded of a side note as he's describing pro-vaccine advocates as ugly, smug bullies. I don't really need to lay out [00:52:00] the irony of that for a Trump supporter. But anyway, out of curiosity, I checked his Twitter profile today just to see what he was up to more recently. And his profile description just says that his pronouns are "Trump won." So he's clearly a class act -- not. Not one of those ugly smug bullies you might find on the internet.
But just for more context, he went on to explain why the left would do something so harmful as advocate for a lifesaving vaccine. Quote: "The left's morality is guided by only that which furthers their fascist agenda, and so using reverse psychology to trick Trump supporters not to get a life-saving vaccine is to them a moral good. The more of us who die, the better." End quote.
So, imagine for a moment what it must be like for that [00:53:00] guy to be able to hold all of those ideas in his head at the same time. On one hand, he has a basic grasp of epidemiology, to the point where he can explain the benefits of vaccines to skeptics, differentiating between transmission rates and severe cases. But on the other hand, he appears to think that millions of vaccine-advocating progressives, people who agree with him about vaccines, got the idea to kill conservatives. An idea that, I dunno, we all got together on a Zoom or something and we widely agreed that this was a good idea. And that we then decided that the way to do it was through mass reverse psychology, by encouraging people to get vaccinated. We would try so hard to convince people to get vaccinated, that conservative vaccination rates would drop, just as we planned, and millions would die because of it.
[00:54:00] Like I said, this is my favorite conservative health policy take, because it walks that incredibly strange line. He demonstrates the ability to use logic and reason. Not, you know, not all of them do. But then also gives a crystal clear look into the mirror world and that bizarro world logic that resides there.
My big takeaway from all of this is that it's genuinely sad that people like this are finding themselves trapped in the mirror world, flailing around for something logical to hold onto and coming up mostly empty. But then of course, it's a much bigger tragedy for society as a whole that there are millions of people trapped in that mirror world, but still casting votes in the real world, being nominated to cabinet positions in the real world. Cutting budgets and staffs in the health departments of the real world. All [00:55:00] based on a total, well, maybe not total, but enough of a lack of understanding of science, logic and reason that it's not that they're not capable of it, it's that it's been twisted in their minds so badly by the falsities and conspiracies of the mirror world that they don't know which way is up anymore.
SECTION A: HEALTH ORGANIZATIONS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now we'll continue to dive deeper on four topics today.
Next up, Section A: Health Organizations, followed by Section B: RFK Jr., Section C: Anti-Science Dangers, and Section D: Predators and Prey.
“Attack on Science”: Trump’s Exit from WHO Could Make Next Pandemic More Likely, More Deadly - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-23-25
LAWRENCE GOSTIN: We rely on the WHO for so many things that we never even realize as a population. First of all, and most immediate, is that WHO has a global response capacity. And so, [00:56:00] wherever there’s a hot spot in the world, whether it’s polio in Gaza or Ebola in West Africa or mpox in the Democratic Republic of Congo, you name it, the WHO is there early, and they put out fires before they come to America.
The other thing I want to mention, as I think it’s even more important, is that WHO has a vast network of laboratories, scientists and public health agencies that report on data. And our pharmaceutical companies, our public health agencies, like CDC and NIH, rely on that data to develop the vaccines and treatments that we need when the next health emergency hits. Americans are used to being at the front of the line when it comes to vaccines and treatments, with Africa and others at the back. We might find ourselves near the back of [00:57:00] the line next time, because we’re not going to have access to those vital pieces of information, like pathogen samples or genomic sequencing data or the emergence of mutations and dangerous variants. And so we can’t update our vaccines. We can’t create new vaccines. And it will even affect our seasonal influenza vaccines, because every year we use WHO data to update our influenza vaccines.
NERMEEN SHAIKH - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Professor Gostin, in the same executive order in which Trump said the U.S. would be pulling out of the World Health Organization, he also called for the U.S. to stop negotiations on the WHO Pandemic Agreement, which some say is even more injurious to global public health than U.S. pulling U.S. funding from the WHO. If you could explain, what is this Pandemic Agreement?
LAWRENCE GOSTIN: Again, I don’t think it’s as bad as pulling out of the [00:58:00] World Health Organization, but it is really bad. So, in the aftermath of COVID, countries around the world called for a new pandemic treaty, because this Pandemic Agreement really would be a treaty, to try to make the world less vulnerable to the next pandemic. This would include, you know, deep, what we call One Health approach — animals, climate and humans, because, you know, some 75% of all novel outbreaks arise in the animal community. It also includes equitable allocation of vaccines and treatments, and also rapid research and development for them, which is really very important. And then it has financing and other provisions for outbreak detection [00:59:00] and response.
The United States, for the last several years, has been kind of right at the head of the table. They’ve really — the Biden administration has been very constructive. And they’ve mediated between Africa and equity groups and the European Union. We’ve been the honest broker in the room. And now we’re walking away. And the irony is, is that what we’re doing is we’re allowing the global rules of the road without defending our national interests, our national values, and we cede leadership to our adversaries. I think one of the ironies of this whole thing is that President Trump has said that China has undue influence on WHO. Well, I’ve worked with WHO for nearly 40 years, and the U.S. has far more influence than China ever has, but that could change as we pull out of [01:00:00] WHO and the Pandemic Agreement.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Professor Gostin, I wanted to ask you about other moves that President Trump has taken that have alarmed scientists and doctors around the country and the world: the Trump administration’s abrupt cancellation of scientific meetings at the NIH and other places, as well as freezing many health agency reports and posts, what public health professionals around the country rely on to assess the health of the American people, including the MMWR, the Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, of the Centers for Disease Control. Can you talk about the significance of this?
LAWRENCE GOSTIN: Oh, it’s deeply consequential. I don’t think people understand how consequential it is. Let me start with health communications. Having access to timely and accurate health messages [01:01:00] from trusted public health agencies like the CDC and the FDA is really essential to Americans’ public health. Absent that, we can’t make good decisions about our health, our nutrition, whether there’s a food outbreak, say, of Listeria, whether there’s a warning about a novel circulating virus or of a dangerous spike in COVID cases. These are things the American people need to keep them healthy. And this will delay those things, and they will make them less true.
Just ask yourself the question: Who would you trust more to give you information about health than a career scientist at the CDC or the FDA, or a political appointee in the White House that filters scientific information through the lens of [01:02:00] politics? It really is outrageous. I’m also a member of several of these scientific committees at NIH, and I can tell you we’re not there conspiring. We’re there trying to figure out hard problems that affect the American population. You know, I know that a lot of President Trump’s administration’s kind of line is that these are, you know, fat bureaucrats. But I can tell you, at NIH, CDC, FDA, these are just — these are doctors, scientists, nurses, that get up every day and do their best to make America healthier and safer. They don’t always get it right, but I would certainly trust their integrity, their experience and their understanding of science to try to guide us through health emergencies and just everyday health problems that American families face.
The RFK Jr of it All: A House of Pod Collab - Hood Politics with Prop - Air Date 2-11-25
JEREMY FAUST: The CDC. What does the CDC do? [01:03:00] The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, um, is in Atlanta and they are, it's a massive organization. There's a lot of important work ranging from just pure epidemiology, meaning they, they keep statistics like how many people die.
What did they die from? That's something that they do, um, The CDC studies disease, it, it, um, helps scientists and physicians like me and you know what the latest recommendation is. So they have a vaccine committee that says, okay, what should the scheduling for pediatric vaccinations be? And we know that that has saved lives.
So many lives the past century. So, they, they do that. They, um, and they also partner with other organizations, both in the United States, so it could be non profits, it could be state public health officials. But also around the world in detecting [01:04:00] and combating outbreaks. So, I'll give you an example of that.
Right now, there is an outbreak of Ebola virus in Uganda. And I wouldn't recommend getting Ebola. But CDC scientists, in general, would hear about this, and their experts would be on a plane the next day To go to Uganda and say, how can we help? What do you have? What do you need? Yeah. How can we augment your resources, your expertise?
They're not there to tell 'em how to do it. They are there to, to, to see where our resources can plug holes and be of assistance. And that is the work that we do, um, with the WWHO, the World Health Organization. Um, and our, in our, in our own foreign aid, Trump put a pause on that last week. So we do not have those people on the ground helping that outbreak.
So that's an example of, of things the CDC does. They track down outbreaks. They'll send out literal, they call them disease hunters, is like the nickname. Some, someone says, oh, there's something happening in, [01:05:00] I don't know, rural Washington. These kids are getting sick. Someone goes out there and looks into it, and figures out, oh, oh gosh, there's like, there's a poisoning, salmonella, you know, we gotta make sure that people know about it.
So they do everything from keeping track of big, big data sets, you Tracking deaths, COVID hospitalizations, tracking disparities in outcomes, and how to treat diseases to responding to crisis.
DR. KAVEH HODA - HOST, HOUSE OF POD: And just remind the world again, for those who may have forgotten, why is it important for us, the United States, to have involvement in infectious disease elsewhere in the world?
Why is that important for us?
JEREMY FAUST: So why do we want to help people? That's the question you wanted to ask? Uh, why would we do that? Um, so you could, you could take the humanitarianist side and say, why do we care about people in Papua New Guinea or wherever?
But there's actually, uh, A geopolitical reason that we help people. One is our own security and one is soft power. So [01:06:00] our own security is, if we can go help a novel outbreak get controlled, it won't reach our shores. And we don't have that problem. That would be lovely. Another one is for HIV, for example, we provide up until recently.
Although the question is whether it's back online or not, it's very unclear. Yeah. But up until recently, we have provided. Since the Bush administration, which always shocks people, George W. Bush started this. We have been, we have this program called PEPFAR, which has provided HIV medications to poor nations, um, and has saved 25 million lives.
25 million lives. Um, which is pretty substantial. It's a government project that worked, actually. It's like amazing. And, um, so, yes, you could make the argument, like, why do we care, but when people actually have their HIV confirmed, Controlled by medications, there's less likely for, uh, resistant bad strains to, to emerge again, which can come here and make our lives more miserable.
So it could be selfish. You can make the altruistic argument, but there are selfish reasons to save lives overseas. [01:07:00] And then the last one is, I would say that I can, that I could think of is this soft power thing. We, why is America, why does America have a positive reputation or why did it? And a lot of it has to do with things you don't always think about.
It could be literally things like, we make the best movies, we have the best music, we, we have great writers, culture, right? Culture is a way to express That a, that a society is doing well, but another way to do it is to, to do the kind of work in public health that, that we've done. And so people actually say, Oh, the gosh, the Americans, they really screwed it up on this thing and this war, this foreign policy.
But on the other hand, they did save 25 million lives. So maybe we shouldn't be complete jerks to them. So it's, it's actually, there's a, there's a lot of reasons why we do this work.
PROP - HOST, HOOD POLITICS: This is this again. And now we're crossing into my world because of the soft power, cultural power and how to be. Just how to be the man.
You know what I'm saying? Like this is how, this is how you run a, this is how you run a city. You be the guy they go to, no matter how much of a jerk that you are. If I'm the dude you got to go to, [01:08:00] then, then if I'm put up with a lot, you put up with a lot. Number one, you put up with a lot cause you have to come to me.
And then number two, um, if, if you're the guy that you got to go to, and you're a good dude, then like, When you're in need, you're going to be the first person they think of, right? When, when it's, when it's my turn, or if there's like, if we're lobbying for something like, okay, I could sell, you know, we could give this 10 million gallons of crude oil to this country, or we could give it to them.
Then again, they did save 20 million lives and maybe we should sell it to them first and maybe at a discounted rate, you know, so yeah, there's that, there's that. But I think. Uh, the, the best part to me is what you're saying as far as the selfish side of, like, you act like there's a force field at the 47th parallel that just stops the air from flowing.
Like, what is you talking about? Like, it is one planet, right? Like, why, why would, why would it not get here? Right? Like what? Like there's no. We don't really have a wall, guys.
And even if we [01:09:00] did, like, you know.
DR. KAVEH HODA - HOST, HOUSE OF POD: If COVID taught us nothing else, it should be that what's happening in other countries will impact us.
The potential impacts of Trump's decision to withdraw from the World Health Organization - PBS NewsHour - Air Date 1-21-25
LAWRENCE GOSTIN: I believe this is a truly historic decision. The United States really formed the World Health Organization in 1948, and has been its most influential and greatest funder for 75 years. This is going to make America decidedly less safe, less secure.
And it's hard for me to think of any national advantage that we get. I only see us alone and isolated, not stronger.
AMNA NAWAZ- HOST, PBS NEWSHOUR: You mentioned the U.S. has been its greatest funder for WHO. If you take a look at this graphic, we should just point out, look at the top 10 sources of funding there, the U.S. there at the top, but there's other groups like the World Bank, the Gates Foundation, countries like Germany, U.K. and Japan.
But the U.S. is responsible for someone-sixth of the [01:10:00] organization's budget. So is President Trump's characterization that the U.S. is shouldering an unfair financial burden here wrong?
LAWRENCE GOSTIN: Yes, actually, I think it is wrong, but it's not totally wrong.
Let me explain. The WHO has a budget of roughly one-quarter of the U.S. CDC. So, for a global institution, it's chronically underfunded. It doesn't have the resilience and funding that it needs to put out fires all over the world. So the United States shouldn't pay less, but other countries should pay more.
China should, India, the Gulf states, many other middle-income countries. So I think that Trump would do a much greater service to the United States and the world if he stayed in and he negotiated a deal. Yes, [01:11:00] let's make WHO more resilient. Let's fund it better. Let's make it more powerful and let's make it more accountable with financial oversight.
But leaving it would gravely damage United States' national interests and world health writ large. It's not really like the border, where you can kind of seal off the Mexican border so that you can stop immigrants. Germs don't know borders. And a United States without WHO is a United States alone and isolated and more fragile and vulnerable.
AMNA NAWAZ- HOST, PBS NEWSHOUR: Pulling out of the organization means that the U.S. would lose access to the World Health Organization's global public health data too, which you said would leave agencies like the CDC flying blind.
Help make that real for us. What is the potential harm that you are worried about?
LAWRENCE GOSTIN: I see this as the [01:12:00] greatest self-inflicted wound that this executive order has put for us.
I mean, it is a grave wound to WHO, but I think it's a more grievous wound to the United States. Here's why. The World Health Organization leads a vast network of public health agencies, laboratories, and international scientists that constantly track novel outbreaks and shares data.
Without that, CDC doesn't have an early warning. We can't respond. And so we're weaker. We're less prepared. But here's more. And I think it's really important. Our pharmaceutical industry, the NIH, needs these data to develop vaccines, therapies, and other lifesaving tools that we rely on.
If you remember back to COVID-19, and Operation [01:13:00] Warp Speed, and Trump gets a lot of credit for that, we were in front of the line for vaccines. We may be near the back of the line because we're not going to get data about how these viruses are evolving, what we can do to respond to them and create vaccines.
SECTION B: RFK JR.
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering Section B: RFK Jr.
WATCH: Caroline Kennedy Slams Cousin RFK Jr. as “Dangerous” and a “Predator” in Video to Senate - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-29-25
CAROLINE KENNEDY: Dear senators,
Throughout the past year, people have asked for my thoughts about my cousin Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and his presidential campaign. I did not comment, not only because I was serving in a government position as United States ambassador to Australia, but because I have never wanted to speak publicly about my family members and their challenges. We are a close generation of 28 cousins who have been through a lot together. We know how hard it’s been, and we are always there for each other. But now that Bobby has been nominated by President Trump to be secretary of health and human services, a position that would put [01:14:00] him in charge of the health of the American people, I feel an obligation to speak out.
Overseeing the FDA, the NIH, the CDC and Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, agencies that are charged with protecting the most vulnerable among us, is an enormous responsibility and one that Bobby is unqualified to fill. He lacks any relevant government, financial, management or medical experience. His views on vaccines are dangerous and willfully misinformed.
These facts alone should be disqualifying, but he has personal qualities related to this job, which for me pose even greater concern. I’ve known Bobby my whole life. We grew up together. It’s no surprise that he keeps birds of prey as pets, because Bobby himself is a predator. He’s always been [01:15:00] charismatic, able to attract others through the strength of his personality, his willingness to take risks and break the rules. I watched his younger brothers and cousins follow him down the path of drug addiction. His basement, his garage, his dorm room were always the center of the action, where drugs were available and he enjoyed showing off how he put baby chickens and mice in a blender to feed to his hawks. It was often a perverse scene of despair and violence.
That was a long time ago, and people can change. Through his own strength and the many second chances he was given by people who felt sorry for the boy who lost his father, Bobby was able to pull himself out of illness and disease. I admire the discipline that took and the continuing commitment it requires. But siblings and cousins who Bobby encouraged down the path of substance abuse suffered addiction, illness and death, [01:16:00] while Bobby has gone on to misrepresent, lie and cheat his way through life.
Today, while he may encourage a younger generation to attend AA meetings, Bobby is addicted to attention and power. Bobby preys on the desperation of parents of sick children, vaccinating his own kids while building a following hypocritically discouraging other parents from vaccinating theirs. Even before he fills this job, his constant denigration of our healthcare system and the conspiratorial half-truths he’s told about vaccines, including in connection with Samoa’s deadly 2019 outbreak of measles, have cost lives.
And now we know that Bobby’s crusade against vaccination has benefited him in other ways, too. His ethics report makes clear that he will keep his financial stake in a lawsuit against an [01:17:00] HPV vaccine. In other words, Bobby is willing to profit and enrich himself by denying access to a vaccine that can prevent almost all forms of cervical cancer and has already been safely administered to millions of boys and girls. During my time in Australia, I worked on the Quad Cancer Initiative, and I learned that cervical cancer is among the top three forms of cancer among women in a majority of countries. Tragically, every year, more than 200,000 children lose their mothers. They are orphaned due to a lack of vaccines and screening. Those are the real-world consequences of Bobby’s irresponsible beliefs.
We are a close family. None of that is easy to say. It also wasn’t easy to remain silent last year when Bobby expropriated my father’s image and distorted President Kennedy’s legacy [01:18:00] to advance his own failed presidential campaign and then grovel to Donald Trump for a job. Bobby continues to grandstand off my father’s assassination and that of his own father. It’s incomprehensible to me that someone who is willing to exploit their own painful family tragedies for publicity would be put in charge of America’s life and death situations. Unlike Bobby, I try not to speak for my father, but I am certain that he and my Uncle Bobby, who gave their lives in public service to our country, and my Uncle Teddy, who devoted his long Senate career to the cause of improving healthcare, would be disgusted.
The American healthcare system, for all its flaws, is the envy of the world. Its doctors and nurses, researchers, scientists and caregivers are the most dedicated people I know. Every day [01:19:00] they give their lives to heal and save others. They deserve a knowledgeable leader who is committed to evidence and excellence. They deserve a secretary committed to advancing cutting-edge medicine to save lives, not to rejecting the advances we have already made. They deserve a stable, moral and ethical person at the helm of this crucial agency. They deserve better than Bobby Kennedy, and so do the rest of us. I urge the Senate to reject his nomination.
Sincerely, Caroline Kennedy.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: That was Robert F. Kennedy Jr.'s cousin Caroline Kennedy, former U.S. ambassador to Japan and Australia, daughter of President John F. Kennedy. She sent that video and an accompanying letter to the Senate Finance Committee senators.
Department of Health and Holy Sh*t: RFK Jr.’s MAHA Movement and What It Means for America Part 2 - Inside the Hive - Air Date 2-5-25
MICHAEL CALDERONE: Kennedys have served in the Biden administration and other presidential administrations over the years.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: And also a lot of continuing tragedy. You have deaths from [01:20:00] overdoses, plane crashes. Yeah. And in a way, I feel like As we're saying this, and we're counting all of these trajectories, it's fascinating how RFK Jr. himself checks a lot of those boxes. You know, he went down a dark path, he found, and then he found a mission where he felt he could serve.
Talk about that a little bit, Michael.
MICHAEL CALDERONE: Yeah, I mean, One of the interesting things, and we're, I think, looking back at this piece, Bobby's Kids, by Michael Schneerson, is, this is at a point in the 1990s where RFK Jr. is an environmental lawyer, and I think was pretty highly regarded at that time for the work he was doing with Riverkeeper, and it seemed like that was cleaning up the Hudson River.
Yeah, a good thing. That is that is a good fit. A good thing. We can.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: Climbed in some blue fluid, personally.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: That is a fact. This piece was in 1997. It's from Vanity Fair. We all went went back and looked at it. It's pretty fascinating.
MICHAEL CALDERONE: It's an incredible artifact to think of because at that time, It leads with other [01:21:00] controversies about other Kennedy cousins, it's not not a specifically on RFK, it's on other members of the Kennedy family and at this point in time in the 90s, RFK was one of the ones who seemed to be doing.
It's more public service oriented work than, than some of the others.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: He was putting the noble in nobility. But you know, there was a line in that piece that felt like it could have been published last week. So this is a line from Bobby's Kids published in Vanity Fair in 1997. In fact, says another person close to the RFKs, meaning the RFK kids, the family values are more those of the mafia.
It's about power and control. It's like the mafia, even in the way the children are directed, not to be well rounded individuals, but to create an effective team. And the family rallying around is a through line in Kennedy lore. And that's what we saw in the last few years when RFK Jr. was running for president.[01:22:00]
The cousins were not, they did not think this was a great idea, but they weren't really going to speak out about it. And all of a sudden last week, Caroline Kennedy, who I think It sounds like has been harboring these feelings for quite a long time, writes this open letter saying, don't confirm my cousin.
He's bad news.
A predator.
MICHAEL CALDERONE: A predator, and she even speaks to the fact that his substance abuse and his recovery is something that could be looked on as an asset.
But at the same time, she says that he's gone on throughout his life to misrepresent
CAROLINE KENNEDY: lie and cheat his way through life,
MICHAEL CALDERONE: and that is a pretty damning statement coming Radhika's point, it did strike me as well looking at Bobby's kids. How there's this gentility in the Kennedy family where you don't necessarily talk to outsiders about what's going on, and this has me thinking about another great Vanity Fair piece from just [01:23:00] last year in July of last year.
Joe Hagan wrote a piece. RFK Junior's family doesn't want him to run. Even they may not know his darkest secrets. And this was an incredible piece that really dove into both the family's thinking and the family's reluctance sometimes to say this publicly.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: And what would have happened if Caroline had said something sooner?
Um, Joe's. Project was all about digging into what the family felt behind the scenes, and he handled it very objectively as to whether or not there should have been a more, um, a firmer pushback at an earlier moment, you know, endorsing Biden in a group shot at the White House, right? Quite enough.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: Now devil's advocate. Would it have mattered? I mean, we see this time and time again, and people pushing back on Donald Trump, you know, the people come forward called Donald Trump a predator. What happens? Nothing, he gets elected. So I uh, it's almost, it's possible that we're just past any of that efficacy. But the truth is this, the Kennedys have a lot of symbolic importance, and [01:24:00] I think that They still do hold this cultural power.
I mean, we've seen, you know, it's been almost 25 years since John F. Kennedy Jr. and his wife, Carolyn Bessette Kennedy, and her sister died in a small plane crash. And you still have kids on the Upper East Side going out and buying Carolyn Bessette's headband, you know. Mm hmm. The influence, the kind of the style of them, the touch football, although hilariously in the Schneerson piece, I think someone's quoted saying, you know, you'd be more likely to put together a group to go to an AA meeting now than to play touch football.
But those images are very lasting. The idea that, again, that there's this sort of like version of, I mean, it sounds Trumpy, right? But it kind of, you know, American, it's not greatness, but it's like, I don't know, that they're Catholic. It's not WASP y. You do want to
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: say WASP y, don't you?
CLAIRE HOWORTH: But, but, you know, something heroic.
But I think that, [01:25:00] We have RFK Jr. now playing the anti hero role, too.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: There's also this incredibly dark and kind of gothic aspect to RFK Jr. He's got this very strange history with animals, dead animals. He's put, according to Caroline Kennedy, mice and baby chicks in a blender to feed to his hawks because he's obsessed with birds of prey.
He drove a dead bear to Central Park. There's the whale. I mean, but who hasn't? Right. Right. Right. Who among us? Uh, there's, there, there are the emus running around his house in LA that, you know, Cheryl feeds I guess. And then he also has a terrible history with womanizing. He, as Joe Hagan reported for Vanity Fair, he has sent pictures of women's genitalia unbidden to contacts.
And then in that same story, Joe Hagan spoke to a woman named Eliza Cooney, who had babysat for the Kennedy family in the 90s, for RFK Jr. [01:26:00] himself, and who accused him of sexual assault. Now, Kennedy did not deny the allegations prior to or after our report published. Instead, he told Breaking Point, a self described anti establishment podcast.
ROBERT KENNEDY JR.: Listen, I have said this from the beginning, I am not a church boy. I had a very, very rambunctious youth. I have so many skeletons in my closet that if, if they could all vote, I could run for king of the world.
RADHIKA JONES - HOST, INSIDE THE HIVE: This whole story came up in his hearings when Senator Patty Murray, a Washington state Democrat, asked him about it. And only then did he deny it under oath, which really makes you think.
Last week, Eliza Cooney called Joe Hagan and said she thought that Caroline Kennedy's letter came too late to warn anybody off of RFK Jr. Indeed, that seems to be the case.
MICHAEL CALDERONE: I think it's very telling that RFK said that he's not a church boy as a way to just sort of brush off [01:27:00] any sort of bad behavior of the past.
And I think when we're thinking about a son of privilege, and we're thinking about the way of the Kennedys may have seen right or wrong or what they could get away with. I think it is instructive to look at how he responded to this.
CLAIRE HOWORTH: We're also in this larger cultural moment, as evidenced by Mark Zuckerberg, uh, of all people, of kind of a reclaiming of what people have been referring to as toxic masculinity. Like, no, no, it's all good. Like this is how I behaved and I did it because I'm a man and I can do that
MICHAEL CALDERONE: right and it hasn't stopped RFK from ascending to this cabinet position just like dozens of sexual misconduct allegations did not stop Donald Trump from winning a second term as president.
SECTION C: ANTI-SCIENCE DANGERS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: You've reached Section C: Anti-Science Dangers.
What you need to know about bird flu - On Point - Air Date 1-8-25
MEGHNA CHAKRABARTI - HOST, ON POINT: I do want to just go straight at this issue on how people are [01:28:00] reacting to the various measures that have been taken so far, regarding trying to prevent H5N1 from becoming a bigger issue.
Do you think that the right lessons have been learned from COVID or not in terms of deciding when to do things like advise a recall of raw milk?
DR. NIRAV SHAH: No, that's a great question. It's one we talk about here at the CDC all the time. Let me first start with just the big picture, which is, as Dr. Davis has noted, right now, we assess that the risk of H5 to the general public is low. But as others have noted on this call and on this program, the risk of a possible pandemic coming out of the H5 situation is not low. We assess it to be a moderate risk. And so right now, our advice for the general public is that they should be alert.
But not alarmed. And that said, for that reason, we almost on a daily basis are assessing where we stand with respect to H5, whether it's round things [01:29:00] like raw milk, and our guidance there, which I concur, raw milk is to be avoided. It's all the risks with none of the benefits, or around other ways that we can make testing more available or making sure we're getting a better understanding of how this virus is changing.
H5 is not the same as COVID. It differs in a number of ways, not least of which is that we have decades of experience understanding the virus, understanding how it transmits, and understanding the risk that it poses.
And that gives us a significant head start when it comes to things like medications, which we have available vaccines, which are a possibility if needed, as well as a good understanding of how to move in those directions if needed, when we get to those decisions, then we'll be in a posture to do.
MEGHNA CHAKRABARTI - HOST, ON POINT: So I hear an echo of myself because a question I asked for every public health official who joined us for the first year of COVID is, How do you know when the if needed line has been crossed?
DR. NIRAV SHAH: Yes, that is the exact right question to [01:30:00] ask. And as you can imagine, it's not a bright line. It's not a situation where there's a giant switch on the wall. And one day we decide to flip it. We continually assess the situation on a daily basis with each new case we have, with each new sample, with each new piece of data.
And broadly speaking, there are a number of factors that we look at. Key among them is what's already been discussed, which is whether there is the emergence of person-to-person transmission. Of course, we've seen animal to animal transmission, and as a result, our antenna are very high. I share the concern of, say, Dr. Lakdawala, which is, our antenna are very high, and we are deeply concerned about the situation.
We haven't yet seen human to human transmission at the epidemiological level or at the molecular level, when we study the virus. Another thing that we look for is whether the virus itself has lost its susceptibility to the medications or the other therapeutics that we have available.
If we started to see [01:31:00] changes of that nature, we would want to ramp up our own posture. And then, of course, the third is what kind of disease is it causing? Right now, except for one case in the United States, the other 65 of the 66 cases that we've seen have caused eye redness. They haven't caused the significant respiratory conditions that we've seen with this virus in other parts of the world.
So these are some of the factors we look at, transmissibility, susceptibility to medications, severity of illness. If we were to see significant departures on any of those, relative to the history that we have with this virus over the past 20 years or so, that's when we would start moving closer to that line.
MEGHNA CHAKRABARTI - HOST, ON POINT: Okay. So let me just repeat what you just said. In the United States, as of this moment, and again, just within the U.S., 65 of the 66 cases of bird flu in humans have resulted in this conjunctivitis, right? And no one wants to have that, right? I'm not saying that it's a great thing, but [01:32:00] are you making that point as a way of saying, hey, look, right now in humans, we are cautious, but we're not, no one's panicking, right?
DR. NIRAV SHAH: That is one of the points there, which is again, we want to be alert, but not alarmed. The other reason that is important. The prevalence of conjunctivitis rather than significant severe respiratory symptoms, is that what the vaccines do in particular is really reduce the severity of illness.
Now, vaccines can also reduce the likelihood of spreading it, but what they are exquisitely good at is reducing the severity of illness. And that's true whether it's the COVID vaccine, the flu shot or the pneumonia vaccine. Where really excel is in reduction of severity. And where we have not seen human to human transmission, and where we have not seen severe illness as the norm, then we have to wonder whether the vaccines are the right tool for the job right now, versus, say, [01:33:00] widespread use of medication. Which is what CDC recommends. Now that said, and I want to be very clear, we should not trifle with the H5 virus.
It is a dangerous virus, and around the world, we've seen that up to 50% of the people who can get infected with that virus can end up dying. So this is not an effort to suggest that we are minimizing the virus at all. Again, we are taking this very seriously, because this virus is not something to mess around with.
MEGHNA CHAKRABARTI - HOST, ON POINT: Why is the fatality rate, you just described a shockingly high fatality rate around the world. Is it really as much as 50% of people who get it can die?
DR. NIRAV SHAH: It can be, in other countries where they have experienced cases, in small clusters of cases. So then the question is, and I think where you're going is, what's different about now?
Because what seems to be different now is that the cases have been significantly milder than what we've seen historically. There are a few potential hypotheses as to why that might be the case. One of them is that, in the current [01:34:00] outbreak in 2024 and '25, we've been on it a lot more. We've been monitoring workers.
We've been testing individuals who have been exposed. And as a result of that, we're catching not just the severe cases, but also the milder cases as well. So it's possible that in other countries in the world that grappled with these outbreaks. They too have had a significant number of mild cases. They just weren't aware of those.
And thus, when you do the math, if the only thing is four cases, two of which are severe, you get a different number as a result of that. So some of it just might be that we have a better sense of the entirety of the iceberg rather than just what's above the water. Another piece of it might be the way in which individuals are exposed.
The bulk of cases that we've had in the U.S. have been from individuals who have had an exposure on the dairy farm, as Dr. Davis was mentioning. Fewer cases have been from individuals who had exposures to dead birds. The dairy farm exposure might end [01:35:00] up leading to a lower dose of virus than what you might get if you encountered a dead bird on the sidewalk.
And so that might be one reason why cases are a little bit milder. Again, that is not to suggest that anyone should not have their antenna up. We want folks to be tracking the situation, but we also don't want folks to be alarmed at this moment.
Trump's Attack on Science Funding - The Brian Lehrer Show - Air Date 2-21-25
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: Katherine, your piece lays out obviously an alarming picture of the Trump administration's impact already on science. What are the most significant changes that you're seeing so far?
KATHERINE WU: Oh, my goodness, do we even have time to go through them? There have been so many. I think this really comes down to the fact that it has been so many that it's actually difficult to point to the most significant ones. Certainly, the fact that funding has been frozen, that means that researchers are essentially not getting the funds they need to pay their staff to continue their studies.
That means participants in clinical trials are potentially being called and told, "Well, we can't continue to [01:36:00] study anymore. This very important experimental drug that might be helping you stay alive may not be an option for your care anymore." We've seen thousands of federal workers fired from across government and that includes scientists doing vital work. We have seen foreign aid abroad been totally dismantled.
People who need life-saving HIV treatments not getting the care that they need. I am sure I am missing things from this list only because the list is so ridiculously long. There truly has not been a sphere of American science or American science being done abroad that has not been impacted by this. It is the way that science is being done and who is allowed to be doing science right now, every aspect of it.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: One of your articles is called The NIH, National Institutes of Health, Memo That Undercut Universities Came Directly from Trump Officials. Remind us of that one.
KATHERINE WU: Yes, so this is one of the most [01:37:00] important changes that has happened in the past two weeks. I suppose I hesitate to call it a change because it never actually fully went into effect. On February 7th, the NIH seemed to release a memo. They did release the memo saying that indirect cost rates were going to be cut and indirect costs are basically overhead.
You get a grant. You apportion some of that grant to cover the day-to-day logistics of being able to do your research, paying rent for your lab, paying the utilities bills for your lab, making sure that administrative stuff gets done, all the logistical stuff that makes the research run on the side, not just the hard science that we picture or see in stock images. This is essential stuff.
Those rates can go as high as 60%, 70% at some universities. It's a very big deal for it to be slashed all the way down to 15%. For that to be a hard cap effectively overnight, which is what that would have done, [01:38:00] that would have been devastating. That would have been an overnight salary cut for countless people and the work that they do. You can't sustain that kind of cut with no notice whatsoever.
This created huge uproar that has since been temporarily blocked by a federal judge. We're going to see how that all shakes out once this is fully litigated in court. The larger issue here was that it was not NIH behind this memo, even though it was their website that released it. The Trump administration pushed that directive through and basically forced them to publish it on their website as what appears to be just a show of force.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: Let's take a call from a scientist. Isabel in Manhattan, you're on WNYC. Hi, Isabel.
ISABEL: Hi. Thanks so much for having me. I'm a postdoctoral neuroscientist at Columbia University. I'm also a proud member and steward for my union, UAW [01:39:00] 4100. I wanted to talk about how these funding cuts to science, health care, and higher education are impacting my job and the jobs of scientists like me. I love that I get to come into work every day and study how our brain makes memories. These funding cuts are putting my job and my science at risk along with the work of thousands of other hardworking researchers and educators.
I also want to talk about something that's giving me some hope right now, which is academic labor power. Academic unions are more prolific than ever. This Wednesday, we organized a national day of action, including a rally here in New York City that was co-organized by my union, UAW 4100, and other academic unions across the city. These rallies brought together thousands of researchers, academic workers, and allies to say no to these funding [01:40:00] cuts. It's really empowering for me to see the collective labor power that we're building in New York and nationwide. I think this is going to be a powerful tool to fight for the future of science, health care, and academic jobs.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: Isabel, thank you. I'm going to add another voice to yours, Isabel, as our next caller, I think, is another scientist also getting involved with the UAW actions. Alexa in Brooklyn, you're on WNYC. Hello, Alexa.
ALEXA: Hi there. I'm a lifelong scientist. I feel like I can talk to you about the ways that this has affected the prospects of my career and the ability to do science, but I'm really passionate also about us making the connection that what we're watching happening in science right now, what were victims of in science and in research and in higher education right now also is something that is part of the global [01:41:00] or the US economy at large with the decline in manufacturing and that we should learn from history since we're organized with the United Auto Workers.
What they've experienced in the auto industry over the past 40 years is what we're experiencing right now in research and higher education, and that when we talk about the funding of US science and US research at large, we can't pretend that it's been good. The past 30 years have been a major stagnation of research funding. That's come at the cost of workers where we haven't kept up with inflation.
That's why we've organized ourselves into unions. It's because of how bad it's been. The fact that this is happening should highlight to everyone across the US and internationally just how tenuous the system of research funding is. It's right now that we need to decide whether we believe that we are a country, whether we are people that believes in public [01:42:00] knowledge production or not.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: What would you say to listeners who might think, "Okay, you're a microbiologist. The pharmaceutical industry is big and wealthy. If they want to develop medications--" I'm sure your work isn't only on medications. If private industry wants to develop things that are science-based, that are going to be useful to the public, then they will make money on them. Why do we need taxpayers to subsidize this at the level that they have? What would you say to that?
ALEXA: Also get this question in another frame, which is, "You have a PhD. You're a microbiologist. Why don't you just work in private industry?" I just don't believe in that. I believe that there is such an important place for public research and for basic science research. I actually don't study anything in biomedicine. The research that I do actually is only valued by the Department of Energy right now. My PhD is in soil microbiology. I think it's so [01:43:00] crucial. We have no idea what discoveries we make now will be important for innovation, technology, medicine, climate change 20, 30 years from now. We need to be investing in the big questions that really propelled knowledge forward. Knowledge in and of itself is a public good.
BRIAN LEHRER - HOST, THE BRIAN LEHRER SHOW: There isn't profit in basic research, thank you for your call. Katherine Wu, what are you thinking listening to those couple of callers?
KATHERINE WU: Yes, so much. I think it's worth reiterating just how important it is to keep training future generations of scientists. Discoveries don't get made. Drugs don't get developed unless there is rigorous training in place and funds to make sure that those young scientists have the training that they need, the support they need, especially scientists from underrepresented backgrounds.
I think the system now is so strapped that some universities are trying to figure out, "Do we need to pause graduate student admissions?" There could be multiple generations of young scientists at risk here. We will see the fallout [01:44:00] of that loss for years and years and years. That is so much knowledge that is at stake here. Absolutely, I think the conversation about private funding is an important one.
I think if you think about the amount that the federal government contributes to scientific research, if you're even to pair away at that a little bit, there isn't actually a really reasonable way for private funding to fill that gap. There's not enough of it. A lot of private funding comes with strings attached, right? It's what foundations want to fund. It's to their own ends. Certainly, pharmaceutical companies are doing their own research, but it's what's lucrative. What about rare diseases? What about things that don't have a big dollar sign attached to them?
It's incredibly important to work toward the public interest and not just where the money is. I also want to point out, we have so many examples of discoveries that were made totally by accident in the pursuit of basic research, penicillin maybe being the most famous one. There will be devastating [01:45:00] consequences for everyone's health and well-being and our understanding of the world if any type of science is hampered by this continued pause.
Bird flu is spreading faster. Should we worry? - Front Burner - Air Date 2-14-25
NICHOLAS FLORKO: There's actually several kinds of bird flu. So, the one that we're talking about today is called H5N1. And H5N1 has been around, actually, for decades. But it's become an issue for us here in the U.S. where I am when it started showing up in wild birds in 2022. We saw it spread then to domestic poultry, and then, things got even more worrisome when we started to see this spreading to dairy cows, which here in the U.S. was documented in March of last year. Now, luckily, we haven't seen the virus spreading from human to human, but that's of course why everyone is paying attention to this virus. If we start to see consistent human-to-human transmission, that's when things really start being worrisome and we could be heading towards another flu pandemic.
JAYME POISSON - HOST, FRONT BURNER: What do we know about how it spreads from animals to humans, though?
NICHOLAS FLORKO: [01:46:00] So, infected birds can spread it through their mucus, their saliva, their feces. So, if a human is around a sick bird without protective equipment, they could potentially catch the virus. And the leading theory of how it spreads from cows to humans is through their milk. So, that means folks that are might be at risk or folks who might be consuming raw, unpasteurized milk or handling raw, unpasteurized milk.
JAYME POISSON - HOST, FRONT BURNER: Are there any risks if you are just drinking, like, grocery store milk or, or, and sorry if this is a silly question, but what if you're eating, like, meat from one of these birds?
NICHOLAS FLORKO: Luckily, it seems that pasteurization of milk especially has prevented the spread of the virus. So, milk that is in your grocery store is safe as long as you are not in a place where they are selling or allowed to sell raw milk, unpasteurized milk. We haven't seen any [01:47:00] cases as far as I'm aware at all of, of someone eating potentially a sick bird. And I think that's just because birds are relatively symptomatic when this occurs. So, we wouldn't see those ending up in the meat supply.
JAYME POISSON - HOST, FRONT BURNER: This idea that it could potentially spread from human to human, how could that happen?
NICHOLAS FLORKO: Well, the virus would likely have to mutate, and that is the fear always when we're talking about a potential influenza. That is actually how we got the swine flu pandemic, if you remember that back in 2009. And so, the fear is that if we keep letting this virus spread unabated, that gives it more and more chances to pick up mutations and then, potentially it picks up a mutation that does allow it to actually spread readily from human to human.
JAYME POISSON - HOST, FRONT BURNER: I mentioned in the intro that Canada saw its first and only domestically acquired human case in this B.C. teenager back in November. This [01:48:00] 13-year-old girl is alright now, but she was quite sick for a while. She was hospitalized for two months. She was in respiratory distress, and she actually had to be intubated at one point. And I know the U.S. has seen dozens of cases in people and generally speaking, like what are the symptoms of how serious this can get?
NICHOLAS FLORKO: Here in the U.S., most cases have been much more mild than the one that you just described. The most common symptom that we've actually seen is eye redness or conjunctivitis. That, in addition to, you know, some typical sort of flu-like symptoms. That being said, and you know, as you said in the intro, we have had one severe case here in the U.S. last month in the state of Louisiana. We did, unfortunately, have a death from the virus.
REPORTER 2: Health officials confirming a patient in Louisiana is the first human to die from bird flu in the U.S. The Louisiana Department of Health saying the person was over the age of 65 with [01:49:00] underlying health conditions and contracted the virus after being exposed through a flock of birds in a backyard. The CDC analyzed the virus in that Louisiana patient, and found concerning new mutations which could help the virus infect people more easily.
NICHOLAS FLORKO: And I think that just underscores how serious this, this can be. And frankly, we know from historical data that bird flu in the past has been, has been quite deadly. So, we want to be on guard here for any changes and potentially, you know, these more severe cases popping up.
JAYME POISSON - HOST, FRONT BURNER: What would be the reason for why some people get, like, conjunctivitis and other people might have to be intubated?
NICHOLAS FLORKO: Yeah. I mean, we still have such few human cases of bird flu that what we know and what we can say definitively about different, different strains of the virus are limited. But the one thing I do want to note is both the teenager in [01:50:00] Canada and the person here in the U.S. that, that unfortunately passed, they actually were both in--, infected with a strain of the virus known as D11. That is not the predominant strain that's been spreading throughout the dairies here in the U.S. And so, there's this question of whether D11 might be more dangerous and if that becomes a prominent strain, does that cause issues? But we have so few cases right now, we really can't say definitively like, yes, this is more deadly or this is more dangerous, this strain versus this one.
JAYME POISSON - HOST, FRONT BURNER: You mentioned that bird flu had, has been quite deadly in the past. And I wonder if you could just tell me a little bit more about how it's popped up in, in history and what happened.
NICHOLAS FLORKO: Yeah, I mean, so the case fatality rate historically for bird flu, I believe, is above 50 per cent. So, we have seen some really worrisome outbreaks occurring in the past. And [01:51:00] I think scientists are still grappling with figuring out why.
REPORTER 3: As concern grows into anxiety in Hong Kong, hundreds of people have been calling special government hotlines, worried about a new strain of a potentially deadly flu that comes from chickens. Health officials say so far there have been six confirmed cases and now this. In four of those, the virus may have been transmitted from person to person.
NICHOLAS FLORKO: This time around, we very luckily, are not seeing this much higher death rate because, I think if you talk to anybody who has studied bird flu for some time, you know, if bird flu gets into the respiratory system, there's a lot of, you know, fears that this could cause severe illness and, and widespread death. But luckily, we haven't seen that yet. And I really do think scientists are still grappling with why that is. I don't think we know yet.
SECTION D: PREDATORS AND PREY
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, Section D: Predators and Prey.
Ezra Young on Trans Rights Law, Anne Sosin on RFK Jr. ans Rural Health - CounterSpin - Air Date 2-7-25
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: There are a number of people in lots of places who have [01:52:00] centered their lives per force on concerns around food and health and medicine.
And they see a guy who seems to be challenging Big Pharma, who's saying food additives are problematic, who's questioning government agencies. There are a lot of people who are so skeptical of the U. S. healthcare and drug system that a disruptor, even if it's somebody who says a worm ate his brain, that sounds better than business as usual.
And so that's leading some people to think, well, maybe we can pick out some good ideas here, maybe, but you think That is the wrong approach to RFK Jr.
ANNE SOSIN: I think that that's misguided. Certainly, there are some people who see RFK as a vehicle for championing their causes, and there are other people who think that we should seek common ground with RFK, that [01:53:00] we should acquiesce, perhaps, on certain issues, and then work together to advance some other causes.
And I think that That's misguided. I think we need to recognize what's given rise to RFK and other extreme figures right now, but we need to make common cause with the communities that he's exploiting in advancing his own personal and political goals.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: And in particular, you're thinking about rural communities, which have been played a role here, right?
What's going on there?
ANNE SOSIN: Yes, my work is centered in rural communities right now, and I think we need to understand the political economy that's given rise to RFK and other figures, the social, economic, cultural, and political changes that have given him a wide landing strip in rural places, as well as some of the institutional vacuum That are K [01:54:00] and other very extreme and polarizing figures are filling.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: Expand on that please a little.
ANNE SOSIN: Sure. So we're seeing growing resistance in some places, including rural communities to public health and interventions that have long been in place, including vaccination and fluoridation. Resistance to public health measures often in my view reflects unmet need. Sometimes those needs are material.
We see that people resist or don't follow public health programs or guidance because they don't have their material needs met and those material needs might be housing, paid leave, or other supports that they need. But the unmet need might also be emotional. Or effective that some people may resist out of a sense of economic or social dislocation, a feeling of invisibility or something else.
And [01:55:00] those feelings get expressed as resistance to public health measures that are in place. And so understanding and recognizing what those on that are is really important. And then thinking about how do we address those needs in ways that are productive and don't undermine. Public health and health care is really important.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: Well, vaccinations are obviously a big concern here, particularly as we may be going into another big public health concern with bird flu. So the idea that vaccines cause disease is difficult to grapple with from a public health perspective. Vaccines can't be a choose your own adventure if they're gonna work.
Societally, and it almost seems like we're losing the concept around vaccination. We're losing the concept of what public health means and how it's not about whether or not you decide to eat cheese. You know, there's kind of a [01:56:00] public understanding issue here.
ANNE SOSIN: I think you're correct. I think we've seen just in the U. S. and increasing. Yeah. Why is the patient of public health? A loss of the recognition that public health means all of us public health is the things that we do together to advance our collective health and the increased focus on individual decision making really threatened all of us and we look forward around vaccination.
We have seen very well funded initiatives. To undermine public confidence in vaccination over the last several years, there have been a lot of money spent to dismantle public support and public confidence in vaccination and other life saving measures. And it really is poses a great threat is we think about not only novel threats, like H5N1, but also things that have long been under control.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: Well, finally, I [01:57:00] took a quick look at media, uh, major national media and rural health care, and there wasn't nothing. I saw a piece from the Dayton Daily News about heart disease in the rural south and how public health researchers are Running a medical trailer around the area to test heart and lung function.
I saw a piece from the Elko Daily Free Press in Nevada about how Elko County and others are reliant on non profits to fill gaps in access to care, and that's partly due to poor communication between state agencies and local providers. I really appreciate local reporting, local reporting is life, but some health care issues, and certainly some of those that would be impacted by the head of HSS are broader and they require a broad understanding of the impact of policy on lots of communities.
And I just wonder. Is there something you would like to see news [01:58:00] media do more of that they're missing? Is there something you'd like them to see less of as they try to engage these issues, as they will in days going forward?
ANNE SOSIN: Certainly local coverage is Essential and I'm really pleased when I see local coverage of the heroic work that many rural health care providers and community leaders are delivering.
We see very creative and innovative work happening in our rural region in our research in our community engagement. And so it's. It's very encouraging when I see that covered, but all of the efforts on the ground are shaped by a larger policy landscape and a larger media landscape, larger political landscape.
And what we see often is efforts to undermine the policies. That are critical to preserving our rural health care infrastructure. We see well funded media efforts to erode social cohesion [01:59:00] to undermine our community institutions to sow mistrust in measures, such as vaccination. We see other work to harden the divisions between urban and rural America and within.
Rural places. And so I hope that media will pay attention to the larger forces that are shaking the landscape of rural life and not adjust to the, the outcome of that. It's easy to take note of the disparities between urban and rural places, but it's much harder to do the deep and complex work of understanding the forces that generate those uneven outcomes across geographic differences.
RFK Jr. Flunky LOSES IT When Confronted On Measles Outbreak - The Majority Report with Sam Seder - Air Date 2-22-25
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Right now, there is a measles outbreak in West Texas that keeps getting worse. And it's spreading into New Mexico. And in this area of Texas, there is a very low vaccination rate. This is the result of increased anti vaccine sentiment that is at a fever pitch [02:00:00] right now and has been since the pandemic, creating a political movement strong enough that it is now kind of incorporated into MAGA.
MAHA is a part of MAGA, and RFK Jr. is Health and Human Services Secretary. As insane as that sentence is to say out loud, and I surprise myself as I say it out loud, and how much it freaks me out, That's the case. Um, so Pamela Brown had one of the RFK Junior's advisors on to talk about what's happening right now in Texas with this measles outbreak.
And right now, the CDC just paused a meeting that they were supposed to have on the issue of vaccines, just delaying it indefinitely under RFK's leadership as Health and Human Services Secretary. They have stopped advertising. Uh, for folks to get the flu vaccine, as we're in the middle of one of the worst flu seasons.
It's a mess. And [02:01:00] there's also, uh, bird flu, right now, that has the capacity, potentially, to cross over to humans. And Elon Musk's Doge cut all those people. Then realized what they had done because they just basically clicked ctrl all or ctrl f in a document and then press delete and then realize Oh, these are the folks working on the bird flu that's making the egg prices go up which Donald Trump said he wanted to bring down Okay, can we hire you guys back please civil servants?
Can you please come back? It's a this. Here's one of RfK jr. 's advisors talking about this measles outbreak
PAMELA BROWN: And just to be clear, these are two separate issues. There's vaccines, which are proven safe and effective, and we're going to talk more about that. But then there's the issue of disease caused by, you know, the food that we're consuming, processed food and all of that, which as you both agree on, that needs to be dealt with.
That needs to be a priority, of course, um, which is why in many ways, RFK Jr. has gained so much popularity among many [02:02:00] Americans, um, on that issue. But, but I want to go to you, Callie, to respond. And also, you know, with this measles threat. Is it now a time to promote vaccines, which again, the CDC says safe, effective, two doses are 90 percent effective against measles.
Um, is it now a time to promote that, especially among children who are being impacted by measles in places like Texas and in these six states who are unvaccinated according to health officials?
CALLEY MEANS: Pamela, with, with respect, why aren't you asking me about the fact that 50 percent of teens have obesity? Why aren't there, there's other questions for you, but we're talking about this day after day.
Pamela. It's breathless. It's breathless coverage of five measles cases. You sound breathless. We, why aren't we asking why 16 percent of COVID deaths worldwide were Americans when we're only 4 percent of the world population because the CDC.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Pause it! You know why? Because of cranks like you. Because of cranks like you saying that the vaccine wasn't safe and effective, [02:03:00] then when we know it was a safe and effective at reducing transmission and severity, and then there were obviously variants, and we've had updated versions of that m. R. N. A. Vaccine, uh, that have still, uh, Protected people. And by the way, these were the vaccines greenlit by Donald Trump, the, uh, president who you now apparently serve with Operation Warp Speed, which was actually very successful, but the left would have done it differently. We wouldn't have just given billions and billions of dollars to Big Pharma.
We would have said, okay, we'll subsidize you to research it, but we own it after.
MATT LECH: I hate these people so much. The death in this country preceded the vaccine because our ultimate priority was not public safety, but getting people back to work so they can serve the type of people that give these people money to go spew their goddamn bullshit on CNN.
How disgusting. Talking about obesity and kids. That's because of our food system, you idiot.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Yeah, agreed. You want to reform that? But then, what, the [02:04:00] lazy whataboutism. She, Uh, Pamela Brown , made a painstaking effort at the beginning of that question to say we are taking into consideration all these other things that you are throwing out there to distract from the fact that you're actually anti vax.
But can we deal with this measles outbreak where over a hundred cases are now being reported between West Texas and New Mexico combined? Can we have that discussion? Oh, no, wait. Another one of baptism. of
CALLEY MEANS: COVID deaths worldwide were Americans. We were only 4 percent of the world population because the CDC said our immune says, no, it is related, Pamela.
And let me say why, because the entire coverage of Bobby Kennedy is around measles. The Democrats said the word measles 25 times in the first hearing and said the words, obesity, diabetes, and chronic disease, zero time. The HHS priority document under president Biden said the word equity 25 times. Said the word vaccine.
MATT LECH: Sorry, pause it one more second. I, I really get frustrated hearing people like this talk and think they should [02:05:00] be muzzled. But just say there's a reason that measles comes up with RFK because he has a history of lying or spewing his bullshit about vaccines that kills people. You search RFK American Samoa.
He's killed kids with his bullshit.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: And now it's spreading to West Texas. Um, there the it's Texas State Department health data shows that the vast majority of cases are among people younger than 18. Um, and the, the, it's mostly, uh, concentrated with kids who are unvaccinated or under vaccinated, meaning, meaning they've maybe only had one dose, but keep going.
CALLEY MEANS: I did not say the word obesity or diabetes. There is a problem right now because this is not zero. This is zero sum. We are focused on a very small subset that's important. We need good infectious disease management. Bobby Kennedy, Dr. Offit, is not correct. Bobby Kennedy has said one thing about vaccines and one thing only.
That they should be studied like any other product. Dr. Offit on the ACIP committee has [02:06:00] recommended vaccines that have ended up being required.
MATT LECH: Sorry, um, when he says they should be studied, he says that I don't trust any of the studies that have been done for decades about things like autism and vaccines.
I think it needs to be studied until it confirms my biases. And you're really stupid if you can't understand that.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Um, nearly one in five incoming kindergartners in that area in Gaines County did not get the vaccine. That 18 percent vaccine exemption rate for the county is one of the highest in the state, according to data from the WOKES.
Oh, actually, it's the Texas Department of State Health Services, so. Oh. What a coincidence that measles is outbreaking in the area that has one of the highest vaccine exemption rates in the state.
MATT LECH: I just looked up what this guy is, what TruMed is. TruMed is a company that helps people use their health savings accounts and flexible spending accounts.
That dumb financial bullshit is part of the [02:07:00] reason why Americans die. It's because no parasite like this idiot, Kali Means, is that his name? No, no parasites like him should be even involved in healthcare. Yeah. Doing some sort of finance, like, no. It should be, you know. Public insurance, publicly paid for, not this fancy new tax scheme to give some people health care.
This guy is a parasite.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: But these are the anti vaxxers. They are the people. They are basically financiers are trying to make money off of them. What happened? Uh, wasn't RFK juniors like a charitable organization taking a bunch of shady donations and it was offshore or something like that? This is a business for these people selling you snake oil.
That, so an 18 percent vaccine exemption rate in this area that's getting this measles outbreak. Across, uh, the, the country, the national average is 4%. So it must just be a total coincidence
The Crunchy Mom To Alt-Right Pipeline - The Suburban Women Problem - Air Date 4-18-24
AMANDA WEINSTEIN - HOST, THE SUBURBAN MOM PROBLEM: Throughout history, men have been the face of alt right extremist movements. We think about this [02:08:00] sea of white men with red, Today, I'm going to be talking about the importance of men flooding the Capitol with American flags draped over their shoulders. Most of us don't picture modestly dressed women baking sourdough bread and preaching the importance of divine motherhood and the white racial purity of children.
TRAD WIFE 1: Today, I'm going to be talking about The Treadwith Movement. Being a wife and a mother should be your top priority, always. And that is what is so great about this movement. Order is coming back into place in a chaotic world.
TRAD WIFE 2: No other society or culture, except the Western culture, which is built by Europeans, has been forced this, upon them, diversity and multiculturalism.
Hey y'all, welcome back to my channel. So today we are going to be [02:09:00] talking about boxed cake mixes and why they are tools of communism.
AMANDA WEINSTEIN - HOST, THE SUBURBAN MOM PROBLEM: We've all seen crunchy mom or so called trad wife content on social media. It's usually a young millennial mother standing behind a kitchen counter talking about all the ways she lives a clean, traditional life.
They avoid modern medicine, eat only organic food, and typically oppose vaccinations. They want to live a more quote unquote traditional lifestyle. It's a very specific aesthetic, often presented as simple and natural. These traits are commonly associated with people on the left. But what happens when you go so far left that you end up on the far right?
SEYWARD DARBY: A big project within my wider project of the book was to dispel the idea that there is any one type of person who gets involved in white nationalism.
AMANDA WEINSTEIN - HOST, THE SUBURBAN MOM PROBLEM: Sayward Darby is the author of Sisters in Hate, American Women on [02:10:00] the Front Lines of White Nationalism. After the election of former President Donald Trump, Sayward went on a search for the women involved in white nationalism to highlight their role in the movement.
One of the women she followed, Ayla Stewart, was a self professed feminist turned online tradwife personality. She went viral for what she called a white baby challenge, where she challenged others to have more white babies than she had.
SEYWARD DARBY: I think it may come as a surprise to some people that women who had previously sort of professed to be uber liberal, um, you know, very, um, All organic foods like want to raise their own food.
Um, you know, very kind of bleeding heart on the, on like the edge of the left, so to speak, could radicalize in such a pendulum or seemingly pendulum swinging direction. But we have actually been seeing that type of radicalization happening, um, for, for quite a long time, particularly in the, [02:11:00] in the internet age.
And so I was really interested to understand that trajectory. What I discovered, really, was that it's actually not so much a pendulum swing, it's that people who are very, very sort of far to the left on, um, on the, it's not even political spectrum exactly, I mean politics is part of it, but it's sort of just like a way of interacting with the world.
It's actually more like a little jump, if you think of it as a circle, you know, you kind of jump from one side to the other. And if you think about You know, this sort of obsession with freedom from, um, impurity, freedom to, you know, raise your children how you want to raise them, um, freedom from influences you don't like, a sense of control, really, over, you know, the curation of your child's existence.
It's really not that much of a leap from, um, Being very lefty to actually being much more, you know, authoritarian, quite frankly.
AMANDA WEINSTEIN - HOST, THE SUBURBAN MOM PROBLEM: Now to be clear, there's [02:12:00] nothing wrong with making sourdough bread or trying to live a more simple life. The danger comes when you take that small step forward and turn a quote unquote clean life into something far more extreme.
TRAD WIFE 1: Hi guys and welcome back to my channel. Today I'm going to be giving some tips for the ladies on how to achieve A masculine man, a provider man. In order to be approached, you have to be approachable. So there's that saying feminine fit and friendly. And I highly agree with that. You should be smiling a lot at the cashiers who are checking you out.
Or when somebody opens the door for you say thank you and smile You of course should be putting effort into your look whether you are into makeup or hair or Anything like that if you are just putting on sweat pants and a loose shirt and a hair and your hair in a bun I promise you you will feel better and feel more approachable when you put more effort into the way you look So I challenge you if you are the type [02:13:00] that likes the lululemon or the sweat pants for a whole week Put yourself in maybe jeans or put dresses on and skirts on and it will make such a big difference I promise.
There are some great feminine jobs out there that won't put you in that masculine dominating energy, but more so in that nurturing and feminine energy. Some of these feminine jobs are nannying and babysitting. I love babysitting. I think it's a lot of fun to be around energetic kids. Another one would be teaching or teachers aid because I believe to be a teacher you have to have a bachelor's I think.
Nursing is also a great occupation because you are caring for people, you are nurturing, it's not super dominating and aggressive.
AMANDA WEINSTEIN - HOST, THE SUBURBAN MOM PROBLEM: The transition happens slowly, sometimes before you even realize it's happening in the first place.
SAMANTHA: So many people are not just documenting their lives, they're creating their own brands.[02:14:00]
And It's usually very aspirational, you know, it's a woman in either a modestly, you know, decorated home with neutral colors or bright colors. There's like a child on her hip, she's whisking things with a smile on her face, talking about how happy she is to have found this holistic medicine. There's a weird purity spiraling is actually what the far right and what other people call it.
AMANDA WEINSTEIN - HOST, THE SUBURBAN MOM PROBLEM: That was Samantha, an employee at Life After Hate, a nonprofit that works to help people leave the far right and lead compassionate lives. Samantha, who wishes to keep her last name anonymous, is an exit specialist and peer mentor. She works to help people exit extremist movements and provides the support they need to rebuild their lives.
SAMANTHA: There was a channel on the far right that, that had this, uh, a YouTube channel. They had like their own little sub YouTube channel, and it was just this blonde woman. And she would always, it was [02:15:00] like, I'm going to be making these sugar cookies, or I'm going to be making this like Swedish, traditional, Meal or whatever and you wash it and you're like, wow, I really love that recipe and like how it's all whole foods and this and that and then you realize it's a sub channel you go on to the main channel and it happens to be like, yeah, don't go tanning because it will ruin your white skin and you kind of you just fall into it.
SEYWARD DARBY: In the case of coded language and the way that people might not even know what they're being told and fed, um, you know, what we've seen particularly in the last seven, eight years, but it was really going on well before that too, is again, not necessarily overt, you know, are you a white person? Do you also hate other people?
It's that's not the message, right? The message that often draws people in is more, okay. Do you feel dissatisfied with your life? That can mean your personal life, you know, [02:16:00] the political situation that you find yourself in, that you think the country is in. Do you believe that, you know, you're not being told everything about how we got here?
Do you feel like there are things you can't say because it's no longer politically correct, um, to say, you know, I don't want to live in an urban environment because people will call you racist, or, you know, all of these things. It's kind of appealing to these, like, racist, quite frankly, instincts that I think a lot of Americans, white Americans, you know, have instilled in them just by virtue of the society that we live in and being told that those things are okay and that there's a community that will support those impulses.
And then it gets more intense and it gets more explicit in its racism. So, you know, radicalization is not as simple as, you know, an existing white supremacist organization Identifying a person who hates people who aren't white. Like that's not how this works. It's more looking for people who are susceptible, who are vulnerable.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for [02:17:00] today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics, which include the widespread and predictable corruption endemic to the Trump administration, followed by the resistance, such as it is, to the hostile takeover of the government.
You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from Democracy Now!, Hood Politics, The PBS NewsHour, Inside the Hive, On Point, the Brian Lehrer Show. Front Burner, CounterSpin, The Majority Report, and Red Wine and Blue. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Dion Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show, and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist trio, Ken, Brian and [02:18:00] Ben for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting. And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads, and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes along with a link to join our Discord community, where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, and this has been the Best of the Left podcast coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1693 Empowering Ethnostates: Ethnically cleansing Gaza and Trump's South Africa fixation (Transcript)
Air Date 2/25/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
Racism is at the core of most of what Trump believes, so it should be no surprise when he aligns himself and the country with explicitly supremacist projects, like the perceived Jewish supremacy over Palestinians, and the assumed reverse racism against white South Africans.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 50 minutes today includes Pod Save the World; Today, Explained; What Next?; American Prestige; The Majority Report; The Ralph Nader Radio Hour; Rev Left Radio; and The ReidOut.
Then in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in five sections: Section A, Trump's Gaza proposal; Section B, Afrikaners and Trump; Section C, West Bank violence; Section D, Historical context; and Section E, Resistance.
Trumps Insane Plan To Own Gaza - Pod Save the World - Air Date 2-12-25
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Shortly after we recorded last week, President Trump announced that in addition to his plan to ethnically cleanse the Gaza Strip, [00:01:00] he also wants the US to occupy it indefinitely and deny those people he will displace the right to return home.
Trump advisors reportedly didn't know he was going to announce this Gaza occupation plan before he did it. And then they seem to try to walk it all back. But then Trump is just doubling down over and over again. Let's listen to a super cut of some of the things he said about this in the last couple of days.
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: I'm committed to buying and owning Gaza. As far as us rebuilding it, we may give it to other states in the Middle East to build sections of it. Other people may do it through our auspices. But we're committed to owning it, taking it.
JOURNALIST: Mr. President, take it under what authority? It is sovereign territory.
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: Under the US authority. We're not going to buy anything. We're going to have it. We're going to keep it. And we're going to make sure that there's going to be peace.
We'll build beautiful communities for the 1.9 million people. We'll build beautiful communities, safe communities. It would be a beautiful piece of land.
JOURNALIST: Would the Palestinians have the right to return?
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: No, they wouldn't, because they're going to have much better housing, much better. [00:02:00] In other words, I'm talking about building a permanent place for them.
JOURNALIST: But what about the Palestinians who just won't leave? We've spoken, our team has spoken to millions of Palestinians.
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: They're all going to leave when they have a place that's a better alternative. When they have a nice place that's safe, they're all going to leave. It's a hell hole right now.
JOURNALIST: But how are you so sure? Will the US force them to leave?
CLIP DONALD TRUMP: You're going to see that they're all going to want to leave.
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: So, no surprise that this plan didn't go over all that well in Arab capitals, like Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Egypt, and Jordan.
On Monday, in advance of King Abdullah of Jordan's visit to the White House on Tuesday, today when we're recording, Trump also said he would consider withholding aid from Egypt and Jordan if they refuse to take in Palestinians. For those who don't know, Jordan and Egypt are some of the top recipients of US military aid, and have been for decades, in large part because both countries cut the first peace deals with Israel, and the stability of those governments is seen as the cornerstone for peace in the entire region.
So Ben, a lot of, there's a lot of debate about this announcement and people wondering if Trump's serious or if he's bluffing and setting up a negotiating [00:03:00] position.
I think I'd argue that the reaction we're seeing in the Middle East and the pressure this conversation put on King Abdullah, who was like sitting there, literally -- he looked like he was being physically squeezed between Trump and his own population in the Oval Office -- that just shows that it doesn't really matter, in addition to being illegal and unethical, calling for the forced migration of Gazans into Jordan, is already destabilizing the Jordanian government.
And, Abdullah might've bought himself some time in this Oval Office meeting by saying he'd taken 2000 kids from Gaza who are suffering from dire medical conditions, but I doubt the Trump pressure campaign stops here.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: No. And let's just point out for a second, Tommy, that a lot of people in the US have been in this kind of mode since the election of taking Trump more seriously as this kind of dynamic political figure who was able to build a winning coalition, and have projected onto him a competence that he doesn't have. And this is [00:04:00] clearly evidence of that. This idea is an absolute dead on arrival, crazy thing to be talking about. It's ethnic cleansing of 2 million people that don't want to leave. It is existential to Jordan and Egypt that don't want to take people in.
But to gracefully plug something I wrote about this in the New York Times over the weekend, and the point I want to pull out of that is two things. And even if this doesn't happen, cause it's almost impossible to foresee how this would happen. And despite the fact that he's been taking questions, he hasn't, when he says he wants to buy it, it's not clear who he's buying it from. When he says he wants to own it, he's not clear how he wants to take ownership. They want to deny that US troops have anything to do with it. But how else could the US take possession of Gaza without troops?
But the two things that I want to underscore are, first of all, just by talking about this in the way that he has the last couple of weeks, in addition to what he said about Greenland and Panama and Canada, I guess, he is completely ignoring the concept of state [00:05:00] sovereignty, which is the cornerstone of the international legal system that was built after World War II to prevent big nations from just swallowing up smaller ones or grabbing territory like we used to do back in the colonial days.
And the reason that's so dangerous is because that interacts with what Vladimir Putin's trying to do in taking chunks of Ukraine, or what China might want to do in taking Taiwan, or what Israel might want to do in the West Bank and Gaza: it's treating land like real estate instead of sovereign territory where people live. That's the first thing.
Then the second thing is just the total disregard for the opinion of the Palestinians. He has not even solicited the opinion of a single Palestinian to inform this plan to take over Gaza. And there are two million people that live there and don't want to leave there. And it just suggests we're going back in time to this pre-World War period where big powers just took land and made deals over the heads of smaller countries or less powerful people. [00:06:00] And that led to two world wars. That's why we set up a whole system of international laws to prevent things like this from happening.
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yeah. And just again to hammer this home. half the population of Jordan is Palestinian. The king doesn't want another huge influx of Palestinians into his country for a bunch of reasons, but starting with the fact that it could topple his regime.
But on top of that, Palestinians don't want Jordan to become the de facto Palestinian state because it could deny them the right to return home to areas where they were displaced from in '67 or '48 or wherever in East Jerusalem, the West Bank, Gaza. And then Jordanians don't want a huge influx of Palestinians because they want Jordan to be Jordan, not Palestine. So the Jordanians hate Trump's plan.
And then he's also leaning hard on the Egyptians to take in a bunch of people. But Egypt is struggling from massive economic problems. They're currently relying on big loans from the EU and the IMF, and in recent years have taken in a ton of refugees from Sudan, Syria, Yemen, name your country. And they're struggling with that burden. And they don't want Hamas [00:07:00] to reconstitute. If you displace a big chunk of the Gazan population into Egypt, Hamas reconstitutes there and then attacks Israel from Egypt, that could lead to an Israeli response into Egypt. They don't want that to happen. And they also, and Sisi and the leaders in Egypt also don't want Hamas to stir shit up and build support for Islamist parties within Egypt themselves.
So, Trump just rolled this grenade into the Middle East with this plan. And everyone else were just watching to see if this thing is going to explode. It's a disaster.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yes, and you're right about what you said about Jordan. Look, King Abdullah is married to a Palestinian. There are millions of Palestinians who live in Jordan on the east bank, and that's often been a source of some tension because of Jordan's peace treaty with Israel. And so if King Abdullah were to participate in the ethnic cleansing of Gaza by taking in some of these two million Palestinians who don't want to leave Gaza, I really don't know if his regime could survive that. I just, [00:08:00] I think that the boiling frustration with what is already not a very good economic circumstance, with already displaced Palestinians, could get out of hand.
And similarly in Egypt, where you have a brittle military dictatorship with a lot of anger seething underneath, that could explode too, particularly if you have Hamas introduced into that equation.
It also is relevant, Tommy, that USAID funds a significant amount of assistance into Jordan that that government really relies on. And for all Trump's talk--
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: That they've already budgeted.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: That they've already budgeted.
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: They think already have, yeah.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yeah and so I guess it could go hat in hand to the Gulf states and ask them to fill this gap that USAID provided. But it's not just money that USCAD provides to Jordan, it's expertise. It's help in running certain government programs. That's being yanked away. Trump talks about rebuilding life for Gazans. Guess which agency does that? USAID. And USAID already cannot really fulfill its obligations under the ceasefire agreement, just the short term ceasefire agreement. When you [00:09:00] think about the long term needs in Gaza to clear rubble, to demobilize and destroy unexploded bombs that are littering Gaza, nevermind temporary housing and then long term housing. Without USAID, I don't know how that gets done.
Elon's African roots - Today, Explained - Air Date 2-13-25
NOEL: When does Donald Trump become interested in South Africa, and why?
CHRIS: So there's a group in South Africa, which describes itself as an Afrikaner rights group called AfriForum. And, the Southern Poverty Law Center's described it as "white supremacists in a suit and a tie." The leadership of that group came to the United States in 2018, and amongst other things, they appeared on Tucker Carlson’s show on Fox News.
<CLIP> FOX NEWS:
Tucker Carlson: “South Africa is a diverse country, but the South African government would like to make it much less diverse.”
CHRIS: They laid out the case that whites were the victims of discrimination in South Africa, but particularly latched onto this issue of the killing of white farmers…
<CLIP> FOX NEWS:
Ernst Roots: ”Basically threatening white farmers, that if they do not voluntarily hand over [00:10:00] their land to Black people, then there would be a violent takeover. So, the situation is very dire in South Africa. They would be tortured to death and it would receive very little news coverage.”
CHRIS: …which is totally untrue. But they appeared on Tucker Carlson, Trump was watching, this is when he's president in 2018, and he tweets to his then-Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo, telling him to watch the situation in South Africa with the whites, and how they're being victimized. And others pick up on this around the States afterwards…
NOEL: Huh.
CHRIS: …and it starts to gain some momentum.
NOEL: In the meantime, President Trump has become very close to Elon Musk, who, of course, is a white South African. Do we know whether Elon Musk's ideas about South Africa have influenced Donald Trump at all?
CHRIS: Well, you'd have to assume they did, because there's no real explanation otherwise as to why Trump is so engaged with this issue.
NOEL: Hm.
CHRIS: Why, three weeks into his second term of office, he's suddenly issuing this executive order about one country. [00:11:00] So, one has to imagine that it's Elon Musk, who was born in apartheid South Africa and grew up there, left at 18. But he's not the only one. There's a group of white men that all have apartheid South African childhoods in some form or other, known as the PayPal Mafia. They all get to know each other at the top of PayPal. They all get rich through PayPal. These include the billionaire libertarian Peter Thiel. Now, Thiel was born in Germany, but his father took him to South Africa at a young age. And then the other kind of two major players are a guy called David Sacks, who is another tech billionaire. He's now Trump's AI and crypto czar. He was born in Cape Town, although his parents moved to Tennessee when he was five. So he did not grow up fully imbued with the apartheid system, although he grew up in the white South African diaspora of the time.
NOEL: What would life have been like in the 1980s for a kid like Elon Musk growing up under apartheid? [00:12:00] What, was the deal?
CHRIS: It separated every aspect of life. So jobs were reserved only for white people. Interracial marriage and interracial sex was illegal under the Immorality Act. Every aspect of daily life was separate. But Musk's teenage years would have been in a huge tumult of South Africa's uprising against apartheid. By the mid '80s, you've got a state of emergency, you've got civic society constantly protesting, you've got mass arrests, children incarcerated in their thousands.
<CLIP> SOUTH AFRICA NOW:
Kevin Harris: Under the sweeping powers of the state of emergency, an estimated 30,000 people, the majority Black, have been detained.
<CLIP> NBC NEWS:
Robin Lloyd: Cape Town was under siege. Police vehicles on every street corner. The city overwhelmed with protesters defying the government with marches.
<CLIP> STANFORD:
Desmond Tutu: In a situation of injustice and oppression. There can be no neutrality. You have to take sides. You have to say, am I on the side of [00:13:00] justice or am I on the side of injustice?
CHRIS: The country increasingly ungovernable. The army attempting to keep some kind of order in the townships. So, Musk was growing up at this time of incredible turmoil. And on the streets of Pretoria, where he went to school, he would have seen the Afrikaner resistance movement, which was an openly neo-Nazi group that actually modelled its badge on the swastika and had the same colours as the Nazis and marched up and down the streets doing Hitler salutes.
SCORING IN <Stretched Too Thin - BMC>
Errol Musk, Elon's father, has described his parents-in-law as open neo-Nazis and fascists…
NOEL: Hm.
CHRIS: …and supporters, enthusiastic supporters of apartheid.
<CLIP> PODCAST AND CHILL WITH MACG:
Errol Musk: They used to support Hitler and all that sort of stuff.
CHRIS: Now, Errol himself a member of something called the Progressive Federal Party. And that really was a small opposition party in Parliament, opposed to apartheid.
<CLIP> LBC:
Errol Musk: We never supported apartheid, really, but it was something [00:14:00] we inherited from the European countries.
CHRIS: But leaves the party eventually in the 1980s because it was advocating one person, one vote. In other words, complete equality of democracy. And he didn't agree with that. He was like a lot of white South Africans of that era, particularly English speakers who were doing quite well out of the economics of apartheid, who said that they were against it in principle, but actually didn't do very much to oppose it, and certainly benefited from it enormously. And so he was the liberal in the family, but obviously only up to a point.
SCORING OUT
NOEL: So to bring us back to the present day, has Elon Musk said anything about white South Africans and what he believes is happening in that country right now?
CHRIS: Yes, he's had plenty to say. He's retweeted or commented on tweets that essentially argue that there's either a genocide underway against whites…
NOEL: Huh.
CHRIS: …or a genocide [00:15:00] coming. He recently openly challenged the President of South Africa, Cyril Ramaphosa, on Twitter, accusing him of imposing racist discriminatory laws against white people. So he's very much taken an adversarial position on this, which I suspect at least goes some way to explain why Trump has done the same.
NOEL: One thing we learned during the first Trump administration was that Donald Trump and the people close to him often have more than one motive for their beliefs. And some things that might seem ideological are not ideological or are less ideological than we might think. Does Elon Musk have any other incentive to push Donald Trump to take a stand on this – other than thinking white South Africans are being discriminated against?
CHRIS: Well, as it happens, we watch Musk's commentary on white South Africans ramp up at a time when he was starting to get into conflict with the South African government [00:16:00] over Starlink, his satellite business.
NOEL: Huh!
SCORING IN <Building Blocks B - BMC>
Trumps South Africa Fixation - What Next - Air Date 2-12-25
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: You know, I hear theories about folks being motivated to behave in certain ways because of their childhoods, and it makes me slightly suspicious, just because, I don't know, people grow up and they change their minds. Do you think Musk could have other motivations for why he'd be so interested in South Africa, tweeting so voraciously about it?
CHRIS MCGREAL: I think certainly there are business interests involved for Musk right now. For many years, he paid little attention to South Africa and It's notable that he has started to latch onto this idea that Whites are victims of discrimination, of being persecuted through a new kind of racist system, just as he's also been trying to get his Starlink into the country and run into South Africa's Black empowerment laws, which essentially require Black ownership of a chunk [00:17:00] of the company. I think it's about 30 percent depending on the business you're in. Musk is portraying that as a racist law, as a racist anti-White law, when it's a legitimate attempt to make sure that Black people have investments in the economy and benefiting from the economy as White people have done.
But it's notable that Musk has ramped up this whole idea that there's White genocide, Whites are being persecuted, a new racist system, just as he's also trying to get the terms on which Starlink could do business in South Africa changed.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: Yeah, tell me more about what this Starlink contract could mean for Musk and his businesses and what it could mean for South Africa.
CHRIS MCGREAL: Well, the idea would be that Starlink... so, you know, South Africa being a huge sprawling country with large rural areas that are difficult to get conventional kind of internet lines to and all of the rest, it would provide some kind of service for farmers and for others who live in rural areas.
So, there would be [00:18:00] a few hundred million, I believe, would be invested in this and he would expect to get a good return from that. That's why we're going in to do it. it's interesting to note that he's being backed in this. There's a petition been raised by AfriForum, which is this Afrikaner rights group that's been accused of being essentially a White supremacist group and which has done much to make the false claims of White genocide here in the United States and to push them towards Trump.
It's now adopting Musk's language and saying that essentially he's being blocked because of his race and that actually having Starlink in South Africa would help save the lives of White farmers who don't have good communications. So, you can see now the merging of those two things of this long term campaign by AfriForum to persuade the Trump administration that they're victims of the post-apartheid order, with their direct backing now of Musk's business interests and claims.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: Elon [00:19:00] Musk and South African President Cyril Ramaphosa spoke by phone last week. Do we know what was said on this phone call?
CHRIS MCGREAL: Essentially, Ramaphosa was trying to get Musk to get Trump to dial back both the rhetoric and the threats and the cutoff of aid and all of the rest.
I'm sure Musk had something to say about Starlink. We know, from before this, that the South African government has been considering allowing Musk to bypass the Black empowerment requirement, for Black businesses to have a stake in his Starlink cooperation in South Africa, by allowing him to invest in other social programs to an equal value.
So, South Africa is saying, Well, look, maybe we can work around that. And I would imagine that that would also have been part of the call as Ramaphosa tries to diffuse this whole thing.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: You know, I'm wondering if you can step back a little bit, because you reported from South Africa during the end of apartheid, right?
CHRIS MCGREAL: I did. [00:20:00]
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: I wonder how that experience maps on to what you're seeing now in the United States as someone who reports from here. Is there anything that strikes you about this transition to this new administration where you think, I was in this totally different place. I can understand what's happening here in a way that maybe the people who've been in this place the whole time can't.
CHRIS MCGREAL: Yes, I suppose the closest parallel is with this narrative that turns the oppressors into the victims, I think. And you're now getting a narrative in the United States that is an attempt to say that people who actually have often been in the best position in this country are the victims. Hence, the attack on DEI, hence the attack on people who aren't White in general in some ways. So I think that kind of massaging of the narrative, the flipping of who is really at a disadvantage here, [00:21:00] who is really in charge, it's a clear parallel.
But there are, you know, I'm kind of hesitant to draw parallels, direct parallels, with the apartheid system and years because that was such a complex and individual thing to South Africa. What you have to remember there is that more than 80 percent of the population was Black and 8 percent at that point of the population was White and they were ruling the country. So, there are different forces at work here. I do think that the attack on the courts and the rule of law that may be emerging in this country, we're just seeing the first flickers of it with the reactions from J. D. Vance and others to the judge's orders on the various actions that have been taken by Musk and his DOGE, may also prove a parallel in time.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: Yeah. it's interesting. I see this administration taking aim at diversity, equity and inclusion stuff, which really hasn't been enforced with a full force of law. [00:22:00] And what I see with the Trump administration taking on South Africa is a country that really has tried to grapple with explicit racism and what made apartheid possible and do that through rules about Black business ownership and land ownership. And it makes sense that that country. would be a target for a place that's going so aggressively after DEI. You know?
CHRIS MCGREAL: Well, I think one of the things you see with Musk and Thiel and others of these libertarians that emerged from apartheid South Africa is that they imagined that at the end of apartheid, it was some kind of level playing field and everybody was just beginning at the starting line and they should just pull their socks up and get on with it. And it's an insane idea, given the huge disadvantages that the majority of the population had, not least in education.
Musk benefited from an incredibly good education in one of the best schools in Pretoria. And the idea that the end of apartheid meant that he [00:23:00] was on a beginning at the same starting line as somebody who grew up in a Black township just outside of Pretoria, is ridiculous. But this is very much the idea that Musk and Thiel push. And I think you see the re-domination of that idea in this country, too.
American Jews, Israel, and Palestine w Peter Beinart - American Prestige - Air Date 2-11-25
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: And so what role do you think that the peace process plays in American Jewish memory? Because I think it's actually really key to what happened in Gaza and what's been going on in Israel for the last 10, 15 years in your own community.
PETER BEINART: Right. So, the idea is that basically Palestinians deserve what they get now because they had this opportunity to have their own country and they blew it.
And people don't even use the [unintelligible], people will say, 1947, and I mean they have this whole litany again. These are like statements that kind of, I don't know, it's almost like you push F1 on your keyboard, right? And people repeat them over and over again, as you know, because you're a historian. But if you look at actual scholarship on these things, you actually find there's not really very much scholarly support for this [00:24:00] narrative of they never miss an opportunity, to miss an opportunity, right?
In reality, at each of these junctures, the things that are being offered to Palestinians, if one tries to spend a moment thinking about a Palestinian perspective, it's pretty easy to understand why these things are deeply inadequate from their perspective. But yes, I think this becomes this weird way of kind of saying, okay, now Israel is absolved of all responsibility. Which just doesn't make any sense. Like, even if it were true that the Palestinians had really screwed up 20 years ago, it's like I sometimes imagine, let's imagine that Martin Luther King goes to meet with Lyndon Johnson and Lyndon Johnson says, here's the legislative, here's the civil rights and voting rights act. And the King says, not good enough, screw you. And so it doesn't get passed. And then you say, Well, 20 more years of segregation, they had it coming, right? It just doesn't make any sense, right? Even if you did believe that Palestinians bore all the responsibility. But I do think this is a way, these are the things that people say to allow them to sleep [00:25:00] at night, to allow them to basically to see what's happening in Gaza or the West Bank and be able to say, yeah, that looks really bad. But it's not our fault as a community and it's not the fault of the state that we love.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: And this brings us very naturally to what I wanted to talk about next, which is this process of Palestinian dehumanization amongst American Jews and Israelis as well, but I think we're focusing more on America here.
My ultimate, almost macro level, historical perspective is that the Jewish dehumanization of Palestinian people is almost the cost of becoming fully White in the settler-colonial project of European modernity. That you have the apex of the Jew as 'other' is in the Holocaust. Europe is now Judenrein. That Hitler succeeded, Europe is, not a hundred percent, but not what it was. It is now free of Jews in a real sense. Jews were granted by the Western powers their own settler-colonial state in the Middle East. And the price of becoming fully [00:26:00] enfranchised in the Western mind, or what in academic parlance might be called becoming White, but you don't even need becoming White, people know what I mean. Becoming part of the community comes at the cost of Palestinian dehumanization. And that this is the ultimate sort of path of the Jewish people in modernity since roughly 1500.
I'm just curious what you think about that. And then more broadly, what do you think about Palestinian dehumanization and how it came to be that what happened in Gaza is viewed as in any way, shape, or form acceptable.
PETER BEINART: Yeah, there's so much there. Part of Palestinian dehumanization, to take the context that you're talking about, is simply the dehumanization of people in the colonial world or post-colonial world, who are just considered to be backward and not deserving of the same rights and status as everybody else. And, that's still in Europe...
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: this is of course what the Jews were, internally colonized people, some might say, in Europe themselves, and then they transfer. [00:27:00] Yeah.
PETER BEINART: But the Jews are, on the one hand, Europe's 'other'. And on the other hand, the Jews who create the Zionist movement are very, very European. And so they are thinking about... You know, Said says that it's not coincidence Zionism is born in the high age of imperialism, right? That the notions that the Zionists had about what they were doing in Palestine was very similar to what non-Jewish Europeans were trying to do in other parts of the world.
So, when Herzl writes to Cecil Rhodes, the arch imperialist of Southern Africa, and says, Hey, you should support what we're doing because it's a lot like what you're doing. That's not really surprising, right? These are European projects.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: He's an Austro-Hungarian and the Austro-Hungarian empire is very different from the British overseas empire. So, the move, I think, to Western Europe is actually crucial for Herzl because he's emergent from a very cosmopolitan space and you have another Austrian, like Karl Popper, developing cosmopolitan ideology and that actually you just all should [00:28:00] live in the cities. So, as Herzl moves west, he becomes more almost like genocidal—genocidal is not the right word, but he becomes more colonial. That's probably the right word.
PETER BEINART: And, famously there's a debate. But famously he was in Paris during the Dreyfus Trial and some people say that that's when he lost his belief in European liberalism. So yes, and obviously it's important to say that there were other Jews, many, many other Jews who had different visions of how to solve the Jewish question, whether it was Marxism or liberalism or some kind of nationalism experience that could be exist in Europe, Bundism or these kind of things.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: But capitalism, right? Everyone's equal on the market. I think that's Soros. That's why Soros became, it's like everyone's equal on the market. Now you're just, how much money you can move around? And I think that's really actually important to understand.
PETER BEINART: But when you think about today though, I think you're also right that, certainly, on the political right in the United States, in Europe, and even [00:29:00] in the center to some degree, I think the esteem that people have for Jews is very much connected to the Israeli project and the fact that Israel in some ways is, for a lot of folks, a kind of more successful version of the kind of settler-colonial state than they see in their own countries.
In some ways, imagine if you're a right wing Canadian or Australian and you think, Oh my gosh, we have these land acknowledgements all over the place. Like, we go around flagellating ourselves all the time for this kind of thing. Look at Israel, right? They don't feel this sense of self hatred. They're proudly, strongly nationalistic. They believe in the kids serve in the military. They have an immigration policy that maintains their demographic majority. They haven't all become secular. This is what we want in the west more generally. And I think that's obviously completely connected to the dehumanization and degradation of Palestinians and what makes [00:30:00] Israel such an icon for so many people around the world in the west and beyond the West, Narendra Modi too.
West Bank Annexation Inevitable - The Majority Report - Air Date 2-6-25
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Can you talk a little bit more about that, Zach? Like, that being such an escalation because people that may not be as familiar with the distinction between like the West Bank and Gaza. Gaza's bombed all the time. The West Bank is bombed occasionally, but it's mostly this rolling violence and seizure of land and vigilantes and IDF people shooting people and killing them in a more targeted way.
ZACHARY FOSTER: The West Bank is divided into three areas. These three areas being area A, B, and C as a result of the Oslo process. And area C, which has about 150, 000 Palestinians, Israeli soldiers and Israeli settlers have been terrorizing Palestinians on a daily basis for decades. And, ramping up in the past year. We've seen dozens. I think two dozen communities uprooted and ethnically cleansed primarily from area C. We're talking more than 1, 500 Palestinians ethically cleansed from Area C in [00:31:00] just the past 15 and a half months. Then you have Area B, places like Sebastia, in the West Bank, which are now also increasingly coming under threat. We're talking about, how many Palestinians in an area, would be about 500, 000. They're also now facing, these are the sort of semi-rural small towns of the West Bank, they've been facing increasing attacks by settlers.
And now area A, the area with the overwhelming majority of the population of the West Bank, the urban centers, Ramallah, Beit Lahem, Nablus, Jenin, Tul Karem, Hebron, Khalid, these areas are now facing a new level of violence, a level of violence that Palestinians in these areas have not seen in decades. These are areas like Jenin, Annapolis, where the Israeli military is sending multiple, we're talking thousands of Israeli soldiers on the ground, ripping up streets, tearing up civilian infrastructure, destroying the water infrastructure, destroying hundreds of homes, destroying roads, destroying hospitals.
In January, just last month, the Israeli military entered a hospital, [00:32:00] I believe it was in Jenin, and killed three Palestinians. So, these are undercover operations taken, carried out by the Israeli military in civilian areas, dressed up as Palestinian civilians, carrying out the crime of perfidy in international law, which is feigning status as a civilian during armed hostilities in order to kill Palestinians. They're doing it in the West Bank. They've been doing it in Gaza, by the way, as well. Recall that in the Nuseirat refugee camp in this past summer, when the Israeli military entered that refugee camp to rescue four Israeli hostages, they killed 274 Palestinians at the same time.
And it was during that operation where they feigned status as both Palestinian civilians and as Palestinian aid workers. And so they're doing that in Gaza, they're doing that in the West Bank as well. It's a very frightening time right now for everyone in the West Bank, not only because they're dramatically expanding the military campaigns in the West Bank, both in the tactics and in the methods and in the strategies and area A, B and C, as we already said, but [00:33:00] we're also now getting a confirmation that the plan really is annexation. We've known this all along, but if you follow the reports of B'Tselem, and if you follow the reports of Peace Now, every week, every month, the Israeli civilian administration takes another step and people think annexation is like, one day it's not annexed, the next day it is. That's not how it works. It's an incremental process, every week, every month, there's a new policy, a new regulation, which gradually incorporates the West Bank into the Israeli civilian administration.
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: And It was announced this morning that the Israeli military has been told by higher ups to begin to plan to remove those remaining Palestinians from Gaza. And what that removal looks like is going to be incredibly violent. Can you react to that instruction? And give us some historical context about how many times Israel has tried to ethically cleanse Gaza, and they've failed. So, bad record. [00:34:00]
ZACHARY FOSTER: First of all, what we hear and what we see from Gaza is that Palestinians have no intent on leaving. So any kind of relocation effort is going to be forcible. It's not going to be voluntary. And Israel always blurs the lines between forced relocation and voluntary relocation. They forced Palestinians historically, as you pointed out. Israel has attempted to relocate, i. e. ethnically cleansed Palestinians from Gaza on countless occasions. They tried to do it in '48. It was through American pressure, 1948, it was through American pressure, the American most senior diplomat in Israel at the time, told the Israeli military, this is the end of the war, in late '48, early 1949: no, you're going to withdraw your troops from Gaza Strip and Sinai now. And it was only because of that American pressure in 1948-49, that Gaza wound up in the hands of Egypt rather than Israel.
And then in '56, when Israel re-invaded the Gaza Strip, they slaughtered, they went on a campaign, they slaughtered 150 Palestinians in Khan [00:35:00] Yunis, they slaughtered another 100 in Rafah, with the goal to incentivize flight. The same thinking that they adopted in '48 was you slaughter a few hundred here, incentivize the rest to leave this They did the same thing in '56, except '56 was not '48 and the Palestinians did not leave. Only about a thousand left after those massacres and then when the Israeli prime minister at the time realized he could not compel Palestinians to leave by force, they started to develop plans to figure out ways of, ridding Gaza of its Palestinian refugees. When they reoccupied Gaza in '67, they did the same thing. They developed a plan to ethnically cleanse Gaza. And this was at the highest levels. The Israeli cabinet met on June 18th and June 19th, 1967. They made a few decisions. One of which was we will annex Gaza, after we can, after we're able to rid the population of most of its refugees. That was the decision made in June 1967, a week after Israel conquered that territory. And then from the period June 1967 to December [00:36:00] 1967, Israel settled on a plan to depopulate this strip. And, basically from the end of the war in '67, until about the end of 1969-1970. Israel compelled 70, 000 Palestinians in Gaza to leave. And then from 1970-1972, Israel realized they weren't going to be able to compel more than that through these incentive programs, and so they did it by force.
And Ariel Sharon enters the Gaza Strip in 1971 with a plan to "thin out" the Palestinian population in the Gaza Strip. They enter the refugee... they first enter Jabali in 1971, they displace hundreds of families, they expel 12, 000 Palestinian family members of fighters. So these are innocent civilians by Israel's own admission. They expel them to Sinai. They continue in 1972. They try more attempts in 1974 and 1976. But the whole plan all along, well into the 1990s, is to rid Gaza of its refugees. Anyone who leaves the Gaza Strip or the [00:37:00] West Bank for more than three years is not able to return. They lose their residency rights.
Israel has been in a constant effort over the past 56 years in Gaza and the West Bank to figure out ways of getting them out, of pushing them out, because Zionism is a political philosophy that says, how do we create a Jewish state in a land that's mostly non-Jewish? How do we create Jewish domination and Jewish control in a land that is mostly non-Jewish? Well, the easiest way of doing it is just getting rid of all those non-Jews.
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: By killing or by forcible transfer, and that is what Zionism is, folks. And I think people are starting to wake up to the contradictions of what liberal Zionism is and what we need to do. Although we still need, one, and I was saying this before the show, the evolution in this conversation is an endorsement of a one democratic state from the river to the sea. And we have still yet to see a politician in this country make that case, even the good ones that are standing up for genocide, against genocide. That is what the solution needs to be. Like South Africa, it must be imposed upon [00:38:00] them.
Israelis and Palestinians Standing Together - Ralph Nader Radio Hour - Air Date 2-15-25
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: Listeners, this group standing together is an enormously courageous group, given all the repression that's going on now and the censorship against dissent by the Netanyahu regime. I want to ask you the first question, tell us a little bit about your group, how involved the Arab Israelis are with the Israeli Jews that are the core of your mission and why you're named Standing Together, and whether you're growing in these times of tumult.
ALON-LEE GREEN: Thank you for these questions. And yes, Standing Together is a Jewish Palestinian movement in Israel, bringing together the Jewish citizens of Israel and the Palestinian citizens of Israel to fight together for peace, against the war, against the occupation, for equality, for social justice. And we are growing in the last 16 months, since October 7th, since the war started. At the beginning, it was terrible. It was lonely. It was, you know, a nightmare that [00:39:00] didn't stop since then. But in the last few months, we created enough space for our message to be heard and accepted by many more than the beginning of the war.
We believe our message is just the common sense. If we control, militarily control, millions of people that are not the citizens of Israel, we will never be safe. If we refuse to go to peace, we will have endless wars. If we keep on building settlements in the West Bank and keep oppressing Palestinians wherever they live on the land, we, as Jewish people, will never have safety and a quiet life.
So we call for peace. We call for Israeli Palestinian peace. And we bring together the two main groups of our society inside the Israeli country. And it has been tough, but it's also have been hopeful to see that despite of all the hatred and the violence and the grief and the sorrow, we are able to stand together to create this space where Jews and Palestinians can grieve together, can cry sometimes [00:40:00] together, but also can dream of a better future together and act for this future.
RALPH NADER - HOST, RALPH NADER RADIO HOUR: Well, on December 13th in the New York Times, Alon-Lee, sixteen Israeli human rights groups, B'Tselem, Breaking the Silence, Refusenik, Rabbis for Human Rights, and others, called on President Biden to stop what they called "the catastrophe in Gaza". And that was an outstanding statement at the time, and the press didn't pick it up, there were no editorials, it just spoke for itself.
But, what it said to the American people who read that open letter to Biden is that there are very courageous people in Israel who understand the basic principles of Judaism, who understand what a democracy is all about, including dissent being the mother of almost all assent, and who are not just speaking out, but they're actually organizing demonstrations.
Standing Together organized [00:41:00] the biggest demonstration, calling for a ceasefire agreement, hostage deal since October 7th, drawing tens of thousands to the streets across the country. And with that background, I want to ask you the question: what's the status of the Arab Israelis? They must be under tremendous pressure. They've been very quiet. There have been no reports of any violence by them or against them. But maybe that's because the media is not reporting much about Arab Israelis.
Could you tell us about them and what their numbers are and how many of them have risen to become doctors and pharmacists?
ALON-LEE GREEN: Yeah, it's a very good question. A context is to say that 20 percent of all the citizens of Israel are Palestinian citizens of Israel. You can call them Arab Israelis. A lot of them would prefer to be called Palestinian citizens of Israel.
They are part of the Palestinian people living on the same land that Jews live. Roughly the numbers of Jews on the land are 7 million. The Palestinians are also 7 million. 2 [00:42:00] million of them are citizens of the Israeli state and live in either solely Palestinian cities or mixed cities together with Jews like Haifa and Jaffa and Lod and Ramle and Akko.
In the last 20 years, we see a big shift inside this population from being, you know, more traditional. They assimilate much strongly in the society, they go to university, they become doctors, they become pharmacists, they become lawyers, see a lot of meeting places in our society. And, of course, it creates a lot of amazing and good effects on our society, but also it creates a lot of racism and pushbacks from the extreme Jewish right wing in Israel.
Since October 7th, this population, the Palestinian citizens of Israel, have been under great, great attack from the establishment, from the government in Israel, threatening them to not dare to sound a voice, to not dare to stand in solidarity with their families or people in Gaza or the West Bank. And basically they've been persecuted [00:43:00] into being criminalized if you claim that you're Palestinian and not just an Arab, which is a problem because they are Palestinians.
We saw a phenomenon of a lot of students from universities being kicked out of school just because of writing a post on social media, 'don't kill Palestinian children', or saying 'cease fire'. That was a reason to kick them out of school or to even fire doctors from hospitals in Israel. So that was the beginning of the war.
Right now, we do see that more Palestinians in Israel have the support around them to show solidarity with Gaza. Standing Together has become the largest group that is organizing Palestinians in the fight against the war or a ceasefire. We had a huge campaign collecting aid from Israeli cities, mainly Palestinian cities in Israel, to bring into Gaza.
And we saw tens of thousands of Palestinian citizens donating aid to Gaza in a very political campaign that said also, 'stop the war', [00:44:00] 'stop the starvation in Gaza', 'we stand with our people in Gaza'. So basically that's the status right now. You can see more Palestinians in Israel showing up in this struggle, but the fear from the government, from the police, is very, very serious.
On The Ground in Gaza Serving the People in Palestine - Rev Left Radio - Air Date 2-11-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REV LEFT RADIO: Can you talk about your, the horrors and the tragedies we understand and, They're worth saying because you need to see the realities and the contours of what's actually happening and the lives actually impacted.
But last time you came on, you talked about your personal relationship with the Palestinians that you met, their generosity, and that was a heartening aspect of it because, under The worst crimes of the century and under unimaginable conditions, there's still a beauty, a love for life, a generosity, to strangers, right?, that is profound and speaks not only to the Palestinian spirit, but to the best of the human spirit. Can you talk about some of the positive relationships that you, might have been able to, develop this time around?
WILLY MASSAY: Yes, one of the relationships I developed was with the kids that were [00:45:00] living in the, sleeping on the hospital hallways.
So every morning I get up, I go get ready, and I'm going to the emergency room. these kids would be outside playing and be waiting. Really? Really? I was like, I don't even know how they remembered my name. But, I started giving them some chocolate that I brought in because these kids have not had chocolate, a piece of chocolate for over, over 14 months or so.
and, so we'll take, they will be asking me, Surah, surah, surah means let's take a picture. Let's take a picture. and we'll take a picture and we'll, they taught, they start teaching me how to count in Arabic. and, I can count up to 20 now. So I'm getting better. the amazing, children.
And these children will be saying, can I come with you to America? Can I see how America looks like? I said, I wish I can take all you to America, but, there's a lot of American people who love you, but there's some who probably will hate you just because you're [00:46:00] from Gaza. But I don't say that to them.
But, they just want to hear America and they're like, Oh, you're from America. How's America? do you know my cousin that his name is so and so? He lives in this city. He drives a Mercedes Benz, right? It's a big big big country, but this is the world view I want folks to remember the world view of these children growing up in Gaza.
Gaza is very small So everybody knows everybody so it's kind of cute in a way that everybody knows everybody if you're looking for someone in Gaza And they want you to somebody will know someone they will find for you but, this is the worldview they see, this is how they look at this, their lens.
I said, no, but I'll keep an eye out, but is that innocence in the beauty of the Palestinian people? I want to tell folks this, I want to tell you all this, Palestinian people are the most resistant, most beautiful, [00:47:00] powerful. people you ever meet, the generosity and the kindness of the people.
It's amazing. one night we were just sitting there and somebody had, Nescafe, two packets of Nescafe. There was like eight of us. So this brother is like, okay, we gotta make Nescafe. I'm looking, how many Nescafe? He's like, Oh, I got two packets. So he brought this tiny little cups of coffee to split that Nescafe of two packets to these eight guys.
And I'm thinking, I am an American and I'm, I have a, I have about maybe 20 Nescafé, packets in my bag. I'm keeping, I'm, trying to, I'm trying to say this all for tomorrow, this for tomorrow. And I'm thinking, why am I worried about tomorrow? Just bring all the Nescafé right now to these brothers.
Let's enjoy it. And these sisters here. What's the point?
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REV LEFT RADIO: Because that's what he was doing.
WILLY MASSAY: That's what he was doing. He's he's, this is all he had. And it's here we go. Let's enjoy it. Let's drink Nescafé. It's the middle of the [00:48:00] night. But meanwhile. as in America, we want to think forward.
Okay. I'm going to preserve this for tomorrow. we keep things, we hoard things and I'm thinking, why am I hoarding Nescafe for the next 20 days? I'm just going to give it out. Let's do it. I can survive without Nescafe. So the generosity and the kindness of the people, it's amazing. I had this respiratory infection when I was there my second week.
I was really, sick, but I said, I am going to work. I'm going to work. You can take me over my dead body. I'll be still be working unless I'm really dead, and this, nurses and doctors, they bringing me herbs like sage and mint is not available. Now it's winter, but somehow somebody's found it.
They're bringing this, all these herbs that some of them, I don't even remember the names. They're like, you drink this with a little honey. They just, there's no honey, but somehow somebody found a tiny little [00:49:00] bottle of honey. They brought it to help me. And the, people I went to take care of, they became my nurses and my doctors, my caretaker, and teachers teaching me about these herbs.
And my, flu cleared. So this is the people that we are watching, that Israel is, ethnically cleansing. And all they're asking is for the world to wake up. Please wake up and, see our cause. Please fight for us. This is all what the Palestinian people are asking.
Note from the Editor on why Israel and Gaza are not are complicated as you may think
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with Pod Save the World laying out the dramatically negative potential impacts of Trump's plan for Gaza. Today, Explained explained Trump's interest in South Africa. What Next? dove into Elon Musk's interest and influence on South Africa. American Prestige laid out some historical context of the attempted peace process in Israel and Palestine. The Majority Report looked at the [00:50:00] escalating violence in the West Bank. The Ralph Nader Radio Hour highlighted the Standing Together movement in Israel, comprised of both Jewish and Palestinian citizens. And Rev Left Radio spoke about the enduring human spirit that continues to thrive in Palestine. And those were just the Top Takes, there's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support all of our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new. members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (There's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
If you have questions or would like your comments included in the show, our upcoming topics include the dangers of RFK Jr. and the future of health in America, [00:51:00] and the widespread corruption absolutely endemic to Trump and just about everyone that surrounds him. So get your comments and questions in for those topics or anything else. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. We're also findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the handle bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I just want to highlight something that I think is at the core of a lot of discussion about Israel and Palestine, which is that if you think it's complicated, like overly complicated, so much so that you're not sure that your opinions are valid, it's not your fault. It's been presented as overly complicated for a very long time. It's not a conspiracy, exactly. There are some legitimate complications at the heart of the conflict. But as things got [00:52:00] less and less complicated over long periods of time, those who have an ideological interest in propping up their own side's narrative continued to go back to the old "It's complicated" talking point, because it worked to tamp down uncomfortable questions that they didn't want asked. People feel intimidated by feeling that they don't know enough, so they just shut up.
Some, who continue to beat the "it's complicated" drum, may be cynical about this and know that they're lying, but I'd guess that the vast majority of staunch supporters of Israel who defend against, or simply wave away, legitimate accusations of war crimes, human rights abuses, up to and including genocide and ethnic cleansing, truly believe themselves to be right to fall back on the idea that it's simply too complicated for those accusations to be accurate.
But in reality, even when you factor in all of the complications of history and context of the [00:53:00] land, the people, and the conflict, you get down to the very core of it, and as Ta-Nehisi Coates recognized when he visited the area in recent years, it's just not as complicated as we've been led to believe.
Before the recent war, it was already a system similar to Jim Crow America or Apartheid South Africa, where people had different rights based on their ethnicity and religion.
There is no context in which that is a legitimate way to run a society. Not because Jews don't have a well-earned fear that they may be targeted as a group, but because escaping the evils of an ethnostate in Europe only to form your own ethnostate puts you on the same path that leads to similar evil ends. Ethnostate is always the wrong answer, even if the question of how to keep a group of people safe is a reasonable one.
You don't need a PhD in Middle East studies to have a legitimate opinion on the wildly unbalanced [00:54:00] power dynamics between Israel and Palestine, or how those power dynamics, coupled with the anti-Arab racism endemic in the US that helps propel our unflinching support for a far-right maniac like Netanyahu and his government, are being used to pursue ethnic cleansing. And to understand that ethnic cleansing is wrong, just in case that needs to be spelled out for some.
What's really complicated is not whether or not it should be considered okay for Israel to commit crimes against humanity, just because some in power feel strongly that they should be allowed to. What's complicated, and more necessary to understand, is the psychological element of why a people born into a post-Holocaust world would gravitate toward a series of choices that would lead them from collective victim to perpetrator.
I've said it before, but it bears repeating: Israel and Palestine don't need military [00:55:00] support and shipments of weapons; they all need therapists if there's going to be any progress toward peace without extermination.
SECTION A: TRUMP’S GAZA PROPOSAL
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: and now, we'll continue to dive deeper on five topics today. Next up, section A, Trump's Gaza proposal, followed by section B, Afrikaners and Trump, Section C, West Bank Violence, Section D, Historical Context, and Section E, Resistance.
‘American imperialism’- Trump says ‘we’ll own’ Gaza, using terms 'like a real estate developer’ - The ReidOut - Air Date 2-4-25
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: There are days and nights in this business when you have to leave open the possibility that you can still be surprised. I might even say stunned. I think this is one of those days. Donald Trump making news in the biggest possible way. I'm going to read you the quotes that I think are stunning to just about everyone who heard them today after a day of.
Calling for the people of Gaza who he numbered at 1.8 million to be relocated out of the Gaza Strip today, Donald Trump said the following about the Palestinian people. [00:56:00] They could instead occupy all of a beautiful area with homes and safety, and they can live out their lives in peace and harmony.
Instead of having to go back and do it again, the us the US will take over the Gaza Strip and we will do it, and we will do a job with it too. We'll own it. And be responsible for dismantling all of the dangerous unexploded bombs and other weapons on the site. Level the site. and get rid of the destroyed buildings when he was pressed on whether or not he would be willing to use the military to accomplish the U.
S. Takeover of the Gaza Strip. He doubled down on that, said we will do what's necessary. We'll do what's necessary. If it's necessary, we'll do that. We're going to take over the peace and we're going to develop it. He referred to the Gaza Strip as the Riviera of the Middle East. He said that world people world people will live in Gaza, including Palestinians and anyone else, I suppose, that wants to live in this new real estate [00:57:00] development.
He proposed today. Um, this was stunning. And this came in a press conference with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, his first trip to the United States since he was labeled a war criminal by the International Criminal Court with arrest warrants issue. This is one of the few countries where Prime Minister Netanyahu can travel because the United States does not recognize the authority of the International Criminal Court, which rendered a judgment to that genocide and apartheid had taken place inside of Israel.
Disregarding the war in Gaza. So this was their joint press conference following a bilateral meeting. A stunner, a stunner by any, uh, by any definition of the word. I'm joined now by Vaughn Hilliard, White House correspondent for NBC news and Alex Wagner, host of Alex Wagner tonight. Um, and also Trump world, Trump, Trump, Trump land.
It's where it's,
ALEX WAGNER - HOST, MSNBC: it's, it's a world. Yeah,
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: [00:58:00] Vaughn. I do want to go to you first because this is a stunner. I'm just assuming that there is a lot of reaction right now to what we just heard. Official reaction, please share. I mean,
VAUGHN HILLYARD: actually, I've been to a few people and there's just silence. I mean, let's be very clear outside of Jared Kushner making a passing remark, a seemingly passing remark back in March of Gaza having beautiful waterfront property.
We have not heard the words of candidate Donald Trump or President Trump suggest the takeover of a land where millions of people call home. The moving them out and the taking over and the ownership of the United States. And I think that what this represents, I think, cannot be overstated here. Back in the first Trump administration, there was some semblance of a, of a, of a governing structure in the Trump administration.
In 2020, with the help of Jared Kushner, they did put forward what they call the two state solution proposal, right? There was going to be a, a, two states, and yet there was going to have to have, uh, uh, have Israeli security forces overseeing the Palestinian state, uh, [00:59:00] Palestinian president Abbas completely rejected it.
Okay. But at least it was some sort of a plan or something that was put forward. This is not anything of a plan. This is a complete American imperialism, uh, at its roots, at its core. Donald Trump suggesting that, uh, uh, uh, this land in the Middle East would be better occupied and overseen by America, I, I just don't think we can really begin to even comprehend What we're hearing two weeks in from this administration in terms of, in terms of the role that the United States is supposed to play.
And even baby not Yahoo stood next to him and said, I think that the American president sees maybe a different plan than what I do. But this is, it's just remarkable. And I don't think the silence, he
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: seemed stunned as well. I will say that BB Net and Yahoo Prime Minister Netanyahu definitely also seemed a bit stunned and taken aback.
and attempted to respond to it. Donald Trump also said that he has taken no position on Israeli sovereignty in the West Bank. That is also a dramatic change in position from the United States position. He [01:00:00] also acknowledged that Gaza has been crushed. He said it's been leveled. He's been, it's destroyed.
It's a demolition site. Um, BB Netanyahu, as he was describing the destruction of Gaza. That BB Netanyahu's president, Prime Minister Netanyahu's own military cause, he seemed to acknowledge that complete destruction, but his answer all day today has been permanent displacement or at least temporary until they're allowed to move back with the world people of the Palestinian people in Gaza.
This is actually stunning.
The ripple effects of Trump's plan to 'own' Gaza - Diane Rehm On My Mind - Air Date 2-13-25
DIANE REHM - HOST, ON MY MIND: What do you think the message, the overall message is that Donald Trump is trying to send to the Middle East countries in general?
AARON DAVID MILLER: I think, in general, it's, with the exception of Israel, in general, it's, if you want support from the United States, free riding is over.
You're gonna have to stand up in a way that you haven't stood up before. [01:01:00] Marco Rubio was quoted just yesterday, and he's going to the region, Secretary of State Rubio, going to the region, that this is a region, he said, where people talk, but they don't do. And that comment, I think, was directed. Toward the Arab world.
So you have a transactional president. You see it everywhere, right? In tariffs, you see it in his bid to buy Greenland, you see it in his efforts to, uh, get, uh, Panama to decrease the amount of tolls that U. S. shipping pays through going through the canal by threatening. That the Panamanians are handing the canal over to China in violation of the 1978 treaties everywhere.
And you're going to see it on Ukraine too. Yes. He's trying to strike a deal with Zelensky. Ukrainians would turn over access to the rare minerals that they contain their [01:02:00] deposits in exchange for whatever Trump is going to give them. There is no value component to his foreign policy. I would argue there's very little strategy.
Uh, and I think it, it reflects. What we now see, um, and what we now see is a man, in my judgment, unlike any other president in American history. I would include Richard Nixon in this category as well. Harry Truman, Diane once quipped that Nixon may have read the Constitution but he didn't understand it.
Donald Trump just wants to put the Constitution aside. He is incapable, I'll phrase it this way, of turning the M in me, upside down, so it becomes a W in we. We have never had a president whose ambitions, whose motives, whose prejudices and sensibilities have no broader reach [01:03:00] than beyond his own political interests, his self interest, his vanity.
But it is stunning the degree to which norms and institutions That have, with all its imperfections, Diane, that has guided the Republic through decades, now seem to be, they no longer matter.
DIANE REHM - HOST, ON MY MIND: You think that his instincts as a real estate developer are more at play here than his Knowledge, understanding of and behavior toward the interplay and the cooperation among various countries of the world.
It's as though he's saying, I want the Gulf of Mexico, I want the Panama Canal. [01:04:00] I want Canada. I want Greenland. It's an acquisitive, um, aspiration that seems to move him to talk about Gaza. I mean, he's talking about not foreign policy at all, but
AARON DAVID MILLER: acquisition. Yeah, it's a very, I've never heard quite expressed that way, but the acquisitive character, the need to acquire, um, you know, it's symptomatic to kind of putting his name, the Trump brand, on all of these buildings, beginning with Trump Tower.
I mean, yes, it's the opportunistic, transactional, acquisitive character of a real estate developer. But You know, the American Republic is not some plaything that is there for Donald Trump's amusement and enrichment. You know, [01:05:00] presidents have obligations and responsibilities to the Constitution, first and foremost.
But the Constitution doesn't figure. at all in his sensibilities. He comes from a world in which you give only if you get. He comes from a world in which you, if you're criticized and you are hit, you don't absorb, you don't understand. You hit back, and you hit back harder. I mean, Donald Trump was the first Republican candidate to win the popular vote since 2004.
His victory was only the third narrowest in terms of the, of the popular vote. So Does he have a mandate? It's not. It's really kind of irrelevant. He is doing and acting, you know, I think about what FDR said about the office of the presidency. It's a place for moral leadership. And I just,[01:06:00]
uh, it troubles me, to say the least.
Shelter urgently needed in Gaza, Israeli raids in occupied West Bank - Al Jazeera News Updates - Air Date 2-11-25
AL JAZEERA ANCHOR: Thousands of Palestinians returning to their homes in northern Gaza are being met with new challenges. Their homes are destroyed, the tents they've been using for months through the wind and rain are now in many cases barely usable. And now There's more bad weather. Trucks and cars trying to pass through the Netserim Corridor are slowly navigating muddy roads because of overnight rain.
Aid agencies say the 200, 000 tents and 60, 000 mobile homes that are supposed to be delivered under the ceasefire agreement need to be urgently brought in. Hamas has accused Israel of violating the deal by restricting the flow of aid and shelter. In other developments, U. S. President Donald Trump has repeated his comments about taking over Gaza and says countries in the region could be allowed to develop parts of it.
DONALD TRUMP: I'm committed to buying and owning Gaza. As far as [01:07:00] us rebuilding it, we may give it to other states in the Middle East to build sections of it. Uh, other people may do it through our auspices, but we're committed to owning it, taking it. And making sure that Hamas doesn't move back. There's nothing to move back into.
Well,
AL JAZEERA ANCHOR: Hamas has condemned Trump's proposal in a post on Telegram. Hamas official Izzat Al Rishk says Trump's statements are absurd and reflect a deep ignorance of Palestine in the region. Gaza, he says, is not a property that can be bought and sold. And it is an integral part of our occupied Palestinian land.
Dealing with the Palestinian issue with the mentality of a real estate dealer is a recipe for failure. He says Gaza belongs to its people and they will not leave it except to their cities and villages occupied in 1948. The Israeli military has continued its raids in the occupied West Bank, detaining two people on Monday.
Its forces [01:08:00] also set fire to a house in the town of Silat al Harithya, west of Jenin City, at dawn. The fire forced residents to flee. Several houses in the area have been destroyed in the past few weeks as Israeli troops step up their assault. Israeli forces stormed an area in Hebron and raided the home of a Palestinian prisoner who was released on Saturday as part of the latest exchange of captives and prisoners with Hamas.
Palestinian fighters battled Israeli forces near the house.
SECTION B: AFRIKANERS AND TRUMP
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering section B, Afrikaners and Trump.
Elon's African roots Part 2 - Today, Explained - Air Date 2-13-25
NOEL: JONNY STEINBERG [writer and senior lecturer at Yale]: Afrikaners are the descendants of the first white people who settled in South Africa. That dates from 1652. At the time, Holland was a great imperial power. About a century and a half later, when Holland was in trouble in the Napoleonic Wars, Britain took over the Cape Colony, a whole lot of English speaking white people arrived. And it was the descendants who formed themselves into Afrikaner nationalists, into a nationalist project in the late 19th, early 20th century. And I [01:09:00] guess it was to stand up against the British and to suppress Black people. And that project saw its culmination in 1948, when the party of Afrikaner Nationalism, the National Party, came to power and instituted apartheid.
And what was it like? What was apartheid like?
JONNY: You know, apartheid is famously one of many brutal regimes in the 20th century.
<CLIP> APARTHEID: 20TH-CENTURY SLAVERY [1971]: The policy of apartheid, literally separateness, has been elevated by the government of South Africa from a mere theory of racial superiority to the law of the land.
<CLIP> AL JAZEERA:
Tania Page: For decades the National Party enforced racial segregation and violently repressed any dissent. Many died fighting it. Some famous, others forgotten by all but their families.
JONNY: Many millions of people were displaced from their homes. You know, in the political struggle against apartheid, many thousands of people were killed and detained. It was a long, bitter, bloody, difficult struggle for democracy, which miraculously [01:10:00] ended peacefully in a negotiated settlement in 1994.
NOEL: What happened in ‘94?
JONNY: Well, four years earlier, in 1990, the last president of apartheid, F. W. de Klerk, released Nelson Mandela…
<CLIP> SABC NEWS: There’s Mr. Mandela. Mr. Nelson Mandela, a free man taking his first steps into a new South Africa.
…unbanned his party, the ANC, and decided that apartheid would end by a negotiated settlement with the people who were once his enemy.
<CLIP> NELSON MANDELA FOUNDATION:
F.W. De Klerk: The eyes of the world are presently focused on all South Africans. All of us now have an opportunity and the responsibility to prove that we are capable of a peaceful process in creating a new South Africa.
JONNY: You know, a lot of people died in those four years. There was a lot of violence. It was a complicated process, but it was in the end a peaceful settlement that both sides agreed to, bringing in [01:11:00] democracy in April 1994.
<CLIP> CBS NEWS: More than 300 years of white domination ended for good with the swearing in of Nelson Mandela as this African nation's first Black president.
Nelson Mandela: “So help me God”
NOEL: So the Afrikaners went from having all of the power and from having this system, apartheid, that basically kept them in power. After the negotiated settlement, what happened to this group?
JONNY: It was a pretty gentle settlement on white people. Afrikaans people were about just over half of the white population. Most people carried on living their lives pretty much as they were before, to be honest.
NOEL: Hm.
JONNY: You know, that's a simple version of the story. When you scratch underneath, more complicated things are happening.
SCORING IN <Dibombe - APM>
One of the things happening is that crime rates absolutely soared in the late apartheid and early post apartheid era. And white people became victims of crimes in ways that they didn't know under apartheid, which was very frightening. I mean, another thing happening – and, and this is about the land, this is not about all white people or all Afrikaans people -- but is about [01:12:00] farmers. A policy of land redress was introduced in the mid 1990s. And to explain what happened, it's necessary to go back to 1913 when a law was passed disallowing Black ownership of land in South Africa. Many, many people displaced from their land in the decades after that. By the early 1970s, several million people had been displaced from their land. And a policy of redress was set in place in the mid 1990s and, among other things, it allowed people who could show that they had had their land taken away from them after 1913 to get it back. But not by confiscating land, not by taking it away from those who owned it, but by buying it back at market prices. So that was the core of the land reform scheme, just stated at its most simple.
SCORING OUT
NOEL: So in the mid 1990s, there's this process of land reform, and it's now 30 years later. Is that process still underway?
JONNY: It is [01:13:00] underway and, you know, I think many white people's grievances about that process are, are less about the policies themselves and the way that they've been implemented. Black and white South Africans are both enormously, enormously frustrated with South Africa's government for its levels of inefficiency and its corruption. And very often anger at, at that, melds with anger over the substance and the content of policy. You know, a fair amount of land has been redistributed. It has not been a particularly successful or a particularly well managed process. It has left both poor Black people and white landholders and others dissatisfied. So a lot has to do with the corruption and inefficiencies of the process itself.
NOEL: President Trump doesn't always speak with a great deal of accuracy. When he talks about South Africa now, as he has been doing recently, he will say things like “the land of white South Africans is being stolen.” Is this an idea that Donald Trump just came up with himself, or is this idea prevalent in South Africa also?
JONNY: Well, if you look at South Africans' response to Donald Trump saying [01:14:00] that, nobody has agreed with him.
NOEL: Huh!
JONNY: You know, land has not been stolen from anybody in South Africa since 1994. A lot of land has been bought at market prices and redistributed but not stolen. As for where these ideas come from, there have been South African organizations that have lobbied Trump very, very, vocally, very persistently, for a number of years on matters of land redistribution, but also on matters of crime, of the extent to which people who live in rural South Africa are vulnerable. And many white farmers have been victims of very violent crime. And Trump has heard about all of that from a very vocal, very articulate lobby that says that violent crime against farmers is not coincidental, that it's organized, that there's something behind it. It's an attempt to push them off the land. He has been told that by pretty extreme forces in South African society, not mainstream ones.
NOEL: Could you dig in a bit more on violence against white farmers. What does that mean, what does that look like?
JONNY: So farmers [01:15:00] generally live in remote areas. They're far from rapid response. They're far from police. There are a lot of guns in South Africa. There's a lot of unemployed young men in South Africa, a lot of people making a living from crime. You know, people enter a remote property and hold up the people at gunpoints to take their possessions, sometimes kill them. Sometimes there's a terrible level of brutality in South African predatory crime.
<CLIP> ABC:
Jo-An Engelbrecht: In the last 10, 20 years in this area I can name 20, 30 attacks, murders on farmers.
<CLIP> AFP:
Hans Bergmann: We were busy having breakfast and they just walk around with a shotgun, two pistols and a stick, and they said “we are going to kill you today.”
<CLIP> ABC:
Golden Mtika: Some of them, they have that past ideology of saying, you know, “the farmers took our land for free” and when they go there they take out the anger on them.
Jonathan Holmes: So you think there is a racial…
Golden Mtika: Yes. There is that racial element in it as well.
JONNY: [01:16:00] Levels of violence in South Africa are extreme. You know, in a country of 62, 63 million people, there are 20,000 murders a year. That is breathtaking. It's a violent place. And it's absolutely understandable and natural that, you know, the white farming community would feel under siege, would feel vulnerable, would feel scared. But it's another thing to say that there's an organized plot against them, that this is a manifestation of a deeper attempt to throw them off their land. You know, if you look at who is killed in South Africa, if you look at per capita murder rates, those most vulnerable to being killed are unemployed young Black men. And that's not for a moment to say that white farmers should not feel afraid and should not take action to defend themselves. But the idea that they're especially victimized is untenable.
NOEL: Hmm. And so, responding to this, President Trump has made this offer to help resettle Afrikaners in the United States. Have any of them said, yeah, we'd like to go? What's the response there?
JONNY: <chuckles> [01:17:00] People are pretty bewildered by the offer, you know, including the people who've been lobbying Trump. Nobody has taken him up on it. The head of Agri South Africa – it’s a pretty mainstream, perhaps a center-right organization – said, we're farming here and we're farming successfully.
Trumps South Africa Fixation Part 2 - What Next - Air Date 2-12-25
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: At the center of this back and forth between the Trump administration and South Africa is a law called the Expropriation Act. It was enacted last month, and in very rare cases, it allows the government to take land without compensating the owner.
CHRIS MCGREAL: In fact, the law actually promotes a just and equitable compensation and then permits expropriation in very narrow exceptional circumstances such as the land has been abandoned.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: The Guardian's Chris McGreal told me that misinformation around this law is largely being driven by Afrikaner organizations. Afrikaners are white South Africans who are mostly descended from the Dutch people who colonized this place.
CHRIS MCGREAL: So the central claim being made by Afrikaner [01:18:00] groups and those who promote the idea of a white genocide in South Africa is that the post Apartheid political dispensation is essentially a racial conspiracy against the white minority.
That the whites have gone from being the oppressors to the victims. And there are a couple of things at work here. One of which is post apartheid laws to try and readjust the balance. So to give you an example, Whites make up just 7 percent of the population of South Africa, but they still own more than 70 percent of the land.
And that goes back to colonial era law in 1913, the Land Act, but also apartheid era laws. And part of the, you know, existing policy and laws is to try and redress that balance. And you have broader American will recognize this broader affirmative action programs to promote, you know, black educational education for people who were previously disadvantaged under apartheid, which [01:19:00] is people of mixed race origin, black people, uh, people of Indian and Chinese descent, all of those who were discriminated against.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: It's interesting. You're saying there are all these laws to kind of make things more equitable, but at the same time, you're also saying that A very small percentage of South Africa is made up of white people and a very large amount of the land is owned by them. So while these laws exist, it doesn't sound like a whole lot of people are having their land taken away.
CHRIS MCGREAL: No, and so what you see with these laws across the broad spectrum is that they've changed society in many ways. Uh, you know, black people have much better education and access to higher education, um, even though there's Also massive unemployment amongst blacks. Um, but land is one area where there has been little change.
And, you know, more than 30 years after the end of apartheid, it's, uh, it's a particularly sore area for a lot of people [01:20:00] because the vast majority of the population, black population, is rural and poor and they see the land still in the hands of whites. So, no, it's become a symbol of, of In many ways, what hasn't changed in South Africa and how whites continue to dominate the economy in so many ways.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: So are Afrikaners actually under threat in South Africa?
CHRIS MCGREAL: No, I think that what they've lost their advantage that they had under apartheid and what you're seeing is that there's an attempt, particularly by Afrikaners, to rewrite history and make out that they are the victims of all of this. So for instance, a few years ago, there was a very popular song called Dela Rey, which is about a general from the Boer War.
MARY HARRIS - HOST, WHAT NEXT: For those who don't know about the Boer War, just give me one sentence.
CHRIS MCGREAL: It was essentially that the British sent their armies to conquer these, these two, uh, white republics and, and essentially took their land, took their gold. And after that, the, the [01:21:00] Afrikaners were very much, uh, second class citizens under colonial rule.
Of course, black people were very much third, fourth and fifth class citizens. In that war, there was a A General De La Rey, who fights to the end, even though he knows he's going to lose. And there was a song came out a few years ago, and Afrikaners adopted this song. They were singing it at rugby matches and in bars.
And it was very much portraying themselves again as victims, bypassing apartheid, bypassing all the advantages they'd had, and turning themselves from the oppressor into the victim. And that's how now many of them see themselves as they are, again, the victims in South Africa, even though they've had all the advantages of those many years of apartheid.
South Africa's response to US threats - Focus on Africa - Air Date 2-7-25
CHARLES GITONGA - PRESENTER, FOCUS ON AFRICA: Many people may or may not know that Elon Musk is South African born, but he's tweeted about the South African government before. And in particular, this tweet in [01:22:00] 2023, where he said that. He had heard calls of a genocide of white people and he was referring to the killing of white farmers, which became a flashpoint in South Africa, but now he has the ear of the president, the support of the president.
How can this play out against South Africa?
VERASHNI PILLAY: Indeed, there's a long history of South Africa's race relations being used and sort of leveraged within America, and particularly within Trump's space. Back when Trump was president in 2016, a local group called AfriForum, who tries to perpetuate what is It's really absolutely a myth that white people are being targeted more than any other racial group when it comes to murder and crimes.
They've tried to put out this myth of farm killings. They were quite successful in getting Trump's administration to take that quite seriously back in 2016. Now, as you've pointed out, Elon Musk separately to all of this has also been very vocal about the same issue. Ironically, as a white person who grew up in South Africa and left the country in his teens and who should know [01:23:00] better that there is no white genocide happening off South Africans, but it has become.
A sort of rallying cry for the right across the world. We've seen a conservative Australian prime minister say the same kind of thing previously. And it's sort of a dog whistle to a certain kind of voter to say we will take care of white interests. The fact is that it is very detrimental and it is very false.
What we've seen happen now is all of that just come to a boiling point with Musk now, as you're saying, having the ear of President Donald Trump and also having his own agenda of taking on some of South Africa's laws around ownership. Musk has been wanting to spread his Starlink internet network across the world and South Africa has sort of resisted saying, you know, we have certain laws around local ownership of international businesses.
And Musk has tweeted saying that, um, South Africa has openly racist ownership laws. And many people have speculated that this might be linked to his business interests. So you see all of that coalescing into this. all out attack on South Africa's race relations, including this [01:24:00] misinformation that there's a white genocide happening, that white farmers are being killed, when none of the stats really support that kind of narrative.
It is true that murder is a huge problem in South Africa. It is true that farmers are often targeted, but there's nothing to suggest that white people are targeted more than any other race group.
CHARLES GITONGA - PRESENTER, FOCUS ON AFRICA: So on Thursday, we saw the U. S. Secretary of State, Marco Rubio, accusing South Africa of what he called anti Americanism, and he actually refused to attend the G20 meeting in Johannesburg that's happening later this month.
I'm just wondering whether America wasn't convinced by the latest explanations by the South African president about specifically, let's say, the Land Expropriation Act, for example, and even the call that they had with Elon Musk. Were they not convinced, or is there more to this than what we are seeing now?
VERASHNI PILLAY: There's a lot of different priorities in this particular administration. So Musk might be talking to Ramaphosa and might be having talked down from his particular high perch at this point, but he's not exactly an elected official, [01:25:00] right? So maybe he hasn't spoken to Marco Rubio. We don't actually know what we do know is that this administration has.
come out of the starting blocks in a fashion of just shock and awe. It's just, you know, we're going to take over Greenland. We're going to take over Gaza. We're putting terrorists on China and Canada. There is so much happening so fast that it is hard for anyone to keep track. And I wonder if anybody within the administration itself is keeping track of how rapidly things are moving and all the kind of.
Really extreme positions that this administration is taking outside of the democratic norm. So you saw Secretary Marco Rubio coming out and saying he's not going to attend the G20 summit that is scheduled to take place in Johannesburg later this year. And he did list the land reform bill, which by the way, has nothing to do with land grabs is very similar to other countries policies around land.
He came out saying that that's the reason that he wouldn't want to come. But he also said the reason he didn't want to come is because, uh, South Africa is using G20 to promote solidarity, equality, and sustainability. And everyone around the world is going, what, what is wrong with solidarity, equality, and sustainability?
So in a sense, The land issue might be one [01:26:00] issue, but really, um, as he said in his tweet, his job is to advance America's national interests, not waste taxpayer money. This is his way to signal to his constituency that they are not going to take part in any sort of bilateral agreements or international.
Forums where countries come together to try to find solutions. I mean, you see that they've withdrawn from the Paris climate agreement from the WHO, from all kinds of things. So as, uh, Marco Rubio saying, you know what, we're boycotting G20. It's not because South Africa is doing anything particularly bad.
It's in keeping with a general kind of trend of saying we're, we're an America first administration we're withdrawing. It's about us. We're not going to take part in world affairs unless we're taking over countries like Greenland and territories like Greenland and Gaza. Right. But, um. I don't necessarily think it will fix polio in South Africa because it isn't keeping with what they're doing with other international bodies.
CHARLES GITONGA - PRESENTER, FOCUS ON AFRICA: But the relations that South Africa keeps with Russia and China and Iran seem to make the U. S. very uncomfortable. As you know, this legal challenge against [01:27:00] Israel at the International Court of Justice regarding Gaza is one of those very uncomfortable things that America seems to, they look at it in that.
So how can South Africa navigate this, especially with this new administration of Trump?
VERASHNI PILLAY: You know, absolutely. This is not just about land reform or America's current attitude towards the rest of the world. There are many different threads in South Africa and US' relationship, and one thing that is going to be a sticking point is South Africa sort of taking on a lot of the Western world in terms of its stance.
And Gaza going to the international criminal court arguing for. The genocide to stop against Palestinians. And a lot of that is going to cause some nations to be very uncomfortable, but it is a stance that many of us are proud of, but it is something that is going to definitely play a role in international relations.
The fact is it is a stance that the South Africa is not going to back down on, especially under the current government of the ANC, it is a stance that South Africa is not going to easy step away from. They're going to keep campaigning for this particular issue, as it is very close to the country's heart, [01:28:00] given our history of apartheid, um, the other issues that Absolutely true that South Africa is not playing the game as many Western democracies would like us to play it.
There is the sort of uncomfortable closeness with countries like Russia, countries like China that just shows how South Africa is caught between these different loyalties. On one hand, we want to be seen as a democracy that honors international norms. On the other hand, we're trying to build alliances outside of the dominance of the Western world to kind of show up our security, but that also.
creates the challenge that we are allowing ourselves with non democratic governments and governments that pose a problem to the Western world. So it is a very tricky tightrope to walk. On one hand, South Africa cannot ignore the fact that we need to build alliances like BRICS in order to counterbalance the outsize influence that the West and the developed world has on our Uh, kind of economic reality and our political reality.
We have to build those counterbalance bodies, but on the other hand, in doing so, like you say, we're going to align ourselves to, um, some, you know, Arab countries, some Eastern countries [01:29:00] that have questionable rights. And that is a very delicate tightrope to walk indeed.
Trumps Insane Plan To Own Gaza Part 2 - Pod Save the World - Air Date 2-12-25
TOMMY VIETOR - HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Um, Ben, I did want to just note that when, uh, Trump was asked If refugees from Gaza could come to the U. S., he said, no, Gaza's 5, 000 miles away. It's inconvenient. They'd rather settle in the region. But when white South African refugees who live on the other side of the planet, like literally, are apparently welcome in the U.
S., you know, one might wonder why they're treating so differently.
BEN RHODES - CO-HOST, POD SAVE THE WORLD: Yeah, this is actually a really important story to get at the heart of. What this whole MAGA thing is all about, because it's obviously got a deeply racial component. Um, I mean, to build on your gods analogy, Tommy, when, you know, a country in which there was apartheid and, and just brutal systemic repression, and 70 percent of land is owned by white farmers who make up 7 percent of the population.
When a portion of that land that is [01:30:00] nobody's living on is reallocated. That's a. White genocide. But when you blow up all of Gaza and destroy all of it and ethnically cleanse it, it's called like a redevelopment program or something, you know? Um, so they applied their own, you know, feelings about South African white people to Gaza.
Uh, imagine what that would look like. I think just to add, you know, something to this, in addition to the Elon Musk of it all, like how much is this white South African, you know, calling the shots as you point out Trump. I think that this is also Trump is trying to kind of with the people around him, recreate the history of the last, let's say, post Cold War era, the last 35 years.
So for people like you and me, you know, older millennials, um, the high point of moral, um, Achievement in the world was Nelson [01:31:00] Mandela becoming the president of South Africa and and they're literally trying to reverse engineer that and say, No, no, no. Actually, the white people in South Africa were actually the victims.
And it's a mirror image of what they've done in this country. Like white people have somehow been the victims of racism. And I think that the true believers, the Stephen Miller types, they actually believe this. And if you look at what authoritarian regimes do, they do try to kind of recreate history itself.
And I think that the true believers, the Stephen Miller types, they actually believe this. And if you look at what authoritarian regimes do, they try to recreate history itself. And, and so I think they want to undo the entire liberal consensus around. What was good, you know, there was a good thing that apartheid ended and Nelson Mandela came out of prison and became president of South Africa, like they'll probably be pulling like Invictus off of shelves, you know, like, like, we can't watch that Nate Damon movie anymore, you know, but I know I'm making light of it, but it's a serious point, like they're, they're hyper focused in the same way that People on the left and liberals have focused on South Africa as a morality [01:32:00] play in a good way.
They're trying to reverse that from their own perspective, and it's super dark.
SECTION C: WEST BANK VIOLENCE
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: You've reached section C, West Bank violence.
Trumps Nightmare Plan for Gaza - The Intercept Briefing - Air Date 1-31-25
JORDAN UHL - CO-HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: To start, Akayla, would you remind us What are the terms of the ceasefire deal?
JESSICA WASHINGTON - CO-HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: So the ceasefire was officially announced on January 15th, and it went into effect four days later on the 19th. It is supposed to take place in three distinct stages, the first of which includes a complete ceasefire, which means an agreement to halt fighting. But there's a huge caveat here that does not mean that the war is over.
And some experts are doubtful that it will hold. They expect Israel to do what it has done in other historical cases with respect to Palestinian territories, which is to create a pretext for resuming hostilities and to claim that, or to claim that Hamas has, has done so, and start [01:33:00] bombing or re instate the siege.
Also part of stage one is that Israel will release just under 2, 000 Palestinian prisoners. leave populated areas in Israel, but Israeli troops will stay in the border areas in Gaza. Hamas will also release 33 hostages in interval stages, and aid will start to be allowed into Gaza. The second stage of the ceasefire includes a permanent ceasefire, which is different from the complete ceasefire in the first stage in that it's a stoppage of war.
and an agreement to some form of mediation, um, which includes the complete withdrawal of Israeli forces and the remaining hostages in Gaza will be exchanged for more Palestinian prisoners. And then the final and probably most important part of the ceasefire stages is the third stage which includes the return of the bodies of dead hostages and the reconstruction, the beginning of the reconstruction of Gaza.
I just want to back up there and break down [01:34:00] what the reconstruction of Gaza actually entails and some of the limitations. Close to 70 percent of all structures in Gaza have been destroyed or damaged. Experts say that just clearing the rubble from the 15 months of the siege could take more than 20 years.
So we're talking about decades here. Israel completely destroyed Gaza's hospital system. Students have no access to education. Humanitarian agencies say there's no Safe place in the Gaza Strip for children to learn another big issue with the reconstruction is that one of the largest aid providers in Gaza is banned starting on Thursday under this new Israeli law, the United Nations Relief and Works Agency, also known as UNRWA.
U. N. R. W. A. Uh, will be expelled from the territory. This group has provided the bulk of humanitarian aid over the last 15 months. More than two thirds of all food aid. They've sheltered more than a million [01:35:00] people. They stepped into vaccine vaccinate Children when the polio outbreak started as a result of Israeli attacks, and they also in provide really important mental health and psychosocial services for adults and children who've been traumatized by this war.
So that is the context in which all of this is happening. We just put up a story this week on the UNRWA ban and the logistics of reconstruction, which we can get into more.
JORDAN UHL - CO-HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: Yes, definitely want to get into that. But first, Jonah, I want to bring you in here. On his first day, Trump issued a slew of executive orders, including one that lifted Biden era sanctions on Israeli settlers in the West Bank.
First, tell us about the sanctions Biden ordered, and then what has happened since Trump lifted them.
JONAH VALDEZ - REPORTER, THE INTERCEPT: Yeah, thanks for mentioning that, Jordan. For this one, let's go back to last February. Israel was at its peak of activity in its genocidal war in Gaza, but alongside that, in the West Bank, [01:36:00] Israeli settlers were regularly attacking Palestinian civilians, forcing them off their land, doing things like burning farms, olive groves, oftentimes injuring or killing Palestinians.
And the Biden administration, which at the time was under pressure from a growing anti war, pro ceasefire, pro Palestinian movement, Biden responded by issuing sanctions on certain individuals and groups who were carrying out this violence, mostly Israeli religious extremists. And what this means is these individuals had their U.
S. held assets frozen, which limits their ability to fund their settler violence against Palestinians. And fast forward to this past few weeks, on day one of his second term, Trump went out of his way to lift those sanctions. And literally within hours, what we see is a surge in Israeli settler attacks on Palestinians.
Resuming attacks on villages, setting buildings and cars on fire, injuring dozens. And then the next day, the Israeli government [01:37:00] launches a new invasion into the West Bank, which on its first day killed at least 10 Palestinians and experts are, we're quick to note that Biden's sanctions did little to stop settler violence in the West Bank.
Anyway, 2024 was a record setting year of settler violence on Palestinians, but they still saw it as a start. Uh, something to build on toward actually getting to the root of the problem, which is material support from the Israeli government itself. And with Trump lifting those sanctions, Israel is getting pretty much another pass to continue its violent land grabs from Palestinians.
Trump
JORDAN UHL - CO-HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: also rescinded a policy that had blocked sanctions against the International Criminal Court. Could you tell us about that?
JONAH VALDEZ - REPORTER, THE INTERCEPT: Sure, yeah. This one, it's a little confusing, and really we could call it sort of a war of executive orders. Trump issued one, then Biden issued one, and now Trump again. So, to [01:38:00] understand the orders, we Gotta go back to 2020.
It's the final year of Trump's term. Uh, the U. S. at the time was withdrawing from Afghanistan, and the International Criminal Court, or the ICC at The Hague, was starting to investigate for possible war crimes committed by both the Taliban, but also U. S. soldiers. They focused on things like torture. And around the same time, the ICC was also investigating Israel for its own potential war crimes stemming from its war in Gaza, but in 2014.
And in that war, uh, the Israeli military killed more than 2, 300 Palestinians, the majority of them civilians. And the ICC was also investigating possible war crimes committed by Israel. In the West Bank. So at that moment, it's 2020. The International Criminal Court is super active trying to hold people's feet to the fire.
And Trump and his administration were worried the ICC would go even further after senior U. S. military officials [01:39:00] and also senior officials in Israel. So basically in an attempt to avoid accountability, Trump issued an executive order that gave the government power to sanction the ICC officials and prosecutors who are investigating U.
S. personnel or those of its allies. And we saw that government, uh, the government used those sanctions several months later. And that means, again, freezing people's U. S. held assets and limiting travel to the U. S., revoking their visas. So fast forward to 2021, Biden is in office and he issues another executive order that blocks Trump's 2020 order.
This lifts sanctions against the ICC officials. And now back here on day one of Trump's second term, he issues, you guessed it, another executive order to rescind Biden's executive order, which blocked the sanctions. Even though this doesn't mean that Trump's original 2020 order suddenly springs back into effect, it still leaves the door wide open for Trump to go after [01:40:00] the court again, something that members of Congress are also trying to do.
And remember the ICC has two active arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Defense Minister Yoav Galant for their alleged war crimes.
Israels Ever-Expanding War on the West Bank - On the Nose - Air Date 2-5-25
AZMAT KHAN: So I think we've certainly seen since the 7th of October, 2023 trends that were already persistent in the West Bank over 2021, up until that moment of 7th of October 2023, definitely accelerate after that, not just in the way of Israeli search and arrest operations, but also settler violence.
And at that point, you know, we'd seen the obfuscation of the demarcations between settler and soldier, whereby you had Settlers that were now donning military uniforms, thereby making a lot of these incursions even more fatal and even more destructive in a lot of Palestinian localities. And where prior to the seventh, you saw a lot of Israeli operations were very much clustered in the north, which is where a lot of these perpetrators that were alleged to have conducted lone wolf attacks in Israel.
as the [01:41:00] justification for Israel conducting its search and arrest operations in the West Bank, often hailed from. I think this was the first time where we really saw Israel really indiscriminately just going north, south, central. I mean, even places like the PA administrative capital hasn't been immune to deadly Israeli search and arrest operations, where we've also seen fatalities and destruction.
Over the last 15 months, we've also seen very similar images. That we've seen in places like Gaza coming outta the West Bank in places like Ulka and places like Tobar, places like Janine, where quite literally entire neighborhoods have been raised to the ground and where we've seen forcible displacement and in many cases, just from the sheer scale of destruction and destruction to routinized daily life, where now seeing also associated displacement, and that is actually taking effect not just in the north, but also in the south.
In the center of the West Bank, places like Ramallah, for instance, where the routinization of daily life has been completely disrupted and where there is really no sense of security for Palestinians.
TAHANI MUSTAFA: One particular area in which we've seen Israeli forces [01:42:00] ramp up the war in the West Bank has been through the use of airstrikes.
There were reports in 2022 of drone strikes that the Israeli army didn't confirm. And in 2023, there were reports of strikes they did. And after October 7th, those escalated significantly. We've seen some 60 or more deadly airstrikes across the West Bank that have killed people since October 7th. They have launched some of their largest raids.
Over the summer, the IDF came into multiple camps in the northern areas, including Junin, but also Jokaran. Balata and Farah camp in the north, where they launched these intense raids that coupled not only soldiers on the ground in these areas, going after what they said were fighters, but also conducting drone strikes and airstrikes with fighter jets.
There was an airstrike in Tilkarim that hit a cafe on October 3rd that killed. 18 people, [01:43:00] some of them children, and that was not a drone. That was an Israeli fighter jet. And I went right after it happened and collected the weapons fragments and was able to identify them as US weapons from a JDAM. And these are not normal tactics in a place like the West Bank, but with so much attention focused on Gaza, it has been incredibly easy to overlook that escalation.
ALEX KANE - SENIOR REPORTER, ON THE NEWS: I really want to dig into this question of aerial warfare. I mean, Obviously, during the Second Intifada, for instance, airstrikes were really common. And then, I mean, I don't know for how many years, but then there was a period in which airstrikes didn't happen. And yet, as you mentioned, perhaps beginning in 2022, and obviously significantly since October 7th, there's been an escalation in airstrikes.
And I'm not sure if people reading the news might. Sort of understand the significance. Like why should we focus on airstrikes? You know, what makes aerial warfare sort of different than the kinds of on the ground [01:44:00] military raids that we've always seen and why is it important to take stock of this aerial warfare in particular,
TAHANI MUSTAFA: Israel has long claimed that.
They only conduct drone strikes in places where they can't make arrests. I've been to the sites of about 25 or so deadly airstrikes across the West Bank, and routinely it was very hard to understand why these particular targets necessitated airstrikes. I think that there is a question of risk to soldiers that, you know, they might be entertaining.
where there are Israeli soldiers on the ground while there are also airstrikes happening. I mean, these are residential areas where there's very densely populated Palestinians living in these camps, just house by house by house, connected to one another. So to conduct these strikes and to expect to be precise whether that's a drone is really just hard to understand.
And you can really see the impact it's having on families. I went to the site of a Christmas Eve strike that [01:45:00] occurred in Tilkarim. And. Two women were killed, you know, as far as I can tell, no militants were killed in that particular strike. There may have been militants nearby. Two women were killed and the husband of one of the women, her name was Baraa, but Baraa's husband told me that In the weeks prior to that, she had written a will about what she wanted for her family and what she wanted for her daughter and how she wanted her daughter to be raised, simply because she was anticipating her own death.
In that area, uh, that particular neighborhood, there had been a barrage of strikes and she lived with fear that she might be killed. And there were many civilians killed. In that neighborhood and in those areas and the months prior and so just imagine what your mentality might have to be to think that.
This is something that might reach you or impact you and they didn't have, you know, as her family told me, they didn't have anywhere else to go. You know, the Israeli army is often trying to evacuate [01:46:00] civilians and the populations of these camps and so many of them would tell me things like we had no other place to go.
They are quite poor, you know, living in the camps where they might have a home is a lot cheaper than trying to afford rent in major cities that where these camps are located near. And so often they are in these areas where these very intense military operations are taking place with airstrikes. And they're really caught in the crosshairs in ways that we have not previously seen.
AZMAT KHAN: Yeah. I mean, I think it definitely serves a military objective for Israel, which is maximum impact at the lowest possible cost for its soldiers. And that's exactly what these airstrikes do. We've also seen, and I think this was prior to the 7th of October, which is what many that had been following some of Israel's.
security operations in the West Bank were warning of, which is Israel doesn't have soldiers capable of actually conducting effective insurgency campaigns. And we'd seen that in a lot of these localities where they were going in over the last two years prior to that, trying to target armed groups, trying to target the problem of militancy that was growing across the [01:47:00] Northern West Bank.
And where you were literally seeing, I mean, you know, they were having to deploy some of their most special units, highly trained soldiers, again, something like four to five. Kids, effectively kids 18 to 22 year olds in places like the old city of Nablus. It's densely populated, incredibly congested, and I mean, the level of force that they had to deploy in order just to target those five kids was immense, and imagine those five kids being able to engage in a five hour shootout with Israel's special forces.
It was insane. And that's when you started to see Israel then having to deploy its air force, right? In places like Jenin, back in July, 2023, we only really saw Israel then having to deploy its air force in order to rescue its ground troops. Again, it's, it's a serious miscalculation of just how well trained its soldiers are.
And that was something that even military commentators were talking about in terms of the conduct of soldiers in trying to fight an insurgency campaign in a place like Gaza. If Israel could barely contain battalions of something like [01:48:00] 50 to 83 young men who had really no serious combat experience, then how were they meant to fare in a place like Gaza?
And I think that's been very much proven, especially in the case like Janine. I mean, even today, if we look at Janine now, the brigade don't total more than 83 in terms of young militants. Again, their combat experience very limited. And yet that camp has been under siege from both the PA that had to deploy a thousand Palestinian security forces and now the Israeli military, and still they don't have The issue of armed resistance under control.
I mean, we're just talking about over the last two months, nevermind the fact that Israel has been dealing with this since 2021.
TAHANI MUSTAFA: Yeah, I might add, you know, it certainly questions the capability of them to fight on the ground, but also just about their intelligence. Repeatedly, there have been cases in which they have assessed, you know, a particular threat.
So, for example, in Timun on January 8th, they conducted an airstrike near where IDF troops were operating. and called it a terrorist cell. I went to the site the [01:49:00] next day and it was essentially an eight year old boy, a 10 year old boy, and a 24 year old, they were all cousins, who had been playing outside together and they had called this a terrorist cell.
They took the bodies and only, I think, later on that night did they return them and admit, you know, this was not the terrorist cell that they had initially described it as. And I went there and essentially This family awoke to the sounds of the strike, came outside, saw the bodies, a young woman named Isra, who is the sister of Adam, who was the 24 year old who was killed, said she could see Hamza, the 8 year old boy, still breathing, and immediately Israeli soldiers rushed in and prevented them from Seeking medical care, which is something I've heard again and again and again, is that after a lot of these deadly operations, you know, ambulances were either obstructed in one case, a medical worker was shot while he was trying to resuscitate someone [01:50:00] and Essentially, they watched their loved ones die right before them.
There are certainly cases in which they went after specific fighters. There are cases where they have killed who they anticipated. But over and over, I found cases where they either killed only civilians, Missed their target or they're really dubious questions as to what kind of intelligence they were operating under.
And I think that really plays a role in understanding not only the failures of October 7th, like Tahani said, their ability to conduct warfare against insurgency.
American Jews, Israel, and Palestine w Peter Beinart Part 2 - American Prestige - Air Date 2-11-25
DEREK DAVISON - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: How much, uh, power, I guess, uh, or not, not power necessarily, but how much do, do, uh, American Jews load onto settlers as this kind of boogeyman that represent, who represent everything?
Uh, too, too far, too extreme. These are the people that you can blame for, um, you know, the, the trouble, the, the mobs in the West [01:51:00] Bank or the people who want to march into Gaza and, and bring settlements back there. It feels like for a lot of people, the settlement movement becomes this convenient thing to point at and say, well, look, I'm not like those people, even though, even as, as you say.
you know, this little movement toward anything that would actually bring about the, you know, the two state solution or rights for Palestinians or a little concern about that, uh, when challenged on it, it's always like, well, I'm not like the, the Ben Gviers. I'm not like Smotric. I'm not like those guys.
PETER BEINART: Yeah. I think it's, I think, I think it's a good point. I think, first of all, it's partly because a lot of Israeli Jews who are kind of in the political center and a lot of American Jews. have a kind of cultural antipathy towards what they think of as religious extremists or religious fundamentalists. So part of this is a kind of an inter Jewish culture war which has to do with religion and, and, and secularism, right?
And so that, and so there's a tendency to say they are extremists and they're, they're, they're brutal because they are these [01:52:00] religious fanatics and we are modern, you know, enlightened people. But, you know, the truth is that, you know, Ben Gavir and Smotrich have still never expelled nearly as many Palestinians as, like, a young Yitzhak Rabin did in 1948, you know, under the leadership of David Ben Gurion, and these were settler, kind of kibbutznik, socialist Israelis, right?
So there's a, there's a long tradition here of expelling Palestinians and denying Palestinians basic rights. Israel from 1948 to 1966 when the Likud party was, had no shot at power when it was completely dominated by labor, socialist, secular Zionists held Palestinians under military law for, from 1940.
So this is, this is a deep part of the tradition, you know, secular among secular religious, you know, quote unquote, left and right Israelis. And so, and the, and the settler project is also, it's a project of the state, right? These are not. Independent actors. Now it's true, they can be a nuisance for the Israeli state sometimes, and sometimes they can, but, but in general, the only reason these settlements can exist in the West Bank is because [01:53:00] they are protected by the Israeli army and because the Israeli government has put huge amounts of money into maintaining this infrastructure, right?
Not to mention the fact that they are now very important. kind of almost backbone of some of the military units of the Israeli, of the Israeli defense forces.
DEREK DAVISON - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: And I think to bring it back to politics and bring it back to the Democratic Party, you see that reflected in the way that the Biden administration tried this token policy of sanctioning these extremist quote unquote extremist settlers without any, you know, appetite for going after the systematic.
institutional things that support the settlement movement. It was just sort of for show, it seemed like.
PETER BEINART: Yes, I think that's exactly right. And it was also a kind of way of saying, because we're not going to stop sending Israel the arms that are destroying Gaza, um, it's a kind of look over here. We're doing this thing here in the West Bank.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: So just building off what you said about the history of Israel and how this sort of oppression is baked in. Do you think this, uh, [01:54:00] this was ultimately coming that this, this was, uh, overdetermined that some form of ethnic cleansing was inevitably going to happen barring the United States or another, uh, another basically supplier to a client saying, you can't do that.
I mean,
PETER BEINART: it does kind of look that way. I mean, in the sense it sure
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: does kind of look that way, doesn't it?
PETER BEINART: I mean, I mean, I mean, obviously, I don't know. I mean, you, again, Because it's, because giving Palestinians equality, uh, and citizenship in Israel has never been on the table. Um, and because this process of, and because a Palestinian state has kind of also, that ship sailed quite a long time ago.
That in some ways it was probably, now we can think of it, the system of kind of management, Israel had this kind of management system. The Palestinian Authority is a subcontractor in the West Bank working with the IDF. And in a strange way, Hamas also becoming a kind of partner of Israel, right? In recent years with what Tariq Bokhani calls the violent equilibrium that you bomb sometimes, but also you [01:55:00] send messages to one another.
And Israel under Naftali Bennett, you know, they, they had this idea that, and even under Netanyahu. We're going to maybe let them have some aid, some money, the Qataris can give them some money so they won't totally starve and maybe even a few of them can come into work in Israel and we'll have this carrot and sticks and we'll manage that, right?
I think in retrospect we see that was inherently probably a very unstable kind of system and one that was, was weakening. And then you say that you have no external restraints on what Israel is doing. So what is Israel going to do as the management system starts to collapse most spectacularly and horrifyingly on October 7th?
And also, again, to, you know, You know, so you say, okay, well, what's our solution to this problem? And then is it so surprising that Israelis would go for what we could call an American solution, which is like in the 19th century, the United States didn't say, okay, great. We stop at the Mississippi and then the native Americans can have everything west of here, right?
The process is continued because there was nothing to stop it. Right. And so the system of, of norms and restraints or whatever that [01:56:00] exists. in 2024 are simply far too weak to stop this process, at least so far.
SECTION D: HISTORICAL CONTEXT
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Up next, Section D, Historical Context.
Why Palestinian Liberation Threatens the US Imperialist Order, w- Bikrum Gill - BreakThrough News - Air Date 5-21-24
BIKRUM GILL: And I think the examples that you raise particularly around the, the, um, the proxy war in Syria and in Libya and even Ukraine, I think those are very important, um, examples that are part of an interconnected project, uh, to maintain US imperialism.
Right? So I think, again, the first point to emphasize once again, is that the conquest of Palestine, the colonization of Palestine, the subjugation of Palestine, this genocide. Um, these are not things that are simply only about Palestine itself. Of course, we don't want to minimize the Palestinian national question and the question of Palestinian sovereignty.
But the denial of sovereignty to Palestinians, and again, the conquest of Palestine is a part of a broader regional project that is a, that is core to the exercise of U. S. global power. Right. And before that British global power. So what do we mean by that is that we know from British imperialism's embrace of Zionism and [01:57:00] it's.
Working with Zionism, a key objective there is to establish, um, at a very basic level, imperialist control over the hydrocarbon wealth. Now, of course, you can do this through local proxies, the Saudis and other client states, right? But there is a way in which Zionism is understood to be a direct Western implantation in the region, right?
That can allow, uh, for a, a more acute and sharper, uh, form of political and military control and projection of power. in the region. Now that control over oil, um, and the link up it's had with the dollar has been key, like I mentioned, to, to U. S. imperial power and its projection across the world. So that's one point worth emphasizing, right?
That the, the conquest of Palestine is a part of a broader regional dynamic. to deny sovereignty to the peoples of the region in order to control the flow of resources into and out of the region, um, in a way that benefits U. S. capitalist imperialism. So that's one thing. Now the second point though is, in [01:58:00] isolating Palestine from the broader regional dynamics, The point is to weaken Palestinian resistance, and it behooves the left and those in solidarity with Palestine to understand this, right?
If you're in solidarity with Palestine, but you're not attendant to the dynamics that are either strengthening or weakening actually material Palestinian resistance, Then you, what you risk doing is transforming your engagement with Palestine into one in which you, at most, what you can do is beg for the West or the imperialists to recognize Palestine and to save Palestine and to afford Palestine some autonomy, right?
But what are the concrete conditions for Palestine, Palestinian liberation, right? The concrete conditions are to challenge the terms through which Palestinians have been denied sovereignty and people across the rest of the region. Right now, how has this, this occurred is, well, it's been through the overwhelming military power that Zionism has exercised in the region vis a vis with the support first of British imperialism and then U.
S. imperialism, right? So now, to understand the example of [01:59:00] Syria that you emphasize here, um, we know that in the 1980s, of course, that the invasion of Beirut leads to the disarming of the, of the Palestinians, right? It leads to an Oslo road. Which is a part of the apex of U. S. Imperial power at the end of the century, the end of history.
There's no alternative. Get in line. Just play by the rules that the United States has set and the Western world more generally has set. So global South states, they have to beg for loans and credit and accept structural adjustment conditions. And in the Oslo framework, the Palestinians have to lay down their arms and basically depend upon them.
some idea of U. S. beneficence or goodwill to ensure that they will eventually get a state that their land will not be stolen and etc. But we know that doesn't happen through Oslo. Land theft accelerates and there is no road to Palestinian sovereignty because there's no material basis to it because the Palestinians have been Disarmed in the lead up to Oslo, but what else is happening in the region?
Of course, [02:00:00] we know that the Iranian Revolution, the rise of Hezbollah in Lebanon, um, the, uh, eventual emergence of an axis, a corridor between Iran, Syria and, and, uh, and Hezbollah that establishes an actual material force, a material basis with which to challenge us. Zionist and U. S. imperial power in the region, right?
So there's a material basis being built through which now there can be a shift from dependency, right, from a certain kind of begging and hopefulness that imperialism will grant you rights to actually raising up a military power, a force capacity that can become the real basis for sovereignty. What is sovereignty, right?
Exercising sovereign power over your resources, your lands, your labor. In a way that is not dependent on an imperial power. Well, then you need to have a force to be able to stand up to the imperialists and the colonizer. So this is being raised up through this emerging alliance in the [02:01:00] 80s and 90s and 2000s.
And we know, of course, we've discussed this before, but, uh, Hezbollah is very successful in doing so. And in 2006, when they defeat, uh, Israel actually to take a step back, you know, the The successes of Hezbollah in the 1980s and 90s is what inspires the Palestinian Second Intifada, which again then introduces this equation of force through which settlers are expelled from Gaza.
So we're seeing a different road emerging, a real road to real Palestinian sovereignty, which is a part of a road to broader regional sovereignty for peoples across the region more generally. Right. Now, how do the imperialists respond is you have Tony Blair speak of a Shia Crescent in 2006. You have the King of Jordan using the same language, right?
And, and, you know, actually Jordan and Egypt are very good examples here of how you have these two states that maybe at one point represented strategic depth for Palestinian resistance. At one point represented a. a, a, a depth of, of, uh, supporting armed struggle of armed resistance in the [02:02:00] sixties and seventies, uh, earlier, uh, then, then become a actually, uh, um, a support for Zionism and imperialism, right?
So this is what's being attempted to be imposed upon Syria after 2006. Syria becomes clearly a target to disrupt this, uh, a weapons corridor to disrupt the material basis of a rising challenge to imperialism in Zionism that is both inspiring and supporting Palestinian resistance. Right. So, insofar as there is an attempt to de link these struggles, right, to de link, uh, Palestinian liberation struggle from the U.
S. attempt to repress, uh, this axis by conducting a proxy war in Syria, right, this is a very, um, it has certain very risky implications, right, because what it will do is it will again and again return Palestinians to a dependent state. Right. And when you remove Uh, if you smash the Syrian state, you smash the Libyan state.
If you destroy Yemen, if you destroy all of these [02:03:00] regional forces that are actually constructing a power, a real concrete power to challenge imperialism, then you will leave Palestine again isolated and dependent and what, uh, only hoping for the goodwill of Western civil society. Right? So I think that is really, I think one thing that I would emphasize very strongly is that The maintenance of the axis of resistance, the maintenance of resistance forces in the region is really pivotal to actual real Palestinian sovereign reclamation going forward.
But that's not just for Palestine. That's for the whole region, right? Like I think, uh, then for the people of Yemen to exercise real sovereignty, the people of Syria, uh, people of Libya, uh, in Iran and elsewhere, to actually have a sovereign basis. Um, it is a broader regional question as well.
Palestinian Writer Mohammed El-Kurd on -Perfect Victims- & Israel's Criminalization of Thought - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-11-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: As you go around the country presenting Perfect Victims, you hear about this bookstore being closed — the owners being arrested. Your thoughts? And the [02:04:00] significance of going after the books?
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: I mean, I think this is — the attack on the Educational Bookstore in Jerusalem is yet another saga in the Israeli regime’s scholasticide, the attack on culture, scholars. You know, we’ve seen them literally bomb every single university in the Gaza Strip. And the Educational Bookstore is, in fact, not the first bookstore in Jerusalem to be closed down, its owners arrested.
So there is, you know, a criminalization of thought, a criminalization of the intellect, really. And we’ve seen this extend even to the realms of social media, where so many thousands of the people who have been arrested in the past 15 months have been arrested over Facebook posts. So, the Israeli regime really is waging a war of consciousness against the Palestinians’ ability to express national sentiments. And we see this also here in the United States with President Trump saying things like people who — students who support the resistance will have their visas [02:05:00] revoked. So there is an attack on, you know, the intellect itself.
JUAN GONZALEZ - CO-HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And, Mohammed El-Kurd, you ask why Palestinians have to preface their support for the struggle against the occupation with some kind of statement distancing themselves from resistance actions like the attacks of October 7th of 2023. Why is this problematic, while supporters of Israel are never expected to decry the everyday violence of the occupation?
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: Because it’s racist. Because there is an impossible standard. There is an impossible demand made of the Palestinians to be, you know, for lack of a better expression, perfect victims, to portray themselves with this ethnocentric civility that adheres to Western guidelines; otherwise, they would be deserving of death, they would be deserving of being bombed. And to reject this is to say that the Declaration of Human Rights is [02:06:00] unconditional, and it’s universal. And to reject this is to say that, you know, we believe in dignity. We don’t believe in having to shrink ourselves or to perform a different script in order to be awarded freedom and dignity. These are things we are entitled to.
JUAN GONZALEZ - CO-HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And I wanted to ask you about the slogan, “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free.” This became a flashpoint, is still a flashpoint, in the United States for attacking pro-Palestinian groups for being antisemitic or anti-Israel. Yet many in the Israeli government, in the current Israeli government, actually support “from the river to the sea” as an Israeli state, and no one raises a fuss about it.
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: Yeah, of course, because the issue is not the statement itself. The issue is who says it. The Israelis could say “from the [02:07:00] river to the sea” and more. They could say all kinds of explicitly genocidal statements. And yet, with us, they have to read between the lines. They have to infer and look for the hidden insidiousness in such chants. But it’s comical, in my opinion, that we are being often interrogated about our chants, about what we say on social media; meanwhile, when we talk about them, we’re talking about bombs and airstrikes and burning people alive in their tents in hospital beds.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Mohammed, before we talk about your title, Perfect Victims, I just want to ask about your background, because we repeatedly interviewed you here and when you were in Sheikh Jarrah. And for people to understand that neighborhood and what happened there and the people involved being the leaders of Israel today, talk about the occupation of Sheikh Jarrah and what happened in your own home.
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: Yeah, I mean, the story of our home is as unique and [02:08:00] absurd as it is common. This is a neighborhood where tax-exempt charities registered in the United States, settler organizations, Jewish American organizations, will come and claim our homes by divine decree, and they will exploit an already asymmetrical judiciary that is built by settlers for settlers to say these are — “Your homes are ours, and we have the right to kick you out of them.” And so, I, like many, many Palestinians, grew up with, quite literally, an American settler in my house. And it’s —
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Wait a second. Now, you’re 25 right now.
Twenty-six, yeah.
Twenty-six.
Yeah.
When was your home — were you forced to share it with someone who wasn’t in your family?
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: It was about 2009. 2009, I came home from school, and half of our house was going. There was a settler inside it, a settler from Long Island. And, you know, right across the street from us, our neighbors, the Ghawi family and the Hannoun family, had lost the entirety of their home to settler organizations. And [02:09:00] across the years, these settler organizations have gotten more and more funding. And like you said, their accomplices and people who work for them and people who lead these organizations have found their way increasingly to the government. But this is indicative of a larger, larger —
They set up offices in
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Sheikh Jarrah.
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: Yeah, they set up offices in Sheikh Jarrah. They kind of use our homes as the home bases to build their electability, their popularity, because the Israeli public is really eager to see this kind of desperation, to see this kind of brutality. And it invokes a sense of safety in the Israeli public to see their politicians literally in the backyards of Palestinians saying, “We will take these homes. We will Judaize them. We will colonize them.”
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And your home today?
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: Well, my home today, like eight others, we have managed, through a massive, massive global solidarity campaign, to postpone the expulsion orders. But we still hang in the balance. We don’t know what’s going to happen in the next few years.
How does that fit into [02:10:00] your title, Perfect
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Victims?
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: Well, I mean, to do a global campaign and to demand solidarity for our neighborhood, you know, we were told and we were taught to perform this role of perfect — to read the script of the perfect victim.
So, to tell you more, you know, I grew up — as a child, as a 10-year-old, 11-year-old, we would have journalists, diplomats, all kinds of people visit our neighborhood as if it’s some kind of zoo. And I remember, constantly, I would talk to them. I would show them, you know, photos of the brutality that the settlers did against us. And I would be pulled to the side by, you know, other concerned diplomats or journalists, and they would tell me, “You shouldn’t use this phrase. You should use that phrase.” And it got to a point that, even as a child, I would correct my grandmother when she would refer to the Jewish American settlers in our home as “Jewish.” I would say, “No, no. Don’t mention that.”
But this kind of obfuscation, this kind of omission was kind of [02:11:00] drilled into us. And then you grow up, and you have internalized this entire framework of editorializing yourself, of curating yourself in a way that is nonoffensive to the Western gaze. And then you begin to curate and editorialize all the people around you. You look at people who have suffered pager attacks in South Lebanon, people who have had their homes demolished in the Gaza Strip, and you think, “What is the way I can make this victim, this young victim, nonoffensive or compelling to a Western racist audience?” At some point, you have to liberate yourself from these shackles and say, “Actually, this is the victim. This is the oppressed, not the oppressor, not the perpetrator.” And we should shift our focus and scrutinize the perpetrators, the oppressors, the colonizers, the focal point and the root cause of all of the violence in Palestine, which is ultimately Zionism.
JUAN GONZALEZ - CO-HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Mohammed, I wanted to ask you how Donald Trump’s recent comments on [02:12:00] Gaza tie into what’s at the heart of your book. He’s described Gaza as, quote, “a big real estate site” and basically said that he doesn’t believe Palestinians should be able to return once they’ve been removed.
MOHAMMED EL-KURD: I mean, ultimately, this so-called conflict has always been about the land, and any obfuscation of that fact is simply dishonest. Zionist greed has always been about Palestinian land. American interest in Palestine has been about keeping up a certain status quo, a military status quo, in the Middle East, but it’s also been about exploiting natural resources. I mean, Gaza is rich in natural gases.
But what I think Donald Trump is doing is that he is dropping the script of the State Department, the official American script, and just saying things as they are without a filter. And that is helping [02:13:00] people understand the long-term American project, because as disgusting and as abhorrent as Trump’s comments were about creating property on the Gaza Strip, it would have never been possible had it been not for the Democratic Party and President Biden flattening Gaza and allowing the flattening of Gaza in the first place.
On The Ground in Gaza Serving the People in Palestine Part 2 - Rev Left Radio - Air Date 2-11-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REV LEFT RADIO: Yes. And, and the, you know, you, you mentioned that the, there has been a history of You know, Muslims and Jewish people and Christians, in some instances throughout history, history in that area of the world, living in peace as, as more or less equals. And that's the thing that Zionism rejects. The very possibility that Jewish and non Jewish people in that area could live as, uh, you know, under a single government of equality, constitutional protections for all, and be seen as equal with one another.
So once you have a political ideology that says, I'm fundamentally, uh, hostile to the idea that I have to live as equals with these people. You're, [02:14:00] you're getting into fascism territory. Because that requires you to expel them, to denigrate them, to dehumanize them, and to teach children coming up in Israel.
You know, Israel always says, like, Hamas is teaching Um, you know, Palestinians to hate, hate Jewish people. But aren't, what are you doing when you inculcate Zionism? And actually what you do is this abusive weaponization of fear. Where you're saying, look what the Jewish people have been through. That's true.
These people want to do it again. The whole world hates you. Live in a state of perpetual fear and hatred of others. Because if you don't, then you will be preyed upon once again. So that's, when you tell that to an 8, year old kid. That's a form of sort of psychological abuse. Because it makes them feel. in a fundamentally hostile world where they grow up to feel like they have to do these sort of disgusting acts, because if they don't, then they're going to be set upon by the world and destroyed.
And, um, it just, it just ravages children in Gaza through the bombings and the malnutrition and the suffering. And even in, in, in so called Israel, where the [02:15:00] children are raised with this hate and this fear. That is imposed on them. It's all disgusting. It's all a crime against humanity.
WILLY MASSAY: Yeah, you've seen the videos of the Israeli settlers going into the hills of, uh, overlooking Gaza.
And watching, they call it fireworks. With their children. This is a birthday celebration. Watching Gaza being wiped out, being carpeted, you know, carpet bombed. That's why they call it fireworks. These sellers, for my, for, for, for us here in America. Think about that. Let that sink in. Taking your children, watching other children being bombed and being shredded by the bombs we paid for.
Think about it.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REV LEFT RADIO: Yeah. And when I, when I do think about that. Um, there's a [02:16:00] parallel in American history, um, where that occurred, which is in the Jim Crow South, and actually throughout the country, the lynching of, of black people became a community event, where white people would come out, bring their children, and they would stand around and watch a black person be lynched.
Here in Omaha, um, in the 1800s, Will, Will Brown, falsely accused of sexually assaulting, um, a white woman. was jailed, you know, in the downtown here in Omaha, was set upon by a white racist mob. They literally broke into the fucking jail, pulled him out, strung him up by lampposts, shot him over and over again, burned his body, dragged it through the street.
Um, the mayor that came down to try to stop it was also, he survived, but was strung up on the light pole. Um, it was a brutal chapter in this place that I live right now, Omaha, Nebraska, born and raised, not even the quote unquote South, where this horrific event happened. The National Guard had to be sent in just to stop the race riot.
Um, and so there is that parallel [02:17:00] in human history and it's the absolute fucking worst of humanity. Yeah. That, that aspect of, of humanity. It's grotesque and it is the evil aspect of, of our human nature.
WILLY MASSAY: Ain't a fool. As the American people, we have similar history to what is happening in, in Palestine today.
Different roads, checkpoints after checkpoints, settler colonialism, taking Palestinian lands by force. Gaza. We learned from history, my friends out there, we learned, we know what we did to the black folks in America. We cannot watch the same thing happen to the people in Palestine. Let me tell you something.
I saw, I saw this, I saw children shredded by our bombs. How Can we allow that to happen knowing our own [02:18:00] history, if you speak who will, why will we watch a father lose his entire family by our, by, by our bombs and, uh, uh, you know, uh, from Israeli military forces and why will a mother be a, be, be a widow because her entire child, her entire family has been wiped out.
Why will these children today live in a world where they have lost both of their parents, annihilated by our bombs? And if we look back as American people, we know what we did from the example, Brett gave lynching. Um, you know, the total massacre of people here, slavery, we should be the beacon of hope, beacon of freedom and stop any, because we are, we have come a long way.
We're not a [02:19:00] perfect union yet. We have still have some of those elements of racism, fascism, all that. But We have come a long way. Those who don't remember history are condemned to repeat it. Absolutely. That's George Santana. Yeah.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REV LEFT RADIO: So, absolutely. Absolutely, I don't think you can understand the present and you can't even understand yourself if you don't understand history.
Um, and I, I believe that the Americans that are apathetic, that look away, that, that remain silent, you dehumanize yourself. It's too easy. I mean, it's easy if you're an American right now to just be like, Hey, it's out of my control. What can I do about it? I'm just going to look away, um, and focus on my personal life.
When you do that, you disconnect yourself from your own humanity. And you, you, you belittle yourself, spiritually, existentially. You know, in all the ways that matter, you become a smaller person, and it hurts to see, it hurts to look, and to know that in some sense, because we're a part of this death machine, [02:20:00] by paying taxes and working and all that stuff, that we are in some sense complicit, and what that should bring about is not a sense of passive shame, but a profound sense of responsibility, that if I'm going to, if they're doing this in my name, if I'm paying for those bombs, If my government is doing this, you know, with my tax dollars and in my name, I have a responsibility to look, to be educated, to do whatever I can to contribute to it stopping, to speak out bravely and courageously, and to inform others about it.
And that's, that's a, that's a responsibility no matter if you have a platform or not, if you, you know, you live in a small town or a big city where whatever your life circumstances are, you can take that responsibility up or you can look away from it. And that, there's two different types of people, the people that pick up that responsibility and the people that turn away.
And I understand, to some extent, I'm, I'm, I have compassion for wanting to look away. Because it fucking hurts. It, it brutalizes you to look into the, the eyes of suffering human beings. And, you know, there's a human recoiling away because of that pain. But I think opening up your [02:21:00] heart, facing that pain courageously, and then taking on the responsibility that comes with it, is the only thing that, like, a spiritually mature human being can do.
SECTION E: RESISTANCE
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, section E, resistance.
The World After Gaza-- Pankaj Mishra on Decolonization & the Return of -Rapacious Imperialism- - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-13-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Well, you know, I think the primary impulse behind the book was really to put an end to this horrible loneliness that I felt, along with many other people, a kind of desolation induced by the fact that, you know, powerful people, powerful politicians in democracies, journalists, intellectuals were either silent about the ongoing genocide in Gaza or, even worse, vehemently supporting it. So, I think, you know, it forced many of us to reexamining not just sort of narratives of Middle Eastern history or Israeli history or Palestinian history, but a kind of broader [02:22:00] history of Western supremacism, of decolonization.
You know, we also saw a massive global divide open up in the responses to the atrocities in Gaza, with South Africa, country like South Africa, taking the lead in bringing a case against Israel at the International Court of Justice. And, of course, we can now see South Africa is being severely punished by Trump and Musk for daring to do this. We saw public opinion in most of the world really shocked and appalled by the disproportionate Israeli response, and at the same time, you know, that public opinion asking questions of Western democracies, like “What happened here? Why are you supporting this endless massacre of thousands and thousands of people?” So, you know, in a very sort of — I think I would say that I find myself in a situation of a lot of people who were completely bewildered [02:23:00] by the Israeli response to October 7. And, you know, at least I have this option of turning my anguish or turning my bewilderment into some way of — some way of trying to understand this through writing, through prose. But, you know, it remains — it remains a baffling, a baffling episode, and, of course, we’re now entering the most intense part of it.
You know, you just described, whether it’s Ukraine — I’ve just been listening to this program now for 45 minutes, and this, you know, vast panorama of violence, disorder and suffering that we’re seeing today. And I think it’s really important not just to think about the past or the history, the larger history, of what is happening in Gaza today, but also about the present. And that is also something I describe in the book, whether Gaza signifies something more than just the latest [02:24:00] episode in a long-standing conflict in the Middle East. Does it portend the arrival of far-right, racial supremacist regimes across the Western world? So, I would argue — and I have said this in the book — that we are looking at a far more extensive moral, political and, I would say, intellectual breakdown than we have known, certainly in our own lifetimes.
And that, perhaps, Pankaj, explains the title of your book, The World After Gaza, which suggests that there’s, in your view, some kind of rupture, that the world is somehow substantively different, it will be different, after this assault on Gaza ends, in the event that it does and what form it takes. So, if you could say something about that, and then also the point that you made earlier about decolonization? It’s a theme that runs throughout the book, in which [02:25:00] you say, correctly, I think, that the seminal event of the 20th century for the vast majority of the peoples of the world was decolonization. Why is that significant when we look at what’s happened in Gaza and the response to it?
Well, I think, very simply, decolonization was not just a political event. It was not just, you know, a whole lot of nation-states in Asia and Africa becoming sovereign, becoming liberated from their European masters. It was also a profound emotional and psychological moment of liberation. I think, you know, from the 19th century onwards, the world was knit together by a very explicitly racial mode of imperialism and capitalism. And I think, you know, some of the best people in Asia and Africa fought against this global regime, and finally won, starting the mid-20th century, and created these [02:26:00] nation-states that exist all across Asia and Africa and are becoming both politically, economically and geopolitically more assertive. And there’s also a mental revolution also going on, has been going on for several decades.
So, I think, for many people in the West, who have been absorbed with a very different narrative — first of all, the narrative of the Cold War, the narrative of the end of history, the narrative of American unipolar dominance — decolonization still comes as a kind of news, or they confuse it with people asking for decolonizing knowledge in the United States or decolonizing educational syllabuses. So, I think there’s a very broad confusion about this world.
But what it really signifies is greater political, intellectual assertiveness [02:27:00] and a very fierce desire to not live in a world where racial privilege, most specifically white privilege, orders and forces a global hierarchy. You know, you can see this very clearly in sort of South African president a few days ago making a speech and saying, “We will not be bullied.” You know, Trump is imposing very severe sort of measures against the country, and there they are standing and saying, “We’re going to push back.” And likewise, I think you will find that kind of resistance in different parts of the world. And, of course, you know, what happened in Gaza shocked, appalled people from Indonesia to Brazil. That is also something, you know, that can really only be explained, this global divide, if you think about decolonization creating a new subjectivity, a new mentality, a new way of looking at the world.
And, Pankaj, maybe President Trump [02:28:00] understands this very well, as he repeated his claim that the U.S. is preparing to take control of Gaza, own it, while permanently displacing the territory’s entire population of 2 million Palestinians. I want to just play that short clip of him sitting next to Jordan’s King Abdullah for talks on Gaza at the White House on Tuesday.
We’re going to have Gaza. We don’t have to buy. There’s nothing to buy. We will have Gaza.
What does that mean?
There’s no reason to buy. There is nothing to buy. It’s Gaza. It’s a war-torn area. We’re going to take it.
So, there you have President Trump saying not just we’re going to buy it, we’re going to own it — we’re going to have it — again, trying to push back on this whole trend, this whole move in the 20th century, of decolonization.
Well, you know, this is the strangest thing, really, you know, that the United [02:29:00] States is going back — and that is part of the great American unraveling — it’s going back to a 19th-century model of rapacious imperialism that’s interested in territory, that is grabbing resources wherever they can find it. And this Ukraine deal you were just talking about, that is now so much about resources that Trump has eyed in Ukraine.
So, I think, you know, this is something that people have been talking about for a very long time, that the structures and mentalities of racial imperialism in the 19th century are very much alive. People like that were dismissed as woke, as politically correct. But we are now seeing a kind of real-time, live verification of those insights into the nature of the modern world. And, you know, what Trump is saying today is bringing a very refreshing kind of clarity. We can see how this wealth, how this great power [02:30:00] was slowly accumulated, and how people, fearing the loss of that power because China is rising, China is becoming dominant, are — you have the most powerful people in the world resorting to the most naked form of expansion, the most naked forms of appropriation.
Why Palestinian Liberation Threatens the US Imperialist Order, w- Bikrum Gill Part 2 - BreakThrough News - Air Date 5-21-24
RANIA KHALEK - HOST, BREAKTHROUGH NEWS: But there was this one Israeli American woman. Called Emily. Um, and she, you might remember that she made this claim and she made it repeatedly. Uh, seriously, sitting through this was like, it was like a form of torture. To have to just listen to these people's insane talking points.
But she kept saying that Iran is a colonizer. She was trying to use the words colonizer and imperialist. She tried to say that I don't know what they mean and she does. And that it's actually Iran that's colonizing Lebanon, and it's an imperialist power in the region. And I mean, she sounded insane, but there are people who, who believe this because it's said so often about Iran.
Like Iran is like a, or there's this term like sub imperialism, um, that some sort of like a [02:31:00] certain strain of, of people in the left sphere. We'll use when referring to a country like Iran, but you know, Israel supporters do like to like project, you know, Israel's colonialism and imperialism onto Iran and say, it's Iran that's imperialist.
It's Iran that's colonizing Lebanon. But you know, I want to emphasize Bikram and you know, this as an academic, that these words have actual meanings, like imperialism and colonialism have a def, they both have a definition. So can you explain to our viewers why Iran does not qualify? As an imperialist, let alone colonial power.
BIKRUM GILL: Yeah, absolutely. I think the, you know, the, to understand say colonialism and imperialism, right? It's very clearly these are, these are two, um, and just, I think maybe for your, your viewers and listeners, um, I recently gave a lecture at Middle East critique where I think I go into this in a lot more detail.
Like it's a very long kind of lecture where if, if people want some more longer definitions, but very briefly, you know, like [02:32:00] colonialism and imperialism is. is a is a set of relationships through which either colonizing power or an imperial power is going to um organize and dominate the colonized society the subjugated society in a way that denies sovereignty to those people in order to transfer resources and surplus value from Uh, the colonized, imperially subjugated zone into the colonizer country or into the imperial core.
Right? So that's, I think, very key. It's not enough to say that if one country has a relationship with another through which they are maybe engaged in some forms of relations of power or they're engaged in some forms of military collaboration or cooperation or engaged. In a conflict in a neighboring country that that automatically qualifies as colonialism and imperialism.
That is a very simplistic rendering, right? I think one thing that I often emphasize is like, look to see, does the relationship between these two countries, does it generate relations of development and underdevelopment? Does it generate [02:33:00] relations? through which, say, Iran's presence somewhere is actively underdeveloping that country, is actively de developing and destroying the productive basis of that country in order to transfer wealth from that country to Iran.
Where can you find that? You can't find that anywhere, right? So I think that, that definition of surplus value transfer. Uh, a militarized or economic basis to a denial of sovereignty that is done to transfer wealth from periphery to core, from colonized to colonizer. We can't see that with the case of Iran and what I will further emphasize.
Is that the Iranian Revolution in 1979 is itself a response to the colonization of Iran, to the imperial subjugation of Iran, the neocolonial subjugation of Iran. Iran was the case par excellence in the 20th century, uh, of neocolonial subjugation. And, you know, the relations we were talking about. over U.
S. imperialism being premised upon domination over the flow of oil into and out of the region. You know, the coup that happens in Iran in 1953 is a very key part of that project. And [02:34:00] the Iranian revolution in 1979, why does it become so threatening to U. S. imperialism is because, in my view, it is actually a direct challenge to that 1974 coup.
U. S. Saudi relationship. Because the Iranian revolution does not seem, it stands with Palestinians from its inception. It's never abandoned the Palestinian cause. It's been given opportunities to abandon it. If the Iranians abandoned Palestine, you can, you can bet in one day they would be integrated into the region, right?
That all of this discourse around rights and democracy and all this stuff, this is not anything that has ever been a concern. We know this to the West. So if they would have abandoned Palestine and accepted U. S. Germany. You know, Iran could be integrated into the region by the U. S. In a day, those opportunities have been there.
But from the Iranian revolution that you can see the Iranian revolution and shout out to my haters. You know, there's a lot of Zionist who is like, Oh, my gosh, he he said the Iranian revolution. is premised upon expelling the U. S. from the region. Like, wow, that's a big, controversial claim to make. But just to restate this point
RANIA KHALEK - HOST, BREAKTHROUGH NEWS: I mean, I think the Iranian Revolution
BIKRUM GILL: [02:35:00] says as much, too.
Exactly. Even, like, even Stephen Walter, like, these
RANIA KHALEK - HOST, BREAKTHROUGH NEWS: boring
BIKRUM GILL: academics.
RANIA KHALEK - HOST, BREAKTHROUGH NEWS: Yeah, I mean,
BIKRUM GILL: all these boring academics have made this point, right? But so the Iranian Revolution has excelled. It centers on a rejection and opposition to Zionism, but also the expulsion of U. S. imperialism from the region, understanding that there's no sovereignty to be had fully for Iranians or any people in the region while they are there.
So if you look at the history of Iran since 1979, whether one wants to be critical or supportive of any actions, what is very clear is The iranian position is often informed in the immediate sense by its direct security imperatives And its border regions right like that and that's something you can apply also to china and russia, right?
You can see the way in which those states operate on a very different logic through which they're not going to dominate and deny sovereignty in order to transfer surplus wealth from a periphery to a court. They're largely informed by, uh, security imperatives that are security imperatives in [02:36:00] response to the actual imperialist power in these regions, which is the United States, right?
So how does Iran operate in Iraq? Well, the Iranian presence in Iraq is going to be of a such to ensure that the United States can't go through Iraq and get to the doorstep of Iran, because we know that the next step is always regime change in Iran. Now, that's a very different logic than calling it an imperial or colonizing power, number one.
But number two, uh, Iran has been a very vital force to, um, different resistance forces in the region. Now that, that again, that's something that is a fact of the matter, right? Like you cannot understand. I think Amal Saad's work is very important in saying that Hezbollah is not a proxy of Iran. It's not a pawn of Iran.
These are allies in an axis. Iran has been a core part of that axis, right? Like it has been a core part of just as Iran learned from North Korea, uh, how to develop an endogenous weapons production capacity. They have also helped to diffuse that knowledge [02:37:00] across the region. So when you understand Yemen or his, uh, answer Allah or his bullet, how they Stood up as such sovereign forces that have endogenous force capacity.
You know, Iran is a key part of that question, right? So it has been key to the challenge to US imperialism in the region. It's certainly not operating according to the logics of imperialism and colonialism, uh, by any means. I think that's, that's important, uh, to emphasize, which doesn't again. That doesn't mean that any state doesn't have, uh, degrees of social discontent that people can analyze.
None of that does away with that, but it's to be very clear as to what is and is not happening and also to be clear of why Iran is targeted, right? Iran is targeted for the specific reason of how it challenges. U. S. imperialism in the region,
RANIA KHALEK - HOST, BREAKTHROUGH NEWS: right? And then to speak to, you know, other, um, arms of the resistance axis.
I wanted to ask you to comment on the fact that we have groups like, like Hezbollah and Hamas, which are [02:38:00] Islamist groups. Um, Iran itself is a religion, religious country. It's, it has an, it has an Islamic, it's called like it's had this Islamic revolution. Um, So obviously there's a religious flavor to these, uh, movements and in the case of Iran, this country, can you explain why, despite all, all of that religious character, these are in fact, anti imperialist forces and that that's to say, you know, I'm not sitting here saying that they're like necessarily leftist forces.
I'm not, I'm not calling them leftist forces. They certainly have like socially conservative views and they're not necessarily all exactly the same. Like there's a lot of. Internal ideals that Hezbollah or Hamas might espouse that I would disagree with because I myself am not a religious person. Um, that said, these are still anti imperialist forces because again, imperialism has a definition.
So can you explain the meaning behind that? Why are they anti imperialist forces?
BIKRUM GILL: So I think to be, uh, they, they are definitely anti-imperialist forces to be [02:39:00] anti-imperialist. And I think, um, you know, you can go to, uh, ed has Nala. I think I, I caught a speech that he gave, uh, this is long back. I don't know, I just caught it in passing.
But it definitely exists 'cause I, I, I, um, and I often find Nala to be one of the sharpest geopolitical analysts of our times, actually. Like, uh, you know, when the 2006 war happens. And there's this moment of revelation, maybe it had occurred to the Hezbollah leadership before, that is actually U. S.
imperialism. That is the primary contradiction and oppressive force, right? That, uh, that, that, the head of
RANIA KHALEK - HOST, BREAKTHROUGH NEWS: the snake, the head of the snake,
BIKRUM GILL: right? Yeah. So that became definitely the, the, the, the, the line and a clear, sharp, uh, understanding. So what does it mean to be anti imperialist, right? What it means to be anti imperialist is to challenge the basis of imperialism.
The challenge, the basis through which imperialism denies sovereignty To a people, uh, whether, uh, in a national context or in a regional context, right? So, very clearly, both Hezbollah and Hamas have constructed [02:40:00] a force capacity through which to do that, right? Now, that's why they are categorized as terrorist organizations.
by the United States. The United States is not going to, uh, uh, categorize any organization that's not challenging U. S. imperialism. That's actually the qualifying condition, right? Like if you're challenging the basis of U. S. imperialist power, you will be categorized as a terrorist organization.
Arab leaders to meet in Cairo on Gaza as ex-Jordanian FM urges dialogue for a political solution
ANCHOR, AL JAZEERA: To Amman now in Jordan to Jawad Anani. He's the former foreign minister of Jordan. Welcome, sir, to Al Jazeera. Good to have you with us. Um, it is indeed critical, isn't it, that both Egypt and Jordan, uh, step up and present this plan along with other Arab nations. Well,
JAWAD ANANI: it was actually indicated by Mr Trump himself that, uh, He was waiting for alternatives after, uh, the initial, uh, rebuff of the, of the plan which he had presented, uh, at the press conference on the [02:41:00] plane.
Um, so in a way, after meeting with his majesty in Washington, D. C. last week, so in a way, I think that. Mr. Trump himself is looking for alternatives, but the way it was originally put, there was no way on here. There was no way at all for either King Hussein or President Sisi to accept that proposal with the United States actually owns not Not only controls.
He didn't say control. He said we'll own it. And, uh, then we will, you know, put people there who will help, uh, uh, make it a Riviera, uh, you know, all the, all the language sounded so flashy. So, so enticing. It was too good to be true. And the proposal that, uh, both Egypt and, uh, uh, Jordan would undertake to host the refugees or the people of Gaza [02:42:00] 1.
5 million, the original figure was, uh, was too much for them to take, given the fact that they have been hosting refugees and beyond their capacity, and they are still overburdened with the fact that Yeah, with this fact.
ANCHOR, AL JAZEERA: So we've just been hearing that the proposal is to form a national Palestinian committee to govern Gaza, and that would be without Hamas involvement.
What levers do you think that, uh, both Jordan and Egypt and others can bring to bear on Hamas to accept the plan?
JAWAD ANANI: It's not going to be easy because, uh, Hamas, uh, right now, Judging from their, the behavior of the movement and the delivery of, uh, of all hostages dead or alive, uh, they have shown that they want to express the fact that they still exist.
They have the muscle, they have the [02:43:00] weapons, they have the power to threaten others if they are, if things don't go their way. Uh, however, the fact that, uh, you know, probably the best dialogue is to tell Hamas that you, whatever you have done. Uh, it was a reaction to what the Israelis have been doing in besieging the people of Gaza and not allowing them to have a decent living.
And so now your turn is over, you have done all that you can, and now it's about time to really think into, uh, think in political terms. Uh, as long as The Israelis make it a point that Hamas should be disarmed and should be depoliticized. Uh, then the question comes, then, are we dealing with the spoilers of peace?
If that is the case, then also we expect Israel to change its leadership because there is no way in heck that [02:44:00] Arab leaders can find a way. to convince the current government and, and it's very loose, uh, structure, uh, to, to accept any, uh, process that would eventually lead to the resolution of the, uh, Arab Palestinian dispute over, over the occupied territories.
Okay. And also creating a political reform, political solution, which would accommodate, uh, Palestinians in a way that would guarantee Israel's security as well.
Netanyahu's Gaza Disaster- The SHOCKING Truth Behind Israel's Defeat - Double Down News - Air Date 1-29-25
DAVID HEARST: Well, Israel has achieved none of the objectives it set itself 15 months ago. It set itself the objective of collapsing Hamas. Hamas is still very, very much a fighting force and it's in control of Gaza. The sight of Hamas in pristine Toyota Jeeps and new uniforms delivering the three hostages in the middle of Gaza City shocked.[02:45:00]
the Israeli public who'd been fed a diet of news saying that Hamas had been collapsed. Here they were, back again, emerging like ghosts from the rubble, being cheered by the crowds, in control, after 15 months of total war. And they said to themselves, What the hell's been going on? Why have over 400 of our soldiers died for so called total victory over Hamas?
Well, we can see before our eyes that the Hamas fighters have got pristine new uniforms and are in total control of Gaza. In fact, Hamas was recruiting at a faster rate than Israel could kill its fighters, acknowledged by Israel's own generals. It set itself the task of returning all of That's the two hundred and fifty some hostages that Hamas captured.
And most of the hostages that did die, died at the hands of Israel's own bombs. The only way of getting these hostages out alive would be a [02:46:00] deal with Hamas. So on all of those objectives, Israel has failed. And let's be absolutely clear about this. The main obstacle to an agreement with the ceasefire was not Hamas.
It was not the Qataris or the Egyptians, uh, it was not the Americans, not even, uh, the Israeli High Command. The terms of the agreement are very much what Netanyahu could have agreed to months, months earlier. Why didn't he do that? Well, because I think he wanted to keep his extremist ministers, Smotrich and Ben Gavir, in the cabinet.
And also because the Israeli public believed in his propaganda, that the best way of getting the hostages back alive was to pound Hamas. Of course, the exact opposite is the truth. It's much easier to say what Israel has lost in the 15 month war. And apart from national unity and national cohesion, I mean, if you think about it, this is the first time in Israel's history that there have been virulent and active [02:47:00] demonstrations against the war while a war was itself in operation.
So there's all that. going on inside Israel. But outside Israel, Israel has lost decades of diplomacy, of pressure, and of lobbying in Washington to paint itself as the good guy in the Middle East, surrounded by irrational Arab alien forces. It itself has lost A generation of American Jews, 40 percent of American teenagers support Hamas, 66 percent of American Jewish teenagers believe in the Palestinian cause.
They are seeing this conflict through the prism of the last 15 months in Gaza. Now, this point was made by Biden's departing ambassador, Jack Liu, who has not uttered a word of criticism to what was going on in Gaza throughout his very troubled tenure as ambassador. But his parting shot to Israel was you've lost a generation of American supporters and these are the future leaders of the country.
That is a very significant loss. You've also [02:48:00] got Israel in the dock of world opinion now. Trump will just ignore the ICC or try and collapse that as well, but it's still in the dock for genocide and it's still in the dock for war crimes and there are warrants out for the arrest of Netanyahu and Yoav Galant and there are a myriad of court actions taking place in courts around the world which are tied and allied to that.
There's a court action against BP for supplying the oil that the Israeli military use. And there are many, many other cases. In fact, the Israeli army got so worried by the idea that their citizens could be arrested on holiday that they've now taken a great deal of action to disguise the identity of the officers who took part and who bragged about the killing field in Gaza on social media.
I mean, there are Basically two different wars that are being fought. Israel is fighting a western kinetic war aimed at eradicating the [02:49:00] leadership of a militant group that is fighting them in the hope that once that leadership goes then the fighters lose all discipline and all control and they give up.
And also in maximizing collateral damage, in terrorizing the population as a whole to make sure that they pay the maximum price for supporting Hamas or for allowing Hamas to continue. The other war that is being fought is a much, much longer term war, which has become a battle of wills. It's not the Palestinian fighters think that they can win any engagement against a vastly superior military force.
But what they can do is wear their enemy down. And by keeping on fighting one generation after another, that eventually Israel will be forced to negotiate with the Palestinians as equal citizens. on equal terms. [02:50:00] And this historically is the story of the liberation of Algeria. It's the story of Vietnam.
It took six more years for the Americans to withdraw after the Tet Offensive, which like The Hamas attack on October the 7th was deemed at the time to be a military failure, but which started a ball rolling that kept on rolling until America had enough and pulled out. America wasn't defeated militarily in Vietnam, it lost the will to fight it.
The French forces lost the will to stay in Algeria, even though at one point it regarded Algeria as an intrinsic part of France. So in the long run, the historical signs do not look good for Israel. In the short term, they can win every single confrontation with maximum damage, but Gaza showed that the people can resist that and still survive and still be able to reconstruct from the ruins.
Gaza looks [02:51:00] like Hiroshima because in a sense it is. Actually it's two Hiroshima's within the first month. Israel has dropped more bombs on Gaza than America did on Iraq in seven years of war. And more bombs than the allies dropped in the firestorms in Germany in the whole of the second war. That's the amount of firepower that was used against an enclave which was entirely cut off from the rest of the world and being starved.
And still. It didn't break Gaza's will, despite everything that was thrown at Gaza in 15 months. The bombs, the starvation, disease, everything that they endured. Total destruction over 80 percent of their housing. We've never seen figures like this, and we're still only coming to terms with it. with the contours of the scale of the destruction because we haven't toured Gaza from north to south.
That's still only just happening as we speak. As the [02:52:00] decayed bodies are being lifted from the rubble, the death toll will rise and rise and rise. The Lancet says there are three times as many dead bodies as have been claimed by the Palestinian Health Authority, which the mainstream media dismissed as Hamas run.
In fact, it was undercounting the death toll, not as Israel and the Western media would have it, overcounting it, undercounting it by a third. Gaza has shown that the human spirit will prevail and that despite everything that was chucked on it, it will not surrender, it will not wave a white flag, and it will march towards its right for a homeland, for equal rights.
and for self determination and sovereignty. Everything that Israel demands in its place is deserved by the Palestinians. And after the destruction of Gaza, no one, but no one in the world can argue that the [02:53:00] Palestinians don't deserve their own state.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics, which includes the future of American health under the leadership of our conspiracy theorist-in-chief, RFK Jr. And following that, we will examine the widespread and predictable corruption endemic in the Trump administration. You can leave us a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can now reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft.01. There's also a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from Diane Rehm On My Mind; Al Jazeera News; Today, Explained; What Next?, Focus on Africa; Pod Save the World; The Intercept Briefing; On the Nose; American Prestige; Breakthrough News; Democracy Now!; Rev Left Radio; and Double Down [02:54:00] News. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Dion Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist trio, Ken, Brian, and Ben for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting. And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads, and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes, along with a link to join our Discord community, where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, and this has been the [02:55:00] Best of the Left podcast coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1692 Ethnically Cleansing America: Trump's racist whirlwind of deportation and criminalization of immigration (Transcript)
Air Date 2/21/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
There is nothing other than racism at the heart of Trump's immigration policy. He wants to deport as many brown people as possible, stop as many immigrants and refugees as possible, unless they're white people from South Africa or the nearly 40 million Canadians he's invited to enjoy immediate US citizenship. This is not complicated. Trump is a disgusting, blatant racist, and always has been, who's trying to turn the US into a white ethnostate.
Now for those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 45 minutes today includes Amicus; Today, Explained; Make Your Damn Bed; Letters and Politics; and Un-F*ing the Republic.
Then, in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in four sections: Section A, Rights and Fights; Section B, Gitmo & Haiti; Section C, Bipartisan Exploitation; and Section D, Reality on the Ground.
Trump’s Unconstitutional Rampage Against Immigration - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick | Law, justice, and the courts - Air Date 1-25-25
BISHOP MARIANNE BUDDE: I [00:01:00] ask you to have mercy, Mr. President, on those in our communities whose children fear that their parents will be taken away. And that you help those who are fleeing war zones and persecution in their own lands to find compassion and welcome here. Our God teaches us that we are to be merciful to the stranger, for we were all once strangers in this land.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: So I wonder if you could just tell us a little bit about what it was in that clip of the bishop just imploring Donald Trump to have some compassion. What was that a tripwire for?
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: So when that clip went viral, of course, Bishop Budd showed that mercy is still an important part of the American public discourse, and the idea of compassion still has a lot of strength. And Republican representative Mike Collins stated that he [00:02:00] believed the bishop should be deported for having the audacity to ask President Trump to show mercy. And my response was to highlight how far we have fallen from the discourse that we used to have in this country around compassion, mercy, and justice.
These are not terms of weak people. They are core to our foundations as a country. They have been written into our laws. They are in fact, an immigration law. Immigration law contains multiple. avenues for compassion, where people may be allowed to stay in the United States even if they are undocumented, and that has always been the case.
And so I think what touched a nerve is calling out this anti-mercy, anti-compassion behavior as against the founding principles of this country.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: The other, I think, big disconnect that we're all just sitting in, and Mark Joseph Stern and I talked about this earlier in the week when the first executive [00:03:00] orders started coming down, is this gulf between the announced actions and the dictates of the Constitution, or the many statutes that control how law is actually enforced. And, earlier in the week, I said, look, a lot of executive orders are just letters to Santa. They don't have any actual force. And we're going to talk about that in a second. But I think on this question of asylum, we already have CBS News reporting that border agents are being deployed right now to summarily deport migrants crossing into the country without allowing them to even ask for legal protection. At the same time, there's actually no longer any way to cross legally into the country, because on Monday, right after Donald Trump was sworn in, the administration shut down the CBP One app, which threw tens of thousands of migrants trying to navigate a lawful way to enter the country into limbo.
So I think what I'm trying to ask is this question of how much force did these -- on the one hand, [00:04:00] these executive orders are just wish lists. On the other hand, at least in this context of immigration and asylum, they're very much effective and they're leading to action on the ground.
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: Yeah, immigration is an area where the president does have a lot of authority. But immigration is ultimately set to Congress. The Constitution assigns the power of setting rules relating to naturalization to Congress and not to the president. And for the last couple hundred years, that has been interpreted as meaning that it is Congress that ultimately gets to decide who can enter the country and who cannot, and not the president.
When the president does get that authority, it's usually because Congress has given the president that authority, and not because it's an inherent aspect of the presidential power.
But Trump doesn't agree with that. And what he has already said is that he can, in his own view, simply suspend the entirety of the Immigration and [00:05:00] Nationality Act, the laws passed by Congress about how to treat people taken into custody at the border. And he has said that he can simply sweep those aside and order border patrol to turn people away, despite the fact that they do have rights in the law, despite the fact that they have rights under international agreements that the United States is part of. And he says he can simply toss that all aside under his own power.
So to some extent these things have already gone into effect. And there is more to come. There's a travel ban that can come, restrictions on legal immigration are foreshadowed in the executive orders and will be coming in the future. And that's an area where he does have a lot of authority restricting legal immigration.
But what he can't do, and what the courts are likely going to intervene on, is the idea that he can simply declare "I'm President, therefore, I don't have to follow the laws if people are crossing our southern border."
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: So I'm hearing you say that there's just this kind of "L'Etat, c'est moi," I am the [00:06:00] president! I get to supersede everything: the Constitution, every statute, as you said, international law. And, in a strange way, by behaving as though that is true, even though it will all be tested in the courts, there feels like there's a bit of a knock-on effect where entities are starting to behave as though it's true, even if it's not yet.
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: Yeah, and we have already seen a number of people who know better simply acquiesce to this kind of attitude towards constitutional authority and presidential authority. Of course, when it comes to things like his executive order to strip birthright citizenship for millions of non-citizens in the country, the Department of Justice is defending this. They have already filed legal briefings in court arguing that the consensus for centuries that birthright citizenship exists in this country is not real, and can simply be tossed aside with the stroke of a pen. So there are people going along with [00:07:00] this.
The imperial presidency is here, and it's in action, and the question is, how much will the courts push back on it? Because a lot of the institutional actors inside the government are, for the moment, being muzzled, pushed aside, or fired.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: Can we talk for a minute about the purported legal authority that underlies the president's claim that he's just going to, on day one, effectively shut down the southern border? Because there's a kind of a weird mishmash of public health claims and national security, anti-terrorism claims, and of course, the good old foreign invasion claim. We knew that was coming. Can you just walk us through what the basis of this claim that there is a catastrophic emergency at the southern border that allows him to set aside existing statutes and constitutional protections?
AARON REICHLIN-MELNICK: Yeah, so President Trump invokes three specific legal authorities. Two of them [00:08:00] are contained within immigration law. One of them is his claim that as president, he inherently can shut the border whenever there is an invasion, which is a pretty radical argument, considering, again, when the Constitution speaks of invasion, everyone agrees who has ever looked at this issue on a legal basis that it refers to a military invasion, an invasion by a foreign government.
And even if you think that there is an argument that colloquially we are being invaded by migrants, I would disagree with that, but I can understand the argument from a colloquial standpoint. Very clear that there is not a military invasion at the border. And in fact, the vast majority of migrants who have crossed the border in the last four years have voluntarily turned themselves into law enforcement, to the border patrol, and are asking for protection. And I cannot think of a military invasion in the history of the entire planet that began with people [00:09:00] voluntarily turning themselves into the law enforcement of the country to which they were invading.
Nevertheless, he makes a claim, first, that under the Constitution, in order to support the constitutional provision that says the executive shall protect the states against an invasion, that he can suspend the physical entry of individuals coming into the United States. Now, what that means as a practical basis remains to be seen.
Separately, he invokes two provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, which authorize the president to suspend the entry of individuals. One is the travel ban authority, Section 212(f) of the Immigration and Nationality Act. This is the authority that the Supreme Court said gave him extraordinary deference to suspend legal admissions into the country. And the other is a similar provision that operates for restricting visas.
The travel ban authority, however, is already in effect at the border. President Biden [00:10:00] invoked this authority in the past. President Trump invoked this authority at the border in his first term. But it didn't do anything on its own. The widespread agreement of the Trump's administration first term and the Biden administration was that this authority, when invoked at the border, had to operate along with another law that let them use that authority to restrict asylum. And the way that worked was that Biden and Trump pushed out regulations saying, if you cross the border in violation of a presidential suspension of entry, we are deciding in our discretion not to grant you asylum. And they had a law on the books that says the Attorney General can set restrictions on asylum that they deem necessary. So there was a pretty clear legal fig leaf.
Now, and there are good disagreements about how that authority was exercised and whether that asylum restriction was lawful, but nevertheless, they pointed to a specific law and said, this law authorizes us to suspend asylum. [00:11:00] These new executive orders do not do that. They simply assert, I have put this suspension in effect under Section 212(f). Therefore, I am suspending not only asylum, but I am declaring that people cannot apply for any other benefit in immigration law that might permit someone to stay in the country. So that could mean a visa, that could mean applying for a green card through a spouse, that could mean applying for protection under the Convention Against Torture. There are so many other things in the law that are not asylum that a migrant might be eligible for. And Trump is simply saying, I can come in and with a stroke of a pen say every one of these protections that Congress has written into law are no longer available for people.
And that is sweeping. He did not make this claim his first time.
Guantanamo’s other history Part 1 - Today, Explained - Air Date 2-10-12
NOEL KING - HOST, TODAY, EXPLAINED: So President Trump has directed that migrants be sent to Guantanamo Bay. What did his order say exactly? What are the specifics here?
NICK MIROFF: Well, the order is basically to the Department of Defense and the Department of Homeland Security. And it [00:12:00] says, you know, use use the Guantanamo Bay facility to expand holding capacity for dangerous criminals, but then also for whatever purposes you see fit. And that's kind of the key here. They seem to be looking at it both as a place where they can they can send in particular, you know, Venezuelan suspected gang members who they have a hard time detaining and who have been really a focus of a lot of the government's, the Trump administration's messaging around the, you know, worst of the worst criminals.
DONALD TRUMP: Well, some of them are so bad we don't even trust the countries to hold them because we don't want them coming back. So we're going to send them out to Guantanamo.
NICK MIROFF: But then they also are looking for capacity.
DONALD TRUMP: This will double our capacity immediately. Right. And tough. That's a tough it's a tough place to get out of.
NICK MIROFF: They do not have the space in the United States and their existing network of facilities to suddenly increase by thousands and thousands of people. And so that's going to be you know, that's the thing I'm really [00:13:00] looking for, do they plan to to to really bring, you know, up to 30,000 people, as President Trump said to this to this site off, you know, outside the United States.
NOEL KING - HOST, TODAY, EXPLAINED: Is it accurate that we don't have facilities inside the continental United States for that many people? What do you know about that?
NICK MIROFF: Well, it's not it's not quite accurate in that sense. It's that..so ICE is funded to be able to detain about 40,000 people at any given time in its network of detention facilities. And those consist of mostly, you know, privately run jails, but then also county jails that rent, you know, beds out to ice for relatively short term detentions. We're talking usually about a few weeks for the duration of the amount of time it takes ice to get somebody ready to be deported and to get them on a plane and back to their home country. And so the thing to keep in mind here is that President Trump has launched this incredibly aggressive enforcement operation with the kind of existing infrastructure [00:14:00] of ICE.
DONALD TRUMP: So it's just an unforced error that we even have to be doing this. Now we need Congress to provide full funding for the complete and total restoration of our sovereign borders, as well as financial support to remove record numbers of illegal aliens.
NICK MIROFF: ICE hasn't gotten new money. It hasn't gotten a huge increase in officers, and it certainly hasn't gotten a big increase in the number of beds it has available. And so while its current, you know, network is maxed out, it can look to expand by adding, you know, more beds in county jails. You know, we know that it's already talking to private contractors about expanding what they're able to offer. And then they've also looked at military bases in the United States where they could potentially hold people and actually add one more, you know, option that they're looking at. And this really kind of underscores the all of the above approach, which is that there are what they call soft sided facilities along the border, basically tent camps that they have used in [00:15:00] previous years to deal with surges in border crossings. And so they've been using them as kind of processing centers for migrants coming into the country. And I think that, you know, they're going to be looking to see if they can repurpose some of those to hold people who they're trying to send out.
NOEL KING - HOST, TODAY, EXPLAINED: What is going on at Guantanamo Bay right now? Has anyone arrived? There are things being built.
NICK MIROFF: Yeah. So, so far, they've sent about 30 detainees there on a series of flights and they are being held in the holding facility for the the military detainees, but then also for some of these other migrants, they're essentially being kept in kind of a separate legal distinction. But separately, they are eyeing this, you know, broader area where they would potentially. Build an outdoor holding facility. We know that there have been that there have been dozens of kind of, you know, tents set up for workers there. They appear to be staging, you know, other construction materials in preparation for for the, you know, [00:16:00] the expansion of this camp. And so the question is going to be, you know, how many people are they going to really try to send there? And then, you know, are U.S. federal courts going to allow that?
NOEL KING - HOST, TODAY, EXPLAINED: What do we know about the the men and I'm assuming they're all men who have arrived so far. Are they? I mean, President Trump says we're going to send the worst of the worst there.Are these men criminals? What are they accused of other than being in the U.S. illegally?
NICK MIROFF: Well, that's the thing. We don't know anything about them. I mean, the government hasn't released their names. It hasn't said what they're charged with, whether they've ever been convicted. We just have sort of broad outlines and know that they're primarily have been, you know, Venezuelan males who are accused by the government of being “Tren de Aragua.” They are our gang members. That's a Venezuelan prison gang whose, you know, members have showed up in the United States and have been linked to, to crimes over the past few years as part of this broader historic wave of Venezuelan migration. Whether or not they really [00:17:00] are Tren de Aragua rival gang members, you know, we no one can assess at this point unless the government starts to tell us more or we see actual, you know, information released about about, you know, why they were sent there and who they are. And in the absence of that, you know, we just we just really don't know.
Know your rights (immigration edition) - Make Your Damn Bed - Air Date 1-23-25
JULIE MERICA - HOST, MAKE YOUR DAMN BED: I want to share some resources that help us to understand our rights. Because regardless of your immigration status, you have guaranteed rights under the Constitution.
According to the National Immigrant Justice Center, it's important to create a safety plan. Identify your emergency contacts, and memorize their phone numbers. Provide your child's school or daycare with an emergency contact to pick up your child, and provide authorization in writing for your emergency contact to make medical and legal decisions for your child. And inform your loved ones that if you are detained by ICE, they can try to use ICE's online detainee locator to find you. All they will need is your A number.
Again, [00:18:00] every single person, documented or not, in the United States has constitutional protections. You also have the right to remain silent when questioned or arrested by immigration officers.
And now feels like good a time as any to remind everyone that you should not talk to the police. They are not only allowed to lie to you, but they're allowed to manipulate what you say. Don't talk to the cops. I saw a lawyer say a long time ago when dealing with cops to shut the fuck up, and it stuck with me. But it can make a huge difference in dealing with the repercussions.
Being stopped by immigration officers or other law enforcement is terrifying, but it is crucial that you stay calm. During any encounter with law enforcement, it's important to do the following:
One is to stay calm. Don't run, don't argue, don't resist, don't fight. Even if you believe your rights are being violated or you're being treated [00:19:00] unfairly, keep your hands where police can see them and check in with them before you move your hands to check for your wallet or to show your papers.
Don't lie about your status. Don't provide false documents. If you're pulled over in a traffic stop, ask if the officer is from the police department or immigration, because again, cops can lie, and immigration officers often identify themselves as police, but they're not police. Ask them if they're from immigrations and Customs Enforcement, what we call ICE, or Customs and Border Protection, CBP.
If they're immigration officers, follow these guidelines about what information to provide to them. If you are a U. S. citizen, or you have lawful immigration status, show your passport, show your legal permanent resident card, show your work permit, or other documentation of your status.
If you're over the age of 18, you should carry your papers with you at all times. If you are [00:20:00] undocumented, you have the right to remain silent, and you do not have to discuss your immigration or citizenship status with the police. You don't have to discuss it with immigration agents or any other official. Anything that you tell an officer can and will later be used against you in immigration court.
If an officer knocks on your door, do not open it. Teach your kids not to open it. If they don't have a warrant, they can't come in. Officers must have a warrant signed by a judge to enter your home. The thing is, ICE provides warrants that are not signed by judges. They're ICE forms signed by other ICE officers, but they don't grant authority to enter a home without consent of the occupants. They're looking to trick you into that consent. So ask them what judge signed the warrant. You can access sample versions of what these warrants look like so you can see them yourself, at immigrantjustice.org, the link is in the show notes.
[00:21:00] If you are outdoors and think you see an immigration officer nearby, move to a safe indoor space. But if you're a U. S. citizen and you feel safe to do so, it can make a huge difference if you begin to record the activity with your phone, or write down any relevant information about what you witness. Be really careful not to interfere or otherwise obstruct the operation. And in some places, like the state I live in, it is illegal to film cops within 30 feet or something, so look up your local laws with filming police. But I'm a big fan of the idea that we can not only waste these ICE agents' time, because they're wasting ours, but also ensure that they're doing their job by the book.
Just be careful not to post unverified information on social media, or interfere with the investigation, or otherwise put yourself in harm's way.
And the ACLU suggests similar things when it comes to knowing your rights. They agree that you have the right to remain silent, and you do not have to [00:22:00] discuss your immigration or citizenship status with police, immigration agents, or other officials. Because again, anything you say to an officer can later be used against you in immigration court.
But if you are not a U. S. citizen, and an immigration agent requests your immigration papers, you must show them if you have them with you. If you're over 18, carry your papers with you at all times. If you don't have them, tell the officer that you want to remain silent, and that you want to consult a lawyer before answering any questions.
And if an immigration agent asks if they can search you, you have the right to say no. Agents do not have the right to search you or your belongings without your consent or probable cause. Please note that in some states, if you are stopped and told to identify yourself, you must provide your name to law enforcement. But even if you give your name, you don't have to answer any other questions. They can ask you to show your license, your vehicle registration, and your proof of [00:23:00] insurance, but you don't have to answer questions about your immigration status.
Custom officers can ask you about your immigration status when entering or leaving the country. If you are a lawful permanent resident, who has maintained your status, you only have to answer questions establishing your identity and permanent residency. Refusal to answer other questions will likely cause delay. But officials might not deny you entry into the United States for failure to answer them.
If you're a non-citizen visa holder, you might be denied entry into the U. S. if you refuse to answer these officers' questions.
If you need more information, please contact your local ACLU affiliate. The ACLU has been around a long time, and they have been doing the work. They've been doing the work for communities across our nation for decades. In the show notes there are a ton of resources and further reading on this, and most of these resources are available in other languages, so I [00:24:00] highly suggest you share far and wide, if you can.
One of the resources I've included is the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement online detainee locator system. So that if someone you know is detained, you can find them in the system and check in on the status of their case.
I've also included a PDF from the ACLU with a very brief, very easy to read, what to do if you're stopped by police, immigration agents, or the FBI. If you want to read it, share it, or print it and post it somewhere, that would be great too.
And of course, I'm including a few other random resources for further reading, if you're interested. But I thought it might be helpful to call out some of the more important PDFs and documents just in case.
Please stay safe. Stay calm. Stay grounded. And remember that no matter what, you do have rights.
Operation Wetback and the Bipartisan Legacy of US Deportations Part 1 - Letters and Politics - Air Date 1-16-25
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: One of the slogans we hear from Trump and his supporters and people that he is [00:25:00] selecting to fill his cabinet and other positions in the administration is America First. America First. And I feel like this hasn't been very interrogated. It hasn't been interrogated enough about what that term means, America First. In the history of that term America First.
There was an American First movement, American First Committee, during World War II, which if you do some investigation into it, you see that was considered a fascist group in the United States during World War II in the 1940s in that period of time.
Is the America First going back in history on your radar when it comes to the treatment and the attitudes towards immigrants in this country?
ADAM GOODMAN: I think there's almost another parallel that might be more fitting in that sense or in that regard to the World War I era, a century ago.
Again, to where we had mass immigration from China, mass immigration from Japan, and especially from southern and eastern Europe, and increasingly so from Mexico. [00:26:00] But immigrants as a percentage of the overall population reached around 14%, in the 19 teens. That's roughly what it is now. It hasn't reached a similar level in the past century. But there's some kind of echo there historically. And also the buildup of xenophobia and anti-immigrant rhetoric and the scapegoating of immigrants for political gain, and racism directed at immigrant communities. It was another kind of echo we hear.
And I think that one of the things that makes it so effective, both then and now, is that people have real needs, people are suffering and hurting economically, and politicians pick up on that and scapegoat immigrants as the reason why people are suffering. And that's not the case. Immigrants are not the cause of the suffering, but they're an effective scapegoat and much easier to point the finger at them than to actually address the [00:27:00] problems underlying people's hardships.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: Tell me more about what's happening in World War I era, during the World War I era.
ADAM GOODMAN: Well, there's a lot of fear about different people who have different political beliefs and who are political radicals, anarchists and socialists from Southern and Eastern Europe, in addition to people who have been coming and pushing out workers from jobs.
So, Chinese labor, which in the late 19th century were seen as in direct competition by many other immigrant communities, including the Irish immigrants, who are moving west to work in mines and to work on the railroad, the transcontinental railroad. Immigrant groups pitted themselves against one another, and push for exclusionary policies and used politicians to try to achieve those goals and to protect their communities.
And, this is something that we [00:28:00] see in World War I era, in the 19 teens, really picking up what at that point was decades of pressure, to cut down on immigration. And the fact that there was such dramatic demographic change in the country in the late 19th and early 20th century, eventually leads to the passage of a series of acts in the 19 teens, 1920s, culminating in the 1924 Immigration Act, oftentimes thought of as the National Origins Quota Act. And what that did was drastically restricted who could come to the United States.
By that point, most people from Asia were barred from entering. They created what was called the Asia Barred Zone. It didn't allow people who are laborers to come. Some people still were able to make it in around those quotas and around those restrictions, but usually people of means, people who had economic standing. And [00:29:00] it also dramatically reduced those from Southern and Eastern Europe. So places like Russia or Soviet Union, Poland, Italy, Greece, and elsewhere.
And so this is a time when immigrants were seen as a threat, a fundamental threat to the fabric of the nation. And these movements of America First and America for Americans, really pick up steam.
Now, the fact that there was a war, this war of global proportion, also mattered a great deal. We see that there's a tie or connection between national security concerns and people coming from other countries being seen as a perceived threat or a potential threat. I think that's something there's echoes of as well throughout the past century.
But, this really restrictionist, draconian act passed in 1924 [00:30:00] led to a dramatic reduction in who could come to the United States in the decades ahead, to the point where immigrants as a percentage of the population went from 14% in the 19 teens to about 5 percent by 1970. And since then, because of changes in law, that's increased again. And I think we're seeing the effects and impact of that now, the current presidency, of Joe Biden, but also moving into the second Trump term.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: It's very interesting. From 5 percent or from 14 percent I think is what you said, to 5 percent after...
ADAM GOODMAN: and now back up to around 14.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: Now back up to around 14. And this is the 1924 Immigration Act. That would be the law of the land to what, the 1964 Immigration
ADAM GOODMAN: 1965.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: 65 Immigration Act.
ADAM GOODMAN: Yeah, there's some other acts passed in the interim, but it's not until 1965 that another Immigration Act, under the guise of civil rights policy [00:31:00] passed during the administration of, Lyndon B. Johnson, eliminates the national origins quotas.
But something I should have mentioned about the 1924 Act is that it did not apply to the Western Hemisphere. So it didn't apply to immigrants coming from Mexico, or from the Caribbean for that matter. And what happens is that once most of the migration is limited from Asia and from southern and eastern Europe, which had been supplying the labor that was much needed during that time, employers started looking more and more south to Mexico for their supply of labor.
That labor demand, and also the geographic proximity, obviously, of Mexico and the United States, leads to an increase in Mexican migration during the course of the middle of the 20th century. In addition to programs like the Temporary Guest Worker Program, sometimes referred to as the Bracero Program, which happened in 1942 to [00:32:00] 1964.
But in 1965, a few things happened. The Bracero Program ends, no longer allowing people from Mexico to come to the United States with legal status, albeit temporary and albeit under exploitative conditions. And also the 1965 Immigration Act, which does away with the national origins quotas, liberalizing immigration policy in that sense, puts the first ever cap on immigration from the Western Hemisphere. The first ever cap on immigration from the Western Hemisphere is under the 1965 Act. And this is the punitive side of the Act that people hadn't known as much about until recent work by scholars has focused on this and looked at how the combination of these factors led to fewer opportunities for Mexicans, who had been coming to the United States for decades at this point, to do so through legal channels.
Unsurprisingly, people continued to come, continued to migrate, because they had jobs, [00:33:00] because they had families, because they had created these transnational lives in many cases. However, now they were considered to be undocumented or unauthorized. So it's in part this crucial moment in 1965 that does away with the national origins quotas, but also would create the fundamental conditions politically, and in terms of policy, that would lead to the large growth of the undocumented population in the country.
Extraordinary Cruelty, Ordinary Policy: Immigration and Deportation Under Trump 2.0. - Unf*cking The Republic - Air Date 1-31-25
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: We can't talk about immigration without talking about why people come here in the first place. Enter the Washington Consensus. Now, we've covered it before. This was the brilliant idea to treat Latin America and the Caribbean like a commodity store rather than partners. Essentially, we've treated our neighbors to the south as a commodity source—labor, minerals, timber, oil, rather than a partner. We help build entire economies on the other side of the world, while ignoring the potential of the LAC to be more than a strip mine or cheap labor pool.
Now, as we've said [00:34:00] before, The Washington Consensus is a reflection of ethnocentric attitudes rather than a suite of policy prescriptions and what contributes to this persistent narrative that these countries are filled with unproductive savages who just want to suck on the teats of our welfare programs.
The opportunities remain abundant and available if we only developed a more proactive and less racist attitude toward the region as a whole. And it looked for a moment during the global pandemic that we might wake up to the possibility of true partnership. One that would ameliorate trade, reduce the flow of asylum seekers, and reduce carbon emissions.
Sadly, the Biden administration ignored the opportunity even as the two largest economies in the LAC, Mexico and Brazil, moved further left and tried to open up more productive conversations throughout the region. No one represents this antiquated, paternalistic view of the Southern Hemisphere more than Joe Biden mind you.
Biden could have [00:35:00] moved to normalize economic relations with Venezuela and eliminate sanctions that only serve to strengthen Maduro's authoritarian grip on the country and punish its citizens. I mean, for some reason, this dictator totally off the table. Every other dictator in the world we can do business with.
This is what led to the surge in migration that gave us Trump, because that was an actual crisis. And Biden could have also finished what Obama started in Cuba by minting it as a major trading partner and opened up the flow of tourism. He could have partnered more closely with new president Claudia Scheinbaum and returning president Lula da Silva to form an economic alliance that would reduce our dependence upon China.
All of this, all of his failures of diplomacy and foreign policy left a vacuum that is once again being filled by the bloviator in chief who's taking all of the wrong lessons from the strongmen in the region and ignoring partnerships with our two most natural allies who also happen to be the biggest trading partners.
Now, Trump [00:36:00] once again designated Cuba as a state sponsor of terrorism. Repeated his intention to implement punitive tariffs on Mexico, threatened Colombia with sanctions after they refused to take in a military plane of 200 deported migrants, none of whom, by the way, were accused of committing any crimes.
And he's celebrating the brutal economic policies of Javier Millet in Argentina and authoritarian policies of Najib Bukele in El Salvador. Our policies and attitudes toward the LAC region are so short sighted, racist, and depraved it makes my blood boil.
In terms of who's being targeted in these roundups. The biggest threat I can see is in the characterization of criminality and status under the Trump regime. This is where it goes from business as usual, but with more teeth and video cameras, to dictatorship style pogroms. Consider the following scenarios.
MANNY FACES: About 35 percent of the deportations ordered over the past decade were for people who [00:37:00] didn't appear in court under a deportation order. This goes back to Clinton's criminalization catch 22. This person might be the breadwinner for a family here, sends money back home, is raising a kid born on U. S. soil, and is generally a productive citizen.
This person is also considered a criminal and might be rounded up by ICE.
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: According to an article in the Texas Tribune, currently nearly 3 million people have legal permission to work and live in the U. S. Under various federal programs that don't provide a path to permanent legal status or citizenship.
The programs can be renewed or scrapped at the discretion of each new presidential administration. End quote. These are the so called collateral roundups that Trump is proposing to include.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Okay, alternately, They could be a member of a gang, wanted for a violent crime here in the United States, or perhaps in their home country.
There are immigrants being targeted by ICE currently, and historically, that fall under this category, and this is the pretense under which this administration and most of Trump land [00:38:00] media is operating. A few good eggs will be swept up with the bad eggs, but that's the price we pay for freedom, right?
This kind of aligns with what the young man at the top of the episode said as well. But let's dig into this last part a bit more. Right now, Congress is debating the Lake and Riley Act, which would require ICE to also detain undocumented immigrants accused of lesser, non violent crimes. There's a lot going on here.
So, let's take the undocumented person, Wanted for a crime in their home country. Assuming we have extradition privileges and communication with the nation of origin, this is pretty straightforward path, right?
MANNY FACES: Unless of course, this person is a political refugee wanted for protesting an authoritarian regime and demanding fair and open elections.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Hmm, right. Well, I guess a proper procedure should be followed in this instance. But what about the undocumented immigrant that committed a crime on US soil? Surely they have to go, right?
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Unless, of course, this crime involved your family and this person stands a better chance of roaming free [00:39:00] once back in their home country rather than facing our criminal justice system.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Oh. The Lake and Riley Act adds a bit of clarity by adding non violent crimes, which basically, just helps us weed out bad actors from our society. surely there's no harm in that, right?
MANNY FACES: Sure, except for the part about only needing to be accused of a crime. In theory, you could press charges against someone you hold a grudge against for taking your parking spot, and suddenly they're in the system, and ICE is deporting them.
So, because you lost your parking spot at Trader Joe's and decided to make a false accusation against someone you don't know and it turns out that they're the only provider for an entire family, working nights and weekends in jobs that Americans won't fill, sending money home to El Salvador, so the rest of their family can survive and not seek asylum in the United States?
And one of the jobs is a caretaker to an old disabled lady whose kids don't live in the same state, so they pay this person off the books? Because her insurance doesn't cover the cost of an aid. And since ice swept up this person and the old lady wasn't notified, she goes three days without eating, gets dizzy, falls and hits her head [00:40:00] and dies.
The family in El Salvador falls in a crisis and the entire family has to flee the country, but they're too weak and hungry, so they die in the muddy waters of the Darien Gap. Everyone died, all because you got an honest immigrant deported.
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Way to go, Max.
MANNY FACES: Asshole.
ANCHORMAN CLIP: Boy, that escalated quickly. I mean, that really got out of hand fast.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Point being, this level of nuance isn't being discussed anywhere on the left or the right. So it's important for us not to add to the confusion by getting it wrong.
Before we go, we should reinforce some facts that we've covered before to demolish some right wing bullshit. Now, you've heard it before. Immigrants are flooding across the borders to take advantage of our free social services. Really? Let's count what undocumented immigrants can't get and see there's Medicaid, TANF, Child Welfare Payments, SNAP, Unemployment Insurance, [00:41:00] Disability Insurance, Social Security, basically everything.
But here's the kicker. Undocumented workers pay about 13 billion a year into Social Security that they'll never be able to claim. They pay property taxes through their rent that funds public schools. The only benefits they can access? Emergency room care and public education for their kids, that's it.
And with respect to public education, public schools are primarily funded by local property taxes. These are paid by homeowners or landlords. Tenants pay these homeowners for apartments and rooms or landlords for apartments and storefronts. See how this works? That leaves emergency rooms, which I'll address in the Medicare for All episode.
And it also leaves school lunches. So that's the last thing, right? On this latter point, I have to concede. Undocumented children receive free school lunches. And the federal government is on the hook for that. Let's actually do a little math. Let's see. [00:42:00] The federal government spends around 17. 2 billion on school lunches.
About 7 percent of students are undocumented. That's 1. 2 billion per year Feeding undocumented children. Now the federal budget for 2025 is 7. 3 trillion. So my math is correct. School lunches for undocumented children represents 0. 016 percent of the federal budget.
MANNY FACES: So she put it that way to port them all.
99 - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: Stop it.
MAX - HOST, UNF*CKING THE REPUBLIC: These right wing talking points are garbage and the media outlets that repeat them are garbage outlets filled with garbage people, but as leftists, We don't get to pick and choose the facts that support our narratives either. Now look, I get it, we need to call out Trump's cruelty, his racist rhetoric, his intentional trauma infliction.
But we also need to be honest about something. The difference between Trump and Obama [00:43:00] isn't in the numbers. It's in the cruelty of execution and the willingness to put it on display for all of us to see. He's taunted us, for sure. And yet, the left needs to be morally consistent here. Yes, Trump's approach is more brutal, more racist, more cruel, but the machinery he's using?
That was built and maintained by both parties. Clinton criminalized existence, Bush militarized the border, Obama perfected deportation, Biden used it all and then some, and Trump? Trump just took off the mask. The real solution isn't in who can deport more people or build bigger walls. It's in recognizing that the entire fucking framework is broken.
We need to rebuild our relationship with Latin America and the Caribbean, create real economic partnerships, decriminalize immigrant status, and stop treating people like political footballs. But that would require admitting that both parties have blood on their hands, and in [00:44:00] Washington, that's the one thing that's still illegal.
In the meantime, fuck Donald Trump. Elon Musk is a Nazi. Protect those you love, and even some you might not. Because next time around it could be you
Note from the Editor on what we can learn from imaginary borders
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with Amicus discussing Trump's immigration overreach. Today, Explained looked at the plan to send tens of thousands of detainees to Guantanamo Bay. Make Your Damn Bed laid out many of the rights people should know when dealing with police and immigration. Letters and Politics looked at the history of the America First movement. And Un-F*ing the Republic highlighted the Washington consensus at the heart of our broken immigration system. And those were just our Top Takes; there's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members, who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. And to have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new, members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at [00:45:00] BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
Now, if you have a question or would like your comments included in the show, our upcoming topics include Trump's other dystopian and racist proposal to ethnically cleanse Gaza, followed by the dangers of RFK Jr. and the future of health in America. So get your comments and questions in now for those topics. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. We're also findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal with the handle bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I got thinking about Trump's line about the border between the US and [00:46:00] Canada being an artificially drawn line, right? This was all part of his rhetorical trial balloon to see if it might actually be possible to bully Canada into becoming part of the US. To be clear, this is horrible, imperialistic, inhuman, is not something you should do to people, especially when using the threat of economic hardship as a cudgel to bully an entire country full of people who are perfectly happy and proud to not be Americans.
That said, the philosophical idea behind the point about borders being artificial, actually, I think, makes that one of the smartest things Trump has ever accidentally said. Most borders are arbitrary to a greater or lesser degree. They just as often create unhelpful divisions between very, very similar people who should live together, as they create logical divides.
Most of the [00:47:00] border between the US and Canada simply runs along the 49th parallel of latitude from the Salish Sea between Vancouver and Seattle over to a body of water that I'd never even heard of called the Lake of the Woods in northern Minnesota. And then from there, there are plenty more squiggles that mostly follow waterways and make maybe a bit more sense, but there is nothing more arbitrary and artificial than a straight line cutting across hundreds and hundreds of miles of land.
Now, just for fun, as if to make that point abundantly clear, check out Point Roberts, Washington on a map. It's a tiny peninsula of land owned by the United States that you can only access by ferry or by driving through Canada, because it just slightly pokes down from Canada over the 49th parallel. Does that make any kind of logical sense? No. None whatsoever.
So, not that Trump was putting this much thought into it or anything, but political borders drawn by humans are part of a concept called "imagined order." We imagine [00:48:00] things to be true and real, like governmental systems, economic systems, and borders drawn on a map. And they are real only in that we make them real by collectively believing in them and acting on those beliefs. But, in reality, they are imaginary.
So what I find interesting is to compare this truthful statement about the artificial nature of borders from Trump, and his cohort of America First fascists who put a lot of irrational emotional energy and value on those arbitrary borders that divide up the world.
But all it takes is for Trump to get the idea that if we erase one of those imaginary lines, then he could expand our imaginary empire, and rule over more land and people as the imaginary king that he believes himself to be. That's when the sanctity of the borders completely falls away.
But if I was just talking about them being hypocrites, that wouldn't be all that [00:49:00] interesting. My point is that when we fully embrace the reality that the arbitrary lines that divide up the world are, in fact, imaginary, it pokes an enormous hole in the idea that people in other countries who just happen to live on the other side of these imaginary lines are fundamentally different from us, or something to be feared.
Trump came to power largely on the idea that immigrants are scary and dangerous, and then immediately pointed out that borders are kind of bullshit. The reality is that most people in the world are perfectly lovely. Some are kind of assholes, and a very few are genuinely dangerous. But you can't tell which is which based on what country they come from.
And I know, it's obvious, Trump and company don't actually care about which country people come from, as evidenced by their embrace of Canada, Greenland, white South Africans. They just pretend that that's what they think, so that they don't have to say out loud that they think they can judge character based on the color of people's [00:50:00] brown skin.
Whereas we know that the best way to judge character these days is based on the color of their red hats.
SECTION A: RIGHTS & FIGHTS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now we'll continue to dive deeper on four topics.
Next up, Section A: Rights and Fights, followed by Section B: Gitmo and Haiti, Section C: Bipartisan Exploitation, and Section D: Reality on the Ground.
INTERVIEW: Knowing your rights in the face of ICE - The Worst of All Possible Worlds - Air Date 1-30-25
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: I wanted to to pivot to talking a bit more concretely about ice, which we've been mentioning immigration and customs enforcement I think that a lot of people have a vague sense of what it is that ice is and what it does Um, but can you be as concrete and specific as possible about who they are?
Uh, where they get their power from and what their remit is both traditionally and as it is now under the Trump government.
ISAAC ADAMS: ICE is a creation, is a sub agency of the U. S. Department of Homeland Security. So all of this bureaucracy that exists is part of the reordering of the government post 9 [00:51:00] 11. They have attorneys, we call them OPLA, the Office of the Principal Legal Advisor's Office.
They're the people that are essentially the rough equivalent of a district attorney. They are the people prosecuting immigration offenses. The ICE that most people talk about is ERO arm of ICE. It is the Enforcement and Removal Operations. They are authorized by congressional action as well as. All of our layers of legal framework that go with that executive mandate and regulations that have been promulgated as well as judicial authority being granted to them and authorizing them to enforce our immigration laws that does give them fairly broad powers.
to investigate and to question people. They are not police themselves, though. They, they don't investigate actual crimes. There is another part of ICE that is the Homeland Security Investigations Department, and [00:52:00] I'm not familiar with them at all. I usually don't interact with them. Um, that's more of the anti terrorism portion of ICE.
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: So those are like actual police detectives, that kind of thing?
ISAAC ADAMS: From my understanding, but I, I, my day to day interaction with them and understanding of the Homeland Security Investigations arm of ICE is, is very limited. Sure. Enforcement and removal operations during the Biden administration, um, they are the people that deal with the day to day interactions with immigrants who are in removal proceedings.
They, the most common way to deal with immigrants who arrive to the United States, um, is to without documentation and who are placed in any kind of proceeding is to release them on their own recognizance depending on the regime. They may or may not have an ankle bracelet to monitor then and make sure that they go to court but they have to do report dates.
It's kind of like, you know, you're going to, um, your parole officer, checking in, making sure that you're doing what you're supposed to do, that you're going to your courts.
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: And, [00:53:00] and sorry just to jump in here, but when you say release them on their own recognizance, what, what exactly does that mean?
ISAAC ADAMS: So, the process at the border has, has been for most of my career, An immigrant will arrive at the U.
S. United States border, um, either at a port of entry that was much more acceptable and they provided methods for doing that under the Biden administration, there was an app called CBP one that. Now, those interactions are with a different Department of Homeland Security sub agency called customs and border patrol CBP would find the person, whether they entered at a port of entry.
Through CBP 1 during the Biden administration, or whether they crossed at some other entry point. They're grabbed by ICE. Usually, instead of detaining them, that takes a lot of time, it takes a lot of money, it's inhumane. What they do is they talk to them, they figure out what's going on, and then they determine, okay, this is a person that we're going to, that I can't remove based on our current guidelines for expedited removal.
I'm going to give them a notice to [00:54:00] appear in immigration court, and then I'm going to release them, make sure that we have an address, make sure that they know that they need to go to court. And then they're allowed to go, they have certain requirements, you need to check in, you need to report with us, and you need to go to the immigration court and let the judge know why you shouldn't be deported back to your native country.
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: Where are these people usually housed during that interim period? Are these the people who would sometimes be in those detainment facilities that would get set up?
ISAAC ADAMS: Yes, so this is, you know, the, this is the. Babies in prisons kind of thing that happened to the first time during Trump. Right. Okay. There, they had so many people.
We didn't have the detention facilities for it. This is one of the failures of the Biden administration. That's going to make Trump too much more effective. Biden promised us the first time when he was running for president, I'm going to eliminate the private prison industry. I'm going to close all private immigration detention centers.
That didn't happen. It didn't take very many steps even to try to [00:55:00] make that happen. If we had closed those, we wouldn't have the detention capacity to even be attempting to do the kinds of things that they want to do.
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: Do you have a sense of what the current capacity is?
ISAAC ADAMS: It's pretty full. I don't know what the full current capacity is.
We have a lot of people in immigration detention, and the rules for immigration detention are quite expansive. This new Lake and Riley Act has made it even more expansive than they were before. Okay. Increasing the number of people who are not only detainable, but mandatory detainees. Um, hopefully we can challenge a lot of this act.
In the courts, I believe that in passing the Lake and Riley act, the Congress has actually exceeded their authority under the constitution in certain extent, in certain areas, there is a lot of leeway for the immigration courts and the immigration detention centers to say. No, you're going to be imprisoned as though you committed some kind of crime, even though you've only been accused of a crime.
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: Well, and I think that's a really [00:56:00] important point, that the industrialization of this whole situation, it's basically created an entire separate industry. Like, part of what is going on here is that there is profit to be made, and That is to the benefit of the people who are operating these what are effectively prisons.
This is for the most part, not actually owned or operated by the United States government. These are this is all contract work,
ISAAC ADAMS: and even when they are government facilities. Their local jails that are subcontracting part of their space out and they're being managed by private companies It's a huge for profit industry
JOSH BOERMAN - HOST, THE WORST OF ALL WORLDS: So I wanted to take it back to the lake and riley act for a second because when I was watching uh trump Issue the proclamation that I guess we're reopening Guantanamo Bay to house 30, 000 migrants, which I want to talk about a little bit later.
Uh, there was a Fox News blurb on the bottom on their little crawler [00:57:00] talking about that act in basically, you know, framing it up as yet another great example of the United States of America defeating the immigrant menace. Um, and I was hoping you could talk a little bit about exactly what the Lake and Riley Act was about.
Is, uh, what it specifically empowers ICE to do, as well as how it reshapes the landscape regarding immigration more broadly.
ISAAC ADAMS: Yeah, the, the biggest thing that the Lakin Riley Act does from, from my perspective, and I haven't read the actual full language of the bill, so I, I've just been watching the news reports and then following.
The chatter amongst lawyers groups and seeing what they say. The biggest thing that I've noticed about it is that it creates and expands the nature of what is called mandatory detention under our immigration laws. Mandatory detention says that in certain circumstances, Not only should we consider imprisoning this person and holding them indefinitely for [00:58:00] these kinds of serious crimes, but that it is something that we actually have to do.
We're obligated to keep them in prison while we determine whether or not they're allowed to stay in the United States. The Lake and Riley Act substantially increased the number of things that are considered mandatorily detained and, and expands the ability of ICE to detain people in general, whether or not we actually have the capacity or will have the capacity to detain that many people is yet to be seen, but because of the fear mongering that happens.
The, the levels of crime from immigrants is actually lower than the rate of crime amongst U. S. citizens, but they have made people afraid, oh, if only this person had actually been detained because he was a shoplifter. But what the sentence is effectively for shoplifting is possibly years in prison for shoplifting one time.
And actually the Lake and Riley Act, the language, it doesn't just say if you're [00:59:00] convicted of the crime, it's if you're accused of certain theft crimes. So the mere accusation that you did those kinds of things, and that's where in these states where you have lockstep support with the actual state law enforcement body, they can say, I saw you stealing that, reports you to ICE, ICE gets to detain you, and then you are in prison, effectively, in immigration detention, which is the equivalent of our U. S. prisons, until your case is finished, and that can be a very long time. The immigration courts do a good job of processing cases that are detained faster than they do cases that are non detained. Um, it does still take several months. Like you're going to be there probably for three to four months at the very least.
But if you win a case and ICE decides to appeal that you won that case, you're going to look at years because the appeals process with immigration courts takes years to actually work through itself. And the person [01:00:00] who's appealing that decision has to wait in immigration detention that entire time, if they're a mandatory detainee.
How To Fight Trump’s Anti-American Agenda on Immigration and Refugees - Assembly Required with Stacey Abrams - Air Date 2-6-25
NAINA GUPTA: The 13 million undocumented people living here, they represent one in seven construction workers.
One in seven agricultural workers in Texas, around 50 percent of construction workers are here in violation of civil immigration law, even though they're contributing richly to that industry in Texas, deporting that many folks or scaring them enough to not show up. That means higher food prices, higher housing costs.
It means not having a workforce for healthcare aid workers. Those are real effects we'll start to feel quickly at the local. Economic level and over time. Um, in our national GDP and on a national economic scale. Now, this is all putting aside the actual direct financial cost of trying to deport this many people at the American Immigration Council.
We released [01:01:00] a report last year where we looked at the cost of arresting, detaining, deporting, Processing and removing a million people per year and over a 10 year period that would cost over a trillion dollars. Those are dollars that could instead of course be used to start head start programs all around the country to build affordable housing.
These are dollars that are being used for enforcement of immigration instead of other solutions that folks have been seeking or that we understand them to be seeking from the results of this election. And the final point I'll make about this. These costs, I mean, all this money and time to try to pull this off, and none of that offers a meaningful solution to a broken immigration system, right?
It actually inserts more chaos, and it wastes law enforcement resources in a way that does not make anybody safer at the end of the day.
STACEY ABRAMS - HOST, ASSEMBLY REQUIRED: Do we have any current data on how many detentions and [01:02:00] deportations they've actually already carried out?
NAINA GUPTA: Right now, we know that Ice under the Trump administration has set a target of approximately 1, 000 arrests per day.
Um, in less than two weeks, we've seen ice as a sub agency make around 12, 000 immigration arrests, meeting their approximate goal. We don't know whether they'll continue to meet that goal, whether that number Will increase by day, but we know that this is more arrests per day and per month than we've seen from the U.
S. government in some time and that they are doing this, um, in particular by using community arrests, non targeted enforcement actions, um, and, and are starting to use worksite raids. We don't know how many of these folks are actually being placed [01:03:00] into removal proceedings or how many will actually be deported.
That's information we hope that the, the Department of Homeland Security will make public or at least share with Congress. Right now, what we mostly have are the number of people who are being arrested.
STACEY ABRAMS - HOST, ASSEMBLY REQUIRED: We are recording this on Monday, February 3rd. And last Friday, Trump's order for U. S. military aircraft to deport detained migrants took effect.
Again, without Republican objection. And so far we know six planes have transported migrants to Latin America. A U. S. official noted this is the first time in recent memory that military aircraft has been used for such removal. Why is this significant? And can you talk about the decision made by Guatemala regarding migrants and the ongoing conversation with Venezuela?
NAINA GUPTA: Yeah, so what's significant about the Trump administration leaning on resources from other federal agencies and the U. S. military is it's [01:04:00] their way to get over these procedural and resource issues. Obstacles, right? If they don't have funding from Congress, um, for DHS to initiate this many deportations.
Um, they're looking to other agencies to the U. S. military to fill in with those resources. So we should be alarmed when we see unprecedented use of the military for enforcing laws in the interior of our U. S. because that's the kind of authority that allows the Trump administration to follow through on this agenda faster than ever before.
And in terms of negotiations with other countries, right, what we're seeing is the Trump administration say to certain Latin American countries, First of all, we don't care what your politics are. We'll negotiate with you if you're going to take more deportees back home. And if you say no, and you push back the way that we've seen, for example, Colombia do, then we're going to threaten you with the use of tariffs.
[01:05:00] Um, that will be economically crippling for your country and your people.
STACEY ABRAMS - HOST, ASSEMBLY REQUIRED: One of the pieces that's most terrifying to me is that Trump, as well as his fellow Republicans, are using these mechanisms to evade the checks and balances that are often the difference between autocracies and democracies. They are trying to leverage what they can do without having to abide by the laws as they exist.
And one of the ways that he's attempting to do this is the announced plan to use Guantanamo Bay to hold undocumented immigrants, calling it a tough place to get out of. And he later ordered the construction of a 30, 000 bed detention camp at Guantanamo Bay Naval Base, which is in Cuba. So I want you to talk for a second about this.
What this decision says about the severity of his immigration policies that Republicans are suborning, but also what does it mean in light of the prior uses of Guantanamo as a federal military facility to be used for this domestic purpose?
NAINA GUPTA: [01:06:00] Chaos, confusion and fear is the point with the Trump administration, right, they want headlines about arresting communities and moving 30, 000 people to Guantanamo. The question is, do they really have the legal authority? For the first time ever to put people on Guantanamo who are actually already here in the United States, and there are some important legal challenges that will be filed to push back against the use of that authority, and I want to flag that up top.
Now, you are correct that what we're seeing is the Trump administration, in addition to its fearful rhetoric. Try to get around the obstacles they face and the delays they face in their mass deportation agenda. And traditionally, Guantanamo has been a place where the U. S. government can do things in secret.
And there isn't accountability for violations of due process. There is an accountability for the conditions people are subjected to, and that is what Trump is aiming to do here. But the reality is that non citizens in the [01:07:00] United States, who would be possibly removed and detained in Guantanamo Bay, still have a right under immigration law to access immigration court proceedings.
And if the Trump administration does not allow them to access those proceedings, there is legal pushback that will be filed in the federal courts. Because he is still subject to the authority of Congress as expressed in the Immigration and Nationality Act. And what we're seeing, of course, across sectors, is the Trump administration overstep its constitutional bounds.
Ignore direction from Congress. And so, with the use of Guantanamo, That legal pushback in addition to public outcry will be incredibly important here.
STACEY ABRAMS - HOST, ASSEMBLY REQUIRED: Well, that takes us nicely to the part of the show that is so important, which is what do we do about it? Um, you talked about the fact that we can engage in legal action.
You talked about the protests that happened earlier. [01:08:00] So I want to start with level setting. What would a humane immigration policy look like one that helps people move out of the shadows and allows them to fully participate in American life, both financially and socially?
NAINA GUPTA: Yeah, this is the question. And unfortunately, in a moment like this, when we're inundated with so many changes and so much chaos, it's easy to lose track of the path ahead and the path ahead has to include some plan for giving.
The 13 million people who are here, who've been here for decades, a pathway to legal status. Now, the thing Americans have to understand is that ultimately, we want a system that encourages people to comply with the law. Right? To follow the rules. That's the mark of a successful system. Right now, Immigration enforcement agencies are being funded at unprecedented levels.
That has increased over time. And yet, there are more [01:09:00] people in violation of immigration law. That means our system is not working. It's not helping people comply with the law. It's not incentivizing them to do that. What we can do is have a system where we say, Look, if you're in violation of the law, there are certain consequences.
No, it should not be deportation as a one size fits all consequence, right? We should not be sending people to death and indefinitely detaining them when they're contributing in this way to our country. But there can still be some kind of consequence, like, Oh, you know, you have been here in violation for this many years, here's a pathway to citizenship, but you will have a two year path to get there.
And if along the way you violate other rules, it might take longer to get that, right? You can have a system of consequences that's more humane. and more reasonable, but that actually puts people on a pathway to getting out of the shadows and honoring what they've been contributing to our country. And so a shorter way of saying this, [01:10:00] that we hope to hear more Democrats frankly talk about, is a fair system is one that is both including legalization and that has enforcement.
And the two can go hand in hand. And they absolutely should not include at large community raids, or terms like mass deportation, or use of the national military. There's no reason to do that. These are not folks who make our lives any less safe. In fact, they create opportunities. Immigrants create jobs for other people.
Look, we can have an orderly system that makes Americans feel safe, but that also gives a pathway to legalization. For the many people who've lived here and who contribute richly to our country.
Criminalization of Immigration: The Power of Grassroots Organizing and Storytelling - Art of Citizenry - Air Date 2-13-25
MANPREET KAUR KALRA - HOST, ART OF CITIZENRY: Grassroots movements play a crucial role in the fight for justice by amplifying the voices of directly impacted communities and challenging unjust policies and systems through collective action.
These movements mobilize local resources [01:11:00] while holding governments and private actors accountable by centering lived experiences and nurturing solidarity. Grassroots organizations create sustained pressure, ensuring that immigrant rights remain a priority in public discourse and legislative agendas.
The
MARU MORA-VILLALPANDO: work is, is vast because there's no one easy way to have a solution to this nightmare, such as structural manufacturer. crisis for immigrants, um, and people of color in general, that it takes a lot of effort to undo all the harm done. And so the work in itself is divided in several areas. So one of the main area is to be in touch with people in detention daily throughout the day.
So La Resistencia has three phone lines to which people in detention can call and report what's going on. They help decide what the strategy should be taken on outside. Many times people [01:12:00] in detention take their own strategies and they're organizing by launching hunger strikes or doing You know, some sort of actions, uh, in the inside.
Uh, there's a lot of campaigns, individual campaigns, a lot of people want to take their own campaign public because they have, uh, lost their cases. And we, we know immigration law is very complicated, it's extremely difficult. And it's made for people to lose, right? And so the work, um, in regards to working directly with people detained, it's both working and supporting their organizing inside, to supporting hunger strikes, to supporting their actions, uh, making public all the horrendous, uh, things that happen inside, you know, the conditions, um, and at the same time, It's taking on public campaigns, which they call the freedom all campaigns, which, uh, are meant to be focused on one person, but the angle of the campaign is to free everybody.
So that's one way the work is done. Another way is through [01:13:00] direct action by La Resistencia and a lot of ally organizations. They go outside the detention center as often as possible. They do vans, uh, Protests, demonstrations, anything that can be done. There's something that is called Solidarity Days, which at least once a month is done.
And, you know, we bring people to the detention center facility. And there's a video calls being done and paid for, you know, by La Resistencia. Eh, so people in detention can see through the video calls what's going on outside that people are definitely outside. People are rallying and they care and they're doing everything they can to support the Resistencia work to shut down the detention center.
And then there's another bucket of work that is a lot of policy. So it could be at local level with the city of Tacoma, you know, making them accountable to the fact that the, the detention center is in their city, a state level as well. They have passed a lot of state [01:14:00] legislation to bring accountability to the detention center itself, such as, you know, having inspections and they have also worked at a federal level trying to, you know, bring accountability to the federal, uh, congressional delegation, which hasn't really worked very well, but they keep trying.
And the last one is at an international level, which is to involve the United Nations and the Inter American Commission for Human Rights to intervene in behalf of, of those detained. So as you can see, it's a little bit of everything at every level and every angle, uh, available. And what I can say that I've learned a lot about, you know, migrant justice, uh, it takes a lot.
It's a lot of effort. And it's not fair that those that are supposed to lead the fight are not allowed to lead the fight because they probably didn't graduate from school, you know, they're not bilingual in English or trilingual, and that the resources are not provided to these kind of groups. [01:15:00] It goes to big groups, you know, that know how to write grants.
And so, Not only they have the burden of leading, they have the burden of leading in a very precarious way, even within the migrant justice movement.
MANPREET KAUR KALRA - HOST, ART OF CITIZENRY: Grassroots organizers face significant challenges, including limited funding and resources. Additionally, it's not uncommon for activists to face political and legal barriers, such as surveillance or criminalization, to suppress dissent.
Despite these challenges, grassroots movements remain established. essential for driving systemic change and holding institutions accountable.
MARU MORA-VILLALPANDO: I've done organizing for many, many years. I think I, that was kind of my path even since before becoming myself an immigrant, leaving my own country, being forced to leave my own country.
And so having the experience of being forced to migrate, having the experience of becoming undocumented, having the experience of, uh, becoming, you [01:16:00] know, part of the community has been criminalized. Uh, just because we are just because we exist is what pushed me to organize with my community as undocumented when I was I was undocumented for 25 years.
And so that led, uh, to my. need to, to connect with my own community and organize with my own community, which sounds easy, but it's not because a community being criminalized is a community that is being surrounded by fear, by poverty, by stigma. And so there's so many challenges that those communities have to face just to survive.
Now it's even more so when they're trying to lead. And so it took me years to actually be able to get to a point where I could say. That I was organizing with my community, the community that is experimenting all these, uh, terror from, uh, Immigration Customs Enforcement is [01:17:00] able to sit down and think and strategize what are we going to do and how are we going to do it and who's going to do it, um, and what's going to happen afterwards.
And so I think that that experience, one, of being undocumented myself, but also looking for the space. And the resources to be able to do the work. It's what really informed how I work and why this work needs to be done.
Birthright Citizenship: The SCOTUS case that solidified the 14th Amendment - Civics 101 - Air Date 1-23-25
FELIX POON: There are a lot of Chinese men traveling back and forth to visit family in China at this time, and many are getting denied reentry to the United States. Some of them just give up and make the trip back to China a trip that takes 33 days, according to an old newspaper clipping. But others fought their detentions in court with the help of the six companies.
NICK CAPODICE - HOST, CIVICS 101: The six companies? What's that?
FELIX POON: Well, companies is probably a misnomer. There are really six prominent Chinese associations in San Francisco, [01:18:00] and they came together as one to provide social support, but also to provide legal support to Chinese Americans. Here's Bethany Berger again.
BETHANY BERGER: In the first year of the exclusion laws, they brought 7000 cases challenging Chinese exclusion. And they were so successful in doing this that Congress and the customs officials kept trying to amend the laws to make it harder for them to win these cases.
HANNAH MCCARTHY: That's actually very cool.
FELIX POON: So the six companies are there for Wong Kim Ark. They file for habeas corpus.
NICK CAPODICE - HOST, CIVICS 101: Habeas corpus, that little Latin phrase that means bring the unlawfully detained person before the court.
FELIX POON: Yep. That's it. It's a right to a trial. Meanwhile, Wong Kim Ark is still off the coast of San Francisco on a ship, and that ship is about to sail back to China.
BETHANY BERGER: So we put on to another [01:19:00] ship, and then that ship wants to go back, and he's put on to another ship. And so this is a period of months in which he's confined, looking over at his hometown, but unable to set foot there.
NICK CAPODICE - HOST, CIVICS 101: So is he granted habeas?
FELIX POON: They do grant him habeas. But what's interesting here is that the judge actually agrees in principle with the U.S. government that Wong Kim Ark is not a citizen. But he says he has to go by legal precedent that was set by earlier court cases. And so he rules that Wong Kim Ark is a U.S. citizen because of the citizenship clause of the 14th Amendment.
HANNAH MCCARTHY: So this judge makes explicitly clear that he has a racist idea here, and that he is only making this decision based on precedence. He basically says, this is against my better judgment, but I'm going to do this anyway. And so just as a reminder that citizenship clause of the 14th amendment says all persons born or [01:20:00] naturalized in the United States and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the state wherein they reside. So Felix Wong Kim Ark won.
FELIX POON: Yeah. He won. Woo! I mean, he was still unlawfully detained on three different boats for five months, but at least he won his court case.
NICK CAPODICE - HOST, CIVICS 101: So is that it, Felix? Like, is this happily ever after for Wong Kim Ark?
FELIX POON: Um, no. Not quite.
JULIE NOVKOV: Uh, the government immediately appeals. Yields. So they take it all the way up to the US Supreme Court.
FELIX POON: This is Julie Novkov. She's a professor of political science at the University at Albany and coauthor with Carol on their book, American by Birth. Wong, Kim. Ark in the battle for citizenship.
JULIE NOVKOV: The majority opinion is written by Justice Horace Gray, and his response is that if [01:21:00] people are in the United States and they're following the laws of the United States, and basically they're not in some sort of special category like that of a diplomat, um, they are living under the sovereignty of the United States, and therefore, children who are born to them in the United States are born under that sovereign power and therefore, according to common law principles, going back to England, uh, they are entitled to citizenship on the basis of the 14th Amendment.
FELIX POON: In writing the majority opinion, Justice Gray did reaffirm that there are exceptions to the Citizenship clause. Diplomats are not subject to the jurisdiction of the US. If they commit a crime, they don't face the justice system the same way that we do. So their children that are born here, not US citizens, children born here of a foreign occupying [01:22:00] force. Hasn't happened yet. Knock on wood. But if it did happen, not U.S. citizens. So what the majority opinion boils down to is that Wong Kim Ark does not fall into any of these exempt categories, so he is indeed a US citizen.
NICK CAPODICE - HOST, CIVICS 101: But hold on. If this case was decided the other way, wouldn't you then have to revoke the citizenship of millions of children born to European immigrants?
FELIX POON: I mean, basically. And Justice Gray wrote this in his opinion that to deny Wong Kim Ark his citizenship would be to deny citizenship to thousands of persons of English, Scotch, Irish, German or other European parentage who have always been considered and treated as citizens of the United States. This ruling is a big deal. It solidifies a path to citizenship for all immigrants that is based on the 14th amendment. But then there were some unintended consequences in the aftermath of the ruling. [01:23:00] Like what? So there's this phenomenon of paper sons.
NICK CAPODICE - HOST, CIVICS 101: Paper sons. I actually know about these. Do you Hannah?
Hannah McCarthy
I don't. I would imagine it's someone claiming someone as their their son or daughter, but it would be son in this case.
So since the only way you could be a legal Chinese immigrant to the United States was if you were a family member of somebody who had been born here, a child of somebody who had been born here. So you have all these people claiming, right? So all new Chinese immigrants to the US are claiming that they are the children of people already here on paper. Therefore, paper sons.
JULIE NOVKOV: Some of these paper sons were maybe not necessarily the sons of citizens, but they were close relatives. Maybe they were brothers, maybe they were nephews. But because there's an awareness among immigration officials that that this is happening, uh, they become far, far more suspicious. What evolves out of this is that you you wind up with kind of a cat and mouse game between [01:24:00] Chinese who are trying to get into the United States, and immigration officials who are trying to keep as many out as possible.
FELIX POON: And exclusion laws only get worse.
JULIE NOVKOV: By the time we get to 1924. Legislation is basically excluding almost all Asian immigration and denying, uh, immigrants from Asia any possibility of gaining citizenship. Um, this actually goes as far in the 1920s as denying citizenship to, uh, to to Japanese who had served in World War One.
SECTION B: GITMO & HAITI
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering section B: Gitmo in Haiti.
Trump Sends 10 UNCONVICTED People To Guantanamo! - The Bitchuation Room (with Francesca Fiorentini) - Air Date 2-10-25
FRANCESCA FIORINTINI - HOST, THE BITCHUATION ROOM: 10 migrants, uh, have been sent to Guantanamo who are now being held in cells that used to hold Al Qaeda suspects. Now I'm someone As I don't think that people should have been held in Guantanamo without charges for [01:25:00] decades and decades and decades.
Everyone is entitled to due process. So for me, I'm like, yeah, Al Qaeda suspects should also not have been treated that way. But holy shit, Kyle, like 10 men sent to the prison base. There's a picture of a cell that used to hold Al Qaeda. They are presumed to be. Members of the Venezuelan gang Tren de Aragua.
KYLE KULINSKI: Um, Nonsense. Not true. It's not true. Look, let me just, I'll put this very simply for people. This is fascism. What we're looking at right now, 100 percent is fascism. There's no way around it. The whole point of Guantanamo Bay is that it's in Extrajudicial prison, which means no due process, no habeas corpus, no recourse, they don't care what your side of the story is, there's no hearing, your ass gets thrown in a dark cell, and you have to stay there, full stop, period.
And even back when it was George W. Bush and Dick Cheney, it was always alleged terrorists. Well, guess what? We [01:26:00] learned, not that long after, the overwhelming majority of the people that they arrested were totally innocent. One of the first stories I ever covered was about a guy by the name of Murat Kurnaz, who's a German citizen, who was arrested in Pakistan on a bus, brought all the way to Guantanamo Bay, and then the government of Germany had to say, uh, hey, George W.
Bush, take Cheney. What are you doing? This is one of our citizens. They didn't do anything wrong. There's no evidence of any wrongdoing So that was when it was alleged terrorists. It wasn't that that's fascism as well Now he's gone above and beyond we're gonna arrest people On u. s. Soil who by the way, once you're on u.
s. Soil, you have rights period. That's how it works legally you have rights Yeah, like you get due process all that stuff. You have a right to all of that stuff and guess what? We just learned last week one of the people that ice arrested and is about to deport You Is a middle school teacher from miami dade who is a dreamer who was brought here as a kid They arrested a puerto rican family, including a toddler.
They arrested a [01:27:00] u. s. Veteran in newark, new jersey People are now deputizing themselves As part of ice like this is we are so far beyond even the twilight zone The idea of sending them to el salvador that is wildly illegal and unconstitutional Absolutely so the fact that like this in The fact that this isn't a bigger story the fact that more people aren't talking about this and the fact everybody doesn't draw a hard line and say We literally can't do this.
This is insane. We are a rogue nation any reasonable country would look at us now and say We should do regime change there because look at how they're acting it just blows my mind
FRANCESCA FIORINTINI - HOST, THE BITCHUATION ROOM: No, absolutely. And I I think the other thing is like we've we've allowed ourselves I think mainstream news has also helped in this dehumanized immigrants Dehumanize immigrants to the point where, like, I didn't see, the New York Times did one piece pushing back on the cats and dogs and talking about Haitian migrants in Springfield, for example.
That was one piece. It was weeks later. Where's the camera crews? Where are the people talking about, like, [01:28:00] you know, the teachers who have DACA? Like, right now, they should be out there speaking. I mean, obviously, nobody wants to, like, out themselves, and the fear is, is real, you know, obviously, is very real.
But there's half a million DACA recipients. Like, my friends are DACA recipients. What the f k? Like, what is going to happen to them? Um, they were promised by the U. S. government that they would, this would be a pathway. That they would be safe. They would give their information. That's the whole point of seeking asylum, of seeking refuge, of being a refugee, of coming to this country and wanting to either do it right, or at least say, I'm going to register myself, living here undocumented, but you have my information.
Like, it is to say, like, So long as I'm, you know, whatever, abiding by laws, slash, paying a bunch of money into a social security fund I'll never see the, you know, benefits of, this is not a crime to live here, right? It's not a crime. So, obviously this administration doesn't see it that way, and Kyle, any dimwit, I'm [01:29:00] sorry, who thought that this wasn't the ultimate goal, like, I mean, you should really not be in the news space at all.
Like, there's no way that we all know that this was happening. We all knew that undocumented equals criminal. It does, it doesn't matter whether anyone actually committed a crime to say nothing of the fact that undocumented people commit far fewer crimes than American citizens. Um, so yeah, it's a, this is a huge story.
And the other thing that, you know, Maybe you know who it is, but apparently there's word that inside the Trump administration, there are people who like loved the Japanese internment as well.
KYLE KULINSKI: Stephen Miller. It's got to be Stephen Miller.
FRANCESCA FIORINTINI - HOST, THE BITCHUATION ROOM: So, you know, and these are the things where it's like, I mean, I felt like Gaza brought this up for me where everyone, you know, was suddenly talking about like, you know, World War II and, you know, Hiroshima, Nagasaki.
And it was like, well, we had to do it. And I was like, wait, wait, wait, hang on, time out. Wait, do you do people think that dropping the a bomb is justified [01:30:00] given that we knew Japan was going to surrender given the, you know, millions of lives lost? Like what? And then now you're like, Oh, no, no, we're in that upside down where people are now, like, actually, Japanese internment was a good thing, um, despite it.
Right. All of what we have learned, the horrors, the atrocities, the survivors of it, um, but under the Alien Enemies Act, uh, which Donald Trump has invoked by executive order, um, he allows this wartime authority allows the president to detain or deport natives and citizens of an enemy nation. The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked just three times in the American Hi in American History eight War of 18, 12 World War I, world War ii.
Obviously best known for incarcerating Japanese people during World War Two, provides sweeping powers to detain or deport foreign nationals, and is ripe for abuse. I mean, the fact that we even have this on the books, so it's like, again, I It is not hyperbole to say that [01:31:00] these are mass detention centers, gulags, whatever you want, that this is a threat.
And just today, what is it, some news channels being investigated for their coverage of Trump? Some from radios? Yeah,
KYLE KULINSKI: San Francisco radio station, the FCC is investigating them because they didn't like how they covered immigration. So, look, it's a war. Or on the first amendment, it's a war on the constitution.
When it comes to it, there is no more international law anymore. This is a part that is genuinely chilling to me. And it all started with the genocide in Gaza that we've been witnessing. And then now Trump is already taking international law, which is laying on the ground, bleeding out of its nose, semi conscious.
He's taken a shotgun directly to its face when he comes out and says. Oh, we're going to take over Gaza. We're going to own Gaza and we're going to develop it. And man, they have some beautiful beachfront front property and whoa, we could build some hotels there and stuff. What we're looking at right now.
Everybody needs to realize we are living. We rolled back the clock to the 1800s and we're living in a situation where international law is [01:32:00] fake. There is no international law. The UN is now officially like the league of nations where Trump just came out today and said, we're sanctioning the ICC because they issued an arrest warrant for Benjamin and Yahoo.
And it's like, how many schools did Israel bomb? How many hospitals did they bomb? How many aid workers did they attack? How many world central kitchen workers did they attack? How many kids got sniped directly in the face? Like how many concentration camps did they set up? And all, they look at all of that and they go, We have the biggest military, so we can do whatever the hell we want, and everybody can shut up or complain about it, but nothing's gonna change, and we're gonna do what we want, so it really is a war on the notion of human rights, the notion of international law, and what we're witnessing is an outright assault On everything that we hold dear, right?
Every single thing we hold dear. And that now includes and this is the first time it's ever been in our lifetimes. Now, that
includes even trying to roll back the few social safety net programs that we have, which have remained in place since the new deal. [01:33:00] Now, they're even coming after those. So it's like, this is it, guys
Trump's Mass Detention Plan for Guantánamo Harkens Back to U.S. Detention of Haitian Asylum Seekers - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-4-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: The Pentagon saying some 300 additional soldiers have arrived at the U.S. naval base at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba, have begun constructing a tent city to detain up to 30,000 immigrants and asylum seekers. On Monday, the Cuban President Miguel Díaz-Canel condemned the Trump administration’s attack on asylum seekers. This is what he said.
PRESIDENT MIGUEL DAZ-CANEL: [translated] For Cuba, the violent and indiscriminate deportation of immigrants by the United States, arbitrary detentions and other human rights violations are unacceptable. These measures are also used as a political pressure and blackmail weapon against the peoples of our America. The establishment of a detention center at the American naval base in Guantánamo, where it is intended to imprison tens of thousands of people, constitutes a barbaric act.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, that’s the president of Cuba. Miriam Pensack, your forthcoming book is on [01:34:00] Guantánamo. Can you give us the history of how the U.S. has used it?
MIRIAM PENSACK: Sure. So, something that I should mention first and foremost is that before Guantánamo became what it was known for in early 21st century, the sort of “forever prison in the war on terror,” the way that its ambiguous sovereignty, as a U.S. base coercively held on Cuban soil, functioned was to hold tens of thousands of circum-Caribbean asylum seekers, first from Haiti, roughly 40,000 from Haiti, then 35,000 Cubans who fled the island during what was called the Special Period, so the collapse of the Soviet Union, which prompted the total collapse of Cuba’s economy in the mid-’90s. So, this is actually a sort of back to basics, unfortunately, for Guantánamo.
And those initiatives, first the Haitian internment and then the Balsero crisis of Cuban rafters a [01:35:00] few years later, what happened with the Haitians, they were, by and large, repatriated to extremely dangerous conditions in Haiti, where a coup had taken place against Haiti’s first democratically elected president, Jean-Bertrand Aristide. And Cubans eventually made it to the United States, but not after — you know, after effectively being held in what were concentration camp-, detention camp-like conditions in Guantánamo. And they were allowed into the United States because — in part because of the establishment of what became known as wet foot, dry foot.
JUAN GONZÁLEZ - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Yeah, I also wanted to ask you about the Dominican Republic, where Rubio will also be visiting. The Dominican Republic has for years been involved in its own migration crackdown against Haitians within the country, massive attempts to deport Haitians from the DR. [01:36:00] What do you sense might come out of Rubio’s visit there?
MIRIAM PENSACK: I think there will definitely be a willingness to collaborate on immigration and deportation. You know, the Dominican Republic has been building a wall between itself and Haiti, which it shares the island of Hispaniola with. You know, there have been these mass attempts to deport Haitians. There have also been efforts to strip Dominican citizens of their citizenship if they have what has been in many cases very flimsy proof of Haitian origin or provenance. You know, so it’s very anti-Black, because Haiti was the first Black republic, and Haitians are — there are plenty of Black Dominicans, I should say, but there is a huge degree of anti-Blackness involved in that. And the Dominican Republic has, in fact, left some [01:37:00] of its citizens who it deemed Haitian stateless, because Haiti did not recognize them as Haitian citizens.
Guantanamo’s other history Part 2 - Today, Explained - Air Date 2-10-12
JEFFREY KHAN: From 1981 to 1989, Haitians who are stopped at sea are ostensibly screened for asylum characteristics on Coast Guard cutters, And only six out of 21,461 who are screened get to come to the U.S. to pursue their asylum claims. Then in 1991, the first democratically elected president of Haiti, Jean Bertrand Aristide, is overthrown and thousands of Haitians take to the sea in an attempt to reach the United States to seek refuge. So the US government says, all right, what are we going to do now? We have thousands of Haitians piling up on these Coast Guard vessels in the Northern Caribbean. Should we bring them to the United States?
Well, if we do, then they're going to get access to US courts and we're going to [01:38:00] have to deal with the US court system scrutinizing how we're handling these claims. The other option is, well, let's send them to Guantanamo. And so that’s what they do. And so they end up opening up a camp at Guantanamo Bay to detain and to screen for asylum characteristics the Haitians that they stopped at sea. At its peak in the 1991, 1992 period, you have over 12,000 Haitians being detained in these camps. It's men, women, and children who were held at Guantanamo. So it’s a vast tent city, it's crowded. It's miserable. And it's also confusing. Right, the Haitians who are there not exactly sure what their fate is going to be. They're not exactly sure how these immigration screenings operate, they don't have access to attorneys to inform them about the particularities of U.S. immigration and refugee law. [01:39:00] And there's a feeling like they're in a state of limbo and they're not in control of their destiny.
BILL DVORNICK: Biggest problem right now in the camp with the kids is they’re frustrated. They’ve been here a long time and they’re ready to go home. Actually they’re ready to go anywhere at this point, a lot of them…the frustration level.
JEFFREY KHAN: It's not an ideal situation to be in. You know, maybe you've spent a couple of weeks at sea, some sort of a difficult voyage. The Coast Guard picks you up, takes you to Guantanamo. Sometimes it may take a while for you to get to Guantanamo, so you're crowded onto these...the deck of a Coast Guard cutter exposed to the elements. And then when you arrive, you have to undergo what's called a credible fear screening to find out if you have a credible fear of persecution, which is supposed to be lower than the well-founded fear of persecution standard that [01:40:00] governs asylum claims within the United States. Now what happens at the time is the United States was hoping to resettle some of these Haitian asylum seekers who had passed their credible fear interviews in third countries other than the United States. But those third countries, according to the government, had asked that the Haitians be screened to determine whether or not they were HIV positive. So what the government does is they screen Haitians who have been shown to meet this credible fear standard, for HIV. And then if they test positive, they're not brought to the United States and they're put in a separate HIV camp on the base. And according to the Haitians who were there, told that they may be required to stay there indefinitely. Later on, what happens [01:41:00] is the government plans to hold full-blown asylum hearings for these HIV-positive Haitians at the base without attorneys.
The camp itself was in a remote part of the base, which now houses a lot of the war on terror detention facilities. But at the time, it was sequestered from the populated areas of the base. And the Haitians really felt that. They're out in the middle of nowhere. They're isolated. They're told that they may have to stay here forever. And the conditions are poor. They had to take sheets of plastic and put them up on the windows of the shelters in which they live to keep the rain out. They complained of infestations of rats. They complained of abuses on the part of the military. When they formed protests, [01:42:00] they were met with a draconian response including pre-dawn raids by hundreds of military police with police dogs and this prolonged sense of limbo ended up creating really difficult conditions and a very traumatic experience for the Haitians who were held there. And so when I've conducted interviews with folks who were held in the HIV camp, and you know, it almost always brings them to tears when they remember their experiences being held in this HIV prison camp at Guantanamo.
JEFFREY KHAN: At the time that the HIV camp was shut down, the US was not sending any Haitians to Guantanamo any longer. Now, when Clinton came into office Guantanamo was reopened again, and Haitians were [01:43:00] sent to Guantanamo in 1994.
PRESIDENT BILL CLINTON: And we are discussing what our response should be. There has been a significant increase in Haitian refugees…
JEFFREY KHAN: Cubans started taking to the sea in makeshift rafts, and the US decided to send them to Guantanamo as well. And so you had this period in 1994 and 1995 where you had tens of thousands of Haitians and tens of thousands of Cubans at Guantanamo at the same time. So since 1991, effectively, there has been a migrant detention operation at Guantanamo. In 2002, the creation of the Migrant Operations Center paved the way for small numbers of asylum seekers to be held at the base. And there's a specific process that governs the detention there. And [01:44:00] the idea is to send a message to people fleeing their home countries in the Caribbean that if they attempt to reach the United States by sea, they will be picked up and in very rare circumstances, if they pass their credible fear interview, they'll be sent to Guantanamo, but they will never reach the United States.
Hey, so Jeff, is Donald Trump actually doing anything that we weren't already doing? Like this has made so much news, why?
No immigrants have ever been sent to Guantanamo from the United States. This is the first time that has ever happened.
JEFFREY KHAN: This is, from my perspective, in large part, political theater. The Trump administration has been hammering this idea that the crisis at the border [01:45:00] is an invasion. And an invasion requires a military response. And so what better way to equate immigrants with an invading army than to send them to Guantanamo, which is this place that in the public imagination is associated with the war on terror, with a war footing, with kind of exceptional reaction, exceptional powers, the use of Guantanamo to detain immigrants currently in the United States is doing a lot of symbolic work for the Trump administration.
The messaging in some ways is very old. But the use of Guantanamo in this way is intended to cement in the public imagination this equation between immigrants and [01:46:00] an invading army of criminal aliens.
SECTION C: BIPARTISAN EXPLOITATION
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: You've reached Section C: Bipartisan Exploitation.
Operation Wetback and the Bipartisan Legacy of US Deportations Part 2 - Letters and Politics - Air Date 1-16-25
ADAM GOODMAN: For a couple of years in the middle, the latter part of the 1950s, U. S. immigration officials, in collaboration with Mexican authorities and private Mexican companies, in addition to some private US companies, deported tens of thousands of people across the Gulf of Mexico on cargo ships that were designed and transported. meant to carry produce, you know, bananas, for example, that were taken from the Mexican state of Tabasco to states in the U. S. South like Alabama. And then on the return trip, these Mexican, privately owned Mexican cargo ships would pick up a group of deportees, 500 people, 800 people, depending on the ship, from Port Isabel, Texas, in the lower Rio Grande Valley, and then take them across the Gulf down to Veracruz, further away from the U.
S. [01:47:00] Mexico border. Now, you know, what this was really was an attempt at prevention through deterrence as what we later come to think of it as an effort by U. S. officials to make the conditions on these ships and to make the experience of deportation so miserable, um, and so challenging that people will decide not to return to the United States in the future.
If that doesn't happen, we know that if people do return, there's many factors that influence and affect people's decisions. But the conditions on these ships, you know, people, um, liken them sometimes to 17th and 18th century slave ships. Um, you know, the food was rancid. The conditions were just really inhumane.
They were not built for human consumption. Humans to travel on them, but there are humans in this case, Mexican migrants were thought of as human cargo, not just by us officials, but by Mexican officials and business people as well. It was an important [01:48:00] class dimension, class dynamic to this story. And eventually this operation ends after this, a mutiny aboard 1 of these ships where people jump overboard and.
You know, it becomes a national international news story, and it's no longer tenable. For the Mexican government to support this operation. So it ends, but that's not to say that, you know, the punitive tactics used to deport people stops. And that's something we know that continues in various forms. Um, you know, really in the decades since.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: Can you tell me more about the mutiny?
ADAM GOODMAN: The mutiny, you know, what we know is that, you know, there are a number of individuals, um, who jumped overboard on these ships when it was nearing Tampico. Which is. A little less than halfway, perhaps, um, on the trip from Port Isabel to Veracruz. Um, you know, really tragically, some people died after jumping overboard.
They were not. Not able to make it to shore, and [01:49:00] their remains were later found identified in some cases by the Levi's jeans that they were wearing. But this, you know, for understandable reasons, I guess, becomes. Delay a flashpoint and Mexican officials now kind of backtrack and try to try to go back on their support for the operation.
But if you look at the archival record. You know, the Mexican officials were very much in favor of the separation. Um, in the ways in which they described Mexican migrants, I think people would find. Equally important as the rhetoric used by the US officials. So in this case. You know, this operation was just one example, but we can really see the ways in which the business of deportation, um, and the necessity to deport mass numbers of people relied on physical, psychological harm.
And also material costs, you know, so profits, [01:50:00] um, you know, really drove this operation in addition to domestic and foreign politics. But there's these perverse economic incentives that, you know, are still around today in different forms, which people have probably followed in part through the stories about the private detention facilities.
But I should emphasize, it's not just, you know, the private, um, industries and businesses that are benefiting that are driving these operations. It's also in the public imperative, and this is something that we really see. Uh, the policies creating opportunities for. So as I mentioned earlier in our conversation, it's the policies that created a market into portable people and turn this into a business.
But the policies were different and people could come to the United States, you know, through legal means or regularize their status after some conditions are met, then they wouldn't be subject to these, you know, horrific experiences.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: So, so it's a bad look. [01:51:00] People are learning and it's being covered.
People are learning about, uh, people are being deported on these ships that are, you know, uh, jumping off the ships, many of them drowning. It's, it, this is a catalyst for the end of this, for, for ending this program. That's how the program
ADAM GOODMAN: essentially ends, you know, 50, 000 people later, um, and at roughly 75 trips.
On these boats, which carried again between 500 and 800 people on the vast majority were men, although, you know, roughly 10 percent from some of the ship logs and records. I identified where women and children, some entire families. Um, so, you know, this wasn't just a story of, you know, single male laborers, which wouldn't make it any less horrifying, but it's important to understand kind of demographic context as well.
And the different ways and the different people. Uh, that U. S. officials, uh, targeted in collaboration with Mexican officials and private [01:52:00] industry.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: I think it's safe to say there has always been resistance to what has been happening dating for the last century, but it's really in the 1970s, isn't it? When we start to see the rise of something we would recognize today as an immigrant rights movement.
ADAM GOODMAN: Yeah. As you point out, I mean, people have been organizing and engaged in activism, you know, long before the 1970s.
But I think we start to see. Both the current dynamics on the enforcement side as well as on the resistance side in the 1970s. You know, I refer to this time as the dawn of the age of mass expulsion. It's really the time in which, because of increasing presence of immigration officials and communities across the country, uh, deportation or the possibility of deportation becomes a fact of everyday life for many undocumented people.
You know, and some people here with legal status as well. And in response to that, in response to the fact [01:53:00] that an average of 900, 000 people per year are deported, starting in the late 1970s and really going to the present, with some fluctuations year to year.
MITCH JESERICH - HOST, LETTERS AND POLITICS: Is this where we get sort of what we recognize today as raids?
ADAM GOODMAN: There are mass immigration raids happening all the time in the 1970s. And. You know, this is something that I document extensively, including, you know, one particular raid at a shoe factory outside of Los Angeles and. In the San Gabriel Valley in the town of El Monte. And there's a shoe factory there in which in May 1978.
A group of around 40 immigration agents descended on the factory. Surrounded all of the exits, close them off. And went in. And lined everyone up, lined up all the workers. And just based on. Broad racial profiling, you'll hold them down to their. Downtown Los Angeles headquarters at the federal [01:54:00] building.
And they were going to be on their way back to Mexico for deportation. Through these voluntary departures, because they're pressured to sign by these forms, agreeing to leave the country. Or be threatened with much harsher consequences, including. And indefinite time and detention while their cases played out.
And a group of, um, workers are boarding the buses to head to the border. And what happens that day is that the buses never make it to the border. Because in the background, behind the scenes, a coalition of labor organizers, immigration lawyers, immigrants themselves, and people who are involved in resistance work never I had filed an injunction in federal court and a judge had approved that and prevented their deportation.
So the buses have to circle back. And this case plays out over the course of the next 14 years, but long story short, is that many of the people were able to win their. [01:55:00] Cases they're able to have their deportation stayed and. They are not forced to leave the country and there's also a major class action lawsuit that's 1 that led to.
The victory in the sense that immigration officials would now have to inform undocumented people of their rights, uh, according to the Constitution, you know, when they were encountering them and apprehending them. And that was something that started with a group of 60 workers or so that fought their cases that led to, you know, that class action suit, which affected more than a million people in the country at the time.
So that's one story, um, of many, but yeah, immigration raids are happening, you know, across, um, urban areas and in some rural areas, agricultural areas, in which hundreds, sometimes thousands of people are rounded up. So, in 1982, just to give one other example, there's something called Operation Jobs, which is really a publicity effort, you know, to say that, look what we're doing to [01:56:00] crack down on, you know, immigration.
Um, immigration and immigrant workers who are supposedly taking the jobs of U. S. citizens who are desperate to have them, although that wasn't the case, which in a single week in 1982, 6, 000 people are rounded up in a series of mass raids. So, you know, what the incoming administration is promising has a long history and also in response, just as people are doing now to organize, um, and to plan that has an equally long history.
And, you know, that, that counterweight and that pushback. Uh, from the community and people looking at ways to transcend kind of the conventional definitions of belonging. Um, I think, you know, that's an important piece of the story that we need to, you know, really put front and center and not just, you know, feel impotent or that it's doom and gloom all the time.
Imperial Migration - Against the Grain - Air Date 2-4-25
EMILY MICHELLE-EATON: What I'm going to do is sort of zoom into the town of Springdale, Arkansas, um, which is the town where, um, which has become the largest new community of Marshall Islanders outside of the Marshall [01:57:00] Islands.
To think about first just why, why this town, why Arkansas? In fact, that chapter is, the subtitle of the chapter is Of All Places because, um, to many people, including to me when I started the research for this book, Arkansas seemed like perhaps an unlikely destination for Pacific Islanders. Certainly, there was not a long history of Pacific Islanders in the state.
Although, as I pointed out previously, there was, in fact, a long history of, um, migrant and refugee and asylum seeker flows into, into Arkansas.
C.S. SONG - HOST, AGAINST THE GRAIN: So then why did Marshall Islanders in such significant numbers end up in Arkansas and in this city of Springdale, particularly?
EMILY MICHELLE-EATON: So as I mentioned earlier, in 1986, the Marshall Islands elaborated the Compact of Free Association with the United States.
This gave them sort of, uh, unique migration privileges to the United States, we could say. And this really facilitated a dramatic emigration from the Marshall Islands to various sites in the United States. So, you know, obvious, [01:58:00] obvious destinations might seem might be places that were much closer, uh, Honolulu, uh, Guahan, uh, California, even, and then, uh, but then in, in the mid 1980s, we start to see the arrival of some of the earliest Marshall Islanders in Arkansas.
A lot of times, sort of, you know, People will talk about, uh, one of the first Marshallese arrivals to the state, John Moody, who had been in the area, um, previously to attend college. But, uh, Marshallese started to arrive to Springdale in really significant numbers in the mid 80s. Part of this was because of the sort of affordable cost of living in Arkansas compared to places like, uh, certainly in California and Hawaii, um, especially in terms of housing.
And Northwest Arkansas also offered a more robust employment opportunities, especially in the poultry and meatpacking sector. So for those unfamiliar, Northwest Arkansas, and Springdale in fact itself, is the headquarters of Tyson Poultry, the birthplace of its founder. And, uh, meat packing and, and chicken processing in particular, [01:59:00] uh, shapes so much of the, the physical, the geographical landscape and the political economy of that region as well.
Um, so that was sort of an initial draw that plus the cost of living. Then, of course, you know, it became a place that had a sort of a critical mass of community and with many, as with many immigrant, uh, communities. Flows, right? Once when people have an established community, have contacts, friends or family members that were there, it became easier for Marshall Islanders to relocate in that area, not as resettled refugees, but as sort of non immigrant migrants with a special, um, unique immigration provision.
Now, over time, We're talking about nearly 40 years now since this migration stream began, we see the establishment of, uh, sort of a more institutional presence of Marshall Islanders in the community. So we see the, the presence of Marshallese, uh, interpreters, non profits, uh, churches, over, there are over a hundred, uh, I believe Marshallese, uh, churches now in Springdale, as well as local agencies and [02:00:00] institutions that sort of have familiarity with Marshallese culture and the unique legal and policy landscape for Marshallese immigration.
So that's, those are some of the factors that help to kind of, um, establish and then, and then cement this, this growing community.
C.S. SONG - HOST, AGAINST THE GRAIN: That's the voice of Emily Mitchell Eaton. She is a geographer based at Colgate University. Her recent work engages feminist theories and methods to map geographies of death, birth, care, and disability.
We are talking about her book, New Destinations of Empire, Mobilities, Racial Geographies, and Citizenship in the Trans Pacific United States. I'm C. S., and this is Against the Grain. I mean, a hundred churches that that's really kind of startling and amazing. Um, Springdale as a result has, of course, changed in dramatic ways demographically.
And in this book, you take us back to Springdale's origins [02:01:00] and reveal that Springdale was constructed As a white settler town, um, talk about that construction. Um, I'm, I'm guessing that Springdale at it's when it was begun was largely or solely white. Um, talk about that construction and what it had to do with or how it related to the presence of indigenous peoples in Arkansas in that region before white settlers came.
EMILY MICHELLE-EATON: One of the things that I'm Trying to unpack in the book is how we understand what are sometimes referred to as new immigrant destinations, places that have not historically received large immigrant populations in the past, and how they're changing over time. Uh, what I'm trying to challenge here in this chapter in particular, um, is, That zooms in on Springdale is the idea that this was sort of a quote unquote, naturally white town that all of a sudden in the 1980s started to receive migrants from [02:02:00] the Marshall Islands, as well as Mexico and Central America.
Now, I'm trying to sort of think about the construction of this as a white town through various processes of racial, Exclusion, uh, as part of a larger settler colonial process, um, and my essential argument here is that migrant arrivals to new places are shaped by longstanding racial geographies, right?
Landscapes that are forged both through kind of discursive and material processes of white supremacy. That are central to sort of empire making, um, and that those longer racial histories and geographies dramatically impact the way that new, uh, arrivals are received, are made sense of, experience place, and get worked into sort of the new narratives about those destinations.
And so, um, Springdale, as you guessed, uh, was established sort of as a white settler town, but preceded by, uh, processes of displacement of indigenous and [02:03:00] native populations through that region. So the book looks at. Um, how Springdale was created through sort of four main processes of racialized exclusion and dispossession.
Uh, first I, I spent some time thinking about Springdale as a site of indigenous removal, uh, as a site on the, on the Trail of Tears. So Springdale and neighboring Fayetteville in Arkansas were directly sort of along the path, the Trail of Tears, or the path along which, um, indigenous, uh, Peoples from what is now referred to as the Southeast United States were, were relocated, forcibly relocated, um, through, uh, what is now present day Arkansas into what is now Oklahoma, Oklahoma Territory.
Um, and so for quite some time, we have sort of the presence of Kapa, Chinooka, Caddo, and Osage. Populations in what we would now refer to as Northwest Arkansas, as well as being moved through that, that area, uh, forcibly and violently in order to make way [02:04:00] for a new white settler population. This period was followed by, in the early 19th century, the solicitation by sort of town, the town establishment of white workers.
Uh, which we see documented in historical newspapers and ads to bring workers to the area. Um, oftentimes touting the absence of black populations or other racialized, um, worker populations, as well as investors. And again, all of the sort of advertisements at the time were, were celebrating this as a white town.
Uh, you don't have to worry about these other sort of troublesome populations. This is a sort of a lily white town where your investment will, um, will bear fruit. So that's, those are sort of two early ways in which this town was constructed actively and violently as a white town.
C.S. SONG - HOST, AGAINST THE GRAIN: Springdale was also for a time a sundown town.
Remind us of what sundown towns were. And I know you also want to talk about Japanese American internment in relation to Springdale. [02:05:00]
EMILY MICHELLE-EATON: Sundown towns, uh, existed across the continental United States. Generally, that term refers to a place that excluded or forcibly removed its black population, um, at least for the purposes of living there, um, at sundown.
So what that might look like is having a sign at the edges of town saying, don't let the sun go down on you. So a very explicit, very violent sort of, um, way of marking the landscape to, um, threaten violence against, um, black workers who might seek residency in that town. Now, I was never able to find a photograph of the, the sign, uh, in Springdale, but many people told me that Many Springdale residents, long time residents, told me that that sign, they could remember it being there up until the late 1970s.
So this is a very recent part of Springdale's racial past. And then, uh, I also spent some time looking at, uh, Japanese and American internment and wartime othering. How Japanese, as well as [02:06:00] other East Asian populations, although smaller in numbers, were, um, both brought to the state more broadly, but then also faced racialized exclusion and othering in the town of Springdale.
So, um Um, as they were kind of drawn in, worked into that larger narrative about threatening outsider, perpetual foreigner, you know, these sort of larger tropes about, um, East Asians and, and Japanese Americans in particular at that time. So the main point that I'm trying to make here is that the creation of quote unquote all white space, even if only in our imaginations, this is a fiction, if you look at the history carefully, the creation of all white space in a settler colonial context is one that takes constant and violent action at many levels.
Discursive, the way we talk about places, who belongs there, who doesn't, at the policy and legal level, uh, and even in the shaping of the landscape, in the exclusion of certain populations from certain areas, in the, in the building of sort of, um, basement back door entrances for black workers and the construction of signs at the edge of [02:07:00] town, all these different ways in which, uh, white space has to be constantly shored up, uh, which is to say that it is not natural.
Um, And these racial, these histories of racialized exclusions continue to resurface over time in the way that local residents in Springdale talk to me about the meanings of their town, the racial histories of their town, uh, over the past several decades.
The Criminalization of Immigration: Profiting From Detention with Anthony Enriquez - Art of Citizenry - Air Date 1-30-25
MANPREET KAUR KALRA - HOST, ART OF CITIZENRY: How much transparency do we have into government contracts with private corporations? Public private partnerships are a significant public policy tool. However, these partnerships can raise concerns regarding incentives and motivations, including how open these partnerships are to scrutiny and oversight.
Remember, taxpayer money is funding these contracts.
ANTHONY ENRIQUEZ: Yeah, the layer of contracting around immigration detention is pretty legally complex. And so, the federal government, uh, in some cases, will contract with a [02:08:00] locality, who will then subcontract with a private company. And there's really a bunch of different channels that you have to dig through in order to determine exactly how our Funds being spent some of the companies are not publicly traded companies and so therefore are not, uh, subjected to the same disclosure laws as a publicly traded company as well.
You know, I should also say the nature of privatized attention. It's not just 3 companies that own the building that is housing people. It's also the commissaries. It's also the phone companies. It's also. Some of the private medical services companies that are part of this large privatized machine as well, too.
So it's a very decentralized system. You know, there is no central database that shows us this is exactly how much they spent on that. Um, this is the report that they owe to [02:09:00] Congress or to some type of public oversight body that can explain where these fundings when that can justify how much salary, maybe a CEO is paid versus someone who.
Is a low level employee, you know, and and they're being paid for what at the end of the day is a public function. It's supposed to be law enforcement. Uh, and so unlike other types of law enforcement, this one uniquely really has a shroud of secrecy around it.
MANPREET KAUR KALRA - HOST, ART OF CITIZENRY: Understanding this context around the detention center complex helps us contextualize the infrastructure in place to support hardline immigration policies.
How did we get here? Unpacking the history of immigration policy helps us better understand the way immigration conversations are shaped. The 1996 Immigration Reform Act marked a significant pivot towards a punitive approach in U. S. immigration policy. What were these policy shifts [02:10:00] and what were the social or political factors that drove these changes in immigration policy?
ANTHONY ENRIQUEZ: Let's start with the 1996 Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act was the official name. It's often called IRA IRA within legal circles. It was really A momentous law, it completely recast undocumented immigration as a crime and really represented a fusion of immigration, civil legal enforcement with criminal legal enforcement.
It instituted an entirely new fast track of deportations called expedited removal, where immigrants were no longer given the opportunity to see an immigration judge, but instead could be deported very, very quickly at the border and a number of hours in some cases before they had the opportunity to seek legal counsel.
It [02:11:00] instituted a regime of mandatory immigration detention. For certain classes of immigrants, including people who are coming to the border or people who had previously served a criminal sentence, had been declared rehabilitated, had been released from underlying criminal detention, had, you know, potentially been reintegrated into their communities for years, if not decades, this group of people would now be subject to mandatory immigration detention.
And what that word mandatory means is the government never has to show justification for detaining you. There's no reason that we have to say you're, there's a need for your individual detention because you are a flight risk or you're a danger. And it means that you have no opportunity to challenge your detention before a judge.
So this also feeds, of course, into the privatization of detention, because if we have people who are [02:12:00] guaranteed to be detained, well, that sounds like a great business deal for someone, you always have a built in consumer of your product. You know, the year that this law passed, 1996, right, it might be difficult for people to remember, but this was in the heyday of a democratic presidential administration.
This was actually under Bill Clinton's presidency. And the political shifts that drove this type of tough on crime, tough on immigration law are part of a really concerted bipartisan effort to use a tough on crime approach as a bipartisan driver in elections that drives some people to the polls. So no matter who you are, that is part of.
And what your political platform and that's part of getting people to the polls. And we see this for instance today when there's still really, there's a lot of focus on crime, on how dangerous everything is when [02:13:00] statistically speaking, actually, crime has gone down. Major crime has gone down. There are small exceptions and things like vehicle theft, but for the most part, major violent crimes have gone down around the country.
And yet we still hear a really direct focus on how we're at danger and we have to get tougher on crime.
MANPREET KAUR KALRA - HOST, ART OF CITIZENRY: It's important to note that the current administration is attempting to fast track deportation without due process. Recognizing that many of those most impacted by these policies are individuals from communities of color, it is crucial to critically examine the deep rooted racialization of immigration policies.
Throughout history, political leaders have weaponized fear by demonizing immigrant communities and framing the other as a threat to unify and mobilize their base. These tactics only further perpetuate systems of exclusion with harmful manufactured narratives [02:14:00] underpinning the policies that they are pushing forth.
This raises a critical question, what role does race play in shaping immigration policies?
ANTHONY ENRIQUEZ: So, Race is kind of the red elephant in the room when we talk about immigration. Um, uh, I'm always wary of saying immediately the root of all of this is racism. And if you're against this, you're racist because strictly from a pragmatic sense, you know, that's really isolating people who say, well, Hey, I have a question about immigration or I'm uncomfortable.
And, um, You know, I like to keep a big time approach where I say you're welcome to have a conversation. We should learn from each other. Um, tell me about your concerns. I'll tell you about mine. But, uh, race has been a motivating factor in immigration policy from the very start, you know, the United States, [02:15:00] notwithstanding that we have an image of statute of liberties and gives me a tired.
Um, notwithstanding that we think of ourselves as a country of immigrants in many ways, the United States has always had an ambivalent relationship with immigration and with immigrants. You can think about the roots of a national immigration policy in the late 19th century was what are called the Chinese Exclusion Act.
Where the federal government said, we will not permit anybody of the Chinese race to come to immigrate to the United States. And, you know, after a long tradition of, of Chinese people coming and Asian people from other countries as well to coming to the United States, building the railroads that helped cross the planes from the East coast to the West coast.
Coming parts of vibrant economic communities on the West coast as well. You can think about the shift in the early 20th century to Southern and [02:16:00] Eastern European immigration. That was the root of really restrictive immigration laws and quotas on immigration from certain countries that occurred in immigration laws in the 20th century.
You know, this is back at a time when. Italian was thought of as a different race than white in American cultural imagination. And so, you know, the story of race is part of this, but also the story of class is a part of this as well, too. It's always been the case that some immigrants are welcome. You know, the, the president himself, his wife is an immigrant, the richest person in the country right now, who, you know, Elon Musk, who has been come a real stalwart ally of the president, he himself is an immigrant.
So there are certain immigrants who are welcome. Who we think of, we want them here. And, and, you know, [02:17:00] president Trump himself said things similar to this during his first presidency. We don't want those immigrants from those countries. We want people from this region of the world. That's also a story about class, not just race.
Um, you know, whether or not everybody who opposes immigration is racist. I, I, I don't believe that to be the truth. I do think what's happening here is people are looking for. The truth, and people are willing to settle for a narrative in some ways, this sense that we're all fighting for a piece of a decreasing pie.
And I think that's where, you know, we really owe a conversation with people, where we can give them the narrative and give them the truth about what's happening with things like immigration detention, where yes, you're absolutely right. Someone's getting rich off of this. It's not you. It happens to be someone who's taking your tax dollars, pocketing them in a multi million dollar [02:18:00] salary, and using this system of abuse.
And in the meantime, you know, the policies that current leaders are saying they want to expand are going to deepen that abuse. Both of the immigrant, but also of you. Of the economic abuse of you.
News Brief: Trump's Anti-Migrant Terror PR Strategy, Dr Phil's ICE Reality Show & NYT's MAGA Assist - Citations Needed - Air Date 1-29-25
ADAM JOHNSON - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: We wanted to kind of clarify some things about what’s going on on the ground as it impacts immigrants, both at the border itself and also within the communities that they live, and talk about the ways in which the US media has really set the table for the moment of, unlike in 2017, there is really not any kind of meaningful partisan counterbalance. It is almost uniform consensus that migrants are sinister and bad and a cancer to society. And the debate is whether or not we need to deport 100% of them or 50% of them. That’s kind of the range of debate right now in our media, because the parties that the terms of the debate and the media follows from that largely and this kind of priming the pump for Trump’s crackdowns.
[02:19:00] And again, high profile, and when we say terror regime, it’s sort of what it is explicitly, which is to say they want to scare people and make them frightened, to create an environment of fear and snitching that in their mind, deters immigration, but also gives law enforcement a very wide berth to kind of do whatever they want. And in this context, we saw the New York Times doing this before Trump even took office. The New York Times read an editorial to kind of prime the pump for liberals on January 10, 2025, called “A Big Idea to Solve America’s Immigration Mess,” which has some liberal bromides about humanitarianism, but accepts a lot of the premises, the MAGA premises, and then goes on to scold Democrats for being too far left by writing a sentence that is absolutely, 100%, factually false. It is just not true by any objective metric, especially in the last election, where they wrote quote, “in recent elections Democrats increasingly cast themselves as full-throated defenders of immigrants, regardless of legal status,” [02:20:00] unquote.
Now, in 2024, the Harris campaign and Democrats in general, for both the House and the Senate, ran on explicitly a quote-unquote, “Republican immigration plan.” Chris Murphy, the White House, among others, adopted what they described as a Republican immigration plan that would have tripled the budget of ICE enforcement, that would have exploded, to the tune of billions, so-called immigration enforcement, increased raids, increased deportations. But the New York Times again, all for nothing, it seems, in terms of getting quote-unquote “credit” for it, The New York Times is still operating under this assumption that there’s this far-left open-border policy and this kind of semi-pragmatic Republican Trump policy. We need to kind of meet in the middle, or meet closer to the Trump agenda.
They published a poll before Trump took office that also deceptively gave the impression that Trump’s immigration policies were popular. The headline was, quote, “Support for Trump’s Policies Exceeds Support for Trump: A new poll found the public is [02:21:00] sympathetic to the president-elect’s plans to deport migrants and reduce America’s presence overseas.”
The “reducing America’s presence overseas” question is laughably vague to the point of meaningless, but the immigration questions are fundamentally based on contradictions. Every single poll that’s been done about mass deportations has within it a total contradiction that is never reconciled by those promoting this idea that the people, the masses, sort of overwhelmingly want mass deportations. Recent polls show that 64% of Americans say undocumented immigrants should have a way to stay legally. 56% support mass deportation. But among those who support mass deportation, 43% say undocumented migrants should have a way of staying.
NIMA SHIRAZI - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: So it all depends on how you frame the question.
ADAM JOHNSON - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: It all depends on how you phrase the question, and the New York Times asks a push poll where they don’t refer to the people as “undocumented,” they refer to them as “illegal,” or they’re sort of “immigrants who are there illegally.” Sort of they keep using this loaded push language. They don’t even mention the contradiction that a good quarter to 30% of Americans simultaneously support mass deportations of [02:22:00] undocumented immigrants and want them to have a pathway to stay and become citizens. Because, guess what? A lot of people are super contradictory and have contradictory opinions, and there isn’t any kind of mass support for Trump’s policies. Peter Baker ran a similar article saying that while Trump may be not popular, many of his policies are. But that’s not true. If you actually run down a list of top 20 Trump policies, most of them are unpopular, depending how you phrase the question and the extent to which they’re popular or not, this is not why Trump is doing them, and it’s not why Democrats are doing them, and to the extent to which you can kind of manipulate and torture numbers until you get this broad consensus, is pretty much a textbook example of how you manufacture consent on the eve of Trump taking office. You give this impression that, well, Trump may not be popular, but increasingly people really want mass deportation, and that is not borne out by the evidence.
And there were so many weasel words in this article: “some,” “many,” “may.” Because they don’t really know what people want. And what Trump is doing, whether or not it’s popular or not, is of course, not why he’s doing it, and it’s not why Democrats are supporting it. There’s [02:23:00] an emerging national security consensus that climate chaos, again on display recently with the LA wildfires, that will increase refugees from the Global South to the United States, and that there needs to be a heavily militarized border. And everything after that, this idea that they’re all kind of just responding to this organic upward anger from the masses, is totally reverse-engineered, because, again, party polarization plays a large part in this. And when the most famous, popular leaders of a party begin to mimic Republican rhetoric on immigration, you’re naturally going to see people veer to the right on immigration. But even within that veering, like we mentioned, there are so many contradictions. There are so many ways you could frame this in a way that is not dehumanizing and doesn’t present immigrants as inherently sinister or a cancer on society, but that’s just not the way the media has chosen to do this.
Unlike 2017, where there was more of a sense that Trump’s policies were fascistic, they were a veer from the norm, they were not necessarily popular, they were dehumanizing. And now what you have is this kind of bipartisan consensus [02:24:00] that Trump, while his tactics may be unseemly or he may go too far, that the broad outlines of what he’s doing, the broad contours of what he’s doing, that there’s a mandate and it’s necessary and overdue. And so these extreme border policies are being presented as kind of normal policy. So he’s challenging birthright citizenship, which would have been unthinkable six months ago, is now presented by both the AP and NPR as, quote, “a sweeping new strategy,” unquote. This is just another sort of strategy the White House has taken. And in doing so, NPR quotes the Center for Immigration Studies to talk about why birthright citizenship is well within the purview of acceptable debates. The Center for Immigration Studies, or CIS, is a eugenicist, anti-immigration think tank that NPR, I criticized NPR for citing them seven years ago for FAIR.org. They’ve been categorized since 2016 by the Southern Poverty Law Center as a hate group. They have tons of connections to antisemitic and white nationalist groups. CIS is just presented as this Washington think tank that deals in immigration, because the [02:25:00] Overton window has been ratcheted so far to the right that we now have NPR, again, as they did in 2017–
NIMA SHIRAZI - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: Being like, well, I guess that is up for debate.
ADAM JOHNSON - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: Well, going to white nationalist groups that have ties to antisemitic and far-right conspiracy theorists as a sort of sober–
NIMA SHIRAZI - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: As some kind of authority, right.
ADAM JOHNSON - HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: And this is the current environment with which we find ourselves, and nobody wants to own it. And so the New York Times and other liberal groups, and even ostensibly neutral reporters, keep laundering this far-right policy shift as something they’re doing reluctantly because the masses demand it.
Building the Deportation Machine for Trump 2.0 - The Intercept Briefing - Air Date 1-17-25
MIKAYLA LACY - HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: I've seen some of the reporting about does the infrastructure or the the technical capacity to actually do this exist? Can you talk about why that is not really the point? Point. Can you elaborate a little bit on that?
JULIANA MACEDO DONACIMENTO: It's twofold, right? One is the rhetoric. It's fear mongering.
It's getting people to, you know, go back into the shadows. It's um, it's taking away people's statuses. It's [02:26:00] about getting people to Like leave the country by themselves, but it's also about scaling up the capacity that they have right now. Right? Like right now they have, you know, 40, 000 beds, uh, funded, um, Tom Holman, who's supposed to be the new borders are, has already said that he would expect Congress to fund them to tune of 86 billion to ICCBP and DHS, which is An insane amount of money, right?
Like more than triple their current funding to scale up, right? Texas has already offered space for them to put up new facilities. They're talking about soft sided facility facilities. So it wouldn't even take a long time to build them. So they are thinking about. How to scale up, how to do this on a mass scale, even though, you know, Tom Holman has also [02:27:00] said that we won't see mass work rates.
They don't have the capacity for doing that right now, but he is expecting to be funded to be able to do it. So, we are worried about the rhetoric, but we're also worried about what we can see by the end of the year.
MIKAYLA LACY - HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: Sean, you've been digging into the Lakin Riley Act, which empowers state attorneys general in immigration cases.
What does this actually allow them to do, and why are you concerned about it?
SEAN MUSGRAVE: So these are provisions of the Lakin Riley Act that have not gotten nearly as much attention as some of the other features of it. So the Lakin Riley Act. would mandate detention of immigrants who are just accused of, um, or arrested for things like, like shoplifting or theft.
So those parts of the Lake and Reilly Act have gotten a lot more attention. The provisions I'm more interested in are the ones about state attorneys general, which do not typically have much, if [02:28:00] anything, to do with immigration. immigration. Some Republican attorneys general lately, particularly Ken Paxton in Texas, Andrew Bailey in Missouri, have spent most of the Biden administration just suing the Biden administration to try and expand their footprint in immigration.
What these provisions of the Lake and Riley act would do is just to, is do, do what Ken Paxton has asked numerous courts to do often unsuccessfully, which is to say state attorneys general can, can weigh in here specifically the Lake and Riley act would allow the state attorneys general to, to sue DHS or the attorney general, if they want a particular.
Immigrant to be detained or deported. So this is a really big expansion of the role of a state attorney general to say this particular person should be detained or deported. If I didn't agree with that determination, the other provision about state attorneys general, which is even even bigger is to. Uh, kind of bigger in scale [02:29:00] would allow someone like Ken Paxton to sue the State Department, uh, over visa policy over whether to grant visas to an entire country, uh, under the Provision called the recalcitrant countries, the policy, but I mean, in short, it's, it's a really big expansion of the input that a state attorney general could give into immigration, which up to this point, that's been a federal matter, not a state one.
MIKAYLA LACY - HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: Yeah, I want to just like zero in a little bit on how unprecedented something like that is the idea that you could have a state official being tasked with using state resources to target individual people based on. Suspicion or sort of the bare minimum standard of not even evidence in some of these cases.
Can you just like talk a little bit more about how that's different from what state attorneys general are typically responsible for? And [02:30:00] why? Why? That's particularly alarming in terms of the Bleeding of the responsibility across these different agencies and across different policy spheres.
SEAN MUSGRAVE: Yeah, this would just totally change the way that, uh, detention and deportation decisions.
Operate so this would what these, uh, the provisions about individual. Detention and deportation decisions would do would create. Kind of a new track for state attorneys general specifically, and it's it's a 1 way, which is interesting as as. The current version of the bill would not allow a state attorney general to sue ICE or the Department of Homeland Security to say we don't think that this person should be detained or deported.
It's one way they could only do it if they think that the person should be detained or deported. The other thing it would do, it would pull this into federal district court through, uh, The motion [02:31:00] of the attorney general and take this out of, um, kind of the typical immigration, um, court and like detention proceeding process.
So it really is just kind of a new track to give state attorneys general input into the very life altering decision over whether to detain or, or deport an individual.
MIKAYLA LACY - HOST, THE INTERCEPT BRIEFING: Julianna, can, I want to bring you in here too on, on the Lincoln Riley Act. How is United We Dream thinking about this? What are, what are the major red flags here for, for you all?
JULIANA MACEDO DONACIMENTO: Yeah. I mean, the, uh, the provisions that Sean was mentioning are very worrisome to us. We know that Ken Paxton has, you know, targeted immigrants for a long time. And the issue of standing is one of the ways that we've been able to actually, like, defend, you Our communities in courts, right? Like it's how courts have been able to like stop some of the, some of his attacks, [02:32:00] but the mandatory detention is something that definitely is top of mind for us because of the potential for, um, you know, mass detention and mass deportations.
There's been some chatter about quote unquote dreamers or immigrant youth, as we like to refer to them. Ourselves are not affected by this. They're protected. That's not true, right? It doesn't even have an age limit, potentially underage. Immigrants who enter the country unauthorized and are caught shoplifting could be detained indefinitely, right?
So we are very, very concerned about this. We've been trying to raise the alarm in showing the potential for this to be tied to mass detention that would be funded by the upcoming reconciliation process that then is just a pipeline to mass deportations. Thank you very much. So there is like a through thread here of the plan of the next administration and how this bill [02:33:00] fits into it that folks are just not seeing and how dangerous it is.
SECTION D: REALITY ON THE GROUND
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, Section D: Reality on the Ground.
The Reality at the Border with Jonathan Blitzer Part 1 - Why Is This Happening? The Chris Hayes Podcast - Air Date 2-4-25
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Take us back to 1980 and when we get the first kind of version of what will become the embedded asylum law that is now at the center of so much of our immigration debates.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Yeah, absolutely. I mean, in 1980, at the start of this legislative push to create the 1980 Refugee Act, there was no legislation really ever in American history that dealt with asylum or refugee law in any kind of meaningful codified way. And just to be clear, I mean, you know this distinction, but it’s always worth just clarifying, asylum is providing protection to people fleeing persecution when they arrive at the U.S. border or at U.S. territory.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: They have their foot on the shore or they get across the border. They are here now, they’re asylum seekers.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Exactly. Whereas refugee policy concerns people also fleeing persecution who by law, deserve some form of protection, [02:34:00] but who are processed outside of the United States --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yeah.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- either in a third country or before they leave their own. And so what had happened up until 1980 was essentially that president after president had to deal with ad hoc humanitarian emergencies in the world, where you’d have large numbers of people fleeing persecution, civil strife, war, famine, you name it. And what would happen is the president, through power enshrined in the 1950s, would essentially parole into the United States, grant a kind of temporary sort of reprieve to a particular population. And then what would happen is once that group of people were in the United States, Congress would have to pass what was called an Adjustment Act that would basically give them a legal avenue to regularize their status.
And so obviously over time, this becomes incredibly unwieldy. Every time there’s a humanitarian crisis in the world, and you can imagine in 1982, you know, you’re at the heart of the Cold War, there are all these international entanglements. The United States is really very much asserting itself on the world stage, there [02:35:00] was a kind of chaos that started to set in where every time there was an issue, you’d have 100,000 people, 200,000 people paroled in, then a subsequent act of Congress passed to regularize their status. And so the idea in 1980 was to finally put an end to that kind of improvisation and to actually codify some basic mechanisms for bringing people fleeing persecution into the United States in a kind of steady established form.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: And there’s a geopolitical aspect to this too. Like Vietnam’s a great example, right? Where, you know, sometimes those refugees are leaving because they were our allies in a war we unsuccessfully fought for essentially over a decade. And then when Vietnam unifies under communist rule, these people have to leave. And both domestically and internationally, it looks a little bad for us to be like, sorry guys. I mean, it’s very similar to what happened in Afghanistan, right, with folks that helped the U.S. forces or translators. And so there’s this push to be like, we look pretty horrible here. We have both for political optics and [02:36:00] maybe some actual substantive moral obligation, which I think some of the people involved in this really feel we have to have these people come here.
JONATHAN BLITZER: And you know, it should be said, this is a general consensus that held, I think essentially until the first Trump administration, which was bipartisan and which consisted of stakeholders as diverse as the Defense Department and human rights advocates --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yes.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- who all believed in the value of the U.S. taking its sort of moral responsibility in resettling people in need. And this wasn’t just a matter of extending a lifeline to people who had been loyal to the United States or a victim of any number of atrocities tied to U.S. foreign policy, but also from a kind of Defense Department or State Department standpoint, it was a real impediment to diplomacy in the world to basically show that the United States was not doing more to help people who had been allied with the United States. And how could the United States say --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- for example, following Vietnam, oh, look, we need all of these countries in Asia or in Europe to take on refugees --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- at a time when we’re [02:37:00] ourselves reluctant to. So there was really a kind of --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- broad consensus behind the basic underpinnings of the 1980 Refugee Act, which just to fast forward briefly, I really think held up until the first Trump administration. You would have Republican and Democratic administrations which disagreed on foreign policy, which generally disagreed on domestic immigration policy, but by and large recognize the utility of having a thorough going refugee policy that could meaningfully account for American involvement in the world.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: And there’s also this Cold War dimension, which you mentioned, which I also just to skip ahead for a second, it’s so striking to me right now as the population of people the border has shifted over time and it actually is the people you write about primarily from what’s called the Northern Triangle, Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador in Central America during 2023 at that peak was a lot of Cubans and Venezuelans. And what was interesting about that is, if you go back to 1980, right? It’s like they’re fleeing the communist regime of Cuba and the sort of ostensibly socialist dictatorship, [02:38:00] presidential dictatorship in Venezuela.
And you can imagine a version of right-wing politics. It’s like, we have to take these people because they’re fleeing the depredations of left-wing policy, which was part of the animating force that held this consensus together, as I understand it from your book.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Well, and so in the early ‘80s, you have the collision of two things right out of the gate. So you have the 1980 Refugee Act. And again, the idea is to, in a certain sense, remove ideology from the equation to say, anyone who can demonstrate that they’re being persecuted based on their identity in these specific ways laid out in the statute --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yes.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- is entitled to legal protection in the United States. And yet there is a real tension between that legal imperative and the clarity of the language of this new statute and the realities of the Cold War. And so in the early 1980s, you had large numbers of people from Central America fleeing absolutely brutal military regimes who were all allied with the United States in the Cold War. And so these people arrive in the United States with straight ahead, almost textbook claims for protection according to [02:39:00] this new law, which in many ways is a laudable piece of legislation, a real step forward for American immigration policy, human rights policy, foreign policy, and so on.
And yet, huge numbers of people from Central America fleeing right-wing regimes were denied asylum because if the United States were to grant asylum in large numbers to people obviously fleeing repression at the hands of American allies, the U.S. would essentially be recognizing its complicity in those atrocities. And so right out of the gate --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- you have the promise of this law brought into check by geopolitics. And so in the early ‘80s at a time when, I believe the statistic is something like, you know, 23% of people seeking asylum were granted. You had in countries like El Salvador and Guatemala where people were fleeing absolutely unspeakable repression at the hand of U.S. allies, rejection rates that were 98 and 99%. So, you’re getting between 1% and 2% of Salvadorans and Guatemalans applying for [02:40:00] relief actually are getting it in the United States. Whereas by and large, most other people fleeing --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- say Nicaragua at the time, where a leftist government was in power, and that accorded with kind of the general American view about what its role and stewardship should be in the region, those people were getting much higher rates of acceptance when they applied for asylum. And so, immediately there was this problem of the U.S. needing to square this new law with kind of deeply embedded geopolitical Cold War era orthodoxies.
"Fascism Is at the Door": Trump Threatens to Deport Pro-Palestinian International Student Protesters - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-4-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Momodou Taal, a Ph.D. student in the Department of Africana Studies at Cornell University, almost deported last year after being temporarily suspended for his pro-Palestine activism. [Momodou] , if you can talk about what happened to you? We would report your story in headlines. There was tremendous outcry and pressure on Cornell to remove the suspension so you wouldn’t be deported. Explain what happened.
MOMODOU TAAL: Yes, so, [02:41:00] we partook in a protest at Statler Hotel on Cornell’s campus. And in that careers fair, which was taking place in the Statler Hotel, there was Boeing and L3Harris, who are targets of our divestment campaign, because we know that L3Harris and Boeing are directly involved in shipments and armaments of Israelis’ genocide against the Palestinian people. We eventually brought the careers fair to a standstill. And about a few days later, I was told that I was suspended. And someone on the F-1 visa being suspended means that you lose your student status, which triggers the loss of your visa, effectively being deported, being asked to leave the country. I was told in that meeting that I would have about 48 hours to leave the country.
With, as you said, public pressure, support, Cornell University backed down, and I am [02:42:00] allowed to finish my degree. However, I am still banned from campus. I’m allowed in one building on campus to work. I had to fight to be able to get library access. And I think there’s somewhat of a great irony that students who were protesting apartheid are now subject to forms of exclusion bordering on apartheid, with our movements restricted, and we’re only allowed to go to designated places on campus.
JUAN GONZÁLEZ - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And how has your work as a graduate student continued to be affected since the university rescinded your suspension?
MOMODOU TAAL: It continues to be impacted, because, first and foremost, I’m excluded from campus life. I was teaching a class to undergrads, which was — I’m effectively banned from teaching. My class was taken away from me, which everyone knows is a [02:43:00] huge part of progression with your degree. My movements remain restricted. I had to fight, as I’ve said, to be able to use the library, to have work from the library — right? — to be able to go onto campus and to use certain access of certain parts of campus. Right now, as I said, I’m still only allowed in one building on campus. To demonstrate the egregious nature of this, I had to even fight with the university to say, if I use Cornell Health, go to see a doctor, initially I was told I have to inform them every single time I have a doctor’s appointment to be allowed onto campus.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Momodou, can you respond to Trump’s executive order, as he talks about alien students being deported, your colleagues at Cornell and other places that you’re hearing from, what kind of effect that this has had? And also, I mean, you were born in Gambia. You’re a [02:44:00] British citizen. Why you support the Palestinians and were involved in those protests?
MOMODOU TAAL: Thanks for both those questions. For the first one, of course, the executive orders, the language in which — the framing and the language of the executive orders clearly are targeting pro-Palestinians protesters, international students. And I think they’re intended to have a chilling effect on Palestinian protests, pro-Palestinian protesters, in order for them to stop protesting at the threat of deportation. The message that is being sent out is, if you are an international student who comes here legally, then you should not be involved in exercising your First Amendment right, or you will be subject to deportation. And that is the intended effect. I don’t think it’s going to work. I think, if anything, when fascism is at the door, what we do is come together and unite even stronger.
However, as for your second question, I think, fundamentally, yes, I’m Gambian. Yes, I’m British. [02:45:00] But fundamentally, I’m a human being. And I think what Palestine does, when we say Palestine is a litmus test, we’re saying that it is not that we privilege the Palestinian cause over every other cause, but rather Palestine holds a mirror up unto the world and says, “What kind of world do we want to live in? Do you want to live in a world in which every single international, multilateral institution is rubbished? Do you want to live in a world where the ICC and the ICJ are rendered defunct, and the U.N. rendered defunct, and there’s no such thing as an international cooperation of a world, and people are able to do — and leaders are able to act in any way they see fit, and kill women and children and men and boys, and enact genocide?” So, I think, fundamentally, why I get involved is because I’m a human being.
And finally, I will end with, the university was presented with a crossroad. That crossroad: Will they protect their students? They failed initially by suspending so many people. [02:46:00] Again, now with Trump’s presidency, the university is presented with another crossroad. And I’m calling on the university to not just be a bystander, but take an active position, an active role to defend their students and say, ’We’re not going to allow Trump and the right-wing fascists and outside agencies to come onto campuses and collect foreign students.”
The Reality at the Border with Jonathan Blitzer Part 2 - Why Is This Happening? The Chris Hayes Podcast - Air Date 2-4-25
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: If 80 to 90% of what you’re dealing with at the border for what used to be called INS and border patrol is Mexicans coming over to work, right? There’s actually different legal regimes. And in fact, it’s encoded in the bureaucratic language in the acronym OTM.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Exactly, yep.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Which you, as an immigration reporter, you will encounter and you will see. Explain what OTM is and the difference between what you can do with a Mexican you apprehend coming over the Rio Grande or at Eagle Pass and what you do with someone who’s OTM from Nicaragua.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Right, exactly. So OTM is sort of border patrol [02:47:00] parlance for other than Mexicans.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Think about this, those are the two categories, right? Like, it just shows you though, like how kind of vestigial the categories are.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Exactly.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Because like 90% of crossings right now are OTM, I think, or something like that. So it’s like, it makes no sense anymore, but back then it was like mostly Mexicans and then this other category called other than Mexican.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Right, and so, you know, administratively what that meant was the U.S. could summarily deport Mexicans back to Mexico. There was very little kind of bureaucratic complexity to it. What starts to happen, even in the early ‘80s, when you start to have larger and larger numbers of Central Americans fleeing these conflicts in El Salvador and in Guatemala and in Nicaragua and so on, is you have border patrol agents just having to spend the time filling out the paperwork for people who now have to be detained for a period whose asylum claims have to be heard if their asylum claims are eventually rejected. And there’s a whole administrative process for that, for how that plays out.
They then have to negotiate [02:48:00] with the governments in the region to begin to deport these people back to their home countries. And so it’s not a kind of summary expulsion. So that’s a layer of complexity. And then of course, there’s just the matter of, okay, well, if someone from another country is showing up at the southern border and claiming asylum, you’ve got to give them an initial screening, an initial hearing to determine whether or not they are credibly fleeing some form of persecution. Then eventually that claim has to be adjudicated. Now there’s like a lot of bureaucracy around how those claims got adjudicated over the years. But the point is, this immediately causes a bottleneck because the government is not prepared to deal with all of the administrative holdups associated with the population other than Mexicans who can just readily be pushed back across the border.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: I mean, the one way to think about it is like if the ratio of labor hours per every Mexican apprehended is 10 labor hours per person, the aggregate labor hours per every OTM, is like a thousand or something. I mean, it’s [02:49:00] literally orders of magnitude, right? So one of the endemic parts of the system, when we get to 2014, it blows up is bureaucratic backlog is the defining feature of the whole thing. Like that is the system, it is, and people overuse the adjective Kafkaesque, but it truly is like the closest you get to the trial of Josef K in the U.S. is immigration processing.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Truly. I mean, it’s like, to the extent you can say this about the use of the word Kafkaesque, that’s an understatement. I mean --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yeah.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- you know, if you were to take sort of two snapshots of the kind of bureaucratic absurdity of how this looks, I mean, I was very interested in knowing, you know, in the kind of mid ‘80s, you know, what it meant if you’re working border control and suddenly, rather than apprehending a group of Mexican adults crossing, you apprehend, say, two Salvadoran families, or a Guatemalan family --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yup.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- or so on. These guys walked me through. Border patrol agents from that time walked me through just the actual assembly [02:50:00] line they had to create on an ad hoc basis in their office, whether it was in Arizona or in South Texas, where, all right, this guy’s got to work on the typewriter and start to create files. This guy’s got to take photos of every person who’s passing through. And someone’s got to get food for them. And this obviously becomes much more dramatic as the numbers grow over the years. There was also this question of, all right, well, where do we --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Where do we put them?
JONATHAN BLITZER: Where do we put these people?
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Physically.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Yeah, what do we do? And so like literally in the ‘80’s, in the earliest days in some of these kind of remote border patrol outposts, you would have someone running to get like burgers for people. That was like one of the jobs in the assembly line. Which is just to say, I mean, for all of the money and kind of political posturing around the border and the need to secure the border, there was this kind of enormous logistical problem that just went undiscussed for many, many years. And then you fast forward to a moment like 2014, and there are historical underpinnings too, which we can talk about that lead to that sudden influx of people seeking asylum, and the [02:51:00] government is completely unprepared for it.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: So let’s talk about 2014. I want to be clear that you tell the story of, there’s a sort of protagonist in the book named Juan, who is this incredible character, sort of leftist, who is a doctor and active in sort of leftist resistance to the like homicidal military junta that is ruling El Salvador at the time and murders an archbishop quite famously, Oscar Romero, who is part of the initial wave of this, right? And then in the early 1980s and you tell his story. I was there in 2014 covering this when people started showing up at the border. And it felt a little from our context, right, of like the national news media, like it’s dehumanizing to say it felt like an alien invasion, although often that was kind of the way I think it was characterized on TV.
But in the same way that in a film, there’s just a moment where like, it’s like, whoa, what’s going on here? Why is this happening? It felt that way. Of course, [02:52:00] that’s ludicrous. Like it was brewing for a long time. And you talk about this in the book, you report extensively, including Angelina who gets deported. Why does that, like, why is it 2014 that all of a sudden it feels like to Americans, these kids start showing up at the border from Central America?
JONATHAN BLITZER: Yeah, I mean, in some ways, this was one of the biggest things I wanted to explore in a book.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right, was to answer the question of like, quote, “all of a sudden.”
JONATHAN BLITZER: Yeah, exactly, exactly. I mean, because in the U.S., right, this is like announced overnight. The Secretary of Homeland Security at the time is like flying back from visiting his kid in California and gets a call from like a Border Patrol officer saying like, sir, you got to get down here. I mean, it is like that. It is almost cinematic in the kind of abruptness of it --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yeah.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- from the U.S. perspective. And yet this has obviously been many years in the making. So to my mind, there are sort of two general movements to understand in the history behind 2014. The first we’ve already alluded to is the fact that, all through the 1980s, you have hundreds of thousands of what would in theory be legitimate asylum seekers. Many of them, again, were [02:53:00] never given the opportunity to meaningfully seek asylum, who flee places like El Salvador and Guatemala because of these intense, murderous civil wars that the U.S. had a major role in perpetuating and in arming these military regimes that brutalized their populations.
And so that’s the first piece of the broader puzzle that gets kind of set in motion because you have U.S. foreign policy actually creating a kind of new demographic in the region of people fleeing their homes in Central America and coming to the United States. And so, you know, in L.A., for example, over the 1980s, you had the size of the Salvadoran population expand by orders of magnitude to hundreds of thousands of people in that city who were in many ways starting from scratch.
And so one of the things you start to see in the early 1990s is what that looks like in inner cities across the country, particularly in Los Angeles, when you have the arrival of a new population that doesn’t necessarily have [02:54:00] immediate family ties or deep connections to the country, are starting from scratch, necessarily are doing so in kind of rundown urban enclaves where there’s already a lot of kind of racial strife and kind of an urban gang hierarchy that they have to immediately reckon with.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Yup.
JONATHAN BLITZER: And so in the early ‘90s, you have a small, but significant element of recently arrived Salvadoran youth who get brutalized on the streets of Los Angeles by Mexican gangs, by black gangs, and who don’t yet have an identity in American terms, who are kind of these newcomers who are immediately vulnerable. And some of them begin to form groups of their own, essentially in self-defense. Those groups over time start to harden. They start to harden as they get jailed in California, where the ethnic and gang identities sharpen even further in detention.
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: And they sure as hell harden in detention. I mean, inside prisons, it’s like, you can’t be unaffiliated, essentially. I mean, particularly along ethnic racial [02:55:00] lines. Like, you just are sorted that way. That’s the fundamental structure.
JONATHAN BLITZER: Exactly, and so, now your listeners, of course, know about MS-13, because kind of amazingly to me, when you go into this history, now, MS-13 is a household name --
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, WHY IS THIS HAPPENING?: Right.
JONATHAN BLITZER: -- in the United States, which is a kind of shocking thought when you think about the broader history of it. But gangs like MS-13 started in Los Angeles. They did not start in El Salvador. And in many ways, like the 13 in MS-13 is a nod to the Mexican mafia, which basically ran the California prison system from the inside and that these newly hardened Central American gang members had to appease in order to stay safe in prison. And these guys start in small numbers at first to get deported back to Central America in the kind of early ‘90s at a time when I have to say the politics mirror a lot the politics we’re seeing now.
The Border Has Eyes - Latino USA - Air Date 12-26-24
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: Tina was O'odham Nation, which is southwest of Tucson where And her people are known for thriving in the harsh [02:56:00] desert climate.
The reservation is about 2. 8 million acres or about the size of Connecticut. The nation is made up of 11 districts and there's about 34, 000 enrolled members. The Tohono O'odham people were separated when the border was created. This ended up splitting the nation with Tohono O'odham people now living on both sides.
The nation has not wanted a border wall for many reasons, but one of the main ones is because they worry that a physical wall could further cut their ties with the Tano'o'otam people in Mexico.
So we just entered the nation.
VALENTINA ANDREWS: And so we're going to take a drive down south close to the border and check out one of those surveillance towers.
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: Tina and I are heading to a small town on the nation named Cells. Our plan is to meet up with Tina's friend Joshua Garcia. He's also a tribal member who was [02:57:00] raised on the reservation.
He lives in the Chukuk District, which sits on the border where some surveillance towers were built.
VALENTINA ANDREWS: Did you have this truck last time? I feel like it's a good one.
JOSHUA GARCIA: No, only had it a year. Okay. Tina
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: and I hop into his truck and head south to the Chukuk District on the border to go see one of the surveillance towers on their land.
Both Tina and Josh were outspoken against the Towers, and they tried to raise awareness about them. Tina had a podcast, and Josh would go around the community to talk about the surveillance Towers. This was their way of resisting the Towers. But despite theirs and many community members criticisms, The towers were still built.
So right now we're pulling up to one of the Alpette towers and we're still on this dirt road. You know, it's kind of bumpy, it's very rocky and to the side of us there's saguaros. And yeah, now we're kind of directly in front of [02:58:00] this tower.
In 2014, U. S. Customs and Border Protection approved the building of surveillance towers across southern Arizona, including several on the Tano'otam Nation. The multi million dollar contract was awarded to Elbit Systems of America. It's the U. S. division of a company named Elbit Systems, which is one of Israel's largest military companies.
More than 50 integrated fixed towers from Elbit would end up being built. This is a commercial that Elbit ran on their YouTube page in 2021.
YOUTUBE: From cockpits to combat vehicles, Elbit Systems technologies are operational in dozens of countries. Our solutions enable domination of the battle to engage threats with power and Precision.[02:59:00]
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: And they're also a global leader when it comes to the surveillance industry. Elbit has actually used similar surveillance towers on their border with Palestine. This connection between Elbit, Israel, and Palestine was a concern that many on the nation stressed. Some on the Tano'atam nation felt that having this same technology on their land felt like an occupation.
JOSHUA GARCIA: Should we stop and take a look?
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: Yeah, let's
JOSHUA GARCIA: stop. I just think somebody's watching us.
VALENTINA ANDREWS: For sure. Well, I'm gonna take a look, too. Bye. Wow, these panels are huge.
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: The Elbit Tower is huge. It shoots more than 120 feet into the sky. And it's about the size of a 12 story building. It looks like a metal communications tower. Or a cell phone tower. If you look closely, you can see a camera at the very top of it.
These towers have the ability to see up to [03:00:00] 7. 5 miles within its radius. That's about the length of more than 110 football fields. They can watch cars, people, animals, and birds. really anything within its range. And these towers are sometimes within close proximity of each other to make sure they capture everything within its line of sight.
It's like surrounded, you know, by a chain link fence with some barbed wires around it as well. And directly in front of it is a massive solar panel. It's about the size of two trucks to help power these towers. These surveillance towers are part of a broader network known as The Integrated Fixed Tower System.
It's basically a bunch of towers on the border that monitor and talk to each other, and let border agents know when they detect movement in the area. This network has been described by some experts as the spinal cord of the virtual wall. [03:01:00] Both Tina and Josh stare at it. They have to tilt their heads back to see all of it.
Standing in front of this tower, what goes on in your head, just, like, looking at it?
JOSHUA GARCIA: Seeing it, just know that somebody's there watching us, and at the same time, you know, hearing the birds out there singing, and how it's just such a desecration to the space. So to me, it just makes me really sad to see the signs here on our own supposedly sovereign land.
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: Tina and Josh tried their best to fight against these towers, but ultimately they were constructed after leaders from the nation approved the towers on their land. It was reported that this happened in 2019. CBP secured enough money to allow for 10 surveillance towers to be built [03:02:00] on their lands. It was also reported at the time that tribal leadership thought that by permitting these towers being built, it could help eliminate the need for a physical wall.
But federal officials have said that the need for the wall has not been eliminated.
JOSHUA GARCIA: Even though the community It's on your side, but really it's those officials in our, our nation's governments that are the ones that are making these decisions. That's something that's the kind of hardest thing.
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: But it doesn't stop there. Elbit has already been awarded a contract to build more surveillance towers, possibly including these same types of integrated fixed towers along the border in the next few years.
VALENTINA ANDREWS: Looking back on it today and seeing where we're at and what it is, and then actually standing next to one, you know, what we just did today was very, um, very surreal and very like, I'm just [03:03:00] still like, processing how the day went.
REYNALDO LEAÑOS JR: Tina says that when the towers were being built across southern Arizona, there's been a steady presence of Border Patrol agents in their community through the years. And they work hand in hand with the surveillance towers. The towers notify agents when they detect movement, and that tells agents that they need to monitor the area.
So it's not just the towers on the border that Tina has seen and had to deal with, it's also border militarization.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always keep the comments coming in, I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics, which includes Trump's other dystopian and racist proposal to ethnically cleanse Gaza and the future of American health under the leadership of the conspiracy theorist in chief RFK Jr.
You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at (202) 999-3991. You can now reach us on the [03:04:00] privacy focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft01, there's also a link in the show notes for that, or you can simply email me to [email protected]
The additional sections of the show included clips from the Worst of all Possible Worlds, Assembly Required, Art of Citizenry, Civics 101, The Bitchuation Room, Democracy Now!, Today, Explained, Letters and Politics, Against the Grain Citations Needed, The Intercept Briefing, Why is this Happening, and Latino USA. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Deon Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist trio, Ken, Brian, and Ben for their volunteer work, helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting. And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.com/support, through our Patreon page, or [03:05:00] from right inside the Apple Podcast app.
Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes along with a link to join our Discord community, where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all new social media platforms you may be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington DC, my name is Jay! and this has been the Best of the Left Podcast coming to you twice weekly thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1691 Democracy Emergency, Constitutional Crisis, Democratic Backsliding, Failing Guardrails (Transcript)
Air Date 2/18/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
Democracies slide into dictatorship in two ways: first slowly, and then all of a sudden. We have been sliding in this direction for at least as long as I have been paying attention to politics, which is a long time, and we're finally at the moment where that slow slide shifts into full speed.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 50 minutes today include The Gray Area, The ReidOut, The NPR Politics Podcast, Amicus, Straight White American Jesus, Citations Needed, and The Intercept Briefing.
Then, in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in four sections: Section A, Government Agencies; Section B, Constitutional Crisis; Section C, The Playbook; and Section D, What to Do.
But first, your Call To Action for the week.
Activism Roundup - 2-17-25
AMANDA: Hey everyone, Amanda here, with your weekly roundup of activism actions. There's a [00:01:00] lot going on and the reality is that collectively we're in the 'throw everything in the wall' phase. And that's okay. Do what you feel is most impactful and what is possible in your life. All right? All right. Now, onto the work.
The House is on recess this week. That means your members of Congress are in your district and they need to hear from you in person. The message is twofold. One, tell them you fully reject the newly released GOP budget, which proposes 4. 5 trillion dollars in tax cuts for corporations and the wealthiest among us, while slashing essential programs like Medicaid and food assistance. And two, call out Republicans' complicit behavior and silence in the face of Musk's government coup and demand Democrats fight back. Indivisible is calling for mass local action under the banner 'Musk or Us' and has created a congressional recess toolkit to make Republicans squirm and push Democrats to take action. Go to indivisible.org/coup for the toolkit and ways to get involved.
Next, there are national boycotts going on right now to show Amazon and Target and other companies that [00:02:00] eliminating their DEI initiatives and cozying up to Trump was a big financial mistake. Amazon also used illegal and racist tactics to crush a union vote in North Carolina last week. So, I don't know, maybe just avoid them at all costs. These boycotts do not appear to be organized under one banner or organization. But there's a plan for a national blackout on all buying on February 28th. Also, a national 24 hour work stoppage across all industries is planned for March 14th. It's being called a national strike, but strikes are for union members. An actual national strike is planned for 2028. Again, these are actions not organized by one entity, so they may evolve as we get closer.
Finally, it's being reported that ICE agents are frustrated that people know their rights. How do they know them? Organizations like United We Dream have been working tirelessly to ensure people know what to do when they encounter immigration agents. You can text 'Know Your Power' to 78757 or go to unitedwedream. org to learn and share resources.
If you're feeling the overwhelm, you're not alone. [00:03:00] Remember that no one can do everything, but everyone can do something and finding community and taking action are truly the best ways to deal with it all. We don't get to choose the times we live in. So we need everyone to act like everything is on the line, because it is.
Is America broken - The Gray Area - Air Date 2-10-25
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: So let's actually just start with you summing up your thesis. In that piece, tell me about what you think is now the most vital debate in America.
ALANA NEWHOUSE: The debate that I find the most interesting, and that I think is going to be the one that is going to take us through the next, call it 5 to 10 years, isn't a debate between Republicans or Democrats or between the left and the right, or even between progressives and conservatives. The debate that I find myself most drawn to, and I think a lot of other people increasingly want to participate in, is a debate about our institutions, and about the viability of them and the health of them.
The two sides that I saw emerging [00:04:00] I roughly call "brokenists" and "status-quoists". And in the piece, I try to articulate the vision that each side has. And I hope that I express sympathy and interest in both arguments because I feel drawn to both sides.
My sense of the status-quoist argument is that they feel, with a lot of validity, that we have a lot of institutions in American life that took many, many years to build that actually create safety and predictability and opportunity for a lot of people, and that there's an almost nihilistic "burn it all down" energy that they feel coming from other people in American life. Because inevitably they see problems in those institutions and they want to fix them.
On the other side, there are people who I call brokenists, and those are people for whom the [00:05:00] broken aspect of the big blocks of institutional life that they have to interact with, whether that's a university, whether it's their health insurance, whether it's a government entity. What they're feeling in almost in a 360 way is a sense of decay, and a sense that these things simply don't work anymore. And that, I think, in the case of many brokenists, there's a feeling that not only do those institutions not work, but that they're not reformable, and that we would be better off spending our energy building new replacements for them rather than trying to reform them.
So, the tension is between those two sides.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: Yes, and I think you really do a service here in giving us that language. It's a very useful distinction.
There's a man you quote in the piece. He's a reader who reached out to you. His name is [00:06:00] Ryan. And he said some very relatable things for me. And his perspective, his frustration really, serves as a kind of anchor for your essay.
Can you say a bit about him and what he articulated to you?
ALANA NEWHOUSE: Yes. I met Ryan because, two years ago I wrote a piece called "Everything is Broken", which was my personal cri de corps about the broken aspects of American society that were affecting my life. And in the wake of that essay, I got hundreds of emails and DMs and texts from people.
One of them was from a man named Ryan, who was about my age, lives in Ohio, former vet, actually third generation African American veteran. And Ryan reached out and said, this piece spoke to me so deeply because this is what I feel, too. I feel that American society is so broken and I don't understand why.
We ended up actually becoming friends. We had a lot more in common than, [00:07:00] I think, either of us expected when he reached out. And over the course of a year of texting and sharing articles and just becoming friends, we were having conversations about how our thought was developing. And one day Ryan said on the phone with me, I realize I'm having conversations with people. Sometimes they're people who see themselves as on the right. Sometimes they're people who see themselves on the left. And the thing that determines whether or not I can talk to them is actually how they think about institutions. I don't care whether they come from the left or come from the right, whether they're a libertarian or a socialist. I care whether or not they look at these institutions and they think they're remotely healthy. Because if they do, I, think they're nuts. And if they don't, I can have a conversation.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: Yeah. I need to be honest about my ambivalence here. I think of myself as an old school leftist. I guess I'm a [00:08:00] class warrior, for lack of a better phrase. I see that not only is the most important axis of power, but also the most politically potent. But you may be right; that deep down, the real debate now is between brokenist and status-quoist.
I guess I would say, in the interest of maybe trying to push a little bit against both of our instincts, that sometimes there's a tendency for the most engaged, politically conscious types, like you and me, to assume that the rest of the country feels the way we do, you know what I mean? When the reality is that I think a lot of people are just living their lives, and while they may be caught up in the general polarized atmosphere, I'm not sure they have very deep ideological commitments or even very strong opinions. I just think a lot of people are very alienated from all of it.
But then again, maybe that kind of widespread detachment is itself a symptom of the brokenness.
ALANA NEWHOUSE: The reason why I like the frame is [00:09:00] because, as a reporter, it actually allows me to hear people and hear their concerns differently. It takes me out of rubrics that are familiar and allows me to really listen.
And so you brought up the issues of class and of economic concerns. I hear them more clearly and loudly when I see them through the dichotomy of how our institutions are serving people.
Let's talk about Medicaid. Can Medicaid actually properly get people the support that they need? That's a class issue. But it's also a health of the institution issue. And maybe if we take it out of the left-right dichotomy, we can have the conversation that we want to have, because it doesn't get people rooted in their defenses and their biases. It allows us to say, well, wait a minute. What if we say, instead of whether or not we believe in Medicaid or don't believe in Medicaid, believe in a social safety net, what if we talk about the effectiveness of the social [00:10:00] safety net? How is ours working? And as long as we have it, can we improve it? Is it possible, even? Because if it isn't, that starts a whole new conversation.
For me, that's generative, and that feels exciting because it also feels future oriented.
Musk's 'DOGE' is spiraling U.S. into a constitutional crisis - The ReidOut - Air Date 2-7-25
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Donald Trump: falling in line with President Elon Musk by calling for an end to USAID. The same USAID, aka USAID, that his wife, First Lady Melania, said embodied what her "Be Best" program stood for, and that First Daughter Ivanka used to establish a highly publicized initiative to empower women in developing countries.
But we begin tonight, less than three weeks into this new administration, and we are already facing what is rightfully being described as a constitutional crisis.
It comes not from the man elected to sit behind the resolute desk, but from the unelected one, who appears to be pulling all the strings: tech billionaire Elon Musk. It's happening in real [00:11:00] time, thanks to Elon's made up Department of Government Efficiency that he and a handful of young adults from his private companies have unleashed on this country with nearly unfettered access to any agency or database they choose to infiltrate.
In this short time, we've seen them all but abolish the U. S. Agency for International Development. with plans to reduce its workforce from 5,000 to what's expected to be about 600. And it's being done without congressional authority, which is required, given that it was Congress that passed the law that formally established the agency.
Of course, this is just the start. With little pushback, Musk and his minions are gaining access to more and more U. S. government agencies every day. Just today, Trump said he instructed Musk to check out the Pentagon. And those people gaining access to the most sensitive systems are not the best and the brightest.
Yesterday, one of Elon's little henchmen resigned from DOGE after his now-deleted racist social [00:12:00] media posts resurfaced. According to the Wall Street Journal, the posts from 25-year-old Marco Elez included such gems as "Just for the record, I was racist before it was cool", "You could not pay me to marry outside of my ethnicity", and "Normalize Indian hate."
And this morning, right on cue, Vice President James David Vance said Elez should be brought back onto the team, posting, "I don't think stupid social media activity should ruin a kid's life." Oh, okay, so now he's just a kid? A kid? A kid who was given direct access to Treasury Department systems responsible for nearly every single payment made by the U.S. government, including Social Security checks that people rely on. A kid? I thought they were highly trained professionals, man, not kids.
To no one's surprise, Elon jumped on his personal version of Truth Social and tweeted in agreeance with JD and announced Elez's triumphant return, this afternoon. This after spending much of yesterday joking with his Twitter stans, Twitter stans about another one of his junior henchmen who [00:13:00] on his LinkedIn went by the name Big Balls and who also had access to millions of Americans' personal data.
The absolute unseriousness of these people stands in stark contrast to the dead seriousness of what they're doing to our country and the many unknowns about what they could be doing with our data.
Meanwhile, the acting U.S. attorney for D.C., Ed Martin, who earlier this week said he would pursue legal action against anyone who threatens any DOGE employees, something that he offered no evidence has happened, is now saying that he is beginning an inquiry into those supposed threats, after a referral from... Elon Musk, who apparently now, in addition to wielding the power afforded to Congress in the Constitution, also has the power to order federal criminal investigations.
Martin wrote directly to Elon: "We will investigate them and we will chase them to the end of the earth to hold them accountable. We will not rest or cease in this. No one should [00:14:00] abuse American taxpayer dollars nor American taxpayer workers." Are these American taxpayer workers? I don't know about that. We don't have any evidence of that.
And by the way, we've heard no such pledge from Martin, after a conservative website funded by the Heritage Foundation published what it called a DEI watch list, with the names, photos, and identifying information of federal health workers involved in diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives. And, that at one point described them as "targets."
Apparently in Elon and Don's America, the federal government is no longer here to protect you. It is here for one purpose and one purpose only: to empower and protect Elon Musk, and his friends.
Trump's latest target the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau - The NPR Politics Podcast - Air Date 2-10-25
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: For people who are not familiar with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, can you describe what does this agency do?
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: Yeah, it's been around for about 14 and a half years now, and it is the consumer finance watchdog agency for the country. So it's part of the Federal [00:15:00] Reserve System, and it's funded through that. It is really the only agency whose mandate is to work on behalf of consumers to make sure that they are not being abused by banks, but also non-bank institutions.
They were formed in the wake of the financial crisis in 2008, where there was a lot of looking at how can we make sure that this doesn't happen again? And there are new rules coming in about mortgages and subprime mortgages, that kind of stuff.
So they do stuff like that, but they do rulemaking as part of what they do. So they have recently made rules capping credit card fees and late credit card late fees, stuff like that, or that medical debt can't be on your credit report.
But they also do enforcement. And so part of what they do is they have these examiners, they're called, they've got staff who go out to companies, and make sure that they are following the laws that are in place.
But they also have a complaint line. People can literally submit [00:16:00] complaints when they think that they've been wronged or they've been slapped with a fee that they never heard about before. And the CFPB will look into it and often get their money back.
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: What exactly happened over the weekend?
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: Okay, there was a lot. One of the first things that happened was on Friday, members of Elon Musk's government efficiency team showed up at CFPB headquarters and came in. They'd been added to the directory there. And they also were able to gain access to, or granted access to, internal CFPB systems for stuff like human resources, finance, procurement.
Russell Vought was also named the new acting director of CFPB.
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: Which we should point out, he's one of the main architects of the conservative blueprint known as Project 2025.
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: That's right. In addition to being the newly confirmed Director of the Office of Management and Budget. And no sooner was it clear that he had now taken over that he sent out an email with a pretty sweeping essentially stop work order to staff at CFPB, saying you really can't do any of the work that CFPB does.
Shortly after that [00:17:00] email, Vought posted on X from his own account that he would not be asking the Federal Reserve for the next round of funding for the agency. And then on Sunday, it came word that CFPB's headquarters would be closed for the week. There was no reason given for that, but staff members were told to work from home.
And then just this morning, there was another email that went out, said, actually stay at home, but don't work. Don't do anything.
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: I think that it's important to remember that conservatives have been against the CFPB almost from the start. As Laurel noted, it was born out of the 2008 financial crisis under the Obama administration. And the architect, essentially, of the CFPB was Elizabeth Warren, who at the time--
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: Senator from Massachusetts?
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: No, now, but at the time, she was an intellectual academic from Harvard who had come up with the framework for this program. And it really was supposed to be regulation from the bottom up. There are obviously a ton of financial regulatory agencies that exist in the country of the [00:18:00] SEC, the FDIC, but they're top down regulators. And as Laurel noted, this was an opportunity to give consumers some recourse if they felt like they were victims of predatory lending through their mortgages, through their credit card companies.
The CFPB will say they've actually been pretty successful by their own numbers. They say that in the 14 years since they were established, they've brought about $20 billion in consumer relief, that they've enacted $5 billion in civil money penalties, and that they say that they've provided some element of financial relief to 195 million Americans.
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: So how is that not popular with people, Sue?
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: So I think from the beginning, it was seen as a much more progressive populist idea of how you regulate the government. So more free market conservatives, people that don't think that you need to add additional regulatory layers on top of a pretty complicated regulatory framework. Conservatives just don't like regulatory agencies as a sort of a foundational view. And they felt that this one was redundant. I would also say it's important to note in this current political climate that a lot of tech companies really don't like the [00:19:00] CFPB because the CFPB has also taken more aggressive action looking at digital payment systems that are used over platforms like Google, which is new technology that CFPB has been looking at. So corporations don't like it because it adds another layer of regulatory fight that they have in their commerce.
So it doesn't surprise me that Donald Trump took this action. This isn't oh, at one point Republicans used to like this agency. Republicans have never liked this agency. From the conservative side, this is a big victory for something they've wanted from the beginning.
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: So it also seems like what's happening with the CFPB is similar to what happened recently with USAID. Is it the same?
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: I think it's same philosophically when you think about what Donald Trump's trying to do right now, which is broadly remake the federal government and make it smaller and make it more conservative. I think there's a lot of distinctions, certainly between the missions of the two agencies.
The point that Laurel made, too, that I think is worth just focusing on for a second is how the CFPB is structured and [00:20:00] funded. I'm not an expert on this, but it is not funded through the annual appropriations of Congress, and that was by design. They wanted to create a regulatory agency that was more independent. So if you weren't subject to constant congressional appropriations, you weren't affected by shutdowns. Your work would not be influenced by Congress.
A lot of members of Congress, especially Republicans in Congress, didn't like that, because they felt like when you directly -- they did not like it because when you do directly appropriate agencies, you have more oversight over them.
Legally now, I think what's interesting in the contrast between USAID and CFPB, USAID was directly appropriated by Congress. That's part of the litigation fight that's going on right now. CFPB was funded by transfers from the Federal Reserve, which is just a different, unique system. And I have seen arguments that that will put the administration on better legal footing because it falls within the power within the executive branch.
So in this instance, it's not really clear that Trump is defying Congress, because Congress never appropriated any money for this agency. [00:21:00] However, Congress did pass a law establishing the agency, so I think that will provide a basis for the legal fight, but I think that the Trump administration is on a different legal footing and at least being able to turn off the financial spigot for this one because it's controlled by the executive branch and not the legislative branch.
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: From my recollection, this was created as part of the Dodd Frank Act in 2010. So isn't it in the law?
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: The creation of the agency, yes. But to me, again, that's, we're in this like weird, we've never been here before legal limbo. Like he hasn't technically tried to shutter the agency, they've just put it in suspended animation.
I have no doubt that there's going to be some form of litigation against this. You're seeing this happen in all of these agencies. But how precisely they try to shut it down or not shut it down or how it affects the work, I don't think we entirely know just yet.
Trumps American Takeover - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-1-25
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: So, I lived in Hungary for a long time. I also lived in Russia for a long time. And this is the third time I've ridden this escalator from democracy into someplace very dark. [00:22:00] And unfortunately, what we're seeing here is so similar to what happened in Russia and particularly to what happened in Hungary.
And part of the reason why it's so alarming is that Americans have this idea that when democracy fails, it's going to fail with tanks in the streets. It's going to fail with some radical rupture. It's going to fail with normal ceasing to be normal. And when you look at how autocracy works these days in the rest of the world, it almost always comes in on the backs of a free and fair election.
So, somebody who is a, we call them populist, but you can call them whatever, charismatic leaders who promise to shake things up, they get elected, often fair and square the first time. You go back and you look at the election monitor's reports from when Hugo Chavez was elected in Venezuela, or when Vladimir Putin was elected the first time in Russia, or when Victor Orban was elected the first time in Hungary, [00:23:00] the election monitors all said free and fair election, no problem. And then what happens is that as soon as these guys come to power, they start to just take over and disable all of the checks on executive power. And they do it while their cover story is a lot of inflammatory rhetoric that causes pain to people.
So, now we're seeing immigration, we're seeing attacks on people with gender fluidity, we're seeing attacks on affirmative action, we're seeing attacks across the board on vulnerable groups and people who have really never been treated equally. But behind the scenes, what that's disguising, this was also true in Hungary, it was true in Venezuela, it was true in Turkey, it's in all these places, inflammatory rhetoric disguises the real work of autocracy. And what's the real work of autocracy? Removing all checks on executive power. And a lot of that is [00:24:00] happening in a very unsexy way in laws that are buried deep beneath the surface that only a technical lawyer could love. And that's where you start to see chipping away at every single constraint on what the president can do.
Now, America is a very big and complicated system. It's going to take a lot to capture all of it because we have federalism, because we have a lot of nooks and crannies where different sources of power reside. But Trump in his first term of office had not yet discovered this formula that you need the law to entrench yourself. So, he did a lot of horrible things, he caused a lot of pain, he was incredibly arbitrary, he loves to sign executive orders, but when he left office, most of the U. S. government, it was battered, it was beaten, he dropped it on the floor, it cracked, there weren't people who were put into important positions, but he hadn't changed the legal infrastructure except for one thing, and that [00:25:00] is the Supreme Court.
Hence, this podcast. So, now what I think Trump learned is what a lot of these autocrats learned. Victor Orban was in power once and lost power because he didn't learn this lesson. When he came back, and now when Trump is coming back, what they learned is that you have to learn to entrench yourself. And it helps if you compromise some institutions when you're in office the first time. But what Victor Orban did, and what now Donald Trump has done, is to use their time out of office to put together a team of people who will write all the laws you need to entrench yourself. And it's being written by private groups. It's not going through the normal lawmaking process. Private lawyers are writing up all of these plans. And then as soon as you come into power, you start to shovel this stuff out the door as fast as you can. You take advantage of incredibly obscure laws already on the books that already give the executive tons of power. You [00:26:00] override, you might declare an emergency, for example, we've seen two of them declared this week in the U S already, or I guess it was last week, or maybe it's, and who knows how many more will there will be. But, there's a lot of these emergencies being declared that give the president additional powers, but there's also new executive orders that are simply grabbing power right now.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: It sounds to me, Kim, like what you are saying is, and I know this is simplistic, but as you're trying to make sense of this flurry of executive orders that are coming at all hours of the day, and it's really hard for most of us to triage what's meaningful, what's important, we keep saying on this show, they are not the law, but they are certainly have promises and instructions to agencies how to conduct themselves.
It feels almost like you're saying that there is one bucket that is distractions, chaos, confusion. There's another bucket that's really systematically shoveling power back [00:27:00] to the executive branch and constructing an impermeable executive branch. Is that the best schema for thinking about this?
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: Yes, yes, and of course that bucket of distraction is also actually harming people. And what it does is it takes most of the opposition and pulls their attention over to that. So for example, we've seen, immediately lots of lawsuits on birthright citizenship, lots of people putting out advisories on what to do if ICE comes knocking on your door. All that's crucial and people should be working on those things because these kinds of initiatives are causing real pain. But there's another set of things that's not getting nearly enough attention, and that is the second bucket, which is all the stuff that is consolidating power in the executive.
So, let me tell you two things that look familiar from Hungary because these were really crucial in the early days. So, one thing Orbán did was to immediately suspend the civil service law in order to fire tons of governmental workers. [00:28:00] Okay? And we've seen that. A lot of the things that Trump has been doing is to rattle the civil service. Now, the Biden administration saw this coming, they enacted a regulation that actually made it impossible to directly fire people who had civil service protection, which is why you see these new executive orders coming in. And what they're doing is they're reassigning people to jobs they can't possibly want to do. Or they're putting them on paid leave just to get them out of the way. So the Biden regulation is doing something to slow this process down. But in some of these executive orders, they actually say in our view, this Biden regulation is unconstitutional. And so we are going to ignore it, which is why they're just firing some people also, okay?
But attacking the civil service, it's a big chunk of what Orban did. And he fired a lot of people. He then terrified the rest so that they were afraid to go against him. So even if there wasn't anything he could have really done, he puts people in fear of their careers, their jobs, [00:29:00] they're disoriented. It happens so quickly, they don't know what to do. So attacking the bureaucracy, making everybody either quit, be fired, or in fear, was a big chunk of what he did, and that's what we're seeing.
The other thing he did was he defunded everybody who could possibly push back. Okay? So, in the U S government, it's been random defunding of everybody. That was not, shall we say, precision guided. But what I'm expecting to come is more systematic defunding of all the places where they think the opposition will come from. So, let me tell you what happened in Hungary. It turns out when I was living in Budapest, there were 12 daily newspapers in a city of 3 million people. It was wonderful. You could read papers ranging from left or right to wonderful objective journalism, all kinds of stuff, but it was unsustainable. It turns out. You got 12 daily newspapers because most of their funding came from state advertising. As [00:30:00] soon as Orban came to power, he cut the funding to cut all the advertising to all the papers and actually all the TV stations and radio stations that actually had been critical of his party. And it turns out they started to fail, economically.
What happens? His oligarchs swept in, bought up the media they wanted, or they let them fail. And when the rest of Europe looked at this, because this is all happening in the European Union, there's supposed to be a club of democracies, Orban says, Oh, well, you know, it's just the market. They can't sustain themselves. And this is when newspapers are failing all over the world for financial reasons. Didn't look like he'd done anything.
Musk's Coup and Trump's Christian Zionist Gaza Takeover - Straight White American Jesus - Air Date 2-7-25
BRAD ONISHI - HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: Elon Musk is treating the U. S. government like a startup. He's treating it like when he took over Twitter / X. And here's a piece at Wired, a different piece, that reads like this. "While this takeover is unprecedented for the government, it's standard operating procedure for Musk. It maps almost too neatly to his acquisition of [00:31:00] Twitter in 2022. Get rid of most of the workforce, install loyalists, rip up safeguards, remake in your own image. This is the way of the startup. You're scrappy, you're unconventional, you're iterating. This is the world that Musk's lieutenants come from, and the one they are imposing on the Office of Personal Management, the GSA, and on down the line".
But Dan, as you're saying, the U. S. government is not a startup. And this is where you and I have always tried to make a point about this whole 'do the government like a business'. The point of business is to make money. The point of government is to help people's lives get better, to care for people, to help people thrive, to create systems that allow for people to make decisions not for them, and not so that they're just like passive agents, but to create systems where people have good choices about food, shelter, care, about infrastructure, about education.
Do [00:32:00] you think that Musk and the people working for him—and I can go down the roster if you all want, the 19 year old freshman at Northeastern University, the 25 year old eugenicist, the 23 year old who just graduated and had his first job at Meta—do you think that they're concerned with the fact that the trillions of dollars they now have in front of them in a code, and where they're just like slamming Red Bulls all night and hamming it up, affects people's real lives? That non profits are shutting down because OMB cut off the money? They don't.
This is not a startup. It is the most powerful government in the world. It's one that oversees 350 million people. Dan, I live near Silicon Valley. Startups come and go. One out of a hundred make it. Most of them expend a significant amount of energy and resources, and then they die, and then you just start another one. That is how the kinds of [00:33:00] young men that Musk is dragging around think.
It's also a huge cyber security threat. There's a piece of the conversation by Richard Forno, who's a professor at University of Maryland, and what he talks about is when you have this kind of fiddling with the code of the U. S. Treasury, when you have people who are taking this data and putting it on private servers—do you remember Hillary Clinton's emails, Dan? The private server? Do you remember that?—that's what they're doing with the data, oh, not of, I don't know, some emails that she sent, which, not great, Hillary, okay, whatever. Oh, I don't know, Dan happens to be perhaps every American and their financial records, the millions of federal employees on someone's server who's 23 years old and walking around like a hacker on the metro with his backpack looking like Mr. Robot. That's a problem, [00:34:00] and it flies right in the face of what we talked about over the last couple of weeks.
Donald Trump: well, I know this was DEI with the plane crash, because I have common sense. J. D. Vance: if you just use common sense like real people, not bureaucrats, not technocrats, not those administrative state liberal career hacks, then you'll have a good government. Okay, cool, so who did you guys put in charge of the entire Treasury, and who are you allowing to hack our entire government? Oh, you mean people with specialized knowledge who are 23 years old and led by a madman, the richest man in the world? That guy who just did the Nazi salute twice? You want to tell me that's common sense? You want to tell me that now you're just like a man of the people? One of the plebeians who lives in the life-world of the peasants and is thinking through everything with common sense? Like you would down at Ace Hardware? You put in charge childrenwith technical [00:35:00] knowledge. You allowed them to download the entire code and data of the nation, and then you're gonna turn to us and tell us you have common sense about non-White people and women?
This is an authoritarian takeover. It's an attempted coup. And we should treat it as such. And I'll close this out, Dan, I'll throw it to you and we can take a break, go to something else. The Senate Dems need to figure it out. And I don't usually go for the Democratic Party by the throat on this show, not that often, but Chuck Schumer, you're not the man for the job, bud. It's time to go. You're out here introducing legislation to do stuff and Hakeem Jeffries is tweeting that Jesus is in control, that's not gonna cut it. You cannot do business in the Senate when the social contract has been broken. They're trying to take your job, Chuck. They're saying they get the purse and they're gonna spend the money. And you're out here saying, this has to be stopped. Why are you using the passive voice, Chuck? Go get [00:36:00] arrested. Go demand, I want to know which Democratic Senator is gonna get thrown to the ground and arrested at the Treasury building, trying to get in and see what the hell's going on in there. That's what I want. Show me that guy. Show me that gal. Show me that person. And guess what? They got my vote, 2028. Because right now I see a lot of like hand-wringing soft-handed BS from some of the only people who have a chance to do anything right now. And this is not a way to win back voters and do whatever you've been doing since Kamala Harris lost. This is a way to make people think you're a bunch of old folks who are not built for the fight.
Media Continues Painting Musk's Far Right Coup as Good Faith Cost-Cutting Effort - Citations Needed - Air Date 2-5-25
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: So again, you have this image of a sort of post partisan, they want to get rid of waste, efficiencies, and in none of these articles, CNN, Washington Post, or the New York Times, are the obvious far right ideological preferences of Musk mentioned at all. He is simply presented as a patriotic billionaire who won. The reader gets the impression they're vaguely Republican, but they're treated as these kind of post [00:37:00] ideological patriotic billionaires
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: Because hand in hand with this, Adam, is also the idea that billionaires know how to be efficient with money, right? There's kind of baked into these articles is the assumption, the kind of framing of, super rich people know how to make budgets. They know how to address waste. They know how to cut costs and gain savings. That's what makes them such deft businessmen. This is baked into all of these articles, rather than talking about the abuse, the subsidies that they themselves get, the contracts that they themselves get that are, of course, never on the chopping block, where this wealth comes from, no. They are just successful billionaires. And so therefore they know where to find costs to cut, it's kind of the what makes Bruce Wayne a superhero? It's that he's rich, like, that's the whole point behind Batman, we've talked about that before. That's the authority that they have, being "successful".
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: And to be clear, it's [00:38:00] not as if the New York Times cannot telegraph or clearly state the ideology or the ideological preferences of those who are about to or seeking to enter government to influence policy.
A 2020 article about Democratic activists within the potential Biden administration, specifically a Biden-Sanders task force about policing that was set up in 2020, in June of 2020, talking about those that wish to redirect resources from police into community care programs, mentions the word progressive five times and the word activist four times, which is totally fine, right? They have ideology, they have an ideological preference, and that's perfectly how you should report on that.
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: But it only goes one way.
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: It only goes one way. When it comes to reporting on obviously fascistic, obviously White nationalist half-trillionaires, suddenly they're just cost cutting. They're just concerned with efficiency. They have the word right wing, the word conservative. Again, mentioning of his sieg heil. And the most batshit example of this, because we save the best for last as we usually do, was an article by Michael Scheer that came out on January [00:39:00] 30th. This was less than a week ago, right? This was 10 days after Musk clearly did a sieg heil at the inauguration three different times. A hundred and sixty five Jewish organizations just published a rejection of the ADLs, 'oh, he was just, you know, an excited gesture', have come out and said, 'no, this was clearly a 'sieg heil', advertisers need to pull the advertising from X and not invest in Tesla, etc. Clear as day sieg heil, right? Anyone with any intellectual honesty would look at that and go, 'oh yeah, that was deliberate and that was clearly what he was doing'.
But no, that's not going to stop the New York Times from doing this post partisan cost cutting framing. This is genuinely fucking bat shit. When I read this, I was like, oh my god, even for the New York Times, this is bad. So what they tried to do is orient the DOGE cost cutting, again, we're 10 days into this bloodbath of the liberal state, right?, as part of a kind of bipartisan continuum, and this is just sort of a more extreme version of it, the headline would read, "Beneath Trump's chaotic spending freeze, an idea that crosses party lines". So, he'd orient this in kind of normal balance the budget politics, writing, "There is a long bipartisan history of attempts to rein in spending and address [00:40:00] concerns about government inefficiencies, though the parties have grown increasingly divided about what to cut". And you truly have to read it. It presents this kind of Obama-Bowles–Simpson-Biden sort of tighten your belt, balance the budget rhetoric, as comparable to what Musk is doing...
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: ...that somehow doesn't mention that the family dinner table conversation right now in the Trump administration is about how much of a Nazi to be.
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: Well, that and stripping Congress of any oversight of this processes, right? The Bowles-Simpson Committee was a series of recommendations that presumably would manifest into some bill in Congress that would actually be passed by Representatives that actually represent people, not the unilateral dictates of a stimulant-addled fucking billionaire, who just arbitrarily decides what to cut without any input from, I don't know, 330 million people in this country.
So again, this has been a long whitewashing that goes up to this day. Just two days ago on February 3rd 2025, the New York Times finally did a kind of semi critical article about Musk's gutting of the [00:41:00] federal liberal state, the administrative state. But even that, the whole thing was just drenched in, again, still made no mention of his far right ideology at all and was drenched in euphemism. So this is "Inside Musk's aggressive incursion into the federal government" from February 3rd, 2025. It's got 9, 000 reporters. So I'm not going to list them all off, but just know that one of them is Maggie Haberman, of course. It referred to the Department of Government Efficiency or DOGE, ha ha, get it? They refer to it as "a cost cutting initiative", "cost cutting project". So we have three different mentions. Every time they mentioned DOGE, they would call it a cost cutting effort. But of course, it's not a cost cutting effort, and it's not going to cut anything, because it can't really cut anything, because the federal budget is allotted by Congress. It's not like the money is going to mysteriously go back into the federal government. That's not how this works. And of course, even if that was true, which it's not, the goal is not to cut costs. They want to gut the administrative and liberal state because Musk believes that it keeps Black people and Brown people too comfortable and [00:42:00] too secure in their jobs, and doesn't allow workers to be abused.
And again, name it, saves the environment, protects endangered species, everything that sort of represents the already pretty raised within liberal state we have, he doesn't like because he's a fucking Nazi. And I know that because he did a sieg heil on television and constantly publishes Nazi content all the time.
But again, and we talked about this in our news brief two weeks ago, Musk is just simply too big to fail. The fact that he's an overt White nationalist and is clearly testing the limits of how overt he can be in this White nationalist, again, now he won't show up about South Africa. That's a favorite bugbear of VDARE and all these other White nationalist websites, is that he simply can't fail because if we have to acknowledge that he's a White supremacist on a White supremacist agenda to cut anything he perceives, including USAID, which he perceives as being beneficial to Black and Brown people and poor people in general, then that takes the media to a dark place where they have to acknowledge ideology, which again, if you're out of power, right?, if you're an activist or you're [00:43:00] poor, or if you're an enemy state, it's taken for granted that you have an ideological agenda. It's taken for granted that you have an ideological motive.
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: It's part of the descriptor. It's part of like the kind of Homeric epithet of the way that these organizations or these approaches, these ideas, they are always framed, 'this is progressive, this is activist, this is supporting the liberal state', but you don't get it on the other side. You don't get it when it's Musk. You don't get it when it's Trump.
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: No, they're just concerned with cost cutting. They're just concerned with cost cutting. I mean, I can't tell you again, I read every one of these articles and dozens of more and I can't find any that mentioned much less lead with or center or make obvious the ideological agenda at work here.
And one would think that, I don't know, two weeks into this, this right wing purge, where he's obviously, again, talking about the "diversity initiatives" and going after people with disabilities and going after trans people and going after minorities and basically outlawing the acknowledgement of [00:44:00] the existence of minorities and trans people and queer people and people with disabilities. You would think, I don't know, they would lead with his fucking right wing ideology, at all, but again, that's just not something they're programmed to do because they are fundamentally editorially deferential to those in power, and those in power must be assumed to have good intentions and good faith. They cannot be assumed to have any ideological or sinister motives. So we keep getting this idea that, again, up until fucking today, and they're still doing it, that DOGE is just some Government efficiency panel.
Why Are Dems Surprised - The Intercept Briefing - Air Date 2-7-25
SUNJEEV BERY: At a influencer conference, a political influencer conference last spring in DC, Cory Booker opened up the happy hour on the opening night of this conference talking about the importance of social media and messaging. As soon as he ended his remarks, he was hounded by a room full of some of the largest liberal TikTokers asking him why he supported banning the app that they message other young people on.
So it's odd that they [00:45:00] have people like this, with these stances, with these actions, with this policy record, tapped to lead these critical pieces of infrastructure for the party in such a critical moment. It's, baffling to me. So I'm, wondering for both of you, how would you assess the democratic Party's leadership in this moment because you're both talking about activism and organizing in addition to that Indivisible call There was a large protest outside the Treasury on Tuesday That was organized by Indivisible and Move On while members of Congress showed up that was from the outside. So what is leadership doing right now to restore faith in the party in their leadership and for the road ahead?
JORDAN UHL: I mean, I'll be blunt and say I'm not seeing it, and I'm just not seeing what needs to be done. And this is a moment for an asymmetrical challenge, right? Trump holds formal authority, but he obviously is going way beyond formal authority when it comes to things like abolishing agencies like USAID, that he doesn't technically have the power to [00:46:00] do.
And meanwhile, Democratic leaders. They don't have a sense of what to do or how to operate. And the way you operate in a moment like this is by engaging in an asymmetrical challenge. Democrats don't have any formal authority, but they can build informal authority. I personally think Elon Musk is far more vulnerable than most people recognize.
And I could imagine. A movement to call on Democratic senators to filibuster any legislation that provides any sort of appropriations or funding for any of Elon Musk's, financial interests, starting with SpaceX, a big chunk of his increase in wealth is just projections from the stock market of future earnings for Tesla and SpaceX, tens of billions of dollars could be subtracted from him very quickly.
But this kind of creative thinking isn't something that it. Democrats in office tend to be very good at because they're very well trained in, let's just be blunt kissing the ass of concentrated sectors of wealth in order to access that money [00:47:00] to run campaigns. My personal opinion is any formal shift in how leading democratic politicians behave is going to occur because, people are leading from behind, movement organizations, concerned grassroots voters and donors are going to say, what the heck are you doing?
And then they're going to start listening, and then they're going to start quote unquote leading.
AKELA LACY: Yeah, I agree with 99 percent of that, I would say. I'm not sure that leaders, leadership in the Democratic Party is looking for feedback. I get the sense that they want to create the appearance that they're looking for feedback, but, maintain this practice of thinking they're the smartest people in the room and thinking that they have it locked down and, we'll listen to what you say, but we're actually, we know what we're doing.
I do think right now is an opening for some of that more creative thinking to come in. But I think that, you, really hit it on the head there. The idea that no one was prepared, that there was no strategy, and that they're playing catch up right [00:48:00] now when this writing has been on the wall for months and months and months.
I mean, we can go back to June. We can, we can go back to October, November. But what possible reason could there be that Schumer doesn't have Democrats locked down to vote as a bloc against every single Trump nominee? He came out on Monday touting that they had 47 people, including, the two independents, vote against the OMB chief.
But then you have other votes just this week, where it's like they have 22 people voting for a Trump nominee. They have 24 people in the Democratic Party voting for a Trump nominee. And they should be being held accountable for that. I think some of these outside groups are trying to do that. But when you talk about the sparks of potential openings for that creative thinking, whether it's from members of The Squad or members of the CPC, I think Pramila Jayapal has been very blunt that Democrats are not willing to learn from this moment, particularly on Gaza.
But you also see those ranks being decimated [00:49:00] and whatever organizing has been done to build their capacity to do that creative thinking and fill that gap in Congress, since 2018, et cetera, et cetera, has been cut in half, every two years because of groups like AIPAC and these outside groups that Democrats continue caving to.
So that's the bigger, 30, 000 foot picture of the cycle of why this seems to be impossible for people who say that they have all the information and all the answers.
Trumps American Takeover Part 2 - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-1-25
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: Kim, I've kept you far longer than I pledged to keep you, but I want to end on this question. It is well known in the world of autocracy and authoritarianism that it's really hard to claw it back once you've lost it. And I'm hearing you say and I think I agree we're well into having lost something fundamental. There are a lot of people out there who are listening to this show, trying to decide what to do.
And I, would love to hear [00:50:00] your menu. I think we've asked several guests of what the mission is not for... I mean, yes, by all means, support your friends who are government workers, government lawyers, people dependent on government grants, folks, who are scared at universities... stipulated... what are you telling people to do?
What worked in Poland? What has worked in places that are clawing it back? What's the mission for listeners who really don't want to give up, but aren't sure that everything hasn't been lost already?
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: So first of all, it's important to keep toe holds that you can use to leverage into more power for the opposition. And by toe holds, I mean civil sector groups, I mean state governments in blue states, I mean anything that's not yet been captured. We should lean into state constitutional law. We should lean into the parts of the government that are going to not go down without a fight, right? We need to hold up and look at where [00:51:00] can public outrage at least gum up the works, right?
Everything that this administration does now that is bringing down democracy and causing pain should be met with friction. You may not be able to stop it, but you can slow it down. So again, if I can just, if I can tell a small story, when I moved into New York city in the 1970s, high crime rates, everybody was, really very concerned.
It was the height of dangerous New York. And I moved into an apartment on the Upper West Side, and the first thing I did, like everybody else, was to install three more deadbolts on my door. So while the guy's installing the deadbolts, I said to him, 'well, is this really going to keep out somebody?' And he said, 'actually', he said 'no'. He said, 'really talented burglars know how to break through all the deadbolts. What you're doing is you're slowing them down until possibly something else intervenes'.
Okay. Now this is my lesson for everybody. You're not [00:52:00] going to look at things saying, can I win in the end? You're looking at the much nearer term. How do we slow it down? And so litigation may not result in a victory at the Supreme Court, but you still need to litigate just to slow it down. It may be that the local office near you says that they've run out of money. You do sit ins just to create friction. You want to slow down the autocratic power grab because we do have midterm elections coming up. We do have state governors who are finding ways to work together to build a kind of daisy chain of resilience that may be able to stand up to the federal government. So, anything you can do to slow it down in the meantime is the thing that's going to keep you safe in the long run.
And so, it's just generalizing the lessons from what keeps you safe personally. Think about how to generalize that to how can you do that at state level. And [00:53:00] small things that gum up the works. Resistance, not letting it pass without a fight. One of my friends just says subscribe to the media that are standing up to this, put your weight and your money behind the institutions that are throwing sand in the gears, and that's the basic thing that you can do.
We're all now just trying to slow it down, stop it in its tracks. Think of yourself as being like that guy in Tiananmen Square with the shopping bags in front of the tank. Whatever it is that you can do personally to just slow it down, just stop it locally, just do it.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: And maybe the gloss I would add, although that was so eloquent, I'm reluctant to gloss, but it is some version of to keep your heart soft so that you can see suffering for what it is.
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: Absolutely.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: And to not be alone, because I think that's the thing that is fearsome right now, is sitting on your phone and spiraling. There are so many people doing so [00:54:00] much phenomenal work.
Note from the Editor on the long slide to dictatorship
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with The Gray Area discussing the brokenists and the status-quoists. The ReidOut explained the constitutional crisis sparked by Elon Musk. The NPR Politics Podcast got into the details of the fight over the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Amicus spoke in detail about the mechanisms by which democracy is undermined in favor of executive power. Straight White American Jesus contrasted business and government to highlight the absurdity of trying to run them in similar ways. Citations Needed criticized the media for failing to recognize the ideological motives behind Elon Musk and his fake Department of Government Efficiency. The Intercept Briefing critiqued the Democrats' inability to mount an organized defense against Trumpism. And Amicus looked at ways to create friction to slow the dissent into authoritarianism.
And those were just the Top Takes. There's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of [00:55:00] our shows without ads. To support all of our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stay in the way of hearing more information
If you have questions or would like your comments included in the show, our upcoming topics include the dystopian plans for Trump's deportation regime, followed by Trump's possibly even more dystopian proposal to ethnically cleanse Gaza. And if you have any suggestions on non-dystopian topics that we can cover, I'm definitely open to suggestions.
In any case, get your comments and questions in now for those topics. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. We're also findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal [00:56:00] at the handle bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I wanted to follow up on what I said at the top of the show, arguing that the slide into authoritarianism, fascism, dictatorship, whatever your preferred label, has happened over a very long time. I based that on a news story that crossed my awareness in the very first few months that I was producing Best of the Left back in March 2006. I've played this clip several times over the years when it seemed relevant, and there's been no time more relevant than right now.
If you're not familiar with former Supreme Court Justice Sandra Day O'Connor, it's good to know that she was a conservative Republican, she was appointed by Ronald Reagan, and was one of the votes on the court that installed George W. Bush into the presidency in the Bush v. Gore case. So when she criticizes Republicans and warns about what it takes for a country to [00:57:00] fall into dictatorship, she is not speaking out of ideological rejection of conservative politics; it is just out of concern for the future of the country. Here is the full three minute report from NPR, originally aired almost exactly 19 years ago.
MORNING EDITION: Supreme Court justices keep many opinions private, but a former justice is speaking out. Yesterday, Sandra Day O'Connor criticized Republicans who criticized the courts. She said the critics challenged the independence of judges and the freedoms of all Americans. Her speech at Georgetown University was not available for broadcast, but NPR legal affairs correspondent Nina Totenberg was there.
NINA TOTENBERG: In an unusually forceful and forthright speech, O'Connor said that attacks on the judiciary by some Republican leaders pose a direct threat to our constitutional freedoms. O'Connor began by conceding that courts do have the power to make presidents, or the Congress, or governors, as she put it, "really, really angry. But," she continued, "if we don't make them mad some [00:58:00] of the time, we probably aren't doing our jobs as judges. And our effectiveness," she said, "is premised on the notion that we won't be subject to retaliation for our judicial acts."
"The nation's founders wrote repeatedly," she said, "that without an independent judiciary to protect individual rights from the other branches of government, those rights and privileges would amount to nothing. But," said O'Connor, "as the founding fathers knew, statutes and constitutions don't protect judicial independence, people do." And then she took aim at former House GOP leader Tom DeLay. She didn't name him, but she quoted his attacks on the courts at a meeting of the conservative Christian group Justice Sunday last year, when DeLay took out after the courts for rulings on abortion, prayer, and the Terry Schiavo case.
"This," said O'Connor, "was after the federal courts had applied Congress' one-time-only statute about Schiavo as it was written, not," said O'Connor, "as the congressmen might have wished it were written. The response to this flagrant display of judicial restraint," said O'Connor, her voice [00:59:00] dripping with sarcasm, "was that the congressman blasted the courts.
"It gets worse," she said, noting that death threats against judges are increasing. "It doesn't help," she said, "when a high profile senator suggests there may be a connection between violence against judges and decisions that the senator disagrees with." She didn't name him, but it was Texas Senator John Cornyn who made that statement after a Georgia judge was murdered in the courtroom and the family of a federal judge in Illinois murdered in the judge's home.
O'Connor observed that there have been a lot of suggestions lately for so-called judicial reforms: recommendations for the massive impeachment of judges, stripping the courts of jurisdiction, and cutting judicial budgets to punish offending judges. "Any of these might be debatable," she said, "as long as they are not retaliation for decisions that political leaders disagree with. "I," said O'Connor, "am against judicial reforms driven by nakedly partisan reasoning."
Pointing to the experiences of developing countries and former communist countries where interference with an independent [01:00:00] judiciary has allowed dictatorship to flourish, O'Connor said, "We must be ever vigilant against those who would strong arm the judiciary into adopting their preferred policies. It takes a lot of degeneration before a country falls into dictatorship," she said, "but we should avoid these ends by avoiding these beginnings."
Nina Totenberg, NPR News, Washington.
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: "We must avoid these ends by avoiding these beginnings." And if present news is any indication, I think we definitely failed to avoid these beginnings.
Now to be clear, the plan to take over the judiciary and bend it to conservative and corporate ends started well before 2006, way back in the 70s. 2006 just happens to be when a conservative Republican former justice who'd sat on the nation's highest court called out the rising authoritarian instincts within the Republican Party for what they were, the beginning of the very [01:01:00] predictable slide into authoritarianism that we are experiencing now.
SECTION A: GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: and now we'll continue to dive deeper on four topics. Next up, section A, government agencies, followed by section B, constitutional crisis, section C, the playbook, and section D, what to do.
Musk's Coup and Trump's Christian Zionist Gaza Takeover Part 2 - Straight White American Jesus - Air Date 2-7-25
BRAD ONISHI - HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: It is and we've been telling people to try to remain calm to try to remain in some kind of state of equilibrium, but that was hard this week.
And I, I recognize that too. I had moments of feeling like, uh, you know, panic was a word that, that is probably accurate. Let me run through what's happened for folks and then we'll, we'll do some analysis. Uh, basically over the weekend, uh, going back about a week now, we learned that, that Musk and the. Kind of raving, roving crew of henchmen hackers that he's put together have, uh, been able to gain access to government agencies.
And that included the treasury, the human resources agency. [01:02:00] They've shown up at the GSA. They have, have really tried to kind of get their way into any department they can, the department of labor. I'll read a little bit here. Hey, it's Elon Musk, charged with running the U. S. Government Human Resources Agency, have locked career civil servants out of computer systems that contain the personal data of millions of federal employees.
So we start to get these, you know, this information that government employees are locked out, and yet here's Musk, who has not been confirmed by the Senate, who is, we don't know about his security clearance, who is running this, as you referenced, Dan, nebulous government agency that is not really officially established.
And they are taking authority, usurping federal employees, and now who, Musk and who, have access to millions of federal employees and their personal data. They also were able to log on [01:03:00] to the payment systems of the U. S. Treasury. I'm going to read a little bit from Wired here, who's just done a great job throughout the last month reporting on this.
U. S. Treasury Department and White House officials have repeatedly denied that technologists associated with Musk's so called doge had the ability to rewrite the code of the payment system through which the vast majority of federal funding flow, federal spending flows. Wired reporting shows, however, everybody, listen, if you're driving, if you tuned out, if you're cutting cucumbers for dinner or chopping onions, stop.
Just stop for a minute. Wired is reporting that a DOJ operative did in fact have access. Write access, meaning they could write the code of the Treasury. Not only that, but sources tell Wired that at least one note was added to Treasury records indicating that he no longer had write access before senior IT staff stated it was actually rescinded.[01:04:00]
We have a situation, and I'm gonna get to who's on Musk's team in a minute, Dan, okay? It's not a dream team, just, just, this is not, this is not an all star cast. They are able to get into the code of the U. S. Treasury. Not just to read, Dan. They don't have just like viewer access to the Google Doc. They have editing access to the Google Doc.
Okay? Now, who was the one that had access to this? It's a man named Marco Elles, a 25 year old Doge technologist, who was recently installed at the Treasury Department as a special government employee. One of a number of young men identified by Wired who have little to no government experience, but are currently associated with Doge.
He previously worked for SpaceX. And, and for X slash Twitter. What happened to this guy, Dan? Oh, I don't know. He resigned yesterday because he had a social media account that advocated for racism and eugenics. [01:05:00] Nonetheless, he was granted privileges, including the ability to not just read, but write code on two of the most sensitive systems in the U.
S. government, the Payment Automation Manager and Secure Payment System. This is an agency, they're talking about the Bureau of the Fiscal Services, an agency that, according to Treasury records, paid out 5. 45 trillion dollars In 2024. So Dan, millions of federal employees, trillions of American dollars, a 25-year-old who again confirmed by the Senate security clearance.
Oh, he just quit because he's a eugenics and an open racist. Okay. There are, and I'm, I'm con, I'm gonna continue just to go through some information here. Friends, there's a bunch of requirements on federal law about who can control the federal funds. Who can issue payments on the behalf of the federal government?
Who has access to those things? [01:06:00] Who has access to the sensitive private information? There's something called the Privacy Act, Dan. There's all kinds of statutes and regulations designed to protect people. Designed to protect the American people. From 25 year old hackers, who are open eugenicists and racists, from having their most sensitive information and being able to control who the government pays and who it doesn't.
Now, Musk is saying he's identifying false payments and illegal things and he's saving the federal government four billion dollars a day. Why does he get to decide that? Who gave him the power? Who authorized that? This is not his job, period. This is not the executive branch's job. It is not Elon Musk's job.
This is a coup. And what I mean by that is, this is the executive branch taking powers it is not given in the Constitution. And [01:07:00] taking them from the legislative branch. Presidents can send recommendations to Congress. There's the impoundment control act, but guess what? The president. Much less Elon Musk does not have unilateral control over the purse of the U.
S. Treasury.
Let me quote Elizabeth Popp Berman, writing at Liberal Currents. And you know this is good, Dan? You know why I know this is good? Because A, not only is Elizabeth Popp Berman A great commentator at the University of Michigan. But the New York Times asked her to write this, and then she wrote it, and they were like, oh, actually, too radical.
So you know it's good, right? You know it's good. Trump has already demonstrated his intent to gut parts of the government that threaten him or depart from his political allies interests or ideology. So all the things, Dan, that we're not going to have time to talk about today at length. Purging the FBI.
Prohibit funding for whole fields of study. And, as you [01:08:00] mentioned, halting spending and including unclean energy. The effort is unprecedented, but so far it has been met with mixed success. So there's, there's There's a lot of bureaucratic obstacles here. However, with Musk in control of the federal spigot, the messy and slow problem would be solved.
Places like the National Science Foundation, the president does have considerable authority to direct spending. If the president wants to create ideological litmus tests, he probably can. But even so, it takes time to make unenthusiastic employees review each grant for mentions of gender and equity and all this kind of stuff.
But if Elon Musk, Dan, just has control of the money spout, while they can centralize power and speed things up. And that's the goal. If you control the purse, you control the government. If you control the purse, nobody can get in your way. If you control the purse, you can do things like you did last week, with no warning, no guidance, turn off the money, [01:09:00] so that people who get Meals on Wheels, the elderly, school children who rely on Head Start programs, The young, people who are on Medicaid, the sick, they are cut off from help with no warning.
Having a president, Elizabeth Popperman says, even more so an unelected billionaire, hold direct, granular control of nearly 7 trillion dollars is power beyond the founder's wildest dreams. And we have seen elsewhere, notably in Hungary, that finding the ways to use government to defund the opposition has been an effective opening salvo in the expansion of authoritarian rule.
Trump Guts EPA's Environmental Justice Office, Putting Poorest Communities of Color at More Risk - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-7-25
AMY GOODMAN: We end today’s show with President Trump’s moves to shut down the Environmental Protection Agency’s Office of Environmental Justice and External Civil Rights. On Thursday, 168 workers of the environmental justice office were placed on leave. The office was first established in 1992 after research showed communities with hazardous waste sites had a [01:10:00] higher percentage of Black and low-income residents.
For more, we’re joined in Washington, D.C., by Mustafa Santiago Ali, the former head of the EPA’s environmental justice program. He resigned in 2017 to protest a Trump administration proposal to severely scale back the agency.
So, you resigned under Trump administration one. Now it’s not scaling back; it’s shutting it down. Can you talk first about what environmental justice is, and what it will mean?
MUSTAFA ALI: Yeah. Well, environmental justice deals with the disproportionate impacts that happen in communities of color and lower-wealth communities. Those communities are everywhere from Appalachia to Flint, Michigan, to the Navajo Nation. It makes sure that folks have a voice, makes sure that they have an opportunity to play a role in the impacts that are happening in their communities. It also helps them to be able to play a role in moving from surviving to thriving.
AMY GOODMAN: [01:11:00] And so, you have 168, some people are saying 200, workers within the environmental justice program put on leave. So, what happens to communities across the country?
MUSTAFA ALI: Well, they’re now placed in a much dangerous situation because they no longer have that advocate for them inside of the Environmental Protection Agency. You know, we have over 100 million people in our country right now who are dealing with unsafe air, whether it’s from ozone particulate matter or a number of other things. And many times, our most vulnerable communities are the ones who are carrying those burdens. So they no longer have someone to make sure that they have the information that they need and that they have the ability to work with the agency and others to address that.
We know that we’ve got all these dangerous chemicals that are in our waters right now, everything from lead — and we saw what happened in Flint, Michigan, in Benton Harbor, in a number of other locations across our country. But we also have things like TCE and “forever chemicals” and a number of [01:12:00] other things that are just very deadly. So, they no longer have someone, a place to be able to go, to understand how to navigate these very dangerous situations that they’re often facing. They also no longer will have the resources that are necessary to help their groups to be able to properly advocate, to help to make change happen inside of their communities.
AMY GOODMAN: The Guardian has an article headlined “Trump’s proposed EPA leadership stacked with lobbyists and attorneys.” What concerns you most about the EPA right now? And what message do you have? Right now hundreds of EPA career workers have left. ProPublica reports those who remain feel deeply torn. You quit under the first Trump administration. What message do you have for those who are remaining?
MUSTAFA ALI: Well, first, I’m very concerned about the deregulation and the focus on corporate profits, because any time that we place profit over people, then [01:13:00] we are putting a crosshair on our most vulnerable, our most marginalized.
For all those brothers and sisters who are still there at the agency and for those who have been put on leave, I would give them the words of my grandmother: that you have power unless you give it away. And that means that not only them, but citizens across our country who believe that everyone has the right to have clean air and clean water, for their children to be able to be on land that is free from toxic pollution, that we have to raise our voices. We have to get engaged. We have to make sure that folks understand that this is not an American value, and that we also have to understand that there is power inside of our vote. I never tell anyone who to vote for, but I do say you should be thinking very clearly about voting for somebody who cares about your communities. So don’t give up your power. Continue to build relationships together, and stand in solidarity.
AMY GOODMAN: Last week, the Senate confirmed former Long Island Republican Congressman Lee Zeldin as head of the EPA, the Environmental Protection Agency. Three [01:14:00] Democrats joined with the Republicans in the vote: Arizona Senators Rubén Gallego and Mark Kelly, Pennsylvania Senator John Fetterman. The youth climate action group Sunrise Movement condemned Zeldin’s confirmation as a disaster for the planet and a win for fossil fuel executives, writing, quote, “He took $420K from Big Oil, pledged to undo climate protections, and has been all-in with Trump, backing corporate polluters at the expense of working people.” In this last minute that we have together, Mustafa, where do you see this country going right now? You just stood with other climate activists outside protesting. What is your ultimate demand?
MUSTAFA ALI: Well, our ultimate demand is to stop placing these crosshairs on vulnerable communities and communities across our country. We should be focused on making sure that folks’ health is being improved and not having a situation where folks are going to be sicker. Their actions also will make us poorer, [01:15:00] because we know that the focus for the 21st century has to be on a cleaner economy. So, once again, we have the opportunity to move people from surviving to thriving, but the current sets of actions that they’re moving forward on are going to do absolutely the opposite.
Trump's latest target the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Part 2 - The NPR Politics Podcast - Air Date 2-10-25
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: I guess the first thing I would say is, even if it doesn't disappear, you know, it can sort of become a shell of itself, which is kind of what I feel like we're looking at right now, right?
There's staffers, but they're not allowed to do anything. They can't make any rules. They can't do any enforcement. You know, they can't put out any information to help consumers, all that kind of stuff that is core to the mission of the agency. They already aren't doing and are not allowed to do under, under Russell vote.
So, you know, that's kind of what we saw during the first Trump administration. I mean, they also went after CFPB then, and really, you know, there's sort of this
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: feels different than the first time.
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: It does. I mean, I think you're seeing sort of the Elon Musk effect and, and probably also the Russell vote effect, right?
Like they've got a plan this time to hamper it even further. [01:16:00] Um, but I think it's also possible to just make the entity not. Strong and able to do very much. I mean, they can go and change the rules that were made under the Biden administration. They can really gut what the agency is set up to do. So, I mean, I think even if you don't destroy it, even if you don't give it any more funding, I mean, right now they're just going to start, you know, going through the reserve funds that they have there.
Um, but I mean, CFPB that can't do any of this stuff really, you know, it. You almost don't need to destroy it.
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: I also think that there, to me, there's a politically interesting point here because Trump is moving so fast and doing so many things in government. But this is one where I think it has the risk of maybe going a bit too far in that a lot of what he's doing right now is like campaign promise made campaign promise kept and he wasn't campaigning on shutting down like the agency that helps consumers.
This is arguably like a. pretty working class type agency, like if you've been wronged by your bank or your mortgage company, like this is the [01:17:00] recourse for everyday citizens to go to the government and say, help me like investigate this. And taking that away doesn't exactly fit with his other message of who he's fighting for and what he's about.
It really does seem like it is much more a favor to the banking industry and the tech companies. Like it's helping people at the top and not people at the bottom. And I don't know if people have, um, strongly held feelings about the CFPB. You might be able to get away with it that way. Like people just might not know, but there has certainly been millions of Americans who have engaged with this agency.
And it's like where you could go if you had been wronged. And while there's certainly other financial regulatory institutions overlooking like the health of the financial sector in this country, if CFPB withers on the vine or closes down, like. There's nothing else. There's no other recourse for consumers at that level with that much power anywhere.
So I think that it might start to have a ripple effect where like, look, people still get kind of screwed over by their banks and their mortgage companies sometimes. Like, that's not a [01:18:00] solved problem in America. It might sort of recreate some of that anger.
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: Yes. And CFPB staffers, you know, uh, one who just left the agency told me that this is like taking the cops off the beat.
I mean, they are like the front line defense for consumers. And now we're just like telling this enforcement agency, don't enforce. Um, and so, you know, there's a lot of concern from other consumer advocacy groups saying with the agency hampered in this way, it just leaves Americans super vulnerable to scammers and fraud and financial abuse.
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: Well, there are legal. challenges underway at this moment to try to keep the agency open. I mean, correct. What are those? Yeah,
LAUREL WAMSLEY - PERSONAL FINANCE CORR., NPR: so there's two lawsuits so far. One of them, my understanding is that it's about the, the staff themselves and sort of like their employee records and stuff being just handed over to Elon Musk's team that it's like, Putting them at risk, you know, their own health and financial information is now in the hands of that Doge government efficiency team.
Um, so there's concern [01:19:00] there. And then the second lawsuit is that votes directives to not let them do their work, um, is. You know goes against I think what's been directed by Congress and that he can't do that essentially can't unilaterally shut the agency down Yeah, because they are congressionally obligated to do the work that they're supposed to be doing
ASMA KHALID - WHITE HOUSE CORR., NPR: Hmm, so I want to ask you a big picture question.
It feels like This attempt to, we could say, neuter CFPB is yet another move from the Trump administration that seems to mimic the Silicon Valley expression, move fast and break things. How likely is it that if these agencies get broken up, they could come back in some other form? I mean, in other words, if they die now, are they dead forever?
SUSAN DAVIS - POLITICAL CORR., NPR: That's a good question, and I think part of what, uh, bends towards the, uh, Trumpy and view in this is that yes, there is legal recourse. And yes, there is going to be a ton of litigation and they're not done yet, right? Like they're going to turn this on other agencies. Like this is part of a bigger effort.[01:20:00]
Litigation just takes a really long time. So I don't know if USAID or CPFB, like if, if all of this is resolved in the ways that people want to keep that institution, but if it takes 234 years, like what's left and how do you build it back up or how do you restaff it? So I think you can do an incredible amount of damage in a short period of time.
Especially if the will of the White House is really going to try to suffocate these agencies over the next four years. Whether they ultimately succeed in the end, unilaterally sort of closing them, I just don't know. I don't have that level of crystal ball. But I think that if it's going to be a four year fight, like, if the CFPB re rises up again at some point, it could just Take a long time.
Musk's 'DOGE' is spiraling U.S. into a constitutional crisis Part 2 - The ReidOut - Air Date 2-7-25
CLIP: This man is blocking the door. He says he's a federal employee. He won't tell us who gave him permission to do this. All he knows is he's going to stand here and tell the members of Congress who are elected who vote for the funding for all of them in this building and for the [01:21:00] Student loans, and for the Title I family, he's gonna tell us that we can't come in and talk with anybody.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: And that, my dear readers, is Auntie Maxine fighting for the kids. Today, at least 30 House Democrats were denied access to the Department of Education building in Washington, D. C., where they had hoped to meet with Acting Education Secretary Denise Carter. Trump has called for closing the department, something some Republicans have obsessed over since the Reagan era, but which cannot be done without Congress, which created the agency during the Jimmy Carter administration.
Republicans have long wanted their hands on that multi billion dollar education market, which they are very eager to privatize for profit. They also want to eliminate civil rights protections for all students, but especially black and LGBTQ students. Which is why those right wing culture warriors are stepping up their attacks on diversity initiatives and making DEI the new boogeyman.
Joining me now is writer and historian Ibram X. Kendi, the newly announced [01:22:00] director of Howard University's Institute for Advanced Study. Congratulations on that new post at Howard University, which is starting to look like the Avengers in terms of all of the educational greats that are there, including yourself, sir.
Um, Your thoughts on duly elected members of Congress, House and Senate members being locked out of federal buildings and agencies, but these doge people who have no standing as members and representatives of the people being allowed to not only go in, but go through the computers.
GUEST 3: It, it, it really reminds me of some scenes during the Civil rights movement when we were trying to desegregate schools and universities and, uh, federal officials were denied entry.
Uh, and, and, and frankly, to me it's an, it's an act. [01:23:00] Connection because many of these people who, uh, were blocking, uh, these members of Congress from coming into these federal buildings are really trying to resegregate this country.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: And the thing is that is that they put very you'll find point on it. DEI has just become, in many ways, on the, on the MAGA side, just a substitute for black, right?
And, but sometimes they'll add the A and they'll admit that they know it also means disabled people and LGBTQ people and trans people. And so they admit that they know the expanded word for it, but I kind of feel like anti blackness is like the worm, right? That's on the end of the hook. And so that once their base like bites down on it.
They buy into the whole thing, right? They get all of it, including losing some of their own education benefits. If you get rid of the department of education, a lot of mega people have disabled kids who need those benefits and they won't get them.
GUEST 3: Exactly. And that's the reason why they're hoping their own supporters.
Hear [01:24:00] black when they hear D I just as they hoped their own supporters heard black when they heard the term welfare and they cut welfare just as they hoped their supporters heard black when they heard the term affirmative action. You can go on and on. With programs that have helped a large number of Americans who are not black, uh, but then ended up actually supporting cutting, uh, the programs that, that, that were actually helping them.
And, and that's the insidiousness of anti blackness in this country.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: I want to just go through a few things that are just sort of put a point on this exact point. So in, in, in Florida, you had a teenager who was accused of waving a machete and threatening Kamala Harris, um, supporting people at the polls in Neptune Beach, Florida.
Prosecutors absolutely dropped that case. J. D. Vance, Vice President of the United States, while saying, Oh, I obviously disagree [01:25:00] with some of this po these posts, but saying, Oh, this just stupid social media activity and it shouldn't ruin a quote unquote kid's life, even though they've claimed that the people who are in our, our, our, our systems are professionals.
And this is 25 year old Marco Elez. Who had resigned from Doge after the Wall Street Journal reported that he'd made comments, uh, uh, you know, normalize Indian hate talking about eugenics, uh, and saying he was a racist before it was cool. And one more, and this is small, but it seems like it's part of the cultural change.
The Superbowl taking off and racism off of the, um, end zone and replacing choose love. When they're doing anything but choosing love here. I mean, the FBI agents are terrified right now that they're going to get doxed by on Twitter and get their lives ruined. Uh, people who worked at DEI initiatives are in a, what amounts to almost like a, a sort of a, a, a list to mark them and show who they are and, and it's being put out as like a watch list.
There's not choosing love here, but what do you make of this? All of these signals that they're saying, you know what, anti blackness and [01:26:00] racism is a okay in America again.
GUEST 3: When you can organize and invade the U. S. capital for all the world to see, uh, put up, uh, structures to, to, to lynch people, uh, you can assault.
Police officers, you can, uh, urinate on the floor of the U. S. Capitol, and then ultimately you can get pardoned. Uh, you can pretty much, they're signaling, you know, so long as you're a so called patriot, uh, so long as you're attacking democracy, so long as you're attacking black people, uh, you won't be punished.
And I think that's the cruelty of what we're witnessing.
SECTION B: CONSTITUTIONAL CRISIS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering section B, constitutional crisis.
What is a Constitutional crisis - Civics 101 - Air Date 2-11-25
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: I mean, we're talking about the word crisis, right? But what are we even saying when we say constitutional crisis?
AZIZ HUG: I don't think that we can say what a constitutional crisis [01:27:00] is because there's no, uh, shared definition in either the law or in A social science discipline, which we might look to for an objective opinion.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: So in terms of the civics 101 of it all, we can't tell everyone what it is. Like, we can't define this term because people don't agree about what it is.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: And because of the reason and the way the phrase constitutional crisis tends to crop up. Mr. Speaker, we are in a
CLIP: constitutional crisis. I want you to know that the crisis is here.
And thus we have a constitutional crisis. In daily politics,
AZIZ HUG: uh, when you hear talk of a constitutional crisis, generally, the definition at work, uh, turns upon the speaker's views about what values they prioritize. in government, and therefore, [01:28:00] uh, the definition they're using is often one that's not shared by others.
Because of that, I tend to avoid the phrase constitutional crisis, because I think it is more confusing than it is illuminating.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: All right, so people might say this is a constitutional crisis, but what they really might mean is I see this as a threat to what I care about or simply I don't like this, you know, and you're throwing Constitution, the law of the land, the latticework undergirding democracy.
Right up next to the word crisis. So basically you're saying everybody, we've got a democracy emergency, but what are we actually talking about here?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Well, I think that maybe we should avoid even using the word emergency because what does that mean? Aziz tended to say breakdown [01:29:00] and strain, and he started me off with what the Constitution is ostensibly for, whether people are using it that way and what it means if they're not.
AZIZ HUG: I think I would distinguish between a couple of different ways in which you could have substantial breakdowns in constitutional law.
Understood. In some sense, here are two. ways of thinking about that that I think are salient now. So the first is you might think that the purpose of the constitution is not just to create a number of offices or roles that are filled at the level of the nation. Uh, and that carry out the work of government.
It's also to impose constraints upon how those roles can behave and to carve out paths or lanes that they should [01:30:00] rather
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: than should not be in. Now this I do at least think I know, Hannah, that the Constitution establishes the existence of government, the people in charge, and also puts guardrails on that government.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Great. So those are two things that the Constitution is for. But if one of those things isn't happening, that could be a breakdown.
AZIZ HUG: One way of thinking about a situation of substantial constitutional strain is to say, well, many of the mechanisms that kept those actors who were given power through or by the Constitution All or most of the mechanisms that kept them in their lanes are breaking down.
And although the creative part of the constitution, the bit of the constitution that elevates people to offices of public power and influence is working, the constraining part of the constitution, the element that [01:31:00] imposes. breaks and channels those people isn't in good working order. So that's one way of thinking about it.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: So this makes me think of separation of powers and checks and balances. I feel like that's a pretty well known government guardrail. One branch might really want to do something. But the other branch checks it, uh, maybe has to approve it or is allowed to say no to it.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: We know the framers were worried about tyranny.
They were worried about too much power being in one person or one group of people's hands. So they split it up. And they added some rules for keeping it that way. Because, because Nick, this whole system is supposed to be about the group. People having a say in their governance, people governing themselves.
AZIZ HUG: Another way of thinking about it is to say, well, one of the important and central goals of the Constitution is [01:32:00] self government. It's to fashion a set of officers that are not just responsible for doing the thing that's beneficial to the nation today, but that are capable over time of being responsive Not just to the voters of today, but to the voters of tomorrow and to the voters of the day after that.
You can think of that as democracy as a going concern. And another form of substantial constitutional strain occurs if that possibility of democracy as a going concern starts to recede meaningfully from sight. Starts to become a theory, but not actually a practice. And we know from looking around the world, other countries experience of what's come to be called democratic backsliding, that that kind of [01:33:00] recession into the twilight of democratic possibility is a real, uh, a real thing that happens.
Even in the absence of elections being called off or some kind of very clear signal of democracy ending. I think that's a different kind of constitutional failure.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Alright, so we've got these two principles. The guardrails that ensure democracy and people prioritizing self governance. Prioritizing democracy. And if either of those things gets weak or is strained, either because people give them up or because people find ways around them, Then we're not doing democracy anymore.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: And, by the way, there are people, as Aziz pointed out to me, who do not believe that the point of the Constitution was to create democracy. So those people might say, well, democracy receding is not a constitutional strain.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Yeah, and I want to avoid the rhetorical exercise here [01:34:00] of, we're a republic, not a democracy.
We have a whole episode on that, if anyone is interested. But you and I, at least. We pretty much operate on the assumption that the point of the Constitution was to create democracy.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: I guess you could call that a Civics 101 philosophy. But I think it's also one that a lot of people agree on, a lot of people think.
Yeah!
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: And real quick, Hannah, it is possible, right, that when someone says, this is a constitutional crisis, they actually do mean the guardrails are breaking down. Or, democracy is backsliding.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: It definitely is possible.
Is America broken Part 2 - The Gray Area - Air Date 2-10-25
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: I have some brokenness and some status quo ist tendencies. I can be either, depending on the day you ask me. I don't know what the hell that makes me. I guess if I'm hearing you, it makes me like a lot of people.
COMMERCIAL: Right.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: You know, somewhere in the middle.
I was probably at my most brokenness in the throes of the pandemic.
ALANA NEWHOUSE: Yeah.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: The experience of, of watching even that. be so [01:35:00] easily and neatly subsumed by our partisan rancor. That was a kind of tipping point for me, in a realization that the information environment now, in conjunction with all these other forces, has really combined to create an incredibly unstable.
Situation that I do not think is sustainable.
ALANA NEWHOUSE: I think if you can maintain having both brokenness and status quo is ways of looking at the world where you can feel comfortable with either one of them or both, what that allows you to do is judge things at a local level. Which is where I think all things are going to get built or fixed anyway.
It's a little bit like cleaning out your closet. So there's a bunch of stuff that you're going to take and you're going to throw it away. But not every item of clothing. Then there are a bunch of things that you're going to take and be like, these are really important to me. I'm going to get them fixed.
And then there are things that work great. They do great for you. So you keep those. If you have a [01:36:00] philosophy about your closet, you're going to end up with a bad closet. If you're like, Nothing here has to change. We're not changing anything. You're just going to end up with a bunch of stuff you can't use.
And a bunch of stuff that doesn't look good on you, right? And if you walk in and you're like, we're throwing everything out, you may lose something that was really important to you, that actually worked really well, that maybe was from your grandmother. Like, you don't want that. I think that American society right now is at a place where it would be amazing if we could almost assess everything.
Look at everything and say, How can we make this better for more people? How can we make this work better and help more people and make better, safer, more enriching lives for more of us?
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: You're not a fence sitter though, right? You're a brokenist, right? I mean, although you do say there's this caveat, maybe I should ask you about that.
The way you say it in the piece is to say that you're a brokenness with respect to American institutions, but not with respect to America itself. [01:37:00] I'm not exactly sure what that really means. I don't know what America is, if not a bundle of institutions girded by a culture, I suppose. So maybe you can just unpack that and explain your staunch brokennism.
ALANA NEWHOUSE: I wouldn't say it's staunch. Um,
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: I took some liberties there.
ALANA NEWHOUSE: Right. I think that, um, I have a hot hand with my brokenism, meaning I'm not slow to look at something and say it's broken beyond repair. That's a difference between me and I think some of my more status quoist friends is that their default is to say, Can we fix this?
And to take that conversation, I think sometimes too far past the point of usability and past the point of the legitimate use of anyone's time and resources and energy. So I see too many people throwing too many resources down the, what I think is just an abyss of institutions that seem like they're obviously failing and shouldn't be given those kinds of resources.[01:38:00]
So I am quicker than a lot of other people I know. to consign things to the dustbin of history now. So that's what I mean when I say I tend to be brokenist in my impulses. Yeah. In terms of sort of the America question, I mean, here's where I get a little woo woo, I guess. I think one of the best things about America and one of the most gruesome in some ways things about America is its ability to forget the past, to almost like forget the past the minute it happens, which is responsible, I think, for both its capacity to be so future oriented that it constantly morphs.
Like, it molts, almost, but also then brings trauma with it, like, drags its own trauma with it constantly into the future because it won't deal with it. But for me, what that means, though, is, is that America has, at least historically, been fertile ground for pretty radical change. And [01:39:00] because America's been very open to the idea of, well, why don't we just all wake up tomorrow and do something else?
I feel excited about the idea that we could fix stuff and maybe replace stuff. And again, I'm not, I'm not European. I was on British radio and the interviewer said to me, So, do you, you believe that maybe that the British government's gonna fix everything, right? That they could fix it and we could all be okay?
I was like, I have no idea. I don't feel super hopeful about that, but I have no idea. Europe is different and Europe in some senses lives in its own past, America doesn't. And so when I talk about feeling like I immediately will consign an American institution to the dustbin of history, it's almost because America doesn't mind.
Like, you want to throw out all of the Ivy Leagues, literally just throw them in the ocean, America will be fine. It will just make a new thing, and it's brutal. It can be violent, [01:40:00] but that ability to simply replace what needs to get thrown in the garbage means that I feel like there's going to be something new in 20 years, whether we can see it now or not.
Trumps American Takeover Part 3 - Amicus With Dahlia Lithwick - Air Date 2-1-25
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: So this is where I'm going back and reading a lot of stuff from the 1940s, you know, so after the Second World War, when everyone's trying to figure out how do we not let that happen again, there was a big debate among lawyers, including among American lawyers.
And what they were saying was, you know, Hitler came to power lawfully, Stalin can. Yeah. did a lot of things by law. So the question was, what was wrong with that picture, right? And was it enough that something was formally legal in the sense of it was passed and enacted according to the legal procedures you had in place at the time, right?
And there were a bunch of people who said, well, Yes. And we'll fix that by putting a constitution on top of it all. And then you have a standard to judge legality. Okay. So what that didn't anticipate [01:41:00] is, you know, and actually most of the world's constitutions date to after the second world war. So we're unusual in having a very old constitution.
We've gotten there first, but you look at us constitutional law and it explodes after world war two, a lot of constitutional protections we have in place are much newer than the constitution itself. But then what happened starting in the US, um, starting really in the 1970s into the 80s, was that people who were determined, and this movement by the way, to create a kind of what I call autocratic legalism in the United States, started really back in the 70s.
As a set of conservative lawyers started looking at the constitution and saying, gee, you know, constitution can be interpretable. We can make it mean something else by coming up with historical arguments, with textual arguments, with off the top of our head arguments that make the constitution say something that justifies what we're doing with this other law.
So that was the [01:42:00] protection. New countries like Nazi Germany, after the war, new constitution, strong constitutional court, let's do this to prevent law from being used in this way again. But in the U. S. we've had a long process of renegotiating what the constitution is capable of meaning. And for me, I mean, I, I must admit, I stopped teaching U.
S. constitutional law before I came to Princeton. I was a law professor. I still have that hat on much of the time. I stopped teaching constitutional law after Bush v. Gore, because I'm afraid I've seen this movie before, okay, but I think the moment of truth for American law professors and Americans looking at the, the interpretability of our constitution was the immunity decision in this past term.
Whoever thought, nobody had ever thought, as all the briefs said, even Trump's lawyers didn't make the argument that presidential immunity from criminal violations would extend as far as that court said. [01:43:00] And what you then realize is that we have not only a captured Supreme Court, but we also have a captured Constitution.
That was the thing that was supposed to prevent law from being used in this autocratic manner. And between decades of legal scholarship that has said, Gee, we can make, I don't know, the Fourth Amendment sound like a recipe for banana bread if we try hard enough, right? We, we just need a little interpretive, you know, a little history, a little textualism, whatever.
This has now meant that the anchor that was supposed to prevent this from happening in the U. S. is now not here. And again, this is exactly what happened in Russia. This was what happened in Hungary. In Hungary, by the way, Orban just rewrote the Constitution after one year. That happened in Venezuela. That happened in Ecuador.
Eventually, um, you know, Erdogan in Turkey did this, rewrote the Constitution. You know, that was after the Second World War. That was supposed to be the guarantor. That this wouldn't happen. And now [01:44:00] constitutional lawyers have gotten so clever that they've worked out ways to prevent even that law from preventing the consolidation of executive power without checks.
DAHLIA LITHWICK - HOST, AMICUS: One of the things that I noted in your work is that the tendency is. You take over the executive branch and then you capture the court in the United States. As you said up top, that was the one thing Donald Trump did really well in his first term. Everything else was sort of, you know, slipping on pudding, but like he really kind of nailed it in terms of capturing the Supreme Court and, and with the help of Mitch McConnell, with the help of the conservative legal movement.
And in so doing, we have this funny loop where the court with the immunity decision and the Colorado decision and its capacious view of executive power, in some sense, before Donald Trump comes into office, the court is already in place. And it's very different and quite scary because I think it leads to my impression from the [01:45:00] way we are talking about this.
Internally in the United States, not to worry, not to worry, because the court is going to be the bulwark against the authoritarian impulses, you're saying, and then you get into these nuanced discussions. I had one this week, an important discussion with Steve Vladek about what the court's going to do with impoundment.
But it is a conversation that, in some sense, legitimizes That the court will be acting as a check on the executive, except the court, in some sense, helped to construct this unbounded executive.
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: Exactly. So, on one hand, we can't give up on law, right? Because, I mean, you can't give up on law. Law also is a weapon in the hands of the opposition, and the entire judiciary is not captured yet.
We've already seen some stays of some really off the wall executive orders. Um, so, you know, the courts are not Hopeless or helpless. That said, it is a hierarchy and eventually all of these questions are going to wind up at the Supreme Court. And I think [01:46:00] people for whom the court has been the horizon of what law means in the U.
S. have already been shaken up badly and yet still have faith. Partly because we don't know what else to do, right? I mean, that's our professional capacity. That's what we teach our students. We still haven't, what's everybody doing standing up teaching constitutional law this semester, right? You think that the thing that you've known as a solid set of rules will still be there, at least in part.
But let me tell you, I know I used to work when I was in Hungary, I actually worked at the constitutional court. And they developed the most remarkable case law. I mean, they'd just been through dictatorship. So they understood what it was. And the court made all these decisions that would make it possible for dictatorship never to come back again.
So what did Viktor Orbán do? The first thing out of the box, he captures the constitutional court. Three years in, when he's got all his judges in line and now they're going to do what he [01:47:00] says, he passes a constitutional amendment because he also has a constitutional majority in the parliament. That simply cancels the jurisprudence of the constitutional court.
From 1990 to 2012, and all those cases we all worked on so hard all those years went poof into the air. Okay, now it probably won't happen exactly that way here, but when you've got a case law that can be updated by a court that's been captured, in theory, actually none of that is stable, you know, and so what I'm trying to get everybody for whom the Supreme Court is the primary focus of what they do to say, well, what if that's not so solid anymore.
You know, it's like leaning against a wall and suddenly you discover the wall collapses. Okay. I also worked at the Russian constitutional court where that happened. Okay. So you, when you work in a couple of these countries like that, you begin to realize constitutional law cannot be left only to the courts.
Okay. So then what do we do? [01:48:00] So, you know, one thing that some of the Hungarians did for a while, this happened in Poland after the court was captured. Some of the constitutional lawyers then started doing things like writing the opinion the court should have written. If the old law was still in place. and then acting like that opinion was real.
It's a lot of work for people who are going to then construct an entirely alternative jurisprudence. But the other thing you do is you take the constitution to the streets, right? And you don't lean on the technical, formal arguments that we're all used to making as constitutional law professors.
What is a Constitutional crisis Part 2 - Civics 101 - Air Date 2-11-25
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: So, thinking about the breakdown of guardrails, I basically asked Aziz, Okay, so what if that guardrail breaks down?
What if the federal courts, what if the Supreme Court, says This is the way it has to be. And the person they're talking to says, Nope.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: As in, what if someone ignores what a judge or a justice says?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Right.
AZIZ HUG: Probably the best [01:49:00] example of government officials not complying with a instruction from the Supreme Court is what happened in the wake of Brown v.
Board of Education. Brown in 1954 declares that separate but equal in education is a violation of the 14th Amendment's Equal Protection Clause. For roughly a decade after Brown has decided, there is no meaningful change in the level of education. of, uh, school segregation outside of a couple of what are known as the border states, places like Maryland.
The reason for that absence of change is, uh, the officials responsible for managing schools at the local and the municipal level, and to some extent at the state level, successfully resisted the instruction
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: in Brown. Oh, of course. And I know this is super complicated, Hannah. [01:50:00] And schools today are still wildly segregated, if not by law, then by policies at the state and local level, and everything from district boundaries to school choice to income inequality to a lack of a court overseeing things.
And it took something like 50 or 60 years before the last school district was formally desegregated in 2016. One of
AZIZ HUG: the lessons That one might take from that is the answer to the question of what happens when officials defy the court is that the court loses. The court is not in a position to certain kinds of coordinated resistance by governmental actors.
The court loses?
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Like, that's the answer? Is that allowed?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: It's not supposed to happen, but it can. It has. And it is a really big deal. [01:51:00] Remember, this system is about guardrails and about agreeing on democracy. Agreeing to abide by it and keep the project up. This is all just a theory written down on paper.
If we don't do it, we don't do it.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Okay, did Aziz say anything about the federal courts? Today, if we're thinking about upholding the Constitution, how all these branches work together or not, how is that branch working right now?
AZIZ HUG: I don't think we're in a world in which that characterizes the challenge to constitutional stability practice today.
I think we're in a world in which it's much more likely that particularly the justices of the Supreme Court take their cues for their rulings not from text, not [01:52:00] from original understanding, not from precedent, not from constitutional principle, but from What their ideological fellow travelers, uh, think.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Okay, let me make sure I understand this, Hannah. We're talking about the courts today, specifically the Supreme Court, and the way the Roberts Court interprets the Constitution and hands down rulings based ON the Constitution. All part of the project of upholding the guardrails, upholding the law of the land.
So what does it mean to base rulings on what your Quote, ideological fellow travelers, unquote, think instead of, you know, text, precedent, principle, et cetera.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: So here's the example he gave.
AZIZ HUG: A really good example of this is the attack on administrative agencies that culminated this last year. The core of [01:53:00] that attack was an attack on the idea that when a federal administrative agency does something, when it interprets the law, it gets a lot of deference from the, uh, federal courts.
And this was really a non issue among any of the justices until about 2015. Oh, this is Chevron, right?
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: The Chevron deference, yeah. The court did away with that in a case called Loper Bright, which I made an episode about and warmly recommend you listen to if you want a better sense of what Aziz is referencing here.
But essentially, for a long, long time, experts in administrative agencies could interpret a statute, and the courts would generally say, You know, okay, we defer to you. You're the expert.
AZIZ HUG: And in 2015, a couple of the justices start saying, well, hey, we shouldn't do this. We should, we should police what agencies are doing.
Well, what changes in 2015? The only thing that changes in 2015 is that in the course of the Obama administration, the [01:54:00] RNC platform has changed to include, we shouldn't give deference to agencies. And lawyers associated with the Republican Party and that movement start making arguments in that register.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: So the Republican National Committee came up with this idea, and then they got it into the legal system. They put the question out there. I mean, that is how cases get before the Supreme Court. People actively try their best to put them there, often after years of planning.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Absolutely. That is often how it works.
But I think the reason Aziz brought this up is that, for one, This was, as he put it, a non issue in the court, until it became a part of a party platform. And for another, the actual reasoning, the logic of the majority opinion, is borrowed from the arguments that those lawyers were making, the lawyers associated with the Republican Party.
AZIZ HUG: Those arguments very, very quickly filter into traditional opinion. I think you can [01:55:00] say the same thing about affirmative action, I think you can say the same thing about the way that the religion clauses of the constitution, uh, are understood, I think you can say the same thing about the court's ruling on presidential immunity, uh, last year.
Uh, there are many instances in which even the grounds upon which the Roberts Court majority usually justifies itself, its originalist grounds, do no explanatory work. They're not even in the opinions. And the basis for the opinions can really only be understood in terms of changes in the legal culture, but changes in a very particular, uh, co partisan corner of the legal culture.
NICK CAPODICE - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Okay, so a majority of the Roberts Court justices identify as Originalists, and we also have an episode about that, which listeners might find helpful right now. And Aziz is saying that in many cases, even their originalism or what they're calling originalism, which [01:56:00] is supposed to be about the text of the Constitution, does not explain their reasoning.
HANNAH MCCARTHY - CO-HOST, CIVICS 101: Yeah. Later on in an email, Aziz explained to me that he thinks, quote, It is hard to explain any rulings by the Roberts court on the basis of standard legal sources. Text history precedent. He also said that he thinks quote that it is hard to explain those rulings without seeing an effect of political affiliations.
SECTION C: THE PLAYBOOK
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: You've reached section C, the playbook.
Are We Sleepwalking into Autocracy-- Trump Embraces Authoritarian Playbook of Hungary's Orbán - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-12-25
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: So, first of all, you know, when Project 2025 came out, I sat down and read it, and the first thing I thought was, you know, this sounds so much like what Orbán did. And then, it turns out, a month later, there was a terrific article in The New Republic that made the connection.
So, Orbán has this English-language think tank. It’s called the Danube Institute. You can google it and see what it’s up to. And the Danube Institute had entered into a formal agreement with the Heritage Foundation to [01:57:00] actually provide consulting on how the Trump people were going to copy what Orbán had done. In the meantime, you know, when Orbán gives his Hungarian-language speeches, one of the things he keeps saying is, you know, “We are deep into the Trump administration and involved in its central planning.” So, you put all this together, and it’s actually not just that the Trump people are aping Orbán from a distance, it’s that Orbán has actually been involved in the design of Project 2025.
Now, this mirrors what Orbán has also done in Europe. So, the European elections, the elections to the European Parliament, were held last June, and Orbán’s Fidesz party spent more money on campaigning for fellow far-right parties in other countries, like not just in Hungary, but in countries all over Europe, than any other single party in Europe. And remember, Hungary is a tiny country, you know, nine-and-a-half million people, on the edge of [01:58:00] Europe. They’re advertising in Germany. They’re advertising in France. They’re advertising in much bigger countries. And it turns out that this advertising, along with the general sort of collapse and weaknesses of party systems across Europe, meant that the far right had victories really all over the place. And Orbán was able to take those far-right victories and cobble together what has become the third-largest political party in the European Parliament. And so, that’s an incredible political accomplishment.
And what you’re seeing is that Orbán is now sort of riding atop this wave of election victories across Europe and claiming to be the heart and soul of this new far-right movement. He was president of something called — the rotating president of what’s called the Council in the last half of 2024. And when he unveiled his presidency, the slogan was “Make Europe [01:59:00] Great Again,” which was also the slogan of this far-right gathering that we just saw in Spain as Orbán pulled together all these far-right parties. So, you know, Orbán is a prime minister of a tiny country on the edge of Europe, but he is now punching far above his weight in trying to consolidate this movement of anti-democratic far-right forces.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: This is Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán welcoming Donald Trump’s inauguration last month.
PRIME MINISTER
JUAN GONZÁLEZ - CO-HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: VIKTOR ORBÁN: [translated]
PRIME MINISTER VIKTOR ORBÁN: The stars under which we stand now are much more favorable than they were in 2024. Not only we became stronger, but, in the meantime, the flagship of the Western liberal politics had sunken. The Western world received a patriotic, pro-peace, anti-migration, pro-family president in Washington.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, if you could respond to what Orbán is saying, Professor Scheppele? But also, one of the things you point out is that you have these authoritarian leaders that [02:00:00] don’t just take power. I mean, even Hitler won an election. Orbán won an election. And then, what that process is, consolidating the power, so much so that right now President Trump — what is it? — hundreds of executive orders? But isn’t that a sign of weakness, not strength? I mean, he’s got the House and the Senate. Why can’t he pass these laws, and not get around them, with Republicans in the majority in both houses?
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: Right. So, actually, if you remember, in Donald Trump’s first term, he had even larger majorities in both houses for the first half of his first term. And even then, he did not move to legislation. So, I think part of the reason is that Trump wants to move fast. Orbán also wanted to move fast. You know, Orbán, in his first year in office, amended the Hungarian Constitution 12 times, changing 60 different provisions of the Constitution. Orbán had a supermajority in his parliament, so he was able to work with them. [02:01:00] Trump has got razor-thin majorities now in both houses. Also, amending the U.S. Constitution is beyond the bounds of almost any single political party. So Trump is doing something else. And this is the crucial thing about the autocratic playbook. It doesn’t look exactly the same in every country, because the political systems don’t look exactly the same.
So, Trump is trying to break things quickly so that by the time the courts catch up with him, by the time his own party starts to have second thoughts, by the time all of the forces that are checks and balances regroup and figure out how to push back, the thing will be broken, you know? So, I think what Trump has learned, and what Orbán also, I think, taught him is that, you know, think of government as an aquarium. If you just stick a blender in it and make fish soup, you’re not going to be able to restore the aquarium even when courts tell you, “No, you shouldn’t have done it like that.” So, this is really, you know, break things first, act [02:02:00] fast to create facts on the ground, and then, when especially the judiciary is slow to catch up with you, you can’t do anything.
So, let me give you one example from Hungary. In order to capture the judiciary, what Orbán did was to suddenly lower the judicial retirement age from 70 to 62. And in Hungary, like most European countries, the judiciary is a civil service activity, so you come in as a baby judge, you get promoted through the ranks. The people who are the oldest are also the most senior. So, you suddenly lower the retirement age, effective like today. All these judges are forced out of office. They then bring a lawsuit, saying, you know, “We were improperly, illegally fired.” Couple years later, the European courts get around to saying, “Yes, that shouldn’t have happened. This is a violation of European law.” By that time, Orbán has filled all the positions. He goes back to court and says, “Well, do you want us to fire the new judges?” at which point the [02:03:00] European Commission, which is enforcing this court decision, says, “Well, we really don’t want you to fire any new judges. Just give the new judges protections so that this can’t happen again.” OK? And what that meant, he captured all the courts and got European blessing for it all, because he moved first, broke things.
And this is what we’re seeing. You know, Trump is just creating facts on the ground. He’ll destroy agencies before the court tells him, “You have to restore them.” So, again, the metaphor is, you start as an aquarium, you create the fish soup, and no court can make you go back again.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: We just have 20 seconds, but what about if these federal workers, if the heads of agencies simply refuse to leave, create the constitutional crisis on the other side? The judiciary has to rule, and instead of ruling years later when all these people are gone, they rule now, and the agencies don’t get shut down.
KIM LANE SCHEPPELE: Yeah, well, a few of the officials who have been fired have tried to make a last stand. You know, some of the inspectors general did, and the head of the [02:04:00] Federal Election Commission did. The problem in Washington is that they can just deactivate your badge at the door. So, in Poland, when the judges went back into court after their retirement age was lowered, they could get into the court. But in our government, it’s very difficult, because the buildings themselves have so much security. But still, I think it’s good for people who are in office to say, “I’m not leaving until you force me,” and just create friction in the system. Slow it down is actually the best defense in circumstances like this.
Media Continues Painting Musk's Far Right Coup as Good Faith Cost-Cutting Effort Part 2 - Citations Needed - Air Date 2-5-25
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: Adam, we wanted to discuss a recent piece you wrote on the credulous reporting about what is currently a full scale assault on the federal government by not only, uh, Donald Trump, but his empowered, uh, deputy.
President Elon Musk and how the media is reporting this assault as, you know, kind of good faith cost cutting measures, you know, going line by line in federal budgets [02:05:00] that so far is seeing real, real threats, sometimes shutting down a lot of full scale firings and dismantling of government agencies from the U S treasury to.
The office of personnel management, that's OPM, general services administration, the GSA, small business administration, the SBA, tons of other agencies, including USAID. And yes, there are problems with all of these offices, but. What Musk is doing is not actually talking about the root causes of, say, quote unquote government waste, but rather is fully assaulting the federal government on purpose.
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: 100 percent of people concerned with government waste don't give a shit about government waste. It is obviously pretextual. Anyone with half a brain cell who's read any kind of Heritage or Manhattan Institute report can tell you that government waste is always pretextual. Nobody gives a shit about waste, maybe like five guys at the OMB kind of care, make sure you fill out [02:06:00] your TPS report or whatever, make sure you're, you're dotting your I's and crossing your T's, sure, but obviously what Musk in his, what appears to be like Zoomer flunkies, weird, uh, Silicon Valley incel types who are his cultish followers have been gaining unprecedented and deeply me.
Insecure access, in every sense of the term, it's both insecure in that Musk clearly needs everyone to love him and also just not good protocol in terms of leaking people's information, is gaining unprecedented access to trillions of dollars worth of federal spending, ostensibly, again, to sort of find theft or inefficiencies, but they haven't actually found any because there's already systems in place for that.
And obviously it's fake. And that's also not
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: the point. Exactly. It's totally. fake, let alone illegal, but it is totally fake. And the credulous reporting we're seeing is kind of taking all this at face value and like, as like a good faith attempt to slash the federal budget.
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: Well, so yeah, for recently, there's been slightly more critical tone, which we can get into, although they're still indulging the idea that it's a [02:07:00] quote unquote cost cutting panel.
But for the months leading up to Doge, which I can't believe I have to say this. I can't believe that the fact that I have to think about this fucking dickhead. Is its own transgression. Same for everyone else in this country, but nevertheless we have to, because he's effectively the president and slash dictator.
And what we're seeing truly is a right wing coup, which is to say it is illegal, illegitimate. Uh, nobody voted for it. And the executive branch by design, uh, certainly by the arrangement that the voters were voting for cannot unilaterally shut down entire federal programs and does not control the budget.
Congress controls the budget for very good reason because it's tensely Congress is controlled by the people.
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: That's
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: right. For
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: the time being, there is. still a certain level of separation of the branches of government. Congress has the power of the purse, still, for the time
ADAM JOHNSON - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: being, as I said. So leading up to this moment, and I've been pulling my hair out about this on social media, I've written about it for In These Times, the way that the press, I focus specifically on CNN, New York Times, and Washington Post, because they're kind of three mainstream [02:08:00] outlets, I'm sure.
A bunch of other outlets have been just as bad, but we'll focus on them for the purposes of this news brief, just to limit the scope here. Have repeatedly, for months, been treating Doge and Musk's efforts as genuine, like, cost cutting efforts. Again, he is not presented as ideological, he's not presented as right wing, he's not presented as an attack on the liberal state.
And obviously there is a years, years of evidence that Trump is a right wing ideologue. He publishes and posts non stop hashtag white genocide, conspiracy theories, complaints about land theft in South Africa, wink wink, anti trans, you know, sort of. Knockout game type schlock constantly sharing memes that are originate from white supremacist websites.
He did a sake aisle at the inauguration clear as day three different times in hds We've already discussed this is not really dispute, you know, sort of something that one can dispute He clearly exhibits displays and makes clear his right far right wing ideology And has for [02:09:00] several years, so this is not like something the New York Times is not aware of despite their best efforts and somewhat infamously in 2022 to act like he's this sort of enigma who is both liberal and conservative, but this ideological position, which clearly again, the richest person in the world, almost worth half a trillion dollars with a long history of bigoted statements, it was completely erased from discussions of Doge and he was treated as someone who was simply interested in finding savings.
So let's find some of those. These are just, you know, main examples, there are thousands of other examples, but we'll just give you some sampling here to give you a sense of, we're calling it credulity, but it's not really credulity, they know what they're doing. Credulity as it reads, this is from the New York Times, November 27th, 2024.
The headline reads, Musk's slashing of the federal budget faces hurdles, in which they say Doge is, quote unquote, looking for savings, quote unquote, are there a budget cutters? This from December 6th, 2024, also the New York Times quote. Musk's cost cutting effort is being guided by a health entrepreneur.
The article would go on to say it [02:10:00] was a cost cutting effort, a quote, efficiency panel, a quote, cost cutting project, unquote. Another article from January 12th, 2025, the headline would read, Inside Elon Musk's plan for doge slash government costs. It was referred to as a cost cutting project, quote unquote, potential savings is what he was looking for.
And none of these articles, and we'll go into this later, is the word right wing, conservative, neo Nazi. Any sense or any hint of that Musk has an ideology, which may, I don't know, selectively pick out the liberal parts of government? Meanwhile, Musk is so concerned with quote unquote finding savings and quote unquote cost cutting, he mysteriously has not addressed the 14.
5 billion dollars in government contracts that his companies have. We'll get to that later. The Washington Post would indulge this cost cutting, efficiency, post ideological expense streamlining framework as
NIMA SHIRAZI - CO-HOST, CITATIONS NEEDED: well. Media view from nowhere is like in full effect here. So, you know, you have the Washington post December 21st, 2024 with the headline, Elon Musk's wishlist for [02:11:00] doge, in which it calls the clearly ideological project with a snarky name, a quote government efficiency commission and quote, the Washington post would also say, uh, nearly a month later, January 16th, 2025.
Quote, Musk's Doge weighs recommendations to cut federal diversity programs, end quote. Oh, you know, it's just weighing recommendations. In that article, it talks about Doge being a, quote, non governmental fiscal efficiency group. Calls it efficiency again, it's going to suggest, quote, proposed savings. We see this feign credulity again and again across mainstream media.
Never talking about the ideology behind this. Just taking at face value what Doge is set up to do, which is to clearly make poor people even poorer, to, uh, cut any kind of government services that improve the lives, or at least, uh, you know, sustain the lives, make people able to survive in an already unfair system.
[02:12:00] This is the point. He's not, you know, Going after massive military spending, of course, savings won't be found there. No, no, no. They're going to be found in social services that keep people alive.
Musk's Coup and Trump's Christian Zionist Gaza Takeover Part 3 - Straight White American Jesus - Air Date 2-7-25
DAN MILLER - CO-HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: Yeah, so to start with that latter point, so in the context of the National Prayer Breakfast and events going on around the National Prayer Breakfast, Trump said, you know, one of the quotes he started with is he said, the people quote. Can't be happy without religion, without that belief. Let's bring religion back.
Let's bring God back into our lives. Suddenly, you know, Mr. Pious Trump, who doesn't know anything about any of that, but of course the, the, the religious conservatives love him as we know. And so speaking at events, he elaborated on how to bring this aim, and he announced a task force to be run by, among other people, like Paula White would play a role in this, the new Attorney General, Bondi.
So it's a task force to be run that is aimed at numerous things, but one is rooting out what he calls anti christian bias, specifically in the government, one big area. So he said it was aimed at halting what he called the absolutely terrible [02:13:00] form of anti christian targeting and discrimination within the federal government, including at the Department of Justice, at the IRS, at the FBI, and at other agencies.
He also vowed to protect Christians, quote, in our schools. In our military, in our governments, in our workplaces, hospitals, and in our public squares, end quote. And he said, and this, this is the key, so I, we talk about religious freedom and the language of religious freedom, and if somebody didn't know any better and said, well, of course, like, we don't want anti Christian bias, we don't want anti any religion bias, isn't bias bad?
Sure, it is, if it exists. But this is what he went on to say. He said that we will, quote, bring our country back together as one nation under God. This isn't about ending anti christian bias, this is about re establishing or maintaining Christian hegemony within all of those places. This is about the privilege of Christians within the Department of [02:14:00] Justice, the IRS, the FBI, and other agencies.
This is about the privileging of Christians. In our schools, in our military, in our government, in our workplaces, in our hospitals, in our public squares, all those places, places that he listed. You've talked about, you know, Hegseth and, and the white nationalist slogans that are marked on his body. We have talked about radical traditional Catholicism and white evangelicalism and all of these movements.
We have talked about all the moves that say that, you know, America's a Christian nation and should be based on theocratic principles and so forth. That's what this is aimed at and that's what gives away the game to me. When he says, this isn't, this isn't about Religious freedom, this is not about state neutrality toward religion.
This is not about the, the classical notion of the freedom to worship whatever god you want, or none at all, or however else we want to talk about religious freedom. It's about making us together into one nation under God. Meaning, what? The straight white Jesus. The straight white Christian nationalist God.
That is the God of the nation. That's what we're going to privilege. And it's going to result in the [02:15:00] targeting of religious diversity. It's high ties into DEI stuff in that regard. All things diversity are bad, including religious diversity. And it's going to do it on the grounds that it represents persecution of Christians.
So, I don't know, the next time Muslims, Muslim workers somewhere say that they should have a reasonable accommodation to like pray during the day or something, it's going to be talking about how this infringes on my right as a Christian business leader to, you know, to do whatever. All the way up to every level, as you say, tie this in with things like Musk and the funding and whatever, and you get powerful levels for this.
I think it's also obviously, and this is key, it's going to curtail efforts to curb Christian nationalism. People can remember in 2023, there was an FBI memo that detailed the overlap between Christian nationalism and radical traditional Catholicism. And I, I think, Brad, there are a few people who have been talking about this for a long time, pointing that out, and the FBI said Here's this analysis, and there's a lot of overlap here.
They did not say all Catholics are Christian Nationalists. They did not say [02:16:00] everybody who's a traditionalist Catholic is a Christian Nationalist. What they said is, you plot those two diagrams, there's a lot of overlap, and I'll just give you J. D. Vance as a great example of that overlap. And what happened?
There was GOP outrage, and the FBI director withdrew the memo. That is now, for Trump and this task force, anti Christian bias. It's not about bias, it's about determining before any investigation takes place, what outcomes can even be found, and ensuring that Christians can never be held accountable. that Christians can never be found to like violate other people's rights and things like this.
That, that's the, that's the aim of this, this anti Christian or anti Christian bias task force is the preservation of Christian privilege and the further instantiation of Christian nationalism is the sort of official religious ideology of MAGA Nation.
BRAD ONISHI - HOST, STRAIGHT WHITE AMERICAN JESUS: There's another example he uses. I'm glad you brought up the FBI memo on [02:17:00] Catholics who, a small number of Catholics, who might be something like domestic terrorist threats.
One of the other examples that came out yesterday was those who've been arrested and charged for blockading abortion clinics. Yep. And, you know, if y'all know your history, you know the history of, of, of pro natalism and abortion extremism in the Christian right. You also know there's been violence there.
There have been doctors who have been killed by anti abortion extremists. So, here we have people who are like, showing up to abortion clinics, causing trouble, causing violence. Making things such that people are threatened, they're arrested, and Trump's saying that's anti christian bias. You know, Dan, and there's no surprise here.
There's nothing here that we're like, Oh my god, didn't see that coming. Luke Adonis just got traded to the Lakers. That was one, Dan. Yeah, did not see that coming. This I did see coming.
This is the man who [02:18:00] pardoned January 6th riders. The violent ones. That is part of Anti Christian bias, because, I don't know, people like you and I have spent hours and hours and hours of our lives on podcasts, this one, and writing books and everything else, along with all of our colleagues, from Andrew Seidel to Matthew Taylor to Catherine Stewart to Sarah Posner to Anne Nelson, talking about how January 6th was a Christian nationalist crusade.
And so, this fits in not only to the patterns that we're talking about, it is directly tied to January 6th. Uh, and it is, it is, it is absolutely frightening.
SECTION D: WHAT TO DO
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, section D, what to do.
Why Are Dems Surprised Part 2 - The Intercept Briefing - Air Date 2-7-25
SUNJEEV BERY: Let's start with the big picture.
I am shocked by how weak the Democrats response has been to the head spinning number of Trump actions. Last week, Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer described people's concerns in this way.
CLIP: People are aroused. I haven't seen people so aroused in a very, very long time in terms of [02:19:00] going, uh, trying to get this done.
So, yes, I think democracy will have an effect.
SUNJEEV BERY: And Akeem Jeffries cryptically tweeted, Presidents come and presidents go. Through it all, God is still on the throne. It's hard to imagine a more watered down response. On Monday, we did start to see some pushback from congressional Democrats, who held a press conference in front of the USAID building in Washington.
After Elon Musk and crew shut down the agency. So for both of you, what do you make of the Democrats response so far?
AKELA LACY: Well, first responding to Jeffrey's tweet, like, is God really on the throne? Like have you looked around? Like it's just kind of like the most useless rhetoric. I mean, this week on, on Monday, Jeffrey's and Schumer.
Did hold a press conference on legislative proposals to quote fight the chaos that the Trump [02:20:00] administration has already unleashed on the American people, including his his actions to freeze federal money and and the takeover of Doge, et cetera, et cetera, but Many people have already made this point. If they're already doing something unlawful, What is another law gonna do?
The, the context here is obviously what can Democrats do in the position that they're in with the Republican trifecta. You know, they've reportedly started a quote war room in the DNC headquarters. They just elected their new chair. Some people are calling more explicitly to not work with the GOP, but that's not coming from leadership.
JORDAN UHL: Yeah, I mean, I'll say that from my perch, what I'm seeing is a window into the broader culture of the, uh, elected officials of the Democratic Party. They are not organizers, by and large. They are not people who build and channel power to extract concessions from the powers that be. They are ladder climbers and aggregators of pre existing power.
And that's why the Democratic Party is [02:21:00] losing. You know, you have folks like Chuck Schumer. He's not. He's not a critic of concentrated wealth. He's a product of concentrated wealth. You know, Wall Street's in his backyard, right? I mean, Hakeem Jeffries is perfectly willing to throw Palestinians under the bus if it helps him, you know, in his personal political ascent.
So we're talking about people who are very good at navigating power and very bad at challenging power. And so that's why, despite the fact that this is Trump 2. 0, Despite the fact that we've, we've all been through a version of this before, you know, the democratic leaders came into this with no idea of what they were doing.
You know, I, I remember this, this quote in the New York times when they did an article about this, where the journalist mentioned that Senator Cory Booker was doing a social media training for other senators, where he was telling them to post on LinkedIn three times a week. And I just thought, what? What?
Like, this is what US senators are talking to each other about in the Democratic caucus. This is where we're at. You know, [02:22:00] so I, I'm just kind of shocked and surprised at, at the sheer gap between movement folks and Democratic Party constituencies and what Democratic Party voters want and what the center of the Democratic Party leadership is, is failing to offer.
AKELA LACY: Yeah. I mean, movement people are asking the obvious question right now, which is why? Are there any Democrats at all voting to confirm a single nominee? Like, that's one of the lowest hanging pieces of fruit. There was reporting about this being a concern raised in an organizing call with Indivisible earlier this week.
It was one of the main topics of conversation. It's so obvious. What possible reason could you have to not have every single Democrat voting as a bloc against all of these nominees? On Wednesday, Senate Democrats did finally come together to protest and delay [02:23:00] confirming Trump's nominee to direct the Office of Management and Budget, Russell Vogt.
Hawaii Senator Brian Schatz announced that plan while he was on the train to D. C. on Wednesday.
CLIP: Hey, I'm on my way to the Senate floor. We're going to have more than 35 United States senators on the Democratic side opposing Russ Vogt's nomination. We're going to take the floor for 30 hours. Russ Vogt is the main author of Project 2025.
He's the guy that established this federal funding freeze. He is the architect of the dismantling of our federal government, harming us with Medicaid portals shut down. With Head Start shut down, with agencies illegally stormed and the, uh, servers being seized, um, we've got to fight back and reunited all 47 Democrats in opposition to Russ Vought's nomination.
AKELA LACY: But still, before this, Democrats have had no plan. They have no excuse for not having had a [02:24:00] plan in place. There was no confusion about the fact that these nominees were going to be coming up for a vote. And still, There were Democrats who voted for several of Trump's nominees. Seven Democrats voted for his energy secretary pick, Chris Wright, a fossil fuel CEO and vocal opponent of efforts to fight climate change.
Only 23 Democrats voted against his pick to lead the Veterans Affairs Department. Uh, only 16 Democrats voted against his Interior Secretary pick. Uh, you have even for, on a vote for someone like Pam Bondi, where there was almost universal Democratic opposition, except for the vote of John Fetterman, who, you know, in very, until very recently, was held up as an example of what Democrats should be aspiring to.
All of this. Now again is reacting in real time to what trump is doing But it's not as if democrats had no idea that this was going to happen [02:25:00] But they can give the impression that they are actively responding to to outside pressure but The point is why did they have to wait for that pressure to act
Trumps Dictatorship Can Still Be Stopped - If We ACT NOW - Thom Hartmann Program - Air Date 2-6-24
THOM HARTMANN - HOST, THOM HARTMANN PROGRAM: You know, the, the good news is yesterday there were protests literally from all over the, all over the nation. Uh, people saying, you know, basically, hell no, this, this is, we're not going to put up with this. Um, but, then, you know, today it's gotten, well, there's a, a number of lawsuits, for example. And, you know, this is, this is kind of a good sign.
So far the government has not won any of these lawsuits, but Musk and his people are still inside these agencies, and even if they're forced out, there's a lawsuit this morning that's being heard, or that was, you know, the hearing started at 11 o'clock eastern time this morning. Um, even if they succeed, it's entirely possible that they have buried code in all of these government computer programs and systems.
That will allow them to remotely access them, so they don't need to have access [02:26:00] to the buildings. I mean, keep in mind, this is, so anyway, my op ed today over at HartmanReport. com is titled, Last Chance to Stop a Dictatorship and Trump Knows It. Trump wants FBI agents who investigated his coup attempt, his facilitating espionage, and his other financial and criminal activities fired.
Uh, let's be very clear, this is how dictatorships start. A guy who wants to become a dictator always begins by changing how the government works. Even though the majority of the nation says, Hey, we kind of like the way things are. Uh, no. He says, I got a better way and it'll all work out. In the process, he breaks a bunch of laws, but people mostly don't do anything about it or even say anything about it because those laws don't directly affect them.
You know, Pastor Niemöller wrote about this in 1930s Germany. First, they came for the government workers. Then people start resisting. Which is when he begins to use the police power of the state. The people who show up in the streets, the people who [02:27:00] speak out in the media, the people who try to fight him in the legislatures, in the courts.
He figures out ways to get them fired, harassed, and ultimately imprisoned. When she was being confirmed, uh, Attorney General Pam Bondi refused to say that she would not follow or execute an illegal order on Donald Trump's behalf. You know, like if he directed her to investigate somebody who irritated him or prosecute somebody who had investigated him or imprisoned somebody who had spoken out against him.
We're there now. Pam Bondi, just this morning, announced that political prosecutions are about to begin, or at least the investigations leading to the prosecutions. At first, they're just going to be going after the police agencies themselves, mostly the FBI, as a way of bringing them to heel. You know, terrify the terrifiers.
Next, it'll be the press. First, they'll use financial terror to force compliance. We're already seeing that with Trump's lawsuits against all three major networks and multiple newspapers. [02:28:00] Uh, that will expand. Eventually it's going to turn into shutdowns and arrests. He's going to remake our schools so they become indoctrination factories for his white male supremacist worldview and this new authoritarianism.
He'll realign our democratic country away from our democratic allies and toward countries Run by dictators like he aspires to become. He's going to purge the military of leadership that might resist him, and of troops who might refuse his orders. He will remake our criminal justice system so it becomes more violent and brutal, opening prisons for the worst of the worst, in places beyond the reach of the law.
You know, like Auschwitz in Poland. or Guantanamo in Cuba. He will remake our media so it becomes a Greek chorus singing his praises and saying his every word. By proclaiming, as every dictator does, and as he did this morning at the National Prayer Breakfast, that divine providence and the blessings of God put him where he is, he's going to bring the country's largest [02:29:00] religious institutions to heel.
He'll proclaim grand plans and spectacular efforts, you know, like building the Autobahn, or remaking Gaza, Greenland, and Panama. They'll distract the public from the relentless, grinding destruction of the guardrails of government itself. He and his allies will empower civilian militias who will then become his terror shock troops against the people who oppose him.
Hitler had his brown shirts, Republicans in Nassau County, New York right now are trying to field America's first armed private militia. paid for by taxpayers dollars. He will remake commerce and business so that the most successful companies are those that throw money and resources at him. Fritz Tyson wrote a book about this, about his shame at facilitating it, titled, I Paid Hitler.
Someday, perhaps, Jeff Bezos or Tim Cook will write a similar book. America today is early in this process, although it doesn't typically take very long. It took [02:30:00] Hitler 53 days. It took Putin about a year. It took Victor Orban about two years. It took Pinochet less than a week, but he had the help of Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger.
Trump and his Project 2025 friends, however, have been preparing for this for four years. They hit the ground running. This moment proves that the preservation of democracy requires constant attention and a collective commitment to uphold the integrity of its institutions, and right now, the only thing standing between democracy and dictatorship in America are public opinion.
The media and the Democratic Party. Republicans have completely caved and the courts are moving too slowly to stop him. Elon Musk and Donald Trump seem to think they can pull this thing off in a matter of weeks. And so far, because of the cowardice of Republican legislators and the disorganization and lack of leadership among Democrats, they might be right.
Unless we [02:31:00] all stand up and speak out now. And that's what I, you know, that's where I opened this thing. That yesterday, there were protests in every part of the country. Here in, here in Oregon, there was a, there were major protests in downtown Portland, and in downtown Salem, which is our state capital.
Also a college town down the road. Big protests all over the country. Democratic politicians are starting to speak out. My two senators are, uh, you know, uh, Ron Wyden and Jeff Merkley are, are particularly outspoken. We've got some good progressives in Congress. But the Democratic Party needs to get their act together, and they need to get it.
They need to get their act together soon.
Why Are Dems Surprised Part 3 - The Intercept Briefing - Air Date 2-7-25
JORDAN UHL: So, you know, Ken Martin, you know, who won a sweeping victory in the first round of the DNC elections.
They'd set aside a full day for multi round elections. You could sort of think of it as kind of rank choice voting over multiple stages, but they didn't need it. He, he won outright at the very beginning, uh, against Ben Wiggler and others, you know, so he, his platform is a, uh, wholesale. [02:32:00] political and strategic and internal reform of the DNC.
And if you just go to his DNC candidacy website, you'll see, he's not just talking about competing in all 50 states, but also every single county in the United States and really empowering Democrats at local and state levels to fight. He's also talking a little bit on his, on his platform page, a little bit more vaguely, but still about some of the issues.
With the ways in which the DNC is a top down institution, even though it's voting members draw in significant part from across the Democratic Party nationwide. So those things are all there. But as you know, 1 DNC member told me. The DNC is a slow moving ship and it takes a long time to turn it around.
And there are going to be pressures against devolving power to the base of the party, because when you devolve power to the base of the party, that runs counter to the desires, interests, ambitions, strategies of elites, right? Whether it's [02:33:00] the person in the white house or somewhere else, a lot of people can help the democratic party.
Grow into a more responsive organization by holding the DNC's feet to the fire on this so that some of these, this sort of problematic structure that essentially co ops the base for elite decided strategies, uh, finally gets broken.
CLIP: Now, he started out by saying all the right things. And so it's important for folks to know that we have a spine.
We're not dead as a party. We're still alive and kicking and we're going to fight for our values and we're going to fight for American values. But what can he actually do?
SUNJEEV BERY: What's the relationship between the head of the DNC and the congressional leaders of the party?
JORDAN UHL: So that's an important question. So there's a, there's kind of an alphabet soup of DN, of democratic party organizations.
You've got a congressional campaign committee, you've got a Senate campaign committee. I'm sure Akilah can speak more to this, you know, uh, then there's a state legislative campaign committee and all of them raise money, move money back and forth. A lot of the DNC's money [02:34:00] actually comes from other committees, but the DNC still remains the one major body within the democratic party who's governing body, at least.
Technically, or officially is is in part grassroots driven. So there's, it's sort of that question again of formal versus informal authority. Like, what is who is going to be willing to push through quote unquote, the way things have been done and advocate for changes. And the good news is, I mean, 1 DNC member told me and, you know, and, uh, quoted them in the piece saying, I mean, everyone recognizes that.
I'm paraphrasing, but basically that the Democratic Party is dying and the country may die as we know it as well if we don't fix this. So there is a sense of urgency, but that doesn't necessarily mean everyone's operating from the same theory of change or what the solution should be. And I still see some, a significant gap, uh, in terms of some of the things that need to happen.
AKELA LACY: Yeah, I mean. This is sort of anecdotal, but the idea that you had Reid Hoffman, [02:35:00] like, pouring 250, 000 into the DNC chairs race on the last day of the race, you know, not much less than the entire cost of that race, I think says a lot about where you're things are on this stuff, particularly, you know, the appearance of, of being the elite or being very close to the elite.
Um, obviously, Ben Whittler, and the irony here being that it's like Ben Whittler, progressive darling, um, Wisconsin Democratic Party chair, who lost. But I think, you know, people were raising a lot of Red flags around that. You know, I know at the meetings leading up to the that election last week Concerns around lack of transparency around DNC campaign finance related issues was was a big issue of concern Um for people so yeah, I mean, you know, this goes back to This, you know democrats Somehow losing this argument over whether or not they're closer to the elites than Trump is, who's clearly out here [02:36:00] Appointing, you know, his, his financial supporters, you know, it's a messaging problem again and again, an ever, an evergreen theme here.
SUNJEEV BERY: I'm glad you mentioned that because I would love to talk about the corrosive influence of money in politics here. On one end of the spectrum, like you say, Reid Hoffman is pumping 250, 000 into this race. On the other end, in your piece, Sanjeev, you talk about Faz Shakir. Who paid out of pocket, and I saw on Twitter, his kids made his signs with marker and poster board, which I thought was adorable, but didn't necessarily lead to success, I, I, no knock on their messaging, I think the poster was beautiful, but it, to me, it reads as, hey, here's where the money's going to go, this is who you should support.
Am I wrong in that assessment?
JORDAN UHL: I mean, I, from my conversations, the sense that I got is that there's a real tension in that, Democrats want to build a, a, a true national 50 state, several thousand county operation and that costs [02:37:00] money. So, they want money, right? And they want to raise money and you heard Ken, uh, Ken Martin's comments about good billionaires, right?
CLIP: There are a lot of good billionaires out there that have, that have been with Democrats who share our values and we will take their money, but we're not taking money from those bad billionaires.
JORDAN UHL: Thank you, Joe Martin. And so they're, they're looking for that, that funding, what's been missing from the conversations that I had is that there still seems to be a fundamental failure to recognize that one party is telling a story as to why people are hurting and they are punching down in the naming of who's responsible, right?
The Republican Party, Trump, right? It's undocumented migrants. Uh, it's D I. It's transgender people. That's who Trump is punching down and blaming. The Democratic Party is not punching up. The Democratic Party is not punching. The Democratic Party is saying, Hey, look at this. We passed this bill. Hey, look at this funding, right?
They're telling a technocratic story about all the good things, quote unquote, we did. Whereas Trump is [02:38:00] saying these are the people who are hurting you. And, you know, Bernie Sanders is saying these are the people who are hurting you. He has a story. Elizabeth Warren has a story. You know, Lena Khan has a story.
But most Democrats don't, and one thing that I didn't hear come out of the conversations that I had with DNC members, and one thing that I don't see in the various DNC candidates, with the exception of Faiz Shakir, is that kind of explicit understanding that Americans need someone to blame, um, And if it's done right, then it points towards a constructive solution for how to build a more just society.
So that's what's missing. And that's the piece of this that needs to be addressed and kind of forced forward.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics, including the dystopian plans for Trump's deportation regime, followed by Trump's possibly even more dystopian proposal to ethnically cleanse Gaza.
You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at [02:39:00] 202-999-3991. You can reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft.01 (there's a link in the show notes for that), or you can simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from Straight White American Jesus, Democracy Now!, The NPR Politics Podcast, The ReidOut, Civics 101, The Gray Area, Amicus, Citations Needed, The Intercept Briefing, and The Thom Hartmann Program. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Deon Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist trio, Ken, Brian, and Ben, for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting. And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. [02:40:00] Membership is how you get access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads, and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes, along with a link to join our Discord community where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all media platforms you may be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, and this has been the Best of the Left podcast coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1690 Oligarchy Unmasked: Why Billionaires Hate Democracy and How They're Dismantling It (Transcript)
Air Date 2/11/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
The very rich, as has been noted before, are not on the side of regular people. And even if you were to think that the federal government needed a major reboot, no one but the ultra wealthy are going to be happy with what they build in the aftermath of the administrative coup currently underway.
For those looking for a quick overview, for those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 50 minutes today includes Double Down News, Democracy Now!, Velshi, Blonde Politics, Zeteo, and Takes by Jamelle Bouie.
Then in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in three sections: section A, Historical Context, Section B, Government Destruction, and Section C, The Bros. But first, your call to action for the week.
Activism Roundup - 2/10/25
Amanda: Hey everyone, Amanda here with your weekly roundup of activism actions.
The national grassroots response organization, [00:01:00] Indivisible, is reminding us this week that one of the biggest tools Democrats in Congress have right now is the upcoming budget negotiations in March. Unfortunately, minority leader Hakeem Jeffries has already declined to withhold Democratic votes. While there have been protests outside government agencies, as a party, Democrats are, not surprisingly, in disarray about how to use any leverage they still have. That means our voices are critically important right now. The calls and actions last week got Senate Democrats to finally unify against Russell vote and use procedural rules to slow things down.
So keep calling! The Five Calls app is a great tool, and keep showing up at the offices of your members of Congress.
And it's not just Democrats who need to be pushed. If you have a complicit Republican Senator, governor or representative, it is time to shame them. Show up to their offices, hold town halls, call them out in every public way possible for for not speaking out against Trump and Musk's illegal actions and government coup. You can find call scripts and how to find or start your local Indivisible group at Indivisible.org.
[00:02:00] And finally, President's Day is Monday, February 17th, and there are protests planned across the country. As always, prepare. Take safety precautions, and look out for each other when protesting. Counter protesters are likely. You can learn more at FiftyFifty.One, that's F I F T Y written out twice, dot O N E.
I know it's easy to feel overwhelmed right now, but we don't get to choose the times we live in. We need everyone to act like everything is on the line, because it is.
How Oligarchs Took Over The World - Double Down News - Air Date 1-9-25
GEORGE MANBIOT - HOST, DOUBLE DOWN NEWS: There's a widespread myth which says that if only we can get rid of the Republicans, get rid of the Tories, get rid of these right wing forces, we can relax back into normality. And that normality is a democratic, progressive state.
The democratic, progressive state is about as far from political normality as you can get. The default state of centralized societies like ours is oligarchy. An oligarch is someone who turns their inordinate [00:03:00] economic power into inordinate political power. It's very rich people becoming very politically powerful. This is why billionaires love Trump. This is why billionaires and multi-millionaires love Nigel Farage. It's why they love Marine Le Pen. It's why they love so many of the hard right and far right movements that are rising around the world, because they deliver for them. They accelerate the transformation of democracies into oligarchies.
That is where we are heading, unless we produce massive counter movements. And we can't rely on bland, white bread, centrist politicians to prevent the rise of oligarchy. People like Keir Starmer, people like Joe Biden, they can't do it. They don't have that sort of power to mobilize people. They are trying to play both sides at the same time. They're trying to [00:04:00] appease the oligarchs to get them off their backs, and they're trying to appeal to the people at the same time. You cannot ride both horses. One of those horses is going to fall away. And what falls away is popular support. Because if your program is not meeting people's needs, people will look elsewhere. And so you find yourself riding the oligarch's horse, not the people's horse.
And what we're seeing now is the return, big time, of oligarchic power.
And this is a phenomenon we see throughout history. And every so often, that oligarchic power is rolled back, but then it gradually begins to gather again, and starts to return, unless you are struggling sufficiently against it.
There's a very brilliant and very depressing book called The Great Leveller by Walter Scheidel, a very impressive historian, who says that there are only four forces which have ever destroyed rampant inequality, in other words, oligarchy, [00:05:00] in human history. One of them is total war, one of them is total and violent revolution, one of them is state collapse, and one of them is massive plague. And what he's shown is that in the wake of those things, which can often destroy the power of wealthy people, you can build, much more easily, a more egalitarian and democratic society.
We can see that so much of what we have benefited from has been the result of the two world wars in the 20th century, that to a large extent they destroyed the wealth and power of the uber rich class, of the oligarchic class, partly because they needed to mobilize resources on a massive scale in order for countries to fight those wars and create a sort of warfare state which requisitioned goods from very rich people, which raised taxes massively. Taxes in the US rose to 94 [00:06:00] percent on the top rate of income tax; in the U. K., to 98%. And it stayed at that level till well after the war. In the U. K. there was a luxury goods tax as well, of 100%. And these taxes were seen as necessary to fund the war effort.
And there were a whole load of other forces, like the physical destruction of capital, which took place on a large scale; the loss of colonies, in which a lot of capital had been invested; the rationing systems, which made it impossible for very rich people to maintain their undemocratic positions. And their power was broken.
And following the war, amongst many of the major combatants, the warfare state became a welfare state. And the measures which were used to fund the military economy were then used to fund a civil public service economy.
Japan was occupied by the [00:07:00] US occupation government under General Douglas MacArthur. They realized that Japan's fascist imperialism, which had led it into the Second World War and caused such horrendous atrocities in places that it had occupied, was driven by oligarchy. It was driven by a profoundly, undemocratic settlement within Japan itself. And the occupation government realized that if it was to prevent a resurgence of that fascist imperialism, it had to destroy oligarchic power. It destroyed these huge Japanese conglomerates. It distributed the land which had been captured by these big estates, and instituted the most effective land reform program in history, redistributing that land to peasants. It introduced trade unions. It insisted that trade unions must be allowed to operate and created a very powerful trade union movement which persists to [00:08:00] this day. It introduced far greater rights for workers, a minimum wage, all sorts of things that we didn't have in our own countries which were implemented by the US occupation government. And it brought about a system of democracy the like of which Japan had never seen before.
And it was on these massive changes that a completely different society in Japan was built: a democratic, egalitarian, and highly successful society.
It's extremely ironic that it was the US occupation government which actually did all these things. Before a few years later, it woke up and said, oh, hang on a moment, this looks a bit like socialism, and started trying to row back in it, by which time it was too late.
In the UK and in the US, the warfare state became a welfare state. And we enjoyed, as a result, the most democratic, progressive, redistributive era we have ever had. And [00:09:00] what we're seeing now is the fading of that force and the return, big time, of oligarchic power.
Is Elon Musk Staging a Coup? Unelected Billionaire Seizes Control at Treasury Dept. & Other Agencies - Democracy Now! - Air Date 2-3-25
WALEED SHAHID: If this story was taking place somewhere in Central Asia or in Africa, the United States media, the United States State Department, international institutions would likely refer to this as a coup. A billionaire industrialist who donated $300 million to a campaign is installing his personal loyalists in key parts of the federal bureaucracy. This is essentially Viktor Orbán’s playbook.
And we need to know: Why does a billionaire industrialist, with millions in government contracts, military contracts for his private companies, need the Social Security numbers of every American, needs to know what every single check that the US government gives out to businesses, to charities? Why does this billionaire need to know this information?
He was not vetted or approved by the US senate. He has a history of corruption, for using public resources for private gain. He’s one of the [00:10:00] wealthiest men in the world. In any other situation, this would be called state capture, and people around the world would be condemning it. But in the United States, we are not used to this kind of level of creeping authoritarianism, of plutocracy, of oligarchy so explicit.
And we need to — as Representative Ocasio-Cortez said last night, this is a five-alarm fire. Senate Democrats need to be communicating to the American people. And last night, there was a call by Indivisible Action for people to visit their local — their senators and call for them to grind the Senate to a halt, to call for investigations and to know why does Elon Musk need to know this information. Why is he showing up on Saturday to the offices of the federal government demanding the private information of citizens all around the country?
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Well, Lindsay Owens, you say none of the reasons are good. Lay those out.
LINDSAY OWENS: Yeah, absolutely. So, for most Americans, this is the first time that they’ve [00:11:00] ever heard of the Treasury payment system. So, what is the Treasury payment system? This is, effectively, the piece of the federal government that cuts the checks. And they cut a lot of checks. This is $6 trillion a year — money that goes to individuals as Social Security payments for seniors; money that goes for organizations like Meals on Wheels to deliver lunches; foreign aid; as well as the funding that the government sets aside for key programs, paying its debts, making sure that we don’t breach the debt ceiling and default on our obligations.
So, this is really unprecedented that Elon Musk has grabbed control of the keys of $6 trillion in payments infrastructure. There are a few reasons this could be happening. The first is, as your viewers know, last week, President Trump tried to end federal spending, just stop federal payments altogether. This was so outrageous and in violation of the Constitution that the courts intervened [00:12:00] and said that he couldn’t do that. What may be happening here is that Musk may be doing an end run around the courts, going straight to the source so that he can continue to stop those payments that the courts said needed to keep staying online.
The second thing that may be happening here is this could just be a good old-fashioned cyberattack. Elon Musk could be interested in the Social Security numbers, the tax ID numbers of tens of millions of Americans. We know that he has partnered with Visa and is considering spinning out a payment system of his own. What we may have here is Elon Musk’s attempt to get the private information for his own financial gain.
The other thing that is incredibly worrying here is $6 trillion in spending is not just a lot of money, it’s a macroeconomically significant amount of money. If Elon Musk starts tinkering with the code, you know, [00:13:00] the underlying technology that makes sure these payments go out seamlessly and effectively, he could inadvertently, or on purpose, bring the macroeconomy to a halt. I mean, this is an incredibly concerning seizure of government infrastructure, but it is also an economically significant moment in the country.
So, I couldn’t agree more with Waleed more. I mean, the word “coup” is the right word to be thinking about here. And Congress must intervene. I mean, if I was a senator, I think the most important thing to do is bring the secretary of the treasury to the Senate today to answer questions about what Musk has access to.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, the Treasury Department’s inspector general, who could monitor DOGE’s activities, was among the 15 watchdogs who were purged by President Trump. Who’s now in charge of or overseeing Musk’s [00:14:00] team?
LINDSAY OWENS: Yeah, Musk is in charge. So, that’s exactly right. Some of the key chokeholds here to make sure that something like this doesn’t happen have been moved out of the way, studiously, exactingly moved out of the way. So, President Trump fired the inspector general of the Treasury, and the top civil servant of the Treasury Department, the man who was the acting treasury secretary between the time that Janet Yellen stepped down and Scott Bessent was confirmed by the Senate, has also been pushed aside, resigned over the fact that he didn’t want to give Musk, a private citizen, a billionaire, the keys to the Treasury payment system. So there is very little stopping Musk from taking this over. You know, Trump and Bessent have really given him a glide path.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, Waleed Shahid, where is the Democratic Party on this? Where are the Democratic senators and [00:15:00] congressmembers on this? I mean, you have Hakeem Jeffries, who holds an emergency meeting of the Democrats after a judge stops the federal payments from going out to — you know, stops the ban on federal funding.
WALEED SHAHID: So, the Democratic Party in Washington is largely asleep at the wheel. They are acting as if they’re kind of a librarian shushing noise in a crowded room. They are still believing in the normal procedures, normal decorum, normal — that everything here is the normal transition of power. And they still believe that what Elon Musk and Donald Trump are doing is just a libertarian reform of the government, not an oligarchic, plutocratic takeover of a private billionaire who is seeking to know — potentially seeking to know what his competitors might be doing with government contracts. He has private information that — Elon Musk [00:16:00] has contracts with international governments all across the world. But the Democratic Party is not able to put forward an opposition message right now, because they are — they feel like this is normal.
And that’s why it’s so important for concerned citizens all across the country to twist the arm of your Senate Democrat. Go to their office. If you go to Indivisible.org today, you can find a way to join your local chapter all around the country, whether your senators are Republican or Democrat or independent. They need to hear from concerned citizens, because the Democratic Party doesn’t move on issues of oligarchy, of plutocracy, of taking action, unless their constituents show up in person and demand that they hold hearings, take the bully pulpit in the media and also grind the Senate to a halt until we know why does Elon Musk have this information, someone who was not elected.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, the Democratic National Committee on Saturday elected the moderate political insider Ken Martin as [00:17:00] chair, despite calls from voters to urgently switch gears and respond to working people’s needs following the party’s crushing defeat, though it wasn’t a major numbers defeat, but it was a defeat in November. What do you think of Ken Martin? Where do you think it’s going?
WALEED SHAHID: So, the DNC is largely, at this point, a fundraising vehicle for the presidential campaign. I hope that Ken Martin reforms the party to do things like what I’m describing. The Democratic Party should be holding daily press conferences every morning to explain to working-class and middle-class Americans why it might hurt their pocketbooks for Elon Musk to have this information from the Treasury Department and from the OPM, that Elon Musk has a history of wanting to use public resources for private gain, that Elon Musk is someone who is live-tweeting that he wants to cut the federal government’s debt every day by billions of dollars, and one of the only ways to do that would be to begin to privatize Social Security. This is what the DNC should be doing.
Now, Ken [00:18:00] Martin, we had lots of members of the “uncommitted” movement at the DNC who were being personally bullied by their DNC state parties, and Ken Martin, thankfully, did intervene to make sure that that didn’t happen. And so, that was my only personal interaction with him, and he went out of his way to make sure that our uncommitted delegation was treated with respect. Other than that, I don’t know that much about him, but I’m looking forward to — hopefully he can put together a working-class, populist agenda for the party that isn’t just a fundraising handoff.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, Lindsay Owens, DOGE is not a formal government agency, right? Which means that it doesn’t fall into any category.
LINDSAY OWENS: Yeah, look, I think when President Trump announced that Elon Musk was going to be running the Department of Government Efficiency, there was a sort of tempting fantasy that maybe Musk, a tech but successful businessman, could come in and restore some efficiency in government, [00:19:00] maybe modernize some aspects of government that could use some updating. I mean, I think with this weekend’s seizure of the Treasury payment system, we can be crystal clear in putting that fantasy to bed. This is Musk determining who is going to get funding in this country, what programs are going to be funded in this country. And remember, Musk isn’t a disinterested party here. As we’ve talked about, he has many federal contracts himself, billions of dollars this year alone to his companies — SpaceX, Tesla and X, formerly known as Twitter.
But he also is interested in cutting this funding for a very personal reason, which is he is interested in paying for the tax cuts that Congress is teeing up this year. They are estimating $5 trillion in tax cuts, mostly going to the wealthy and corporations. And DOGE is the entity that is supposedly going to find the money, [00:20:00] find the savings to pay for those tax cuts. So I think we can sum it up this way: Elon Musk is going to pay for his tax cut with your Social Security. That’s really what we’re looking at here. That’s what DOGE is up to.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: What should people do right now?
WALEED SHAHID: People should go to Indivisible.org and visit their Senate office and demand an investigation of Elon Musk and that Senate business should come to a halt.
The Oligarchy's Power is Waking America Up - Velshi - Air Date 1-27-25
ROBERT REICH: Power today is not just wealth, it's information, it's data, it's knowing what it is that everybody else is doing. And certainly, if you have all of the data that government has, and you have access to it, and you can slice it and dice it any way you want, that can translate into great wealth and great power.
ALI VELSHI - HOST, VELSHI: So here's something interesting. Tesla dropped below 50 percent of all electric vehicle sales in the United States. That means other American companies' or other companies' cars are being sold. There are [00:21:00] zero Chinese electric vehicles in America. For better or for worse, there are zero. So these are all other competitors.
But guess what? He got an executive order this week eliminating incentives for other electric car producers. So kind of works, right? If you're Elon Musk, that, that was a pretty good investment, in Donald Trump's campaign.
ROBERT REICH: Absolutely. In fact, look under the hood as it were, Ali, and what you always find is monopolization. In fact, every time you follow the money, and you're dealing with one of these current robber barons, you know, in the second gilded age, that's, what they are. They are the new generation of robber barons. You follow the money and you get to a monopoly, because that's where the big money is.
Combine the monopoly with data, combine power that is market power with power that is information power, and you get Elon Musk.
ALI VELSHI - HOST, VELSHI: However, on Inauguration Day, you published something which actually gave [00:22:00] me hope. I'd like to read from it. "Trump hoodwinked the average working American into believing that he's on their side, and convinced enough voters that Kamala Harris and Democrats were on the side of cultural elites. But, Trump's hoax will not work for long, given the oligarchy's conspicuous takeover of America under Trump 2. Trump's regime is already exposing a reality that has been hidden from most Americans for decades: the oligarchy's obscene wealth and its use of that wealth to gain power over America."
This is an interesting point. And Professor Tim Snyder has mentioned the fact that people over time turn against these oligarchies. It doesn't always mean a turn back to democracy. But they, once they realize that they're being exploited, they tend to not like it so much.
ROBERT REICH: Americans in particular, Ali, have an aversion to aristocracy. I mean, after all, we were founded in revolt against monarchy and against an aristocracy in Britain. We really don't like elites who are enormously powerful.
The [00:23:00] thing is that the Republican Party has used cultural populism over the last 10, 20 years, to paint the elites as basically a deep state or, people who are coming into this country illegally, or people who are transgender.
I mean, there is a different elite here that is really operating and pulling the levers of power. And that elite is an economic elite. The Democrats really have not talked enough, in my humble opinion, about the economic elite that is actually, and has actually undermined American democracy over the last 30 or 40 years.
ALI VELSHI - HOST, VELSHI: Right. A lot of people have gone after the academic elite or whatever they think the elite is, the ivory towers. But in fact, in the midst of all this, for the last 50 years, what's been happening is we've just got this class of people who are now 0.01 percent of the population controlling more wealth than the entire bottom half of the population.
ROBERT REICH: Yes, and that's exactly the point, [00:24:00] because they control the wealth. And what do they do with their wealth? They put a chunk of it into politics. There is the oligarchy. That's the oligarchy in action. That's what Elon Musk did. Putting a quarter of a billion dollars, not a quarter of a million, a quarter of a billion dollars to get Donald Trump elected is the quintessence of what we face in an oligarchy.
That's what oligarchies do. That's how they wed monopoly power and the power of just politics. that's what Elon Musk represents. That's what that picture that you showed of the three richest people in the United States in front of all the Republicans, in front of all of the people who are being nominated to high positions of power, these are the most powerful people in the world. And Musk is embracing them.
He is not a tribune of the people. Musk is not somebody who's there for working class Americans. And it's going to be obvious.
DARK GOTHIC MAGA: How Tech Billionaires Plan to Destroy America Part 1 - Blonde Politics | The Silly Serious - Air Date 11-13-24
[00:25:00]
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: The tech bros of Silicon Valley believe that the American empire is on the verge of collapse. Silicon Valley wants to speed this up, but use the coming administration to create safe landing zones for them and their cash where they can also run their own governments.
And what is so annoying about this is it makes me sound crazy. It makes me sound like a conspiracy theorist. But I am talking about crazy people. I am talking about the guy who wants to colonize Mars. I am talking about the guy who said he gave up on democracy in 2009.
These tech bros justify their point of view because they believe that that's the natural place in society. The courageous geniuses on the new frontier. I'm not speculating. These men say it. They say it on podcasts and at conferences and in interviews and in blog posts. Some are quiet. Some are very, very loud, but they all are on board.
PETER THIEL: [00:26:00] And I think that if we want to increase freedom, we want to increase the number of countries.
MARK ANDRESSEN: If you want to replace the elite that you have today, what you need to do is you need to have a better elite. And there's a way to do this. It's been done before.
BEN HOROWITZ: We get kind of money and property right, and that it's a strong foundation for building, you know, kind of a world that we all want to live in.
We're seeing, some, breakdown of those in the real world, in the United States lately.
BRIAN ARMSTRONG: I'm definitely very interested in ways that you can tokenize real real estate and actual physical land to create better forms of society and governance. I do think America is in slow decline right now.
I would like us to all in crypto think about how we actually go create physical places in the world, to preserve freedom over the long term. I think that's ultimately crypto's destiny.
ELON MUSK: The people of Mars will be more enlightened and will not fight amongst each other too much.
MARK ANDRESSEN: It's basically tech libertarian futurism and ideology around technology, including technology enhancing human freedom.[00:27:00]
TECH DOUCHE: I am trying to fix starvation in the U. S. The point was like, let's have a new government.
PETER THIEL: Where do we go from the wisdom of crowds to the madness of crowds? We're far too far on the side that you can describe as collectivist, centralized, Borg-like, conformist, and also generally just simply incorrect.
DAVID SACKS: I think that what Elon's doing is showing a path to fighting back. The left wing elite's gonna be kicking and screaming the whole way.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Mark Cuban, one of the more normal billionaires, had this to say about this particular group of men that I'm talking about.
MARK CUBAN: What's happened in Silicon Valley is insane. It's not so much a support thing. It's more like a takeover thing, trying to put themselves in a position to have as much control as possible. They want Trump to be the CEO of the United States of America, and they want to be the board of directors that makes him listen to them.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Now, this hypothetical board includes a couple of power players that I think are worth keeping an eye on, namely Peter Thiel, Elon Musk, [00:28:00] Brian Armstrong, Marc Andreessen, Ben Horowitz, and David Sachs. In this video I'm going to try and lay out what I think these people are doing behind the scenes. If you do want to dive further into this topic, I recommend looking at the work of Gildaran. I have linked his blog below. This is his beat and he's amazing at it.
This man is named Bilaji Srinivasan. Like Beyonce, he tends to only go by his first name. Balaji is highly involved in the tech scene, and while not a billionaire himself, he is friends with a lot of them. He's a former partner of Andresen Horowitz. He is the former CTO of Brian Armstrong's Coinbase. Thiel actually recommended Balaji to be the head of the FDA during the first Trump administration. Balaji wrote a book. It's called The Network State: How to start your own country. In that book he talks about how to break nation states apart into smaller territories which can then be run like corporations.
BALAJI SRINIVASAN: What I mean by Silicon Valley's ultimate exit, it basically means build an opt-in society [00:29:00] ultimately outside the U. S. run by technology. And this is actually where the Valley is going.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: You see, like many in the industry, Balaji is a disruptor. He is interested in disrupting the current idea of nationhood through the creation of a network of sovereign, tech-run territories protected by military grade security.
Balaji wasn't the first person to come up with this idea, not even in the tech scene, but he was the first person to present it in a more palatable way. The idea actually comes from someone named Curtis Yarvin. In Patchwork, Yarvin wrote, "The basic idea of Patchwork is that as the crappy governments we inherited from history are smashed, they should be replaced by a global spiderweb of tens, even hundreds of thousands of sovereign and independent mini countries, each governed by its own joint stock corporation, without regard to the residents' opinions."
Patchwork is a reboot of the current system in order to install a new operating system. Yes, Yavin is a software developer [00:30:00] with a company named Urbit, invested in by Peter Thiel. He refers to these small territories as "patches," but he's flexible about how they might run, maybe like a corporate urban space or a city-state like Athens. These corporate dictatorships would use all-seeing surveillance to protect their citizens and enforce their laws. There would be biometric IDs. If you're poor, you will have to move to another patch. Or, the poor could be ground up and used as biodiesel, or locked into a virtual reality prison. Now Yavin said he was joking about the biodiesel thing. But not about the prison thing. So I'm not sure if he was joking about the biodiesel.
Which gives us an understanding of why Balaji had to come up with [a] more appealing way to present this idea. Balaji has less about dictatorship and mass incarceration and more about freedom, and opportunity.
A lot of people in the industry acknowledge that Balaji's ideas are a little out there. And I would dismiss them too, [00:31:00] if those same people weren't actively funding them. Millions of dollars are being funneled into these projects as we speak. This is the website for Praxis, a network state funded by Peter Thiel, Vak Andresen, Balaji and Sam Altman. Through their shared capital fund, Pronomis, which is dedicated to funding the creation of network cities. The website for Praxis says, "As local communities dissolve and nation states stumble, network states will ascend. The next global superpower will be a network state. The next America will be on chain."
The stated goal of Praxis is to build a corporate government with a global footprint. It will have territories all over the world, crypto will be its currency. The modern global system, once the greatest power in the history of man, has become a brittle, jerry-rigged contraption incapable of carrying out the most basic functions.
As these governing institutions continue to degrade, people will come to realize that no one is truly on their side. As nation states [00:32:00] falter, network states become inevitable.
I should mention that Pronomous Capital is funding the creation of other network states, many of which are further along than Praxis. Some examples are Prospera in Honduras, Afropolitan, Itana, and small farm cities in Africa, Metropolis in Palau, and I think Yungdrung City is planned for South Asia.
On Pronomis's website they claim, "Decades of research on economic development has shown that the primary determinant of prosperity is the quality of a country's laws and the integrity of its courts, administrators, and other legal institutions. When institutions are outmoded, corrupted, or failing, the result is untold human suffering. Yet upgrading national institutions is notoriously difficult. Our solution: build the cities of tomorrow."
Right now they are creating cloud communities, virtual nations. Once they have access to land, they will get their citizens to migrate to that city.
Have a look at the pledge that you sign when you join Praxis, which you can join right now, by the way.
Pronomous isn't actually Peter [00:33:00] Thiel's first flirtation with exiting democracy either. In 2009, he funded the Seasteading Institute.
PETER THIEL: I want to say some things on why I think seasteading is not just possible or desirable, but why it is actually necessary.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: The Seasteading Institute envisioned building these floating cities in the ocean outside of government's jurisdiction, where billionaires could live and create as they saw fit.
This idea ran out of steam because nobody wants to live at sea, especially not billionaires. Which means they need land. But how do we get from a nation state to a network state?
BALAJI SRINIVASAN: And this is actually related to a fundamental concept in political science, the concept of voice versus exit. If a company or a country is in decline, you can try voice, or you can try exit. Voice is basically changing the system from within, whereas exit is leaving to create a new system, a new startup, or to join a competitor sometimes.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: There's another way that Balaji also talks about how this could possibly happen. He calls it tech [00:34:00] Zionism.
BALAJI SRINIVASAN: You know, what I'm really calling for is something like tech Zionism: a movement supported by a global network to take back territory in the city, floor by floor, street by street, block by block, policeman by policeman. You have a foothold of private property, and you have a group membership of grey tribe membership and private property. You also issue t shirts.
The tribal lens is like a virtual reality filter. Every single thing can be tagged as grey or blue in the city. I mean like literally. So grey is the future, red is the past, blue is the present. So blue stands against both the past and the future. They're against both the self driving cars and they don't want to go back to the 50s. They prefer OnlyFans, MeToo, BLM, Ukraine.
The hard part is to take control of the streets. How can you fence off a street, and make clear that it's under gray control? Take total control of your neighborhood, push out all blues, tell them they're as unwelcome as just as [00:35:00] blues ethnically cleanse me out of San Francisco, push out all blues who has lost some territory in the cloud.
They still control the land. Once gray starts taking back control of the land that they're really going to howl. As they start losing, they're going to whistle for backup. From California and eventually DC. Okay. They're going to try to get executive orders or things like that, which means you're going to need to have sympathizers at the level of California and DC, who will side with you enough to block those actions, number one. And, or number two, You, actually get to the level of a sanctuary city and you say, I dare you.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Keep in mind, actions like this are already being attempted in places like Solano County where they're trying to build California Forever. Or the actions that Gary Tan is taking in San Francisco. But the people in these areas are putting up a fight and it's costly and it's slowing everything down.
Why the Tech Bros Allied with Trump - Zeteo - Air Date 2-2-25
MEHDI HASAN - HOST, MEHDI UNFILTERED: You mentioned Elon Musk, who is the richest man in the world, owner of the most influential messaging platform on the planet, and is now an official American government advisor. [00:36:00] Is there a precedent, Heather, for someone like Elon Musk in American history? The Rockefellers, Henry Ford, none of them come close, do they? Is there anyone like Musk that we've seen before in American history?
HEATHER COX RICHARDSON: We can point to people for sure. You think about the elite southern slavers, they had their advisers, people like William McKinley and before him, Benjamin Harrison had Andrew Carnegie. I mean, you certainly had these people, but there's a really big difference between them and somebody like the tech bros that we're talking about, like Elon Musk, who, first of all, has at his disposal, apparently now the most powerful government in the world.
When we talk about Andrew Carnegie, for example, the US government is important in America, it's not terribly important in the rest of the world at that point. We don't yet have a big global footprint and we won't until really after World War II.
So there's that problem, there is also the problem that even though Carnegie did write for the papers or some of the later people in the 1920s had some media [00:37:00] reach, we have the problem of the fact that these tech bros have control over very large digital platforms that determine many of the ways in which we live. They also determine our public speech, and that is truly frightening.
MEHDI HASAN - HOST, MEHDI UNFILTERED: It is truly frightening, and this is the era we're entering now, and in many ways, it is sui generis. As you point out, America wasn't like America before. There were figures like Musk, but not quite like Musk, and Trump is Trump, and that's where you and I agree a lot.
During the first Trump presidency, a lot of people looked to historians, scholars of fascism for context, for history, and this is not a country, let's be honest Heather, and I say this as an American citizen who's an immigrant from abroad, this is not a country that really studies history very closely or has a long memory. There's a real goldfish tendency to a lot of Americans.
So people like yourself and Kevin Cruz and others, and Ruth Ben-Ghiat, a good friend of mine, became very prominent during the Trump era for giving historical context from both [00:38:00] other countries and the US, got big followings. And then you got critics as well, as is the nature of things. They call you Twitterstorians, dismissively, or resistance historians. And the argument against people like yourself, and I wanted to get your response, is that you give Democrats a pass and suggest Donald Trump is an aberration in US history, when in actual fact, he's a product of bipartisan US institutions and of American capitalism. What is your response to people who say that?
HEATHER COX RICHARDSON: Well, first of all, I would not say that he is completely divorced from American history at all. I have argued just the opposite, that he is a continuation of the Republican rhetoric since the 1980s. But I think you're asking a larger question and that is... There are two larger questions there.
The touchstone for me is not partisanship, it's not Democrats or Republicans, it is who is currently a threat to American democracy. And that right now is the MAGA party, which I've said repeatedly is not the same thing [00:39:00] as traditional Republicans. I can't speak for other historians, but that to me is what's really at stake here. Not Republicans or Democrats or Independents or any political party.
MEHDI HASAN - HOST, MEHDI UNFILTERED: Democracy itself you're focused on.
HEATHER COX RICHARDSON: Yes, and the principles of our foundational documents. But I think there's a larger question there for the profession, and that is, there's two ways to look at what we do as scholars, not as teachers, which I think is a third question. And that is, do you support a political party, which is something that someone like Arthur Schlesinger Jr. insisted was the case. That, in fact, historians should throw their weight, in his case, with the Democratic Party because that was the wave of the future. Or should you do what somebody like John Hope Franklin argued very well, I think, in The Historian, should you try to identify what historians actually do, which is the patterns of American, in this case, history, to illuminate the present without taking a side, necessarily.
And people disagree about that. And people who, I respect a lot [00:40:00] disagree about that, but I'm with John Hope Franklin on that, that what we do as historians is we say, here's some patterns and here are the patterns that may or may not have resonance today, and that doesn't suggest that any historian has a monopoly on those.
So we have different ways. We look at the world. And I would suggest that. The more voices we get not only from history, but also from literature and from art and from music from American culture in ways that has tended to be neglected over the last several decades is really valuable, because people might listen to me and think, "Oh, man, she's nailed that pattern, it's really great. This is the way I should think about the world," and somebody else is going to say "she is completely out to lunch. She has completely missed this issue that is much more important." And neither one of those are necessarily wrong. They need to be in dialogue with each other.
And I love that we are now listening to voices again that for so long just simply, we're getting no traction at all in popular America. I laugh a little bit at the idea [00:41:00] we got huge followings because we still are historians. It is really shocking to me. The degree to which so many people who simply paid no attention to history at all before this moment, literally paid no attention to history at all before this moment are waking up and saying, maybe William McKinley matters. Why does he matter? And that I think is very healthy because until the 1960s people did read history, they did care about his they learned quite a bit about it, and I think it really matters.
President Trump and the Power of the Purse - Takes™ by Jamelle Bouie - Air Date 2-5-25
JAMELLE BOUIE - HOST, TAKES™ BY JAMELLE BOUIE: However all of this ends, it should be emphasized that the president has no authority to do any of this. And he has sent us headlong into a genuine constitutional crisis. To specify, the president has no legal authority to freeze, suspend, or what's called impound congressional. appropriations. It is true that there is a 1974 law, the Impoundment Control Act, which sets up a set of procedures by which the president can request to Congress rescission of [00:42:00] funds, meaning just withdrawing funds or reallocation of funds, but it's a very specific process. It's usually based on a rationale like "Oh, I found a more efficient way to do something for you." And in fact, when supporters of the idea of an impoundment power say that, Oh, it's happened before what they're specifically referring to is a circumstance in the 1800s when Thomas Jefferson as president spent less than what was appropriated because he found a cheaper way to do it.
But even in whatever circumstances are outlined by the law, the president still has to contact Congress, explain to Congress what the president is doing, and give a timeline for when the funds are going to be used. Any attempt to impound funds outside of the parameters set by this law is on its face constitutional for the very, very simple reason that the Constitution gives Congress the full and unambiguous power of the purse. It is, in fact, the very first power enumerated under Article 1, Section 8, "the Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, in post and excises to [00:43:00] pay the debts and provide for the common defense and general welfare of the United States."
The issue of an impoundment has come up before it came up during the presidency of Richard Nixon. Nixon, certainly a great American hero, wanted to stop spending congressionally authorized funds, and various legal authorities popped up to say, no, you can't really do that. And in 1988, the Justice Department's office of legal counsel even put out a memo kind of reflecting. past empowerment controversies and stating outright that this power simply doesn't exist for the simple reason that it would contradict and undermine the constitutional structure itself.
It would be anomalous, said the Justice Department, for the president to both take care to execute the laws as per the Take Care Clause of the constitution, but also declined to execute the laws as Congress set forth. You can't really do both. You have to choose one or the other, and the constitution clearly lays out that the president's job is to take care that the laws are faithfully executed, which is generally understood to mean the [00:44:00] president has to execute the laws as Congress writes them, unless Congress provides the executive with discretion as to how the laws are going to be executed.
Now there's the plain text and logic of the constitution that makes clear that impoundment is not a thing a president can do, but you can also look at the history of the constitution to make clear that impoundment is not a thing the president can do. During the fight for ratification, when supporters and opponents of the constitution battled it out in ratification conventions across the 13 states, supporters of the constitution had an answer for those who worried that the constitution gave entirely too much power to the president. "The purse is in the hands of the representatives of the people," said James Madison at the Virginia ratifying convention, responding to Patrick Henry's fears of military despotism. "They have all the appropriation of all monies." Of all money, this is a funny way to say that, yeah.
Alexander Hamilton made a similar point when speaking at the New York Ratification Convention. "We have heard a great deal of the sword and the purse. Let us [00:45:00] see what is the true meaning of this maxim, which has been so much used and so little understood. It is that you shall not place those powers, either in the legislative or executive singly. Neither one nor the other shall have both, because this would destroy that division of powers in which political liberty is founded. It would furnish one body with all the means of tyranny. But where the purse is lodged in one branch and the sword in another, there can be no danger."
The principal aim of the 1787 constitution was to secure the future of Republican government in the United States. It's lowercase R republican, not the political party, but the notion of self government. Of self government bounded by rules and institutions. Of self government defined by scheme of representation. Of self government that rests on the virtue of the people. Of self government that is defined by separation of powers, and institutions that are meant to make sure that no one particular force can irrigate all the power to itself.
And this is not just me [00:46:00] speaking here, Republican political theory at the time insisted on "the separate and distinct exercise of the different power of government, which to a certain extent is admitted on all hands to be essential to the preservation of liberty," that's James Madison, again.
The president may have wide authority to act across a number of areas, but the one thing the president cannot do is unilaterally decide what to spend and how much to spend. President cannot spend any more or less than what Congress mandates without the explicit approval of Congress.
I'm going to quote Madison again, this time from Federalist number 58 written to the New York ratification convention to persuade them of supporting the "this power over the purse," wrote Madison, "may in fact be regarded as the most complete and effectual weapon with which any constitution can arm the immediate representatives of the people for obtaining a redress of every grievance and for carrying into effect every just and salutary measure."
To upset this balance of power, to, in effect, give the president the power of the purse, [00:47:00] is to fundamentally unsettle and unravel the constitutional system of the United States. The system as it exists is built on the idea that these things are separate, that they have to be separate in order to preserve liberty and freedom.
A Congress that cannot force an executive to abide by its spending decisions is a Congress whose power of the purse is a nullity. It doesn't matter. It effectively doesn't exist. It's not there. So if you read the memo announcing the freeze or the pause or whatever, it stated this was necessary so that officials could align their objectives with those of the President's will. And you see this type of phrasing all over the Trump government, that the president's will must be obeyed, that we must follow the president's will. But wait a sec. Let's hold up. Let's, let's stop.
In the American system of government, the president's will doesn't direct the government. The people who serve the government don't pledge an oath to the President, they pledge an oath to the Constitution and to the [00:48:00] American people. Everyone who serves in the government, career and political appointees alike, have a duty to obey the law and to follow the constitution. There is no mechanism in our system by which the mystical authority of the people flows into the President and gives the president sovereign authority over everyone. It doesn't happen, that's not the United States system of government.
President is a servant of the constitution, bound by its demands. Most Presidents in our history have understood this, even when they pushed for more and greater authority. But not Trump. He sees no distinction between himself and the office, and he sees the office as a grant of unlimited power. Or, as he once said,
DONALD TRUMP: an Article 2 where I have the right to do whatever I want as President, but I don't even talk about that.
It's a thing called Article 2. Nobody ever mentions Article 2.
More importantly, Article 2 allows me to do whatever I want.
JAMELLE BOUIE - HOST, TAKES™ BY JAMELLE BOUIE: The freeze, the Elon Musk shenanigans, all of this is an [00:49:00] attempt to make this a reality. He wants to take the power of the purse for himself. He wants to make the Constitution a grant of absolute authority. For lack of a better term, he wants to be a king. And the big question facing this country is if we're gonna let him make himself a king, or if we're gonna try to do something about it.
Note from the Editor on the dream of the accelerationists
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with Double Down News laying out the need for mass movements to unseat oligarchy. Democracy Now! explained the state capture coup currently being undertaken. Velshi spoke with Robert Reich about understanding the nature and sources of power today. Blonde Politics laid out the tech bro's plan for the collapse of society. Zeteo stressed the importance of having an historical understanding of the influence of the super wealthy. And Takes by Jamelle Bouie explained the constitutionally prescribed roles of Congress and the presidency that Trump is attempting to steamroll.
And those were just the Top Takes. There's a lot more in the Deeper Dive section.
But first, [00:50:00] a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support all of our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new, members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
And we're trying something new, offering you the opportunity to submit your comments or questions on upcoming topics, so you can join the conversation as it happens. Next up, we'll be taking a broader look at Trump's efforts to simply break the government in as many ways as he can, followed by the dystopian plans for Trump's deportation regime. So get your comments and questions in for those topics now. You can leave us a voicemail or send us a text at [00:51:00] 202-999-3991. We're also now findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the handle bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I feel like the search for hope for a continuing semi-functioning democracy is coming from darker and darker places these days. For years, since the Bernie or Bust movement of 2016, I have been arguing against the philosophy of accelerationism, though I didn't always know it by that term.
In essence, there are those generally on the left who don't personally believe in the philosophy of burning the government to the ground, who nonetheless believe in accelerating its demise, mostly through the election of far-right candidates, in order to 1) have the opportunity to rebuild something better from the ashes of the destructive right wing policies; and [00:52:00] 2) demonstrate for the masses the horror of electing the far right in a sort of slingshot maneuver that will swing the pendulum all the way back to the far left, so that socialism can finally be ushered in.
Like I said, I've been arguing against this idea for nearly a decade, because I find it morally unjustifiable when you consider the near certainty of the predicted destruction and suffering that ushering in right wing policies will bring, and the extremely uncertain hope that it will lead to a sufficient backlash that will bring the left back into power to rebuild from those very predictable ashes.
That said, It's no longer a philosophical hypothetical. Accelerationism and the destruction of the fundamental rule of law, along with various pillars of government structure, are being dismantled as we speak. And so, now we get to see what happens.
At the very least, It is everyone's duty to highlight the [00:53:00] destruction in personally resonant ways to your friends and neighbors so that people understand the damage being done on a personal and visceral level. Those are the building blocks for the backlash that we desperately need to materialize. Not just protests and demands of elected Democrats to do what they can to minimize the damage, but the long term movement building that will fundamentally change electoral politics going forward.
People need to become and stay outraged at the destruction of the rule of law and our government systems, but that will only happen if they understand the connections to their own lives and the lives of people they know personally. Sad but true.
The upside is that we are finally living in the accelerationist playbook, and the far right is doing exactly what they want with very little restriction on their power. Therefore, the damage will be as obvious and as clear as any accelerationist could have ever hoped in order to demonstrate to low information [00:54:00] voters the cost of electing Republicans and making as clear of a case as possible for a change in direction to allow the left to be the ones rebuilding from the ashes.
And that is what qualifies for hope these days.
SECTION A: HISTORICAL CONTEXT
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now, we'll continue to dive deeper on three topics. Next up, Section A: Historical Context, followed by Section B: Government Destruction, and Section C: The Bros.
What Aristotle Knew About Oligarchy That We Forgot - Legendary Lore - Air Date 9-11-24
HOST, LEGENDARY LORE: In an oligarchy, focus shifts from the welfare of the community to the interests of the rulers themselves. It's no longer about who is most capable or most dedicated to the common good, but about who has the most money or property.
In aristocracy, leaders are chosen based on their ability to govern well and their commitment to the public interest. In oligarchy, the path to power is paved with gold, and the purpose of rule becomes the preservation and expansion of the ruler's wealth and influence. This transformation doesn't happen overnight.
It's a gradual process from usually [00:55:00] polity, democracy, or aristocracy, and often subtle at first. Perhaps wealth starts as just one factor among many in selecting leaders, but over time, it becomes the dominant or even sole criterion. Or maybe virtuous leaders slowly begin to prioritize their own interests over those of the community.
Aristotle noted that oligarchies, like tyrannies, are forms of government where power is used to benefit those in control, rather than the broader community. So both systems are self serving, but while tyranny is ruled by one person and his close circle, an oligarchy is ruled by a few more individuals.
But more importantly, tyrants often rely on military force, whereas oligarchs first and foremost gain and maintain their power through their wealth. This is sometimes written into the law, but often it's just based on informal influence, which leads to laws and policies that favour the wealthy. The main point is that power is kept within the wealthy few, either through high property [00:56:00] qualifications for holding office, or by making the process of running for office too expensive for most people.
This financial control allows them to operate within existing legal and political systems, manipulating these systems to suit their needs. This gives oligarchies an appearance of legitimacy, making them seem more stable than tyrannies, but Aristotle still considered them unstable at their core.
Oligarchs are skilled at using their political power to protect and grow their wealth. They might pass laws that give them lucrative government contracts, protect business monopolies, or create regulations that limit competition. These tactics can sometimes lead to supreme oligarchy, where the wealthy have unchecked power and ignore any appearance of cultural or constitutional limits.
In these cases, decisions are made solely for the benefit of the ruling elite, rather than for the good of society. This disregard for the common good is another trait that oligarchies share with tyrannies, making them similarly dangerous to a state's stability. Also like [00:57:00] tyrants, oligarchs tend to distrust the general population.
They might disarm the common people and hire foreign mercenaries to guard against potential uprisings. This reflects their very real fear of losing control, leading them to keep the poor at bay, sometimes even pushing them out of cities by making urban living too expensive or taking more direct measures to maintain their grip on power.
Aristotle pointed out that oligarchy isn't a single uniform system, but rather a spectrum with different types. On one end, there are extreme forms where only the very richest have power. In other forms, a small, powerful minority controls the government, and while it might seem open to those with modest wealth, it remains firmly in the hands of a gate keeping in a circle.
So how do these oligarchies come to power? Aristotle explained that it often starts with a gradual shift. A small group of people begin to accumulate more wealth, which in turn allows them to gain more political influence. As their power grows, they shape policies and [00:58:00] institutions in ways that further increase their wealth, creating a cycle where wealth leads to power and power leads to more wealth.
A system that seems democratic or aristocratic can start to slide into oligarchy without most people noticing. Over time, certain signs become clearer. The wealthiest begin to control all key government roles and institutions. Merit and ability become less important than wealth for gaining leadership positions.
And the idea that economic inequality also justifies political inequality becomes more accepted. Once an oligarchy is established, the people in power use several tactics to keep their hold on power. First, they use state power to keep class distinctions in place, reinforcing social barriers that prevent people from moving up.
This might involve controlling the education system to ensure that only their children can afford the opportunities for leadership roles or enacting laws that make it harder for those born into lower classes to build wealth or social status. [00:59:00] Gradually, oligarchies take control over the legal system and law making process.
They shape laws to serve their interests, often claiming they are just protecting property rights or maintaining economic stability. This can mean taxes that benefit the wealthy, or regulations that protect their businesses from competition. Eventually, the wealthy begin to exert influence over all crucial aspects of society, perhaps the primary industries, major trade routes, or the means of cultural production.
Furthermore, oligarchies rely on strong alliances among elites. These aren't just political alliances, but also social and economic connections, like intermarriage between powerful families, shared business interests, and exclusive clubs. These connections create a tightly knit ruling class that works together to maintain its control.
Over time, this concentration of power and wealth often leads to a decline in public virtue, where personal gain takes priority over the common good among all members of [01:00:00] society. At this point, you might be wondering how these ancient insights apply to the world around us. While Aristotle was examining the city states of ancient Greece, his observations on oligarchy were remarkably astute, and perhaps relevant to a few other societies throughout history.
Welcome to the new American oligarchy: Trump’s rise was decades in the making - Velshi - Air Date 1-26-25
ALI VELSHI - HOST, VELSHI: Perhaps no image so powerfully encapsulates the nation's 47th presidency of the United States. Rows of seated billionaires, the wealthiest incoming cabinet in U. S. history. Formally ushered into power, the combined personal worth, not the market value of the stock of the companies they lead. I'm talking about the actual personal net worth of the billionaires seen in this image is estimated to be nearly 1 trillion.
According to Forbes, the message seems to be welcome to the new American oligarchy. This billionaire flex is a stark and damning illustration of the role that extreme wealth plays in Donald Trump's orbit. But understanding how we got here and how to rise from it requires us to zoom out from this image [01:01:00] and this moment.
President Trump is the inevitable outcome of forces that were set in motion some 50 years ago, maybe even longer. His ascendancy marks the apex of laissez faire economics. A philosophy that argues for minimal government intervention in the economy, what we think of as the free and largely unregulated market system.
That, combined with pivotal Supreme Court rulings that lifted sensible restraints on corporate political spending. Together, these forces set America on a path toward oligarchy. Trump recognized the brokenness of our system, and then moved in to capitalize on it. Investopedia defines an oligarch as a person or of a quote, ruling class of individuals who amassed great wealth or status and who exert power over the highest government circles.
Starting in 1976, the Supreme Court's landmark decision in the campaign finance case Buckley v. Vallejo unleashed a torrent of political spending by wealthy individuals. [01:02:00] In that case, the high court determined that limits on election spending were unconstitutional. Opening the door for the ultra rich to spend as much as they want on their own campaigns.
34 years later, the Supreme Court would go one step further in Citizens United, granting corporations First Amendment rights. Meaning that their political spending was protected as a form of free speech. Essentially opening the door to unlimited election spending. With a single ruling, the Supreme Court dismantled over a century of federal restrictions designed to shield our political systems from the corrupting influence of extreme wealth.
The damage to our democratic institutions cannot be overstated. Dark money flooded our politics. Politicians became more beholden than they had been to moneyed interests. rather than to their voters. A handful of unelected judges essentially gutted the fundamental principle of one person, one vote, forcing your individual vote to compete against billions of dollars from industries whose interests [01:03:00] often conflict with those of the working and middle class.
Meanwhile, a new economic philosophy emerged in the 1980s, one that prioritized free and unregulated markets, a seismic shift that would usher in historic levels of inequality. Deregulation across multiple administrations brought prosperity to the wealthiest, while the rest of America experienced stagnant or even declining incomes when you account for inflation.
And that brings us to today. Today, just a tiny sliver of the country controls the overwhelming majority of wealth in this nation. According to a Congressional Budget Office report from October, the country's top 10 percent maintains a majority of the wealth in the United States. The top 1% Controls nearly a third of it.
What effect does control of the money class over politics have on us? Well, today the word care in American healthcare has been stripped of all compassion with insurance companies routinely putting profits over [01:04:00] people. According to an FTC report from last week, some of the nation's largest health insurance companies profited from prescription price hikes of 1, 000 percent or more.
Today, health insurers interrupt doctors in the middle of surgery to question their patients coverage, as a Texas physician detailed in an Instagram video earlier this month. Today, so called food barons dominate our food industry, where just a handful of megacorporations control every link. of the food supply chain as an investigation by the Guardian and Food and Water Watch revealed in 2021.
Today, a monopoly of home builders is worsening the housing shortage in the United States, pushing home ownership further out of reach for the average American. According to the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, tackling America's housing crisis will require taking on these monopolies. Decades of laissez faire policies have completely shattered the American dream for the nations working in middle class.
Oxfam America puts it [01:05:00] bluntly. Today, the top 0. 01 percent of giant corporations have rigged the rules so drastically that some billionaires end up paying 0 percent in taxes. Nothing. Instead, working families are bearing more than their fair share of the tax burden. As a result of all of this, 46 percent of America's middle class say they have no choice but to scale back or suspend their retirement plans, according to a Primerica report, and now need to rely on staying healthy enough to work more years than they had initially planned.
Those economic forces, combined with key Supreme Court rulings, have collectively laid the groundwork for the seismic shift in power that we are witnessing today. Notably, today's equivalent of the robber barons not only control vast streams of wealth and production. but also the flow of information, possibly making them an even greater threat to our democratic institutions and public welfare.
The tech industrial complex, as Biden called it, now seems to function as an [01:06:00] unofficial propaganda arm of the Trump administration, cloaking its actions in the language of economic populism and even democratic rights as the oligarchy prepares to strip America for its parts. Zuckerberg, for instance, frames crucial and much needed regulation of the tech industry as an infringement of the constitutional right to free speech.
As our nation enters this new chapter, we at Velshi remain committed to providing you with clarity amid the smoke screens of deception and holding to account the tech industrial complex that now occupies the halls of American power. We will closely track these threats to our democratic institutions and to America's working and middle class, these threats to you and your livelihood and your prosperity.
And we will hold those who are using their economic power to undermine yours. to account. Everybody uses the word oligarchy now, but what we are seeing is its manifestation. We are seeing the ways in which the powerful make decisions without [01:07:00] shame that influence policies that affect the prosperity of the average American.
THOM HARTMANN: Absolutely. The book was published four years ago, by the way, and and not much has changed. It's gotten worse. Um, what's interesting, Allie, is that starting in 71 with the Paul memo, which really kicked this off. And then, of course, the Reagan revolution. But, you know, as you mentioned, the Supreme Court in 86 ruling that money isn't actually money.
It's actually speech, and therefore it's protected by the First Amendment when it's given to politicians. And then Lewis Powell himself, two years later, in 78 authoring the Pilate decision. That was an entirely Republican appointee decision, as was Citizens United. I think it's important to note. That these are entirely Republican efforts that that the consequence of all this has been that the Democratic Party has been focusing on elections.
They've been focusing on Congress and the White House, and the Republican Party has been [01:08:00] focusing on the courts and on the media, buying up media, like, there's no tomorrow and and packing the courts, realizing that if you, if you control the courts in the media, you can control the elections. And then thus the elected bodies, and that's pretty much where we are right now.
This is the 2nd time we've seen this in America. The 1st time was in the period from the 1830s to the 1860s in the old South, where a group of plantation owners as a result of a technological innovation. You know, the kind of the tech bros of their time, um, started using this device called called a cotton gin.
Eli Whitney had invented in 17 89 and it could do the work of 50 people. And so a small number of very large plantations were able to just wipe out all of their competitors over this 20 30 year period and ended up ruling the south with an absolute iron fist, ending democracy, controlling the courts and controlling all the newspaper.
Any, any [01:09:00] newspaper publisher who took them on could find himself hanged. And, uh, you know, we ended up fighting a civil war over that little brush with oligarchy.
ALI VELSHI - HOST, VELSHI: You know, we've gotten to an interesting place. The, the, the entrepreneur and venture capitalist and billionaire, Nick Hanauer, who's a, a sort of an activist, has recently explained how the wealthy deploy propaganda to justify this consolidation of power.
And he, he talks about a specific refrain that we've, uh, Often heard from the corporate sector, he says. The one thing I've come up against so many times in my career working on economic policy is it's a job killer. How many times have you heard that? If you raise taxes on the rich, it'll kill jobs. If you regulate big corporations, it'll kill jobs.
If you raise wages for working people, it'll kill jobs. We live in a world that has turned so upside down by this market fundamentalist framework that anything you propose that will improve the lives of middle class or working people has to affirmatively prove that it will do no harm. But anything good that happens to the truly rich is an unalloyed good.
So infinite bonuses on Wall Street are a sign of economic growth [01:10:00] and success, but a tiny increase in the minimum wage is a very dangerous job killer. I mean, that's become the reality of the discourse these days, Tom.
THOM HARTMANN: Yeah, and Nick is a good guy, uh, you know, in his participation with patriotic millionaires and, um, but it's absolutely the case.
And which another book I wrote, The Hidden History of American Monopoly, um, what we've seen since Reagan in 1983 essentially directed the Federal Trade Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Department of Justice to dial back on their enforcement of the antitrust laws. Um, you know, we had kind of, uh, during the Industrial Revolution, the 18, yeah, the 1870s, 80s, 90s.
Um, Senator Sherman of Ohio introduced the Sherman Antitrust Act, and, and that was passed in 1881, as I recall, but it really didn't get enforced until Teddy Roosevelt became president in 1901. And, and, uh, you know, the, the, the consequence of Reagan and, and, and for all [01:11:00] that time from then until the Reagan revolution, we were actually enforcing the antitrust laws.
There were two other ones, the Clayton Antitrust Act in 27 and 1 56, and the reso, and in fact the Supreme Court in 1965. ruled that it was illegal for Buster Brown and Kenny Shoes to join because the resulting company would control 5 percent of the shoe market. 5%? Today just Nike controls 19%. Yeah. I mean it's, so what we're seeing is just this absolute seizure of American business by these giant monopolies.
It's massive.
America Fought a Revolution to Stop Kings! Trump Just Gave Oligarchs Their Throne Back - Thom Hartmann Program - Air Date 2-4-25
THOM HARTMANN - HOST, THOM HARTMANN PROGRAM: The author of the Declaration of Independence, you know, that guy, uh, went to great lengths on numerous occasions, I wrote a book about this, to point out that when he and his colleagues started the United States of America, they were explicitly rejecting in favor of an early form of democracy.
The men, and they were all men back then. Who drove the three historic tyrannies kings, theocrats and oligarchs, autocrats Popes, and the [01:12:00] morbidly rich. Basically, for 2000 years before Jefferson and Washington and Hamilton, and Payne, and Adams and Revere and their colleagues created a checks and balances system of Republican democracy.
Every country in the world was ruled by one of those three by a king, a pope, or an oli, or a theocrat, or the rich. And today, of the 167 countries on Earth, only 74 are democracies and only 24 are full democracies. And now, because of the Republican Party, America stands on the verge of losing that status.
Theocrats have seized control of our Supreme Court, gutting the rights of women and religious, racial, and gender minorities. Members of the House and Senate are so terrified of the oligarchs funding primary challenges against them, that it's been over 40 years since any major legislation has passed fulfilling the wishes of the majority of Americans.
And on top of that, now we have, now we're hearing reports that many Republicans are [01:13:00] explicitly telling reporters on the, on the, on the QT. You know, don't quote me, but telling reporters that they are worried about physical violence against themselves and their families from the people that Trump let out of prison if they vote against Trump.
I mean, that's wild. That's wild. And our White House today, you know, that's, that's your king, right? And, and those are your oligarchs. And our White House today is occupied by a billionaire who believes himself to be a king or appears to, you know, Trump's attack on our democracy is an old story. It's played out repeatedly in various countries by every generation in the past two centuries.
And it follows an absolute playbook. There are four aspects for, uh, what would you call them? Department systems. Um, of governance, at least in our form of Republican democracy. And that's small, our Republican, a [01:14:00] democracy within a Republic as conservatives love to cite. And those four things are the legislative article, one of the constitution, the executive, the president article two of the constitution, the judiciary article three of the constitution and the press, the first amendment to the constitution, four branches essentially.
While Democrats have been, over the last 50 years, have been focusing their efforts on, you know, electoral politics, on seizing control of the judici of the, excuse me, of the legislative and the executive branches, the right wing billionaires who wanted to take over America, and now appear to have succeeded, or are very close to having succeeded, they focused their efforts where they didn't have to win elections, uh, other than occasionally, where really they could just do it with money.
And that is corrupting the judiciary and seizing [01:15:00] control of the press. Building their own press systems. 1, 500 right wing radio stations, 3 right wing television stations, Fox so called news, uh, Twitter and Facebook, you know, tilting hard to the right. And that, by the way, is a pattern. In other words, first take down the press and seize the judiciary.
Then you can attack the, you know, the elected branches. All you want, I mean, all you need to do is get elected to the executive branch and then you can just basically neuter, castrate the, the, the, uh, the legislative branch. This is exactly what Viktor Orban did in Hungary. This is exactly what, uh, Vladimir Putin did in Russia.
It is, it is what, uh, Hugo Chavez did in Venezuela. It's what Alexander Vucic did in Serbia. It's what Robert Vico did in Serbia, in Slovakia, excuse me. You know, his, [01:16:00] you had Mitch McConnell steal two Supreme Court seats and give them to Donald Trump. And so we've, you know, and, and you've got this huge, you know, billion dollar funded massive machine to, to indoctrinate and, and move, you know, right wingers, fans of oligarchy into our court system.
And you have this huge right wing media machine. They've launched now, and now Trump is trying to, you know, really nail this stuff down. He is launching lawsuits against, uh, uh, C-B-S-A-B-C-N-B-C, uh, Robert Carr, his, or, uh, Brendan Carr, I believe his name is. The, uh, the, the head of the Federal Communications Commission has announced that he's going to launch an, that he is launching an investigation into NPR and Public Broadcasting, uh, PBS into them for breaking the law by accepting, uh, commercials.[01:17:00]
I mean, this, if they can take down NPR and, and the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, if they can take them down or just intimidate them, you've already got, you know, the Los Angeles Times and the Washington Post on your side. You've got the Wall Street Journal, the, the New York Post, the Fox News, all, all the, you know, the right wing media that I just described, you've got all that on your side.
And they can cause all of the major national media, you know, the, the three big television networks and, and CNN and MSNBC and everybody else to basically. freak out and shut up under threat of lawsuit, then they can continue. Now, the good news here is that there are two countries that have seen their democracies under attack by oligarchs and wannabe kings,
who have reclaimed their democracy. The first was Poland. And the reason why is because 70 percent of the independent media in Poland [01:18:00] stayed independent, even after Duda took over and, uh, you know, president Duda and, and, and, uh, started attacking the media and because they had an independent media and the elections in 2023, they went back to democracy.
Poland did the other country is South Korea. And again, president Yoon did not. had not succeeded in nailing down the media first. And that's why he's sitting in a jail cell right now, rather than being the dictator of South Korea, which was his goal. So here we are. Jefferson was right. Without a free press, you can't have a functioning democracy.
And, uh, Republicans, and Trump in particular, are doing everything they can to intimidate our press, to seize our press, to bring our independent press under control. And I'm telling you, you know, this is the independent press right here.
Trump’s Administrative Coup w/ David Cobb & Kali Akuno - Jacobin Radio - Air Date 2-4-25
MELEIZA FIGUEROA - HOST, JACOBIN RADIO: We've had several, uh, shows on this program talking about traditional ecological knowledge, [01:19:00] talking about Indigenous relationship with the world and to, you know, just for our listeners to, to understand too, because there's a whole like story in society that, you know, life before industrial capitalism was just nasty, brutish and short, you know, you have a lot of folks talking about, oh, there's just going to be wars over resources and just repeating the prejudice that we've been taught that pre colonial societies were So You know, stone age prehistoric and that to adopt any part of that, going back to some kind of imagined caveman existence or something like that.
I mean, there's that bias and, you know, one of the things I have learned over my many years of working with indigenous communities is that these lands were lands of abundance before industrial capitalism devastated lands around the world. And so, um, it is possible. To live in abundance, it is possible that we don't need capitalism, or actually we, we should actually [01:20:00] just overcome it, right, um, in order to bring it into balance, but this thing that you're both highlighting about techno feudalism is Incredibly salient in this moment where Elon Musk is literally taking the reins of the government's fiscal system.
Like literally the, the government agency that writes the checks is being taken over by, by Musk lackeys. And then we also have this, uh, this battle now, this global battle over AI. And which, you know, the, the release of deep seek, the, the sort of on the cheap 50 times better AI model that China put out, which of course is not ecologically viable either.
But what it revealed, I think was just the dependence of the US economy on technological primacy and what, what they were hoping to do in the AI field. And Trump even signed an executive order protecting the US' [01:21:00] primacy. Um, in this field. Kali, I know you've, you've referenced many times a really deep cut Dune reference, which as a sci fi fan, I really appreciate.
And that's Butlerian Jihad, which for the record has nothing to do with either Islam or Judith Butler. But if you want to talk about that, talk about, we're going to pivot right now to like, kind of what, what you all are doing, what needs to be done, how we extricate ourselves from this. 21st century Gordian knot.
So let's go from there and then go into the grassroots infrastructure that you all are building and hope to build and are starting to build at scale.
KALI AKUNO: Let me start with the Butlerian Jihad piece. I would encourage everyone to do a deeper dive in the work of Frank Herbert and Dune. The Butlerian Jihad is a term that comes out of his work, a concept that comes out of his work, wherein he envisioned a world where in, uh, what we would [01:22:00] call AI, what he called thinking computers, uh, had taken over the kind of vast expanse of humanity in his, his, uh, books.
By that time, humanity expanded to large sections of our galaxy. And these computers took over and for a period of time, uh, they got to a period where they were basically running all of society and dictating to humanity what humanity would do and started enslaving, uh, large sections of humanity. And, uh, there was a revolution to move them, to displace them from controlling Butlerian Jihad.
And that ushered in this, uh, Kind of a new era where humans had to kind of perfect their own skills and talents, uh, in order to do the things that they were dependent upon machines doing. So intense calculations, for instance, for space travel and managing society, et cetera. But I want you to read it, not just because of that.
That's a particular novelty, but I think You know, why I've been getting into it so much the past couple years. I read it as a kid and [01:23:00] it interests me, uh, always was dear to my heart, but I think he was on to something deeper about how the present era, and he was writing this primarily in the 60s, 60s and 70s, how we look when we look at it.
You know, a Donald Trump or we look at, uh, Erdogan or a Modi or I can go on a site, many, but we look at how this fascist order is being kind of organized. And you got folks, intellectual folks who are now even openly arguing, getting printed in the New York times and the New York and mainstream press.
Arguing that we need to return to monarchy and just call it a questionable and it's becoming mainstream currency We're moving back towards this feudal era That I think Giannis Varoufakis who kind of coined the term techno feudalism kind of harking to And I think this book The book series and the work that he was underscoring leads us in this direction to provide us an analysis of what we need to do and to come back to this reference upon [01:24:00] how do we perfect our skills as human beings and make deeper connections within that.
Uh, to liberate ourselves. Now, there's some aspects about, you know, the breeding program and stuff of like the Bene Gesserit sisterhood. I'm not an advocate of that, but I do think it's some of the work that we've been trying to do in PNLL. We're trying to harken back towards what can our communities do with the resources and skills and talents that we have that don't necessarily require.
Huge amounts of capital infusion and definitely don't require the permission of those who would be our overlords to kind of execute to build a transformative program in our local communities based upon local connections. Uh, local care work and has productivity in local scales and in deep democracy in local skills.
Uh, this is what, you know, with cooperation Jackson, we called it a build and fight program of adoption extension of that within a PNLL. Uh, and it fundamentally entails, you know, starting [01:25:00] with mutual aid, uh, social reproduction and care work as a base level of, of connection that we want to make to re instill, uh, the Solidarity within our communities connections within our communities and meeting each other's fundamental needs, but also, you know, coming up with a clear determination of what each other needs.
So we can try to produce for that leads to the 2nd point, which is dependent upon a program around land decommodification, if not decolonialization as a further step, ultimate step. For us, it's a way to get to building a program of food sovereignty, right? Starting with producing enough of food security in our communities, but getting to a level where we are producing the essential food stuffs and required pieces that we need to ensure the stability of our communities and make sure that everybody has enough food.
And we are, we can do that within the abundance that you spoken to, uh, mail around really learning our bio regions and what they can do and sustain [01:26:00] in order to, to build a program of regeneration, regenerating our soils, replanting, you know, kind of a native flora and fauna to do the, the deep healing that we need, uh, and put ourselves in right perspective as a, as a second piece of that.
Uh, and then the other core components are doing the work or self organization on a mass scale. If that's, you know, building trade unions to be, to have more aggregate power to ultimately kind of, uh, take over various corporate entities or build new cooperatives, uh, so that we collectively manage work together and build it out.
These are core components. And then the critical piece that we were adding, uh, is this critical piece around digital fabrication, right? Community production is, is what it is. And that is taking some of the more advanced technology that has kind of emerged the last 40, 50 years. Putting it to communal use, subjecting it to communal kind of control and dictates in doing it.
Utilizing what we call appropriate technology to produce [01:27:00] for communal needs. Use value exchange ultimately is what we're looking at to eliminate all of the excessive waste that comes with the mass Fortis based production that capitalism has kind of been centered around for the last century. But it all ultimately has to come together with broad democratic practices.
So planning councils and people's assemblies, this is what we're trying to build out And all the different nodes of the people's network for land and liberation. And I just tried to give it to you in short, a succinct order, but we definitely encourage folks to take this up and we know that there are elements of this that are being practiced everywhere, particularly since the pandemic as folks are trying to meet their needs.
1 of the critical pieces we want to do is promote this demonstrated in practice and have folks ally with us and federate with us. To build on the ground by our regional alternatives that can link up and create a new society. That's what we're aiming to, to kind of meet this moment, [01:28:00] meet this threat head on, uh, in a meanness, in a way that's going to meet our actual material and social needs.
The Hidden History of American Oligarchy, Thom Hartmann - The Mark Thompson Show - Air Date 1-16-25
THOM HARTMANN: This is not new.
This is something that we saw in ancient Rome. Um, the, uh, the richest guy in Rome, his name was Marcus Licinus Crassus. Uh, basically was offended by the free bread for all welfare state of, uh, democratic Rome. Rome was democratic for about 500 years. And, uh, he funded, uh, you know, just political gridlock, the, the, the Roman equivalent of Newt Gingrich, um, to, to create basically warfare within the Roman Senate.
And this led to popular discontent. It led to the rise of populism. And ultimately it led to Julius Caesar crossing the Rubicon river and seizing Rome. And, uh, you know, Uh, just a few years later when, uh, Octavia, um, Augustus Caesar, uh, took over, that was just the end of 500 years, a half, a [01:29:00] half a millennia of Roman democracy, and I think that we are damn close to a very similar point right now.
MARK THOMPSON - HOST, THE MARK THOMPSON SHOW: What, what, what does that look like in the modern age then?
THOM HARTMANN: Well, it, it looks like oligarchy typically and classically does, which is basically ruled by the rich for the rich.
It's, it's when the resources and assets of the nation, um, including its labor force and its taxpayers are, are redirected towards serving a small group of, uh, of oligarchs, essentially the problem with oligarchy. And I get into that in some detail in the book, the big problem with oligarchy, and we've flirted with it in this country three times now, by the way, um, one led to the civil war.
One led to the, to the kind of eruption in the 1890s with the Sherman Antitrust Act and whatnot that carried on through the Teddy Roosevelt and William Howard Taft administrations. And then the third one was, you know, at the end of the, well, at the beginning, I guess the, the Republican Great Depression with the rise of FDR, um, you know, ending.
The [01:30:00] oligarchs and putting them back in their place. And now we're in this fourth kind of tranche of it. But the big problem with oligarchy is that it's a transitional form of government. Oligarchy is not stable. It rarely lasts more than a generation. And the reason why is because people get pissed off.
You know, hey, the rich guys are getting everything and I'm getting screwed. I mean, that, that, that just becomes the consensus opinion. And so they start demanding change. And typically oligarchies flip in one of two directions, either like America has three times. Now they flip back to democracy or like Hungary has done and India is doing and the Philippines did.
And I mean, you know, we could, I could give you a dozen examples, uh, Egypt, uh, you know, et cetera. Um, they flip into tyranny and we're at that. You know, we're on that knife's edge right now.
MARK THOMPSON - HOST, THE MARK THOMPSON SHOW: It's interesting because the door to the tyranny we've seen kicked open by the MAGA faithful and by Trump as their leader.
And the oligarchs have sort of drafted [01:31:00] on that. They've, they've found their way through Trump. And so these two things coexist, but as you describe it, uh, they, they merge. And so the authoritarian tendencies of Trump and the like, uh, Uh, they may be well served in a sense by the oligarchical takeover by, uh, of our government.
THOM HARTMANN: Well, we now have a Caesarist movement within the, uh, w within the GOP. Um, you know, it was really started, I I think you could argue, by Curtis Yarvin, you know, 15 years ago or so. The the philosopher king who, uh, J. D. Vance is a big follower of.
MARK THOMPSON - HOST, THE MARK THOMPSON SHOW: Right.
THOM HARTMANN: Um, you know, who actually openly called for it. Although he, you know, his his original Uh, take was that FDR and Lincoln and Washington were kind of Caesarists, you know, strong men who got things done.
And that's what we need. Um, and, uh, and now, you know, Kevin Roberts, the head of the Heritage Foundation is another one of these big Caesarists. I mean, these guys are calling basically for strong man rule. They think that that's the only thing. I [01:32:00] mean, we've had what, 25, 30 years now of gridlock and political warfare funded by you.
Right wing billionaires and acted out by the G. O. P. You know, initially Newt Gingrich may, you know, the destruction of norms of, you know, you know, reasonable behavior among politicians and things like that and and the concentration of both wealth and power and increasingly small number of hands. So, uh, we're there.
We're there.
MARK THOMPSON - HOST, THE MARK THOMPSON SHOW: You know, you saw Newt Gingrich sort of become patient zero in, uh, creating the contagion that was the hyper partisan Washington, D. C. And the virtue in that, uh, but this rise of the oligarchy seems super charged by social media and the new media environment. And, and obviously there's one of those oligarchs who has been, you know, uh, who took over X certainly got his money's worth and now may be granted Tik Tok.
I mean, I don't know to what extent. He'll have buy in on that. But the notion of [01:33:00] sort of a monopolization of these social media platforms, it's gone away. I mean, Zuckerberg as well with the, with his control of Facebook and Instagram. I mean, these are massive platforms with tremendous influence.
THOM HARTMANN: Yeah. And, and if you post right wing memes on those platforms, they get radically and quickly amplified.
And if you post left wing or even just pro democracy means they get suppressed. Um, I've been arguing for some time as does. Ironically, Josh Hawley, uh, he wrote a book about this, as did I. Mine was the Hidden History of Big Brother. Um, that, uh, those algorithms should be public. You know, they should be required to publish them.
If they're going to manipulate the data that we're seeing, we should at least know the dimensions of them, uh, and, and, and parameters of the manipulation. Um, and that's not even, I mean, that's a modest ask. I mean, I, frankly, I, I agree with Josh Hawley that we should just do away with Section 230 of the Telecommunications Act that granted these guys, you know, an end to liability.
If right now, if you were to publish in the New York [01:34:00] Times or the Washington Post or on CNN or MSNBC or ABC or, you know, any bill, any other main media outlet, or even on my newsletter, some of the things that show up on Twitter or Facebook or, uh, uh, Um, you'd be in a whole world of trouble. You know, you could, you could be sued and these guys are immune from lawsuits because of this one little provision in law in 1996 that, that everybody from Bill Clinton and Al Gore on the one hand to, to, you know, the Bill Gates and the emerging kind of, you know, tech bros, uh, believed and, and Republicans for that matter, um, believed would kick off the Internet and launch a golden age of everybody having information and everybody having access to the world's knowledge. And it was a great idea, but, uh, You know, it's time has come and gone. I mean, it's time for section two 30 to go away.
MARK THOMPSON - HOST, THE MARK THOMPSON SHOW: And I'll give them credit for that goal. Uh, you know, meaning I'll give them credit for a sincerity in that goal.
I think now all this stuff is wrapped in some [01:35:00] BS goal. And, uh, yet the, the steam, just the steam engine just keeps picking up more and more steam. And, and I just. Also think, Tom, they've successfully, uh, and through the weaponization of some of these things and platforms that you've talked about, uh, created, um, well, a demonization of immigrants and they've created the otherness that has, in a way, thrown so many Americans off the scent of what you're talking about, off the scent of the complete takeover of government.
THOM HARTMANN: Yeah, it's, uh, again, these are the classic weapons of Caesarists or, you know, strongman, uh, type, uh, you know, people who aspire to strongman kind of authoritarian power, is, uh, first you've got to have an enemy. I mean, one of the things, I, I, I was surprised when I learned this, I, I was in my twenties and I wanted to write novels, and, um, and I've written like seven or eight of them, they're just terrible.
Um, two, two made their way into print. But don't bother reading them. But I took a class, [01:36:00] uh, Louise and I took a remarkable class on novel writing back at the, at the Maui Writers Conference. And the guy said, your hero is not the most important character in your book. Everybody thinks he is, or she is, but that's absolutely not the case.
The villain is the most important character. Superman would just be a boring guy who stopped people from sticking up 7 Elevens if it wasn't for Lex Luthor, right? Batman would just be some rich guy who drives around in a fancy car in a funny outfit if it wasn't for the Joker. You've got to have a supervillain in order to have a superhero.
So every Throughout history, I mean, again, going back to Julius Caesar, throughout history, every wannabe dictator, every wannabe authoritarian always starts out by creating an other that they can point to and saying, that's the supervillain. And, you know, we've, we've got several candidates right now that the Republican Party has offered us, um, immigrants, uh, [01:37:00] trans people, uh, the, the queer community in general, black people, uh, you know, there's, there's, there's a few, uh, Muslims.
There's a few, but, uh, typically they settle on one, one big one. And, uh, Trump has been riding the immigrant one for some time. We'll, we'll see how this shakes out over the course of the next two years.
SECTION B: GOVERNMENT DESTRUCTION
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering Section B: Government Destruction.
Democracy doesn’t exist in the United States: Chris Hedges - UpFront - Air Date 1-31-25
MARC LAMONT HILL - HOST, UPFRONT: One of the things you just talked about was an out of touch elite, uh, we're certainly seeing a growing concentration of wealth and political power, uh, among a very small group of people.
Uh, I think most notably of the fact that Trump has assembled the richest set of advisors and cabinet members in American history. They're worth a collective 450 billion. And of course there's increased corporate influence, uh, and billionaire influence. The Democrats, the Republicans, over the whole political scene, uh, how much of that context, uh, is important for understanding the future of American democracy?
Is American [01:38:00] democracy, uh, under threat because of this?
CHRIS HEDGES: Under threat? Does it exist, Mark? I don't think it exists. It's a veneer. It's the end of the Roman Empire. You have the symbols, the iconography, and the language of a democracy, but internally, corporations and oligarchs have seized all the levers of power.
I looked at this election as a battle between corporatists and oligarchs. Corporatists, the Democrats, the Republicans. They want something very different from oligarchs. Corporatists want stability, they want decorum, the kind of decorum that Obama had or Bush had, or, Bush was an idiot, but at least he had some, you know, they could clean him up a little bit.
Uh, and Biden, you know, whatever his cognitive failings were, Uh, they, they, because they want stability, especially in terms of trade agreements, because they make investments overseas, takes a while for a return on a profit. Corporatists want something different from oligarchs. Oligarchs are about chaos.
They're about, as Steve Bannon [01:39:00] said, deconstructing the administrative state. Why? Because it is a pure form of rentier capitalism. And by that, I mean that they make their money by setting up tollbooths. Amazon. You know, all of these digital media platforms. It's it's not about producing goods. And the more that the state is deconstructed, that's why they want to abolish the Department of Education.
Everything that we need as a civil society becomes privatized. And you see it in, uh, I wrote a book called America. The Farewell Tour begins in Scranton, Pennsylvania, where everything, the sewer systems privatized, the parking authority is privatized, the electricity is privatized. And of course, they've jacked up the rates.
Uh, and the services are not very good, and they want to privatize the post office so we can have a dysfunctional post office like the UK, which is privatized. And so that's what oligarchs want. And the oligarchs They won and, uh, but that's what this battle was about in terms of if we, if we strip away, [01:40:00] it's, uh, you know, the, the kind of trivia or the, uh, cultural differences between the two parties that at its core was what it's about.
And so we have, as you point out, I mean, we have now an oligarchic system, but as Aristotle wrote, Once you create an oligarchic system with those kinds of inequities, then your only two choices are tyranny or revolution.
MARC LAMONT HILL - HOST, UPFRONT: You talk about people choosing fascism. Uh, people or the conditions being set for people to almost have no alternative choice.
And you've written about this, this idea. You wrote an article, in fact, that I thought was super interesting. Uh, how fascism came. Uh, now that term itself, uh, has its roots in Mussolini's authoritarian rule in, during World War I. Uh, I think of brutal oppression. I think of, uh, the crushing of dissent. Uh. Is it not hyperbolic at this moment in history to say that that's [01:41:00] what we're facing here?
CHRIS HEDGES: Well, every fascist system has its own peculiar characteristics. So you mentioned Mussolini, that was rooted in ancient Rome and the glory of Augustus and all this. Whereas German fascism was rooted in tectonic myths and Spanish fascism under Franco was something different. Robert Paxton, when he writes his book, The Anatomy of Fascism, he calls the Klan the most authentic fascist movement in American history.
Okay. And, and again, uh, Paxton in the book says that it won't come with swastika, it will become with the Christian cross and mass recitations of the Pledge of Allegiance. And I certainly came away after spending two years with the Christian right with a belief that these people, that they had politicized and used, uh, Christianity to build a native fascistic movement, uh, of course, grounded in white supremacy, um, and, uh, and, and you've seen Um, Uh, Trump has no ideology.
He's just a [01:42:00] grifter. But he has filled that ideological void with these figures like Mike Huckabee, uh, you know, who, who calls the West Bank Judean Samaria or, uh, the his U. N. Ambassador who said, you know, suddenly U. S. Foreign policy is rooted in biblical myth, but that's where we're headed. Um, and so, yes, I see it as especially as the system disintegrates.
And in terms of voting for, well, I mean, any totalitarian movement is grounded in magical thinking. And, and when the real world becomes so onerous, so oppressive, so exploitive, uh, and you engender that kind of despair and all the writers of totalitarianism ground the rise of totalitarian movements, Hannah Arendt, Fritzter, all of them in despair, which is what's happened, To significant part of the country, then you reach out for magical thinking.
That's what Trump offers. He he, you know, none of it is coherent, but fascism is not really a coherent ideology. [01:43:00] That's the way it in his book. Male fantasy talks about how it's really at its core about hyper masculinity. If you look at Trump as a coal figure in Margaret Singer's book, Colts and our Miss, Uh, it's about endowing your cultish leader with omnipotent power to do anything.
MARC LAMONT HILL - HOST, UPFRONT: Let me push back a little bit, because I hear this a lot, and I don't disagree that there's a cultish, uh, tenor to much of what we see in the Trump rhetoric and the rhetoric of his followers, but sometimes I worry that Using the language of cult makes it seem as if his followers are misled, that they have the world wrong, uh, and that they're always operating against their interests.
What do you say to the person who says, well, look, yeah, that might be true in part, but Trump is also advancing policy initiatives that actually, are in line with their ideology, whether it's the anti LGBTQ stuff, whether it's the anti DEI stuff. Uh, there are people who fundamentally believe [01:44:00] in what Trump is selling, and they're notthey're not being, they're not being, uh, misled.
They simply believe things that are in line with his movement.
CHRIS HEDGES: Well, those are the cultural, uh, kind of targets that Uh, have been picked out to, uh, I think, mendaciously explain the despair and the economic immiseration that these people live in. The problem is Walmart. Uh, the problem is Goldman Sachs. The problem is Citibank.
The problem is, but those people are not mentioned. You're mentioning undocumented workers. You're mentioning GBTLQ, you know, people. But let's be clear. Let's go back to the Democratic Party, that they abandoned the working class, and they spoke in this kind of, you know, scolding, you know, Uh, you know, virtue, uh, signaling wokeness, uh, rather than being rooted in, uh, the class war that has now largely been finished, but the class war against the working poor and the working class, which they were part of.
So you have a reaction to, [01:45:00] uh, this, uh, you know, political correctness because it was used to demonize a working class that was You know, being pounded to death. And so, yes, there's a, there's a reaction, but none of it's dealing with the actual structures of power. None of it's dealing with the reality of why they are where they are.
So, yeah, they all hate immigrants the way in Nazi Germany they hated Jews or the way in Germany. When I was in Bosnia, the Serbs hated the Muslims and the Croats hated everybody. And so, uh, yeah, but that's, that is about transference. It's about the demonization of the other. Um, so in that sense, Trump is a complete grifter, um, like all demagogues.
Elon Musk DOGE COUP at USAID - Chris Norlund - Air Date 2-2-25
CHRIS NORLUND - HOST, CHRIS NORLUND: So Elon Musk and his doge lackey agents are currently staging a coup. Of the United States government. We have to talk about this. It's a serious story Uh read the headlines here senior us aid security officials put on leave After refusing musk [01:46:00] doze access to agency systems Um musk actually tweeted out just two hours ago From his point of view.
He's claiming that the u. s. Aid is a criminal organization time for it to die We're also talking about physical harassment altercation. Um, this is from an account that he interacts with. It says breaking us aid, senior officials put on leave, uh, after trying, uh, physically trying to stop doge from accessing agency systems.
Um, I want to go through a description of this thing and I'll give you a basic gist of it. Musk is showing up with his, uh, agents, Packer type people. Uh, they're age 19 to 24. They show up in these black SUVs. Musk got his kid there as a human shield. And they're, they're trying to get access to government buildings, uh, on a Saturday night.
That's what's going on. This is a coup. Um, you can read the description here. It says, uh, the two top, uh, security officials at us agency for international development were put on administrative leave Saturday [01:47:00] night, right? So it's all happening really fast again. It's on a weekend and at night. Um, after refusing to allow officials from Elon Musk's Department of Government Efficiency to access systems at the agency.
So, Musk just shows up and is like demanding access and they're like, no. Um, even after Doge personnel threatened to call law enforcement. So, so the DOJ personnel is like, well, if you don't, you know, don't let us get us in, let us in, we're going to, you know, call someone to come arrest you kind of stuff, right?
We're going to call law enforcement. Um, it says here, according to sources, personnel from the MUST created office, physically tried to access the USAID headquarters in Washington, D. C. and were stopped, right? So not everyone is going along with this. They're just, who are you? What gives you the right to access our, our system?
That kind of stuff, which is a natural reaction from any one of these agencies where you would oppose Musk. It just shows up. And wants access to all your, you know, computer systems. Um, the DOJ personnel demanded to be let in, right? So [01:48:00] Muskins, we were like, you have to listen, demanding to be let in and threatened to call the U S marshals to be allowed access.
Um, and then you would put the U S marshals in an awkward situation. I'm like, okay, who has power here? Um, I live in Korea and we just had the situation where President Yoon tried to stage a military coup. The Congress and the people actually fought back and ultimately arrested President Yoon and now he's being indicted for insurrection.
So he's in, he's detained right now. It's a very different situation in Korea because we have a different history than what's happening in USA. I have not seen something like this in the USA. Ever in my lifetime, nor did I think I'd ever see anything like this, uh, in the USA. Um, it, and this is just, this is, uh, I think the third agency now, cause he was over at the, um, it's the, uh, OPM was like the office of personal management.
Then you have the general service administration. This is now the U. S. Aid Agency. There [01:49:00] could be other situations where Musk is trying to access computer files. Um, basically what, what, from what I gather, uh, they're trying to get personnel files, uh, they're trying to figure out payment stuff, so the idea is that, um, if there's any programs or anything that Congress has approved that Musk, uh, doesn't like, he'll, he'll just try to cut the funding to it, like the actual funding, the, the payment systems.
Um, I mean this is all, in my opinion, all illegal. Uh, and unconstitutional. This is just an overreach of, of, uh, powers here. And I don't even know what power Doge has, as this is a new organization, or whatever you want to call this thing, that's just put into action by an executive order. Um, I've already seen that the Fox News people are like, Oh, look how awesome Trump is.
Look at all these executive orders. He's, he's doing a lot of great things quickly and more than any other president in history. But it's like, I don't know. You're doing things unilaterally, right? This is not how democracy functions. Um, this is more a description of the situation, but I hope you guys understand the seriousness of this.
Remember, [01:50:00] Musk shows up in his black SUV cars on a Saturday night in front of the, this, you know, government offices and demanding to be let in and demanding to be accessed to the computer systems. Just understand the significance of that. Picture that in your mind. Um, the Doge personnel wanted, uh, wanted to gain access to U.
S. Uh, aid security systems and personnel files. Uh, two of those sources also said the DOJ personnel wanted to access, uh, to classified information. Wow. Uh, which only those with security clearances and specific need, uh, need to know are able to access. So, so not only is this wanting the. Uh, personnel files, security systems.
So it says gain access to security systems and personnel files. And some of the stuff is classified. Um, if you don't know, uh, the USAID organization, I'll just read a brief description of it says the United States agency for international development is the primary us agency that provides foreign aid and development assistance to developing countries.
USAID's work [01:51:00] includes helping countries recover from disasters, escape poverty, and engage in democratic reform. So that's the description of it. Um, the reason why I'm reading the description from it, and this is actually from Google, is because, uh, they've actually taken down the website of the USAID website.
The website's not functioning. Um, I want to put this in context as well, because you have to understand, like, like, this is a much bigger story than just this incident, which, this incident is not good. Again, Musk shows up on a Saturday night, Demanding access to, you know, as described, classified material.
Um, January 17, 2025, this was the headline here. Chinese hackers access Yellen's computer in the U. S. Treasury breach, right? Uh, that was from Bloomberg, another one. Chinese hackers access Yellen's computer in U. S. Treasury breach. Um, this is something that, that I, I pointed out before when it was going on, uh, live.
That Musk was kind of making joke about this, right? He actually, this is most tweeting out on January 17th, same day. Uh, he tweeted out, 12 year old [01:52:00] script kitty could hack into Yellen's computer. I doubt she knows how to reboot her wifi router. Do you guys understand, like, how ridiculous this is? So, the story comes out that Chinese hackers are effectively attacking our, you know, computer system.
This is the treasury. And then Must makes jokes about that. He never says anything bad about the, uh, Chinese government, right? Doesn't tweet bad things about Russia, but yet he attacks American institutions and literally showing up on a Saturday night demanding access. And this is, um, just, you know, a couple of weeks after Chinese hackers are trying to break into our systems.
I hope you guys understand the significance of how terrible this stuff is. I can't even make jokes about it. Um, it's, it's just frankly not funny.
(UNLOCKED) Trump 2.0: Oligarchy Unleashed - Revolutionary Left Radio - Air Date 2-2-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REV LEFT RADIO: So America is once again, Uh, in, in the Gilded Age, Trump is now, the first go round he was talking about himself in terms of Andrew Jackson, this term he's talking about himself as William McKinley, the president, um, who oversaw, you know, the early 1900s presidency, um, William Jennings [01:53:00] Bryan, I actually graduated from a school named after him here in the Omaha metro area.
Um, but he was a prairie populist, right? The boy orator of the plat came out of Omaha and Lincoln, um, and ran as a, under the populist and the democratic campaign. He ran as a dual, um, sort of candidate for both the, the progressive populist party that emanated out of the great plains, you know, farmers and workers, uh, and economic left wing sentiment.
Um, that was challenging the two corporate parties and because he had so much popular support and because he gave his cross of gold speech at the, um, Democratic convention, he ran, he was embraced by the Democratic Party as well. So he ran as a populist progressive under their party and as a Democrat to try to win the election, um, against the Republican McKinley and ended up losing.
And obviously what he had in mind, William Jennings Bryan, is economic populism. Real left wing economic populism. They were talking about an eight [01:54:00] hour workday. They were talking about labor protections. They were talking about nationalizing key industries like the railroads. Um, just a slate of economic reforms that, uh, Anybody on our side today would be like, hey, that's a, that's wonderful.
That's a great start. Let's move in that direction, right? Um, he wasn't necessarily a socialist. I think he would be more of like a robust social democrat But at that time in the late 1800s early 1900s I mean that was pretty new And what it did is it set the stage for the progressive era writ large and then for eventually that led into the new deal era Um, with the rise of FDR and the, uh, social programs that proliferated in the wake of that and the New Deal era stretched from post war FDR, you know, post Great Depression, World War II, all the way up until, you know, Jimmy Carter, but specifically with Reagan, um, that that New Deal era was dismantled in favor of the era we're living in now, neoliberalism.
Now, is Trump a representative of the end of neoliberalism? [01:55:00] I think there is an element of, of an anti globalization trend happening where there's a, an inflection point in nationalism, broadly conceived, especially across the West. And with that comes these ideas of sovereignty, border control, reshoring of industries.
And so aspects of the neoliberal globalization trend that we've lived through since, you know, the 1980s, um, and really the late seventies, but specifically, it really started taking off in the, in the late seventies. And in the eighties with the rise of Reagan and then consolidated as the bipartisan consensus with Clinton in the nineties, there's elements of that changing specifically internationally and globally.
Um, and certainly the American empire with the rise of multipolarity. It's in a weak position the unipolar moment of complete hegemonic domination by the united states is for sure over Um, and there's ways to manage that end of the empire There's there's responsible mature egalitarian [01:56:00] ways to manage the decline of that empire and there are accelerationist Um nihilistic accelerate, you know brutalist Um forms of of doing that.
I think trump obviously represents the latter the democrats having You Prevented the rise of a Bernie Sanders style answer to neoliberalism, handed the entire thing over to Trump, but domestically and, and, and, and from a zoomed out overall perspective, I do not feel at all that Trump is representing the end of neoliberalism.
In fact, what his economic policies seem to be is the logical conclusion of neoliberalism, a crescendo. Of neoliberalism the gutting of the administrative state, not that everything about the administrative state is great. You know, not, not that everything about the U. S. government is great, but there's looking to dismantle that.
Um, get rid of huge swaths of the civil bureaucracy. Again, there's pros and cons to that in a vacuum. Um, this, this freezing of federal [01:57:00] grants and, and federal funds and loans. This is horrific. Um, what it is is it's a, it's. It's, it's preventing, you know, money from, already relegated money, this money was already designated to go to these places, stuff like disaster relief, stuff like Medicaid, stuff like Head Start education, um, for, for, um, you know, working class and poor people.
Um, and you know, working class parents in those first few years, you either have to pay exorbitant costs for daycare or stay home and, and, and decrease your income in order to take care of kids. I have a three year old. I know exactly how this goes. And headstart is a way to get them into the school system quicker, get their education jumpstarted and also provide an ability for the parent to be able to go back to work or to not have to pay daycare, right?
Public education. So I think our, our older son was enrolled in headstart and we're going to try to get. Our younger son when he's ready enrolled as well. But these are the things that are freezing food programs go down the list. Um, there's, there's plenty of, of good things that help [01:58:00] people that is being frozen.
And then you have this, you know, Elon Musk led doge thing, which is all about dismantling, um, the S the social safety net is they talk about spending in government. Do you think the single biggest contractor of the Pentagon, i. e. Elon Musk. Do you think Doge is gonna go start sniffing around and dismantling the Pentagon budget?
Absolutely not. He's coming from Medicaid, Head Start program, food for fucking kids. That's what they're doing. Um, they, they are, are attacking the social safety net, dismantling it under the guise of fiscal conservatism and responsibility. Now, the pentagon can't pass an audit for many many years. The pentagon gets almost a trillion dollars of taxpayer money every year.
Every single year as its budget, the pentagon and the military industrial complex is full of corruption and bloat and bureaucracy. Um, you know, this, these, these exorbitant prices that private contractors will charge the U. S. government, the [01:59:00] military industrial complex in so many ways is a money laundering scheme by which these private entities, Raytheon, Northrop Grumman, go down the list.
These private entities shift. Public funds, i. e. taxpayer money. They funnel public taxpayer dollars into their private for profit companies. Right? They use that enormous amount of wealth to then buy off politicians in both parties to continue that flow of money. There's overcharging. There's a use it or lose it idea within budgeting in the Pentagon.
So there's an incentive to use money that you don't even fucking need just so you can get as much or more in the next, um, you know, the next budget cycle. And it's fundamentally about shifting public money into private profits. That money goes to ultimately, uh, Um, to the pockets of the top brass of, of these private for profit companies, right?
And the, and the, and the private shareholders, um, the shareholders of those, of those [02:00:00] companies. Um, and so what does that necessitate? Well, one of the things that it necessitates is constant war. You know, if you're a, a military contractor that produces weapons and bombs and fighter jets, et cetera, well, it really helps if there's Always an enemy if there's always a threat that needs to be neutralized if there's always a proxy war somewhere where you can funnel your Your um your business into or just straight up wars that you're engaged in and so that's why that's a huge reason why Our entire lives the u.
s Has consistently been at war in one way or another big obvious wars like the invasion of iraq and afghanistan or vietnam or korea and also a million little proxy wars and we can see the You War in palestine and the war, um, uh, between russia and ukraine As fitting completely within this realm of proxy of proxy wars And then you have to think about the black budgets.
You got to think about the cia. You got to think about Aspects of the [02:01:00] military apparatus in the united states that are not transparent, right? They can't pass an audit so trillions of dollars just go somewhere and the pentagon doesn't Can't figure out where it all went. No politician seems to really give that much of a fuck.
Nobody's held accountable. We're constantly at war. People are constantly being murdered around the world. Um, and this, not only does it help the military industrial complex and the private contractors in particular, but it helps monopoly capital more broadly, right? Opening up new markets, toppling regimes that are hostile to Western infiltration.
Um, Of their economy, et cetera. And Elon Musk, the leader of Doge, just a billionaire who spent $270 million to weasel his way, totally unelected into the dem, into the government in a, an important position at that, deciding what gets funding and what doesn't. Who is this fucking asshole? Right? He is the single biggest benefactor of American tax dollars.
Um, as his, you know, his businesses are contractors for the Pentagon and the government. He's the [02:02:00] single biggest benefactor of American tax dollars in human history, in American history. And this motherfucker's telling us that we gotta cut stuff like Medicaid. Um, we gotta cut disaster relief, Head Start education, food programs for the poor and the needy.
Doesn't even mention the Pentagon. Doesn't even mention the bloated military budget. In fact, the military is now being used to go down to the border to violently enforce that border. Um, so what we're seeing now is the era of Trump is the era of the oligarchy unleashed. It's already been unleashed.
Neoliberalism is, it's, it's unleashing. We're dismantling the New Deal. We're dismantling unions. We're dismantling worker protections. We're deregulating massive corporations. We're deregulating the banks. We're cutting taxes for the ultra rich and corporations. And we're letting this bitch rip. That's neoliberalism in a nutshell
Guests: Heather Digby Parton of Salon, 'Driftglass' of 'Pro Left Podcast' on the disastrous, illegal, authoritarian Trump/Musk World and rising opposition - The Bradcast - Air Date 2-5-25
BRAD FRIEDMAN - HOST, THE BRADCAST: Heather, I think that, uh, frankly, I may have. Underestimated Elon Musk and the, uh, the so [02:03:00] called, uh, Doge project here before Trump took office. Mostly because, you know, I thought that, well, this is ridiculous. That it's this department of government efficiency.
It's not an actual government agency. They have no actual governing. authority to do anything. They can talk about what they want to do. They can make recommendations, but they can't actually, you know, cut budgets or departments, et cetera, without approval by Congress. But as, um, one of the former Noah staffers, the national oceanic and atmospheric administration staffer said today about what musk to be preparing For NOAA and for the National Weather Service quote, there is no transparency.
They just show up wherever they want, do whatever they want. They're following through on major budget cuts and major and major staffing cuts. Adding, I think the strategy here is, well, we're just going to do it and dare someone to stop us. And by the time [02:04:00] they stop us. We'll have destroyed it. So, uh, Heather, a, does that seem to be the strategy B will at work?
And, uh, if it does work, how would it be stopped and by whom? Because they seem to be doing this across the whole of government right now, as insane as it is. And unauthorized as it is.
HEATHER "DIGBY" PARTON: Well, I just saw on X that Elon Musk retweeted a headline that said that they're into the Medicare system now. And that he says that this is where the big fraud is and they're going after it.
So just, you know, that's another one here. All the seniors go get your, go get your meds and get your checkups. Cause that's about to be, uh, you know, At least, uh, so he's compromised. So he,
BRAD FRIEDMAN - HOST, THE BRADCAST: he shut down the entire, uh, USAID, uh, billions of dollars sent everyone home from the Washington headquarters is now recalling every employee from around the, around the world, because [02:05:00] that wasn't just a bad apple with a worm in it.
That was an entire ball of worms and yet Medicare. You're saying he is saying is now where all of the real fraud is at?
HEATHER "DIGBY" PARTON: That's where the real fraud is. That's what he says. And, you know, there is such a thing as Medicare fraud. In fact, one of the big Republican senators, Rick Scott, is probably the greatest Medicare fraudster in history.
But, you know, whatever. Yeah, to answer your question, look, I don't know how much damage he can do. None of us do because there's zero transparency in what he's doing. And he's got a bunch of kids apparently, you know, age 19 to 23 or something who some of them still in college. Uh, that are going in and messing around in the computer systems to try and determine what the fraud and abuse is, and they're going to take care of it.
They're going to be making decisions about who gets paid and who doesn't. And yes, they're planning on getting rid of, I think USAID is gone, [02:06:00] to tell you the truth. I, I see no way to claw that back.
BRAD FRIEDMAN - HOST, THE BRADCAST: Oh, USAID, yeah.
HEATHER "DIGBY" PARTON: Yeah, USAID. I think, I think it's gone. They, this is, you know, they're recalling everybody.
They're shutting it down. They told the General Services Administration to, um, you know, end the leases on 50 percent of the federal government's office buildings around the country. So this is wild and it has to do, I mean, this is his philosophy, which is you go in and you shut Everything down and then you go and, you know, rebuild it and put things back.
Well, you know, you can do that with Twitter because who gives a damn, right? If, if one of the, the, um, you know, the functions of it doesn't work for a day and you come back, okay, well, maybe we really need to put that back in. People need to get their DMS after all, or whatever. That's Twitter. And maybe even with Tesla or, or with SpaceX or whatever, that's, that's This is the federal government you shut down medicare for a few days or you shut down and they already have done this in the you know, The office of management and [02:07:00] budget put out that that order to freeze everything and then the courts put a restraining order on it But apparently a lot of the agencies didn't get the word because a bunch of stuff is still frozen people aren't getting paid Things aren't getting, vendors aren't getting paid.
You're starting to see the breakdown slowly and it'll happen much more quickly. So the damage is going to be huge. And as to your question as to what can stop it, I have no earthly idea because the only person I think that can do it is Donald Trump and that would be, he'd have to fire Elon Musk and get rid of all these doge people and say, no, we're not going to do it this way.
And he has shown absolutely no. You know, indication that he might do that. And we've all been, of course, saying, you know, let's, let's humiliate him. Let's try and troll him about Musk being the president, whatever. That's just not going anywhere. The Republicans in Congress, forget about it. The courts, maybe, but that could take what, two or three years.
And in the meantime, the devastation is, is, you know, [02:08:00] monumental.
BRAD FRIEDMAN - HOST, THE BRADCAST: Let me talk about the courts here because, uh, yeah, you know, they can do all of this and then, uh, you know, somebody might try to clean it up later, but there is this matter of what they're doing appears to be strictly unlawful in that, you know, organizations like USAID are, uh, uh, created by an act of Congress, and it seems like you can't just do away with it.
Um, Drift Glass, you know, if all of this stuff is blocked somehow by the courts, hopefully sooner rather than later, but whenever it is, if it's blocked, uh, potentially even by the corrupted U. S. Supreme Court, uh, and, you know, found to be, oh, this is unlawful, it was stood up by Congress, it must remain, If that happens, if there is such a pronouncement, do you expect Elon Musk and the doge bros and frankly, the Trump administration to actually follow such court orders or will they [02:09:00] simply, you know, defy them with, yeah, you and what army sort of thing?
DRIFTGLASS: The latter. I mean, I don't know. I, oh yeah, I, I, I was in Chicago for 25 years under Richie Daly and I remember vividly him bulldozing Migs field. Weren't supposed to, it was illegal. He said, ah, national security bulldozed. Wasn't supposed to bulldoze soldier field, which he did because a national historical monument.
But he did anyway. And his theory was after it's done, who's going to undo it? It's already wrecked. You can't undo the damage I've done. Therefore I win and take me to court if you want, but it's too late now. And I think that. You know, as someone who wasted a lot of my youth reading Ayn Rand, um, in Atlas Shrugged, the hero of Atlas Shrugged promised to stop the engine of the world.
And once New York had gone dark, you know, he and his friends would rebuild the world in their image. And that is exactly what Elon Musk is trying to do. He's trying to shut down the engine of the United States, [02:10:00] kill everything in sight. And then once that's been laid waste to, he and his hunger force, aqua force team, incel team will rebuild it in their image.
And I think that there's no stopping him, um, unless what happens, and the only thing I can think of is, number one, I understand that a lot of that stuff is written in COBOL, which, you know, hasn't been recompiled since the Carter administration, and I, Good luck to these kids figuring out how COBOL works.
Um, and millions and millions of lines of code. That's how it actually works. That's what the actual pay payment system works. Number two, I remember, I think it was Dan Rostenkowski from Illinois, uh, who decided to do something with social security and he was mobbed by angry senior citizens on television.
And man, he walked that back so fast. If you see a bunch of people from the villages. A bunch of folks who are on Medicare, who are wearing Trump hats, screaming what the hell are you doing to my Social Security, to my Medicare, to, to [02:11:00] my Medicaid, which my, you know, my mom has to have to, so we can put her in a home.
Um, you might see some quick turnaround and Trump is perfectly willing to change his mind on a dime and just lie about everything and say, I never authorized anything, but it's going to take public outrage in the streets to turn this around by the right people.
The Elon Musk Coup 340 - Left Anchor - Air Date 2-3-25
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: I suppose there's, there's sort of two levels to this. Number one, you're sort of fiddling with the budgetary authorities, um, of Congress without any authorization, you know, to say that DEI or whatever. And so like that, our DEI allows us to change the budgetary authority, um, of particular agencies.
But then secondly. You know, you just have like a wholesale, uh, uh, grab of Congress's appropriation authority. You know what I mean? This is just [02:12:00] like basic constitutional law, schoolhouse rock shit, you know, that Congress
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Madison, uh, federalist paper stuff, right?
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Yeah. Congress appropriates the money and the president spends it.
The The president can't just, I mean, this is like fucking Charles the first, this is what touched off the English civil war. And what was it? 1642, right? That, that, that the King wanted, uh, the ability to spend without having to call on parliament very Different circumstance back in those days, but, uh, fundamentally same type of situation in that, you know, you had a king that was like, I don't want any checks on my power.
I want to be able to spend the money whenever I want. I want to be able to spend it on whatever I want and fuck you. And you know, the, the, like, this was a major reason why The U. S. Constitution was set up how it was in the first place. [02:13:00]
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: I mean, article two is very clear that there's a duty that the president, you know, the take care clause, it faithfully execute the laws.
Yeah. And the only types of legislation where that there's discretion for the president to spend differently is if the legislation itself says at the discretion of the president, he may spend or she may spend less. But like that, that's a very narrow kind of thing, right? But you can't. Do more, you can't not do it.
You can, and that's only in those certain circumstances, but like. You know, and, and that's leaving aside all of the other shenanigans that might have to do with, with, uh, corruption that, that Musk is doing in terms of his own, you know, corporate and personal wealth interests, who knows what other interests are being served with whatever's going on, right?
So, so there's like the constitutional crisis and the abrogation of constitutional power, the. Lack of transparency in the power grab by an unelected, you know, and a number of unelected people under Musk. And then God knows what government money and government power [02:14:00] is doing in service of his ends. And who knows what those ends are.
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: It's, you know, thank
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: God we have a great opposition party.
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Yeah. They're on
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: top of it. They're on top of it. Don't worry, folks. The democratic leaders are tweeting like crazy.
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Yeah. Except they aren't though. I mean, that's
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: not even that they're not even doing that. I mean, it's trying to make a joke that they're just using like social media, but they're not even doing that.
Only like AOC is maybe Bernie. I don't know.
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Yeah. Even, even Bernie had a couple of posts talking about bipartisanship on blue sky, you know, that was like trying to sort of. You know, set themselves up for, it's like if George W. Bush was talking about something and you're like, well, if George W. Bush is talking about that, like it's just a total failure to reckon with.
You know, the, the situation that is in hand. Um, and I think that's, that's more or less replicated across the whole, the [02:15:00] media and the political class. Like nobody can, um, you know,
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: it's the Yates poem, right? The, the second coming turning, turning in the widening guard, the Falcon cannot hear the Falconer things fall apart.
The center cannot hold mere anarchy is loosed upon the world. Yeah. You know?
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Yeah, we've mentioned that before. Um, yeah, I was just, I've been recently reading a book. Burns, right? Uh, no, no, no. Different one. You, you read lots of books. I was trying to guess which book I read. Many books, like one book per year.
At least it's not true folks. No Pacific crucible war at sea in the Pacific, 1941 to 1942. You know, I'm in my dad era and we have to read about naval battles. Um, but, uh, section in this book talks about how, uh, when the Pearl Harbor attack happened, that. Just big chunks of people couldn't believe that it was happening that [02:16:00] was like, Oh, it's another drill.
Even when it was like, clearly very much not another drill.
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: This is not a drill folks. Yeah.
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: And, um, it was just like a whole class, like a whole class of people who have been raised, um, in many cases, you know, for like 60 years. On this notion of American exceptionalism and the rules of politics being what they are, basically facing what I would say is, you know, a kind of classic, uh, you know, third world, uh, global South oligarch bust out coup attempt, uh, of some description, you know, very straightforward if you think about it.
And that. Context. And people are, they're just like good, good, good, good, good, good. It just, it doesn't compute to them. They don't know. They don't actually believe. I think that what it reveals is [02:17:00] that people don't, they don't actually believe in. The, the, the virtue, the, the civic virtues, the, the morality of the American constitutional order, you know, because if they did, they would recognize when someone was tearing it up.
So it's this kind of combination of a blinkered. Philistine pig ignorance about what's happening and also an unwillingness to reckon with that America is just another country that we can have tin pot dictatorship happen here. It can happen. It is happening now. And um, if it's
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: not, not only that, there's been a Inoculation against feeling like there's ever just cause you're going after your fellow elites.
Right. Once you're in that echelon of power, sure. You talk a tough game maybe, but you don't really go after each other, especially when you've lost the election. Okay. The other side one. All right. Well, I know my role now until [02:18:00] the next election. Right. But, but they don't actually believe that there's a threat to anything, especially not themselves.
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: Yeah. And it's very one sided, of course, you know, like. Al Gore had the presidency stolen from him, I would think, you know, like, you'd look at the balance of evidence. George W. Bush stole the presidential election of 2000, and yet Al Gore, he did the magnanimous thing. The thing that you do in the context of an, of a, of a political system, which is wholly You know, reasonable where where it's like, okay, I lost.
I lost fair and square. And so my duty is to admit to that and shake hands with the victor. And, uh, you know, we, we all go on our merry way and I'll make some documentaries. But if you don't live in that type of situation to behave in that [02:19:00] fashion. Is stupid, you just, you're just helping the criminals and now we're, we're at the reductio ad absurdum of that type of behavior where instead of like just barely stealing the presidential election by a few hundred votes in Florida, we have an unelected president.
foreign billionaire of fucking white South African, the worst kind of people there are the, the worst race. I'm not racist except against white South Africans. Um, uh, a well earned, you know, yeah. Come at me in the comments.
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: He's a very sensitive snowflake too, right? The, the, the richest man in the world who will probably be the first trillionaire or whatever, because when he does a very clear Nazi salutes, uh, with, with a face that can only be, um, you know, described as, uh, joyfully, uh, angry and righteous and doing the Nazi salute.
Um, [02:20:00] You know, he, he's defended, uh, you know, at all costs because it's ableist to say that he was doing that, um, even though he then soon thereafter, um, zoomed in to the far right party in Germany at a rally and, uh, very clearly was supporting their, um,
RYAN COOPER - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: yeah, and he did. The, the, yeah, yeah, talking about how, uh, you, there's no need to be ashamed of German history.
Nothing, nothing to be ashamed about being a German. Um, and the, you know, this is something that, that white, well.
ALEXI THE GREEK - HOST, LEFT ANCHOR: It's weird. Why would a white South African be talking about German history? It seems strange. What's the connection there? I don't, I don't get it. No, but so, but you know, if it wasn't so, uh, Yeah.
Yeah. upsetting it, it would be just, uh, endlessly comic, but it's, you know, first it's tragedy, then it's farce, right? It's, it's like the, the lunatics are running the asylum now [02:21:00] and they're also the richest and powerful people. It's like, so that's right. And we haven't even talked about the crazy tariffs that, that we're not even talking about crazy policy yet.
SECTION C: THE BROS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, Section C: The Bros.
The Era Of The Broligarch Has Begun | Krystal Ball - The Majority Report w/ Sam Seder - Air Date 1-24-25
KRYSTAL BALL : I mean we have so many like genuine civilization level crises I feel like coming to a head right now. Um, there's uh, the crisis you're talking about of this, you know, fake extraction built economy. There's a political crisis under that too, which is effectively neoliberalism was about getting rid of any values and outsourcing them to the market.
So if the market likes it, if it's good for the market, that's what our values are. And that's what leads to this current dystopian economic system that we have. Obviously there's the climate crisis, um, which is becoming, you know, increasingly unbearable. We're already at a point where, you know, they just announced last year, once again, hottest year on record.
Now we've crossed that 1. 5 degree [02:22:00] Celsius threshold. So those disasters are only going to be picking up steam. That of course fuels addition, additional demands in terms of migration, which causes, you know, fuels this reactionary political climate. And then you do have these, you know, this mass inequality that has rendered democracy just, I mean, it's, it's a silly word at this point.
You know, I really have come to a place where I, I feel like democracy and capitalism, they just, they were not able to coexist, certainly not in the system that we have where it's no holds barred in terms of all, you know, all money in politics and very, very few effectively meaningless limits. So, um, that's part of what's so distressing in this moment is all of these pieces coming together.
You know, I sort of go back and forth about which one I'm most. Most alarmed at uh at the present.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Yeah, I actually I want to get to that is the how you see how you're you're you're managing Like in the context of of what we do like sorting this stuff out on a [02:23:00] daily basis Like which fire is actually the the more pressing one and or the more relevant one um you mentioned like the the the wealth disparity and the sort of like uh threats to democracy aside from uh You know, we just, we just played a clip of Russell Vogt saying, uh, we may not distribute the funds that the IRA, um, uh, you know, calls for, which is really pretty fundamentally anti democratic.
I mean, there's a law, uh, that you're not supposed to ignore. Um, the, the level, and I know that, you know, we've been throwing the word oligarchy around for a long time. I mean, uh, you know, uh, And, and that, uh, gillian's, uh, study, uh, you know, uh, for 15 years people have been talking about like, you know, when wealthy people's interests come before Congress, uh, and there's controversy, their, their desires went out.
But the, the nakedness [02:24:00] and the sort of specificity of the oligarch that we seem to have almost overnight, like, you know, maybe over the course of the past 16 months is incredible. I mean, when, when. I'm having political conversation with people now. It's all about billionaires.
Like,
like it's not, you know, what's the speaker of the house doing?
It's what's Musk doing versus Altman, doing versus, uh, you know, Peter Thiel doing like, this is, it is a full on naked thing. And the only difference is, and we keep saying this is that like, you know, with Putin, he's got his cadre of oligarchs, except for one of them steps out of line. They end up having, you know, stepping into an elevator shaft and there's no elevator there or, uh, their plane seemed to fall from the sky.
Uh, I don't think Trump has that, um, uh, ability, um, where does this, how does this end? Like, I mean, like, honestly, because, you know, [02:25:00] uh, Democrats, I, maybe they'll get the message. Maybe they won't, but they're like, well, we'll, uh, you know, we're going to forefront Mark Cuban and he'll come in and Mark Cuban was taking that role in, uh, The Harris campaign, whether he had it or not, it's unclear, but he was certainly saying out there, like, nah, don't listen about the whole, Lena Kahn's gone.
KRYSTAL BALL : That's in the rich. Lena Kahn, she's not really going to do that stuff.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: I mean, it is, it's a, it's a problem.
KRYSTAL BALL : Yeah. It's a problem. No, I mean, it is, it is on a scale, like. Look, Democrats, I'm not letting them off the hook. They're complicit. They're the ones that also embraced this big money era, made it bipartisan, and made it very difficult for them to be able to criticize Trump's corruption, criticize the rise of this billionaire cadre in his myth.
I mean, his first cabinet, Was the wealthiest cabinet in history and this one dwarfs that by far not to mention, you know The lineup on the dais behind him as he's giving his speech like this is his administration It [02:26:00] is a level of control and um brazenness that we've never seen. I I we have not seen before in american history You know, um You could maybe go back to like, you know, the days of JP Morgan when the federal government was much more, maybe there's an analogy there, but I, we've never seen this before. And Elon Musk specifically, not only is he the richest man on the planet, not only does he control a major communications network.
Yep. Not only is he himself a public figure with a follow this, you know, cult following, but he also is one of the largest federal government contractors, pentagon contractors specifically is in all kinds of legal and regulatory trouble with the government. I'm sure that's all, you know, imminently going away, including the alleged SEC violations, the labor violations and environmental violations.
But now he's been given. This whole of government mandate to do whatever he wants and you know I know when doge [02:27:00] was first announced people were like, oh, this is just a make work project I never really bought that because to to bring it back to to russ vote who's you know Going to be once again at the office of management and budget It's like sort of you know nerdy budgeting agency, but actually very powerful and very important He was uh, you know behind project 2025 And they spent the four years when they were out of power figuring out how they could maximize their use of power when they were back in government.
Now that looks like, of course, installing cronies across all agencies who are willing to follow even unlawful and unconstitutional orders. But it also looks like things that, that, like what you were referring to, Sam, which is saying, you know. Yes, Congress passed those funds, but we don't actually believe we don't, we have an obligation to spend them.
We don't believe in it's called, I think the impoundment control act of 1970 something. We don't believe that was constitutional. So that means even if you want to spend money on the department of education, Congress, we can cut it at will because we're [02:28:00] under no obligation to do that. Oh, you may want to spend money on food stamps, but we don't want to.
So, you know, we're just going to unilaterally slash that. Those are the sorts of powers that they are looking at exercising. So this is another way in which this Trump administration is different from the first one. They are much more organized and they are much more focused on achieving radical right wing libertarian conservative goals in service of the oligarch cadre.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: And I'll just add to that, they have 270 more judges. Then they did at the beginning of their administration last time, including the six, three Supreme court. So their ability, the, the, the things that slowed their role the first time, like you guys did not do the 60 day, you know, a period or a, a comment period, or, uh, you don't have the authority to do this.
I mean, we've seen examples, particularly out of the fifth [02:29:00] circuit of judges is basically, Twisting themselves into pretzels, um, because they know, I mean, they're now part of this sort of like, um, uh, feudal system, the way that they will rise up and go from, uh, you know, uh, Duke to a Prince or whatever it was back in the day is that they will, you know, start pumping out these decisions that will not inhibit the administration.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: And they're auditioning for Trump.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Totally. Totally. And, um, and so there are just. Less institutional breaks and also even political ones because when Musk out there, you know, and we're gonna, Musk and Trump are gonna have their arguments, but they're never gonna break up because they're just, their incentives are just too well aligned.
That's what I think, um, uh, this whole thing that Musk is gonna tire or Trump is gonna tire of Musk and get rid of him. I think that's honestly, like, that's, that was, that's, that's JV Trump, that's 20, 20 16 [02:30:00] resistance. Yeah. Honestly, this time around. Because, Musk can literally deploy sums of money in these Senate or Congressional races and maintain a discipline that we just have never seen in American politics.
JD Vance, Curtis Yarvin, and the End of Democracy - Wisecrack - Air Date 10-18-24
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: Now, Yarvin has been called the house philosopher for billionaire, Silicon Valley guy, Peter Thiel, and his extended feel verse, which includes Vance among others.
He's argued that one of the problems with democracy, which, which he hates is that the masses suck. It's like a limp biscuit lyric. He thinks government should be turned into smaller entities, controlled with absolute rule by tech corporations and their CEOs. who act as dictators ruling over these new despotisms, monarchies, and feudalisms.
Now, there won't be any voting or democratic processes here, although the dictator's CEOs might be appointed by property owning shareholders. We got into this sort of thing in our recent video about weird billionaire Bitcoin guys building countries. Now, in case this doesn't have you ready to turn in your democracy card and move into one of Yarvin's [02:31:00] imagined patchwork cities, he also espouses pseudoscientific racism.
In which, quote, White people are congenitally smarter than black and brown people, and that Chinese people may be the smartest of all. Sounds cool, right? Now trying to summarize the core of his project is difficult, as it's scattered over a series of disjointed, even incoherent blog posts and interviews.
And I will say, as someone who's read and graded, Like thousands of philosophy essays in my day, um, it's bad writing. It's writing that wouldn't even, you know, cut the mustard in an undergraduate course. You know, it's not mysterious, it's not, oh, it's not, you gotta really figure out what he means. It's just poorly written.
But the overall gist here seems to be that Yarvin rejects the foundational premises of the Enlightenment. You know, among other things, that's like a humanist ethic, the universality of reason, you know, democracy is a political project to the aim of a egalitarian society. He also disdains modern systems that he believes perpetuate these ideals.
Now for him, this is journalism plus [02:32:00] academia, which he calls The Cathedral, and he thinks these are the intellectual institutions at the center of modern society. Now this worldview is informed by 19th century Scottish writer Thomas Carlyle, a reactionary who hated the democratic masses and wrote that man, little as you may suppose it, is necessitated to obey a superior.
Whereas other philosophers of Carlyle's era called for humans to be free from monarchy and oppression, Carlyle thought folks needed to just suck it up and accept their subordination. And Yarvin has said, I will always be a Carlylean. These ideas congeal into neo reactionary thought, which combines anti enlightenment preferences for monarchy over democracy.
CURTIS YARVIN: To answer your question very directly, um, I'm a monarchist.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: With what Jacob Siegel calls a post libertarian ethos that embraced technological capitalism as the proper means of administering society. Now in this school of thought we don't have some grand arc of history. That's that's progressing towards justice and you know, pursuing Liberty and equality as [02:33:00] political goals is just a sign that you're stupid.
CURTIS YARVIN: If we let elected politicians run the state we get demagoguery We get Hitler. It's all true. That's what happened. That's what we got.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: Now, according to YouCui, for the New York reactionaries, the equality, democracy, and liberty proposed by the Enlightenment and their universalization led to an unproductive politics characterized by political correctness.
One, therefore, needs to take the red pill to renounce these causes. And you know, once you do, you'll be ready to seek out alternatives.
CURTIS YARVIN: By starting to think this way, I felt myself, you know, sort of, as one might say, exiting the matrix.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: This obsession with the idea that political correctness is an oppressive outcome of Enlightenment thought is all over Yarvin's work.
CURTIS YARVIN: Democracy is basically considered one of the worst forms of government until, um, the 18th century. It's, it's a, it's a sort of becomes the reverse of a slur in America around that time, but it had traditionally been like, Oh, this was [02:34:00] tried and it doesn't work.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: At times. It honestly seems like he's constructing a whole philosophy that just justifies the belief that white people are smarter and that the smartness makes them superior to others and that these others should have to listen to them.
You know, in this way, the underlying psychology of this is analogous to the Theo bros and integralists who think that women and non Christians need to get in line and follow their lead. And like those theologians, Yarvin's work is grounded in an anxiety about the decline of the white West marked by the rise of globalization, which has chipped away at its economic and cultural dominance.
CURTIS YARVIN: One of the things that's really surprising and unpleasant about kind of China beating the West at its own game. Aim in sort of so many ways is the number of ways in which things in China just obviously work extremely badly. And so like, yeah, you know, the place is still kind of a third world country in a way.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: To me, this all has the vibes of an aging high school quarterback. You know, he's now sitting at the local bar four beers in talking about how he could easily get back in shape, throw the game winning touchdown and take Kelly McDonald to prom.
UNCLE RICO: How much you want
to make a bet? I can throw a
football over the [02:35:00] mountains.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: Kelly MacDonald's been, been married to a computer programmer named Chip for 10 years now. They have a vacation home in Bermuda. She doesn't even remember your name. But this sort of anxiety, especially in as much as it's hostile to the Enlightenment Project, doesn't really make sense. Because the Enlightenment Project itself, with its champion of equality and the embrace of reason, It was never really completed.
Instead, it was derailed by the rise of industrial capitalism and then pushed off a cliff by modern neoliberal economics. As Hui writes, the neoreactionary critique exposes the limit of the Enlightenment and its project. But surprisingly, it may only show that the Enlightenment has never really been implemented.
So, so in other words, like, they think that They're ruthlessly critiquing the political philosophy of the Enlightenment when in fact those values aren't the thing that's shaping modern culture in the first place. Okay, let's delve into headier territory here and follow Hui's argument, in which it's tempting to argue that Yarvin and the Neo Reactionaries are stuck in what philosopher [02:36:00] George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel called the unhappy consciousness.
And this describes the moment that one looks back on history and sees a contradiction where they previously saw a straightforward and unified whole. I saw this in friends like myself who grew up religious or like flirted with evangelicalism, but then went to college and started reading a lot. And then you see that elements of the narrative you grew up believing are just inherently.
It can be very confusing, it can be very upsetting for some people, you know?
RIGHT WING JESUS: Whoever welcomes one of these little ones in my name! Might be letting in a murderer or a drug. Let's get her to a detention center, you know, so we can figure out what's going on
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: Now initially this moment is tragic because the unhappy consciousness can't make sense of this contradiction They can't see how what they thought was whole and complete is actually fractured and unfinished faced with this intellectual inconvenience one can either get stuck [02:37:00] in the feeling of unhappiness or And realizing that these narratives are unfinished and contradictory, or they can move forward, understanding that these contradictions are just a part of the development of consciousness and history.
We actually got into some of these contradictions in our video on political speech, uh, from a few weeks back, where we talked about this language in which, you know, um, we want to do what's best for, for workers and bosses, but of course, we look into that, uh, what's best for workers isn't what's best for bosses.
And vice versa, you know, stuff like that. And I'll tell you, I'll tell you a story about my two best friends. I won't say their names. You know, we all at different points we're, we're religious in different ways. And like one of these guys has more of a vibe of, okay, so there was problems with the stuff I believed then.
I now see that. But moving forward, I also see how those things I learned then are a part of a larger narrative about the way I relate to myself and the world. Another one of those guys is like, no, that stuff was all bad. And if I wasn't so religious, I would have had more sex in my early twenties. Um, so those are like two ways people deal with [02:38:00] consciousness.
Those friends ever watch this. I love you both. I love you differently, but I love you both. The neoreactionary mind is unable to accept the contradictions inherent in, you know, the post enlightenment era. So they instead curse the whole thing as damned from the start, and then long for a pre enlightenment past where strong men ruled and the weak followed.
As Huy writes, The will towards such radical change leaves them with the illusion of a beautiful story on the other side of the world, and with elaborate speculations about a superintelligence that will save human beings from politics. And while Jarvan's philosophical enemy is the Enlightenment and its legacy, his more immediate cultural enemy is the Cathedral.
Which is that mixture of academia and journalism.
CURTIS YARVIN: The cathedral to refer to these kind of the mainstream intellectual, basically newspapers and academia.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: And he sees the academia media complex as holding the same influence as the church once held in medieval society.
CURTIS YARVIN: This system does not work like the Vatican.
It basically [02:39:00] works as if it had a pope. And it's as unanimous as if it had a pope.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: Now here, I really cannot help but see the irony in a self constructed philosopher. One who was able to do all his reading and writing initially because he got a six figure payout from a tech company, acting as if the modern university is an elite system of influence on society and culture.
I'm gonna say more about this later in the video, but from personal experience, um, teaching philosophy at a contemporary university does not feel like a position of Powerful cultural influence, you know, at the rate that humanities programs are being shut down It seems like financial interests might have a slight edge Over this ideological one as one of yarvin's critics notes Nowhere on yarvin's list of things that are controlling the world and setting up a political center is finance Whereas in reality finance turns out to do an awful lot So he's either, you know missing the point or maybe just afraid to upset the finance guys who fund his lifestyle.
UNHEARD PODCAST: So I noticed You don't mention big business in [02:40:00] that context or the tech tech powers.
Why is that not on your list?
CURTIS YARVIN: Because the influence over of those over the world outside them is much smaller than the influence of the world outside them over them.
MICHAEL BURNS - HOST, WISECRACK: Now, just like the Theo bros, there's a sort of self invented persecution complex here with a well educated upper class white guy claiming oppression because the rest of the world doesn't see how smart and special he is. It's like an unfunny version of Dwight Schrute, believing that if he were in charge, everything would be better. Unfortunately for us, this, uh, version of Dwight Schrute has the ear of some very powerful people, including Vance, Steele, and the folks that run some of the wealthiest tech companies and investment funds on the planet.
And it makes sense why these folks, most of whom are also well educated, white, and incredibly rich, would be attracted to Yarvin's thought, as it justifies why no one cool in the culture.
DARK GOTHIC MAGA: How Tech Billionaires Plan to Destroy America Part 2 - Blonde Politics | The Silly Serious - Air Date 11-13-24
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Yavin writes a lot of strange things, but one thing I'm particularly interested in is the blueprint he wrote for Donald Trump.
It's called The Butterfly Revolution. It's quite radical and another [02:41:00] thing that would be easy to dismiss, but here's a clip of Yavin talking about why he thinks it would be successful today.
CURTIS YARVIN: Kins of 2024. are incredibly frivolous, incredibly ironic. It is the most ironic society in history. I imagine people trying to cope with a film like the matrix or inception and like 1960 total frame breaking of this kind in some ways is actually easier.
Then the sort of incremental political logic that people have employed in the past they can sort of more easily imagine Oh, man, it's all the Truman Show. In fact, they mostly already believe that it's all or all the Truman Show They just don't understand the implications of that
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Something I find concerning is the many ways that the butterfly revolution perfectly aligns with Project 2025.
Not a huge amount of the tech bros in Silicon Valley are religious, but that doesn't really stop these kinds of groups working together. Definitionally, both of these movements are fascistic. Fascism has [02:42:00] never been a fully coherent ideology. That's one of the things that gives fascism its strength. Its ability to bring together groups from different movements, all of whom see fascism as a viable mechanism to achieving their own program.
And that's why some people say that fascism is always hyphenated. So it's always going to be tech fascism and Christian fascism, but these people can work together, and they do.
PETER THIEL: One of the things that, um, evangelicals and libertarians should agree on is that the political order is not divinely ordained.
Amen.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Project 2025 has similar stated goals to the tech industry. In particular, the dismantling of the administrative state and the return of self governance to the people. Project 2025 is made up of four pillars and pillar four is The Playbook. It is a transition plan for the President's Eyes Only. It will be rolled out upon the President's utterance of So Help Me God.
We don't know what's in this playbook, but given the alignment of talking points, key figures being involved in [02:43:00] both, it wouldn't surprise me if it was similar to the Butterfly Revolution. And I think that's worth investigating.
DONALD TRUMP: He says, you're not going to be a dictator, are you? I said, no, no, no. Other than day one.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Yavin says that Donald Trump should run on his autocratic ambition, but he should frame it as destroying an inefficient and unworkable system.
JD VANCE: We are in the late Republican period. If we're going to push back against it, we have to get pretty, pretty wild and pretty far out there and go in directions that a lot of conservatives right now are uncomfortable with.
KEVIN ROBERTS: We are in the process of the second American revolution, which will remain bloodless. If the left allows it to be.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Step two, purge The Bureaucracy. Courtesy, Arvin refers to this as Rage.
CURTIS YARVIN: RAGE stands for Retire all government employees.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: And he has clearly influenced some very important people.
JD VANCE: I think that what Trump should do, like if I was giving him one piece of advice.
Fire every single mid level [02:44:00] bureaucrat, every civil servant in the administrative state.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: And we know that Donald Trump would be open to rage because it sounds a lot like Schedule F, an executive order issued by Donald Trump in October of 2020. Schedule F would have essentially stripped protections from civil servants who didn't show enough loyalty to the president of the day, which is why Joe Biden rescinded this order the second he came into office in January of 2021.
But Trump has said he plans to reinstate it.
DONALD TRUMP: First, I will immediately reissue my 2020 executive order restoring the president's authority to remove rogue bureaucrats. And I will wield that power very aggressively.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: But how could you accomplish that so quickly? I mean, you need civil servants. Don't worry.
Project 2025 is already on it. Pillar 2 of Project 2025 could be considered MAGA LinkedIn. This platform is designed to pre stream candidates for their loyalty and streamline the appointments process.
PROJECT 2025 SPEAKER: We talk about conservative warriors, but we want people who've been cancelled, or who've [02:45:00] kind of They're, you know, figuratively giving blood for the movement.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Then pair that with Pillar 3, which is an online education platform known as the Presidential Administration Academy, and you have preemptively educated all future employees on what is expected of them from the conservative administration. Step 3. Ignore the courts. According to Yarvin, the president should simply state that he believes Madison v Marbury was decided incorrectly Declare a state of emergency, and that way, Supreme Court rulings would be merely advisory.
JD VANCE: When the courts stop you, stand before the country like Andrew Jackson did and say the Chief Justice has made his ruling, now let him enforce it.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: But thanks to recent Supreme Court decisions, he may not even need to do that.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: The high court has just issued one of its most consequential rulings in recent decades.
A decision that not only affects the 2024 race for president following last week's contentious debate, but also the future of the presidency itself.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Trump v. United States has laid the groundwork to ensure that Donald Trump can ignore [02:46:00] the court. Now, the president has Absolute immunity for court official acts and presumptive immunity for all other official acts.
A distinction that has not been clarified by the court with only a few examples being provided and absolutely no guardrails to stop the misuse of this decision being put in place.
JOE BIDEN: Today's decision almost certainly means that there are virtually no limits on what the president can do because the power of the office will no longer be constrained by the law even including the Supreme Court of the United States.
The only limits will be self imposed by the president alone.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Step four, co opt Congress. Yarvin suggests that Trump hand pick candidates for every single seat, with the sole criterion being personal loyalty to him. Because you can't have a parliamentary dictatorship. If you don't have Congress, and while it seems like a big task, Yavin assures us, you only need a couple of billion dollars.
I know some people with a few billion dollars. While [02:47:00] Peter Thiel may have decided to sit this election cycle out, Elon Brian Armstrong have not.
DONALD TRUMP: We gotta get the congressmen elected, and we gotta get the senators elected, because we can take the Senate pretty easily, and I think with our little secret, we're gonna do really well with the House, right?
Our little secret is having a big impact. He and I have a secret. We'll tell you what it is when the race is over.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: In this declared state of emergency, Yarvin suggests that Trump take direct control over all law enforcement agencies, federalize the National Guard, and effectively create a national police force that absorbs local bodies.
Speaker 62: I think that actually the support of the democratic public is a cipher. I think that actually all you need is command of the police.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: This is so that a centralized police state can be created to back the power grab, and I'd say there's no way this could happen if Donald Trump hadn't tried to do it before. We know that he sent the National Guard during the George Floyd [02:48:00] protests.
DONALD TRUMP: And that I was insistent on having the National Guard go in and do their work.
It was like a miracle. It just everything stopped.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: And we know that he wanted to invoke the Insurrection Act.
DONALD TRUMP: Your state refuses to take the actions that are necessary to defend the life and property. of their residents, then I will deploy the United States military and quickly solve the problem for them.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Now, there are of course protections within the law, posse comitatus, to stop a president from doing this, but Donald Trump has found a loophole before, I'm sure he'll find one again, especially in a state of emergency where he has absolute immunity for core official acts. Step 6. Shut down elite media and academic institutions.
Yavin has explicitly said that you cannot have a New York Times or a Harvard past April. He has a popular theory that true power in America is held by something he calls the cathedral. a term that should alert you [02:49:00] whenever you hear it to this kind of thing. The cathedral is made up of elite media and academic institutions that according to Yavin set the bounds of acceptable political discourse and distort reality to conform with their ideological beliefs.
Speaker 62: The cathedral is essentially performing the functions that a ministry of truth would perform in a classic Orwellian, you know, environment. Um, and it's performing the functions that a religion would in a classic theocracy.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Therefore, existing media and academic institutions need to be dismantled. Vance has been quite vocal about his disdain for academic institutions despite graduating from Yale and often repeats Yavin's ideas in his own words.
JD VANCE: So much of what we want to do in this movement in in this country I think are fundamentally dependent on going through a set of very hostile institutions specifically the universities which control the knowledge in our society, which control what we call truth and what we call falsity. [02:50:00] That provides research that gives credibility to some of the most ridiculous ideas that exists in our country.
And so I think if any of us want to do the things that we want to do for our country and for the people who live in it, We have to honestly and aggressively attack the universities in this country.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Trump has said that if elected he will reclaim the universities from the Marxist maniacs and lunatics who currently control them.
How will he do this?
DONALD TRUMP: When I return to the White House I will fire the radical left accreditors that have allowed our colleges to become dominated by Marxist maniacs and lunatics. We will then accept applications for new accreditors. Who will impose real standards
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: on colleges. In his Agenda 47, Trump has proposed a law to monitor universities for civil rights violations.
DONALD TRUMP: I will advance a measure. to have them fined up to the entire amount of
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: their endowment. That means he could essentially put an institution like Harvard out of business overnight. [02:51:00] Elon Musk spends a significant portion of his time trying to undermine existing media in favor of his own platform X. Trump has absolutely no problem getting rid of legacy media.
He has repeatedly talked about the government's licensing of broadcast airwaves and about 15 times threatened to revoke licenses of existing stations.
DONALD TRUMP: And it's frankly disgusting the way the press is able to write whatever they want to write and people should look into it.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: Step seven, turn out your people.
Get your people out in the street. to show their support for you anytime a government agency tries to obstruct you. Yavin says this should be like the post Soviet revolutions. It should be masses of people. It should be joyful. And we know that Donald Trump has no problem in asking people to physically show their support for him.
DONALD TRUMP: We're gonna walk down to the Capitol
because you'll never Take back our country with weakness. You have to show strength.
JOANNA - HOST, BLONDE POLITICS: [02:52:00] Once this butterfly revolution has taken place and the presidency looks more like a CEO or a king, the court of tech geniuses will have a much more realistic shot at getting what they want. One thing I can tell you about these Silicon Valley tech bros is that they are long term thinkers.
They are planning for years and years and years into the future. In case you needed more evidence that Silicon Valley and Project 2025 are in bed together. There is this strange tech conference called Reboot. And in September, at the last Reboot conference, which is all about creating a new reality, there was a special secret guest speaker.
That secret guest speaker ended up being Kevin Roberts, who gave a speech titled, Tech and the American Republic. The point of trying to put Vance in the VP position wasn't just to have him one heartbeat away from an old and ailing president. It was to introduce him to [02:53:00] the world as the new blueprint of the Republican Party.
To provide a strong option for a post MAGA Republican Party. A party that will co opt the government to destroy the country in order to allow self described great men to install themselves as mini kings.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics: a broader look at the long list of ways Trump and company are working to dismantle the government, followed by a dive into the deportation regime that is currently revving up.
You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can now reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft.01. There's also a link in the show notes for that. Or simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from Legendary Lore, Velshi, The Thom Hartmann Program, Jacobin [02:54:00] Radio, The Mark Thompson Show, Up Front, Chris Norlund, Revolutionary Left Radio, The Bradcast, Left Anchor, The Majority Report, and Wisecrack. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Deon Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist quartet, Ken, Brian, Ben, and Lara for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting.
And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads, and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes, along with the link to join our Discord community, where you can [02:55:00] also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, And this has been the Best of the Left podcast coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1689 The Media and the Moguls: Corporate Media is not equipped for Trump (Transcript)
Air Date 2/7/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
Trump came in with a plan to subdue the media, and large swaths of the media came in with a plan to acquiesce. But it's important to understand why; because it's not a conspiracy or people wanting to do harm. It's structural to the system.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 50 minutes today includes The ReidOut, On the Media, Meidas Touch, The Zero Hour, The Majority Report, The Gray Area, and the Dean Obeidallah Show.
Then in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in three sections: Section A, Money; Section B, Attention; and Section C, The Free Press.
Revenge- Trump throws lawsuits at the media and demands compliance - The ReidOut w Joy Reid - Air Date 12-17-24
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Donald Trump ran for president for one reason and one reason only: to make all of his legal problems -- poof! -- go away. And for the most part, he was successful, with one exception. Yesterday, the New York judge who presided over Trump's hush money trial [00:01:00] denied his bid to toss out his guilty verdict, meaning Trump will have to live with the infamy of being the first convicted felon president.
And yes, MAGA, you are still a convicted felon before you are sentenced. That's how it works.
But that isn't stopping Trump from trying to hit the delete button on every other bad headline ever printed about him, going so far as to sue Iowa pollster Ann Seltzer and the Des Moines Register, saying he's seeking "accountability for brazen election interference" over a November poll that showed Kamala Harris up 3 percent in Iowa.
Never mind the fact that Trump won the election and won the state of Iowa by double digits. He's clearly feeling emboldened by ABC News agreeing to pay a $15 million settlement in a defamation lawsuit. Nearly every legal expert said that they would have won. And as others in the media show, they're increasingly willing to comply in advance, like the owner of the LA Times, Patrick Soon-Shiong, [00:02:00] who Oliver Darcy is reporting, requested that the newspaper's editorial board outright take a break from writing about Trump and balance any critical editorials or articles with positive ones.
Yeah, but here's the thing: these CEOs who are thinking, "Let me just give him what he wants this one time and he'll leave me alone. He won't hurt me or my company or he'll give me goodies like tax cuts or tariff exemptions or federal contracts. A pat on the head."
That is not how it works with Trump. His ego is too fragile and his needs are endless. As any parent knows, if your toddler is having a tantrum in the middle of the grocery store, the solution isn't to just buy them the cookies they're screaming for. Because then they'll just do it again and again, and you'll be out of money and sanity, and their teeth will be rotten.
And right now, Trump is that toddler. And he wants nothing short of complete obedience, and constant adulation. For everyone to say they love him and praise him, and tell him he's the best president ever! And it'll [00:03:00] never be obsequious enough, or vigorous enough. He'll always want more. And punish and humiliate even those who do comply, just ask Marco Rubio, Ted Cruz, and all the Black Republicans who went to the mat for Trump during the campaign, only to get snubbed as he builds his administration.
He will always reward weakness with more humiliation. And that includes foreign leaders like Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who went to Mar-a-Lago last month to kiss the ring, behaving like Trump was already president, which he's not. And how does Trump reward him? By publicly mocking Trudeau on his social media sites, once again calling Trudeau "the governor of the great state of Canada."
Joining me now is Tim O'Brien, Senior Executive Editor of Bloomberg Opinion and MSNBC Political Analyst. And I have to tell you, this Trudeau thing really bothered me. Let me just put up this tweet that Trudeau posted on his -- why is he still on X Twitter? But he posted this tweet of himself, Look at me next to Donald. Look, what [00:04:00] is he doing? When will people learn, Tim, that emasculating yourself before Trump, as Ted Cruz did, as so many have done, doesn't help and just makes him worse.
TIM O'BRIEN: And it's also a reminder, Joy, that he has been this way forever.
He came up, as you know, and as I know, we've talked many times, at the knee of Roy Cohn, who taught him how to weaponize the legal system. And he's learned that you don't necessarily need to go to court. And you don't necessarily need to ultimately break people. If they're scared enough in the first innings of any action you take, to capitulate, whether they're politicians, members of the business community, members of the media, members of Congress, or members of the judiciary. And, we can pull down examples of each and every one of these institutions and some of their leading members, deciding in advance [00:05:00] that the safest way and the most productive way to deal with Donald Trump is to kiss the ring.
And we see example after example of once they do that, he then shames them in public.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Yes.
TIM O'BRIEN: And he is not ultimately delivering on some of the things they want. And he does it to the people he even holds close to them. I mean, think about how many days was it after RFK Jr. got nominated for HHS.
And there was a picture of him eating fast food with Don Jr. and Donald on the presidential plane. Eat your food. Take your punishment. And for Trudeau, who you set up in your previous clip in the introduction of this segment, his government, his own government is fractured because of this. And, he could very well be out of a job because of this.
So I do think that people in the near term right now are petrified. They're not sure how to respond to the fact that Trump was [00:06:00] reelected again, other than to capitulate. But they should keep, I think, their eyes on the prize.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Well, I mean, yeah. And there's a game people play of mocking Canada. Well, now Canada has been mocked by its own prime minister. Justin Trudeau went down to Mar-a-Lago as if Trump is already president. He's not president yet. He didn't go running to the White House of the real current president. He went to him as if he could just become a supplicant. And now Christia Freeland, who is his finance minister, she's out of there because she's like we need to come up with a strategy to deal with Trump's tariff plan. That is not a strategy and it is humiliating. And if I were a Canadian, I'd be absolutely disgusted.
it's interesting that it's said that there's a crisis of manhood, right? That is being said a lot on the right. There is a crisis of manhood. But it's on your own side, guys. It's people like Jeff Bezos, it's people like Mark Zuckerberg. Is this manly behavior to go and fall on your knees to Donald Trump? No!
I want to show you one reason why people might be doing it though. Los Angeles Times wrote this. I'm sorry, [00:07:00] not Los Angeles Times. I apologize for that. Robert Reich wrote this. Much better. he says that part of the reason the media is doing this, no large American corporation wants to be actively litigating against a sitting president, especially one as vindictive as Trump.
A $15 million settlement is chicken feed compared to the myriad ways Trump could penalize Disney, which is a $205.25 billion corporation that has other businesses besides the media. So talk a little bit about that, because some of these media are actually owned by bigger conglomerates with other business that could be before the president, and so he wants to save his SpaceX and wants to save his other thing or not SpaceX. Whichever one is his. Bezos is one. Everyone's thinking about their other businesses.
TIM O'BRIEN: Blue Origins. I think it's--
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Blue Origin for Bezos. Yeah. Yeah.
TIM O'BRIEN: I think that this is, in the American media model, it is always dependent on the integrity of the owners, because they're privately held concerns for the most part in less, or, publicly traded, but with close ownership.[00:08:00]
PBS is the only media entity of note that is in there, some very powerfully funded nonprofits like ProPublica that do wonderful work. But when we talk about the legacy media and the mainstream media, we're talking about corporate media. In the era we're in now, corporations have multiple interests that aren't only tied to their media holdings, and their CEOs are thinking about those things.
And I think you're seeing some media owners decide to dispose of media assets because it's troublesome. I think you have others doing anticipatory knee bending, because they don't want to go into battle in a courtroom with the president. it's bottom line thinking, it's strategic thinking, but it's not journalistic.
And, it's not tied to the idea, just that core basic idea, that the role of journalists in the world should be to seek the truth, and hold the powerful [00:09:00] accountable on behalf of the public interest.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Yeah, at this point, the Los Angeles Times is essentially saying if you report a negative fact about Trump, you have to balance it with a positive fact.
I'm not sure how that is serving journalists, and I can tell you that people inside the Los Angeles Times apparently, at least allegedly according to the reports, are not happy. And inside of Bezos operation, it's difficult in this moment when you just want to do the journalism. it's difficult.
Fox News is Back at the White House. Plus, No Joke, The Onion Buys Infowars. - On the Media - Air Date 11-15-24
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: On Thursday, Donald J. Trump presided over a gala at Mar-a-Lago.
Sylvester Stallone: We are in the presence of a really mythical character.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: That's actor Sylvester Stallone who compared the president-elect to the protagonist of his Oscar-winning Rocky, among others.
Sylvester Stallone: Guess what? We got the second George Washington. Congratulations.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Trump's own speech touted the names of his freshly announced cabinet picks.
Donald Trump: I guess if you like health and if you like people that live a long time, it's the Most important position, RFK Jr.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Robert Kennedy Jr. anti-vaccine activist and conspiracy theorist [00:10:00] is Trump's choice to head the Department of Health and Human Services. For now at least.
Donald Trump: People like you, Bobby. Don't get too popular, Bobby.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Among the 20-odd names Trump announced this week, many share or have shared a common employer.
Female Reporter: Tulsi Gabbard is a former army reservist. She's also a Fox News talking head who once ran for president.
Male Reporter: Fox News host and army veteran Pete Hegseth was nominated as defense secretary. He unsuccessfully ran for Senate in Minnesota in 2012 before joining Fox News.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Tom Homan, Trump's pick for "border czar," became a Fox contributor in 2018. Michael Waltz, national security adviser to be, perhaps, was a contributor too. Mike Huckabee, tapped his ambassador to Israel hosted his own show on Fox from 2008 until 2015.
MATT GERTZ: Donald Trump is using Fox News as a staffing agency.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: [00:11:00] Matt Gertz is a senior fellow at the left-leaning Media Matters for America. He says it's worth revisiting all that we learned in the first term about Trump's relationship with his cable news channel of choice.
MATT GERTZ: Fox & Friends, has for a long time been his favorite show. Pete Hegseth, the potentially incoming Defense Secretary, has been working as a co-host of Fox & Friends Weekend Edition for the last several years.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: What should we know about him and his career trajectory from Fox News contributor to secretary of Defense nominee?
MATT GERTZ: What Hegseth was able to do after catching Trump's eye was get Donald Trump to sign on to his own aims, which during Trump's first administration was securing executive clemency for several service members who had been accused or convicted of war crimes.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: [00:12:00] Yes, the killing of civilians.
MATT GERTZ: He put family members of various accused or convicted war criminals on the show to talk up how they had been persecuted.
Pete Hegseth: These are men who went into the most dangerous places on earth with a job to defend us and made tough calls on a moment’s notice. They're not war criminals, they're warriors who have now been accused of certain things that are under review.
MATT GERTZ: This is how Trump gets his news. This is how his worldview is shaped. It's one segment at a time.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: He has particular skills, certainly, as a Fox News host, right? But Secretary of Defense needs a different set of skills.
MATT GERTZ: Right. The set of skills that you need for being a Fox News host is understanding how to push the buttons of the MAGA faithful. The way that Fox hosts traditionally do that is by making those viewers afraid, making those viewers angry--
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: [00:13:00] Providing enemies.
MATT GERTZ: Providing enemies. Obviously, that is not the job of Defense Secretary. We're talking about a sprawling bureaucracy that employs nearly three million service members and civilian employees that has a budget of hundreds of billions of dollars. It's a serious job for serious people.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You've also noticed that this revolving door also works the other way. Several Trump staffers signed on with Fox News after Trump left office.
MATT GERTZ: During or after his term. Yes. Tom Homan was previously the head of ICE. After he retired from ICE in the summer of 2018, he got a job at Fox News. He would denounce Democrats for standing against Trump's border policies. He would call forever more draconian measures. He would say the things that Donald Trump wanted to [00:14:00] hear.
Tom Homan: I keep hearing the wall is ineffective from them people. I don't know what data they're basing it on, but every place a border barrier has been built, illegal immigration has declined. That's a fact.
MATT GERTZ: Now he's gone through the revolving door. Now he's coming back into the administration.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You have observed that the more often you go on Fox News, the more likely you are to clinch one of these top jobs in the Trump administration. One Fox frequent flyer was Congressman Matt Gaetz, just nominated attorney general.
MATT GERTZ: We have counted at least 347 weekday Fox appearances that Gaetz did from August 2017 through Election Day of 2024. He's actually not the most frequent Fox guest to be taking a jump to the administration, though. His Florida colleague, Representative Michael Waltz, who is Trump's pick for national security advisor, actually made at least 569 weekday Fox appearances, 176 [00:15:00] since January 2023, which is of any member of Congress over that period.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Wow. The last nominee, Tulsi Gabbard, is a former Democrat turned MAGA Fox News contributor and more. Is that how she caught Trump's eye?
MATT GERTZ: In Gabbard's case, she became a favorite of Tucker Carlson, the former Fox News star host. As she underwent a sort of political transformation that brought her further and further onto the right, Fox was an option opportunity for her to rebrand herself. Tulsi Gabbard is the pick for Director of National Intelligence. It's a position that oversees the 18 US intelligence agencies. It's also responsible for the presidential daily brief, though that is somewhat less important in a Donald Trump administration. As Donald Trump rather famously ignores his daily briefing, he would take advice from Fox News hosts either [00:16:00] through their programs or he would reach out to them directly. Those were the experts he wanted to hear from, not people with actual subject matter expertise.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You wrote that during Trump's first term, he consulted privately with an array of Fox stars, creating a shadow cabinet of advisers with immense influence over government affairs. You dubbed this the Trump-Fox feedback loop.
MATT GERTZ: Take you back to January of 2018. One morning, Donald Trump sends out a tweet criticizing a surveillance bill that the House is supposed to vote on that day. The administration theoretically supported the bill, but all of a sudden he was sending out a tweet criticizing that very bill. What happened, I discovered, was that shortly before Donald Trump's tweet, a Fox contributor had turned directly to the camera and said--
Judge Andrew Napolitano: Mr. President, this is not the way to go. Spying is [00:17:00] valid to find the foreign agents among us, but it's got to be based on suspicion and not an area code.
MATT GERTZ: And that was enough to send Washington into chaos for hours. There are so many more. There were federal investigations that were launched on the basis of Trump watching Fox News and hearing some conspiracy-minded nonsense and instructing publicly or privately the Justice Department to look into it.
Trump SECRET Meeting with Media before Payoff EXPOSED - The MeidasTouch Podcast - Air Date 12-16-24
BEN MEISELAS - HOST, THE MEIDASTOUCH: A secret meeting between an ABC executive and Donald Trump's team seems to have precipitated the awful settlement whereby ABC engaged in a total capitulation, giving Donald Trump 15 million dollars arising out of a defamation lawsuit Donald Trump filed. $15 million to go to a future presidential library of Donald Trump's and also ABC and Disney agreeing to pay -- Disney's the parent company -- agreeing to pay Donald Trump's attorneys fees and costs and issue a written apology. More on that [00:18:00] in a bit. Let's talk about the secret meeting that took place last week, the Monday before ultimately that settlement took place that following Saturday. Here's what's being reported in ABC and Trump's team want us to believe, Oh, they weren't discussing the settlement at that point in time. All right, sure. Add insult to injury and try to treat us all like we're stupid. That's what corporate media thinks about us anyway. Here's what we're learning from the New York Times and reporter Michael Grinbaum. "Deborah O'Connell, who oversees ABC News, dined with Susie Wiles in Palm Beach on Monday, per two people briefed." Grinbaum goes on to say in his report, "The meeting was part of a visit by ABC News execs to meet with the Trump transition team. Another person familiar says the purpose was to talk transition, not the defamation case." Okay. Sure. We're supposed to believe that the ABC news exec, who shortly [00:19:00] thereafter settles for $15 million to a future Trump presidential library, when the ABC news exec is going to Palm Beach to meet with Donald Trump's chief of staff, Susie Wiles, to kiss the ring to obey in advance.
Oh, I'm sure they didn't talk about that settlement. Oh, I'm sure that's not what happened. But what if I told you this? That actually all of this, all of what you're seeing now with Mika and Joe from MSNBC kissing the ring at Mar-a-Lago, with Zuckerberg going there with all of these people showing up at Mar-a-Lago, Tim Cook from Apple. What if I told you that this was all part of a broader plan that we had reported and, frankly, Politico had wrote about who was there. They didn't talk about the conspiracy that was taking place. Well, I don't even use the term "conspiracy" because that makes it seem like a conspiracy theory.
Just what actually was happening. The collusion that was going on in front of [00:20:00] all of our eyes back during another secret meeting in Milwaukee on August 23rd, 2023, right around the time when there was a Republican primary debate, which Donald Trump refused to participate in.
But do you remember our reporting back from August 23rd of 2023? It was after Politico wrote the following in its Politico playbook. There was a secret meeting that took place at a restaurant at a steakhouse in Milwaukee, super fancy steakhouse. The Trump team invites all of the media there, buys them steak, gives them all of this lavish stuff right there. They were plotting, they were planning, they were wineing and dining and devising this then.
Here it is, August 23rd, 2023. Spotted in Milwaukee, Team Trump wineing and dining with a number [00:21:00] of top reporters at a steakhouse called Rare and passing out pudding snacks, a swipe at Ron DeSantis pudding fingers story, as well as debate bingo cards to troll the Florida governor. Squares included Dismisses polls, wipes snot, red ears, De-Santis, Duh Santis, flip flops on social security again, woke and pudding mentions. See the pictures here and here. So who was at this meeting? Reporters Dana Bash, Shane Goldmaker, Kristen Welker, Bob Costa, Finn Gomez, Dasha Burns, Rachel Scott, Rick Klein, Josh Dawsey, Rob Crilly, Mario Parker, and David Chalian, basically all of the top reporters and execs from all of the major networks, meeting, colluding in front of our eyes at a fancy five star steakhouse called Rare in Milwaukee, and they were there [00:22:00] with Chris LaCivita, one of Donald Trump's campaign managers, and Jason Miller, and Stephen Chung.
Politico goes, "We're assured the reporters picked up their own tab."
Mickey Huff The Mainstream Media is [CENSORED] - The Zero Hour with RJ Eskow - Air Date 1-11-25
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: It's just so important. And you and the State of the Free Press 2025, you guys quote Ben Bagdikian on the need for a functioning media to have a functioning democracy. And the fact is that this kind of playing fast and loose malinformation, only sometimes through omissions, sometimes through lies of commission, has harmed democracy more than they can imagine. I'm thinking, for example, of our new, and our once and future president, Mr. Trump.
I'll give you one example that's disturbed me for a long time. he's been widely quoted on CNN and in a newspaper, major, national newspapers, as having said [00:23:00] after the Charlottesville, the racist rally there, he was widely quoted as saying there are "good people on both sides," but he immediately, if you watch the clip, then went on to say, "but not the White nationalists. I don't mean them". And Now, it's still, you could criticize that statement a lot, and I would, but by leaving out the latter part, which is easy enough for Fox News or anyone else to play the longer clip, then when media figures wonder why they haven't been more effective in communicating what's corrupt and debased and disgusting about Trump, well, that's one reason why. Because your Overstating of the... and I hate that they make me seem like I'm defending trump But...
MICKEY HUFF: And you're not! You're defending the role of the free press to inform accurately the public and let the chips fall where they may.
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: [00:24:00] Right. And absolutely. And if you burn your own credibility, then when you have a real story to tell, people won't listen.
MICKEY HUFF: There are so many right wing attacks against the press. It's not hard to find them and to debunk them, right? So why the establishment press made conscious decisions to do these kind of things? Just like they did, and Nolan Higdon and I wrote about this in Let's Agree to Disagree, as well as United States of Distraction, you might remember the young Student from I believe a religious school or private school in Cincinnati with the MAGA hat that had the confrontation with the the Native person in the nation's capital, right? And the way that they framed that it was all the disrespectful MAGA youth Having racist attacks against this person and it turned... i'm not saying that that doesn't happen... but in this instance, that's not what was happening at all.
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: Right.
MICKEY HUFF: And the corporate media framed it exactly backwards and falsely and what was happening. They led to their own sort of [00:25:00] denigration of their own integrity in it, and they inadvertently boosted a political signal that is often racist. And is often based on intolerance, right? So it's as if, they're shooting themselves in the foot, and it's very, very frustrating because The corporate media has this huge platform and this megaphone, right? And the independent press struggles to get these reports out and they struggle for attention. And even through social media, through shadow banning and so on, and so many, and algorithmic suppression and demonetization. There are so many challenges for public interest, grassroots journalism. it's very painful to see the corporate media willfully go into these things and act as if they're surprised with the outcome, like you mentioned, over at Bezos' Washington Post, where they just got caught censoring a newspaper and then claiming it was news judgment for redundancy.
You know what? I was just talking to my buddy, Nolan Higdon, on the Project Censored show about that very [00:26:00] thing, and Nolan reminded me, because we wrote about this, he said, Well, you know, the Washington Post didn't have any problem running 15 or 16 stories about Bernie Sanders in 16 hours that were all negative. They didn't have any problem with redundancy then, but now they have a problem with redundancy because they're now criticizing potentially the owner of the paper, the fealty being paid to an incoming oligarch, etc. I mean, really, it's enough to make one rip their hair out, actually, it's very frustrating.
And look, let's go back to this, what I call, an ah ha moment, when the mask really comes off. Before the 2016 election with then CEO Les Moonves of CBS, who said at a big tech convention in San Francisco, "Sorry, it's a terrible thing to say, but bring it on, Donald. Keep going. It may not be good for America, but it's damn good for CBS". Right? That has stuck with me for now nine almost years, because it's somebody in the press that's telling the public that they don't [00:27:00] care. They're after eyeballs, advertisers, profits, and money, and even though this focal point is toxic, they're giving six billion dollars of free coverage, double what they gave to Clinton, triple what they gave to Sanders in the 2016 election alone, only to turn back and then say, Oh, we messed up. Democracy dies in darkness. And then that same newspaper that, mea culpa, is now censoring the very kind of criticism of the oligarchs that own the press that we need right now. Whether it's Musk, or people at the LA Times or Bezos himself or others, we need to be critical.
Last year at the Censored Book, the 2024 book, Andy and I took aim at the billionaire free press, right? As A. J. Liebling quipped in the early 60s, a free press belongs to anyone who can own one. Well, we've seen that model writ large and the people then that own that press do not have the interest of the general public at heart. And again, I have to say [00:28:00] it democracy dies in darkness, especially when Jeff Bezos is turning out the lights,
Why Is Mainstream Media Still So Bad At This - The Majority Report - Air Date 2-2-25
EMMA VIGELAND - CO-HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: There's not much you can say about his pardoning and commutation of these Jan Sixers except that it's wrong, and these people should have faced their full sentences most likely, probably, but I would say that even more importantly, people like Trump and the Republicans, lawmakers with power who enabled this, should have been prosecuted.
Thanks a lot, Merrick Garland. But, it is an example of how Trump delivers for his base and is extremely transactional. And I wish, God, that the Democrats would just take a little bit of a lesson, in the way that he pardoned that Silk Road guy because he got the Libertarian Party's endorsement. And that was one of the things that they asked for. And He just does it on day one. And could you imagine if the Democrats were responsive in that way? Like, just for little things like that.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: The thing that he understands that, [00:29:00] I don't know, the thing that he understands and the thing that he seems to be able to get away with, and I don't know if it could be replicated by anybody in the Democratic or the Republican side is. And I say this as somebody who professionally goes through the news. It has been like the past two or three days, just the past two days, the amount of stories that we have to go through and the things that we can't pay attention to, and the Republicans in opposition are much better at sticking with one dumb thing because they have no shame. Because they are so honed in on winning, and people can make their own value judgment on that.
But it is, I mean, the only thing that Biden's been able to get away with on some level was waiting until two minutes before his presidency end to essentially pardon all his [00:30:00] family members and Milley and Fauci and others. When you pardon, somebody accepts the pardon, there is an implicit, I don't want to say a confession, or admission of guilt, at least that's the way it's perceived legally. Now, a lot of these people are like. I don't care. If I'm Fauci, I'm 85, I'm like, I'll pretend that there's some implicit thing, unnamed thing that I'm guilty of, that way they're just not going to come after me and bankrupt me by making some type of show trials or something like that.
But aside from that, any tiny thing, Trump is smart enough to know that, I'm going to put out 50 executive orders. Now, half of those, maybe more, are [00:31:00] meaningless. because they're like, I'm instructing people to think about doing this and that and it gets reported in a different way, but there's so much news that it gets overwhelming, I think.
And, that's the way he gets away with. Oh, I mean, the guy from Silk Road, I think he was over punished, at whatever he, I think the amount of time, like a lifetime of this seems to be excessive based upon what they, got him on. But there is, at least, some charges out there that were not pursued that he hired hitmen, he certainly had created a marketplace where all this stuff was happening,
Public Broadcasting Is In Danger (Again) - On the Media - Air Date 1-10-25
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Donald Trump, who says journalists are scum and thinks fact-checking is really unfair, won the election. Now, all those accused of scummily fact-checking are scrambling to adjust. [00:32:00] After all, Mr. Trump has already vowed to seek retribution for media offenses by, say, suing CBS for $1 billion doll because of "biased editing of a Kamala Harris 60 minutes interview," suspending ABC's broadcast license because of fact-checked him during a debate and suing The Des Moines Register for printing a poll suggesting Harris would win. A poll that turned out to be, wait for it, wrong. There's more.
Donald Trump: We're involved in one which has been going on for a while and very successfully against Bob Woodward where he didn't quote me properly from the tapes. Then on top of everything else, he sold the tapes.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: This week, the Washington Post's budget was cut by its stupefyingly rich owner, Jeff Bezos, two months after he killed its endorsement of Kamala Harris, and just as Amazon signed a big deal to bring out a Melania Trump endorsed Melania Trump [00:33:00] documentary. He's also given $1 million bucks to Trump's inauguration, as has Meta's Mark Zuckerberg, who just announced that Facebook is ending its fact-checking program, leading the president-elect to say that Zuck's company had "come a long way."
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: The point is fact-based journalism is in trouble. This hour, we're going to look at the plight of public radio, which we are, because who else is going to do it? First, a quick history. Back in 1967 when President Lyndon Johnson mired in Vietnam was trying to build the Great Society at home by passing the Civil Rights and Voting Rights Act, creating Medicare, and crucially, for the purpose of this story, creating the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, which has been marked for death repeatedly. What is it?
President Lyndon Johnson: The Corporation of Public Broadcasting will assist stations and producers who aim for the best in broadcasting [00:34:00] on the whole fascinating range of human activity. It will try to prove that what educates can also be exciting. It will get part of its support from our government, but it will be carefully guarded from government or from party control. It will be free and it will be independent and it will belong to all of our people.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: It was a hard sell. Conservatives worried the CPB would promote liberal ideas. After all, Johnson's agenda was indisputably liberal. Some suspected its funds would flow more to some regions than others. Commercial broadcasters feared the competition. Even after the dust settled, well, actually the dust never really settled, it's been kicked up by every Republican administration since. Yet through the decades, somehow every effort to slash or burn the CPB has failed, thanks to such battle-scarred warriors as [00:35:00] Big Bird and this guy.
Fred Rogers: I end the program by saying, you've made this day a special day by just your being you. There's no person in the whole world like you, and I like you just the way you are. I feel that if we in public television can only make it clear that feelings are mentionable and manageable, we will have done a great service for mental health.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Despite Fred Rogers' appeal to empathy, Richard Nixon, not known for manageable feelings, viewed public broadcasting as an enemy to slay. In 1975, it was left to Gerald Ford to set up a funding scheme to shield it, theoretically at least, from the immediate political winds. Congress was directed to appropriate CPB's funding two years in advance. Of course, Congress [00:36:00] could kill future funding or even rescind what had already been allocated, but some insulation was better than none. Fast forward to 2017. Donald Trump tries to cut CPB's funding several times in his first term.
KAREN EVERHART: This morning, President Trump made public his proposed budget blueprint for the coming fiscal year. Among the items included, the elimination of all funding for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: He didn't get it done.
KAREN EVERHART: No, he did not. Those proposals did not fly in Congress.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Karen Everhart is the managing editor of Current, a nonprofit newsroom covering public media.
KAREN EVERHART: Members of Congress, particularly in rural states, recognize that public broadcasting is one of the only local originating sources of news and information and programming, and they value that. Their constituents value that. What typically happens is the House goes along with a recommendation, especially when it's [00:37:00] dominated by Republicans. The House will eliminate CPB's funding from its appropriations budget and then the Senate will propose an alternative number, and that number or something around that amount will end up in the final budget.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: More than 70% of CPB's annual appropriation goes directly to public media stations in the form of community service grants, CSGs, of which about 45% are rural. They can be used as they need to be to keep the station running and for programming, both local and national. They're not obligated to buy programs from PBS, nor do they have to buy from NPR.
KAREN EVERHART: Although most of them do because they're very popular with their audiences. They can choose to buy programs from American Public Media or PRX or the BBC.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Last year, CPB received $525 million plus another $10 million in interest, about half of which [00:38:00] went to local public TV stations and direct grants, about 15% to local radio stations. A big chunk went out in programming grants, mostly to TV. More went out to support the distribution system, et cetera. That said, the bigger stations are less vulnerable to attacks on CPB because it's not a significant part of their budgets.
KAREN EVERHART: They don't rely on CPB funding for essential services. That doesn't go towards their programming budget. It's the small stations where it really makes the biggest difference in what they do on a day-to-day basis. Those are the stations that are most at risk.
Attention pays (with Chris Hayes) - The Gray Area with Sean Illing - Air Date 1-27-25
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: It's wild. Again, I... ah, fuck it, I guess I'll just go full philosophy seminar here. But if we no longer have meaningful conscious control over our attention, at some point we do reach a level of passivity that makes us more of an object than a person.
CHRIS HAYES: Yes. And that has profound implications [00:39:00] for, for instance, democratic theory. It's interesting because there was a round of these conversations, particularly in the 20s and 30s, a sort of collision of mass media, mass propaganda, mass advertising, and industrial democracy, all coming together, and these debates that happened during that period of time, where everyone's trying to deal with this exact same question that we're now dealing with; which is, Can people be subjects in a meaningful sense under these conditions of mass media? If everyone is just listening to the same propaganda all day on their radios, in what sense do we have individual subjects with free wills making decisions about self governance?
And this is Lippman's big experience, right? He's the chief propagandist to get us into World War I, and again, I think it [00:40:00] was much easier to manipulate public opinion then to be honest, but he does it and he's like, Oh my God, that was way too easy. What does it mean about democracy if you can just propagandize a whole population? And we have a different set of questions now that aren't about... in some fascinating way are sort of the converse, right? That was all about massness. It was like, everyone's listening to the same thing. So it's subsuming the individual and we're watching fascism as this sort of mob, basically, come to life and the mob is all getting the same propaganda. The mob is acting as one.
We're now seeing this like weird hyper individuation , which like no one sees it seems exactly the same content all day. And what is that radical individuation and self selection do to the democratic project?
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: I love that you went here because this is where I wanted to go.
CHRIS HAYES: Well, this is what your book's [00:41:00] about.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: in a lot of ways it is. Yeah. And to the point you're making here and in the book, if we also lack the capacity to pay attention together, what the hell does that mean for democracy? I mean, democracy on some level is a shared culture. So if mass culture isn't possible anymore, is democracy?
CHRIS HAYES: There's a few things I say. One is, I want to always in this book, and I try very hard to resist the temptation do dehistoricize everything, like, as I say in the book, they didn't need Facebook in Salem to start having viral rumors that so and so was a witch, like people are very good at spreading disinformation just analog style, which is like the core of the human condition. And that's our lot and democracy is incredibly fallible with a bunch of fallible people. So I just want to say that.
But yes, I think there is a profound question about [00:42:00] what this is doing to our democracy. And particularly because, as I write in the book, and this is really key and it's something that I live every day, attention is not a moral faculty. It is distinct from what we think is important. Lippmann, in Public Opinion, whines about this. He whines about a lot of things. He says, he's talking about Versailles actually, right? So talking about the end of the war and the reparations, he says, Americans have an incredible interest in this, but they're not interested in it. He's like, the same way the child has an enormous interest in his father's business that he will inherit, but is not interested in it.
So this problem is old, but I think it's so sheer right now, that overcoming the compelled, the sirens call, the sort of lowest [00:43:00] common denominator tabloid casino effect of everything in a very competitive attention environment where we're driven towards the lowest common denominator, we're driven towards what compels it, malforms the public collective ability to reason collectively, to think of issues independent of what just sustains our attention from moment to moment. Because what sustains our attention of a moment is distinct from what is important and we all know that. Everyone understands that. And yet it's very hard to counteract what's being done to us through the technologies
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: And of course look the problem isn't just that we're losing control over what we pay attention to, we're also losing the capacity to pay attention for more than 10 seconds. You talk about the Lincoln Douglas debates in the book. We talk about it in ours as well. It really is striking how much more sophisticated the language was. It's [00:44:00] wild. And people had the capacity to pay attention to it for so long. And there's just no question that more people think and speak in soundbites now because that's how we consume information. Maybe it started with the telegraph and radio and TV, but it's ratcheted up to a whole other level with digital tech.
We are a meme culture now, and if you live in a meme culture, you're going to have a meme politics and a citizenry that can only communicate at the level of memes. I don't know what you do with that.
CHRIS HAYES: Yes, no, you're right. And yes, and your discussion, I think your discussion of Lincoln Douglas actually was what sent me originally back to read them.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: I also have no doubt if, those people attending the Lincoln Douglas debates could go home and stream CSI: Toledo or whatever, they would.
CHRIS HAYES: Dude, this is one of these challenges with this whole discourse. What's distinct, what's old? All Marx did is just fight with people online, [00:45:00] essentially, for what is his day was like. That's all he spent his whole life, like he was a compulsive poster. He's constantly having 15 different factional fights. People always forget the Communist Manifesto, it's so funny, it's basically, it's 15 pages of all this stuff people know, workers a world unite and then there's an addendum That's like why every other Factional tendency in the broad anti capitalist movement is wrong, goes through each one, like this one's wrong for this reasons.
And then there's this like weird formation of monarchist right wing Catholics who are also anti bourgeois and anti capitalist. They're wrong for this reason and literally just it's just like a set of fights he's picking with every different person. So some of this again, this is a thing that I say all the time.
Democracy is a technology for managing the conflict endemic to human affairs. It's the best technology we have come up with for managing conflict endemic human affairs. But [00:46:00] conflict is endemic to human affairs. So that, doesn't go away. people are going to be disagree and fight with each other.
And the question of how we manage that is the question of how we collectively govern. And I do think that all of us having our brains stripped to the studs is not helpful in that enterprise. What a hot take there, Chris.
Jim Acosta's powerful last words as he leaves CNN- -It is never a good time to bow down to a tyrant - Dean Obeidallah Show - Air Date 1-28-25
JIM ACOSTA: People often ask me if the highlight of my career at CNN was at the White House covering Donald Trump. Actually, no. That moment came here when I covered former President Barack Obama's trip to Cuba in 2016 and had the chance to question the dictator there, Raul Castro, about the island's political prisoners.
As the son of a Cuban refugee, I took home this lesson. It is never a good time to bow down to a tyrant. I have always believed it's the job of the press to hold power to account. I've always tried to do that here at CNN, and I plan on going doing [00:47:00] all of that in the future.
One final message. Don't give in to the lies. Don't give in to the fear. Hold on to the truth. And to hope. Even if you have to get out your phone, record that message, "I will not give in to the lies. I will not give in to the fear." Post it on your social media, so people can hear from you, too.
Fox News is Back at the White House. Plus, No Joke, The Onion Buys Infowars. Part 2 - On the Media - Air Date 11-15-24
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You also say that not everything can be fact-checked, that the political ether is lousy with lies large and small, that reporters should concentrate on the ones with the highest impact, or liars, where everything is said to a large audience. But how do you curate Trump?
BILL ADAIR: Well, I think the solution for fact checking Trump is to get some funding to literally fact check everything he says.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Fact-checking all of those claims, hiring someone to do it, wouldn't that have a numbing effect?
BILL ADAIR: Well, yes, but there are also people who transcribe everything he [00:48:00] says.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: So how exactly does more fact-checking help our current environment?
BILL ADAIR: People would say, with me, like, when you're a hammer, everything looks like a nail. Here's why. I think that, first, if you look at just the most basic thing, we talked about Trump, but this also exists at the state and local level.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Even more important, because those local papers have been hammered so hard.
BILL ADAIR: Exactly, and so here's proof of that. My team looked at fact checking across the country and found that in half the states, there are no fact checkers holding governors, US Senators, members of Congress responsible for what they say. That's like driving on the interstate without any fear of getting a speeding ticket. You can go as fast as you want. Those politicians can say anything and never worry about [00:49:00] getting fact-checked. We need more fact-checkers. The simple process of holding politicians accountable for what they say is a useful exercise that provides a ground truth. So that's step one. Okay, so is fact-checking working when it's done? No.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: And part of that is structural. Our media is crafted so that we never have to encounter an idea or a fact that we don't like.
BILL ADAIR: Exactly. So we have to get creative in thinking about how we might get fact checks to people who aren't seeing them. Two thoughts on that. One, I'm not sure that shouting pants on fire is going to have an appeal to conservative audiences. I'm not sure that Truth-O-Meters are going to have an appeal to conservative audiences because they're associated with fact-checkers that probably conservative audiences have been [00:50:00] told not to trust.
In researching the book, I searched how often PolitiFact and its fact-checking has been mentioned in negative ways on Fox, and it gets insulted a lot. We probably need to think about how we package fact-checking for conservative audiences. The other thing we need to do is to get more conservative media organizations to do their own fact-checking. Now, this is already happening. The Dispatch, a center-right publication, does fact-checking and it's very popular, and we need more conservative media organizations to do fact-checking. I think those two things could really help because what we're doing now is not working.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: In writing this book, you stepped away from the day-to-day role of fact-checking and you've come to the conclusion that maybe pants on fire isn't the way to go. [00:51:00] But have you gotten yet any insights or any really compelling ideas about how to package the truth in a way that can cross party lines?
BILL ADAIR: Not yet. That's kind of next on my to-do list.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: To me, that's a sort of, aside from that Mrs. Lincoln, how did you like the play?
BILL ADAIR: That's a big task. I think that we need to figure out what could appeal beyond this NPR listening, New York Times reading, New Yorker subscribing audience and so.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: But nothing yet.
BILL ADAIR: Nothing yet.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: You got nothing?
BILL ADAIR: I got nothing for you, Brooke.
Note from the Editor on the liberatory power of the humble RSS feed reader
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with The ReidOut laying out Trump's game plan to bully media into submission. On the Media looked at the revolving door between Fox News and the Trump administrations. Midas Touch described some of the behind the scenes meetings between Trump's team and media outlets. The Zero Hour discussed [00:52:00] media accuracy and trustworthiness. The Majority Report looked at the politics of pardons and punishment. On the Media focused on the threat to public broadcasting. The Gray Area spoke with Chris Hayes about the attention economy. The Dean Obeidallah Show featured Jim Acosta's final words before leaving his show on CNN. And On the Media looked at the importance and complexities of fact checking.
And those were just the Top Takes. There's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members, who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support all of our work and to have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app.
And as always, if regular membership just isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of [00:53:00] hearing more information.
And we've been trying something new and offering you the opportunity to submit your comments or questions on upcoming topics, so you can join the conversation as it happens. Up next, we're doing a deep dive on the age of oligarchy, which dovetails nicely with Elon Musk's ongoing administrative coup, followed by a broader look at Trump's efforts to simply break the government in as many ways as he can. So get your comments or questions in for those topics now. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991.
We're also findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the handle bestoftheleft.01 and there's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I just want to touch on a specific element of media consumption that is near and dear to my heart.
We were already actually planning on having a bigger discussion about this on the show for members this week, but I will go ahead [00:54:00] and give you the headline now: "You should be using an RSS reader to get your news." Now this won't break the stranglehold of for-profit media and the nature of the attention economy by itself, but it is definitely part of the mixture of impactful actions that will benefit you personally, and help prod the industry away from the algorithm apocalypse we're currently living through
Now, aside from trustworthy podcasts, I hasten to mention, which also use RSS feeds, by the way, any scrolling you're doing to catch headlines should be done away from the prying eyes and manipulating business models of the algorithm-based social media and newsfeed apps. RSS, which stands for Really Simple Syndication, is a near universal standard that is the backbone of podcasting and blogging and is already incorporated into the vast majority of news sites you could ever [00:55:00] possibly want to get articles from. The biggest difference between using an RSS reader and one of those infinite scroll social media apps is that -- I will grant you, social media feeds are more exciting than a collection of RSS feeds that you pick and choose what sources you want to subscribe to -- but that's because algorithms have been tuned to be maximally exciting, which wouldn't be a problem if the truth were as exciting as fiction and lies.
So just remember that social media feeds are more exciting because they're full of bullshit. That is the fundamental element of how they work.
So if you've got that twitch that has you reaching for your phone and opening an endless scroll app to keep up on the news or whatever, take an hour out of one day, maybe less, download an RSS reader, and manually subscribe to all the sources you actually trust and want to follow. And then throw in some fact checking sites as well. Then when you have the urge to scroll, you'll just be seeing [00:56:00] those sources that you actually trust.
And don't fear picking the wrong RSS app, because you can always export the sources you follow from one app to the next. So if you find a better one later, switching is a breeze.
Now, look, I know what you're thinking. You don't want to have to do your own research and you'd love if I would just tell you what app to use. I know, I have been there. So I will do that. For starters, if you're just looking for a free app with good basic functionality, try Feedly. It's fine. I've used it on and off. It gets the job done. It's not exciting, but it doesn't need to be. If you fancy yourself a power reader or maybe an aspiring power reader and you want the real cream of the crop, then I recommend the Readwise Reader. That's two words: first word Readwise, second word Reader.
Up to this point I've been talking about RSS readers, apps that let you subscribe to feeds. There's another species of app called Read It Later. [00:57:00] It's like Instapaper and Pocket apps like that, that let you easily bookmark articles that then get imported into your app for easy reading. The Readwise Reader is the best marriage of the two that I've been able to find, and I went looking for something like that specifically that could manage my needs for research that go into the member show. I used to just use Apple News Plus to get access to all the media outlets, but I really wanted to take control and curate my sources, including a bunch of sources that aren't in Apple News, and I didn't want them organized by an algorithm, at all. And in addition to all of that, I wanted to be able to add any articles I come across in the wild.
Now unsurprisingly, the Readwise Reader costs money and doesn't have a free tier, they just have a free trial, because it's really a "you get what you pay for" kind of situation. Now obviously it's suited to real power users like me whose work depends on reading lots and lots and lots of articles, so it's not for [00:58:00] everyone.
But those are the two basic ends of the spectrum to get you started. Feedly for free basic stuff. Readwise is the absolute, like it does everything you can imagine it might do and probably a bunch more. So explore, enjoy, go forth, free yourself from the algorithm, and then spread the good word.
SECTION A: MONEY
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now, we'll continue to dive deeper on three topics today. Next up, Section A: Money, followed by Section B: Attention, and Section C: The Free Press.
Tech Moguls and Journalism w Eoin Higgins - Behind the News - Air Date 1-30-24
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: If you spent a lot of time immersed in online punditry, you may have wondered what happened to two stars of that world, Glenn Greenwald and Matt Taibbi.
Once more or less in the left, though perhaps they would dispute that, they now lean pretty far to the right, though perhaps they would dispute that too. Greenwald was a sharp critic of the Bush era Republican Party. Now he carries water for Donald Trump. Taibbi once wrote scathing critiques of Goldman Sachs for Rolling Stone.
Now he carries water for Elon Musk. Both now are featured on media outlets like Substack and Rumble, which are [00:59:00] financed by right wing tech moguls like Marc Andreessen, Peter Thiel, and Elon Musk. At this point, one doesn't need to say too much about Musk by way of introduction. The other two are less well known.
Both are venture capitalists and investors, one of my favorite occupational categories. Andreessen got rich and famous 30 years ago as one of the founders of Netscape, and Thiel, along with Musk, was one of the founders of PayPal. He's also been a longstanding patron of right wing politics and politicians, most notably J.
D. Vance. Owen Higgins, his first name is spelled E O I N, is just out with a book on these consequential unions, Owned, how tech billionaires and the right bought the loudest voices in the left from bold type books. It's a look at how tech moguls are creating a journalistic landscape that's more about heat than light and personalities rather than institutions.
Owen Higgins. Before we get to the dubious stars of this show, uh, Greenwald and Taibbi, I do want to call attention to the centrality of the thuggish billionaires who are close to the re inaugurated Emperor Trump. Uh, [01:00:00] Peter Thiel, who also had a lot to do with J. D. Vance's rise. As well, Mark Andreessen and the Nazi saluter Elon Musk.
What does it mean that this unholy trinity is now so close to state power?
EOIN HIGGINS: Well, I don't think it means anything good. If you kind of look at their evolution and the way that they have maybe manipulated and Controlled communication and discourse over the past three, four years. This has been an investment that has paid off for them.
They wanted a more conservative, much more importantly, I think more tech friendly administration in power, and now they have it. With each one of them, there's something different. So Andreessen has for a long time been a real proponent of crypto. He has a lot of his capital in there. He wants to make sure that that pays off.
So he, it seems like he's going to get what he wants. Trump is making noises about some sort of more crypto friendly administration. One of one of Andreessen's big complaints [01:01:00] about Biden was that he was crypto unfriendly. And Lena Kahn's attacks on the industry, or what he saw as attacks on the industry.
So, for Andreessen, I think that's kind of what we'll probably see. You know, there's some culture war stuff here, but I think that ultimately he just believes in the money part. Thiel probably sees Trump as part of a long standing ideological mission that Thiel has had. Thiel is maybe equally Invested in, you know, his material wealth and also the ideology, maybe more than the others are where, where he's kind of maybe a little more 50, 50, he's been pushing for this far right politics for a long time, decades, but he did this interview with the Atlantic's, uh, Barton Gellman.
I think this was back at the end of 2023 where he said he was done. He didn't want to invest anymore. Money or time into politics. He was disappointed in Trump. He didn't like Biden and he was quiet for most of 2024. And then he started to pop up [01:02:00] again on podcasts and doing talks around like the summer, and I think that one of the reasons that he started to do that is he, he realized.
That Trump was ascendant, or at least that the right wing project that Trump was a part of was ascendant. And he made a calculation, a bet, I think, that this was going to be successful. It paid off. That he has such closeness as well to Mark Zuckerberg is also very, very important with Zuckerberg cozying up to Trump.
And then finally, Musk, I mean, there's just a lot to say here.
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: None of it very good.
EOIN HIGGINS: Yeah, none of it good. Yeah. I mean, he invested in Twitter, I think, in order to have something like this happen, you know, not necessarily maybe the presidency, but to shape domestic and global opinion. It's hard to argue that it didn't pay off.
He may be losing a lot of money on Twitter. Twitter may be a borderline unusable website, but to do what it's doing and to shape the conversation, to make himself. Like an [01:03:00] indispensable, important person who everyone has to listen to is probably equally important. This is a guy, if you're, if you just watch his body language and the way that he acts, is desperate for approval and massively insecure and at the same time has a huge ego because he's one of the richest people, no, he is the richest person in the world on paper, and is now basically living in the White House.
So effectively what's going to happen is that now the Department of Government Efficiency, this is what I predict will happen, is going to just funnel money to these big tech companies. And that just is probably works out for a must quite well. It's hard to argue that it hasn't paid off for all three of those guys.
They're probably pretty happy with the way things are going right now.
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: The politics of these guys is often characterized as libertarian, but the whole industry has been close to the Pentagon forever, and Thiel in particular has made immense amounts of money from the CIA, so that really is the wrong descriptor for these characters.
EOIN HIGGINS: They would probably describe themselves as libertarians or former [01:04:00] libertarians, but you're completely right. All three of these guys, and Bezos as well, well, I'll talk about Bezos in a second, but all three of these guys have made a lot of money investing in companies that do surveillance, uh, in, in Teal's case, Palantir, Starlink, and SpaceX, and Tesla, in Musk's case, have, I mean, Musk's made billions and billions of dollars from government contracts, and this has been a, a bipartisan spigot of cash.
It hasn't changed, really, administration to administration.
Trump SECRET Meeting with Media before Payoff EXPOSED Part 2 - The MeidasTouch Podcast - Air Date 12-16-24
BEN MEISELAS - HOST, THE MEIDASTOUCH: By the way, now that we know about this meeting between, uh, Deborah O'Connell, who oversees ABC News, A few days later, five days later, a 15 million settlement happens.
I wonder how the people who work, what are the employees at, uh, ABC, what do they think about this? Right? Because, um, you know, there have been budget cuts and, uh, layoffs and things like this. Well, according to Yasher Ali. ABC News [01:05:00] talent and staff that he's been talking to over the past few hours are stunned and furious about the settlement.
Their anger primarily stems from the fact that they have faced repeated budget and compensation cuts in recent years, experienced layoffs, and yet the network, even if insurance paid it, has paid this huge sum of money. To settle this matter and I'm not quite sure that insurance paid it because why would insurance pay it?
If they're classifying it as a political donation to a future library, which sounds like a tax deduction To me or a tax write off uh to me and often if you're admitting to engaging in defamation and issuing an apology like that publicly. Insurance doesn't necessarily cover intentional acts where you're apologizing for what you did like that.
So, um, but you know what, what's interesting here? Look, it's true. Significant [01:06:00] layoffs have hit ABC News. For example, 19 million in cuts were made to Good Morning America last year. Think about that. 19 million in cuts, people lost their job, dozens of people get fired, and all of that money that would have saved those jobs was now given to a Trump presidential, a future Trump presidential library.
So I understand that, but it's still, when you think about it, the ABC News and Talent, what made them most pissed is the compensation issue and not the obeying in advance to authoritarianism. Issue, because to me, that's the bigger issue right here. I mean, look, if you're talent, if you're a journalist, I understand your compensation is as important and I understand how frustrating it must be if your company is reducing it, but don't you want your integrity first?
More than anything here. [01:07:00] I mean just think about it over here when you have Mark Zuckerberg who Donald Trump has called You know, I'm coming after you Zucker box and Trump's called him all these names Standing there at Mar a Lago next to Donald Trump, by the way Tim Cook of Apple went to Mar a Lago to kiss the ring as well Joe and Mika we've reported I just realized this now in that political playbook report.
Guess who it's brought to you by Zuckerberg It's brought to you by meta Right, the, the signs, the stamps of the oligarchy all stand, all staring us in the face, but But remember all the statements that Donald Trump would make about the media and that he would post over and over again, you know, during the election and over the past four years and when he was in office, the enemy, the media is the enemy of the people.
The media is the enemy of the people. These long all caps, they're almost all dishonest and corrupt, but Comcast with its one sided vicious coverage by NBC news and particular [01:08:00] MSDNC often correctly. Referred to as M-S-D-N-C, democratic National Committee should be investigated for country threatening treason.
They're the enemy of the people Fox. The fake news is the enemy of the people posting memes like this of the news networks holding vice President Kamala Harris up and saying, enemy of the people post after post enemy of the people. So all you gotta do is go on social media, call people, enemy of the people, just threaten the media.
And the fourth estate boom folds like that folds like that. And you see talent, they're worried about compensation over integrity. You've got the corporations that the oligarchical corporations that run these media networks want to kiss the ring. It's all a money grab. It's a race for money. Put your integrity first over all of this.
You could have integrity and make money too. And if they come after you, if they go after you, so be it. That's life. Stand up for yourself, but [01:09:00] no secret meetings at lavish steakhouses behind our backs, focusing on their bottom line, not the bottom line of our democracy.
Tech Moguls and Journalism w Eoin Higgins Part 2 - Behind the News - Air Date 1-30-24
EOIN HIGGINS: So when you're trying, in a book like this, trying to track this political evolution and the things that they talk about and the stuff that they write about to any kind of, like, financial motivator, it's often hard to find, like, somebody, like, giving them just, you know, a stack of cash and being like, here, please write this.
But there have been investments in a lot of alternative media outlets and platforms. By the same people who we were talking about earlier, right? So Mark Andreessen invests in Substack after that Substack starts investing in writers. Some of the writers that they start investing in are pretty far to the right.
They start boosting that kind of stuff. Substacks right wing tilt, which they deny. And I should definitely say that they do deny this, but their right wing tilt has been noticed by a lot of people, including writers. I am, I guess, still part of a collective called the Discontents, which [01:10:00] were a group of Substack writers who were kind of opposed to this.
Substack did not give money to Taibi and Greenwald, but they did make their money on that platform, and I would argue that there were incentives there to Promote a certain politics in a certain way. There's, there's something called substack brain where you're kind of, you're, you're always trying to get a reaction from people.
You're kind of pushing things to the right a little bit. You're being contrarian. So you start to see that kind of stuff with Greenwald. The real payoff comes when JD Vance and Peter Thiel, vice president, JD Vance. Uh, which is, yeah, that's something. And Thiel is his mentor. And Teal is his mentor, yeah, so, and they both invest in Rumble, which is this Canadian based right wing YouTube alternative, and Rumble gives a large contract to Glenn, uh, in order to move System Update, which is his podcast slash video show, over to Rumble exclusively, they also paid, um, [01:11:00] fellow right wing pundit and soon to be DNI, Director of National Intelligence, uh, Tulsi Gabbard, Glenn also had to move over his writing from Substack over to Locals, which is a blogging platform founded by a guy named Dave Rubin.
If you know who he is, then you're, you're as unfortunate as I am, but marginal right wing figure, but you know, they moved that over. They also, uh, they also purchased Colin, which was a David Sacks founded audio platform, which, which I recorded podcasts for, for a year for, for some money from them. So I'm certainly not blameless here.
Like I've, I've also taken this money.
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: You can't, uh, fault somebody because there's, you know, there's just so little money in journalism these days unless you're, uh, servicing these characters.
EOIN HIGGINS: Right, right, right. Well, you know, I mean, I was offered, I was offered the money and there was no guidance provided or anything, but, um, it was, it was kind of obvious.
Glenn's, you know, just taking the money from this, um, and, and it's just exclusively putting this stuff there. Uh, he would argue that Peter Thiel has nothing to do with Rumble. It's kind of hard to make that [01:12:00] argument when, you know, Thiel and Vance invest all of this money into Rumble and then Rumble gives money to Glenn.
Taibi is selected because of influence from Andreessen and Saks by Musk to expose the Twitter files, uh, the reporting of which is not particularly strong, but it certainly gets an ideological point of view out there. And more importantly, I think for, uh, for Taibi, probably doubled and maybe more his income from Substack just over the course of, of that brief reporting.
The financial incentives for helping these guys are pretty clear. If you help them, you'll have money. That's kind of how it all wraps together. They're investing in an alternative media superstructure in large part, because they want something they can control where it's not as critical and where it serves their purposes and there are figures of prominence.
In the alternative media sphere, people whose, whose independence is part of their brand, like Taibbi and Greenwald, who are then happy [01:13:00] to help with that mission and to take the funding.
Mickey Huff The Mainstream Media is [CENSORED] Part 2 - The Zero Hour with RJ Eskow - Air Date 1-11-25
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: Yeah, it's very rare that those corporate sponsors have to call up and, you know, because they, they know what they need to do to get ahead, right? So it's that, plus it's a cultural thing, and I really think, you know, 40, 50 years ago, there was the culture of, you know, a crusading reporter out to get the truth.
And I mean, there was a lot of BS in the media then too, but, but That was the ideal was the truth and you did what you did for the truth and let's face it reporters were not the best paid you know they were the ink stained wretches who came up as copy boys or copy girls and and uh you know finally you know got into the newsroom but Now, it is a kind of elite tribalism, if you're in a place like the New York Times, where you've gone to a fine school, Ivy League school, and you, you know, you're comfortable with these [01:14:00] people, uh, to use Gore Vidal's phrase, it's, it's not just a conspiracy, it's a conspiracy of shared values.
That's my take on it. What do you think?
MICKEY HUFF: Yeah, it's very interesting. Interesting. You bring up the doll too. I'm always reminded by his, his, his very pithy th pithy phrase, um, that we live in the United States of amnesia. Right? We don't even remember. We had a vibrant press some 50 years ago and a lot of competition and a lot of local media where we now live in news deserts.
We, I mean, part of what I'm doing at the park center is honoring the The, the legacy of the late great I F Izzy Stone,
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: right?
MICKEY HUFF: We do the Izzy awards every, every, uh, spring started by Jeff Cohen there and continued by Raza Rumi. It'll be our 17th celebration of Izzy Stone coming up this, this April. And, but that's, but even then you take a look at George.
Those folks often had to go outside the establishment press to report what they were doing. IF Stone did it for [01:15:00] over 20 years. He printed his own
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: newsletter. Yeah.
MICKEY HUFF: He had to go outside of the system to critique it, right? And, and, and there's a lot of interest, uh, there's a lot of interesting analogies we can, we can draw from that.
That relate to what you were just saying. It's very difficult, and this is now riffing off of another muckraker, Upton Sinclair, going back a hundred years. When Upton Sinclair ran for governor of California in 1934, he was complaining in some way about the press coverage and the anti socialism and so forth, even during the New Deal period, right?
He was a socialist candidate. But he said, you know, it's difficult to get someone to understand something whose job it is to not understand it. Right. I was paraphrasing and avoiding the sexist language that he employed at the time. But you get the drift here is that like a lot of the folks that are in the corporate media, the so called mainstream, they're like the fish in the water.
That's unaware of what they don't talk about the water. But they rely on the water to exist, right? So they know what [01:16:00] to ask and not ask if they want to keep their jobs, but then they also bemoan simultaneously that they can't always do what they need to do, but they have to keep their jobs. It's a catch 22, right?
But, you know, this is why independent media is so important. This is why at Project Censored every year, and in our book again this year, we highlight, you know, what we think are the top stories coming out of the independent press that the corporate media either couldn't be bothered with, Maybe didn't address at all, or if they did cover it, they did so in a partial way that amounts to what we call news abuse, or the new technical term for it is mal information.
Misinformation is unintentional, making mistakes, and we're all human. We all make mistakes. That's why there's retractions. That's why there's corrections. We don't expect people to always get things right the first time. We get that. But misinformation that's left unaddressed is a very, is a significant problem that leads to lack of trust.
We're back to that. Disinformation is purposeful, [01:17:00] is purposefully putting out false or misleading information, which leads to declining trust. Malinformation is information that appears on the surface to be factually accurate. but is framed in such a way that it excludes important historical background information or other relevant perspectives that lead the public to potentially come to a certain conclusion even though that collusion, I'm sorry, that conclusion would be undermined if further information that is known would have been reported, right?
All of those things contribute to what, RJ? Lack of public trust in journalism. They contribute to a less well informed electorate, and they now are helping produce what the media is calling the low informed voter. Well, where did that come from, RJ?
SECTION B: ATTENTION
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering Section B: Attention.
Attention pays (with Chris Hayes) Part 2 - The Gray Area with Sean Illing - Air Date 1-27-25
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: And you grapple with some of these questions, um, in a really interesting way in the book. Um, you know, [01:18:00] you, you have a point of view, uh, as a journalist, as a TV host, you want to inform and presumably persuade your fellow citizens, but you also work in TV.
You work in the attention industry and the logic of that industry and the logic of that medium It's constantly imposing itself on you. So how do you navigate this? How do you play the attention game without compromising yourself?
CHRIS HAYES: It's really hard. It's, it's what I spend most of my life thinking about.
Most of my working life. I mean, it was the rudest awakening when I moved to primetime, partly because the first TV show I had, which was on weekend mornings, I just didn't think about intentional. Attentional imperatives at all and I was just like wouldn't it be cool to do a two hour sort of like seminar about 80 topics at a roundtable And then it did well it it it rated pretty well and it was like, oh well And then I tried to do that at 8 p.
m after people had just gotten home from like a day teaching [01:19:00] third grade or a shift in the hospice and Didn't really work. Um, Partly because I think people just started to have different attentional capacity 8 p. m. On a weeknight than they do at 9 a. m. on Saturday morning. Like you're pretty clear. You can sit and think a little.
So I had to deal with those attentional Um, Imperatives and I always have to I mean, the thing about attention I say is that it's mere it's it's it's always necessary and never sufficient. That's what that's what's so fascinating about it. You always need it to do anything else like in a relationship.
It's necessary, but it's not sufficient. Like what you want in a relationship is love, but you need attention to get love. Like, you need your spouse to pay you attention and listen to you, and they need you to do the same to them. But if all you're doing is paying attention, and sometimes people get into toxic [01:20:00] relationships where they're paying negative attention to each other, and they're fighting with each other in this desperate attempt to get that, it's not enough.
So, that's the same about the conundrum I have, right? It's necessary, but not sufficient. I need to keep people's attention as a means to the end of doing something that I think Improves civic life to be as highfalutin as possible.
SEAN ILLING - HOST, THE GRAY AREA: Yeah, I mean, when I first started in journalism, I was more of a, I guess you would call it a take writer.
Um, and I did some cable hits and it didn't go well, um, in part because I just didn't understand how performative it was, especially when you're in the guest room. You know, I wanted to be deliberate and make arguments, but that's hard to do when you've got a few minutes. Maybe it's entertainment, right?
And so you have to capture and hold attention and that incentivizes a certain um, Style [01:21:00] of communication so I kind of just stopped doing TV if I did it again It would go better because I understand that world now and I can perform if I need to but I didn't Think it brought out the best version of me.
CHRIS HAYES: Yeah, I don't know if it brings out the best version me either totally honest I mean one thing that you mentioned there that I think is part of this discussion is just time and the speed that's right people don't realize how The pace at which they talk and how compressed it is on television, um, and actually, this is a thing I kind of love about the kind of podcast resurgence and like to my point about like, not everything's terrible, like Lex Friedman's a great example, um, he's a podcaster, he's a very, very popular podcast, um, I listen to him sometimes, some of them I love, some of them I'm not that crazy about, but he, his, he's very deliberate and he's very slow and it would never work on television, and I love the fact that it does work in the medium he's working in.
But one thing about TV for people that haven't done it is [01:22:00] if you've ever had the experience of going to a batting cage and putting it up to like 70, 80, 90 like professional and you're standing there and the ball is just past you before your, your, your muscle even twitch, you're just like, Whoa, that ball got on me very fast.
That's how TV feels when you, if you're not used to it, it just, it's like trying to hit major league pitching. All of a sudden, everything is moving way faster. Then it does in normal conversation in normal thinking, anything you do normally, it's happening way, way, way, way faster.
Mickey Huff The Mainstream Media is [CENSORED] Part 3 - The Zero Hour with RJ Eskow - Air Date 1-11-25
MICKEY HUFF: well, look, and more, more to that, it's almost as if the more you keep repeating flagrant falsehoods and double down on them, it just, it just doesn't even matter. Um, the fact that so many people are migrating or flocking, you know, to the incoming Trump administration is really, uh, uh.
I mean, it's, it's an extraordinary display of, uh, of sycophancy, the likes of which we, we haven't seen [01:23:00] really for, for some time. And granted, the last, this, this Biden administration has done a lot to earn the mistrust of the American public. They were meddling in social media, um, and now it makes it even easier for people like Zuckerberg to come out and say, well, I always thought that was the wrong approach.
And then they go back to the notion that pretends that Musk is some kind of. You know, hero of free expression, which is the most preposterous thing to say of all time. The guy is willy nilly censoring people, de platforming people, constantly cancelling. They cancel far more people on the left end of the political dial than other places, and more so, they're just interested in suppressing anybody that, like, puts a sort of, like, a dent in their narcissistic armor.
Um, I mean, it's, it's, the things that go on that are being discussed in the political ecosystem right now are completely Um, but now, uh, they're, they're, they're, they're, they're dumbed down to such an extraordinary degree, um, that we, we can't even have any kind of sober analysis of it. People like Musk are openly [01:24:00] embracing fascist movements in Europe.
I mean, they're openly embracing far right neo Nazi movements, and, and, and, and the press here is just like, He's a gadfly. He's a maverick. Look at him go. He's a million. He's a billionaire. That's amazing. What will he do next? Let's remember the guys never invented anything. He was born on third base, thought he hit a triple, was born in apartheid South Africa to, you know, an emerald mine owner, an oligarch that has bought everything that he's ever had.
And he squandered even the money that he's had to create huge prevaricating machines over at X. Former Twitter that now people like Zuckerberg are saying we're gonna make ourselves more like X and Twitter and it's like well So you're gonna generate more environments that are like media cesspools. So a fair question RJ What do the establishment press do given that that's now seen as the competition for the eyeballs, right?
And i'm not saying all [01:25:00] social media is bad part of the reason that they have the ban on tiktok Was because that's where a younger generation of people were learning about the horrors of gaza,
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: right? Absolutely, and you know, I think the answer for some in the mainstream media is only college graduates will watch TV news and read newspapers, and they're all centrist Democrats, so we'll woo them with the kind of coverage that floats their boat, and then the giant, you know, I mean, even malinformation doesn't begin to describe it when you're, when you're talking about social media, it's really like the creation of it.
Individual mutant universes for, uh, every individual to just drive their lizard brains, you know, crazy, and, uh, they're not just being misled, they're being, they're, they're in individual hallucinations and, [01:26:00] and, uh, you know, algorithmic hallucinations and where the hell, you know, we've got to find, uh, how we nurture Uh, real independent press, the kind where if you get a single fact wrong, you're depressed for three days because you're that committed to the truth and, uh, where you do an analysis where you connect the threads, where you, you know, get the matrix of forces outline that's affecting story A or story B.
I don't, I know you have a section in State of the Free Press. Do you guys have a section about, uh, good projects that are going on? You know, I'm just not sure how we do that. It's a massive assignment.
MICKEY HUFF: It is a massive assignment, which is again, why I'm teaching journalism and teaching critical media literacy, hopefully to another generation of people that really care about the same kind of ethics and values that drove people like Izzy Stone or that drove people like Ida Tarbell over a hundred years, or Lincoln Steffens, or [01:27:00] even Walter Cronkite, who was at CBS, right?
You know, there are examples in our history of people that really told stories that made a difference. Journalism does matter, but it needs to, it needs to redefine itself as the ethical, transparently sourced, um, vehicle to expose corruption and report the truth in a public in a way that leads to meaningful civic engagement.
What you were describing on social media, uh, just moments ago, RJ. It's more like, um, it's more like this, uh, algorithmically created prison, um, that is, you know, uh, siloed confirmation bias echo chambers, right? That are like dope, dopamine hitting machines, right? Absolutely. Yeah. And it's been shown over and over, you know, the social, you know, the, the, the social science research on this is pretty clear.
We've even had a. A surgeon general come out and say that there's a serious social media [01:28:00] addiction problem in, in this country that is contributing to some of the other problems you and I are talking about right now,
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: right?
MICKEY HUFF: And we have so many of these multiple challenges that are now intertwined. The privatization of education, the collapse of critical pedagogy, the conglomeration of corporate for profit media, even if independent media is expanding and has new outlets, it's gate kept at so many different layers and levels that it atomizes us back into those siloed echo chambers where.
We're we only think we're, you know, we think we're talking amongst a large, diverse group of people, but we're really only glad handing each other. We're not doing anybody favors by staying with our 1, favorite media outlets. We really need to diversify and understand what messages are getting out to the rest of the public.
What information the public should have ready access to to be able to see more clearly what's actually going on around us. Let's remember, [01:29:00] back to Seldes. He said the job of journalism isn't to both sides anything or to feign objectivity. It's to tell the public what's actually going on. Right. And that means you gotta speak truth to power and speaking truth as power.
And you gotta call out the owners. We should have a vast, vibrant free press, public press in this country. Scholars like, uh, um, Victor Picard have pointed out that we could do this in an extraordinary way for four or five billion dollars. We really need more like thirty billion dollars to do it. Well, come on!
Some of these oligarchs could just shave that off of money they didn't even know they had and donate it for some kind of cause like this. Just like they get in poverty. Just like they get in homelessness. But you know what the oligarchs aren't gonna do? Any of that and the corporate media instead of calling out one of the most obvious things Their conflicts of interest in their rank hypocrisy you and I before we got on here We're talking about the late great george carlin, right?
Let's not have a double standard here. One standard will do just fine [01:30:00] Um instead of doing that they just kowtow to it because they're part of the profit making machine and journalism itself Itself needs to be rescued from the industry that it has created around itself. It needs to go back to the grassroots, back to independent public interest journalism and needs to be bottom up, not top down.
Needs to stop. Its ranker partisanship with corporate media, and it needs to truly start telling the public what's going on,
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: to which I extremely eloquently said, Mickey. And to which I can only add, uh, we have to resize. Truth.
MICKEY HUFF: Yes,
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: you know, just if you were, if you're on MSNBC and you report that Mueller is going to find, Robert Mueller is going to find this and that and it doesn't happen, you should be miserable.
You should, you know, offer ritual penance, penance. You should
MICKEY HUFF: learn something. Yeah.
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: Yeah. And you should say, Guys, I got it wrong because I care about the truth and I want you to hear the truth and until we do that I think uh [01:31:00] You know, it's going to be a million echo chambers
SECTION C: FREE PRESS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, Section C: The Free Press.
A Shake Up In The Briefing Room - On The Media - Air Date 1-15-25
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: During the first Trump presidency, the briefing room was a contentious place. The White House took away credentials from reporters seemingly on a whim. CNN, you might remember, went to court for an injunction to get their correspondent Jim Acosta back in the room after his pass was revoked.
This time around, there are hints from the Trump team of a reshuffle in the room. Traditionally, the front row is occupied by the four major networks along with CNN, the AP, and Reuters. The big newspapers have assigned seats in the row behind them. Last November, Don Jr. on The Daily Wire Podcast said this.
DON JR.: We had the conversation about opening up the press room to a lot of these independent journalists. If the New York Times has lied, they've been adverse to everything. They're functioning as the marketing arm of the Democrat Party. [01:32:00] Why not open it up to people who have larger viewerships, stronger followings? That may be in the works. Let's see. That's going to blow up some heads. We'll see.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: There's been no official confirmation of a shakeup, but with or without it, we know from past experience that the Trump White House is likely to be combative with the outlets that cover it. Not that Donald Trump is the only president in history to have a contentious relationship with the press. Back In January of 2017, just before Trump's first inauguration, Brooke spoke to Time Magazine's Olivia Waxman, who with the help of the Time Archive, had traced the path of the White House press corps and found that it never did run smooth.
Brooke began the interview by asking her to take us back to the very beginning, to the birth of the relationship between the press and the government. At the founding of the country.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Journalists were not allowed to attend the Constitutional Convention, [01:33:00] nor were they allowed in early state legislatures or the Continental Congress. Actually, a gossip columnist named Anne Royall literally had to steal John Quincy Adams's clothes to get him to grant her an interview. She sat on his clothes on the bank of the Potomac until the bathing president granted her an interview.
Brooke: [chuckles] Was there anything that really jumped out at you as surprising when you went through the archive of Time Magazine?
OLIVIA WAXMAN: I was surprised that women had been the first to argue that everything in the White House should be public knowledge because taxpayers paid for its upkeep.
Brooke: Emily Briggs of Philadelphia.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: She said, "When we go to the Executive Mansion, we go to our own house. We recline on our own satin and ebony."
Brooke: Then we get to President Grover Cleveland and you say, that's when we begin to see the emergence of the White House reporter [01:34:00] that we'd recognize today.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Right. There's a historian named Martha Kumar who pinpoints it to “Fatty” Price of The Washington Evening Star. He was one of the first reporters to work the White House beat. He sat at a table in a hallway and would pepper people with questions who were walking by. Martha Kumar found a letter that “Fatty” Price had written a White House staff member saying, thank you for the tablecloth. That seems to be the first sign we have that reporters were camped out, so to speak.
Brooke: We're talking there the 1880s, 1890s, you get to the 1900s to Teddy Roosevelt, who really loved reporters.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Yes. He had a newspaper cabinet that typically would meet with him during Roosevelt's early afternoon shave. If you can imagine, reporters got that kind of access in the early [01:35:00] 20th century, enviable now. Teddy Roosevelt did banish reporters to what he called the Aeneas Club if the stories proved to be embarrassing for the President. Fortune magazine reported that the journalists would readily forgive him because he made "such astounding copy."
Brooke: Roosevelt had his favorites, whereas President Wilson seemed to open up his doors to a wide range of reporters. A lot of people. Less intimacy.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Yes. Wilson's private secretary, Joseph Tumulty, told reporters that the President would, "look them in the face and chat with them for a few minutes." On March, March 15, 1913, 125 newspaper staffers showed up and Wilson said, "Your numbers forced me to make a speech to you en masse instead of chatting with each of you, as I had hoped to do, and thus getting greater pleasure and personal acquaintance out of this meeting."
Brooke: [01:36:00] Now, FDR, like his relative Teddy Roosevelt, was catnip for the press. He gave, you write, nearly 1,000 press conferences almost twice a week.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Time reported that he kept most White House news hawks fluttering happily. Those press conferences were ones where they had a real exchange of information. It was being compared to Prime Minister's Question Time in the UK. He also locked the doors so no reporters could walk out.
Brooke: Of the press room?
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Yes.
[laughter]
On occasion he would call correspondents liars or tell them to put on dunce caps.
Brooke: Really? I guess it's okay to call a particular correspondent a liar if it's not being televised. That's when the next big change happened under Eisenhower.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: That's a watershed moment. James Haggerty, Eisenhower's press secretary, had been on the [01:37:00] campaign trail. He had worked with the press corps before. He knew what a difference the press made. January 1955 was the first televised news conference.
Brooke: With the president?
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Yes.
Eisenhower: Well, I see we're trying a new experiment this morning. I hope it doesn't prove to be a disturbing influence.
Speaker 3: With tomorrow, the second anniversary of your inauguration, I wonder if you'd care to give us an appraisal of your first two years and tell us something of your hopes for the next two, or maybe even the next six.
[laughter]
Eisenhower: Looks like a loaded question.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: They were thinking about it in the same way that Trump thinks about Twitter. This is our chance to get to the public directly, to be seen by the public directly.
Brooke: But Haggerty edited the thing. It wasn't in the control of any TV network.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: That's right. The New York Post was surprised at how scripted this was. I'll quote from that article. "What is most notable in all the [01:38:00] comment is the absence of protest over the censorship imposed by the White House, a censorship which the networks have supinely accepted. Thus, after Wednesday's conference, Haggerty deleted 11 of the 27 questions and answers before letting the show go on the road. For example, when asked about his delay in the reappointment of Ewan Clague as Commissioner of Labor Statistics, the president confessed he had never heard of the fellow."
Brooke: [laughs] Now, when you described LBJ's relationship to the press, in a way, it reminded me of Teddy Roosevelt's shaving. You note that Johnson was pretty unceremonious as well.
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Oh, yes. A White House reporter said that he once answered reporters' questions about the economy aboard Air Force One while stripping down until he was standing buck naked and waving his towel for emphasis. Johnson just didn't have any boundaries apparently.
Brooke: It was President Nixon who [01:39:00] gave the press corps their current home. But he wasn't thereby doing the press any big favor, right?
OLIVIA WAXMAN: Right. He wanted to keep presidential visitors and White House staff away from reporters, to designate a briefing room by putting a floor over the White House swimming pool. When it opened in 1970, the Washington Post said it looked like the lobby of a fake Elizabethan steakhouse when the stage is hidden behind the curtains. Ronald Reagan's press secretary, James S. Brady, for whom the briefing room is named, used to joke that he and Reagan always planned on installing a trap door so reporters who got out of line would fall into the swimming pool if he pushed a button on his podium.
Mickey Huff The Mainstream Media is [CENSORED] Part 4 - The Zero Hour with RJ Eskow - Air Date 1-11-25
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: And, of course, we've already seen, uh, the kowtowing, uh, by corporate owners of newspapers and other outlets, the genuflecting, including, uh, cartoon, the Washington Post cartoonist, literally doing a cartoon cartoon of Jeff Bezos, owner of the Washington Post, among [01:40:00] other things, and others genuflecting, including Mickey Mouse, representing the Disney Corporation, genuflecting to, uh, the incoming president, for which, which was censored.
So she, to her credit, she left her position rather than accept that, and I, I'm afraid more of us in the journalism profession will have to do that kind of thing, uh. As censorship accelerates. So, um, let's start with this. You mentioned public trust and project public confidence. Uh, you cite, uh, you and your co author of the introduction or overview section of state of the free press.
2025 you cite to you. It may be three, but I'm thinking of two statistics that are especially striking when they're conjoined the way you guys did. One is the ranking of the United States in freedom of the press, which has dropped [01:41:00] significantly. Never great, never what it should have been for a country that likes to call itself we're number one.
We haven't been close to number one for a long time. But it's dropping and at the same time public trust in the media. Is dropping. And yet, uh, we hear a lot of complaints from our colleagues in the media about especially mainstream media, uh, about wondering why people don't trust the media more. Well, you know, it's a matter of degree.
Fake news may have been weaponized against factual information, but there's a lot. I can't say You know, there's a lot of bullsh out there. Uh, I just have to edit it out. You
MICKEY HUFF: said it! You know,
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: and in the mainstream media, as well as, you know, the right wing media sphere. So let's start with this. I mean, I would argue that fake news would not [01:42:00] As, uh, Democrats define it, let's say, which is the right wing media sphere, would not be so successful if there weren't an overall, uh, authenticity or, uh, or authenticity.
Right. Truth problem. Credibility problem. Number one. And number two, that that includes casting a skeptical eye everywhere in the corporate media because they're all dependent on making profits for their owners and keeping their owners politically secure, as we've seen with this genuine flexion toward Trump.
But I mean, that's my thesis. Anyway, that's what I took away from that very first conjoining of two statistics. So what do you think?
MICKEY HUFF: Yeah, well, RJ, so much there to unpack and talk about. And again, I'm honored to have the opportunity to do that with you. You know, um, the U. S., by last count, I believe it was 54th, which was, or in the 50s, it was a pretty significant drop of, [01:43:00] I believe, nine places, perhaps, on the, the Press Freedom Index.
Um, by the way, Israel is not far, uh, from, from that status as well, openly censoring Al Jazeera and, and much of what's been happening in Gaza the past year. Um, but those, the, the conjoining I think is where it's again, the connecting of the dots, something that if corporate media reporters would connect more dots in an historically contextual way.
They may be able to actually reverse the trend of the lack of public trust. I mean, you're talking about an integrity problem here. And we just saw it writ large at the Washington Post, even though the editorial page editor, David Shipley, said that, well, that they didn't censor the cartoon because of the content.
It was because they already had. Um, they had already addressed some issue about it and it was redundant or something, but, you know, again, what, what echo chamber this person must be living in, in the Beltway there, you know, to not understand how these oligarchs have been lining up, genuflecting to [01:44:00] kiss the ring of the Trump 2.
0, um, behind Musk on these coattails, now Zuckerberg at Meta saying they're going to drop fact checking, which, by the way, was always a problem.
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: Right,
MICKEY HUFF: right. We can get into that later, but. But the trend is clear, right? We see even more people in big tech throwing money at the inauguration that wouldn't even do it for the Biden administration.
Um, we, we see more kowtowing to the Trump administration in, in the corporate media. MSNBC has basically tanked in its ratings. The whole Team Blue approach to media of pretending, uh, that everything is just going along fine and they can, they can just run their, You know, whatever candidate they choose.
Let's not forget that in the 2016 election, RJ, the Democrats illegally argued in court that they could choose their candidate in back rooms, smoking cigars, Tammany Hall style, because there were no laws preventing it. This is a party that has lost, really, total Connection with, um, you know, rank and file Americans in many ways.
And this is the reason too, that [01:45:00] we see in the elite media, the corporate media. Uh, I mean, Fox literally lies through its teeth and has to pay nearly billion dollar settlements for it. So it's not like we're letting them off the hook. Um, but the media haven't really tapped into, uh, issues that the public really cares about.
Look what happened recently. With the killing of the health care CEO, I mean, a majority of Americans came out almost gruesomely celebrating it for lack of a better phrase, but that again, that's that's that shows us that there is extraordinary perception gaps, right? The American public has certain ways that they're viewing what's happening that often is based on harsh economic realities.
Where as the democratic establishment and the corporate media, uh, they just want to keep, you know, kind of like it's that meme where you have the picture of the big horn that's placed over someone's head and just blasting it at them whether they want it or not. Um, and I just don't think that they've really learned any, any, any lessons about what's been going on in this country and what's been [01:46:00] driving this country.
Unfortunately, further to the right with such great irony because the solutions for many of the challenges and things we face are not going to be solved by the oligarchy that's created it. It's not going to be solved by a con man, grifter, and convicted felon coming in for a separate term who has great hostility towards journalists and the press in general.
But, you know, we're left with very few alternatives in our political system, RJ, because we've spent the last 50 years getting rid. Of it grassroots programs and having the Democrats become more and more right right center more and more based on the support of silicon valley and Uh, you know oligarchic money and corporate money So let's let's unpack the one thing that you said and i'd love to hear your views on this too You talked about again where we're we're declining in press freedom status worldwide We also have this massive credibility gap and now the fourth estate is polling at less favorability and less trustworthy [01:47:00] ratings than Congress.
I mean, that's pretty riveting, right? Given the negativity that many Americans have. Towards Congress, the Supreme Court in general. Um, what does that tell us? Well, it's interesting, RJ. I was interviewed by the New York Times, believe it or not. I'm glad you were sitting down. I was contacted by the New York Times a few months ago.
And they, it's the first time they've interviewed, uh, they've really covered anything that we've done at Project Censored since our inception 49 years ago, to my knowledge. Curiously. The subject was, uh, this was a, a correspondent based in Europe covering the Davos, uh, not Davos, I'm sorry, the Athena, the Democracy Forum in Athens.
Sorry. Um, and, and one of the themes of it was declining public trust in institutional journalism. Lo and behold.
RJ ESKOW - HOST, THE ZERO HOUR: Right.
MICKEY HUFF: As if the media started to find out that people weren't believing it anymore. And so they kind of went out and said, let's talk to some people about that. And somehow I got on the short list for [01:48:00] that.
So, which was great. It was a great opportunity. Let me just very, very briefly explain to you what happened, and all, all respect to the reporter who reached out and did this story. Um, but they were literally, they were just flabbergasted by what I had to say, which basically was just like, look, have you held up a mirror?
Have you read your paper? Have you really talked to people in the general public about any of the things that you report about regularly?
Public Broadcasting Is In Danger (Again) Part 2 - On the Media - Air Date 1-10-25
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: We all know that local news is in retreat. As you just heard, the Medill Local News Initiative found as of 2023 that more than half of US counties have no or very limited access to anything other than national outlets.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: One well-observed impact of losing local news. Local officials were more inclined to misbehave. Researchers at George Mason University in Tulane tallied corruption charges in federal districts that had lost a major daily newspaper [01:49:00] from 1996 to 2019. After those papers closed, the districts collectively saw a 6.9% increase in charges of bribery, embezzlement, fraud. The authors noted that only counts the people who got caught. The study also checked if the some 350 websites that sprang up as substitutes for those papers could make a dent in that number. They didn't.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Wouldn't it be great if a solid piece of accountability reporting always resulted in a change for the better? It's rarely so simple. Its power is in the act of showing up with a microphone to every statehouse hearing or school board meeting, reading through police files, or putting in that umpteenth FOIA request. Even after all that and more, it can take years to see results, if at all, but sometimes all that tedious incremental reporting does start to add up. [01:50:00] Government malfeasance is exposed and good things happen. Take this example from Colorado in 2022 when the state was still recovering from the Marshall Fire, which destroyed over 1,000 homes. Scott Franz, a government watchdog reporter for KUNC Public Radio serving northern Colorado*, noticed that a popular bipartisan bill to fund investigations into the origins of wildfires mysteriously died.
SCOTT FRANZ: Why did this bill die? How did it die?
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Scott Franz.
SCOTT FRANZ: When I started talking to lawmakers, I discovered that there was a secret ballot system that lawmakers were using to anonymously rank the bills that they thought should get funding and ultimately get passed at the state house. The sponsor of this bill blamed its death on this secret ballot system.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: He wasn't the only one reporting on the new system, but he was the first to ask.
SCOTT FRANZ: Hey, wait a second, is this legal?
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Franz spent two years reporting dozens of [01:51:00] stories on this secret ballot system used by state Democrats, probing how the system worked and its impact on legislation.
SCOTT FRANZ: The public has a right to see how bills go through the process because, at the end of the day, if bills can just die quietly without explanation or accountability, it shut the public out of an important part of the decision-making process.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: In early 2024, a judge ordered lawmakers to stop using the system because it violated state law. In the state's most recent legislative session.
SCOTT FRANZ: For the first time, lawmakers made this process public. They published the results down to how each individual lawmaker voted in this process.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Here's another example of the grind of accountability journalism paying off. In 2018, Matt Katz, former WNYC reporter and current executive producer of City Cast Philly, started reporting on immigrants detained by ICE in three New Jersey [01:52:00] county jails. He spent the next few years covering how these counties, run by Democratic politicians who publicly protested Trump immigration policies, were at the same time raking in millions of dollars from ICE under Trump.
MATT KATZ: There was immediate concern about this because people didn't know that in fact, their county budgets were being subsidized by ICE and therefore their taxes were lower.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: The public was also unaware of the horrific conditions in these jails.
MATT KATZ: I reported on allegations of sexual assault by officers, inhumane medical care like Bengay prescribed for a broken rib, or long delays in access to treatment for chronic illnesses.
MICAH LOEWINGER - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Other local outlets picked up on Katz's reporting, and people showed up outside the jails to protest. In 2021, New Jersey banned ICE detention facilities from opening in the state, but that ban was contested by a federal judge in 2023, [01:53:00] and now New Jersey is appealing that federal decision.
MATT KATZ: It's always hard as a reporter to know if something you reported is directly what caused some change. We were told on background that our reporting is what led to this. Certainly, the addition of reporting from other news outlets, editorials from local newspapers also put pressure on policymakers to do something about this.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Sometimes the grunt work of investigative reporting kicks in long after the spotlight on a story fades. In early 2015, ACLU reporter, Curt Guyette, broke the story of the Flint water crisis in Michigan to a national audience, painting a picture of millions of Flint residents exposed to tap water contaminated with staggering amounts of lead. Soon after Flint switched to a cleaner, safer reservoir in late 2015 and Barack Obama's emergency [01:54:00] declaration in January 2016, much of the national media moved on. That's when local reporters like Michigan Public Radio's Lindsey Smith doubled down.
LINDSEY SMITH: We really held onto it and did not let go. It was really wild, the number of times that we had to keep saying, "No, State, this is your responsibility. No, EPA, pretty sure that is your responsibility." That continued just for months and months.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: Smith and her environmental reporting team spent years covering the state's response to the crisis. They also turned their eyes to other districts in Michigan.
LINDSEY SMITH: After the dust settled with Flint, it was very intuitive to turn our attention to places like Grand Rapids, Saginaw, Midland, Battle Creek. They had tons of lead lines. They had not been testing at any homes with lead lines for decades. We really were able to keep the pressure on to see, [01:55:00] "Okay, let's resolve this in other places."
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: As the government started admitting its wrongs and implementing new water safety rules, Michigan Public Radio was still pushing.
LINDSEY SMITH: Michigan now has adopted the toughest rules in the country because of the water crisis and because, frankly, we kept reporting on it as they went through this rulemaking process. Now the EPA has gone in and finally adapted some changes to their federal lead and capital rules, too.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: They didn't do it alone.
LINDSEY SMITH: Flint Journal has some great reporters who did excellent, excellent job reporting on the Flint water crisis throughout, the Detroit Free Press, the Flint Journal, Curt Guyette at the ACLU, and us. I would really package those together. It was almost what needed to happen to make the state not ignore us.
BROOKE GLADSTONE - CO-HOST, ON THE MEDIA: This kind of painstaking reporting takes [01:56:00] time and money and the trust of bosses who might not have anything to air for years. It's certainly not profitable. It's merely a public trust, what Jefferson called the agitation produced by a free press. He said that, "It must be submitted to. It is necessary to keep the waters pure."
‘Do not forget’- Bernie Sanders has a message if you’re worried about Trump 2.0 - All In w/ Chris Hayes - Air Date
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, ALL IN: Senator Bernie Sanders, independent of Vermont, joins me now. Um, Senator, you know, it's striking to me that Members of your august body, who, say whatever you want about them, generally like their own power, would willingly move to confirm a man in Russell Vought, who's before the Budget Committee, to head OMB, when it is the position of that individual, that the President has every right to completely bypass the Senate and the Budget Committee on matters of spending.
Do you, what do you think is going to happen here?
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: Uh, I think everything being equal, uh, [01:57:00] vote is going to win. I suspect all or virtually all Democrats will vote against him. I think all Republicans will vote for him. You know, what Raphael Warnock was just talking about a moment ago, about the devastating, uh, cuts to programs that working families, low income people need, is absolutely correct.
And I'm glad that we fought back and, uh, for the moment, at least, uh, we have Uh, managed to get that freeze rescinded. The key point here is that what Trump did is illegal and unconstitutional. The power of the purse rests with Congress. Your point. And not with the executive, you know, the founding fathers, fathers were pretty smart about that.
They divided up the power. But I'll tell you something, when you talk about authoritarianism, Chris, it is not only vote and the power of the OMB and what Trump is doing, it is also, is, I'm sure you have noticed, his lawsuits against the media [01:58:00] when they do things that he's not happy with. So you got a suit against ABC, you got a suit against the Des Moines Register, you got a, Meta apparently gave him 25 million today.
So, what goes on, you know, if you say something tomorrow that Trump doesn't like, maybe he will sue NBC. And maybe your bosses will say, hey Chris, you gotta calm it down a little bit. We can't afford 50 million to Trump. So this is a real movement toward authoritarianism. And, when you add on top of that the movement toward oligarchy.
Three richest guys in America standing beside Trump at its inauguration. We got a lot of problems facing our country right now. I just want to
CHRIS HAYES - HOST, ALL IN: note since you brought it up, um, one thing that has been amazing to me is that the, is all the encouragement we've gotten from the folks here, uh, that run this news organization, that we're going to do what we do, under the First Amendment, fairly and precisely, with neither fear or favor.
Um, and, and I, you know, I'm confident in that. I really am. And I think your, your [01:59:00] point about the suing is wild. I want to actually stay on that for one moment. I don't think we've ever seen president as plaintiff before. It's a very bizarre situation that I don't think everyone's gotten their head around.
There's, there's a, there's a bunch of Supreme Court president about whether the president can be sued. But the idea of the president doing the suing and other people paying him settlements, that seems kind of odd.
SENATOR BERNIE SANDERS: It's not odd. It is extraordinarily dangerous. That is, if that's not undermining the First Amendment, I don't know what is.
So if you think that, you know, people in media are not going to be looking over their shoulders worrying about a lawsuit from Donald Trump, uh, you are mistaken. So we are in a dangerous situation. We are in an unprecedented, uh, situation. But here's what I want to say to listeners who are justifiably very worried.[02:00:00]
Do not forget that while Republicans control the House and the Senate, their margins are slim. Slim. Alright, they don't have 60 votes in the Senate, they got what, is it a 4 vote majority in the House? That ain't a lot of votes. And a number of republicans won by a small margin in democratic districts.
They are susceptible to citizen outrage. So, get on the phone if you see these guys doing something like wanting to give huge tax breaks to billionaires while they cut medicare. If they want to go drill baby drill while we have been facing an existential threat of climate change. If 20 million people in this country.
Stand up, fight back. We can beat them. So let's not act in a hopeless way. Oh my God, we can't do anything. We can. Longer term, obviously, we need to do what the Democratic Party has not done, has become the [02:01:00] party of the working class, developed a strong grassroots movement with labor unions, with young people, with people of color, and organize and fight back.
The progressive agenda, and I say this over and over again, It is the people's agenda. It is wildly popular. People understand the current healthcare system is broken. They want universal healthcare. Healthcare is a human right. They want to raise the salvation minimum wage.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics. We're gonna be looking at the rising oligarchy and Elon Musk's administrative coup currently in action, followed by a broader look at the long list of ways Trump and company are working to dismantle the government. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can now reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal at the username bestoftheleft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. [02:02:00] Or simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from Behind the News, Midas Touch, The Zero Hour, The Gray Area, On the Media, and All In with Chris Hayes. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Dion Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist quartet, Ken, Brian, Ben, and Lara for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting. And thanks to all those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads, and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes, along with a [02:03:00] link to join our Discord community, where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, and this has been the Best of the Left podcast coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1688 International Decline: The Old Is Dying and the New Cannot Be Born (Transcript)
Air Date 2/4/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award-winning Best of the Left podcast.
The era of unquestioned US hegemony is undoubtedly on the decline, but the future is much more complicated and uncertain than the straightforward idea of China rising to take our place that we've been told. Though Trump is not the cause of US decline, he may help send us out in a tragic blaze of glory.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 45 minutes today includes The Muckrake Political Podcast, The New Statesman, Al Jazeera English, Times Radio, The Red Nation Podcast, and the Democracy in Europe Movement '25.
Then in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in six sections: Section A, American Decline. Section B, China. Section C, Russia. Section D, France. Section E, Corporate Control. And Section F, What Comes [00:01:00] Next.
Things Fall Apart - The Muckrake Political Podcast - Air Date 1-28-25
NICK HAUSELMAN - HOST, THE MUCKRAKE POLITICAL PODCAST: You've been afraid of this for a long time and have been sounding the whistle about AI. And, when you start to see just how good it can be, you start to feel like, yes, we're all going to have our own personal Jarvis, like we see in the Marvel movies, which in the movie version supposedly makes life easier. But I think we're going to be able to list a few things here, why this is so dangerous.
JARED YATES SEXTON - HOST, THE MUCKRAKE POLITICAL PODCAST: I have a lot of things that I need to set the table with it. I don't think it's good. I think it's actually really bad. I think it's been marketed to us as this world-changing sort of technology, but it's just bells and whistles. It's just regurgitated stuff that has been stolen and then gets repackaged and sold back to us.
One of the things that tech insiders have been telling us for a while now is that we've probably already reached peak AI as we know it. It's not going to be some sort of a sentient creative genius that's going to change society. It's a gimmick.
And a large reason that we're in the situation we are right now is that we've had [00:02:00] decades of neoliberalism that has led to a monopolistic environment. We have all of these big major tech corporations that, we've covered it, they just gobble up all competitors. Basically the main goal that you have, if you have a tech startup or a business at this point, is that a bigger fish will buy you and incorporate you into what they're doing.
It has more or less stalled out innovation in the United States of America. We're in this weird period where our tech sucks, nothing really is making these big advancements. Everything from your phone to all these programs, they are not impressive and they're not actually pushing things forward.
Now, all of a sudden, you have an environment where the oligarchs who made incredible amounts of money -- and we've talked about it, merging with the state apparatus, this is one of the reasons why we now have this oligarchical class, they were carrying out the functions of empire -- now they have reached a point where they're in decay. They're not [00:03:00] really producing anything anymore that people actually want. They can't even make a car that doesn't explode or crash into a crowd of pedestrians at this point, right?
So, they have used their power to basically turn the government into a redistributive machine turned on high. We saw the other day, Nick, the announcement of the Stargate program, which supposedly was going to see half a trillion dollars put towards AI. I have a weird instinct at this point that was meant to anticipate this, to go ahead and blunt the effect of this technology being put out there and put forward by China.
We are now dealing with tech corporations that have effectively taken over nation states that are now competing for who will dominate a market. We've now moved into a monopolistic competition on the world scale. I have a few feelings about this, Nick. I think that the release of DeepSeek is going to [00:04:00] lead -- Mark Anderson, who's a complete asshole, has already called this "AI Sputnik moment." And for people who don't know the history, when Sputnik got launched by the Soviet Union, everybody freaked out and what did they do? They took the military industrial complex and turned it into the military, scientific industrial complex. They threw ungodly amounts of money into programs that basically took over colleges and science to try and meet the Russians where they were.
Now we're going to see more and more money and resources pushed towards AI, a program that doesn't particularly work, that most people don't actually want. And like you said, it probably is going to put a lot of people out of jobs. And on top of that, it's not even going to function in the way that it's being promised to function.
So it's only going to make things worse, which is the self-defeating cycle that we've seen take place over time, and it's only going to get worse until somebody stands up and calls this for what it is.
NICK HAUSELMAN - HOST, THE MUCKRAKE POLITICAL PODCAST: Your assessment of where we are technologically has gotten me thinking a little bit, parallel to what you [00:05:00] were saying, what is progress, then, if we've gotten to the point where we have these iPhones, we have these things and so it's well, what will we be expecting the next thing to be? What is the Sputnik moment, really? And it's we have to dig into Star Trek stuff where we need to have hovering crafts and we need to have star travel. This is what Musk is trying to talk about now anyway, right? Is that the real frontier? Because how else can technology really benefit us or help us live better lives? And I think maybe that would be your focus in terms of how technology supposed to work, side by side with humans.
Is that sort of the idea? What else can it do? Can it be like cleaning our house for us? Is that what we're looking at?
JARED YATES SEXTON - HOST, THE MUCKRAKE POLITICAL PODCAST: And Nick, one of the things is I want to point out, because what you're bringing up right now are luxuries. You know what I mean? And I'm not going to dismiss how luxuries have changed people's lives. The feminist movement would not have been made possible if we didn't suddenly have luxuries that would have [00:06:00] created free time, that they weren't bogged down by having to do these things. And there have been great leaps in terms of social progress that have been tied to technology.
But what we're talking about now is like, are you going to be able to go in and ask AI to make a video that makes you laugh? You know what I mean? Or, kills some time. It should be about making lives actually better. And what have we seen from AI, Nick? We've seen it give falsified quote unquote hallucinations that tell people to drink poison or basically hurt themselves.
And so it's a product that isn't what it purports to be. Most people don't actually understand it. It has almost like a religious type connotation to it. Now we're just supposed to believe that these people who aren't even able to create anything worth a shit, that they're going to make the thing that's going to get us out of all these crises -- economic crises, political crises, health crises, [00:07:00] mental health crises. On top of that, the climate change crisis. And it's not working. And it's not going to work particularly with these people in charge.
And the bigger problem here, Nick -- and right before we started recording it came out that the DeepSeek program had been hit with a massive cyber attack, right? Which is obviously retaliation for it coming in and disrupting the tech market, disrupting the stock market. This type of thing, I would not be shocked if it has government-level coordination for it.
And it's got me thinking, it's starting to feel more and more if we do have a World War Three, what we're actually looking at is corporations going to war with each other, right? And it's what happened in the World Wars previously, in the major conflicts before, but this would be a more explicit version of that, which is using state power and military power and all those other sort of apparatuses in [00:08:00] order to engage in corporate warfare and espionage.
And that feels a lot like the direction that we're heading in with this thing, suddenly hitting and disrupting things immediately. And then there being this consequence to it.
The end of America's global dominance Part 1 - The New Statesman - Air Date 1-8-25
ROBERT D. KAPLAN: Since the end of the Cold War, the quality of the presidency has declined, in terms of presidential instinct. We've had George W. Bush, who may have been the worst president of the last few decades. Obama, who is a mediocrity. Clinton was a mediocrity. And then there's Trump, who is a world historical figure because he's so different.
So the quality of presidential instinct has gone down -- significantly.
Then there's the other thing that nobody writes about or talks about, but which is 80 percent of foreign policy, and that's the bureaucracy. Not just the secretaries of state and defense, but the deputy [00:09:00] secretaries, the undersecretaries, the assistant secretaries of which there are many.
America has been an empire since 1945, and it's this layered bureaucracy that runs the empire. And under Trump, as I argue in the piece, this bureaucracy went downhill dramatically between 2017 and 2021 and is set to go down dramatically again, because the quality of people that Trump appoints, whatever you may think of the quality under Biden, another mediocrity, was much higher under all the previous presidents, with the exception of Trump, and we can go into that if you want.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: Yeah, what's the difference in Trump's second term? He's already been president for four years. What's different this time around?
ROBERT D. KAPLAN: This time around, Trump is more experienced, he's more vindictive. He's got people [00:10:00] around him, many of whom have no experience in the bureaucracy, many of whom hate the very bureaucracies they've been empowered to run.
And we're going to see a decline in American power in the 80 percent that's run by the bureaucracy. As far as the presidential instinct decisions, that could go in either way. Trump is very unpredictable because he has no well-thought-out worldview.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: You talk about the political power, but you also write about the economics in America at the moment and how that's in decline. Tell us about that.
ROBERT D. KAPLAN: Well, in 1945, when World War II ended, half of the world's manufacturing capacity was in the United States. And that lasted for decades. One of the reasons why Kissinger and Nixon could do so much is because America was much more powerful then. Now America accounts for only [00:11:00] 16 percent of the world's manufacturing capacity.
Then there's the debt, which is about 36 trillion dollars and growing dramatically at about a trillion dollars a year. And neither party, neither the Republicans nor the Democrats, have anywhere near the maturity and fiscal discipline to deal with the debt. It's amazing.
When you watch Congress debate the budget, it's like the last days of ancient Rome. There is nobody in the room who's even remotely responsible. They just want to spend and spend and spend, each party on different things. And this debt accumulates and takes up more of the budget and there's less money to spend on defense, on social issues. It's like a building problem.
And as I lay out in the piece, this is how empires decline over history. It's [00:12:00] not just ancient Rome. It's most empires, throughout history, have declined because of economic reasons and because of reasons related indirectly to economic reasons.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: If we're talking about an empire falling, you said that the US has been an empire since 1945. Is its decline inevitable? Can it be stopped if someone decided to?
ROBERT D. KAPLAN: No, it's absolutely not inevitable. I make two points in the piece: That America definitely is in decline. But also, I point out that China is in a steeper decline and that Russia is in an even steeper decline. So decline is relative. America could decline and yet its power vis a vis Russia and China, even under terrible leadership, could increase, because it's all relative. There is no absolute here. So we're really facing a world where all the great powers are declining.
Will France and Germany's woes affect the rest of Europe? | Counting the Cost - Al Jazeera English - Air Date 12-12-24
ADRIAN FINIGHAN - HOST, COUNTING THE COST: [00:13:00] What's gone wrong? Why was Barnier's budget so contentious?
MATTHIAS BAUER: Yeah, I think France has spilled on too many fiscal deficits in the past. If you look at the country from the bird's eye perspective, France's biggest challenge today is its oversized government. Public spending accounts for nearly 60% of GDP, six-zero, right? Termed by one of the highest tax burdens in Europe.
At the same time, many Frenchmen amongst them, many business owners, they criticize that for them to be turned on this enormous amount of government spending is underwhelming including essential services like health care, education, public infrastructure, but also filling off. Unemployment, which is among the highest in the EU and the youth unemployment rate of some 18 percent also amongst the highest in Europe.
So, by many measures, France [00:14:00] operates and it's operated for many years now as what I would describe as A socialist economy with a dysfunctional state deeply embedded in pretty much every aspect of economic life. Now Michelle Barney and his government, they dared to attempt to address these issues rightfully.
So with, however, relatively moderate. fiscal reforms. But even though these reforms would just have been a very tiny drop on an increasingly hot stone, there was political resistance to austerity measures on the one hand, but also new taxes that derailed these efforts.
ADRIAN FINIGHAN - HOST, COUNTING THE COST: All right, let's move to Germany, then.
Its economy expected to grow, what, 1 percent next year. What's gone wrong there?
MATTHIAS BAUER: Well, the German economy is still doing better to put it that way. Let me stress that things still look good for Germany when you compare the country to France. So, Germany remains [00:15:00] one of the most advanced economies of the world, reflected by a strong and very diverse manufacturing sector.
An increasingly diverse services sector economy with high exports still, and I would also say an okay GDP per capita when compared to other EU countries, especially France and yet my mother country. I am German by passport is now also facing what I would describe a crisis of dysfunctional government services, plus high energy costs, plus economic stagnation.
If you like. And that's also driven by global developments a continuous relative economic decline when you compare Germany, but also other EU countries, including France to other parts of the world.
ADRIAN FINIGHAN - HOST, COUNTING THE COST: How will France and Germany's economic problems impact the rest of the EU? Could we see economic power shifting elsewhere within the EU?
To what extent is that already happening?
MATTHIAS BAUER: They obviously [00:16:00] have. A lot of economic power, given that their industries are deeply intertwined in EU value chains. So if their economies perform weekly or increasingly, that will, of course, also disrupt value chains elsewhere in Europe as concerns political power, very hard to say.
I would not call it a crisis. Okay. A political crisis that we currently see in France and and also Germany. Okay. I think it's normal that governments break up. There will be new elections and so on and so forth. But this will obviously have an impact on how both countries engage in the European Council.
So, these countries have typically been there. In the driver's seat when it comes to EU policymaking, and there are other countries like Poland with the next council presidency that might want to step in, but they still do not have a clear agenda for EU policymaking.
ADRIAN FINIGHAN - HOST, COUNTING THE COST: Matthias just briefly, the EU already lags behind the US and China in [00:17:00] terms of competitiveness with President elect Trump threatening to impose tariffs on on imports from both China and the EU.
I mean, how is that going to exacerbate the problems?
MATTHIAS BAUER: You are right. There is this huge investment, technological and, you know, produce being competitiveness gap that has been rising For more than a decade now, and it's very, very difficult to address this gap to close it without meaningful structural reforms that however, need to take place at the national level in EU member states.
Not so much at the EU level. And here we need to talk about bold tax reforms, simplification of tax code, getting rid of subsidies that mainly go to sectors that we would consider. Disfunctional or unproductive. And this is a stark difference when you compare what is happening in the United States, where the economy is generally much less reliant on government spending [00:18:00] direct subsidies and a government that is not so much.
Inclined to apply a dirichist approach, command and control regulation that we see in large parts of Europe's Especially in France, but also increasingly in germany
Putin faces 'economic dilemma' amid Trump sanctions threats | World in 10 - Times Radio - Air Date 1-25-25
DAVID LUBIN : The idea of the U. S. using direct sanctions on Russian trade with the U. S. to change Russia's behavior is a bit laughable. Bilateral trade between Russia and the U. S. is pretty close to zero. In 2023, U. S. exports to Russia were about 600 million dollars. U. S. Imports from Russia were about 4. 5 bibillion dollars. In the context of the fact that the Russian economy, nominal GDP, is around 2 trillion, there's just nothing there. There's just no bilateral trade sanctions that will make Putin blink. So, the actual direct threat of additional sanctions on Russia is kind of meaningless. [00:19:00]
What's meaningful, I think, is the body language behind Trump's statements. And, I think the important bit of context here is the fact that during the course of 2024, Donald Trump on a couple of occasions, in an interview with Bloomberg, in an interview with Tucker Carlson, talked about a grand strategic objective of his. Which is to 'ununite'—his words, not mine—to ununite Russia from China. In effect, what Trump has been aiming at in these comments is a kind of photographic negative image of what Richard Nixon did by prizing China away from the Soviet Union in the 1970s. So, Trump's the, logic is that, Trump considers his main strategic rival to be China. And he just wants to weaken China by severing its alliance or its partnership with Russia, and [00:20:00] therefore, that sort of leads him to, has led him to express warm thoughts, warm views about Russia.
Now, what I think he's doing this week is trying to compensate for the fact that he spent a good chunk of 2024 and before. saying more or less friendly things about Vladimir Putin and Russia. What he needs to do, in other words, is to try and reinvigorate his capacity to negotiate with Putin. And so threatening to impose sanctions, threatening to get tough if Putin doesn't come to the negotiating table, is a necessary thing for him to do now, because in the past, Trump has spent a lot of political capital sort of aligning himself with Vladimir Putin.
LUKE JONES - HOST, WORLD IN 10: So is the real threat perhaps to countries rather than directly with Russia, but countries that have seen trade with Russia rise like China, [00:21:00] as you say, India, the Middle Eastern states, even some of those former Soviet states in Central Asia? Is that who these threats are directed at?
DAVID LUBIN : I hope so, because if you want to put additional pressure on the Russian economy, the most effective way of doing that by far, I think, is to work hard to further limit Russia's access to hard currency revenues. Before the war, before the invasion in early 2022, about 50 percent of Russia's oil exports, its energy exports, went to countries that pay in convertible currencies. And now it's about 10%. So, in effect, Russia's hard currency income has gone down from about 300 billion dollars a year to about 60 billion dollars a year. The difference has been [00:22:00] made up by non convertible currency income flows in the form of the renminbi or the Indian rupee or in rubles themselves, from non traditional trading partners.
Now, that gives the United States and Europe a strategic advantage over Russia, because the more that Russia receives non convertible currencies in exchange for its energy sales, the more vulnerable the Russian economy becomes. Because, although you could say export income is export income, you know, if Russia generates renminbi in exchange for its oil revenue, oil sales, then what's the difference? No, it's a significant difference because it's still the case that Russian citizens form their view about inflation, about the state of the economy, [00:23:00] that their confidence comes not from the rubles exchange rate against the renminbi or the rubles exchange rate against the rupee, but from the rubles exchange rate against the dollar.
And the fact that foreign hard currency revenues have become so depleted has put pressure on the ruble exchange rate against the dollar, which reached over 100-to-110 earlier this year, strengthened recently. But the point is that the less Russia can depend on hard currency revenues, the more vulnerable it becomes, and the more intense Vladimir Putin's dilemma gets.
And what I'm trying to get at in saying that is the following: the more depreciated the ruble gets against the dollar, the more it weakens against the dollar, the more Russians start to form expectations about higher inflation in the future. And therefore, the central [00:24:00] bank has to react to that by raising interest rates. And, there's a chart—I wrote a piece for, it's all on the Chatham House website, a couple of weeks ago, everyone can go and look at it—but there's a chart there that shows the very close relationship between the inflation-adjusted interest rate in Russia and the ruble-dollar exchange rate.
So, what the West should want to be doing is to do whatever it can to make the ruble-dollar exchange rate go higher and higher. In other words, to make the ruble weaker. Because that puts more and more pressure on Elvira Nabiullina, the central bank's president, to raise interest rates in order to control inflation.
And the fact that interest rates are so high in Russia, because the ruble has been under so much stress during the course of 2024, the fact that ruble interest rates are so high, has put an enormous stress into the political system. The Prime minister, the [00:25:00] group of Russian industrialists, lots of civil society figures have been criticizing the Central Bank for having excessively tight monetary policy and threatening what would amount to a kind of stagflation in Russia. In other words, a simultaneous high inflation and weak growth.
Now, the dilemma that this presents to Vladimir Putin is as follows: Putin for many, many years, well before the invasion in 2022, has always backed Nabiullina. He's always stated his preference for low inflation because he believes that high inflation would threaten his legitimacy. But the cost now of backing Nabiullina, the cost of pursuing a low inflation Russian economy is becoming higher and higher. And so the [00:26:00] dilemma that Vladimir Putin faces is, does he stick with his preference for low inflation at the cost of a very weak economy, or does he let inflation rip as President Erdogan has done for many years in Turkey, but allowing the Russian economy to accelerate because monetary policy isn't as tight as it's been recently.
The more the West can intensify that dilemma for President Putin, the more difficult life becomes for him. But even then, the link between sanctions on the one hand and a change in the behavior of the country receiving the sanctions, is really pretty tenuous. Sanctions is, often described as a spray and pray strategy. And I don't think that there's any [00:27:00] perfect sanction that can predictably change the course of the war, that can predictably change Putin's behavior. So, all that we can do really is acknowledge that an intensification of sanctions doesn't really change the spray and pray quality of them. But it might intensify the dilemma that Putin faces and therefore help to bring him to the negotiating table.
But, if I can just repeat the point, what Trump wants to get out of Putin is difficult to discern because if Trump's ultimate goal is, as I said, to ununite Russia from China, then the amount of pressure that Trump wants to put on Putin might be limited. And that's really the test. That's really what we have to wait and see, whether [00:28:00] the goal that Trump seems to have of ununiting Russia from China Is something that supersedes any effort to bring this war to a conclusion during the course of 2025.
Goodnight, Pax Americana: Neoliberalism and the decline of the US Empire w/ Radhika Desai Part 1 - The Red Nation Podcast - Air Date 9-22-23
RADHIKA DESAI: People in the United States love to say, well, we are not an empire, we don't have colonies, etc. Which is, again, not strictly speaking true, because as Daniel Iberwa has pointed out in a recent book called How to Hide an Empire, actually, the United States has a lot of colonies. like Hawaii, for example, or Puerto Rico and many other such colonies. So as I was saying, the United States has all these colonies, so in that sense it's not really a non colonial, but a number of particular American historians actually see the process of the expansion of the westward expansion of the United States as a process of internal colonization, as some of you may be well aware.
So this process of internal colonization continued all the way until about 1870 when the[00:29:00]
And it was only then that it began to look for 1890s, pardon me, and only then when it began to look for other colonies, it realized that the rest of the world had more or less been accounted for, by other countries and therefore it could not really acquire any colonies. a territorial empire anymore so in that sense, I think that what you, the, indigenous struggles that you're referring to, and also, of course, the struggles of other peoples in the United States, black people, Latino people, et cetera, these are all, I mean, in a certain sense, the United States in that sense, especially in the neoliberal period has gone back to be, to being ruled more or less as an empire where the welfare of ordinary citizens seems to be the.
largely absent from the national agenda beyond sort of managing resistance in opposition. So I would say that, in that sense the indigenous struggles now, you see in Canada, and the U. S. of course are similar in one sense, they have both taken over lands of indigenous people, but the process has been a little different in [00:30:00] Canada, where it was less of a kind of exterminist type of thing, where in the United States, the indigenous population, which was actually larger compared to the indigenous populations of the territory, which would be called Canada.
Yeah. But they were systematically exterminated. So today, as a proportion of the American population, the indigenous population is relatively low. Whereas in Canada, it is a little higher. It's like maybe four or five percent, and it is rising today. And I think part of the reason is because in, in Canada, we got colonialism on the cheap.
In the sense that the British simply said, yes, And, we agree with some treaties or whatever. We agree to respect you, et cetera. But these treaties are not. were not fully respected but nevertheless these kind of treaties were made and now they are being honored only in the breach and so we have this indigenous resistance and, so on.
So, in Canada, by the way, the whole question of indigenous land ownership is actually very material economic issue because Like the United States, [00:31:00] Canada also relies a lot on extraction and agriculture and therefore land based activities. So in that sense, the indigenous demand for their own land is very important and has the potential to destabilize a lot of economic activity in Canada.
Yeah, because If, how can you open a vast mining operation if you don't have rights to the land or logging or for that matter? So, there is a lot of focus in Canada on the land issue where indigenous peoples are concerned. But I would say that, that tends to leave out the struggles of indigenous peoples, which as you rightly point out, many of whom are integrated into the labour force.
So they have constituted, it's not, you know, To me, when Marx talks about primitive accumulation, that is to say, separating people from the land, which is something that happened in Scottish enclosures, but also happened on a huge scale in the settler colonies in particular, where indigenous populations were displaced.
And so on and, put on smaller pieces of land for reserves following, [00:32:00] which of course, is a system that South Africa began to practice in the post second World War period as well. So, this kind of system, it is, so when Marx talked about primitive accumulation, what is, or rather original accumulation as.
As he called it in in German. This original accumulation was always about two things. One was to take land away, which is what everybody focuses on, but the other was to create a landless proletariat, which would have, a group of people or vast masses of people who had no option but to work for other people because their access to their livelihood, which is the land, which, you know, every.
People that and that we have known in history had some original attachment to some of the our piece of land and they may have been wars over it, etc. But it was there and this has been broken and we now take it for granted that you know if you open a factory that somehow people will come and work for you.
But this was not [00:33:00] necessarily a given. If people had access to alternative means of livelihood and you weren't offering them. A better one. Why should people come and work for you? So this compulsion to work for others is only created by this process of dispossession, as you may call it, and that was also, that was the purpose of secular colonialism.
NICK ESTES - HOST, THE RED NATION PODCAST: I've wrestled with this question a lot because I think, one of the more insightful texts that I've read and I teach is called empire's tracks and, It's by, Manu Karuga, who actually tracks westward expansion and uses Lenin's theory of imperialism to understand he's not just studying trains, but he's studying like railroad expat expansion and the investment that happens and it's a very modern, capitalist kind of enterprise.
it's not to say that the indigenous resistance to it is, somehow like they're, Bolsheviks, but, it does understand that this is a process of primitive accumulation and it's confronting capital and that's how indigenous nations are made in relation to.
The [00:34:00] United States and we're currently positioned and I think, I've heard you say this in other sort of interviews and podcasts. about how the sort of postmodern kind of focus on, just culture and the culture of settler colonialism, the culture of imperialism tends to miss this economic side.
And that goes, both ways in terms of how resources are extracted, but then also how people are put into and forced to sell their labor, within a capitalist system. I will say that. Some indigenous nations in the past and presently have tried to de link themselves from these kinds of economies with various success and failure.
the Navajo Nation tried to nationalize its. Natural resources, uranium, oil and gas and ended in a sort of Senate sponsored coup against the president at the time. So it was like a mini, opposing of, yeah very similar. And actually around that same time period, I think it happened in the early eighties.
So you do have these sort of alternative paths are being drawn out and attempted in these [00:35:00] projects. And I want to, talk a little bit. Oh, I guess the final point on that I want to say is in British Columbia, and this is where, worth studying is, there's British Columbia is not treated at all.
There's no Canada has no sort of legal like foundation in British Columbia. And indigenous nations have sought, alternative economic partnerships with countries like China. Or, we just did an interview with a native Hawaiian activists who, are saying. How dare the United States come in and say who are friends and enemies are our entire islands are militarized with military bases.
Expecting us to be the front lines of some kind of great powers conflict. And the same goes with Guam, which is seen as a, an island aircraft carrier betrussing or containing China. But I also wanted to ask you a little bit about how does that work in terms of.
Your theories of imperialism. When we think about the sort of contradiction of like [00:36:00] how the United States is so dependent on China in terms of its economy and other sort of imperialist powers are so dependent on, China for its economy, but yet have militarily surrounded it. And it's like, when they're policing ship lanes, when they're surveilling ship lanes with this Aukus agreement, it's What are these ships carrying? They're carrying goods to San Francisco. They're carrying goods to Vancouver. So how do you, how do we make sense of this? This sort of contradictory move where on one hand it's like we're anti China and we want to subvert the sort of Chinese economy and, we're going to militarize the shipping lanes build military bases completely surrounding and containing China while at the same time depending on it economically to produce the goods, the consumer goods that we need for our economies.
Yanis Varoufakis on Cloud Capital vs AI: DeepSeek, Technofeudalism, Capitalism and the New Cold War - DiEM25 - Air Date 1-26-24
YANIS VAROUFAKIS - HOST, DIEM 25: The gist of DeepSeek's arrival on the AI scene and the carnage in the American stock exchanges is a sudden transition from proprietary to open source technology. It is therefore no great wonder that the moment DeepSeek [00:37:00] became the most downloaded app on the Apple store, it pulverized the market capitalization of the hitherto overinflated US big tech stocks.
How did this happen exactly? How is it that a private commodified service is suddenly offered for free? And does this mean that techno federalism is in trouble to begin with? It's important to note that AI was never a proprietary technology in itself. The underlying code of all AI companies was always open source.
What made American AI a quasi private commodity? Was the way in which these models were trained using huge amounts of privatized data, where I say privatized, you should translate Stolen data. Your data. My data. There was a Google memo that was leaked in 2017 that was widely discussed and refuted but it was a harbinger of what happened with DeepSeek.
In that [00:38:00] memo we read the following words If an open source large language model, it said trained for a few million dollars, comes to outperform a proprietary model. Then there's going to be trouble. There will be no firewall, the memo continues, even to safeguard OpenAI. That's what happened. DeepSeek pierced the United States AI company's bubble by decommodifying the results of the model's training and doing it at a tiny, tiny cost to itself.
Shifting the results of AI trained models from behind a paywall to the public realm. Within days since the release of the latest version of DeepSeek, developers around the world started building their own models On top of deep seeks. This was the nightmare of american big tech ai service providers who have been offering the results of prompts as a commodity in the form of subscriptions You [00:39:00] see deep seek type applications can now produce high quality translations for free That's just an example.
And in so doing, they undermine the business model of companies like Deeple, the German company. In the broader scheme of things, this means that the morsels of cloud capital that Europe owned, like Deeple, essentially have lost their market value. Nevertheless, and this is a huge nevertheless, it is only AI as a commodity that has lost its grossly exaggerated market price or value.
In sharp contrast, cloud capital utilized as Amazon, Meta, Google, and so on have been utilizing it. That is not as a commodity producing piece of tech, but as a produced means of behavioral modification. That business model is not at all threatened by companies like DeepSeek. And since techno feudalism is powered by cloud capital working that way, rather [00:40:00] than commodity like AI services of the chat GPT 4 or 5 type, our techno feudal order is not threatened by competitors such as DeepSeek.
To help understand the difference between cloud capital and AI based commodified services, it helps to compare and contrast Alexa, take Amazon's Alexa, and OpenAI's Chat GPT. Alexa is not offering you a commodified service. It is your free, pretend slave. Unlike GPT 405, you do not pay a subscription to Amazon for the right to order Alexa, to order your milk, or to switch off your lights.
Rather, you train Alexa to train you, to train it, to know you, so that it wins you over, it wins your trust, with good recommendations. So that it can ultimately modify your behavior, so that it can encourage [00:41:00] you to buy a commodity from amazon. com with Jeff Bezos, the owner of Amazon, retaining up to 40 percent of the price you pay for a book or an electric bicycle.
Money that will be retained as cloud rent by the owner of Amazon Jeff Bezos in short and this is very important The work that Alexa performs for you is not a commodity that you buy unlike chat gpt Which works to sell you a commodity even in a subscription form to put it in different words Once more chat gpt is subject to market competition and therefore vulnerable to companies like DeepSeek.
But Alexa is not. This is why OpenAI, ChatGPT's maker, is seriously damaged by the emergence of DeepSeek, but Amazon is not. That's my basic point. Cloud capital is in a league of its own, beyond market competition, from DeepSeek like [00:42:00] upstarts. Because its power lies in its capacity to modify our behavior and remove us from any market. For example, to shift us from real markets to cloud feeds like Amazon or Alibaba. To wrap this up, in conclusion, cloud's capital capacity to drive techno fidelism is not challenged by companies like DeepSeek. Only companies like OpenAI, which invested so much, and so foolishly I would add, in providing a commodified service, these companies stand to lose enormously.
This, I believe, is yet another sign that capitalism is dead at the hand of cloud capital, while techno feudalism is going from strength to strength. And as it does so, it fuels even further the new Cold War between the United States and China, which in my book, Techno Feudalism, What Killed Capitalism, I have explained away, I have explained this new Cold War as the almighty clash between these two huge concentrations of cloud capital, the American dollar [00:43:00] denominated super cloudalist power, and the Chinese one denominated super cloudalist power.
Now, speaking of this new Cold War, which I have argued is mostly fueled by the clash between American and Chinese cloud capital, I wonder what impact DeepSeek's success will have on the United States government, not just Trump, but the whole gamut of the American state and its government, Silicon Valley and Washington DC Until very recently and the deep sea arrival on the scene, they had convinced themselves that America had the huge AI lead over China.
Now that the tiny Chinese company has destroyed that confidence by producing on a shoestring better AI tech and services than Silicon Valley had imagined possible. I don't know about you, but I can almost hear the wearing of the cogs and wheels inside the heads of people in authority both on the east coast and the [00:44:00] west coast of the United States as they are thinking, trying to understand, to predict if the Chinese can do this out of the blue.
As DeepSeek did, only two days ago. What else can the Chinese do tomorrow? It is reminiscent, isn't it, of the Sputnik moment. So, it will be interesting to see how Donald Trump reacts to this threat to companies like OpenAI. Especially since Elon Musk understood some time ago, quite presently, I should say, and has spoken out against companies like OpenAI.
He seems to have understood the folly of commodifying AI services rather than going full on techno feudal. Goodness only knows what happens in a White House containing both the thoughts of Elon Musk and someone like Donald Trump. These are indeed turning out to be interesting times, of course, in the traditional Chinese proverbial [00:45:00] sense of the phrase.
Note from the Editor on soft landings vs crash landings
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with The Muckrake Political Podcast discussing the international competition through the lens of AI development. The New Statesman put the present in proper historical context. Al Jazeera English looked at various issues facing France and Germany. Times Radio speculated on the economic struggles facing Russia and the potential impact on Putin. The Red Nation Podcast discussed the colonial possessions of the US and Canada. And the Democracy In Europe Movement 2025 looked at the destabilizing impact of the release of the DeepSeek AI model from China. And those were just the Top Takes; there's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon [00:46:00] page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship and membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
And we're also trying something new and offering you the opportunity to submit your comments or questions on upcoming topics, so you can potentially join the conversation as it happens. Next up, we're doing an analysis of how the media is shifting and mostly capitulating to Trump, followed by a deep dive into the age of oligarchy that is rising right along with the right wing faux populist movements around the world. So get your comments or questions in now for those topics. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. We're also findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal with the handle BestoftheLeft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's [00:47:00] topic: I was strongly reminded of a piece in Vanity Fair by James Pogue titled, "Steve Bannon has called his army to do battle, no matter who wins in November," and this is something that we discussed in greater depth and detail on the bonus show for members. But in his article, the writer speaks with Obama's foreign policy advisor, Ben Rhodes. And, if you're not a foreign policy nerd, then you may not know Ben Rhodes, but he wrote a book titled After the Fall. So you don't have to worry that he might be some pollyannish, hope and change, a miracle, come out on top if we're just our best selves, kind of a person, right? He sees the same writing on the wall that we're talking about here today.
But he says something that I think sums up a big piece of the political realignment and the current state of the general debate. The right and left is getting a little bit mixed these days. I've been saying [00:48:00] it makes people seasick, myself included. And so this is part of that discussion.
And So Ben, talking about the differences between people like him and people like Steve Bannon, who both have very similar critical perspectives on some of the imperial structures of the US -- like I said, a little bit of a realignment makes you a little bit seasick that an Obama guy and a Trump guy would see eye to eye on anything, but that is the state of play these days. And so speaking about the differences between someone like him and someone like Bannon, Ben says, "the divide is between people who want to try to bring things down to a soft landing and people who want to blow it up. The challenge is that nobody has shown me you can blow it up absent a war and a mass disruptive event."
So the argument is to blow up one thing, but not have an idea of what to do instead, or not be honest with people [00:49:00] about the horrors of the transition period. When you put it that way, that doesn't sound very enticing, I don't think. However, in terms of campaigning and riling up energy from frustrated people who are frustrated for good reason, saying generally, "Well, the system is fucked, and it needs to be torn down." That's a much more powerful rallying cry than the alternative.
In the realm of international politics, Ben Rhodes assumes that the US is in decline, saying that he'd like to bring us down to a soft landing. And to a reasonable person, that sounds a whole lot better than blowing the system up and crashing.
But when you're rallying frustrated people who have good reason for their frustrations, saying the system is fucked and we need to tear it down makes for a much better campaign slogan. And [00:50:00] that sentiment, that basic divide copied and pasted again and again onto each policy issue, not just foreign policy and international economics, I think, goes a long way to explaining the political dynamics between, generally, left and right, MAGA Republicans and Democrats.
It's always easier to tear down than it is to build. And attempting to manage a decline, I mean, that may be one of the hardest things of all, because how does a party rally supporters and excite voters to keep them in power long enough to actually achieve that soft landing?
It is an absolute recipe for oppositional populism that will harness the inevitable frustration with either ridiculous promises of national resurgence, nihilistic "burn it all down" energy, or both, which seems to be what we've got.
SECTION A: AMERICAN DECLINE
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now we'll continue to dive deeper on six topics [00:51:00] today. Next up, section A, American Decline, followed by section B, China, section C, Russia, section D, France, section E, Corporate Control, and section F, What Comes Next.
How Empires Fall and Why the US is Next - uncivilized - Air Date 12-28-24
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: Companies buying out the housing market, insurance companies making healthcare unaffordable, politicians taking money from lobbies to protect corporate interests and fill their own pockets. And the working class is well aware.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: Affording wealth is so harmful, so unethical, so rage inducing. Billionaires should not exist.
So you talk about teacher salary, 2, 000 in rent, 400 car payment, you got insurance, you got groceries, electricity, like, I don't understand how people are affording life right now.
For five stitches,
3, 800. What?
Like, it's so freaking hard to live here.
North America is one big scam.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: And then there's the internal social and political decay.
People have become disenchanted with the illusion of American democracy, of [00:52:00] its promises of equality, of equal opportunity for all, as long as you pick yourself up by your bootstraps.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: You can see a sea of people all united under one banner. Cause they are protesting for racial equality. The murder of a healthcare executive has led to online popularity for the shooter.
Mangione has emerged in some circles as a sympathetic figure fighting the system.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: All this leads to political instability, economic trouble, and social unrest. Which weakens the empire at its core.
But an empire is bigger than its center. It's a network of vassal states serving the core's interests and keeping all those entities in check is done through both soft power and hard power. That brings us to symptom number two. To understand soft power and how it plays into imperial decline. Let's look at the Ottomans.
ARCHIVE DOCUMENTARY CLIP: It was a huge empire dominated by a Turkish dynasty that had its origins in Asia minor.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: The Ottoman Empire was one of the most [00:53:00] powerful and enduring empires in history, spanning three continents at its height. It was a hub of cultural and scientific innovation, producing advancements in medicine, astronomy, architecture, and engineering that changed the world.
ARCHIVE DOCUMENTARY CLIP: They ruled a
considerable mix of peoples and faiths. There was no great history of ethnic tension, even though there was a history of massively complicated ethnic and confessional coexistence.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: It lasted almost 600 years. One factor that contributed to its demise was its waning influence over the peoples and territories it had under its control, also known as the loss of soft power.
Soft power is about being more persuasive than coercive, about getting people to comply without using force. In the case of the Ottomans, it was a delicate balance of diplomacy and cultural influence, but over time, the empire's ability to foster loyalty among diverse groups was eroding. Aided by rising nationalism within [00:54:00] these communities.
ARCHIVE DOCUMENTARY CLIP: The Greeks were the first to rebel against the Ottoman shackles.
The minute you start getting a political world, this system is going to break down. And that is what happens in the 19th century. And that is the great conundrum for the empire.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: People stopped buying into the vision of the empire. and began to break off and pursue their own interests.
Now, the U. S. has been really good at soft power. It began after World War II, when the U. S. positioned itself as a global leader promoting democracy, economic growth, and cultural influence.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: Joe's the king because he can buy more with his wages than any other worker on the globe.
It is the most important idea that the United States has contributed to the world.
Citizens of every rank can expect to have a better, richer, happier life.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: It helped rebuild war torn Europe. set up major global institutions where it continues to hold significant power, and has exported music, television, and pop culture across the world for decades. [00:55:00] And the messaging of this soft power has been consistent and clear.
RONALD REAGAN: Shining city upon a hill. After 200 years, she's still a beacon. Still a magnet for all who must have freedom.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: But for soft power to work, for people to buy into the fantasy and want to participate, They need to see credibility and moral consistency. Now, just to be clear, the U. S. has violated the principles it preaches since its founding, not to mention since its emergence as a global hegemon.
It seems the majority of people were willing to overlook that and buy into the American dream. But the illusion is falling apart. At home, the land of democracy, liberty, and human rights hasn't kept up the best image in recent years.
And it's not any better abroad. The U. S. has spearheaded and overseen devastating wars, crippling debt, human rights violations, and environmental damage across the world, which has made it hard to take preaching of democracy and freedom [00:56:00] seriously.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: America no longer charts a course and therefore has lost all rights to set it and even more so to impose it on others.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: Disillusionment with American values is growing and in its panic the empire continues to thrash and bully to stay relevant. That's where hard power comes in. and brings us to the third symptom of the fall of an empire. This one is best illustrated by the Soviet Union.
Now, the USSR ideologically rejected the idea of imperialism, but the reality is that it looked and acted like an empire.
Speaker 262: The Soviet Communist Party has not faced a serious internal threat to its political rule since the 1920s.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: There was a centralized authority overseeing expansion and control of a collection of republics and satellite states, where movements for autonomy were suppressed.
What tethered these states together was a unified ideology, communism. But it was also hard power, military might. [00:57:00] And that costs money.
ARCHIVE DOCUMENTARY CLIP: It is here, in Red Square, that the superpower Soviet Union holds its military parades, displaying its might for all the world to see.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: At its strongest, the Soviet Union had five million soldiers stationed around the Union, and pursued wars and conquests to maintain and expand its reach.
Then there's all the money spent on an arms race during the Cold War. Money spent on propping up parties in proxy wars across the world. And money spent on wars like Afghanistan, a protracted 10 year long conflict that cost them 50 billion dollars.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: The superpower from the north occupies Afghanistan with more than 100, 000 troops.
A modern mechanized army.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: Eventually, the The cost of keeping the empire in check became unmanageable, and the economy took a hit. By the late 80s, people within the Union were struggling with soaring poverty and a low quality of life, with no strategic wins to show for all that money spent. [00:58:00] Military and ideological overextension drained not only the economy, but public morale as well, until people got fed up.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: In Moscow, the hammer and sickle is lowered for the last time.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: Sounds familiar.
MICHAEL BERNIER: All estimates agree that the cost will be at least 1 trillion. The Bush administration never expected the war to drag on as long as it has.
The fall of Kabul to the Taliban marked an abrupt end to America's longest war. The war cost American taxpayers about 1 trillion.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: The U. S. carried out long, brutal, expensive wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. With nothing to show for it except instability, and devastation, and financial loss. Then there's the constant ideological wars. The war on communism, the war on drugs, the war on terror, the war on China and Russia. There's a constant boogeyman in the ether to justify U.
S. military spending. The U. S. maintains the most bases in the world at over [00:59:00] 700, and spends hundreds of billions of dollars on the military every year. More than the next 10 countries combined. It's funding Ukraine in its war against Russia. It might support Taiwan in a war against China. Billions of dollars spent, and we can't remember the last war the U.
S. has actually won. But last year, an undeniable awakening happened.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: This has been a senseless and a deliberate slaughter, a genocide, and it is happening on our dime.
TALA KADDOURA - HOST, UNCIVILIZED: For over a year, Americans and the rest of the world have watched U. S. politicians from both sides of the aisle cheer on and fund the genocide of Palestinians in Gaza to the tune of billions of dollars. It has shattered the idea that the U. S. is a beacon of justice and human rights and irreversibly cemented the hypocrisy of American moral exceptionalism. The empire has never been so exposed. And it's shown Americans, who [01:00:00] back in the imperial core, continue to struggle to live decent, dignified lives, where all their tax money is going. And where it's definitely not.
The U. S. has been an empire since its very conception. From colonizing Native American land, to conquering territories overseas, to dominating world politics through global institutions, military might, corporate interests,
Of all the empires that have risen and fallen, none have come close to having the reach and power of the U. S. So the idea of it losing its hold over the world seems inconceivable. But while all these symptoms are unfolding, and the U. S. empire erodes from within and without, it's not doing so in a vacuum.
It does so in the middle of a global shift in geopolitics, in a world that's becoming increasingly multipolar. With countries choosing new allies, new frameworks for collaboration, even new currencies. The aim of the alliance is to challenge the economic and political monopoly of the West. All of which is not [01:01:00] good for the U.
S. See, the way the global system is designed is, in many ways, for the benefit of America. From reliance on the dollar, U. S. aid, and U. S. debt, to fear of U. S. sanctions, vetoes, and foreign intervention, we live in a world full of systems and institutions designed to prop up the U. S. and keep the rest of the world in check.
But these systems aren't going to live forever, because they're inherently unsustainable. They rely on the exploitation of peoples across the world and within the imperial core, and bank on them buying into the bit that all this is necessary. Is better for them and protects them.
And as life becomes more unaffordable, countries, more destabilized governments, more autocratic and our environment, more unlivable. People eventually wake up and that's usually the beginning of the end.
Richard Wolff on the BRICS countries replacing the US dollar in international trade - Community Church of Boston - Air Date 11-16-24
RICHARD WOLFF: Over the last 20 years, and particularly over the last five, uh, the countries [01:02:00] in the BRICS, and by the way, some others as well, have reduced their reliance on their use of the dollar.
You know, the dollar as the global currency was one of the results of World War II. When I pointed out a few minutes ago that all the competitors of the United States were pretty much destroyed in that world, in that war, and that we came out kind of top dog in that situation, that's what translated into making the dollar, quote, as good as gold.
It was something that every central bank of every one of the 180 countries in the world kept on reserve in their bank, uh, in order to show the world that that their currency was safe to use, because in any extremity, they could honor their currency by giving you dollars, which the world accepted as, quote unquote, as good as gold.
So for example, 30 years ago, something like 80%, [01:03:00] maybe 85 percent of world central banks held dollars as reserves. They held dollars, literally gold. and maybe a small smattering of euros or Japanese yen. Now, the number is disputed, but it's around 50 to 60 percent, much, much lower in the form of dollars, because they don't need them so often.
What the BRICS have started to do, and they're having huge discussions. One of the major topics at the meeting of the BRICS in Kazan, Russia, three weeks ago, was all about replacing the dollar. They are now, for example, conducting huge parts of their trading exchange in other currencies. It used to be, up until three or four years ago.
That if country A [01:04:00] needed to buy oil, for example, from Saudi Arabia or country B, they paid for it with dollars. Everybody had to have dollars in their account because much of the world's trade was conducted in dollars. Neither the exporter nor the importer wanted to worry about exchange rates among many different currencies.
The dollar was safe. The dollar was secure. The dollar was backed by the United States. All of that is gone, and what you're seeing is the BRICS leading the way, and they're discussing whether to develop a more sophisticated regime using computers to allow countries to trade in their own currencies or to come up with a new global currency that will compete with the dollar.
And my guess is they're gonna go with one [01:05:00] of those two, and that those decisions, it'll take a little time. The United States is still a very important, big, rich country. But it, so it'll take, I don't know, five years, maybe more, uh, to get that in place. But already you should be aware that the dollar is less.
and less of an international, um, currency, and less and less secured. And it's not just a dollar. You know, I live in Manhattan. I'm speaking to you from Manhattan, New York City. If I walk along Fifth Avenue or another elegant avenue in New York City at night, most of the apartments are dark because they're not lived in.
They are, owned by foreigners who parked their money inside the United States by buying apartments. Three times a year, their wealthy children come to New York for a shopping [01:06:00] spree, and they live in that apartment. The rest of the time, it's an investment, and it's been a good one. Now, you see lights where you didn't before.
because they're selling their apartments. They don't want to be stuck in the United States. They don't know, for example, with Mr. Trump, whether being a Muslim and owning an apartment is going to become an issue. And maybe you better sell now, before that issue is resolved, rather than wait and see the price of your apartment collapse because no one is going to buy it from you for this or that reason of hostility from the United States government.
All these kinds of questions mean that dealing with the United States. Let me give you a couple of other examples. Part of the war against Russia involved the United States States using its international position to [01:07:00] steal, I mean there's no other word for it, to steal Russia's dollar holdings and gold holdings that Russia had kept in European banks because they need to do business with Europe all the time.
Well, that money in the European banks, the American banks, was seized by the United States government. The Europeans did that in Europe too. Three hundred billion dollars, an enormous amount of money. The Russians, by the way, you know what they've done? They've started seizing US and European assets inside Russia.
And there are a lot of those. But you see, if you were the dominant player, U. S., then all of these developments damage your situation. No matter how fast it goes, it's less for the U. S. economy, less for the U. S. dollar. That's what's going on
BRICS expands to 54.6% of world population by adding Nigeria, Africa's most populous country - Geopolitical Economy Report - Air Date 1-18-25
[01:08:00] The BRICS countries are now 4. 3 billion people. That means they represent 54. 6 percent of the entire world population. The addition of Nigeria into BRICS is also important because Nigeria has one of the fastest growing populations on earth. India, one of the founding members of BRICS, which has the world's largest population, has the fastest growing population from 2024 to 2037.
It's expected that there will be 147 million people born in India. But in second place is Nigeria with 65 million people born in Nigeria in the next decade and a half or so. And if you look at the list of the top 10 countries with the fastest growing populations, Not as a percentage, but as a gross number, half of those countries are now in BRICS.
India, Nigeria, Ethiopia, Indonesia, and Egypt. So BRICS cannot be ignored. It represents the majority of the world population, and Nigeria in [01:09:00] particular is pretty symbolic because the largest city in Nigeria, Lagos, is expected to emerge as the world's top megacity by the end of the 21st century. In fact, by 2100, people in the African continent will represent 38 percent of the world population.
Whereas today, people in Africa represent 18 percent of the entire world population. And also today, people in Asia represent 60 percent of the world population. Their percentage of the world population is expected to fall to 45%. In 2100. So in other words, by the end of the 21st century, more than eight out of every 10 people in the world will live in Asia or Africa.
And BRICS as an organization represents these people who are the global majority. They already are today, the global majority, and their majority will continue to increase over time. [01:10:00] Yet, unfortunately, many Western governments and politicians and pundits and academics and intellectuals, they still think the entire world revolves around them.
Around the West, even though the West only represents about 13 or 14 percent of the world population. And it's not just the population. It's also the economy, because many of the BRICS countries have some of the fastest growing economies on earth. Of course, China is the world's number one economy when you measure its GDP at purchasing power parity, and China is the world's industrial superpower.
And if you combine together all of the 19 BRICS members and partners, Together, their GDP represents 42. 2 percent of the entire world economy. This is the updated version, including Nigeria now as a partner. So as BRICS continues to expand, they get closer and closer to representing half of the entire world economy.
[01:11:00] Nigeria is also a major economy in the world. It has the second largest economy on the African continent after Egypt, and Egypt is now a full member of BRICS. In fact, if you look at the five largest economies in Africa, all of them are either part of BRICS or are going to be part of BRICS. So Egypt is a full member, it's the largest economy.
Nigeria is now a partner. It's the second largest economy in Africa. South Africa is of course, a founding member of BRICS. It's the third largest economy in Africa. Algeria was invited to become a partner country of BRICS at the summit in the Russian city of Kazan in 2024, and it did not officially give a response, but it's likely going to accept the invitation.
And Ethiopia was admitted as a full member of BRICS in 2024. So Algeria is the fourth biggest economy in Africa and Ethiopia is the fifth biggest economy. And although yes, it is true that many countries in Africa are suffering from very high [01:12:00] rates of poverty and underdevelopment in no small part due to western colonialism, because they have such large populations, they still have very big economies.
So for instance, Egypt, which is the biggest economy, in Africa has a larger economy than Australia and Nigeria has a larger economy than the Netherlands. And of course, this is all using data that measures GDP at purchasing power parity, which instead of looking simply in nominal terms at exchange rates, which can make Western countries that have very overvalued currencies seem more economically powerful than they actually are.
PPP adjusts for the purchasing power of the currencies locally. And when you do so, you can see that Egypt and Nigeria, these, these BRICS countries are very big economies. Nigeria is also important because it's the larger producer of oil on the African continent. It's the number one producer. And the number two producer Algeria has also been [01:13:00] invited to become a BRICS partner.
And if you look at the top 10 largest oil producing countries on earth, half of them are in BRICS. That includes Russia, China, Iran, the UAE, and Brazil. And Nigeria is the 15th largest producer of oil on earth. So another very important part of Bricks expansion is seeing the overlap between Bricks and And OPEC, the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, we've seen that now BRICS countries represent more than one third of global oil production, and that number is constantly increasing as BRICS expands.
This means that these countries can have an important role in the global oil market if they collaborate and decide Whether or not to increase production or decrease production. Now, the U. S. is now the world's largest oil producer since the shale boom. And that has complicated things with OPEC, despite the fact that OPEC has been informally expanded, becoming OPEC Plus, and Russia has been [01:14:00] participating.
“Both the US and Israel are delusional” w/ Jeffrey Sachs - Makdisi Street - Air Date 1-15-25
JEFFERY SACHS: The U. S. has been a militarized state pretty much nonstop since 1945 when the Soviet Union, uh, ended in 1991, the assumption of the U.
S. Security elites or state elites is, well, we won. Now, now we are the most powerful country in the world in history. We are, uh, not the new Rome. We have surpassed Rome. No one can stop us. We can take down anyone. And, uh, that was the mindset of crazy people like Richard Cheney, uh, Paul Wolfowitz and many others.
And every president that came in was. Basically instructed by them, but you are the leader of the most powerful machine of, uh, military force and coercion in world history. You are the center of the world, the financial system. You can turn on and off the financial [01:15:00] spigots to any part of the world. You are at the node of the world information system.
You can survey and intercept and disrupt, uh, information flows to any place in the world. You're at the center of the world energy system. You can turn on and off the taps. And if they don't like it, you can blow up the pipelines to do it. So this is the mindset. It is definitely the mindset of the incoming US administration, even if the means might be different.
There's no change in US mindset. It's not exactly a joke that Donald Trump tweets every day that Canada is the 51st state. It's partly taunting. It's partly a game, but I'm sure he has in his mind, why don't we own all that territory? Why is it the United States, the owner of Greenland, in fact, as he says every day, because the [01:16:00] Chinese and the Russians are going to have more control over the Northern sea route.
So we better literally expand the map. To my mind, these people are playing the game I used to play in my childhood, the game of Risk, which was a fun game where the idea was to have your piece on every part of the board. That's how you won. You took over the world, you'd roll the dice and, uh, eventually you'd, uh, wear it down through a war of attrition.
Yeah. Your neighbor, if you had more pieces on the board, but they play this with real lives and they play it with the brutality, cynicism, coercion, subterfuge. And they play it till today. I'm sorry to say it. It's just this is really the way the world is.
SAREE MAKDISI - HOST, MAKDISI STREET: But Jeff, some people are, including you, I think, are, have been talking about a phenomenon called de dollarization which we hear a lot about.
So [01:17:00] could you explain what de dollar, I mean, I think we're familiar with it, but just for our audience, could you explain what de dollarization is? And also, more importantly for this conversation, could you then say, well, what does that mean? Um, For U. S. power, U. S. hegemony, U. S. authority, even U. S.
prosperity itself, insofar as there is still prosperity in the U. S.
JEFFERY SACHS: Great. And as I was running on and on, I forgot to mention the main point, which is that this vision of the U. S. is delusional. That's the bottom line. I forgot to mention that. I did say The U. S. is 4. 1 percent of the world population.
We're about 335 million out of some 8 billion people. It's not enough to run the world. The U. S. is very proud of its military prowess and its technology, but Frankly, there are a lot of countries in the world that can blow up the U. S. and can blow up the world. So, it isn't hegemony, it isn't unipolarity, it isn't being the sole superpower, [01:18:00] but it is a lot of power.
I mean, no other country in the world even remotely comes close to this military archipelago of bases around the world. 80 countries, uh, estimated, they don't make formal lists, so we have to guess around 750 military bases. Britain still has a big network their nostalgia for Empire is impressive, let me say, little pathetic, but impressive.
But the United States really stands, uh, on its own. Now the state of affairs is, uh, that the U S has had several rude awakenings. It couldn't win back in Korea, there was a, an armistice, uh, that ended that conflict. It certainly didn't win in Vietnam. It didn't win in Afghanistan.
It didn't, quote, win anywhere, even though it beat the shit out of these other places. Uh, it couldn't actually [01:19:00] achieve its political goals or often its military goals even. So the idea of unipolarity is a kind of textbook idea of some, uh, second rate thinkers in my mind, but it is a prevailing idea.
Now, what are the bases of this? The core. basis is supposed to be size of the economy. Unfortunately for the U. S., it probably in best comparative terms is now a smaller economy to China. So this is A matter of tremendous frustration to uh, the American leaders and their self-proclaimed unipolarity.
Another feature of this is the role of the dollar which means that when Lebanon, , and, saudi Arabia make a transaction together make a trade. It's likely to be in US dollars, actually, rather than in the local [01:20:00] currency. Even when China trades, in the Middle East or other places up until recently, It has been in dollars.
What does it mean in dollars? It means through U. S. Based banks or banks that deal in U. S. Dollars, which mean that the banks hold dollar assets in the United States, either in counterpart banks or at the Federal Reserve. It also means that transactions pass through a U. S. Controlled electronic system.
The best known part of which is so called SWIFT system, which is an interbank notification system for transactions. This means that the U. S. has had a major ability to turn off financial transactions or to impose sanctions or to threaten countries that if they don't follow the U. S. [01:21:00] line, their banks will be cut off from international commerce.
In other words, countries doing business in other parts of the world that have nothing to do with the U. S. per se. But happened to settle the transactions, uh, through a U. S. based banking system. This is what the role of the dollar has meant. Now, as a monetary economist, I can tell you there's no intrinsic reason why, uh, Thailand and Brazil should settle a trade in dollars.
There are every other way to do that, but you need to create the institutional mechanisms for a non dollar settlement system. It could be in Taibab, it could be in Brazilian Reales, it could be in Chinese Renminbi. But you need institutions and technical mechanisms to make such a settlement and a policy framework to do it.
The dollar has been [01:22:00] convenient for everybody up until recently it became less convenient when the U S government started confiscating your dollars, if you got out of line. And so if you were the government of Venezuela or Iran or North Korea or Afghanistan and most recently Russia, if the U. S.
Treasury didn't like you, well, your money is now our money. And the U. S. froze 300 billion of financial balances that Russia held in dollar assets in a European Institution called Euroclear based in Belgium. The idea of the BRICS countries, which of course started with acronym, Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa.
And then expanded to include Ethiopia, Egypt Iran and the United Arab Emirates, and now is [01:23:00] expanding to another nine countries in 2025, is that these are countries that don't want the U. S. to be able to turn on and off the spigot. So they are re engineering their financial transactions. So that their settlements are impervious to U. S. bluster.
SECTION B: CHINA
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering section B, China.
The end of America's global dominance Part 2 - The New Statesman - Air Date 1-8-25
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: Just before the new year, President Xi Jinping announced that China's economy was going to grow by five percent in twenty twenty five, that things are stable and progressing.
Is that a fair assessment of what the situation is like in China?
GEORGE MAGNUS: Partly. Um, so when Xi Jinping says the economy is going to grow by five percent, you can be sure that it will. I mean, certainly will according to official statistics, whether it does or not, in reality, I think is a moot point. They had the same target for 2020.
Uh, for, uh, it will have been met more or less, but actually probably growth in the economy [01:24:00] was not more than half that. So the growth is under pressure. The economy is doing very well. If you're kind of electric vehicle producer or solar panel producer, manufacturing is not doing too badly, but the wider macro economy is not stable.
The real estate's in a real, real problem and infrastructure spending is under pressure too. So it's, it's not as rosy as Xi Jinping might like to suggest.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: I mean, that's interesting because from outside, we think of China as like, you know, the manufacturing hub of the world. Now, I think we've been talking for like, a decade now, about the day that China will take over from the U. S. as the largest economy in the world. Is that a realistic target anymore?
GEORGE MAGNUS: No, I don't think it is. I mean, I think in relative terms, I think peak China is already behind us. In other words, the contribution that China made to this global GDP, for example, I think peaked a couple of years ago.
China's size relative to the United [01:25:00] States dropped in 2023 and 2024, probably isn't going to recover, I don't think, uh, and may continue to drop. And I think that in many ways, the sort of the narrative about China is going to run the 21st century is just that it's a narrative that's propagated by Beijing and by people that believe the West is in terminal decline, which is not to say that the West is in great shape, but neither is China for that matter.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: What's going wrong? I mean, if we can say that things are going wrong, just for the fact that it hasn't taken over from the US and hasn't dominated the world.
GEORGE MAGNUS: Well, I think the problem with China, it didn't all start with COVID, although COVID certainly was, um, it exacerbated what were pre existing problems, but basically China's development model is no longer fit for purpose.
So in other words, the model that they used, which is huge concentration on investment and manufacturing, which basically featured in the 1990s and the 2000s, 2010s, that's not really working [01:26:00] anymore. I mean, China is obviously very, very prominent, one third of global manufacturing, the center of global exports, et cetera, et cetera.
But it's very difficult now for China to follow that up with an encore, which is the same, because more and more countries are going to push back against Chinese encroachment on what they see as their own industrial bases and their own employment markets. So China is pursuing a policy that doesn't really have traction in the rest of the world or acceptability.
And it's not really focusing on the domestic. problems that it's got, which is too much debt, not enough jobs, big problems with graduates and migrant workers, and not enough consumption, too much investment. These are political problems which revolve around, you know, giving more people more political power, which is something the Chinese Communist Party is loathe to do.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: We're talking in this program as though economics is [01:27:00] intrinsically linked with being a great global power. Is that a reasonable assumption that we're just making that link or could the two things be separate?
GEORGE MAGNUS: I think you're right to make that link. And I think China's ability to leverage power. in Asia and in the rest of the world is very, very closely allied to its economic heft.
So, in 1990, China was probably 3 or 4 percent of global GDP. You know, by 2010, 2015, it was about 18 percent of GDP. No other country has achieved that kind of quantum change. And I think what we see today is China as the world's second biggest economy, very powerful country economically, particularly in manufacturing.
But I think if China's economic heft is now being doubted, especially with regards to say, real estate and infrastructure, employment, if it's now kind of wilting a little [01:28:00] bit, then I think it's political leverage in the world will be affected to some degree. Hard to say how much of this juncture.
KATE LAMBLE - HOST, NEW STATESMAN: You've mentioned that there are some parts of the economy that are going really well.
It's dominance in EVs, in solar and other renewable, these big growing industries that Europe and other areas are going to really need. Is there any chance that China could become the dominant global power?
GEORGE MAGNUS: My view about that is no, based on those criteria. So, you know, we've had a Examples before of countries that excelled at technology and science and engineering, the Soviet Union did in the 50s and 60s, Japan did in the 80s, and yet they were surrounded, you know, these islands of technological excellence were surrounded by a sea of deep imbalances and macroeconomic troubles.
China is a more sophisticated version of both, but nevertheless suffers from the same problem. It has a small modern sector Transcribed which is probably less than 10 [01:29:00] percent of the economy, which is super efficient, global brands, EVs, climate change mitigation and all this. But actually it's not a big employer.
It won't give a ticket to graduates and migrant workers to prosper and get on. And so I think the bigger economy, which is Almost all of it, except for the modern sector, doesn't have the right sort of institutional characteristics to allow for the diffusion of efficiency and technology in the way that I think we have come to expect.
I'm not saying that the West has got the answer to this question either, but we're all in this desperate search for technological diffusion and higher productivity. And China certainly doesn't seem to show the right sort of exhibit the right kind of features that enable it to do that.
Why China's population is shrinking - Vox - Air Date 3-27-23
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: In the 50s, under Mao, China experienced one of the most gruesome famines on record. 30 million people died. If we look at that on the birth and death rates chart, you'll see a big spike in deaths.
[01:30:00] At the same time, the birth rate dropped, causing the population to shrink. But as often happens with wars, famines, and other wars, other major crises immediately after there was a baby boom. Combined with global medical advances that decreased infant mortality rates, China's average family now had six children.
The birth rate had skyrocketed, which the government saw as a big problem.
WENG FANG: The Chinese leadership realized the population was growing too fast and something needs to be done. The government came up with a policy. They
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: called it later, longer, fewer, later marriages, longer birth intervals, and fewer births.
As a result, China's birth rate started trending down. But it wasn't low enough for China's leaders. And in 1980, they implemented the extreme one child policy. policy, which limited most families to one child.
WENG FANG: That policy was also backed up by very harsh measures. There were campaigns of sterilization, IUD insertion and [01:31:00] induced abortions.
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: And while these campaigns began during the later longer fewer era, they were at their worst under the one child policy, when China sterilized 20 million men and women and induced nearly 15 million abortions in a single year. But China had accomplished its goal. Population growth was under control.
Except, as China would soon realize, these restrictive policies worked a little too well. In order for any population to stay the same size in the long run, each couple needs to have, on average, 2. 1 children. This is called the replacement age. The idea is that one child replaces one parent, and that 0. 1 makes up for children who die before they become adults.
But China has had a fertility rate that's far below two for over three decades. To bring that up, in 2016, China finally ended the one child policy. And after briefly trying out a three child policy, in 2021, they finally let families have as [01:32:00] many children as they'd like. But it hasn't worked. One big reason is the unique family structure of China.
WENG FANG: We were looking at what's called a 4 2 1 family structure with a couple having four parents above them and a one child pillow.
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: Most countries have diverse family structures, some with three kids, others with none. But with China's 4 2 1 model, millions of only children are under increasing pressure to care for their aging parents and elderly grandparents.
And this can make having multiple children even harder, especially as the cost of living keeps going up. A recent survey revealed that more than 50 percent of young people don't want more than one child because of financial and work pressures.
WENG FANG: We have seen cash subsidies for additional birth, longer maternal leaves, subsidizes for kindergarten, and all sorts of monetary support.
Well, the thing is, almost none of [01:33:00] them. Has worked because having a child is exceedingly expensive and it is a life lifelong commitment. And so it's not, it's really actually hard to put a price on this,
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: but China's population crisis isn't just about babies. It's also about the balance between young and old.
If we look at population pyramids that show distribution by age, we see that countries like Kenya with rapid population growth look like this. Wide at the bottom, representing a lot of new, young people, and narrow at the top. Countries experiencing slower growth, like the Philippines, are still triangular, but the difference between top and bottom is less pronounced.
Now take a look at China, and notice the narrow bottom, so fewer babies, and the heavy top, a larger number of elderly people.
WENG FANG: Which is a happy outcome of our improvement in health and the standard of living, um, but combined with[01:34:00]
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: In 2050, that pyramid is projected to look like this. And that will further drive down China's population, shrink its labor force, and put the whole country in a uniquely difficult position.
In the 80s, China became a hotspot for foreign investment, cheap manufacturing and exports. A generation later, it was shooting up the ranks and becoming one of the world's leading and fastest growing economies by GDP. But not only did that economic modernization drive birth rates down further, it also didn't translate to an equally strong economy for everyone.
If we look at the GDP per capita, the best indicator we have for standard of living, China is much lower than these high income countries. China became a major world economy nearly overnight. But it's still a middle income country. Many, especially in rural areas, haven't benefited much from China's economic boom.
And [01:35:00] China has yet to develop the necessary safety nets to support its aging population.
WENG FANG: To build the social infrastructure, like the social programs and health care. And in pension, uh, it takes time. And that's getting, uh, actually tougher with the economy that's slowing down.
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: And a slower economy will inevitably redefine China's role in the world as a manufacturing superpower.
WENG FANG: What this means for China, for the world, is that the resource constraints from within would also constrain the Chinese ambition, uh, its global reach.
CHRISTINA THORNELL - HOST, VOX: In some ways, China isn't alone. A lot of Asian and European countries are experiencing population declines, too. What makes China different is how fast this all has happened.
It was only 40 years ago that China started leveraging its booming population to become an economic superpower. All while still trying to stem [01:36:00] population growth. Now that China's population growth is officially over, China may have to rethink its future, not just as a global superpower, but for its citizens at home, too.
Trump, China, and the New Cold War - Macrodose - Air Date 12-10-24
JAMES MEADWAY - HOST, MACRODOSE: Over the past couple of weeks, tensions in the simmering trade war between the world's two major powers have escalated still further. President Joe Biden's outgoing administration has added around 140 Chinese companies to its expanding list of banned entities.
In response, China has hit back with its own measures, including bans on the export of key minerals essential for modern semiconductors, with gallium being the most critical. Economist Prashant Garg and his team at Imperial College London have done some fascinating research highlighting just how vital gallium is to the entire semiconductor supply chain.
We'll link to that in the show notes, but the key takeaway is something we've covered before. Semiconductor manufacturing is arguably one of the most [01:37:00] complex machines humanity has ever built, and these chips power virtually every digital device we own. Any threat to that system comes with serious economic consequences.
It's almost miraculous, though now we take it completely for granted, that some of the most advanced pieces of equipment ever created, tiny silicon fragments with billions of transistors etched into place, are produced in such massive quantities that even the most cutting edge chips are affordable enough to end up in devices we casually lose on the bus or drop into a puddle.
But that complexity, stretching from obscure, often quite rare raw materials necessary for different stages of manufacturing, to the wildly sophisticated machines needed to etch purified silicon, to the distribution across a globe of billions of these devices, means that the supply chain also contains huge vulnerabilities.
A couple of months ago in the show, we talked about how Storm Helene [01:38:00] hit the US and temporarily shut down one of the very few mines producing high grade quartz, the kind needed to make the super pure silicon used in semiconductors. For a while, it seemed like the world's chip supply might face serious disruption a few months down the line, but in the end, the mine has reopened and is now operating at nearly full capacity.
The Imperial Report uses AI techniques to analyse thousands of standardised product records, mapping the connections between raw materials and the goods they're used in. Gallium, for example, is often substituted for silicon in some cheaper semiconductors, and serves as the light emitting component in LEDs.
This gives it a vast range of everyday applications. And here's the kicker, China produces 98 percent of the world's supply. Last year, even limited export controls by China caused the global price of gallium to double, and it's not [01:39:00] easy for manufacturers to simply swap one critical mineral for another.
So this new export ban will have a significant impact, rippling across the economy. Donald Trump has, of course, threatened a far broader trade war against China, claiming 100 percent tariffs on Chinese products. But, as we've suggested before, this looks more like the opening round in a negotiating position than a firm commitment.
His senior advisors, along with others closely connected to big business, have made it clear that Trump sees today's big threats as just the opening move in a negotiation that will really begin when he re enters office in January. China, for its part, has treated the Trump announcements with some public concern, understandably, stressing the likely cost to US consumers.
But the country's ambassador to Washington has, for example, been keen to underline that they know full well [01:40:00] Trump is intending to negotiate on final tariff positions. The broader strategy here is one that Trump's pick for treasury secretary, Scott Besant, outlined in a speech over the summer. If the international economic order is being reshaped, he argues, and it is, the US should use all the levers at its disposal to bend this reshaping to its own advantage.
One obvious move is leveraging the sheer size of the US economy, with its 350 million consumers and their dollar purchasing power. Trump has, for example, boasted for months about how he would raise tariffs on imports from China by 60 percent or more. Just last month, he said on social media that he would impose a 10 percent tariff above any additional tariffs on all products from China.
He's also talked about using the threat of tariffs to push China and Mexico to do more to help curb the U. S. opioid crisis, [01:41:00] since the two countries are the top sources of fentanyl and its precursor chemicals. Now, China insists it has no role in the U. S. drug crisis, but this is where we see how the threat of tariffs is being used to achieve a broader policy goal.
Much of this policymaking is likely to be fundamentally reactive, all under the broad banner of America First. It's about responding to a world that's seen as increasingly hostile to the interests, as the new administration sees them, of US capitalism. The two key interests here are military strength and, tied to that, technological leadership in critical high tech sectors.
China has moved with impressive speed over the last few decades, threatening to erode the US's edge in these areas. So from the first Trump administration, extended under President Biden, and now likely to deepen in a second Trump term, we're seeing increasingly aggressive trade [01:42:00] moves aimed at preventing China from gaining that technological advantage.
This may not work as intended. The evidence so far suggests that China has responded by putting more resources into its own domestic industries. As a result, Huawei, the high technology supplier heavily targeted by tariffs, can now build phones with homegrown semiconductors that are not far off the cutting edge of what TSMC in Taiwan is able to produce.
In other words, the restrictions and tariffs have created a kind of hothouse for Chinese innovation, exactly the opposite of what was intended by successive U. S. administrations. By pushing hard on what it sees as its own interests, the U. S. is actually undermining them. But this will likely only strengthen the case in Washington for even more tariff restrictions.
Obviously, none of this is particularly rational. In theory, there is a better way through [01:43:00] this. If America is concerned about China's trade practices undermining its own manufacturing, it could, for instance, use a threat of tariffs to secure a more favourable position in negotiations with China, like agreeing to a controlled devaluation of the dollar, which would make US exports more competitive worldwide.
This is something Vice President in Waiting J. D. Vance has argued for. Now, back in 1985, a similar deal was struck with Japan, the so called Plaza Accords, where, under the threat of increased tariffs on Japanese exports, Japan agreed to revalue the yen upwards. This made its own exports less competitive, but eased pressure on U.
S. manufacturers in particular. Cyan Vallet, from the German Council on Foreign Relations, writing in the Financial Times this week, argues that the U. S. under Trump could be about to achieve the [01:44:00] same deal in parallel circumstances with China. Vallet believes that the macroeconomic entanglements of China and the U. S. will force a kind of economic rationality to reassert itself. Both sides will recognize a mutual interest in backing down from dispute. If, as in 1985, the U. S. is prepared to use its capacity to threaten wisely and to set up, quote, a grand bargain with China, so the dollar is allowed to fall in value, China allows the yen to rise, and tariff restrictions are dialed back.
I think this is far too optimistic. One wrinkle is Vallee's call for spending cuts in the U. S., necessary in his global rebalancing to prevent the U. S. demanding to borrow more and more from the rest of the world. The first Trump administration was very careful not to touch most Americans welfare benefits, and Trump himself was associated with [01:45:00] significant, COVID.
Whatever the chatter about cutting the administrative state we hear now, Getting politically unpopular spending cuts past this President and this Congress will be incredibly difficult. The main difference between the 1985 deal and today is that whilst Japan was politically and militarily subordinated to the U. S., China most certainly is not. So while Japan eventually buckled and accepted a deal that, in hindsight, wasn't particularly beneficial to its own economy, China has no reason to do the same thing.
SECTION C: RUSSIA
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Up next, section C, Russia.
Vladimir Putin: What does the future hold for Russia's leader? - BBC News - Air Date 5-11-24
FIONA HILL: He's been in power for a quarter of a century. Um, I think all of us are well familiar with that axiom that absolute power corrupts, absolutely, and especially over time.
And the longer that Putin has been in office, obviously, uh, the longer he's moved away from, uh, those very first, uh, precepts. [01:46:00] In terms of democracy, uh, Putin has defined it in different ways over time. He started to talk about managed democracy, a kind of democracy, uh, initiated from the top down at various points in terms of creating political parties.
He moved himself out of, uh, the position of being underpinned by a political party or even a political movement. He presided over changes in the constitution that enshrined the president as the supreme leader, uh, with a vertical of power and him very much at the apex of it. He had his, uh, surrogate, Dmitry Medvedev, who was briefly, uh, president of Russia.
And I think most of us have forgotten this by this point. Extend the presidential terms out to Russia. By another couple of years. So now he looks like he'll be with us not just till 2030, but even further beyond till 2036.
STEVE ROSENBERG - HOST, BBC NEWS: How much of this transformation do you think was inevitable? And how much is it the fault of the West?
Did the [01:47:00] West make mistakes which pushed Putin in that direction?
FIONA HILL: I think an awful lot of it is the weight of the system itself and the way that it's evolved over time. And I think the external environment, you mentioned mistakes that have been made, has become increasingly permissive for Putin to make these kinds of changes because there's been an evolution of change elsewhere.
We've had the rise of strongmen leaders, not just in places like China or Turkey, for example, but inside of Europe as well. Uh, we had the presidency of Donald Trump, and perhaps even the return of Donald Trump to the president, who's styling himself in the same mode as Putin, as a strongman leader. I think the cardinal mistake has been taking our eyes off the ball about how, uh, Russia was evolving.
in that larger context, that Russia no longer wanted to be part of Europe in the kind of sense of joining in in European institutions. But a lot of the internal, uh, developments, those are developments that nobody from the outside could possibly, uh, [01:48:00] affect in any major way. And Putin has used lots of events, uh, for example, the war in Chechnya when he first, uh, came into office, uh, terrorist attacks, uh, and all kinds of other developments, uh, to basically strip away many of the checks and balances in the Russian system.
STEVE ROSENBERG - HOST, BBC NEWS: And now, in what direction is he taking Russia?
FIONA HILL: Well, in many respects, he's taking Russia in what, um, as historians would see as a very traditional, um, and typical way. Having been in power for so long, he seems to be styling himself, uh, as a modern day Tsar. He's talking about the regathering of Russian lands, of course, the, uh, annexation of Crimea.
followed by the full on invasion of Ukraine fits right into that. Everything now, in terms of the symbolism, uh, the way that he refers to himself. This Russia now forged in war for the future is taking us back to these past patterns in Russian and Soviet history. Putin thinks of himself now as Vladimir the Great, um, as a Russian [01:49:00] Tsar.
Um, he's been in power for a quarter of a century. He aims for much longer than that, maybe a third of this particular century and then beyond. And that's how he sees himself. He's even, I think, gauging himself in the terms of this longevity as well as in the deeds and the acts that he undertakes.
STEVE ROSENBERG - HOST, BBC NEWS: To what extent do you think Vladimir Putin is going to be defined, though, by the war in Ukraine and how that ends?
FIONA HILL: I think this is now going to be the definitional issue. I mean, again, if we took ourselves back to a different period, the first two presidential terms of Putin, for example, that took us up to the financial crisis, you know, back in 2008, 2009, before he stepped away to be prime minister, I think we'd have had a fairly favourable assessment of Putin because he really did many of the things that he set out to do, which was stabilise the country politically, He made the country solvent again.
And now the war in Ukraine, I would say going back to the annexation of Crimea, back 10 years ago, has really dramatically [01:50:00] changed that trajectory.
STEVE ROSENBERG - HOST, BBC NEWS: And is the Putin we see now, the Putin that, you know, we're going to get until the end? Uh, is there any way back for him?
FIONA HILL: It very much seems like he has crossed the Rubicon.
I mean, I wouldn't rule out completely, uh, the opportunities for change. It would have to come in a very special set of circumstances in which I think he would be able to claim some kind of victory, uh, and then try to retrench. Putin himself knows that loosening up has, of course, Gorbachev did and Yeltsin did could be very dangerous and is likely to be very dangerous for his own position.
And we have the, uh, Prigozhin, uh, insurgency, uh, you know, back a year or so ago as well, which for him is most likely a signal of what can go wrong when you're too permissive in your environment, we need to be prepared, you know, for dealing with more of the same and trying to shift those calculations over time by showing our own.
resilience and resolve to push back.
STEVE ROSENBERG - HOST, BBC NEWS: We never talked about [01:51:00] Brezhnevism, we never spoke about Gorbachevism or Yeltsinism, but people talk about Putinism. If you have an ism after your name, that kind of makes you special, doesn't it? Does that mean that Vladimir Putin has made a particular impression on his country and the world?
FIONA HILL: Yeltsin himself spent a lot of time trying to come up with a new ism. He even had task forces that you, Steve, probably remember given your own longevity, uh, in Russia. I certainly do from the 1990s. There was a search for a new Russian idea and Putin has actually presented himself as the result of that search for a new Russian idea saying, I'm it.
You know, it's, which is a very personalized, uh, charismatic, uh, presidency and the president being, uh, the, the, the pinnacle of, uh, the Russian, uh, power system. Now the question, uh, becomes if we have Putin styling himself as a Vladimir the Great, uh, as a, uh, the new embodiment of Russian czars or Joseph Stalin, because we had Stalinism, of course, under [01:52:00] Leninism before that, but Putin doesn't like Vladimir Lenin at all.
He doesn't like that kind of revolutionary bringing down the state, uh, approach. But the question becomes, just like after the death of Stalin, Whether the system, uh, can be maintained and will be sustained without Putin at the center of that. And I think that is a, actually a genuine question because there is nobody else with any kind of traction within the system, let alone name recognition internally and externally, Putin has become it.
And, you know, as they say, there can be no other at this particular point.
Russia's gas games - The Europeans | European news, politics and culture - Air Date 1-15-25
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: The biggest eye opener thus far in 2025 is the fact that despite Russia and Ukraine having been in a full blown war since 2022, Ukraine has continued to transport Russian gas across its territory so that Russia could keep selling its gas to Europe.
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Yeah, I have to confess, this is something that I was only quite dimly aware of until very recently, but, but it [01:53:00] seems kind of crazy.
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: I mean, because the pipeline that goes across Poland was basically shut down. I thought that that was also the case for the Ukrainian pipeline, but it wasn't. So this pipeline was in operation for more than 50 years.
And throughout this time, it helped pump billions of cubic meters of so called cheap Russian gas into Europe. helping economies of countries such as Germany, Italy, Austria, or France grow exponentially.
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Very convenient for everyone. Um, but how come this carried on even after Russia's full scale invasion of Ukraine in 2022?
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Basically, it turns out that it was a contract that dated from before 2022, and simply everyone made money out of it. So we just carried on with the situation, even though it's completely weird. Also, So, some European recipients of this gas put a lot of pressure on Ukraine to continue the deal to prolong their time to look for other gas sources.
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Okay. Makes sense, I guess. [01:54:00]
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Yeah. However, the deal expired on January 1st and Ukraine cut off the pipeline saying it couldn't carry on taking this blood money for transporting Russian gas while Moscow is continuing to kill its people.
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: That also makes sense.
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Some European leaders, though, I think you'll easily guess which ones decided to make a huge fuss about it.
But is it really such a big deal? And what does it mean for Europe's energy security? Who's affected? How well is Germany doing? Europe doing in actually freeing itself from its dependency on Russian energy? We had the privilege of asking all these questions to Dr. Szymon Kardaś.
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Szymon, thank you so much for joining us.
SZYMON KARDÁS: Thank you. Thank you for the invitation. It's a pleasure.
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Let's start from the hysterical reactions to this pipeline closing from some of Europe's leaders. Namely, people like Slovakia's president, Robert Fico, Hungary's leader, Viktor Orban, or Austrian right wing politicians, who are most probably coming into power soon.
Were they really that unprepared for this? [01:55:00]
SZYMON KARDÁS: First of all, the termination of the transit deal was expected. I mean, the position of Kiev was quite clear in 2024 that they are not interested in extending the deal with Russia. So, EU member states, especially those that were still importing Russia's natural gas through Ukraine, had a pretty large amount of time, I mean, to prepare for this moment.
And actually they were doing preparations. I mean, Slovakia concluded deals related to natural gas import with Polish company Orlen, with many Western energy companies like BP, the same when it comes to Austria. In December, 2023, the level of dependence on Russia's natural gas in Austria was actually extremely high, 98%.
I mean, this was the level of dependence and they were also preparing for it. They were fueling the gas storages. They even terminated the contract with Gazprom when it comes to natural gas import. And when [01:56:00] the 1st of January 2025 came, actually, we did not observe any problems in terms of the security of supply of natural gas to countries like Slovakia and Austria, they managed quite smoothly to turn into alternative sources and there were no disruptions and no crisis on the EU side.
And Hungary, I mean, this is the most funny actually case, because Hungary is not getting Russia's natural gas through Ukraine anymore. According to deals that they are signed in 2021, they import Russia's natural gas mainly through the TurkStream pipeline. I mean, TurkStream, this is a pipeline that Russia constructed through the Black Sea.
So in case of Hungary, those harsh statements were actually quite strange and funny to some extent because they are not dependent on the Ukrainian route
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: So even though Robert Fico had warned of absolute chaos if this [01:57:00] deal didn't continue. We largely haven't seen any of that chaos because Europe was actually fairly well prepared for this.
Everybody knew it was coming. What about the impact on the Russian economy though? Is this a big deal for Russia? How much of their exports and how much cash have they lost as a result of this pipeline closing?
SZYMON KARDÁS: Well, according to industry sources, The natural gas that was shipped through Ukraine was estimated at 6.
5 billion US dollars annually. But on the other hand, it's important to point out that revenues that were coming from natural gas export were not the most important ones. Around 80 percent of revenues that were coming from oil and gas in total were related to revenues from the oil sector and around 20 percent from gas.
But of course, I would not underestimate those billion of dollars that Russia [01:58:00] is spending. is losing since 2022 because it was an important source of revenues for the Russian ruling elite. The elite was gaining tremendous benefits from selling natural gas to the European Union, which was actually the crucial market for Gazprom.
And since they almost lost it, I believe that the elite itself is actually experiencing this loss in a more significant way than the Russian budget.
DOMINIC KRAEMER - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: Somehow I'm not so worried about Russian oligarchs. I think they'll be fine. However, this means that the only place really affected is Transnistria. This parastate breakaway region of Moldova Squeeze between Moldova and Ukraine their economy as well as the entire energy sector was almost entirely dependent on Russian gas Imports which they were getting for free by the way We've seen reports on this [01:59:00] region being hit by a massive crisis The industry came to a halt, there's very little gas to keep Transnistrian houses warm, or even cook meals.
Plus, this means that Moldova had to look for electricity elsewhere, as previously 80 percent of it was coming from a gas power plant in Transnistria. What's going on down there?
SZYMON KARDÁS: Uh, Transnistria was affected in the most significant way. And actually, this is a problem for Russia. Because it's now Russia that needs to decide whether they want to keep this crisis situation evolving in Transnistria or provide some support for this region.
And actually they have alternative routes that they can use if they want to supply Transnistria with natural gas after the termination of the deal with Ukraine.
KATY LEE - HOST, THE EUROPEANS: And is there any sign on how Russia is thinking about this, which direction they might go on. I mean, in the meantime, people in this region are freezing.
It's a [02:00:00] terrible situation.
SZYMON KARDÁS: Well, basically Russia has two options. One option is to keep things as they are right now, to put more pressure on the government in Moldova or maybe the EU. to put pressure on Ukraine and maybe at the end of the day, force Ukraine to conclude some kind of a new transit deal through the Ukrainian territory, or simply play on the evolving crisis situation that would lead to some political problems in Moldova itself.
And since we, uh, we are ahead of parliamentary elections in Moldova. If this economic situation in Moldova is getting worse, that might play in favor of Russia, which is interested, clearly interested, in actually having some internal turbulence in Moldova ahead of the elections, expecting that maybe some pro Russian forces will come back to power and it will change the situation in Moldova, which Russia is clearly interested in.
And the second option is that, well, [02:01:00] Russia agrees to supply the natural gas to Transnistria using the alternative route, and this alternative route is Turk Stream. The gas is there, the electricity is produced, but maybe not at the volumes that would allow Moldova to restore the mechanism that was enforced previously, which might create, again, some tensions inside because Moldova would still be forced to buy electricity from the EU, which is more expensive and stuff like that.
This is a big question, which scenario Russia might be interested in implementing, but we can always bet that they will use the worst scenario for us. And well, the challenge for us is to respond in a way that would neutralize their calculations.
Why Putin might not be so worried about Russia's economy - The Bunker - Air Date 1-9-25
CHRIS JONES - HOST, THE BUNKER: I think last time we spoke actually, the Russian economy had grown and was expecting to grow last year as well.
And I think one of the things you said to me was that Russia's problem is not a lack of growth, it's a lack of people to fill the roles that are created by that growth. [02:02:00] Is that still the case, especially when you consider, you know, this war in Ukraine has been prolonged and there are Even more casualties day by day.
Is it still the case that growth isn't necessarily the problem, it's a lack of people, it's a lack of workforce to fill the roles?
DR. RICHARD CONNOLLY: That's right. So far, Russia's problem is excess demand relative to supply. The government's spending a lot of money on the war, it's spending a lot of money on supporting the economy.
Businesses, whether they're states owned or privately owned or investing, at a much higher rate than before the war. So, you know, on that side, in terms of consumers are spending. Um, a lot more money than they did before the war. So seeing people go out and generate a lot of economic demand, the problem, as you say, is on the supply side is keeping up with that demand.
If you don't have enough labor resources to, to, uh, to respond, um, to all of this demand, then it can result not in growth, but in inflation. We're certainly seeing some, some evidence of that last year, but to [02:03:00] answer your question about growth, and I think if we go back to when we last spoke, the Russian economy has surprised many in 2023 by growing at 3.
6 percent annually. And where at the beginning of the year, a lot of people suggested that it would just bump along the bottom. It'd be lucky if it grew over 1%. If we were to go back a year ago, the IMF thought that Russian economy would grow. In 2024 by around about 1 to 1. 5%. In the end, and the final, uh, figures are yet to come in, it looks like it's going to have grown by closer to 4 percent because of this, you know, this demand that I've spoken about a moment ago.
So certainly over the last two years, The economy has outperformed nearly all growth expectations. Now, whether or not it can keep that up is a different question. I think it's likely that the economy will slow this year. I said the same a year ago and I was wrong. Accelerated slightly. But because of those supply side constraints that you mentioned, I do really this time, [02:04:00] I think it's unlikely it's going to grow anything like 4%.
But. Most outside organizations, the World Bank, the IMF, they foresee growth of anywhere between one and a half and two and a half percent this year. And I think if that was to happen, the Russian government will be pretty content.
CHRIS JONES - HOST, THE BUNKER: What is it then that is causing the Russian economy to outperform people's expectations?
DR. RICHARD CONNOLLY: Well, the first thing to look at is the elevated government spending that I've mentioned. There's a lot of money spent on defense, which perhaps we'll talk about shortly. And that's boosted the incomes of a lot of people, not just in the defense sector, but when those people are being paid more in the military and they go and spend money, that drives prices up elsewhere.
So real incomes last year grew significantly as they did in 2023. If we look at nominal incomes, that's. putting inflation to one side, uh, incomes rose by over 20 percent last year. That's on average for some sectors, it grew by 40 or 50%. Um, and that's of course put a lot more money in people's pockets and [02:05:00] they've gone out and spent more.
So government spending is one. The second really important point as well. And I think this is key to Russia's resilience since the war began is that they continue to sell oil abroad. And it really is an oil story because gas sales have gone down significantly because Europe's, uh, nearly ceased buying Russian gas.
Not quite, but it has cut it down quite significantly, but Russia has continued to find buyers for its oil and for other minerals and metals. And as a result, it's been able to record. Very healthy trade surpluses every year. And in very simple terms, that means that there's more money in the economy than, than is going as, and they also run a current account surplus.
Again, what that means in simple terms is that they're investing less than they're saving. That means there's a pool of surplus money washing around the Russian economy. And for as long as that remains the case, then it seems to me that it's likely that the economy will continue to grow.
CHRIS JONES - HOST, THE BUNKER: And then just before we get onto [02:06:00] the, the defense budget and, and the hope for Russia in, in 2025, I just wanna ask how much infighting is there within, within Russia over how the economy is being run at the moment?
For example, I saw that Andrea Coston, who's the CEO of, uh, VTB Bank blamed the raising of interest rates on the fact that the central bank is, is run by a woman. How many issues like that are there at the moment? in Russia in terms of pinning reasons onto why the economy perhaps isn't doing as well as some people would hope that it would be doing.
DR. RICHARD CONNOLLY: Well, I think some of the infighting that you're talking about is more a battle over the price of borrowing, as you've mentioned, their high interest rates, Russia's key rate was put up to 21 percent in October, which is a post Soviet high. And that has meant that for those who are reliant on credit in the Russian economy.
Then actually going to be paying a lot in [02:07:00] servicing their desk, because, of course, if you borrow from a bank, then usually you'll pay more than the key rate. You might be paying closer to 30 or 40%. So some of the infighting that we're seeing is between if we're going to simplify between some industrialists on the one hand.
Who might be borrowing and then the central bank on the other, who is formulating a monetary policy. That's a real simplification because, um, it's not all the reality is a lot more complicated than that, but certainly there is some. evidence of some infighting. I wouldn't say it's anything more than what we'd normally see in Russia.
They have these types of debates and disagreements before the war, and I've certainly not seen anything to suggest that this is in any way getting out of hand. Um, and one of the reasons for that, and I think it's worth making this point is because a lot of people look at the key rate 21 percent and say, well, that must mean the economy's, you know, in danger of imminent collapse.
But there's a couple of factors that need to be taken into account. Number one is the rate of inflation is probably higher. than the official [02:08:00] data, which suggests it's around about nine or 10%. So if inflation is actually closer to 20 percent and we've got a real interest rate, that is the key rate minus the rate of inflation, it might be two or 3%, it might be 5%, but that's not as destructive as we might think of having it when you've got a 21 percent key rate.
in a 10 percent inflation rate. Um, so that's the first point. The second point is that a lot of Russian firms and parts of Russian society are able to access subsidized loans. And these loans are much cheaper and available at a much lower rate than the 21 percent key rate that most people focus on. Um, and so because of that, people aren't as effective.
And by these elevated interest rates, and that's partially explains why companies keep spending and consumers keep spending.
CHRIS JONES - HOST, THE BUNKER: Let's do some more numbers than the defense budget for 2025. Because this is this is pretty big. Russia has increased its national defense budget [02:09:00] to I think just over 100 billion pounds for 2025, which is around about 32 percent of our GDP.
the governmental spending. What can we realistically learn from those figures? What, what does that show that Putin's planning for 2025?
DR. RICHARD CONNOLLY: Well, I think the key points to make here are defense spending for obvious reasons soared from 2022 onwards. It's grown every year. Um, and each year it's hit a post Soviet high.
And for 2025, it's going to hit another post Soviet high. And it looks as though total defense spending is going to be about 25 percent higher than it was in 2024. Total defense spending accounts for about 40 percent of the federal budget, which sounds very high. We have to bear in mind is Russia is a federation.
And so a lot of, um, public spending and tax takes place at the local level. So if we take the consolidated Budget total military expenditure [02:10:00] will probably account for around about 20 percent of government total consolidated government spending. So that's why as I watering as a lot of the headline figures would suggest it is still high, though it's still higher than most countries in the world because Russia is fighting this very intense, large scale war in Ukraine terms of what it tells us.
It tells us that they're prepared to continue fighting that war. That they continued to not only fight the war, but also reconstitute, that is, rebuild its military. Russia's military now is larger than it was before the war began. It's got more of some things than it had before the war began. So things like drones, long range cruise missiles, uh, things like this didn't exist in the same, uh, Uh, number as they do today.
Some things exist in a lower number, armored vehicles and tanks, which have been destroyed on the battlefield in large numbers, um, but Russian factories are racing to produce as many of those as they can, they're struggling to keep up because so many have been lost. Um, but nevertheless, there's [02:11:00] The Russian defense industry at the moment, he's working around the clock as it has for two and a half years now.
And I think what the budget is saying is it's signaling that they're prepared to commit to this for the long run. I don't think that the Kremlin is expecting that Trump is going to come in and come up with a, um, a peace proposal that suits the Kremlin. And so therefore they're prepared to continue to stay in this fight for as long as they need to.
SECTION D: FRANCE
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: This is section D, France.
Frances Government Collapses: What Next? - TLDR News EU - Air Date 12-5-24
GEORGINA FINDLAY - HOST, TLDR NEWS EU: After the European Parliament elections in June, which were won decisively by Marine Le Pen's national rally, Macron called a snap legislative election and challenged the French to quote, make the right choice for themselves and future generations.
His thinking was that by going to parliamentary elections early, France would be forced into deciding they didn't want the far right running the country, and instead would rally around his own centrist ensemble alliance. But things didn't go quite as planned. Ensemble fared poorly in the first round, and while tactical coalitions between Ensemble and the left wing [02:12:00] New Popular Front, or NFP alliance, did mean that the National Rally won less seats in the second round than they were expected to, no party won an outright majority, and the NFP actually won the most seats.
This seemed to support the idea that voters truly had had enough of Macron, and France's parliament, the National Assembly, ended up split awkwardly into three blocks, left, center, and right, with no clear option for a governing majority. Subsequently, there was further disagreement over the appointment of France's prime minister.
The NFP argued that, because it had won the legislative election, it had the right to form a government and to propose a left wing prime minister. However, Macron didn't like that, and said, ironically enough, that the NFP's lack of parliamentary majority meant they'd be immediately toppled by a no confidence vote.
So he then decided to appoint Michel Barnier as Prime Minister. Outside of France, Barnier is perhaps best known as the EU's former chief Brexit negotiator, but he comes from the centre right Les Républicains party in France. And he actually put himself forward [02:13:00] as their presidential candidate for the 2022 election, running on a surprisingly hardline anti immigration law and order platform.
Barnier ultimately lost to Valéry Pécresse, who went on to become Les Républicains candidate, but his tack to the right earned him some credibility with Le Pen Co, which is one of the reasons they tacitly accepted his nomination as prime minister. But even though the left still weren't happy with Barnier's appointment, with the support of the National Rally and Ensemble, Barnier effectively had the go ahead to begin his program to fix France's debt crisis.
For context, France's deficit equates to more than 6 percent of its GDP, exceeding the 3 percent maximum set out by the EU. Barnier accordingly pledged to get this down to 5 percent of GDP in 2025 and 3 percent by 2029. And to reach it, in October, he proposed a 2025 budget consisting of 20 billion euros in tax increases and 40 billion euros in spending cuts.
But neither the NFP nor the National Rally supported this, as both had fought the election on platforms that would have increased [02:14:00] France's debt even further. Barnier did make some last minute concessions to the National Rally though, including on electricity taxes and healthcare spending, but this still wasn't enough.
And on Monday, Barnier resorted to Article 49. 3 of France's constitution. Allowing him to force the budget through without a vote. Predictably, both the NFP and the National Rally immediately tabled votes of no confidence, which happened on Wednesday. So what happened on Wednesday? Well, after 48 grueling hours from Monday to Wednesday, during which the no confidence motions were examined, the vote went ahead on Wednesday evening, and passed with 331 votes in the 577 seat National Assembly, forcing Barnier to resign.
Accordingly, Barnier's minority government was toppled by a combination of the left and far right. This makes 73 year old Barnier the shortest serving French Prime Minister since 1958, and plunges France right back into political chaos. After his defeat in the no confidence vote, Barnier said it had been an honour to have served France and the French [02:15:00] people with dignity, but that the vote would make everything more serious and more difficult.
However, we should point out that the no confidence vote is better viewed as an expression of frustration at Macron's leadership, rather than with Barnier himself. An EFOP survey conducted in mid November showed that Macron's popularity as president had hit an all time low of just 22%, while Barnier's popularity sat more comfortably at 36%, down from 40 percent in October.
Moreover, when we compare both their approval ratings from September, 25 percent for Macron versus 45 percent for Barnier, we find a 20 percentage point gap, the largest ever between a sitting president and prime minister. So what does this all mean for France now? Well, there have already been plenty of calls for Macron to resign, from both the left and the right.
La France Insoumise's Clémence Guetté said in a post on X that the resignation of Emmanuel Macron is the only way out of this political crisis. And the party's former leader, Jean Luc Mélenchon, said Macron must go to restore the voice of the French people's [02:16:00] votes. Similarly, Bardella and Le Pen took aim at Macron and Les Macronistes.
With Bardella posting on X, there is no way out for a government that takes up the thread of Macronism. However, Macron has made clear that he has no intention of resigning from the presidency. Moreover, France can't have another legislative election until at least next summer, as there has to be a year in between, meaning the parliamentary chaos is likely to continue for a good while longer.
With Barnier gone, Macron will now have to appoint another new PM, who might have to be from the left. But this would be bad news for France's bond markets and for its debt crisis.
Macron faces criticism for defending French troops being in Africa - DW News -Air Date 1-7-25
DW HOST: Well, French President Emmanuel Macron is facing criticism for his recent comments defending the presence of French troops in Africa. France is in the process of withdrawing troops from Chad and several other countries. Macron sparked a backlash from several African leaders accusing them of failing to say to French troops battling Islamist insurgencies.
EMMANUEL MACRON: [02:17:00] We had a secure relationship. In truth, it was in two parts. One part was our commitment to fighting terrorism since 2013. We were right. I think some have forgotten to say thank you, but that's okay, it'll come in time. I'm in a good position to know that ingratitude is a disease that cannot be transmitted to humans.
But I say this for all the African governments who've not had the courage in the face of public opinion to bear it. That none of them would be in a sovereign country today if the French army had not been deployed in this region.
DW HOST: French President Macron is getting a lot of pushback for his statement suggesting a lack of gratitude for France's military involvement in Africa.
Chad's top diplomat says Macron has to learn to respect Africans. So does he have a point there? I asked Beverly Ochiang. Security analyst in Dhaka.
BEVERLY OCHIENG: I mean, yes, there have been very strong reactions. And even from Senegal, when the prime minister said that there were no talks [02:18:00] with France, and he also evoked the memory of West African forces who did fight with France during the world war. So it does feel that they are returning Macron's comments back at him, that African forces also did make significant sacrifices during the world war.
And France was merely giving in. Similar support to the African countries that had called on it to come in. Some of the things that Macron has been saying over the years are partly what have fueled anti French commentators, for instance. They've used comments such as that to reinforce ideas that France continues to have what is seen as a paternalistic attitude.
Towards Africans and African leaders who have made some sovereign choices, as we have seen in statements by Cote d'Ivoire recently, Chad, Senegal and even the Sahel, despite the acrimony behind it.
DW HOST: Now, French soldiers have been deployed to help fight against jihadists in the Sahel region. How do you see their withdrawal impacting security in the [02:19:00] region?
BEVERLY OCHIENG: The three countries have embarked on their own separate campaigns to recruit into their security forces. They're also forming what is called the Alliance of Sahel States to partly combat the insurgency, but violence has continued to spread.
A few anecdotes that just reflect this is in the last year there's been a resurgence of attacks in Benin and Togo. These are countries that years before did not experience militant insurgencies and these are near the border with Niger and Burkina Faso. Last September, Mali's capital Bamako came under attack and this was after a progressive two year period where al Qaeda militants have been moving towards the city.
South. So the Sahel armies are quite stretched and the withdrawal of French forces was quite sudden and acrimonious, which meant that there wasn't a clear handover of services, intelligence or training and support.
DW HOST: Okay. In some countries in Africa though, uh, where France had a military presence, um, they, these countries still maintain relations with Paris.
It was less acrimonious. [02:20:00] The, uh, departure of French troops talking Ivory Coast, Senegal, Chad, for example, how does the departure of French troops Fit into their geopolitical calculations.
BEVERLY OCHIENG: I mean for Senegal, it's been very clear. They are promoting nationalist policies Fire the president said in november last year that the presence of french forces does not sit well alongside sovereignty and nationalism With court devoy, it's a bit more.
Um, it's the implications are much more they're having an election this year Um Alassane Watara has in many instances been seen as being too close to France. Him making that announcement asserts that Cote d'Ivoire is in a good position to take over its security, despite the fact that there has been an insurgency in the Sahel.
It's a vote of confidence. Relations will probably continue to be quite warm, particularly with Cote d'Ivoire and France, commercial, security, and even diplomatic. With Senegal, there might be some tensions, given the statements that came from both SONCO and [02:21:00] FAE, With Chad, less so because we have seen the statement from the foreign minister was quite stern and the incremental statements from the government have shown that there might be some strange relations which might lead to some challenges, especially for French commercial operators.
We're looking to stay or operate in Chad.
DW HOST: Now, some countries in the West, uh, some in the United States, Europe, uh, have concerns that other international players like China or Russia particularly could end up filling the gaps left by France's withdrawal. What do you make of that?
BEVERLY OCHIENG: I mean, as it stands, various countries in the region are already building new partnerships.
Senegal's President Fay said that he will be working across East, West, China, Turkey, Russia, Chad. Establishing very strong ties with the United Arab Emirates, Russia, Hungary will be sending forces to the region. Devoye is also hoping for support [02:22:00] from the U. S., so there will be a diversification. Russia will take advantage, definitely, not just in security, but even commercially, but we'll see a broad range of partners emerging in the region over the coming years.
Why are more Francophone countries cutting ties with France? - Focus on Africa - Air Date 1-2-25
AUDREY BROWN - HOST, FOCUS ON AFRICA: France was one of the major colonizers of the continent over several decades, reaching a high point in the 19th century. The relationship was brutal involving slavery and resistance. Two major wars in Europe. Brought about massive changes, including an end to direct domination. Independence followed 1960 was a particularly pivotal year in which many former French and British colonies began to govern themselves, but the colonial links continued with language, culture, economic, and political ties of varying strengths.
France maintained a particularly strong grip to the extent of controlling monetary policy, political direction, and. Retaining a military presence, France also [02:23:00] maintained direct control of some territories like Réunion and Mayotte, which has been in the news recently because of a devastating cyclone.
We'll be hearing about visceral anger directed at French President Macron, who was visiting the island earlier this week. But let's get back to French speaking West Africa, where there was always resistance to French control, with some countries more vocal about it than others. We'll In recent months, there's been a major shift.
Mali, Burkina Faso, and Niger have ordered French troops off their soil. Observers saw that coming. But now, unexpectedly, Ivory Coast, Senegal, and Chad are doing the same. I've been hearing from Adama Gay, an African analyst, that there's a deep well of anger and resentment behind these moves. I began our conversation by asking why France had a military presence in all these countries in the first place.
ADAMA GAYE: [02:24:00] Oh, because France negotiated what is called the colonial pact. When France left its former colonies, He had agreed with all of them to do certain things in a form of continuation of the French presence in those countries. And this is exactly one of them. Both are the level of military, monetary, and other sectors, including in the selection of African leaders of those countries.
France maintained that he had a say. On those crucial issues, and that's what is unravelling at the moment.
AUDREY BROWN - HOST, FOCUS ON AFRICA: So was it much more powerful than in the other former colonial powers? Because the influence certainly remained amongst the British colonies, for instance. But was France more specific and more powerful than that?
ADAMA GAYE: Absolutely. France Maintained what is called the France, Africa. It was an osmosis [02:25:00] relationship between France and it's a former colonies. So it left the continent without truly leaving the continent. And in many of these countries, France. Was the factor ruler. And we knew for many years that under, for instance, the leadership of Jacques Foucault, France really was the true owner of these countries.
But now we are witnessing a new wind blowing in many of the francophone countries with the youngsters. Influenced by the internet and other sources of information beyond the traditional classic governmental source of information. Those youngsters claiming for sovereignty for their countries and they are learning from what is happening elsewhere.
And they are selecting their type of leaders. They want to emulate the likes of Lumbumba of the DRC, the likes of Thomas Sankara and other nationalist [02:26:00] leaders. That's the model that they want to copy, and that's what they are following through. And now we are witnessing this sentiment of anti French against all over the francophone area with what we used to call the precarious.
It's no longer the same. Valid people want to gain truly their independence, and they're asking for it.
AUDREY BROWN - HOST, FOCUS ON AFRICA: Thomas Sankara was from what's now known as Burkina Faso, and Patrice Lumumba was the first post independence leader of Zaire, as it was at the time, rather than the Democratic Republic of Congo. Those leaders were quite strongly independent.
Sankara, especially in this, in the 80s. Was it similar? To what is happening now, this resistance to French influence in the politics of individual and regional African countries?
ADAMA GAYE: To a large extent, yes. Personally, I met Thomas Sankara a few months before his death. He died, killed [02:27:00] on October 15, 1987. I met him in February at his home, and I could find in him a fierce nationalist who wanted his country to be free.
To cut every tie with the French, and I saw him challenging the former French president, uh, Mr Francois Mitterrand. What is happening now is really something that is, uh, offspring of the, uh, globalization movement of the technological revolution that is happening. So these new leaders. They are in a position where they can build ties with other type minded people like the chemists and other people like them.
You name it. Many across Africa want their leaders to To leave power because they have seen that their ties with the French government have not yielded anything in terms of economic [02:28:00] development, in terms of freedom, in terms of even the chance of being tied with France, including traveling to France.
They are denied visa, they are expelled, they feel racism when they go to Europe, especially in this time of populism across Europe. So at the end of the day, the reality is that. Many African, not just those nationalistic people, but also the ordinary Africans are realizing that, by the way, we are not gaining anything in this relationship with France.
And they are seeing that France itself is a country that is decaying. We see it on a regular basis. The economy is down. The politics is in shambles. So the African people are saying, By the way, we have our resources. We have the intellect. We have everything to manage ourselves and we can learn from other nations of the global south from Malaysia to China.
And so why can't you cut the tide with the French and try to build our relationship? This self [02:29:00] conscience that is happening is changing the situation in many of these countries.
AUDREY BROWN - HOST, FOCUS ON AFRICA: So is it driven from the streets? Or is it driven from the corridors of power? Because just looking at it, the countries that are kicking the French out militarily because we need to come on to exactly the extent to which these ties are being severed.
But Niger, Mali, Burkina Faso have recently experienced coups. So that's a very particular form of government. Ivory Coast and Senegal are different forms of government. So I'm just wondering, is this impulse being driven by the same kinds of forces or are there different things at play?
ADAMA GAYE: Mainly the street is behind this move, but the social media, the internet played a key role in it.
And the mistakes by the French leaders, the types of Emmanuel Macron, Francois Hollande, they've been saying that France would stop. It's the France Africa policies, but in reality, they were playing [02:30:00] tricks and not practicing what they preach. So in many of the countries, people are saying, Let's call this bluff off and really address the challenge in earnest with whoever is in place in France.
In addition, you have also the rise of the far right in France with Marine Le Pen and other nationalistic and also from the left with Melenchon saying that, okay, we need to change our ties with the African countries. Furthermore, what is happening also, the leadership itself in many of those countries, they realize that if they don't make a move, they will be cut off from the street.
So they have been negotiating with the French authorities a way of exiting in a tactful manner. Some did it. In a brutal manner, like the military of Mali, Burkina Faso, and Niger. In the case of Cote d'Ivoire, the president, Mr. Ouattara, said clearly that it was an [02:31:00] orderly and negotiated way of cutting this tie, exiting the French military.
In the case of Senegal, to a large extent, that is what is happening also. But they could not do but follow the street. Mainly, the street is calling for it, and the intelligentsia also is opportunistically following suit.
SECTION E: CORPORATE CONTROL
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: You've reached Section E, Corporate Control.
DeepSeek AI Exposes Tech Oligarchy's Multi-Billion Dollar Scam - The Majority Report w/ Sam Seder - Air Date 1-28-25
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: It's a, just another tech bubble, right? It's another, it is our tech industry, which had like buoyed our economy really from the nineties on.
There was obviously a, uh, uh, uh, But since then, honestly, both parties have been complicit, uh, in, uh, Elevating this industry because it's one of, like, since the United States has outsourced manufacturing in the back half of the 20th century, this is essentially what the American economy is built on. And it's just such a, uh, it's a shot across the bow from [02:32:00] China, but it also is a very revealing indicator of the charlatans on that side.
Sam Altman in this open AI model, um, it says open in the name, but they do not. Uh, they are not transparent. They have basically privatized their AI model and not made public.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: DeepSeek is actually open, uh, source.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: DeepSeek is open source and anybody can download it on their, uh, on their iPhone. And it was one of the most downloaded apps, I think, over the past few days.
Because of that very reason. It's a superior model because it's actually open and not just there to inflate the stock value of these tech companies and to get more money for investment. And so you can see how the efficiency model is just such a false premise. It's just there to get more money for these tech oligarchs.
And this would be I guess just something to laugh at if these oligarchs weren't a part of the Trump administration. And if we didn't see things like this, which [02:33:00] is Chuck Schumer basically saying, Oh, we're going to get on top of this. Chuck Schumer tweeted the deep seek announcement from China has been called by some AI Sputnik moment for America.
It's precisely why I made AI a top priority in the last Congress and we'll keep at it. And you know who he's echoing there? One Mark Andreessen, who, when I was researching this, found out has a. Uh, blocked me, which is great. Uh, Mark Andreessen said on January 26th, so two days ago, DeepSeek R1 is AI's Sputnik moment.
What? I mean, of course Andreessen wants. More U. S. taxpayer dollars poured into AI and analogizing it to Sputnik and to the space race because that is exactly what all these tech oligarchs want. They want more and more billions of dollars funneled into their project even though they've shown how inefficient they are.
And we have the leader of the Democrats in the Senate more than happy to go along with this very notion. And
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: I want to [02:34:00] be clear, you know, uh, Sputnik moment refers to when The Russians sent the first satellite into space and everybody in America was like, hey, wait, what what's going on here? you can do that and So at that point was it Truman or Eisenhower that gets on Television and basically says hey guys We're gonna start up a We're gonna start up our own basically space program And we're gonna do the, um, uh, we're, we're gonna start NASA at that point and understand that in that moment, the first Sputnik moment, , Eisenhower is like, um, we're gonna, that's basically the start of nasa. And the reason why I say this is that when. Chuck Schumer and Mark Andreessen say, uh, this is [02:35:00] our Sputnik moment. When they say that in 2025, what they're saying is, we should give a lot of cash to private companies.
As opposed to the actual Sputnik moment, which was, we as a government are going to meet this moment. And develop this technology. Now, of course, a lot of that technology ended up being used by private enterprise. Uh, having essentially socialized the cost of developing these things and then privatizing the profits on which they built on.
Nevertheless, just be careful when they use Sputnik Moment and it's almost like a shell game. It's a Sputnik moment. And what's the whole thing then with giving the money to private enterprise?
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Also, we are Sputnik. I, the, the, the, we were the first to get on the moon in this space race, right? Like [02:36:00] that's considered.
The, the, the thing we beat the Russians at, or the Soviets at.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Well, they beat us into space now.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: But they beat us into space, but our AI, you know, say, like, it's so advanced, like we, in theory, we beat them on AI and getting ahead of it, or at least that's what we were being told. But they've clearly created a superior product, and they're going to get there more quickly because of the open source model, because they are not enclosing it in such a way.
And. because everybody's going to be able to download it. So I'm making a prediction right now, and I'll expand this to Democrats as well, but Republicans are going to be saying that this is a national security threat in 48 hours. I'm sure that the Democrats will follow suit, a deep seek Chinese bioweapon leaked from a lab or something like that in order to pervert the minds of the American public, just like that communist TikTok.
Yep.
SAM SEDER - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: Countdown clock.
EMMA VIGELAND - HOST, THE MAJORITY REPORT: But these are the people running our government, right? Like when we talk about oligarchy, Isn't it incredible [02:37:00] how little we're mentioning these Republican politicians and we're just talking about these tech freaks? Because they're running the show. Yep. It's as obvious as anything.
Yep. And it happened almost overnight.
Will Trump Crash Economy On Purpose- Historian Explains DANGEROUS MAGA Plot - Thom Hartmann Program - Air Date 1-28-25
THOM HARTMANN - HOST, THOM HARTMANN PROGRAM : Democrats are pointing out that Trump's threats to increase our national debt by as much as 7 trillion, that is the cost of another round of tax cuts for billionaires, Shift billions of treasury dollars into crypto and impose tariffs on imported goods. Any one of those three things could cause an economic crash.
All three of them might be a perfect storm. And Trump seems unconcerned. And the Republicans. They're meeting down at Doral, at his shabby Doral Golf Club down in Florida today. Right now to, you know, plot what they're going to do. They don't seem to worry either. Now, to the average person, the idea of a recession is pretty grim.
I mean, you know, millions of people lose their jobs. People have to sell their 401ks at a loss out of desperation just to pay the rent and [02:38:00] buy food. Uh, you know, it's, it's a horror show for average people, particularly in a country where 54 percent of Americans right now live paycheck to paycheck. So why isn't Trump worried about this?
Why are Republicans not worried about this? Why are the billionaires who put Trump and the Republicans in power not worried about this? Well, the reason is very simple. There's three. big benefits to billionaires to having an economic crash. It's why Reagan had a crash. It's why Bush had a crash. It's, there's actually a benefit to it.
First, it's a great excuse to cut government services to, to, you know, and, and, and also to cut taxes on billionaires. You just say, hey, we need to cut taxes to stimulate the economy, we need to cut government services because there's no money to pay for them. I mean, Reagan did this in 81, George W. Bush did this in, in 2003, 2002, second, the second [02:39:00] reason is the time, times of economic crisis increased the tolerance for strongman governments.
FDR ran a strongman government, now it was one that everybody liked, but he was just You know, stomping all over Congress and doing things with executive orders that Republicans were screaming were unconstitutional. People were freaked out. They wanted a strong government. In Europe, Hitler used the Great Depression to, to, as the rationale for, for his enabling acts, which, you know, gave him rule by decree.
And it appears now that Trump IGs in violation of the law, these inspector generals. I'll get into that more later on in the program. But Uh, he's, he's defying the law or refusing to enforce the law in other cases right now, right in front of us, right in front of God and the world, and nobody is doing anything about it.
And he's getting away with it. And that promises that more will come and it'll get worse and worse and worse as time goes on. Secondly, [02:40:00] times of economic crisis, uh, you know, increase the need or the demand for strong man government. And in fact, this is where it's getting wild, um, 58%. of young people, generation Z people in the United States, say they trust social media more than traditional news.
45 percent now believe women have gained too many rights. The number of young men who believe that women have too much power in the United States has increased from 32 to 45 percent in just five years, while 52 percent say they trust what they, readers say, see on social media. And then third, and this is the big reason, billionaires love economic crashes.
I remember sitting in Gloria Swanson's apartment back in the 1980s having dinner with her and, uh, she was on the board of our, uh, children's village and, you know, every six months or so I'd go down to New York and we'd have dinner together in her apartment and she would just tell me these wild stories.[02:41:00]
And she told me this story, she was a vegetarian and I was a vegetarian and the program we ran was vegetarian, so we had this commonality. So anyhow, she told me this story about, uh, Joe Kennedy. John F. Kennedy's father, and he was her manager for a while, he was her lover for a while, and he robbed her blind, he ripped her off terribly.
But her story about him was that when the Great Depression started, he had bailed out of the market just a week or two before the crash happened, and that during the crash, as the market was going down, down, down, down, down, Joe Kennedy, who was really, really rich, was buying stocks. Why? Because it's a buying opportunity.
If you're really rich when the stock market crashes and all the little people are desperately selling all their stock just to pay for their rent and their food, you can buy that stock at a discount and suddenly you're the richest person on earth. Joe Kennedy made a fortune doing this. As did J. Paul [02:42:00] Getty.
He left his parents golden anniversary In 1929 to run down to Wall Street to buy stocks during the collapse and ended up one of the richest men in the world. In fact, the richest man in the world. He said it was the opportunity of a lifetime to get oil companies for practically nothing, which is exactly what he did.
And this is what we saw this during the Bush crash. During the Bush crash in 2007, home prices dropped 21%. This was when, you know, there's millions of homes now owned by big corporations, hedge funds and big corporations out of New York, investment vehicles. This was when most of them were purchased, or many of them.
Over 10 million Americans lost their homes to predators like Steve Mnuchin. The stock market lost over 50%. During the Bush crash, its all time peak was on October 9th, 2007 at 14, 164. It collapsed to 6, [02:43:00] 594. While 8 million Americans lost their jobs and were wiped out, the billionaires came in and started buying stocks that were being unloaded by working class people from their 401Ks, even though they had to pay a penalty.
Between 2009 and 2012, the bottom of the Bush crash and the beginning of the real recovery, The top 1 percent of Americans saw their income grow by over 31%, 95 percent of all income gains during that period were the top 1%. If you, the S& P went up 462 percent by 2020. If you had invested in 2009 a billion dollars, just 11 years later, you would have 4.
6 billion dollars. And then they did it again 10 years later during the Trump COVID crash. And this was, you know, again, the, the billionaires, became insanely wealthy. And they don't have to pay taxes on this money. I mean, the, the, just that one year, 2020, the world's [02:44:00] billionaires saw their wealth increase by a full 54%.
So here you've got Republicans down at Doral planning what they're going to do economically, governmentally, whatever, and how they're not going to hold Trump accountable for impounding money. I'll get to that in violation of the 1974 impoundment act. Um, and the They're planning to crash the economy. You got the debt ceiling coming, you got all this wild stuff, another tax cut.
They want to crash the economy. I'm telling you, hang on to your seat, it's going to get wild.
Trump's billionaires will accelerate American decline. Dr. Richard Wolff explains how. - The Real News Network - Air Date 1-28-25
RICHARD WOLFF: . When an economy is going up. The people at the top can afford to be generous. They're making a ton of money. They're becoming wealthy. Sure, they can pay an extra 4 5 percent a year to their workers. Keep them happy, avoid a strike, and there's so much money in the growth period that you can afford it.
But when the economy goes down, what the people at the [02:45:00] top have always done and are doing now in America is those at the top. The CEOs, the people who we all know who they are, they choose their wealth and power, shouldn't surprise you, to hold on. And because they have wealth and power, they can do that.
They can hold on, which means the costs of the downturn, we, the rest of us, it's offloaded onto us. So what you're seeing is that the inequality in the United States gets worse. And look at the irony. I'll give you a statistic. Earlier this week, the most important research outfit in the world, Oxfam, located in Britain, keeps track of this, gave their annual report, and it added up the experience of the roughly 3, 000 billionaires that exist in the world today.
And as you rightly said, [02:46:00] Many of them are American, not all by a long shot, but many of them. And here's the statistic it gave. Across the year 2024 just ended, the collective wealth of the 300 billionaires rose by over six billion dollars per day. Oh my god. That's incredible. Okay, so look what I'm telling you.
That's beautiful. Yeah. Capitalism as a global system is making those already super wealthy even more super wealthy.
STEPHEN JANIS - HOST, THE REAL NEWS NETWORK: Right, but what's amazing about it, extraordinary, is that you're saying as our economy declines, Lives get worse, their wealth gets more concentrated and higher. I mean, that's like really seems to me, uh, a horrible prescription for people.
Hmm.
RICHARD WOLFF: Unfortunately, if we had better leaders, they would be talking to us about it. [02:47:00] What are we going to do as a nation, the road we are on, of a declining empire, becoming more and more unequal. Look, you don't need rocket science to understand that's not sustainable. That situation is going to blow up and it's not gonna be pretty.
Not even in a country that didn't have everybody with a gun. We are a very strong and that's what our leaders should be talking about. What do we do about it? Instead, and I have to say this in all honesty. Instead, what I'm watching at the inauguration and in the days since. is a kind of lunatic theater.
It's a theater in which the lead actor, Mr. Trump, pretends to be the world's tough guy. I'm gonna take back the Panama Canal. What? [02:48:00] What? You're saying he's not? I'm gonna snatch Greenland for a golf course. I'm gonna make Canada the 51st state. And I'm gonna stick it to the Mexicans. My God. Every one of those issues, whether it's drug traffic or anything else, the war on drugs is at least 65, 70 years old.
Every president has announced he's going to fight it. And every single president has lost that fight. We are with drugs today. Every bit as much as when I was 10 years younger, 20 years younger. 30 years younger. I'm not fooled and I don't think anyone in America is. The biggest change in drugs is that we, the Sackler family, which just made a settlement, produced enough opioids to kill 700, 000 people over the last few years.
We don't even need Mexico. We've got a drug problem in which Mexico doesn't figure. And as the new president of Mexico [02:49:00] said, and she's quite right, The drug problem is a problem of supply and demand. Part of it is the supply that comes up in parts through Mexico, but an enormous part of it is the demand.
There is no drug trade unless America is the single largest buyer of that crap. We weren't doing it. I mean, what are you doing? He's trying to suggest. To a frightened America that the problem is over there. You're bad. Panamanian the bad canadian This is childish This is gestures of desperation You know, there's an old Scene that comes to my mind to explain this.
It's in the cowboy movies. We all saw when we were younger It's when the sheriff can't prevent the bad guys from riding into town and robbing the bank. And there he looks, useless sheriff, didn't stop it. So he says with great bravado, [02:50:00] Round up the usual suspects. He wants to look like he stopped. Because that's better than looking like the failure he was.
That's a really good point. Has been the president before let me assure you during his time as president Inequality in the united states by all its measures Got worse Now, I don't want to be unfair. They got worse under biden, too And they got worse under obama, too. So he's not outstanding. But did he stop it?
Not at all the tax cut that he gave in december of 2017.
STEPHEN JANIS - HOST, THE REAL NEWS NETWORK: Right.
RICHARD WOLFF: First year of his office was the worst blow to equality We could have had made the under made the government bankrupt because it didn't have all the revenue that Corporations and the rich no longer had to pay so the government had to borrow go in the deficit and who did it borrow from?
The corporations and the rich, [02:51:00] the money they didn't have to pay in taxes, they turned around and went to the government instead, which means we, the people are on the hook to repay all that money plus interest because our leader, Mr. Trump gave them that tax
cut.
But instead of being shamed, He goes around celebrating it, and we live in a country, and this scares me.
This is what scares me. It's pretty weird. It's pretty weird. Okay, you had a question? We live in a country of denial, and that, that is a very big danger we have to face.
TAYA GRAHAM - HOST, THE REAL NEWS NETWORK: Professor Wolf, I really appreciate that you brought up the historical context, talking about that perhaps we are in an age of decline.
When we were last on the show, we were talking about how we might be living in a second Gilded Age, but now what I'm hearing from you is that we are in Well, just like with the Gilded Age, that didn't end well. What does it look like for America to be an empire in decline? [02:52:00] Like, on the ground, for us regular folks trying to hold on to our jobs, what does the decline of empire actually look like for us?
RICHARD WOLFF: Well, I'm afraid it means that we are now governed by those people you saw up on the dais during the inauguration. The only dynamic center of the American capitalist system today is high tech, Silicon Valley. Those people now are the ones that are still making money. Everything else is either better done, or more cheaply done, or both.
Elsewhere. Indeed, the United States corporations moved ever since the 1970s in huge numbers. Look, half the cars produced in China now are produced by subsidiaries of American companies. The abandonment of America is something led by the corporations. You might, Mr. Trump likes to [02:53:00] point to the Chinese, but they didn't do it.
They couldn't make the corporations go there. Those corporations went there. Because it was profitable. Here's my fear. The United States's mass of working class people are being prepared to function the way the poor of the rest of the world function. They are the backwater. They are the hinterland.
They're what you see when you leave the capital city and you go to where the Mass of people are much, much poorer. Look at it. This government wants to attack Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid. It wants to take away the few remaining supports. Look at us another way. When my fellow economists from around the world ask me.
They ask me about the minimum wage. [02:54:00] The federal minimum wage in this country is 7. 25 per hour. It has been at that level since 2009. Every year since then, prices have gone up. Some years only 1 or 2 percent, other years 9 or 10 percent. Okay, that means for the last 16 years, 2009 to now, the poorest of the poor amongst us, people living on 7.
25 an hour, have been savagely abused. Because every year, with rising prices, that 7. 25 buys you less. What kind of a society goes to people with 7. 25 and does that, to them. We are seeing levels of cruelty. [02:55:00]
SECTION F: WHAT COMES NEXT
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, section F, what comes next?
Goodnight, Pax Americana: Neoliberalism and the decline of the US Empire w/ Radhika Desai Part 2 - The Red Nation Podcast - Air Date 9-22-23
NICK ESTES - HOST, THE RED NATION PODCAST: One of the sort of the way this, this manifests isn't just like in debates between, uh, you know, economists, it actually, you know, this is the 50th anniversary of the Chilean coup and the overthrow of Allende, Allende.
And you and I were both in Caracas and we went to, you know, the foreign ministry and we saw, you know, Allende's glasses on display, and it was a reminder. To Hugo Chavez that they're not going to do, uh, to the Bolivarian project, what they did to, uh, the Chilean project. And so can you talk a little bit about that?
Because I think, uh, most people have this conception of imperialism as when, yeah, when one country invades another country, or there's sort of military competition, or, you know, they, we just don't like. Communists or we just don't like left projects. Um, or that these, these people are dictators. What is the, you know, you said it, you said a neoliberalism is an ideology and how does [02:56:00] that ideology manifest in, uh, sort of foreign intervention?
RADHIKA DESAI: I actually, that's a really brilliant question because what it does is it focuses attention both on how Chile because one of the, in fact, well, first. Uh, kind of experimented neoliberalism, but also why it was so. So let's begin with the first. So your neoliberalism of the post Second World War period, it was sort of straight line because the dominant, uh, persuasion was Keynesianism and governments thought that You know, they could use Keynesian, uh, uh, uh, economics and, and, and so on.
And it was not that governments, you know, they did this out of the kindness of their heart. The fact of the matter is that in the post Second World War period, working class movements were very strong. They had mobilized over a whole century. Uh, they had acquired the most exceptional power during the wars, because if you want to ask people to go and fight for you, you have to promise them something.
So in that sense, you know, that was that empowerment. But neoliberalism sort of continued its existence in a subterranean [02:57:00] level in these marginalized think tanks and so on. And in particular, uh, by the early 70s, people like Milton Friedman and the University of Chicago were beginning to push it more and more energetically, particularly because the crisis of capitalism was upon the world, uh, and so this was the opening which, through which they would sort of come through.
Um, so, uh, The coup against Allende in Chile was, of course, it was against a social democratic, some would say socialist government. Uh, so that makes sense. You know, the United States is fighting communism everywhere, and we'll come back to that in a second. But the coup in Chile was essentially, as everybody now knows, as People like John Pilger have recorded in wonderful documentaries that the U.
S. A. was definitely behind it. They encouraged the coup. And it wasn't just that they wanted a government to take power, but they wanted the Pinochet government to implement neoliberal policies. Now, why do they want to implement neoliberal policies? Was it because Allende was a communist? I think really in order to understand the Cold War.
The opposition to [02:58:00] communism, you really have to put it in the larger history of imperialism. What do I mean by that? So basically, you know, uh, and by the way, some version of free markets and free trade has been the dominant ideology of most countries. So in the mid, in the 19th century, when Britain was the most powerful country, they advocated free trade to everybody.
Right. Now, why is that? It's not that Britain always scrupulously practice free trade. That is not it. It wants other countries to practice free trade. Why? Because essentially what imperialism needs and wants, apart from controlling societies and so on, what is the purpose of that? And so it is really to open up these societies to the interest, to capitalist interests from first world countries, from the imperialists.
And this is very important to understand. You want to open up these societies. You don't want them to do what is really necessary, which is to, uh, Practice various forms of [02:59:00] protection and state direction in order to develop your economies, because in the history of capitalism, we know that actually contrary to the idea of free trade, the only way in which countries have developed is by actually not opening up, but at least selectively closing.
We're not talking about autarky, but selectively closing your national economy, regulating the inflow and outflow of trade. Inflow and outflow of capital, uh, in order that you can develop your economy. Because if you simply open up your economy, what happens is that, uh, goods from elsewhere, which are produced more cheaply, simply front your markets.
Your own enterprises don't get a chance to to to to produce and so on and in the end it doesn't work really for everybody but the imperialism always wants to open up economies which is why some version of free trade has always been the dominant ideology and this is why they wanted to impose that on uh on Chile because I, the Ahinti government had other ideas.
They had the, uh, the [03:00:00] temerity to think that they could run the Chilean economy in the interest of ordinary Chilean people, and to try to develop their productive capacity and so on and so forth. So in that sense, you know, uh, the purpose of neoliberalism, so, so, so the cornwall, Anticommunism. So, so to understand that is where you have to understand that if governments must always intervene to, uh, to develop their economies, as was seen, for example, in the development of countries like Germany or Japan, or even the United States in its early days, right, just massive state intervention in order to develop because If they had not, the dominant country of that time was Britain and British goods would have simply flooded all markets and not allowed those currencies to develop.
But by the early 20th century, you also began to see the emergence with the Bolshevik revolution. of communist attempts to develop the economy so that, you know, in Russia, it was not possible to allow capitalism to do it as it was in Germany or on the final thing. [03:01:00] So you now saw an alternative way of development, which also involved massive state intervention, and which, by the way, was tremendously successful.
By the end of the 1930s, Russia had already become the second most industrial country in the world. So imagine that, you know, what, uh, and this was done. without the privilege of imperialism. This was done even though most of the capitalist countries were trying to oppose Russia's industrialization. And of course, today we see that in the case of China.
So, uh, so I would say that, uh, the whole purpose of it. So, so, so essentially the anti communism of the Cold War was also a form of imperialism. The point was that And we should not try to develop in this way. The examples of Russia and China should not be imitated by other countries. So the Cold War itself should be seen as a chapter in the long work history of imperialism.
Globalization Is Fracturing. So What Comes Next? - Bloomberg Originals - Air Date 11-9-23
ENDA CURRAN: So right now the world economy is said to be at something of an inflection point.
STEPHANIE FLANDERS: It's a rethinking of globalization and to some extent of regionalization [03:02:00] and it changes everything.
PRESIDENT GEORGE W. BUSH: We're in the midst of a serious financial crisis.
ENDA CURRAN: So in the years after the financial crisis, the conventional western economic capitalist led model came under a lot of scrutiny given the impact that that crisis had on ordinary people.
SHAWN DONNAN: And in 2016, we saw a vote for Brexit, an exit from the European Union.
In the UK and the election of Donald Trump in the U. S.
ENDA CURRAN: That, in extension, triggered a big trade war between China and the U. S.
SHAWN DONNAN: We've seen a global pandemic that has tested those global supply chains and that has led a lot of countries to rethink offshoring production. We're seeing war in the Middle East.
We are seeing coups in Africa. And those conflicts are leading people to question even more the benefits of globalization.
ARCHIVE NEWS CLIP: It was unprovoked, but this is what Russian President Vladimir Putin unleashed on Ukraine.
Explosions [03:03:00] rocking several cities, including the capital of Kiev. Russia's invasion of Ukraine was a sort of crystallizing moment for people on both sides of this emerging divide in the global economy.
SHAWN DONNAN: In 2022 at the United Nations, we had a series of votes over condemning Russia's invasion of Ukraine.
BOB RAE: This is illegal invasion. It is illegal occupation. It is a legal annexation, all at gunpoint.
SHAWN DONNAN: Roughly two thirds of the global economy, led by the United States, voted to condemn Russia. The remaining third, we saw countries either abstain or vote to reject any condemnation.
We're seeing billions of dollars in investment in new factories that is now being guided by geopolitics rather than simply economics. And that is really seen when you dig down into the United Nations vote. In 2022, we saw 1. 2 trillion in foreign direct investment in the world. We also [03:04:00] saw 180 billion of that shift from the bloc that refused to condemn Russia's invasion of Ukraine to the US led bloc condemning Russia's invasion.
The International Monetary Fund found that if you had a full fracturing of the global economy, you would eliminate 7 percent of global GDP. That doesn't sound like much, but it is equivalent to wiping out the French and German economies together.
ENDA CURRAN: China remains, of course, the world's factory floor. It offers scale that no one else does.
Sentiment towards investing there has turned quite negative in recent years.
STEPHANIE FLANDERS: But there's a whole network of global trade that is resting on the interrelationships that have developed between the US and China over the last 20 or 30 years. Many people refer to it as, you know, I'm making the omelette. If you're an American company, you're still going to be very reliant on many things made in China for many years to come.
ENDA CURRAN: There is a [03:05:00] group of economies who are navigating the middle of this geopolitical divide. You can call them the connector economies. They're not in the game of choosing sides. They're attracting factories from the US, factories from China, often located close by or in the same industrial park. They're importing from China, they're selling to the West or vice versa.
STEPHANIE FLANDERS: They can take advantage of their neutrality to get benefits from both sides in this emerging rivalry.
SHAWN DONNAN: In northern Vietnam, you can drive an hour from the Chinese border and into what was once a farm field with water buffaloes and banana trees, you're seeing big factories go up.
Over the last five years, we've seen exports from Vietnam to the United States double. But at the same time, we've seen imports from China into Vietnam double as well.
Places like Poland are now getting huge investment from China and South Korea. And [03:06:00] even U. S. chip makers, as they set themselves up as a link between Europe and the rest of the world.
We're also seeing places like Indonesia, which has vast natural resources, bring together Ford, the U. S. automaker, and Chinese companies, and Brazilian miners. to exploit nickel mines to sell into China or to sell into the United States.
STEPHANIE FLANDERS: If you're a country like Morocco that has a free trade agreement with America, and you already have also quite good relations with China, well then obviously you're in a position to play both sides.
ENDA CURRAN: Mexico is perfectly placed to cash in on this so called fragmentation sitting right on the U. S. border. It's a textbook example of nearshoring but Mexico is also attracting a lot of Chinese investment and that's why it's able to straddle both sides of this divide.
MEXICAN BUSINESS OWNER: Plenty of people talking about what's the sales made in China can sell in the future made in Mexico.
And, uh, right now
we've got the potential. If we get our act [03:07:00] together to get all those consumer goods, electronic consumer goods that went into China to be manufactured in Mexico.
ENDA CURRAN: To be clear, these connector economies in some cases have a long way to go before they have the necessary infrastructure in place.
Motorways, ports, electricity networks. These are all key features that global manufacturers want and need. China, of course, has excelled at that for decades. These other economies are now trying to catch up.
SHAWN DONNAN: We're at the very beginning of this story. The reality is we're not seeing the end of globalization, but we are seeing a reshaping of the global economy. It's an incredibly interlinked global economy that we live in.
ENDA CURRAN: Business will continue to be done. Money will continue to flow around the world. And even though there will be tensions at a government to government level, companies will look for a way around those political divides.
SHAWN DONNAN: But how this happens and the direction we go in the years to come is really going to shape all of our lives.
Decolonization as Advocacy, Pt. 2 w/ Lydia Walker - American Prestige - Air Date 1-28-25
LYDIA WALKER: States in [03:08:00] waiting is my term, but it's a term that many of my interlocutors have found resonant, that they find it, uh, kind of a useful frame, uh, for thinking about their own movements.
And when people who work on other states in waiting, you know, particularly, uh, you know, Kurds, or, um, you know, people working on Biafra, uh, And there's so many others you could it's kind of an endless category If when they find it resonant, then that's excellent. Uh, but these histories are also quite particular Um elsewhere i've written about tibet and tibetan's use of advocacy uh and how um Transnational advocacy emanating from india and the united states ends up turning the tibetan nationalist claim into a humanitarian commodity Um, so that this is you know The, the, the relationship between advocacy and claims making [03:09:00] transform is mutually transformative and it can also be mutually undermining.
So states and waiting really shows how it can be mutually undermining, uh, whereby the end, it's kind of the, uh, inherent weakness of the n claim that makes them reliant on. Advocacy for so long, while movements that become states like Zambia, they, you know, cut their ties with their former advocates, um, when they're no longer useful.
And then, of course, that no longer, lack of utility then means that the advocates have to move on to other things. Other projects. Um, so, you know, but at the same time, I mean, we see there remain lots of states in waiting. Uh, they use transnational advocacy networks. They call them other things in the political science literature often is referred to as rebel diplomacy.
Uh, so then this actual engagement [03:10:00] continues. And, um, I think that it's, We need to think about the relationship between the two because they're not the same thing and they don't necessarily have the same aim. Uh, but then who is, who has the upper hand? They also change over time, though generally it's the advocates, uh, not the claimants.
DANIEL BESSNER - HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: And then just a final question, obviously decolonization is a process that is ongoing, but I think it's fair to say it's major moments past. What is the state of this process in the 2020s? Where does it stand today? And what, what could we quote unquote learn not in a lesson sense, but in terms of understanding the world from your research?
LYDIA WALKER: So I end, uh, States in Waiting with, um, indigenous claims making. And how some Nagas, not all, but some have turned to [03:11:00] a language of global indigeneity to make claims in international politics. The UN has a, uh, 2007. uh, declaration on the rights of indigenous populate, uh, indigenous peoples. And in some ways you can chart a kind of an interesting trajectory from the declaration of grant on the granting of independence in 1960 through the friendly nations, uh, declaration that kind of really limits.
Uh, the kinds of peoples that can claim independence, uh, through, uh, the UN, uh, Declaration on Indigenous Peoples, which I argue really separates self determination from sovereignty. Because what it does, it says that now the United Nations can recognize all these kinds of non state self determinations.
But they're not sovereignty. And that's separate. So that's kind of a huge change, [03:12:00] uh, from, uh, the world of the 1960s. Uh, but also that these claimants are really practical. Uh, they are going to, you know, they're going to make claims based on nationalism, human rights, humanitarianism, uh, indigeneity that they can get traction with in international politics.
Uh, and these are claims of autonomy. These are, uh, claims of, um, self determination. Uh, but who is the political self in question that gets to determine that? And, uh, and most importantly for my own work as an international historian, what is the international context in which they're doing it? Uh, and how that does change over time.
Pretty radically, but the claims themselves often do not.
Why Oligarchy Falls (And How to Speed It Up) - Legendary Lore - Air Date 1-13-25
HOST, LEGENDARY LORE: Think about what happens when any group or individual becomes too comfortable in a position of power.
At first, they try to justify their privileges, their job creators. They do it [03:13:00] for the people. They are saving the economy. Think of the children, and so on. But gradually, something shifts. The justifications become thinner, more perfunctory. Eventually, they stop bothering to justify at all. Public resources become their personal piggy bank, public institutions their private tool set, and public concerns are barely worth acknowledging.
This is exactly when they look strongest on the surface. They've got everything under their control. The money, the power, everything. Look at how the Thirty Tyrants controlled Athens. They had all the weapons, all the wealth, total formal authority. They thought they were showing strength by ruthlessly eliminating critics, hoarding wealth, and crushing dissent.
Yet they were creating the perfect conditions for their own overthrow. What makes this pattern so important is how it reveals the paradox of power. Strength becoming weakness. Control breeding its own instability. When those in charge respond to challenges by becoming more controlling, they often [03:14:00] accelerate their own decline.
Their harsh policies alienate potential allies. Their visible excesses create silent resentment. Their internal rivalries fracture their unity. Think of it like holding sand. The tighter you squeeze, the more it slips through your fingers. The more they crush descent, the more they create the conditions for their own undoing.
They lose touch with reality. Lose critical feedback. Lose the legitimate authority that originally let them govern. It's not that they become weak. They still have all the surface power. But they become brittle. And that brittleness, more than any external enemy, is what ultimately threatens their rule.
But perhaps most importantly for those watching closely, this pattern reveals moments of opportunity for the oppressed. Because understanding these phases is not just about predicting decline, it's about recognizing opportunities. Each phase has its own vulnerabilities, its own pressure points, and its own possibilities for transformation.
And this brings us to the crucial question. How do you recognize when [03:15:00] a system is entering its vulnerable phases? What subtle signs signal that change might be possible? Because, as Aristotle observed, timing often matters more than strength. So how do we know when change is nigh for oligarchy, specifically?
Aristotle observed several critical indicators that often converge to create what we could call a perfect storm. The first sign is perhaps the most obvious, yet often misunderstood. When public dissatisfaction flares up, it's not really the volume of complaints that matters. It's their nature. The oligarchs can handle protests against a new tax on farmland.
They can manage complaints about inflation. And they love when isolated issues like minimum wages or subsidies release some pent up steam. But Aristotle observed that while a state can handle many types of protests, the real danger comes when people stop believing the state serves its proper end, the good life and virtue of its citizens.[03:16:00]
So, when protests shift from specific grievances to fundamental questions of justice, not just, is this fair, but is our whole system serving its purpose? That's when things are about to boil over. This total erosion of legitimacy typically happens in three distinct but interconnected ways. First, while Aristotle recognized the importance of private property, he warned against the wealthy treating common things as their own.
Like when public spaces become effectively private, when shared infrastructure serves only elite interests, when common goods like water, and in our times, airwaves and digital networks, become de facto personal property of the economic political class. Second, Aristotle was particularly concerned when the laws and customs that the oligarchs themselves established start being ignored whenever convenient.
They impose austerity on the masses while they themselves live in luxury. They praise competition until they need to crush rivals. They talk about innovation while [03:17:00] blocking new ideas that might threaten their position. As Aristotle noted, this hypocrisy undermines the very foundation of law which should apply equally to all.
Third, and perhaps most fundamentally, when rulers become disconnected from the virtues and values they're supposed to exemplify. Aristotle believed that legitimate rule required not just wealth or power, but moral excellence. If oligarchs from their isolated positions push radical social transformations while being entirely disconnected from their impacts on ordinary communities, if they advocate for fundamental changes to how people live, work, and live.
All while being insulated from the consequences of these changes, they hold in contempt the very cultural traditions and social bonds that most communities consider essential to their way of life. The gap becomes no longer just economic, but moral and cultural. This triple erosion of public resources, of rules for thee, not for me, and of shared cultural values [03:18:00] creates a fundamental crisis of legitimacy.
But the thing is, Aristotle observed that public dissatisfaction alone rarely triggers change. What makes a moment truly critical is when it combines with internal division among the ruling class itself. While studying different city states, he noticed that oligarchies often fall, not from external pressure, But from disputes among those in power.
For example, between different business interests, preventing them from presenting a united front. When oligarchs start infighting over market regulations or resource control, they create openings they'd never allow if united. And the final crucial sign of changing winds is the emergence of new leaders and voices.
But not always where you'd expect. The crucial voices often don't come from traditional opposition. They come from entrepreneurs who've built independent economic power, from respected professionals who've stayed above factional disputes, and from people who can bridge different social [03:19:00] classes and interest groups.
Crucially, Aristotle observed that change leading to a more just system, rather than change to some other oligarchy or tyranny, must involve the middle class. Positive change has to come through those who occupy a middle position between extremes of wealth and poverty, those who have enough property to be independent, but not so much as to be corrupted by luxury.
What makes the middle class effective is their ability to combine virtue with practical wisdom. They aren't typically the most radical voices calling for revolution, nor are they part of the established oligarchy. Instead, they are ordinary people who understand both what is good and what is possible, a combination Aristotle saw as essential for any meaningful political change.
Most importantly, leaders representing the middle class succeed because they understand what Aristotle considered the true purpose of the state. Not just stability or wealth, but the good life that comes through the practice of virtue. [03:20:00] So how does this help us understand when and how to act?
Interpreting Aristotle's observations suggests a few crucial approaches. First, build alternative sources of power. They don't need to, and probably shouldn't, be direct confrontations with oligarchic authority. Instead, focus on creating independent economic networks, developing new technologies, or establishing cultural institutions that operate outside traditional power structures.
Think of it as building a parallel system, rather than directly confronting the existing one. This is exactly what emerging merchant classes did in many Greek cities, gradually accumulating influence through trade networks that the traditional power base couldn't control as easily. Second, form intentional coalitions but not the kind you might imagine.
Successful challenges to entrenched power rarely come from single interest groups. Instead, effective transformations happen when different people find common cause. Consider [03:21:00] how in many Greek city states, the emerging commercial class often allied with small farmers against the traditional landed upper class.
Today, this could, for example, mean bringing together tech innovators frustrated by monopolistic practices, traditional businesses, and middle class citizens seeking economic stability and a normal life. Third, understand and exploit system weaknesses. When oligarchies abuse their power, they create openings.
Think about it this way, every time oligarchs break their own stated principles, they create what we might call legitimacy gaps, or a discrepancy between the expectations of how leaders should act and how they actually act. The key is matching your response to their specific contradictions. When they champion meritocracy while practising nepotism, document and publicise clear cases of unearned privilege.
When they compromise courts, utilise dispute resolution systems. When they preach free markets but [03:22:00] practise monopoly, rally the natural coalition of small business owners crushed by unfair competition and consumers tired of inflated prices. Your responses should not only challenge existing power, but demonstrate a better way forward.
Turn their contradictions into stepping stones toward positive change. Each of these compensating moves creates new vulnerabilities, new contradictions, and new potential points of leverage. As Archimedes said, Give me a lever long enough and a fulcrum on which to place it and I shall move the world.
Fourth, and this is crucial, develop political virtue. It's not just about personal morality, it's about building the capacity for effective action. An oligarchy's greatest weakness often lies in its inability to generate genuine loyalty or collective purpose. They rule through power rather than legitimate authority.
Your advantage is the ability to create genuine communities of interest and purpose. Last but perhaps most important, cultivate what we [03:23:00] might call strategic patience. It's easy to swallow the proverbial black pill when things seem hopeless. But remember, oligarchies often appear strongest just before they begin to crack.
Their very efforts to maintain absolute control frequently generate the conditions for their own transformation.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics. We're going to be looking at the shifting landscape of the media as corporations attempt to position themselves to avoid attacks from Trump, and the suddenly obvious emergence of oligarchy both at home and abroad. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can now reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app, Signal, at the username BestoftheLeft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show today included clips from [03:24:00] Uncivilized, Community Church of Boston, Geopolitical Economy Report, MacDecey Street, The New Statesman, Vox, Macrodose, BBC News, The Europeans, The Bunker, TLDR News EU, DW News, Focus on Africa, The Majority Report, The Thom Hartmann Program, The Real News Network, The Red Nation Podcast, Bloomberg Originals, and American Prestige. Further details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Dion Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist quartet, Ken, Brian, Ben, and Lara for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting.
And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple [03:25:00] Podcast app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes along with a link to join our Discord community, where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any and all new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay!, and this has been the Best of the Left podcast, coming to you twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.
#1687 Respite: Ceasefire in Gaza and the Legacy of Imperial Folly in the Middle East (Transcript)
Air Date 1/31/2025
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: [00:00:00] Welcome to this episode of the award -winning Best of the Left podcast.
The genocide and subsequent ceasefire in Gaza is only the latest horrifying consequence of botched military misadventures in the Middle East. And if the history of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars and the Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo Bay prisons can teach us anything, it's that atrocities have long shadows.
For those looking for a quick overview, the sources providing our Top Takes in about 50 minutes today includes The Socialist Program, American Prestige, Behind the News, Revolutionary Left Radio, CounterSpin, and Democracy Now! Then in the additional Deeper Dives half of the show, there will be more in four sections: Section A, The Deal; Section B, Ceasefire Politics; Section C, The Empire; and Section D, Now What?
Gaza Ceasefire Explained Reading Between The Lines - The Socialist Program - Air Date 1-16-25
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: There's a lot to talk about. What does Biden say about the agreement? What does Donald Trump say about the agreement? What does Netanyahu and the Israelis say about the [00:01:00] agreement? Again, what did the regional actors say about it? Okay, and we want to talk about what the Palestinian people say, and the Palestinian resistance forces. We want to hear their voices. You know, the United States characterizes every Palestinian resistance organization as a terrorist entity. So if you show solidarity with the Palestinian people, you're frequently labeled in the United States, as aiding and abetting terrorism. I mean, the U. S. said the same thing about the ANC and Nelson Mandela in South Africa up until 1988 and even beyond, actually. But I want for our audience to hear what the Palestinian resistance forces say about this agreement.
Now, first of all, it's a three stage agreement. I wanna go over the three stages with you, but let's first hear if you have it, what did Hamas say about it? What is Islamic Jihad, another Palestinian resistance group? What did the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine? All of these organizations, again, identified as terrorist entities [00:02:00] such that the US media and the US people never hear, or the US media never tells what they think, and the US people never hear what they think. But I want people to hear what they're saying about the ceasefire agreement.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Absolutely. I think that's really important. Hamas has made (an) official statement and also has had a few speeches from different members of the political bureau. They have announced a ceasefire agreement. They have said, I'm quoting here, "The ceasefire agreement is the result of the legendary steadfastness of our great Palestinian people, and our valiant resistance in the Gaza Strip, over the course of more than 15 months. This agreement to halt the agression is an achievment for our people, our resistance, our nation, and the free people of the world. It comes as part of our responsibility towards our steadfast and patient people in the proud Gaza Strip." They also announced in a speech just within the past hour that In their assessment, the ceasefire represents the achievement of all of their demands since the beginning of the genocide, and they laid [00:03:00] out the framework of the ceasefire.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Okay.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Now, the Palestinian Islamic Jihad had a very similar tone. They said, "Our people and their resistance are imposing an honorable agreement to stop the aggression, withdraw, and conduct an honorable prisoner exchange due to their legendary steadfastness and brave and valiant fighters." They also mourn the righteous martyrs, and they look forward to healing the wounds of the Palestinian people, and extend greetings to all of the steadfast fighters in the Gaza Strip.
The Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine released a statement just before the official announcement of the ceasefire, where they condemned the ongoing assassinations and bombardments that Israel was still carrying out today.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: They assassinated- the Israelis, using a drone, assassinated a Palestinian journalist as he was announcing a ceasefire.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Just after. He was- those moments right before the ceasefire, you know, kept getting closer and closer. The whole world, people of Gaza were like, "It's going to be announced. It's going to be [00:04:00] announced," over the past couple of days. No one has slept for the past couple of days. And this young journalist was speaking live on his social media saying, "I'm so excited for the ceasefire to be announced." And then just after that, he was assassinated. Horrific.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: By a drone. A drone strike.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Yes. And over the past, I think, a couple of days, more than 86 Palestinians have been killed in bombardments. And it was going right up until the ceasefire was officially announced.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: So the PFLP statement condemns that. And what, how do they characterize the ceasefire?
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: They say that the- this is right before it was announced they said, "Amid this continued aggression," which is the ongoing bombardment, "the Palestinian resistance factions are intensifying their efforts to halt this aggression as soon as possible. War criminal Benjamin Netanyahu, mired in his failures and defeats, will ultimately find himself and his fascist government compelled to agree to a ceasefire after their catastrophic failure to achieve any of their objectives beyond [00:05:00] inflicting death and destruction on unarmed civilians."
The Ceasefire in Gaza w Mohammad Alsaafin - American Prestige - Air Date 1-19-25
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: And I just want to highlight two things before we move into the deal. It's this point of anti-democratic foreign policymaking, which I think is correct. I think it's anti democratic in two ways. On one hand, you have the Congresses you're talking about, which is basically shaped by lobbying. And has been shaped since the 1970s by a combination of AIPAC and basically Evangelical lobbying represented today, primarily by Kufi, even though it's something that goes back further and further.
So you have the classic foreign policy thing, where organized interests that have capital are able to sway an issue or areas that aren't primary for most Americans. Something that's been going on since the 19th century, if not earlier. And on the other hand, you have a clerisy of foreign policymaking, ensconced in two separate bodies. One, the literal official organizations of state like the National Security Council or the Department of Defense, none of those people are elected. Most of them are career appointments, particularly in the DOD and the NSC [00:06:00] bureaucracy. And they basically just do whatever they want with absolutely no democratic accountability.
And then on the other hand, you have the so called "Blob" which is sort of the techno-scientific institutions like think tanks, which themselves play an enormously influential role in foreign policy, that oftentimes receive government spending from both foreign governments and the US government. And I point everyone to the Quincy Institute's think tank report that just came out that actually traced foreign funding. And those people have absolutely no democratic accountability to anyone. And then you have a third group, which is the, basically the traditional military industrial complex. The variance defense groups that kind of just lobby in favor of, if not war, defense spending and armament spending.
So you have this entire complex of institutions that basically insulate foreign policy decision making and policy making from the public. And I just want to emphasize that it's an enormous problem when two thirds of Americans don't want something to happen. And it just happens with literally no fucking, [00:07:00] even consideration that it not. And I want to just underline that as a gigantic problem for the left.
Trump's Middle East Plans w Mouin Rabbani - Behind the News - Air Date 1-23-25
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: Okay, let's start with this deal, whatever it is, the ceasefire deal, is nearly identical to the outlines of one proposed in May. What were the details of that proposal? And then what happened? Why did it become okay eight months later when it wasn't so good in May?
MOUIN RABBANI: The deal consists of three stages. And the first stage, essentially, consists of a temporary suspension of hostilities, together with a limited Israeli-Palestinian exchange of captives, and a surge in urgently needed humanitarian supplies into the Gaza Strip.
The second stage, which is not yet finalized, and the negotiations on which are supposed to begin on day 16 of the first stage, which is supposed to last for a total of 42 days, we'll see a larger Israeli [00:08:00] withdrawal from within the Gaza Strip, a reopening of the border crossing between the Gaza Strip and Egypt, a much broader exchange of captives, and of course, a continuation of the suspension of hostilities.
And if the third stage is then concluded and finalized, then we're really talking about an indefinite ceasefire and the completion of the exchange of captives, or rather at that stage, any remaining bodies held by the Palestinians in the Gaza Strip will be handed over to the Israelis in exchange, I presume for additional Palestinian prisoners and hostages and bodies held by Israel. And the reconstruction plan that is supposed to be implemented under the supervision of Egypt and Qatar, the two main mediators of this agreement, together with the United Nations.
Now as you mentioned, this multistage deal [00:09:00] is essentially identical to the one presented by former president Biden in late May of last year, which Biden said at the time was not so much an American proposal, but rather a proposal that had been formulated by the Israelis and presented by the Americans in Washington. And now the Qatari Prime Minister and Foreign Minister, Sheikh Mohammed bin Abdulrahman Al Thani, has said that in fact, the deal is also very close to what had initially been proposed in December of 2023, shortly after the temporary ceasefire and a limited exchange of captives took place and then collapsed because Israel decided to resume the war.
What happened is that after Biden presented the Israeli agreement in late May, and then Hamas accepted it in early July of last year, something that Netanyahu [00:10:00] did not expect, he began adding new conditions. Such as that Israel would maintain an indefinite presence in what is called the Netzarim Corridor, which essentially bisects the Gaza Strip into north and south. That Israel would maintain a indefinite read permanent presence in what Israel calls the Philadelphi Corridor, which is the border zone between Gaza and Egypt, that Israel would retain freedom of action within the Gaza Strip.
Essentially, The deal that Netanyahu is proposing is that Israel will retrieve all its captives and hostages and then resume its genocidal campaign in the Gaza Strip. And under Biden, the Americans went along with this. They basically claimed, falsely as we now know, that the only reason the deal was not being consummated was because Hamas was refusing to accept it. Whereas we now know the real reason, and this has been made clear, not only by everyone who has looked [00:11:00] into this, but even by Netanyahu's own negotiators. The real reason was that Israel kept proposing new conditions and changes designed to make it impossible for Hamas to accept an amended deal. And Hamas essentially said that they're only going to accept the deal that had been proposed by Biden. They did show some flexibility in terms of the wording and the sequencing and so on, but there were no major changes.
So then you- as you rightly ask, well, what happened? Why is Israel suddenly accepting the agreement that it had rejected for the past half year? Well, the key issue is that the American attitude changed. The incoming Trump administration made clear to the Israelis that the incoming president did not want a foreign policy crisis on his hands on the day he entered office. And he absolutely did not want a crisis on his hands that also included American hostages [00:12:00] in the Middle East, because several of the Israelis being held in the Gaza Strip are also dual nationals. In other words, they're also US citizens.
And it was as a result of basically Israel being given its marching orders that Netanyahu came to the conclusion it was not a very good idea to get on Trump's bad side at the very outset of his tenure, and went along with this agreement. You know, Trump had said on several occasions after the election that if there is no deal, there will be hell to pay. And everyone interpreted this as a threat to Hamas, which I'm sure it was, but it wasn't a threat directed solely at Hamas. It was a threat directed at everyone involved: 'Finish the deal and make sure there's a ceasefire by January 20th.'
Israeli analysts have also pointed out that there are other factors that have now made it easier for Netanyahu to accept the deal. And they're [00:13:00] talking about one thing that we have now that we didn't have last summer is that Israel has successfully eliminated two leaders of Hamas. (Israel) has managed to decimate the leadership of of Hezbollah. It has bombed Iran and, of course, the Syrian regime of Bashar al Assad has collapsed and is no more.
That has led to improved poll numbers for Netanyahu, an expansion of his coalition, making it easier for him to accept the deal and lose a few of his coalition partners. But then there is also the explanation that was put forward by the Biden administration and particularly by former Secretary of State Antony Blinken. And can I just say what a relief it is to be able to say "former Secretary of State Antony Blinken." He said that it was the pressure Hamas felt, because of all these Israeli military achievements that I just mentioned that finally compelled a weakened and isolated [00:14:00] Hamas to accept what it had been rejecting throughout the second half of 2024. That's a bald-faced lie, to put it politely. Because first of all, Hamas had already accepted this agreement in early July, 2024. And secondly, and more importantly, all these developments that were enumerated, the assassinations of the Hamas leaders, regime change in Syria, the decimation of the Hezbollah leadership, and so on, took place after Hamas had already accepted the proposal. So they were completely irrelevant to its calculations at the time that it made its decision to play ball.
On the Situation in Syria and its Implications for the Region - Revolutionary Left Radio - Air Date 1-6-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: So most listeners will have been aware that the Assad government has collapsed, but who are the forces and individuals that are attempting to replace him? And what is the current state of Syria overall in the wake of recent events?
ANGIE: So I can speak to this a bit. Apologies in advance. My cat tends to be a little bit active in the [00:15:00] background. In terms of actors, I would say we can go ahead and say everyone is a free Syrian today. I would argue primarily the actors that we have to focus on are Khayat al Tahrir al Sham, the HTS, led by Mohammed al Zawlani.
There's still confrontation with other forces, from the SDF to other Turkish groups, that are continuing to, we can say, resist or experience skirmishes in different areas of the region, that are just still trying to establish what law is under what area, and what individuals are essentially permitted to remain in their homes.
There's still certain local militias within the Valley of the Christians that have not completely disbanded, despite orders for disarmament, but the actors that we have to focus on in Syria are Hayat Tahrir al Sham and everybody in the West. So I would argue this includes Turkey, this includes Israel, this includes actors like [00:16:00] Iran and Russia, this includes France, this includes Germany, this obviously includes the United States.
But the actors that we need to look at in particular are puppet masters in Syria right now. And so what we're looking at in terms of the actual event is a performance at the moment.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Yeah, and would anybody like to follow up on that? And maybe even just tell us a little bit more about exactly what happened, because I'm sure there are perhaps even some people in our audience that are totally unaware of exactly what even has occurred, so maybe setting that up could be helpful.
In terms of what happened, that's still being parsed out. The fact that the Syrian army just laid down its arms with no fight, that it kept receiving orders to retreat, And that Assad very abruptly left, is still something that everybody, every actor in the region is trying to piece together. What we know for sure is that Assad was declared the victor of the Syrian civil war for the [00:17:00] sheer reason that it was launched to oust him and he remained in power. However, that victory that he had was an incredibly fragile one.
He presided over a country that had been radically, dramatically de-developed by bombing, by foreign intervention, by the US administered occupation of a third of the country, which happens to be the most lucrative region in terms of its wheat and oil supplies. So, he presided over a very fragile Syria, whose economy had been devastated by, again, many of its major cities being decimated. By its breadbasket and its oil fields being largely occupied by the US proxies in the region as well as the US military itself. So that it collapsed so quickly is what [00:18:00] I think surprised everybody. Because I sometimes I often think of how when the Berlin Wall fell not even the CIA was prepared for it. You know, so this resulted in such a stunning collapse as something that is probably going to be studied for the immediate future and probably well past that, but again, anybody who wants to-
MOHAMMAD: I just have a quick thing to add in addition to what Ed already stated, which is that all of this has to be taken within the context of the sanctions that have been placed on Syria as well, which these sanctions, again, have had a severe impact on the Syrian population and then perceptions of Assad as well. And on the region all together. So all of this is also not without taking into consideration the interventionist policies of the United States and other imperial forces.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Absolutely. And we'll definitely get back to that and talk about that in more detail. But Angie, go ahead.
ANGIE: Yeah, I don't want to go too far into the sanctions at the [00:19:00] moment, since I'm sure we'll circle back. But I think from that point that Mohammed makes, it's important to also recognize that the interventionism in Syria cannot, at any point, be separated from Syria's stance and position towards Israel and Palestine.
Prior to the fall of the Assad regime, if that's what we want to kind of conceptualize it as, Turkey and Syria spent the summer and the fall and the beginning of winter essentially negotiating a reopening of their state's relationships. So Erdogan has been pursuing Assad for nearly six months at the point at which Turkey opens the borders for Hayyat al Tahrir al Sham to enter Syria.
And that order comes, critically, in the moment that Netanyahu is announcing the weak ceasefire on south of Lebanon and then also warning Assad to not play with fire. And I think it's really important to kind of reintegrate that tie that Netanyahu speaks and Erdogan [00:20:00] moves when it comes to Syria.
Katherine Gallagher on Abu Ghraib Verdict - CounterSpin - Air Date 11-29-24
JJ: Well, the case is landmark, in part just because of the way that it names contractors as responsible parties. It’s always been their argument, right, that they’re just private actors following orders from the US, and the US has immunity, so we do too, right? That’s part of what’s important about this.
KATHERINE GALLAGHER: That’s precisely right. Over the 16 years of litigation, CACI has filed at least 15 motions to dismiss. And whether they’ve invoked Derivative Sovereign Immunity or the Political Question Doctrine or the Government Contractor Defense or the Law of War Immunity, or most recently and throughout trial, the so-called Borrowed Servant Defense—all of these boiled down to essentially one argument, which is, we were working with the US military, [00:21:00] and anything we did was because they were overseeing it. And if they were overseeing it, they should have any responsibility, not us. We were just, essentially, following orders.
Democracy Now!: Ex-Abu Ghraib Interrogator: Israelis Trained U.S. to Use “Palestinian Chair” Torture Device
Now, the conduct at issue in this case—and we have clear decisions from the Fourth Circuit saying as much in our long litigation—the conduct at issue is unlawful. We’re talking about torture. We had plead war crimes, we’re talking about cruel and inhuman and degrading treatment. These are violations of US domestic criminal law, and they are also violations of US-signed treaties, including the Convention Against Torture and the Geneva Conventions.
And so, this is not conduct that the military could order anyone, whether it’s soldiers or contractors, to do. This is unlawful, illegal. [00:22:00] So CACI’s defense fails, insofar as this is not a lawful order that they could have ever received from the military.
But, additionally, CACI was hired to supervise its own employees. This is a for-profit corporation that hired employees at will. So, unlike an enlisted person at Abu Ghraib, the CACI employees could quit at any time, and notably, some did, and one even did, more than one, because of what they saw happening at Abu Ghraib. So this corporation should be held accountable for its own employees’ conduct.
And that’s precisely, after 16-and-a-half years, what a jury in Alexandria, Virginia, found to be the case two weeks ago when they gave down a verdict against CACI and for our plaintiffs.
JANINE JACKSON - HOST, COUNTERSPIN: [00:23:00] I will say I’m disheartened by the relative quietness of media around the verdict. There has been some coverage, but I feel like I can say pretty confidently that had this case died in court, we would’ve never heard about it again.
But I’m also saddened by the accounts that I have seen: Virtually all of them use the phrase “over two decades ago.” And that, to me, is not a neutral tag. It’s a linguistic wink that says, “Why are we still talking about this?” But as you’ve noted, the case has taken this long because CACI has resisted it for this long, right?
KATHERINE GALLAGHER: That is absolutely the case. The plaintiffs filed back in 2008, and our plaintiffs, to this day, the 20-year time period doesn’t erase or make this historic. They are living every day with being an Abu Ghraib torture [00:24:00] survivor. They still suffer from nightmares, from flashbacks, and talking about Abu Ghraib is not something that’s easy for them to do.
The fact that this case went to trial not once but twice, and that the plaintiffs had to tell their account, tell about their suffering, their humiliation, more than once, it wasn’t easy. And to remember the kinds of details, some of it is seared in their memory, and others, of course, over 20 years is less clear than it used to be. But the nightmares and the mental harm has continued to this day, and it should not be something that is relegated to the history books at all.
And one of the things I’d note: There weren’t many photos shown during trial, but there were a few photos shown during trial, [00:25:00] and there were a couple of jurors who appeared to be on the younger side. And when those photos came up, particularly for one of the younger jurors, who may not have seen this on the cover of the paper each day, as those of us did back in 2004, there was absolute shock. There was absolute shock. I mean, these photos were shocking for everyone, but the accounts seemed to be unknown. And that is not something that should be permitted to happen.
And that’s part of why, despite the difficulty, our plaintiffs have brought this case forward, and stayed with it throughout all of this time, so that it is not forgotten. And it is so that what was done in our name, for me as a US citizen, is also not forgotten. And they want to be sure that this never happens to anyone else again. So to the extent that corrections [00:26:00] haven’t been made, whether by the US military or by CACI, to ensure that their employees or soldiers do not ever, ever treat detainees, or humans, in the way that the Iraqi men, women and children who were held at Abu Ghraib were treated, that’s what this case is also about.
Trump's Middle East Plans w Mouin Rabbani Part 2 - Behind the News - Air Date 1-23-25
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: I'm speaking with the journalist and political analyst Mouin Rabbani. Some people have expressed skepticism about the story that Trump's envoy, Steve Witkoff, laid down the line with Netanyahu and Netanyahu fell into line, saying this is just PR, to buy some time, to have a smooth inauguration.
First of all, do you think this story is believable and longer term, what next? Trump is talking about Gaza's potential as a seaside resort. Jared Kushner said something similar last year. What do they have in mind? Do you have any sense of that?
MOUIN RABBANI: I don't know if they have anything in mind. Let me just answer the first part of your question first, is that we've had multiple [00:27:00] reports from multiple sources providing details of the Trump transition team's interactions with the Israelis, and specifically about his Middle East envoy, Steve Witkoff's, meetings with Netanyahu. These seem entirely credible. The general tenor that the Trump administration read the riot act to Netanyahu and told him to get into line to me seems entirely believable.
There isn't a better explanation of why Netanyahu had been rejecting this agreement throughout the past six months, had never come under any pressure from the Biden administration to sign onto it, and all of a sudden, as soon as Trump's people got involved...
The second, and I think more important part of your question, what do the Americans have in mind? Here it's much less clear because we do know [00:28:00] that Trump's people absolutely did not want a crisis on January 20th. Is that all they cared about? Are they now going to lose interest, given that Gaza and the Middle East did not interfere with the inauguration? If they now lose interest, does this mean that Netanyahu can now derail the agreement after its first stage to ensure that the second and third stages of this agreement are not implemented? Or will they remain on top of things and keep the pressure on to ensure that the rest of this agreement is implemented? And there are conflicting signs here.
On the one hand we have Witkoff not only saying that he intends to remain personally engaged, but there's even suggestions that he will soon be visiting the Gaza Strip. And in a quote, attributed to him to ensure that there are no provocations to derail the agreement. And he then made a point [00:29:00] of saying, and I'm not only talking about Hamas. So those are words [we] would never have heard from any of Biden's people.
And then there's the larger context. Yes, they've talked about the Gaza beach front as if this is essentially a real estate deal and not a political crisis or a decades long issue of occupation and self determination and so on. But I think the other issue here is that while we're very much focused on US-Israeli relations, we would do well to pay equal attention to US-Saudi relations. And why am I saying this? You may recall that during his first term, Trump, through Prince Jared of Kushner, engineered a normalization agreement between Israel and the United Arab Emirates, then Bahrain, then Morocco. And the big prize was seen as Saudi-Israeli [00:30:00] normalization. That didn't occur. Biden made it the centerpiece of his Middle East policy, at least until October 2023, and even after that, and also didn't achieve it.
Will Trump now return to this item? Will he make this the centerpiece of his Middle East diplomacy? The reason is to believe that he will. We then have to see how the Saudis respond. Will the Saudis simply go along with it without seeking to impose any conditions regarding the Palestinians simply to curry favor with the Americans the way that the Emiratis and the Bahrainis did? Will they assess that this is simply not going to happen because the Israelis are too extreme and won't be willing and won't be pressured by the Americans to make any significant political moves? And will the Saudis therefore focus much more on concluding a bilateral agreement Saudi-American agreement? Or will the [00:31:00] Saudis go to Trump and say, We want to do this. This is what needs to happen. An end to occupation. Whatever other political arrangements that would fundamentally transform Israeli Palestinian relations. You, Trump, get not only to sell many billions more of weapons, and we keep the Chinese role in Saudi Arabia limited, and we limit our relations with Russia. And as a bonus, you get a Nobel Peace Prize.
If the Saudis do that, Trump may very well go for it. That will, of course, I think, create very significant tensions in Washington between the various elements of his own constituency, where you have a collection of neocons, Israel firsters, Christian evangelists, isolationists, people who feel that the U. S. is being led by the nose by Israel and so on.
So these are things I think that have yet to materialize and we'll know much more in the next few months. [00:32:00] Does Trump have a clear agenda for the Middle East? If he does, who is going to be formulating that agenda? Or were they simply focused on the transition and don't really care what happens next?
And then of course, there's also the broader question of Iran where conditions now are very different than they were during the first Trump administration.
Egypt, Jordan Reject Trump Plan to Clean Out Gaza; Palestinians Return to N. Gaza in Historic Day - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-27-25
AMY GOODMAN: So, these comments of Trump, the last ones echo his son-in-law, Jared Kushner, who had said in the last year that Gaza is great beachfront property, talking about it as a kind of real estate deal. Trump, most recently, on Air Force One on Saturday night saying that more than a million Palestinians should be moved to Egypt and Jordan, that he spoke to the Jordanian king. Meanwhile, Jordan and Egypt — talk about their responses and, most importantly, the response of Palestinians.
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Well, both Jordan and Egypt have rejected this, and they’ve done so since the beginning of this genocidal assault. You know, these comments were welcomed by the far-right [00:33:00] ministers Smotrich and Ben-Gvir, who said, you know, this would be the voluntary emigration that they’ve been dreaming about for Palestinians to be forcibly displaced outside of Gaza and for them to rebuild Jewish settlements in Gaza.
I think what’s — yes, we have to acknowledge what’s happening today, which are these incredible scenes of tens of thousands, if not hundreds of thousands, of Palestinians, who have withstood an unprecedented genocidal assault, returning back to the north. Now, we spoke at Drop Site to Mustafa Barghouti just a few days ago, and he said the return of forcibly displaced Palestinians to the north will be the ultimate defeat of Israeli plans, because it means that the goal of ethnic cleansing did not materialize.
Let’s remember what happened. If we go back to October 7th, 2023, when Benjamin Netanyahu took to the airwaves and declared war on Gaza, he said, “Leave now,” to the, you know, 2.3 million Palestinians who are living in [00:34:00] Gaza. Just a few days later, we saw this shocking directive for all 1.1 million Palestinians who are north of Wadi Gaza to flee to the south. And we saw this unbelievable, unprecedented aerial bombing campaign and many people forcibly displaced to the south, many of them to Rafah in the beginning. And let’s not forget that at the time, Western governments, including the United States government under the Biden administration, were trying to persuade Egypt to take in hundreds of thousands of Palestinians, displace them in northern Sinai, offering economic incentives. There’s reporting that shows that this was taking place. Egypt rejected it at the time, but, more importantly, Palestinians rejected this.
And then we saw them build what’s called the Netzarim Corridor, which bisected Gaza. This was a six- or seven-kilometer-wide strip of land. They completely depopulated, forcibly displaced, ethnically cleansed that area, destroyed almost all of the buildings there, set up military bases. [00:35:00] And this was, essentially — reporting shows in Haaretz this was called a “kill zone.” Any man, woman or child, unarmed, would enter — it’s unclear where the border was of the Netzarim Corridor — they would be shot and killed. And this was essentially the place that divided Gaza. Once you crossed there, you could not go back. We saw in October also a concentrated extermination campaign in the very north of Gaza, in Jabaliya, Jabaliya refugee camp, in Beit Hanoun and Beit Lahia, where they completely did not allow any aid in and then very systematically started attacking these towns and cities and forcing people out on, essentially, what were death marches to the south, across the Netzarim Corridor, and back.
And, you know, despite all of this, people withstood. They remained on their land. And now we’re seeing these incredible scenes of people returning home. And to think that, you know, Trump can just say they should [00:36:00] move to Egypt or Jordan, I think, you know, is preposterous. And we’re seeing right now that this is kind of an ultimate defeat of the plans of ethnic cleansing, that have dated back to the 1950s for Israel.
AMY GOODMAN: So, I wanted to go to that quote of Jared Kushner, made months ago — that’s Trump’s son-in-law and former adviser — weighing in on Israel’s war on Gaza, saying Israel should move Palestinians out of the besieged territory, which he said contains very valuable waterfront property, making the remarks during an event hosted by the Middle East Initiative at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government.
JARED KUSHNER: And Gaza’s waterfront property, it could be very valuable to — if people would focus on kind of building up, you know, livelihoods. You think about all the money that’s gone into this tunnel network and into all the munitions, if that would have gone into education or innovation, what could have been done. And so, I think that it’s a little bit of an unfortunate situation there, but I think, from Israel’s perspective, I would do my best to move the people out and [00:37:00] then clean it up. But I don’t think that Israel has stated that they don’t want the people to move back there afterwards.
AMY GOODMAN: So, that’s a pretty amazing comment, invaluable beachfront property. Earlier today, I was watching the Palestinian attorney Diana Buttu on Al Jazeera. When asked about what Trump said, you know, I think all agree it does look like a demolition zone. There’s no question about it. How can Palestinians live there? And she said, “OK, if there’s that question, rather than moving them to neighboring Arab states like Egypt and Jordan, what about moving them home?” She said 80% of the people of Gaza come from places in Israel.
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Yeah, I mean, this is why Gaza has long been a site of resistance in historic Palestine and long been a place that Israel wants to ethnically cleanse, because it is the largest concentration of Palestinian refugees in [00:38:00] historic Palestine. So, it has always been a restive place. These people, who 80% of them are their descendants, want to return to their homes, which are mostly the towns and villages around Gaza. And like you said, this is now — they are returning, in these really incredible scenes that we’re seeing right now —
AMY GOODMAN: I mean, this is a flood of humanity.
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: People hugging, who haven’t seen — they’ve been separated from their family members, from mothers and fathers, separated from their children, for 15 months, and they’re reuniting for the first time. They never thought they would see each other again.
But they are returning to, as you said, a devastated landscape. Nearly the entire — every house has been destroyed or badly damaged. The government authorities are telling people to bring their tents with them. There are not even enough tents for people to set up on the rubble of their homes. And as we’ve been seeing in other parts, as well, while Israel has violated the ceasefire nearly every single day, killing Palestinians, especially in [00:39:00] Rafah, the death count, the official death count, has been also shooting up since the 19th, when the ceasefire went into effect, because dozens of bodies are being recovered from under the rubble. And so, you know, I’m afraid we’re going to see a lot of this as people search for their loved ones as they’re returning to this devastated landscape. But they are determined not to leave their land, and many of them will set up tents on the rubble of their homes.
AMY GOODMAN: And then we go to the West Bank and what’s happening there. We just spoke to Mariam Barghouti. You wrote a piece with her for Drop Site. If you can talk about intensification of violence against Palestinians there?
SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Well, essentially, what we saw soon after the ceasefire went into effect, a war on the West Bank, initially dubbed the Iron Wall. All of these things had been taking place already — attacks on Jenin, closures of checkpoints and so forth — but a massive escalation of this, to the likes of which we haven’t seen since 2002, [00:40:00] an invasion of Jenin. Right now they are demolishing the refugee camp, not just with bulldozers as we’ve seen in the past. They are actually detonating, the way they have done in Gaza, parts of this. Two thousand families have already been displaced. Across the West Bank, there was usually around 700 military checkpoints. Now there’s close to a thousand. They’ve all closed down. Cities have been closed off from each other. People can’t leave their towns and villages to go to school, to go to work. They’re separated from each other. And so, this is — they’re laying siege to the West Bank. And a lot of what we show in the reporting and what has been said was that this was a trade-off that Netanyahu — trying to convince his ministers, like Smotrich and Ben-Gvir, to sign onto the Gaza ceasefire plan, that they would launch this kind of unprecedented military assault on the West Bank
Gaza Ceasefire Explained Reading Between The Lines Part 2 - The Socialist Program - Air Date 1-16-25
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: I just want to, as we get towards the finish line, I want to just recontextualize what's going on. The war against the Palestinian people is [00:41:00] not new. The Nakba, May 1948, the terrible ethnic cleansing, hundreds of thousands of people driven from their homes, the use of massacres by Zionist violent gangs in 1948. We know about that. And then it continued. The seizure, or attempted- the invasion of Egypt and the seizure of other Arab lands by the Israelis with the support of Britain and France at that time in 1956.
In 1967 was a turning point. It was a six day war against Egypt, Syria, and the others, as we talked about. Six days. In six days, Gaza was seized. In six days, the West Bank was seized. In six days, the Golan Heights were seized, and now they've been annexed from Syria. In six days, the Sinai was seized from, you know, and Egypt had a massive army.
In six days, the Israelis did this. After 465 [00:42:00] days, not in Egypt, not in these other places, but against this little strip of land, against the people concentrated in this little strip of land called Gaza. After 465 days, there is a negotiated end to the war. It's not an- if this was a complete victory for Israel as the US is going to try to present it, there would not have been a negotiated end. There would- complete victories include unconditional surrender imposed on the defeated party. But instead, the Israelis have come back to the negotiating table, and they've actually changed the position from May 2024 in a way that the deal is actually better for the Palestinian side.
That doesn't mean, this is- I don't want to use language, sort of either hyperbolically or in a Pollyannish way, like something wonderful has happened. The terrible genocide that we [00:43:00] witnessed is something that the Palestinian people, their families, their villages, their communities, their towns, their cities, I mean, whole generations will be scarred by this.
But what's obviously, and I want to end on this, is that even the American government is now recognizing that not only were the resistance forces in Palestine not fully defeated, but all of those who have been killed, the ranks of those who have been killed, are being filled up by the next generation. If you see your mother, your brother, your father, your cousin massacred, and you're eight years old or 10 years old or 14 years old, you're not going to think at the end of the day with a ceasefire, 'Oh, great.' You're going to think like, 'I'm going to keep fighting for my people.' Because this steadfastness, this resilience is actually part of the psychology of the entire people. And that's what makes the Palestinian struggle sort of the detonator [00:44:00] for a global struggle for all of those people who feel oppressed, who are oppressed, who are exploited.
In that sense, this is a battle, not the last battle, but a battle, terrible battle, but a battle that leads to other struggles for freedom and liberation and emancipation. And I think that people in the United States have a duty, an obligation, and a challenge to play their role in helping the Palestinian people win that kind of freedom, because it's the government that speaks in our name. Not necessarily with our consent, but certainly in our name that does all of this with Israel again, facilitating genocide and oppression.
So you get the last word.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Well, Brian, This is an important note to end on. I think that we have to be very clear about what's going on and be very clear that when the United States comes out and says that Hamas has been defeated, Hamas has been weakened, you were referring to Blinken's [00:45:00] comments at the Atlantic Council. Again, he said that Hamas can never be military, militarily defeated because the ranks have filled again. The same number of people that have been killed have been recruited over the past 15 months. He was admitting in many ways, defeat.
It's an irony of history that the greatest imperialist powers throughout history can't seem to learn from the mistakes of their own past or from the past of other empires. Because when you try to oppress a people or a nation it creates the conditions for people to pick up the resistance banner. It inspires more people to fight. If- there's no situation in which the United States and Israel could exterminate the spirit of resistance by killing people. Over the past 15 months, they have effectively killed untold numbers and maimed and wounded many more. But they have actually worked against themselves in terms [00:46:00] of growing the resistance spirit inside and outside of Gaza.
They've created a situation in which they themselves have exposed their own true agenda, and now their own population, the United States population, is completely with the Palestinian people. A year ago, if you asked someone on the street, "What do you think of Palestine?" They may say, "I don't know," or "It's a, it's a long complicated conflict," or, "Oh, the Arabs and the Jews have been fighting for thousands of years."
Now, when you go on the street, the majority of people will tell you "End the genocide." Wearing a keffiyeh is now, it's not a style. It's a political statement that a large number of people have taken up. It's incredible to see the shift among the American population. And the contradictions inside the United States, a growing anti-imperialist sentiment inside the United States, is going to change the correlation of forces, the terrain in which the United States can actually operate its imperialist agenda.
Trump is coming into office in a [00:47:00] very contested moment. And the movement over the past 15 months has played its role in, really at its heart, communicating what's actually going on in the ground, what the role of the United States is, and what the role of the people of the United States actually is. And that we are the ones who speak for ourselves, not the White House.
When Trump comes into office, he's going to bring with him, a lot of confusion because of the different things his friends in his cabinet are going to be saying. Also, his statements. He says he's anti-war. He says he's for the working class. He says all sorts of different things. He says he's for the everyday man.
Our task as the movement is to continue giving that clarity. We're going to have to keep analyzing from the point of view of what is actually happening for the Palestinian people. What is the advancement of the Palestinian cause? What is the advancement of the cause of all oppressed people across the world, including inside the United States, in which we're all up against the [00:48:00] same enemy, the same system, the same billionaire, imperialist, capitalist system, that is exploiting and killing and massacring people across the world. So I think this is a moment for us to be, to really reach out to all of those in our lives. If you're organizers, if you're an activist, to your family, to your friends, to really start explaining to people what's happening.
The ceasefire is one step forward. And now there's many more steps forward to go. After the prisoner exchange, there will be many more Palestinian prisoners that need to be released. There will be a siege that needs to be lifted. There will be the full struggle for Palestinian liberation, the end of the occupation, the end of apartheid. These are all things we're still going to fight for in the Palestinian movement and unite with other sectors of struggle, other fronts of struggle that have shared interests that also see in the liberation of Palestine, their own liberation. I think that this is our path forward and it's- you know, the ceasefire is an incredible moment, an [00:49:00] incredible achievement.
It's an achievement for the Palestinian people, but it's not the end of the struggle. There's much more to fight for. There's a lot of losses to take stock of, and there's a lot of solidarity still that needs to be built.
Note from the Editor on the echos of atrocities
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: We've just heard clips starting with The Socialist Program highlighting reactions to the ceasefire from Palestinian groups. American Prestige highlighted the disconnect between public opinion and America's actions abroad, particularly in the Middle East. Behind the News broke down the ceasefire deal in detail. Revolutionary Left Radio examined Syria in the wake of the fall of Assad. CounterSpin explained the landmark case holding a private contractor responsible for torture in Abu Ghraib prison. Behind the News discussed the role of Trump's administration and the politics of the ceasefire. Democracy Now! looked at the plight of Palestinians attempting to return home at the same time as Trump is making comments in support of a purge of the Gaza Strip. And finally, The Socialist Program attempted to recontextualize the ongoing [00:50:00] struggle of Palestinians and the way violence and self-defense are popularly defined in media and culture.
And those were just the Top Takes. There's a lot more in the Deeper Dive sections.
But first, a reminder that this show is produced with the support of our members, who get access to bonus episodes and enjoy all of our shows without ads. To support all of our work and have those bonus episodes delivered seamlessly to the new, members-only podcast feed that you'll receive, sign up to support the show at BestOfTheLeft.com/support (there's a link in the show notes), through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcast app. And as always, if regular membership isn't in the cards for you, shoot me an email requesting a financial hardship membership, because we don't let a lack of funds stand in the way of hearing more information.
And we're also trying something new recently, offering you the opportunity to make your comments or questions on upcoming topics, since it takes a bit of time to do all of the research, I can let you know what we're going to be working on and you can potentially join the conversation as it happens. So [00:51:00] next up in future episodes, we're going to be zooming way out to the changing international dynamics under a Trump presidency, followed by an analysis of how the media is shifting and mostly capitulating to Trump.
To get your comments and questions in now for those topics, you can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. We're also now findable on the privacy-focused messaging app Signal with the handle "BestoftheLeft.01". There's also a link in the show notes for that. Or you can simply email me to [email protected].
Now as for today's topic, I couldn't help but zoom way out on the nature of atrocities while thinking about today's show.
Today we're covering stories that go back 20 years. but there are echoes that go much further. Thinking about the Abu Ghraib prison, one of the major stories about Americans torturing Iraqi prisoners after we liberated the country from Saddam Hussein, was that Abu [00:52:00] Ghraib was one of the prisons Saddam had used to do his own torturing.
So it's a "under new management, same great experience you've come to expect" sort of scenario.
And it's not meant to be an exact parallel. Saddam torturing political prisoners to maintain authoritarian rule is not the same as our years-long anti-Muslim propaganda campaign, part of Bush's war on terror, and the systematic dehumanization of the so-called " Enemy" that always happens in wartime, leading to American prison guards feeling like they could do pretty much any dehumanizing thing they wanted to to their prisoners.
But at some point, those differences and our intentions just don't matter that much. I'm not saying they're irrelevant, but I'm saying that they only take you so far.
Now, a couple of years ago, Amanda and I visited a concentration camp just outside of Berlin, and were surprised to learn that after the Nazis had been defeated by the Allied forces, most prominently by the Soviets, who took Berlin [00:53:00] itself, that the Soviets took over management of that concentration camp and promptly used it to torture dissidents of their regime.
So they helped defeat the evil of the Nazis and promptly took their place. And maybe they weren't exactly the same as the Nazis or held the same intentions, but they sure as hell weren't different enough, and they are rightly condemned for that.
So, you think about all the terrible mistakes that the US made in the post 911 era. Not just the bad decisions to go to war in the first place, but all of the smaller terrible decisions all the way down the line, resulting in the completely predictable betrayal of the values we claim to have about due process and human rights.
And to me, it seemed both shocking but also completely predictable, that Israel would have taken the events of October 7th as the opportunity to model their response on our reaction to 9/11. Explicitly, [00:54:00] loudly, their representatives went on US television to proclaim their intention to fuck up just as badly as we had, violate human rights and rules of war at least as badly as we had, if not worse.
Because some people want so badly for the world to be black and white with a simple "us versus them" narrative and "the enemy" who we don't have to think of as human, and they'll use the actions of others to justify enacting their own darkest desires.
I have no doubt that the Soviets understood the depravity of the Nazis, and took it as license to be nearly as bad while still feeling that they had the moral high ground, just as Israel looked to the US and said, "Well, If you can do it...."
Now, I talked to Amanda about all this, and she brought up the idea, believed by many, that the US are always the Good Guys. [00:55:00] Meaning, we're either doing the right thing, or we're doing the wrong thing, but with the best of intentions, so we can always be forgiven our sins. That's how the idea goes. In large part, this stems from the Second World War. We were on the right side of history on that one, and our self-perception as the perpetual Good Guys have been projected around the world in an endless echo chamber ever since.
Finally, though, after countless ill-conceived wars, acts of imperialism, violations of human rights, supported coups, propped up dictators, and now finally giving full support to an ongoing genocide in Gaza, the idea of good intentions or us being the Good Guys is wearing ridiculously thin.
There are some, particularly on the extreme left, who have seen through the veil of American Good Guyism, just as I have, but have come to the conclusion that our intentions have [00:56:00] actually always been bad.
Then, of course, there are still plenty who hang on to the notion that our intentions are good.
For me, I bristle at either perspective for two reasons. It's always more complicated than that, and there are always a mix of intentions at play when something as big and complicated as a country takes an action, for good or ill, on the international stage.
But also, it just doesn't particularly matter. Fighting over intentions ends up being a distraction from the actions themselves. And digging in on one side or the other ends up being a sort of dogma that obscures reality regardless of which side you're coming from.
So for me, I don't care to pay too much attention to the idea of intentions. Again, not that intentions matter not at all, but we tend to give them far more weight than they deserve. Actual outcomes matter more, and have a far greater impact on a country's credibility in the world.
Lastly, I wanted to tell you [00:57:00] about two signs I saw at that Berlin concentration camp that seem relevant to today. The first was just across the street from the concentration camp explaining why they'd decided to build a police academy adjacent to the camp. It says in big bold letters at the top, "Human dignity shall be inviolable. To respect and protect it shall be the duty of all state authority. Article 1, Basic Law for the Federal Republic of Germany." Then it goes on to explain that, quote, "The Brandenburg University of Applied Police Sciences has been located here on the grounds of the former SS camp, to the Sachsenhausen Concentration Camp Memorial since 2006. The prime educational objective is commitment to the primary principle of the basic law: human dignity is inviolable. As part of their studies, students learn about the history of what happened here and the crimes committed by the police under the [00:58:00] Nazi regime." End quote.
And that is a good and honorable sentiment that is hopefully having the intended impact on German police cadets. I have no information beyond that to judge how well that's going.
In contrast, though, I'm reminded of the recent headlines about Trump's plan to expand our own lawless enclave in Guantanamo Bay to become a concentration camp intended to house tens of thousands of immigrants.
The second sign from the concentration camp that seems relevant today was a plaque in the museum explaining an historical leaflet. It says that the leaflet was from the National Storm Group and was making threats against the judges regarding a particular trial, and then goes on to explain the case in question. Quote, "In August 1932, S. A. Men beat a communist worker to death in front of his family. The assailants were sentenced to death shortly [00:59:00] afterward, but the sentence was commuted to life imprisonment by the Reichskanzler von Papen. After the Nazis took over power, the murderers were released in March 1933, Just seven months after the murder."
If it's not already abundantly clear, the pardon of the violent January 6th insurrectionists and the DOJ taking down the Capital Violence Most Wanted site seeking information on fugitives and unidentified rioters are just the latest echo of this type of injustice and atrocity. The parallels. are not subtle.
Now, there's the old saying that most of us will have heard our whole lives, some version of the idea that we must remember the past or be doomed to repeat it. What is becoming more and more clear is that there are those who look to the past, particularly the most horrific, widely condemned episodes of the past, and don't fear them, but actively [01:00:00] seek to repeat them.
SECTION A: THE DEAL
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And now, we'll continue to dive deeper on four topics. Next up, Section A- The Deal, followed by Section B- Ceasefire Politics, Section C- The Empire, and Section D- Now What?
The Ceasefire in Gaza w Mohammad Alsaafin Part 2 - American Prestige - Air Date 1-19-25
DEREK DAVISON - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: I do. I want to, I'm a little chagrined to actually stay this long to get to this point, but, um, what has been the reaction that you've seen in Gaza?
I know there've been, I've seen reports of people obviously elated in the streets, but, um, you know, I, I, I imagine you've seen, uh, more video and, um, you know, kind of direct, uh, information about, uh, how this is being received in Gaza than, than I've seen so far. So, so tell us about that. Yeah, I mean,
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: um, the scenes were of jubilation.
I think people are extremely happy. Um, and this is, I think it's not the happiness of It's the happiness of survival. I mean, these people have been through absolute hell. Uh, I think the worst [01:01:00] that, uh, modern warfare can unleash upon a population. They've had to go through, they've been through famine and starvation, forced famine and starvation.
They've been through displacement. They've, they've been through, I mean, you imagine the psychology of a population that has been made to understand that nothing is safe around them, not their children, their children are not off limits, the Israeli snipers, their hospitals are not off limits. Their schools are not off limits, even the tents that people set up are not off limits to Israeli drugs.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: Waziristan with regards to drones and it's basically psychologically damaging forever. Children are afraid to leave their homes, blue skies induce terror. It's one of the worst things that you could possibly do to a population. It's beyond horrible.
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: I don't know if you guys have noticed the buzzing sound in the background of every video that's come out of Gaza.
Yeah. Which is like the constant 24 hour drones surveillance over Gaza. That sound has been there. Last time I entered Gaza, it was in 2005, 20 years ago. And that [01:02:00] sound was there back then. Right? So you have, it's not just since the war, you have an entire generation of people who've grown up hearing that buzzing sound.
which is, which tells them you're being watched every step of the way. Um, so yes, it's, it's, it's the happiness. And I just want to like
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: underline like Americans freak out when they're pulled over by a cop for a traffic violation. Like the, the, the, the scale is literally unimaginable to someone here. And I just think people need to think about that for a second.
It's beyond horrible.
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: It's, it's literally indescribable, Danny. I think unless you actually live there or, or witness it or live there, like even visit and see what it's, what that experience is, there's so much that you can't actually talk about, uh, because the words, the, the, the words don't match the experience and people will have no, I, no way of connecting with what that means.
Um, we, we surveilled by a drone that is armed and can kill you at any time. Uh, but that is the reality that [01:03:00] people have been living in. Um, At the same time, it's worth pointing out a couple of things. Um, 80 people were killed in Gaza today. Um, at least 30 since the since the ceasefire was announced. Um, Israeli airstrikes.
All reports I'm seeing is that the Israelis have intensified their bombing overnight. Um, and so I think people are gonna be counting down The minutes to Sunday, because every minute could literally, uh, result in someone being killed in Gaza. Um, I saw a tweet from a lady who said that the first thing she's going to do when the ceasefire takes effect is she's going to go try and dig out her son's bodies from under the rubble of their home.
Um, I think people need to realize that there are thousands. We talk about the death toll and I think it's, it's even the New York times talking yesterday about how it's actually all. It's actually a vast undercount. The 45, 000 people that are officially being counted. Um, [01:04:00] there are thousands of people who are missing.
Um, we don't know if they are being held by the Israelis. We don't know if they've been shot dead in the next three and corridor, for example, or just zero is actually obtained footage and broadcast footage over the last year, um, showing Israeli soldiers. killing Palestinians near the beach and then bulldozing their bodies into the sand.
So no one knows who those people were, no one knows where they're buried, no one knows what happened to them. Um, there are also thousands of people under the rubble of the buildings that have been bombed, uh, with these massive U. S. weapons, uh, U. S. missiles. Um, part of the reason that they're still there is because, uh, Israel has banned, amongst the things Galo, this heavy machinery to remove the rubble.
So, The civil defense crews that have been digging people out have literally been using like chisels, hammers on their bare hands for 15 months, big people out of the rubble. And there are many places where, uh, people gave up, uh, you just couldn't [01:05:00] move these massive walls of cement. And concrete to get to the people underneath, um, reminded of something that, um, my late colleague, who was, um, one of them just see it as Gaza correspondents before he was decapitated in an Israeli airstrike in August last year, um, was 27 years old.
He has a two year old daughter's in, um, he refused to leave Northern Gaza. His family went South. He stayed there because he won't, he was committed to reporting on what was happening. Until the day that he was killed alongside his cameraman Rami Rifi. Um, they just actually, they were killed on the same day.
Smite and he was assassinated and they were filming at his house, uh, or the rubble of his house where some people have come to pay their respects. And as they left and their press, uh, vehicle, uh, they were killed by an Israeli drone. Um, Smite wrote something just before he died. He tweeted it actually, which is [01:06:00] that he can't sleep because he keeps hearing the voices of the people trapped under the rubble as he walks by.
Because that, that's where the situation, it became impossible to lift or to remove the rubble by hand. And it was also too dangerous to stay in some of these places that had been bombed. That people would be walking by and hearing people trapped under the rubble. Until their voices faded away and they died.
That was a common experience for a lot of people in Gaza. And it's again, one of those things where you cannot comprehend it. I'm saying it to you. I don't know what that actually feels like. Um, but again, for a lot of families, that's the thing that they're thinking about, will I finally be able to bury my, my loved ones?
Will I finally be able to find them?
Gaza Ceasefire Explained Reading Between The Lines Part 3 - The Socialist Program - Air Date 1-16-25
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: So the three, as close as we can know, because there's a variety of different leaks of what the terms of the actual agreement are, many of them have been corroborated multiple times.
So we, we feel that there's, this is a pretty accurate representation of what the ceasefire outlines. Even Biden himself. And of course he has an interest [01:07:00] in this, but he said, it's basically exactly the same as May. Um, it seems to be mostly the same, except for a few small appendixes. But we'll find out in the coming days, exactly, exactly the terms and the precise numbers.
But the face is. Very similar. It's a three phase agreement. The first phase, we have the most information about it because it's going to start soon. It's officially going to start on the 19th. There's a cessation of aggression. 19th
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: of January. Of
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: January, on Sunday. We don't know the zero hour yet, but that will be announced, I'm sure, soon, after tomorrow's deliberations in the Israeli security cabinet.
Now, the 42 days. Already there's been a cessation of, uh, aggression. Um, but it's officially going to start.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Six weeks, 42 days is phase one. And as of right now, even though it's only announced and hasn't been approved by the Israeli cabinet, as of now there's cessation. As you talked about crowds in Gaza mingling with resistance fighters are out [01:08:00] actually celebrating.
So it appears a cessation. And then the actual agreement goes into effect. January 19th, one day before Donald Trump becomes president.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Yes.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: So what's, what's in phase one?
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: So in phase one, there's multiple things. One is a prisoner exchange. So 33 of the Israelis who are being held captive in Gaza would be released.
That would be, uh, women and elderly. And injured, they will be released in return for a large number of Palestinian prisoners. We know that it will be about 1000 Palestinians who have been basically kidnapped from the Gaza territory after since October 7, 20,
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Palestinians who have been arrested. Since October 7th,
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: those horrific scenes of the Israeli occupation, rounding up men and, uh, forcing them to strip down, uh, and walk in the rubble and be subjected to [01:09:00] torture and be placed in these detention camps without any tracking of who they are.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Noteworthy, noteworthy land that These people, these thousand plus Palestinians who have been taken captive since October 7th, they're not called hostages. They're just called Palestinian prisoners, but they're hostages.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: Of course.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: So these people are going to be released.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: A thousand of these people will be released.
Um, there will also be others who are released from the Israeli prisons. Uh, there will also be some number, and it's the It's a little bit unclear, but some number of people who were released who are serving life sentences in Israeli prisons. Now these are political prisoners, Brian. Every single Palestinian who's in a Israeli prison is a political prisoner.
It's illegal for Israel to be jailing people of another country, of another nation, uh, in international law. These are political prisoners. These are prisoners taken under conditions of occupation and colonial control. Now when someone's in there for a life sentence, [01:10:00] this means they're Sentenced for their political activity, their resistance activity.
They
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: are the leaders. Their
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: leadership. Uh, so the Prisoner Exchange will also include, we don't know who, but, uh, a number of names from that category. Uh, now besides the Prisoner Exchange, and, and the Prisoner Exchange itself is, significant, and it's going to happen along the stages as well. Thirty three, uh, Israeli captives will be released in the first phase, then another number in the second phase, uh, and then possibly the bodies of those hostages that were killed bymajority of them were killed by the Israeli bombardment itselfwill also be exchanged, but that's still under negotiation.
The prisoner release itself, Brian, is a huge Achievement for the Palestinian people. You can't overstate the amount of optimism that it brings to the Palestinian people. The prisoner question for the Palestinian struggle is a central one. I think it's difficult for, uh, people who are, you know, getting their information from the U.
S. media to really see that impact, the [01:11:00] kind of joy that is accompanied by a prisoner release, by people returning home.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Is either has a family member or a friend who's in prison.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: There's no Palestinian family that doesn't know someone who has been taken from them, uh, and that's being held in these conditions of torture, uh, in these Israeli prisons.
So, the prisoner release itself is such a huge achievement that everyone is celebrating right now. On top of that, uh, there's also going to be a staged withdrawal of Israeli forces from the Gaza Territory. Right now
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: And again, this is all stage one.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: All stage one. Um, right now they're all, all over the Gaza territory.
They're still in active combat. Just since the past couple of days, maybe the past week, at least 14 Israeli soldiers have been killed in, in active, uh, fight with the Palestinian resistance. So they're still all there. Um, they've closed off the possibility for people who've been displaced from the North to return to the North, uh, by setting up, uh, basically a [01:12:00] defect, a border on the Netzerim axis, which is, goes right South of Gaza city.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: So it's, it divides. Gaza east to west, dividing people, basically a wall so people can't go home and then to the north. To
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: the north, yes. They cannot go back to the north. If you remember, and we've talked about it on the socialist program before, one of the proposals that was, the ideas that the Israeli military establishment was circulating was something called the general plan, the general's plan, where they would, uh, Find some way to occupy a significant area of the north of Gaza to create a buffer zone.
They would depopulate it either through massacring people or displacing people. Ethnically cleanse the north of its Palestinian population so they could use it as a buffer zone. That is being thrown out the window with this agreement. Because in the first stage, after seven days of the implementation of the first phase of this agreement, the corridor will be open for people to return to their homes in the north [01:13:00] by foot, and then after that, they will be able to return by vehicle.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: And Israeli soldiers will leave this corridor?
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: They will be leaving this corridor in a staged, uh, manner. So they'll start leaving it in the beginning of the agreement, and then they will continue leaving it until the second phase, where it seems to be that in the second phase, they will be fully leaving that, uh, part, the Netzerim Axis here.
Okay. South of Gaza City. People will be searched on their return because the condition is that they return without arms, without weapons, um, and it seems like the search will be done by some sort of security company or force that is determined by the mediators of this agreement. So we don't know the conditions of it, but Essentially, people are returning to the north.
On top of it, they'll also start to remove their forces from the Philadelphia axis, which the corridor, the southern border, that, um, the border between Rafah in the south and [01:14:00] Egypt, where the majority of supplies and aid, medicine, people going back and forth, All really happened through that crossing.
Netanyahu
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: said the Israelis were never going to leave that corridor.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: And that's why the May ceasefire, uh, negotiations failed. Because Netanyahu said he would never give up control of the border between Gaza and Egypt. Now, and he, and he promised the Israeli people that he would never give up control. In the ceasefire agreement, he's giving up control.
They will gradually reduce forces, um, and after the release of the last hostage from the first stage, they will complete their full withdrawal from the Philadelphia, Philadelphia corridor no later than the 50th day. So a couple of days into the second phase, but they will have a full withdrawal of, um, from the Rafah border crossing and there will be an immediate, once the ceasefire comes into effect, aid flowing in.
Up to 600 trucks a day. Egypt is already working on a mechanism to make this happen [01:15:00] according to Egyptian officials. Um, so, and people will be able to move back and forth, um, also in a phased manner through that border crossing, including wounded fighters will be able to go to seek treatment. A lot of people need medical treatment.
So many people need medical treatment will be able to start going to Egypt to receive that treatment.
The Ceasefire in Gaza w Mohammad Alsaafin Part 4 - American Prestige - Air Date 1-19-25
DEREK DAVISON - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: The second and more obvious is the two red flags or the, that I wanted to talk about is obviously that the second and third phases of this deal don't exist yet. Um, they exist in the barest sense, uh, in that we know sort of what the big ticket items would be that, uh, the second phase would involve, as you alluded to earlier, the release of the remaining October 7th hostages, uh, as well as a full withdrawal, IDF withdrawal from from Gaza.
And then the third phase would involve the release of the bodies of October 7th hostages who have died and the development somehow negotiation of some sort [01:16:00] of reconstruction plan for Gaza. But that's it. That's all we know because the details still have to be ironed out in these negotiations that are supposed to start partway through the first phase.
I know that You know, there's, there's been a lot of talk about, well, this is that, that means this is effectively a six week ceasefire and it'll, the Israelis will resume fighting after that. And I've even seen, you know, Israeli media reporting that like Donald Trump has given Netanyahu the kind of wink, wink, nudge, nudge, you know, behind the scenes that, you know, it's, it's okay, we just do this six week thing.
And then you can go back to whatever you were doing and I'll support it. I'm a little skeptical about this because this is Donald Trump ceasefire now. And if it falls apart in six weeks, It'll be his failure to maintain it and i'm not sure that he's prepared to countenance that not to say that he wouldn't countenance it if it came to that but um, I don't know i'm a little skeptical that what are your feelings on on whether or not this is going to stick or If it's just gonna we're just going to see this first phase and [01:17:00] then back to back to the fighting
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: I think the talk of uh Trump giving Netanyahu a wink and a nudge, um, is, is, is a bit of cope for the Israeli right wing.
Um, I think they, uh, they want to present this as, uh, as some kind of deal between Netanyahu and Trump and that, you know, they'll go back to fighting. Um, I, I'm skeptical as you are. I think other than this being Trump's ceasefire, um, I don't think even in Israel is going to be a political appetite to continue a war.
Um, I think, I think most Israelis. Understand that this war is pointless. They haven't been able to achieve any of the major goals that Netanyahu sold to them. Um, the only way the hostages were released has been through a ceasefire negotiations. Um, This notion of total victory, um, is absent. Like we just said, Hamas is still there and will remain there.
Um, and what's more, even the most fanatical amongst the Israelis, the ones who [01:18:00] actually thought they were going to, uh, build settlements in Beit Hanun and in Jabalia. Well, Israelis are going to be pulling out in a few weeks from those places too. Um, so there isn't a lot to, there is, there's no guarantee that beyond the first phase, uh, the fighting won't start again.
The only guarantee is that they have remained. There will remain, uh, quite a number of Israeli captives. Uh, that is the male soldiers that were captured in Gaza. Uh, after the end of the first phase. Um, so that's kind of the, um, that's the 11 card that Hamas can play. Right. Um, but I just think there's no appetite for work for a war that everyone agrees is pointless.
Um, there's There's no, there's nothing to be achieved by going back to the fighting.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: So I have a, just a quick question about that. Uh, just to take a purely cynical, realistic view, so much of Gaza has been destroyed. I imagine that many people aren't going to want to live there anymore. And Trump [01:19:00] is, let's assume not genuinely a friend of the Palestinian national liberation.
And so that he doesn't like seeing these annihilation and he doesn't like the various elements of it, but obviously does he really give a shit if Israel annexes parts of the West Bank and makes them part of Israel? I would say no. So, Um, given, given that, um, it does seem like this might be a strategic victory if one adopts Likud and the rights, and generally a lot of Israel right now perspective on the world that Iran and Hezbollah have been enormously weakened.
Hamas has been enormously weakened. Israeli intelligence has shown to still be quite good in the wake of the failure of October 7th. Um. And effectively, there's a pretty good chance, I think, of them getting the green light for general annexation of large territories of the West Bank. So obviously, I think we should all be happy that the Vernichtungspolitik of the war in Gaza is over.
But Transcribed Um, it seems like Israel is [01:20:00] going to get quite a bit of what it wants. Am I missing something? Or is this, you know, we're happy it's over, but this was a strategic victory for Israel in basically every way, shape and form.
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: Uh, I wouldn't say a strategic victory. I think whether or not Israel gets the green light to annex the West Bank is actually largely immaterial because Israel has effectively annexed the West Bank many years ago.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: True. Yeah.
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: And, and, and, and I, I don't say that with hyperbole. Um, I lived in the West Bank, um, until, until about, uh, 2009. And even back then there was full Israeli sovereignty over every inch of the West Bank, no Palestinian sovereignty. Um, if you are an Israeli, uh, you
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: Correct me if I'm wrong, Mohamed, but basically a lot of those quote unquote peace agreements were still denying Palestinian sovereignty, which is something that we in the United States never reported that these quote unquote Peace agreements still denied sovereignty.
The one thing that an agreement should lead to
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: know the I mean, the Oslo Accords were actually were [01:21:00] were written as a temporary accords that was that were supposed to lead to final status negotiations. Um, that would lead to palestinian sovereignty. They never got there. So the say, so for example, when you talk about the palestinian authority and whatever they exercise in terms of authority in the West Bank is based on a 1993 agreement between the PLO and Israel that was designed to expire in 1999.
And we're now in 2024. So no, there, there's no, there's no Palestinian sovereignty. Um, and I think annexation might actually be a double edged sword for the Israelis. Um, I think for a lot of Israelis, especially their, uh, liberal defenders abroad, um, the notion that, uh, negotiations at a two state solution are on the table, um, help you kind of get past the, the apartheid and.
And the ethnic cleansing, um, once Israel officially annexes the West Bank, if that is what's to happen, um, and it's 3 million Palestinians, then you, you can't use that as a cudgel anymore. You can't talk about a two [01:22:00] state solution anymore. And so I think a lot of countries will be forced to reckon with that.
Um, now I don't have a huge amount of hope. in an international law, Western countries. Um, and I think the last 15 months have have have indicated that. Um, but I do think that actually it would put Israel in a much more difficult situation right now. I think it's perfectly it's got the best of both worlds where it has effectively annexed the West Bank without having to deal with any implications of it.
Um, and so I don't think that this notion that the Israelis actually are going to get to annex the West Bank as a prize. for ending the genocide in Gaza. Um, I don't think that's necessarily inevitable either.
SECTION B: CEASEFIRE POLITICS
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Now entering Section B- Ceasefire Politics.
Biden on Gaza ceasefire 'The elements of this deal were what I laid out in detail' - The ReidOut - Air Date 1-15-25
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: But we begin tonight with big news out of the Middle East. Hamas and Israel have finalized a ceasefire deal that will release the remaining hostages and ensure the departure of Israeli forces from Gaza. The news was greeted with jubilation and tears from Tel Aviv to Khan Younis because [01:23:00] it's the first time there is real hope in the region.
The announcement comes just days before the transfer of power from President Biden to Donald Trump. Now this feels like historical deja vu. It's probably because a similar situation happened in 1981 when American hostages being held at the U S embassy in Tehran were freed just as Ronald Reagan took over from Jimmy Carter.
CLIP: Good evening on the 444th and final day of the hostage crisis, which is also the first day of the new Reagan presidency.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Here is how NBC's correspondent explained that deal.
CLIP: On the plane coming over, the Carter party told reporters that Iran will wind up with only three billion dollars after withholdings for claims and repayments of loans.
That Carter was close to agreement three times and almost had one just before the election. That the final deal was sealed at nine o'clock [01:24:00] yesterday morning Washington time, but the takeoff was probably held off just to embarrass Carter one more time.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: A prominent Democratic politician at the time told the New York Times that he was a witness to Republican efforts to prevent the hostages from being freed.
Before election day, President Biden is trying to avoid a repeat of what happened to Carter and make clear that this deal was the fruit of his administration's labor.
JOE BIDEN: More than 15 months of conflict began with Hezbollah's brutal massacre on October the 7th. More than 15 months of terror for the hostages, their families, the Israeli people.
More than 15 months of suffering by the innocent people of Gaza. Fighting in Gaza will stop and soon the Hasidim will return home to their families. The elements of this deal are what I laid out in detail this past May, which was [01:25:00] embraced by countries around the world and endorsed overwhelmingly by the U.
N. Security Council.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: President Biden and his national security team have been working for over a year to get Israel and Hamas to sign off on a deal. Secretary of State Antony Blinken has taken 12 trips to the region since Hamas attacked Israel on October 7, 2023. National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan and CIA Director William Burns have made frequent trips to the region as well.
And President Biden is correct that this deal appears to be the exact same proposal that he announced last May. What changed? Who will assume office on Monday at noon? And Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has made it no secret that he prefers Trump and wanted to deliver him a win. The Washington Post reported that Israel would gift something to Trump, but it was believed to be a deal on Lebanon.
According to reports, Netanyahu has been speaking with Trump for months while Trump was campaigning for [01:26:00] re election. Trump previously told Axios that Netanyahu never wanted peace with the Palestinians, but Trump told him to do what he had to do with Hamas. Additionally, some of the parents of hostages and Israeli soldiers have been livid at Prime Minister Netanyahu.
accusing him of being deceitful and of intentionally extending and expanding the war for his own political benefit, given how he was blamed for the security failures that led up to the October 7 attack. President Biden acknowledged that these are waning days, the waning days of his administration, but it was in the interest of the world for his administration to work with Trump's incoming administration to get the deal done.
JOE BIDEN: I'd also note this deal was developed and negotiated under my administration, but its terms will be implemented, for the most part, by the next administration. In these [01:27:00] past few days, we've been speaking as one team. I told my team to coordinate closely. With the incoming team to make sure we're all speaking with the same voice because that's what American presidents do.
JOY REID - HOST, THE REIDOUT: Lacking the same sense of courtesy and decency, Trump immediately took credit for the deal. Yet another example of Trump putting his name on something someone else built. This deal, which Netanyahu delayed for as long as humanly possible, has hung over Biden's head for more than a year and was arguably a key factor in Vice President Harris losing the election.
As parts of the Democratic base peeled off and either stayed home or even voted for Trump as the so called peace candidate.
Ceasefire in Gaza w Akbar Shahid Ahmed - Long Reads - Air Date 1-25-25
DANIEL FINN - HOST, LONG READS: Before moving on to talk about what more we can expect from the Trump administration over the next four years. I want to ask you about the last days of the Biden administration and some of the statements that were made in relation to Gaza [01:28:00] by figures such as Joe Biden, Antony Blinken, and others.
Two of the statements that were widely circulated and discussed, one was from Biden where he said that Netanyahu's government initially wanted to carpet bomb Gaza and that he had to talk them out of this. Nice of a BB. I said, you can't be a corporate bomb in these communities. And he said to me, well, you did it.
Antony Blinken saying that he believes Hamas has now recruited new fighters on a scale to make up for their losses over the last year and more.
CLIP: We assess that Hamas has recruited almost as many new militants.
DANIEL FINN - HOST, LONG READS: But there were a number of other things that they said and other figures said. Did we learn anything new from them about the stance of the U.
S. towards Israel and towards Gaza and about what has been happening over the last almost 18 months? [01:29:00]
AKBAR SHAHID AHMED: I think the comment from President Biden around the carpet bombing, you know, that echoes this broader self justifying narrative that we've seen from the administration for a lot of the war, which is this idea that without us, the Israelis would have been behaving in these unbelievably violent ways.
And I think what that, what that really begs is the question of knowing that willingness and knowing the data and evidence you were getting from the ground of major attacks targeting civilian infrastructure, often deemed disproportionate by experts in international law and by people able to do the actual research, why would you let them go on with it anyway, right?
And I think you've seen Biden, Blinken, others in the administration do a kind of set of exit interviews to say, weren't we great? This could have been so much worse. And what that flies in the face of is their own [01:30:00] rhetoric of, We believe in international order, we believe in international law, we are upholding these institutions.
If you are in support of all of that, it's never in question, right, whether Israel can carpet bomb Gaza, it's just not permitted. It's not in question whether Israel can stop all humanitarian aid going into Gaza. Not how international law is supposed to work. So for the Biden administration's top figures to be saying, look, give us credit for asking the Israelis to stand by the bare minimum while often exceeding it, I think that's a very, very hard bill for people to swallow.
It's not going to have the effect that they think it will perhaps. In the very insular set of Washington foreign policymakers, this will be enough for them to regain entree to nice dinner parties and speak at various Munich security conferences and Aspen conferences and, you know, feel good about that.
[01:31:00] But I think the broader estimation of history will. still be quite negative. The ones that I was really struck by, Daniel, were, were from some other figures as well, which was Jack Lew, uh, who had been Biden's ambassador in Jerusalem, where the U. S. embassy is, and to Israel is located, despite, you know, all other countries, most other countries not doing that.
Jack Lew said, look, Israel was facing a narrative war as the And this comment he made said, you know, people would say, well, children have been killed by this Israeli attack, but when you look closer, they were children of Hamas fighters and that phrasing it haunts one, right? It's never going to leave you because what it's, it's really saying is there's so much in that as an, uh, there's an assumption of guilt, right?
By association, which is, Again, not the kind of principle [01:32:00] the U. S. is supposed to stand for. There's a, a real inching towards justifying truly the deaths of, of minors and of innocents. And I think that's where, where the Biden administration will be reflected is just how they have. pulled us all into litigating minutia when in fact the broad strokes of the campaign really do violate a lot of what they've said they should stand for and we haven't seen them reckon with that to a great degree.
The one person who expressed a little bit of regret rather than a self congratulatory note was, um, you know, a fellow Irish person, Daniel Samantha Power, the administrator of the U. S. Agency for International Development, who famously wrote the book, A Problem from Hell, about genocide, and of course, many people say that the U.
S. has enabled a genocide. In Gaza, Samantha Power, in her exit interview, said, She regrets [01:33:00] a ceasefire could not have been reached earlier. She declined to specify why or what she could have done differently. And also declined, interestingly, to comment on another situation that many are calling a genocide in Sudan, where the, where the U.
S. partner, the United Arab Emirates, is engaging in activity many people see as war crimes. On its way out, the administration has not done a lot of reflection. As you know, I'm, I'm working on a book on the administration's approach to Gaza. I'm talking to a lot of these people. I have been talking to them.
And, and their narratives, uh, to themselves and I think to their friends are very much about, look at this broader strategic picture. You know, Israel is stronger. Hezbollah is gone. Bashar Assad in Syria. is gone, an anti American pro Iran force. And I think that's something really interesting and to a degree, chilling about the way that after 15 months of war, after most likely [01:34:00] upwards of 60, 000 deaths, according to the latest studies, uh, and the decimation of a huge strip of land, their note is not, is still seeking credit.
It's still trying to present it in this rosy way. And I think that's been the most telling thing about the Biden administration's final statements here and also their effort to kind of wrench some credit for the ceasefire, deeply flawed and unquestionable as it is, I think that shows you that, that they don't want to go down in history as, as a reflective administration, at least not so far.
Egypt, Jordan Reject Trump Plan to Clean Out Gaza; Palestinians Return to N. Gaza in Historic Day Part 2 - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-27-25
AMY GOODMAN: Tens of thousands of displaced Palestinians are returning home to the north of Gaza for the first time since they were forced to flee their homes at the start of Israel’s war on Gaza over a year ago. A river of people that stretched for miles walked north along Gaza’s coastal road Monday carrying what’s left of their possessions. Most Palestinians will be returning to find [01:35:00] their homes reduced to rubble. The U.N. estimates 92% of homes in Gaza have been destroyed or damaged over the last 16 months.
President Trump is facing accusations of supporting ethnic cleansing in Gaza after saying he wants to, quote, “clean out the whole thing.” Trump called for Egypt and Jordan to take in Palestinians living in Gaza, while speaking to reporters aboard Air Force One Saturday. He told the reporters he had spoken to King Abdullah of Jordan.
PRESIDENT DONALD TRUMP: I said to him, “I’d love you to take on more,” because I’m looking at the whole Gaza Strip right now, and it’s a mess. It’s a real mess.
REPORTER: So, you’d like Jordan to house people from Gaza?
PRESIDENT DONALD TRUMP: To take people. I’d like Egypt to take people. I’m meeting with — I’m talking to General el-Sisi tomorrow sometime, I believe. And I’d like Egypt to take people, and I’d like Jordan to take people. I could — I mean, you’re talking about probably a million and a half [01:36:00] people. And we just clean out that whole thing. It’s — you know, it’s — over the centuries, that’s — that’s many, many conflicts, that site. And I don’t know. It’s — something has to happen. But it’s literally a demolition site right now. Almost everything’s demolished.
AMY GOODMAN: Egypt and Jordan have both rejected Trump’s suggestion and emphasized a two-state solution ensuring Palestinian statehood is the only way forward. Hamas and displaced Palestinians in Gaza also rejected the idea of being forced out of Gaza. This is Magdy Seidam, a Palestinian waiting to return to northern Gaza.
MAGDY SEIDAM: [translated] The call by the U.S. president is completely rejected. Completely. Completely. If he thinks he will forcibly displace the Palestinian people, this is impossible. Impossible. The Palestinian people firmly believe that this land is theirs, this soil is their soil. No matter how much Israel tries to [01:37:00] destroy, break and to show people that it had won, in reality, it did not win. It destroyed and ruined things and showed the people that it is a failed state.
AMY GOODMAN: Trump’s suggestion that more than a million Palestinians should be moved out of Gaza to neighboring Arab states weren’t his first controversial comments on Gaza since returning to office. Shortly after his inauguration last week, Trump said he is, quote, “not confident” the ceasefire will remain in place. He said Gaza appeared to be a, quote, “massive demolition site” that should be rebuilt.
PRESIDENT DONALD TRUMP: You know, Gaza is interesting. It’s a phenomenal location: on the sea, the best weather. You know, everything is good. It’s like — some beautiful things could be done with it. But it’s very interesting. But some fantastic things could be done with Gaza.
Ceasefire in Gaza w Akbar Shahid Ahmed Part 2 - Long Reads - Air Date 1-25-25
DANIEL FINN - HOST, LONG READS: Before thinking about what the long term picture may be, I have to ask you about whether you think this deal [01:38:00] is going to stick, is going to lead to a permanent ceasefire, because of course it does come in different phases, there are different phases that have to be completed, and we did have a previous temporary truce towards The end of 2023 that at that time led to an exchange of prisoners, but which was immediately followed by a resumption of fighting, which went on for more than a year.
There have been reports that Netanyahu has been trying to persuade some of his right wing coalition partners to stay on board by promising that he will resume the offensive against Hamas. in a few weeks or a few months time. So what prospect do you think there is that this deal will prove to have been a temporary phase or is it going to lead to a more or less permanent cessation?
AKBAR SHAHID AHMED: I, I think about that by looking really at the calendar, right? And what I mean by that is we're now [01:39:00] already almost halfway to the place where, uh, the parties to the deal should be talking about setting up the second phase of the deal. And conditions have not improved in a direction that suggests peace is on the horizon.
So what I mean by that is we're seeing in the occupied West Bank, in Jenin, a really expanding violent operation by the Palestinian Authority, supported by the Israelis, very much working hand in hand as they have for decades. I think that raises the cost for Hamas of being seen as continuing with the deal.
It also, suggested on the Israeli side, there is a desire still to move forward militarily against Palestinians rather than be seen as cutting a deal with them. And I do think that's linked to, uh, the coalition government dynamics. So, so when Netanyahu agreed to the deal, he did see one of his far right allies.
Uh, Itamar Ben Gavir quit the government, but his other most extreme [01:40:00] ally, Belazel Smotrich, remains in the government and is the finance minister, and has said he has a promise from Netanyahu that fighting will continue after the first phase of the ceasefire, right? That the war is not over, and that Israel will somehow achieve this goal of destroying Hamas, which, as we know, remains extremely elusive.
So I think that, that factor is very much driving Netanyahu, the escalation in the West Bank suggests that, that he's not feeling a need to clamp down on, on violence against Palestinians. And then we are just one week away from a really critical deadline, which is when UNRWA, the chief UN agency supporting Palestinians and really the backbone of any humanitarian response and really of infrastructure.
In Gaza, the Israeli Knesset parliament has said, you can't operate, we're going to shut you down, right? And that, that looming deadline without any solution [01:41:00] is another reason why I think we're not likely to see a second phase or something very significant will have to change. Because we also need kind of the same factor that got Netanyahu here, the kind of Trump trepidation factor, I must give something.
Sort of be more conciliatory on the humanitarian aid front, which is a critical factor in whether the talks will continue. There's no indication that the Trump administration will do anything to defend UNRWA, to push for any kind of serious humanitarian response for Gaza. And without that, I don't really see how there's an appetite among Palestinians or, frankly, in the broader region, including among mediators, the Arab states, Qatar and Egypt that are working on these negotiations.
I don't know how they kind of bring everyone to the table if it looks like it's just continued warfare and continued and frankly expanding misery for [01:42:00] Palestinians in Gaza because you've also seen the U. S. turn around and say, We are pulling back on our humanitarian and development aid contributions.
So that has me quite worried that we may not see the second phase of this deal. But there are other dynamics to track. I think, um, the release of some of the hostages. taken by Hamas on October 7th in a violation of international law. It's important to remember. Those folks are going to be talking about not only what they've experienced, but they're going to be talking about what it felt like to be in Gaza for 15 months.
Not knowing whether their government was going to ever bring them home and reunite them with their loved ones. Being there in a situation where, regardless of how they were cared for, they were in a really active war zone where there were limited supplies. As that information spreads, maybe the war in Gaza comes home to Israeli society in a different way [01:43:00] and changes the dynamics there to create a greater impetus for Netanyahu to accept more of a deal just to bring more hostages home.
So that's kind of unknowns, I think.
SECTION C: THE EMPIRE
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: Up next, Section C- The Empire.
On the Situation in Syria and its Implications for the Region Part 2 - Revolutionary Left Radio - Air Date 1-6-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Um, so well, something that's definitely worth keeping an eye on, but stepping back a moment, regardless of Assad as an individual. There's a certain role, um, that, that Syria played in the region under, under Assad, um, when it came to, you know, Iran, uh, the axis of resistance, broader forces of imperialism. We know that it's, you know, in the last several years and during the Syrian civil war, it was, uh, you know, kind of like a regional, uh, War, but also you had global players like the us and russia fighting in syria Terrorist organizations turkey's always trying to you know influence events there as well So how should we understand the role of syria in the last couple of decades?
When it [01:44:00] comes to imperialism when it comes to the axis of resistance, etc And the role that they served in those broader processes
ANGIE: I would say that for me. It's been very clear at several points in the last six years That a contingency for the removal of the sanctions against Syria was a degree of normalization with Israel.
In that regard, I would argue that Syria maybe acted as a wall. I think that we'll be analyzing this for, for decades to come, particularly as more comes out about the particularities of the Assad regime and the Bass Party's involvement up to the, the final moments. But Syria acted as, as a wall that stood.
firmly against further occupation that stood firmly against any attempts to expand or any attempts to intensify the occupation. How true that was, [01:45:00] particularly in later years, debatable. Very, very highly debatable, but there was a, at least in soft power, a very clear, firm no from the Assad regime and the state of Syria that it would not be in any way complicit with the ongoing actions of the Israeli occupation or any actor that chose to engage with that occupation.
That is setting aside the supply routes that it offered for Hezbollah and Hamas. It sets aside that Syria is home for several Palestinian resistance factions and just countless radical thinkers and scholars that have informed our resistance in Syria, Lebanon, and Palestine over the decades. Syria, for what it was worth, was the one area [01:46:00] of the region that imperialism had not infiltrated.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Yeah, and of course, Syria was one of those seven countries that's now become quite, you know, well known in certain circles that pay attention to this stuff, that Syria is on this list, um, you know, led by the U. S. of countries that have long, You know, been in the crosshairs of imperialism on behalf of, of Israel in the region, but on behalf of, of Western imperial interests more broadly.
Um, and many of those countries, you know, have in one way or another been destabilized, toppled, infiltrated, et cetera. And of course they have Iran in their, in their crosshairs, uh, next, it would seem, but kind of even stepping back from, from that and kind of learning about this history. You mentioned the Syrian civil war kind of, oh, Ed, you have something to add to that before I move on?
I apologize. No, I just wanted to say that part of the thing that made Syria such a prize for the imperialist powers is, as you said, it was one of the very few states in the region that [01:47:00] had not been fully infiltrated by imperialism. Uh, it was a robust economy for most of its modern history, was under the banner of Arab socialism, specifically of the Ba'athist strain, which Ba'athism is a very broad ideology that we don't have time to get into here, but One of the core tenets that the Syrian state enacted was to nationalize its resources for the betterment of its people.
Now, as Angie has said, and I think the best way that people have described, especially Syria under the Assad family, is undemocratic but pluralistic. With, in the earlier years, more robust social programs, you know, uh, It was a mixed economic model whereby the state played a central role in planning and caring for the betterment of the people, but it wasn't waging class warfare against the national bourgeoisie.
We should be very clear that [01:48:00] both Assad, both Hafez and Bashar were anti communist, but at the same time, they managed to develop an incredibly sophisticated healthcare system, incredibly sophisticated education, national education system, which, by the way, led to Syria becoming the art capital at one point of The Arab world, as some might say.
And its housing was even more accessible for us here in the United States. You could not be evicted for not paying your rent under this Ba'athist version of Arab Socialism. Now, in the 1980s, in a memo I'll get more into later, the U. S. explicitly outlined, the CIA explicitly outlined, that their goal was to overthrow Assad and replace it with a, quote, Sunni regime controlled by business oriented moderates, unquote.
And with that comes the need for Western aid and investment to [01:49:00] build Syria's private economy. And that is, frankly, exactly what we are seeing now. Jelani recently announced that he hopes to open up Syria's market towards a more liberal model. So, the specifics of how Bashar had to implement these structural readjustment programs after the fall of the Soviet Union is a conversation for much later time.
But, I just wanted to say that Syria has been the prize for the United States for a very long time. Yeah. And there's, there's three main ways that you get on the wrong side of U. S. led imperialism, which is to nationalize your resources, i. e. not let them be up for grabs for multinational capital. Um, opposing imperial interests in your region or organizing your society along anti capitalist or socialist lines.
And of course, that last one wasn't present, but they don't all three need to be present. Even one of them can be present, and you've put, you've made yourself an enemy of the U. S. led Imperial Corps. And yeah, nationalizing resources and opposing imperial interests. [01:50:00] again, we see any state that takes that tack is going to be put in the crosshairs.
And so Syria has certainly been in the crosshairs for a very long time.
Gaza Ceasefire Explained Reading Between The Lines Part 4 - The Socialist Program - Air Date 1-16-25
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: I agree with you. I, I mean, the changes, the transformation of the way people understand Palestine, Gaza has become in many ways the center of the struggle against imperialism, and it has rapidly expanded the people who see themselves as part of that struggle.
It has, what has happened over the past 15 months has on the one hand shown the The nobleness of the Palestinian cause, the true intention of the Palestinian people who are fighting for their right to live on their land, fighting against an occupation, an imperialist, colonialist occupation that is it.
The most brutal that will go to any means, uh, to exterminate, to attempt to exterminate the resistance and the fact that the Palestinian people have resisted this [01:51:00] and have deflected Israel from and the United States from achieving their military objectives, that is a huge inspiration to people. It changes the way you can see the future for many young people in the United States.
For example, they have never known a day. When the United States is not at war, whether or not it's being spoken about in the media, the idea that the U. S. isn't in control of all territories on the world can feel, it can feel like it's an inevitability. But what October 7 did was, and since then, was one, destroy the image of U.
S. imperialism as some sort of benevolent state. Force that's keeping the world order together. It destroyed it completely. The American people don't have Trusts in or see the White House as a legitimate moral authority anymore So people of the world do not see it that way either it creates a level of doubt every time Biden or now Trump or Blinken or Rubio [01:52:00] or anyone in the past current or next administration is going to go out and say, this is what's happening.
People are going to second guess it. They're going to say, why are you saying that? Because they've lived through the past 15 months where they've seen on their phones, the massacre of, of unarmed, uh, civilians of children, mass starvation. All with the tax money of American citizens and the budget of the United States.
So it's completely exposed the agenda of U. S. imperialism. That is irreversible. People, when they go through that experience, they only get more and more consciousness. They don't go backwards. Once you see it, you can't forget it. And it's, it's a, it's a massive, massive change. I don't think we can really, Understate how important that is for the long arc of the Palestinian liberation struggle, because it was never going to be one in one battle.
I mean, it's going up against the wealthiest, mightiest militaries of the world. Now, when the U. S. is [01:53:00] reshaping the Middle East, when they're trying to carry out their plan to reshape the Middle East, they have to do it in a context in which they are seen for what they truly are. Uh, imperialist, brutal, monstrous, genocidal force.
It's going to be much more difficult for them to get the legitimacy to complete their project, uh, than, than it was before. And The question, the right to resist occupation and colonization and imperialism is now undeniable. The Palestinian people put that back on the table. The question of struggling against your occupiers is no longer a question.
People saw how important it is. They understand that. This is also an irreversible fact.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: Yeah. And I think it's important for us just to take a moment to, to parse the language because Obviously, October 7th was a violent act, you know, when the Palestinian fighters came in to is [01:54:00] called the State of Israel.
That's a violent act. And anybody who, you know, wants a new world would prefer the world to be peaceful. They would prefer the world not to have violence. But when the Israelis routinely bomb Gaza, which they've done, You know, over and over again. I mean, there have been many, many wars, even in the last 20 years, where thousands of people in Gaza have been destroyed.
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: They call it mowing the lawn operations.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: The Israelis use this sort of. Uh, clinical term, we're mowing the lawn, meaning we're going to cut down the resistance. We're going to, we're going to, from time to time, we have to mow the lawn. That's not called terrorism. It's not even actually called violence. It's always called self defense.
Now, when the Palestinians came across the wall into Israel on October 7th, they were coming into a part of historic [01:55:00] Palestine. That had been Palestinian villages, homes, wooden homes and stone homes that were either burned to the ground if they were wood or shattered, broken up if they were stone by the Israelis.
All of the Arab villages in that area, right outside of Gaza, were destroyed as part of the Israeli occupation. military's orders after 1948. So it would be the Palestinian people going back to their homes that had been demolished, violently demolished. And again, use the language violence. Why is that never described as violence?
It's called Israeli independence in the media. That was violence. That was violence. Now, in 2018, the Palestinian resistance forces in Gaza wanted to do something that was nonviolent in the same area, same [01:56:00] area, the same wall that was breached on October 7th. What did they do? Every Friday they came and they had these big nonviolent protests.
They were called the Great March of Return, meaning they could look over the wall and say, we're We want to go home. Those are our homes. Those are our villages. So they use this kind of symbolic, performative, peaceful protest. And the Israeli military shot them. They sniped them. They shot them many times in the legs or the arms, but frequently in the head or the chest.
They killed people in wheelchairs. At the great wall of return,
LAYAN SIMA FULEIHAN: they killed the emergency medical aid people coming in to treat the wounded from the had been shot from the protests and what did the U.
BRIAN BECKER - HOST, THE SOCIALIST PROGRAM: S. government and the U. S. media say about the great march of return, the peaceful protest in the same area, they said [01:57:00] nothing, they didn't condemn it, they didn't criticize it, they were like, uh, uh, the complicated Palestinian Israeli conflict.
So then the Palestinians have no ability to have a peaceful protest because they're being shot down by the Israeli defense forces. So the option then is if all peaceful protest avenues are foreclosed, picking up the gun also becomes the only available option. Now, George Washington picked up the gun.
I'm very sure King George III would have branded George Washington a terrorist. Um, John Brown picked up the gun against the system of slavery, and the American government sent Robert E. Lee, who at that time was the head of the U. S. military, to suppress it because John Brown was the terrorist, not the slave owners.
who impose violence every day, every hour, every minute to maintain a system of slavery, they were never characterized as terrorists or violent. So I want to, [01:58:00] I want to say all these things, not that they're not obvious, but they need to be said because when we talk about language and the language of violence, the language of terrorism, we also have to recognize that the language of the imperialists Always whitewashes their own, their own violence, which is constant.
And when you scale it up between the violence of the oppressed, the colonized, and the violence of the oppressors, the colonizers, there's no comparison. Again, it's really important when we're fighting this battle of ideas about the narrative. To reject the notion that Palestinian resistance equals terrorism and Israeli violence, American violence equals self defense.
These terms are flawed.
On the Situation in Syria and its Implications for the Region Part 3 - Revolutionary Left Radio - Air Date 1-6-25
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Now, we've been talking about, you know, the, the The machinations of the Imperial Corps and other countries, and so many other countries are involved in one way or another in Syria, and what's happening, and there's so many competing interests with regards to [01:59:00] what Syria becomes.
Um, but specifically, I'm interested in the roles of the United States, of Turkey, and of Israel in the recent, um, toppling of Assad. So can you talk a little bit about the U S Turkey and Israel's role in all of this and kind of what they stand to gain in the region now that Assad is gone? And, and this certainly ties back to, to the Palestinian resistance as well.
ANGIE: Yeah, sorry. Collecting my thoughts a little bit on that one too. Uh, I don't know if there's an end to what they stand to gain. Unfortunately, Turkey has long been in the on this sort of neo Ottoman streak in terms of rhetoric and I would say behavior. Uh, a friend of mine, a very close friend and, and scholar who I admire a great deal, once said that Israeli nationalism and Turkish nationalism are very often two sides of the same coin.
And that's truly the, the pinnacle of what I think we're seeing here. Erdogan has [02:00:00] long sort of sought out. More control over Syria, whether that meant Syria remained under Assad and he was just able to manipulate it more overtly, or it meant he was physically able to go in and insert the Turkish pound into Aleppo and wave the Turkish flag on the citadel of Aleppo.
So I think there's something in the culture of how these two actors wage their wars. That should be, when I say these actors, I mean Turkey and Israel, um, that is really interesting. The, the techniques that they, they manage, the, the rhetoric that they inspire in their supporters and in their, their footmen is eerily similar.
And I think what both of them stand to, to gain in this situation is economic power, often literally just a land grab. I think Israel is seeing this as a land grab and it's. It's not going to be [02:01:00] resisted. It's clear that the new government, if not setting strict plans, has an idea towards normalization with the entity.
So that's a clear and huge blow to the resistance in the region, just in terms of its legitimacy and its recognition by the states around it. The resistance loses an ally in the Syrian state, that is an immeasurable loss. At least in the moment, I, I, my faith is fully in the resistance and I believe in its victory and every fiber of my being, but we can't then ignore the manipulations done to weaken it and to, to put it in positions of vulnerability.
And I think that that is ultimately. [02:02:00] What Syria has become in the past three weeks is a huge vulnerable sore that can be taken advantage of, again, by any of the actors around it or that are able to get a foot in.
BREHT O'SHEA - HOST, REVOLUTIONARY LEFT RADIO: Definitely. And yeah, there's already, of course, been reports of HTS, um, having open conflict with aspects of the Lebanese army.
Um, you know, as you said, Israel has used this as an opportunity to grab land, to bomb parts of Syria. The U. S. is certainly interested in weakening, I mean, Iran's position, the axis of resistance more broadly, all of their enemies in the region. Um, so all of these countries certainly, um, stand to, to gain in various ways.
And we can already see are already gaining, um, in, in various ways. And, and that's kind of a, a brutal reality of, of what's happening. But on the other end, I'll go ahead, please.
ANGIE: Sorry, if I can add really quickly, it's also really, really important to, to recognize that one of the first things [02:03:00] that the HTS, one of their first directives that they employed was that all factions of the Palestinian resistance within Syria completely disarm immediately.
So that resulted in huge numbers of PFLP being, whether displaced from the regions that they're sitting in currently or Seeking new safety. These are visible entities that we're talking about. We've also seen huge populations that were associated with the Syrian Socialist Nationalist Party, the SSNP, in Syria, moving to Lebanon.
So these individual Syrians and individuals that were associated closely with the resistance and with parties that have been allied with and materially aiding the resistance since. either its inception or at least since October 7th, have now been slowly but surely either moving out, displaced from, or pushed out of Syria.
And [02:04:00] that's something that's going to have a huge impact on how our ability to defend the resistance within Syria carries on in the future.
11 Men Freed After 20+ Years of Extreme Deprivation. Will Biden Close Guantánamo for Good - Democracy Now! - Air Date 1-8-25
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: After more than 20 years of being imprisoned without charge or trial at Guantánamo Bay, the Pentagon has transferred 11 Yemeni men to Oman to restart their lives. These men had been approved for transfer for years but remained behind bars because of political or diplomatic obstacles. Before arriving at Guantánamo, four of the men transferred to Oman on Monday had been held at secret overseas CIA prisons known as black sites, where torture was common. In recent weeks, the U.S. has transferred four other Guantánamo prisoners.
This latest push at the end of the Biden administration brings the total number of men detained at Guantánamo down to 15, the fewest since the George W. Bush administration turned Guantánamo into a military prison for mostly Muslim men taken into custody around the world during the so-called war on terror. A total of 780 men have been detained at Guantánamo [02:05:00] since 2002. Rights groups are calling on the Biden administration to resettle Guantánamo’s last 15 prisoners and close the notorious prison once and for all. Six of those remaining have never been charged with a crime. Three have already been cleared for transfer by the Biden administration. The government spends half a billion dollars a year keeping the prison and the court at Guantánamo open for this small number of men.
For more on this story, we’re joined here in New York by two guests. Ramzi Kassem is with us, professor of law at CUNY, City University of New York, represented Guantánamo prisoners Moath al-Alwi and Sanad al-Kazimi, who have just been released and flown to Oman. Pardiss Kebriaei is senior staff attorney with Center for Constitutional Rights. Her last client, Sharqawi Al Hajj, was among the 11 Yemeni prisoners just transferred.
We welcome you both back to Democracy Now! Pardiss, let’s begin with you. The significance of [02:06:00] this move by President Biden?
PARDISS KEBRIAEI: You know, Amy, I’ll start with the men and their families. Twenty-three years, they’ve been in prison, in the most extreme deprivation. It’s prison. Guantánamo is prison, and it’s then some, for 23 years. So, the release of these people and their freedom for the first time after all of this time, the chance to reunify with their families and begin to recover and rebuild, is — you know, it’s hard to overstate the enormity of that for them.
Tell us about Sharqawi.
Sharqawi is 51. He’s been inside since — I think he was captured when he was 28, 29.
Where?
Abroad in Pakistan. You know, it’s been 23 years in Guantánamo. He’s gone through his entire thirties and forties there. He’s lost both of his parents in prison. He is among the men you mentioned who was held in [02:07:00] CIA sites before he was brought to Guantánamo in 2004. He was held in those sites for over two years and experienced —
What was he charged with?
Nothing. Nothing. He wasn’t charged with anything. None of the men — the vast majority, most of the men at Guantánamo have never been charged with anything. There are nine people in the system now who have been
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: charged or convicted.
And explain why Guantánamo exists. Precisely for that reason, right? So you can engage in extrajudicial — explain what extrajudicial laws are, that you can be held for 23 years and never charged.
PARDISS KEBRIAEI: I mean, Guantánamo was set up as the place to — it was an intelligence-gathering operation. The point of it was to establish a place offshore where people could be held outside the bounds of the law, without access to courts, incommunicado, and where they could be interrogated. That was the — it was an intelligence-gathering operation from the beginning. That’s why [02:08:00] the site was chosen. And they were held without charge, without access to lawyers or courts for two years into their detention. The treatment they suffered was largely — was for the purpose of breaking them down. I mean, Guantánamo has such a long history, that we’ve forgotten. It’s been documented in scores. But the things that these people have been through — and Sharqawi, you know, speaks on his behalf — in CIA sites is the worst, the worst of what we do. So, in terms of the significance, you know, it is the end of that acuteness, the acuteness of that, and a chance to, you know, start —
Will they be imprisoned
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: in Oman, or will they be free?
PARDISS KEBRIAEI: They will not. They will not. They have landed as free people. Oman has taken people in before. There are over — there are about 30 people who were taken in, in 2015 to 2017. Oman provided them [02:09:00] support and rehabilitation. It’s been a relatively good resettlement. There are questions about the group that was — the Yemenis who were sent there before were sent back, against their will in some cases, to Yemen, after years of being in Oman. And there is a question about that. And it’s important to say that by deciding to take these men in, Oman has an obligation of protection and support.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Let me ask Ramzi Kassem about the two men that you represented, and that you in the last two years have served as senior policy adviser at the White House and also with your students have represented 15 prisoners at Guantánamo, at Bagram Air Base, other secret or U.S. — disclosed U.S. facilities worldwide. Tell us about the two men.
RAMZI KASSEM: Moath al-Alwi is also a Yemeni national. He’s one of the very first prisoners who arrived at Guantánamo almost. I mean, the prison was opened on January 11th, 2002. He was on the second or the third plane. You could tell by his low internment serial number, [02:10:00] 028. He was never charged with any crime. He was, like the majority of prisoners at Guantánamo, sold for a bounty, $5,000 to $15,000, that the U.S. government was paying to tribes in the Afghanistan-Pakistan border region for so-called Arabs out of place. And, you know, by the government’s own allegations, Mr. al-Alwi never so much as fired a shot at U.S. forces or their allies. Still, he spent 23 years, over half of his life, at Guantánamo. He became an accomplished artist at that time.
Sanad al-Kazimi, like Pardiss’s client, Sanad al-Kazimi survived the CIA black sites. He was disappeared in the United Arab Emirates, survived severe forms of physical and psychological torture at a prison that the prisoners who survived it called “the prison of darkness” or “the dark prison.” The CIA called it the “Salt Pit” or “Cobalt” in the Senate’s report about the torture that happened there. [02:11:00] And he was brought to Guantánamo in 2004. He was also never charged with a crime. He has four kids that he hasn’t seen for the better part of their lives. And, you know, he was looking forward to, as much as possible, try to rebuild and try to reintegrate these roles as a father.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: Tell me about the art that al-Alwi — I mean, he is a real — I mean, the level of artistry here. What was Trump’s response when The New York Times did a profile of him as an artist?
RAMZI KASSEM: Yeah, the Trump administration at the time and the Department of Defense under President Trump at the time declared that — basically, banned Guantánamo art, declared that the prisoners could no longer export their art from the island prison to the outside world, all of that because there was a show displaying the art, not just of Mr. al-Alwi but many of the other prisoners, at John Jay College, which is part of the City University of New York. And so, the Department of Defense [02:12:00] decided to impose a ban on Guantánamo art, declaring that the art was literally the property of the U.S. government. We had officials threaten some of our clients that their art would be seized and destroyed. Now, thankfully, you know, our understanding is that Mr. al-Alwi was able to take much of his art with him to Oman, and he looks forward to continuing with that skill set to express himself.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: We just have about a minute. What does Biden need to do? He has what? Just over a week left.
RAMZI KASSEM: Guantánamo has always been a question of political will. Biden actually has an opportunity to do more than he has already done. Perhaps the single most remarkable thing about the transfer of the 11 prisoners this week is that there has been complete silence from the Republican camp. And that’s because Guantánamo is no longer as politically valuable as it once was. The Republicans — and this may be the depressing way of looking at it — the Republicans have so thoroughly [02:13:00] won on every front, including with the last election, that they no longer need to beat up the Democrats over Guantánamo. And in that lies an opportunity for President Biden.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: And even with DOGE, the Department of Government Efficiency, the half a billion dollars spent on a prison — for what? It’s now 15 men, Pardiss? Your final comment?
PARDISS KEBRIAEI: And concretely, there are six of the 15 men have never been charged, will never be charged. Three of those men have been cleared for transfer and are awaiting transfer. Those men should be transferred, at a minimum, and that includes a CCR client who remains, Guled Duran Hassan from Somalia. At a minimum, the DOJ, this DOJ, should drop its opposition to their habeas cases, to habeas cases to anyone who will remain.
And are you calling for the
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: prison to be closed?
PARDISS KEBRIAEI: We are calling for the end of the system of indefinite detention to close. And they are very, very close to doing that. That can be done.
Iraqis Tortured at Abu Ghraib Win $42 Million Judgment Against U.S. Military Contractor CACI - Democracy Now! - Air Date 11-14-24
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: A federal jury in Virginia has ordered the U.S. military contractor CACI to pay $42 million to three Iraqi men who were tortured at the [02:14:00] notorious Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq. The landmark verdict came after 16 years of litigation, the first time a civilian contractor has been found legally responsible for the gruesome abuses at Abu Ghraib, which included murder, sexual assault, rape, the use of attack dogs, sleep deprivation, prolonged isolation, dietary manipulation, induced hypothermia, mock executions and the humiliation of prisoners.
We’re joined right now by Baher Azmy, legal director for the Center for Constitutional Rights, which represented the Abu Ghraib plaintiffs.
In these last few minutes we have, Baher, talk about what actually this lawsuit has been about and who wins this multimillion-dollar settlement.
BAHER AZMY: Yeah, this lawsuit has been about justice and accountability for three Iraqi men — our clients, Salah, Suhail and Asa’ad — who exhibited, I think, just awe-inspiring courage and resilience to fight for 16 [02:15:00] years and get over every innumerable hurdle CACI threw in its way to deflect responsibility, to have their voice heard by a jury. And as you said, it’s also the first time a jury has ever had really the opportunity to review and judge U.S. practices, in this case by a private military contractor, in the 20 years since 9/11 and despite the horrific number of abuses inflicted on many, many dozens of other torture victims.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: I mean, Blackwater is a military contractor, very well known. Explain what CACI, or now known as CACI, did.
BAHER AZMY: Yeah, so —
And when was it?
In 2003, CACI was hired by the United States government under a lucrative contractor to provide, quote, “expert interrogators” in Abu Ghraib. And they sent [02:16:00] a number of highly unqualified individuals. The two qualified people who were there actually were whistleblowers and told CACI that they were seeing abuses there and needed to leave.
And then, as it turned out, in the kind of command vacuum that persisted in Abu Ghraib, it was the CACI interrogators who took control and ordered military police, including military police who were court-martialed and spent time in prison for the very abuses CACI ordered them to undertake to, quote, “soften up” detainees, set the conditions, particularly in the night shift. And all our clients suffered the kinds of abuses you regrettably showed on the screen.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: So, the photos of Abu Ghraib that shocked the world, naked prisoners with bags over their heads, piled on top of each other in a human pyramid as an American soldier, Sabrina Harman, grins behind them. Her colleague Charles Graner can be seen smiling, giving a [02:17:00] thumbs-up. Interestingly, Sabrina Harman testified on behalf of the plaintiffs and broke down on the stand.
BAHER AZMY: Yeah, it was really remarkable and transformative testimony, because she’s one of the co-conspirators who was taking direction from military intelligence, including CACI, to harm detainees. And she’s somebody who expressed — like a lot of the MPs, just was broken by this experience. And what came out in the trial is military generals who investigated Abu Ghraib and documented sadistic, wanton systemic abuses were outraged. The military police who were part of the CACI scheme were broken. And the only person who has never taken responsibility is CACI, until now.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: I want to go to end with one of the plaintiffs, Salah Al-Ejaili, [02:18:00] who was on Democracy Now! a decade ago. He talked about his time in solitary confinement at Abu Ghraib.
CLIP: [translated]
TRANSLATION: These interrogations that happened every two or three days would last for an hour, an hour and a half or two hours, in this manner. The details of the interrogations were different. In some cases, they would bring dogs, then start the interrogation. In other cases, they’d put you in a place and throw cold water or hot tea on you, then start the interrogation. But, of course, all the interrogations were conducted while you were kept naked and hooded, and they’d ask you questions to which you answer. I stayed for 40 days in a solitary cell, and 70% of that time I was kept naked.
AMY GOODMAN - HOST, DEMOCRACY NOW!: That’s Abu Ghraib prisoner Salah Al-Ejaili. He now lives in Sweden.
BAHER AZMY: He now lives in Sweden, yeah. And just to clarify, the jury awarded each of the plaintiffs $3 million in compensatory [02:19:00] damages and $33 million in punitive damages, because they saw right through CACI’s deflection and finally held them responsible for the egregious and reckless conduct the jury found they engaged in. So, it is a small victory in the context of [inaudible] human rights efforts in the global war on terrorism that so many people have been involved in —
Five seconds.
— over the 20 years. But it’s still significant.
Katherine Gallagher on Abu Ghraib Verdict Part 2 - CounterSpin - Air Date 11-29-24
JJ: I sort of resent the fact, though I understand it, that it’s being reported solely as a lawsuit, and not a human rights crisis. And the coverage as a lawsuit means, first of all, we see a note of monetary outcomes: These folks are getting millions!
And then, also, I see the Washington Post quoting CACI, saying CACI employees say, “None of them laid a hand on detainees.” [02:20:00] Well, “laid a hand on,” like, I don’t know, that sounds like language you got from somewhere else.
But, also, plaintiffs are described as “saying” they were restrained, “claiming” they were tortured. There’s always this degree of difference. And I wonder, I wish, in some ways, we could move it outside of just the lawsuit framework, and talk about the human rights crisis that Abu Ghraib actually presents and presented for the United States.
KATHERINE GALLAGHER: “The jury found not that our clients ‘claimed’ that they were tortured, but that our clients were subjected to torture.”
KATHERINE GALLAGHER: I appreciate that comment and that perspective. And just a few reactions to the language that you cited: What’s important here is, our clients testified in court, under oath, and there were findings made by a jury, factual findings against clear law. And Judge Brinkema gave the jury their legal instructions against which to apply [02:21:00] facts.
So the jury found not that our clients “claimed” that they were tortured, but that our clients were subjected to torture, or cruel and inhuman and degrading treatment. The jury found them credible, as did General Taguba when he investigated Abu Ghraib back in 2004.
And, in fact, one of our clients in this case was someone who provided an account of abuse already, back in late 2003. And at that time, General Taguba also found the report by him and other Iraqi detainees credible.
So these are not mere allegations at this point. We have a jury verdict, and the jury awarded each plaintiff $3 million in compensatory damages, and $11 million each in punitive damages against CACI.
And that punitive damages award is saying that it [02:22:00] wasn’t a few rogue employees, but it was a corporation that had responsibilities that it didn’t fulfill. The fact that that punitive damages award was meeting the amount that CACI was paid through their contract at Abu Ghraib, I really think sends a very clear message.
JJ: Finally, and perhaps you’ve answered it, but what are your hopes for the impact of this verdict, and what would you maybe say to other attorneys, frankly, who are working on years-old cases that might never lead to such an outcome?
KATHERINE GALLAGHER: First, on the outcome, we certainly had a big victory, and it was a real validation of our clients, of what was done to them, and of their quest for justice. So that, again, I am very grateful for.
We will be facing an appeal; CACI has made that clear. [02:23:00] So the litigation is not yet over, and our clients have not been given the monetary compensation. But, indeed, there already has been a real recognition for them by the jury, which mattered a lot, I have to say. It mattered a great deal to them, to know that they were heard and that they were believed.
In terms of the bigger picture of what this means, I do think that these cases are important. They may be difficult and, frankly, they also may be lost, but raising the challenges, and bringing the facts to the forefront, and putting harm with proper labels, so that those pictures Abu Ghraib are understood as torture, which means causing severe physical or mental harm, intentionally. And that is what happened to our plaintiffs.
CACI was part of a [02:24:00] conspiracy to do that to our plaintiffs. And, indeed, they may not have been the ones to literally shackle our plaintiffs, but they gave instructions and encouragement to have our plaintiffs so mistreated and so harmed.
And I think that that message of challenging injustice, and for our clients to try and regain some of their agency, some of their dignity, it’s important. And I’m gratified that in this case it ended in a victory, but I still think it’s worth bringing cases, even if that’s not the outcome.
SECTION D: NOW WHAT?
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: And finally, Section D- Now What?
Ceasefire in Gaza w Akbar Shahid Ahmed Part 3 - Long Reads - Air Date 1-25-25
DANIEL FINN - HOST, LONG READS: So we're now in a position where Trump has taken office as president and rolled out his team and his policy agenda for both domestic and foreign policy at the time that we're speaking.
Understandably, there's a great deal of focus and a great deal of concern about [02:25:00] the executive orders that he's issuing in relation to U. S. domestic policy from immigration and other issues of that kind. But what have we learned so far that can clarify what we might have understood at the time of the presidential election?
about what the administration is going to do, its appointments, its policy declarations, what should we expect in relation to Gaza, in relation to Israel, and the wider Middle East. And is there a greater likelihood or prospect of war with Iran, which of course has been a matter of great speculation over the last year, or perhaps further steps towards confrontation that would fall short of outright war?
AKBAR SHAHID AHMED: I think what we've already seen by this first week of the Trump administration is that the battle lines among Trump's team are quite clear, right? So Steve Whitkoff, who [02:26:00] has been his mediator and kind of Middle East special envoy working on this Israel Hamas deal, is already engaged in talking about phase two of the deal and, and trying to craft that using his long standing relationships with Qatar in particular.
But He's already being attacked for it and he's already being seen by some hardline Israel supporters as a stooge of Qatar, by extension, a stooge of Hamas. These narratives are out there and often come from hawkish voices and from, you know, folks who just don't see a value in negotiation and see the world more in a zero sum, we must crush our enemies kind of view.
So that's already coming and The nicer face of that, right, the more finessed face of that is Marco Rubio, Secretary of State, and Mike Huckabee, to an extent, the U. S. Ambassador to Israel. These are figures who, while they're not overwhelmingly, you know, they're not going to be [02:27:00] spreading conspiracy theories, although in the Trump administration there's actually a high likelihood of that always, they're not going to be engaging in mud fights, but they do have very clear, hardline, hawkish Pro Israel views, hardline views on how to deal with Palestinians, and deep skepticism of any degree of autonomy.
Or Palestinian rights, and I think that that's going to be a kind of internal push pull. I think, to the extent to which Rubio keeps his job, which is very much in question in Washington foreign policy circles, he will be a player in this. I think Netanyahu will certainly be trying to push Trump in a more bellicose direction.
And that does extend to Iran. So Iran
CLIP: today, let
AKBAR SHAHID AHMED: me
DANIEL FINN - HOST, LONG READS: During his confirmation hearing, Marco Rubio argued that Iran had been greatly weakened over the past year.
CLIP: Iran and that regime is at its weakest point in recent memory, maybe ever. Their air defenses have been badly damaged. [02:28:00] Their Shia crescent that they were trying to create has been badly damaged.
In Lebanon, in Syria, where they've been basically forced and driven out. Their economy is in shambles. They now are on some days having 6, 8, 12, 9 hour blackouts. They are on the verge of potentially of not having done so already, having to pull back on the energy subsidies that they provide people in that country that are incredibly popular and it would be unpopular to reverse.
So they're in a lot of trouble. What cannot be allowed under any circumstances is a nuclear armed Iran. What cannot be allowed under any circumstances is an Iran and an Iranian regime that has the resources and the capability to restart and continue their sponsorship of terrorism. And what cannot be allowed under any circumstances is an Iran with a military capability of threatening and destabilizing its neighbors and potentially reaching the homeland as well, both kinetically and directly, and also through their surrogate groups who have long planned contingencies for attacks.
I think depending
AKBAR SHAHID AHMED: on how, how the [02:29:00] question mark over the Gaza ceasefire goes, that'll tell us a lot about the direction of Trump's Iran policy. You've heard from the Iranian side a willingness to get back to negotiations with the U. S. to an extent, and that's also being framed. In a kind of standard show of bluster, but rooted to a degree, as by the Iranians, as well, we've expanded our nuclear development and our enrichment and our missile capability to an extent it wasn't in the previous Trump administration.
And that's indisputable, right? As Trump turns around and says, wow, Iran is such a big risk, they're closer to a bomb, they're closer to a bomb because Donald Trump. remove the limits on their nuclear capacity. So that's, he's dealing with a self made dilemma. I've been, you know, in the room with the Iranian president when he's come to New York, talking about wanting to cut a deal with the Americans.
The prospect of president Trump was very much already there. I think the desire [02:30:00] is sincere, but what's so often the problem with Trump is, is there an actual system in place to not just craft a deal. But get that deal through Congress where skepticism of Iran, of many forces, frankly, in the Muslim majority world is very, very deep, right?
And it's going to run through the Republican party. It's going to run through some very hardline pro Israel Democrats. It was hard for president Obama to get his deal with Iran through. If Trump does pursue some kind of agreement, I think that'll become a big fight with Congress. And then to your point that there's a real risk that instead we stumble into a war.
I think President Trump wants to pitch himself as being anti war. That was part of even his inauguration speech. He talked about being defined by the wars that the U. S. will not go into. But war is not always a matter of. of strategy, planning, [02:31:00] rational decision making, it can really just be the wrong set of people at the wrong time.
And what we know is that tensions are so inflamed in the region, wariness of the U. S. is so strong and the desire, frankly, among even U. S. aligned regimes in the region, whether it's the Saudis, whether it's the Gulf States, the desire to be mediators or to, to kind of help finesse and calm things down.
It's a little in the beans. I think everyone's kind of holding their breath. So, so the risk of an unintentional conflagration. Expanding from, from any kind of escalation, right? It could be related to the Houthis in Yemen. It could be related to militias in Iraq. Something I think people forget, uh, but we saw, unfortunately, during the Gaza War, um, is the number of U.
S. troops that are posted all over the Middle East, right? And in places where they are vulnerable. You saw three U. S. troops killed. Almost a year ago now, when a pro Iran militia [02:32:00] did target them. Any of those situations could lead to a really violent reaction from President Trump that could upend any hope of a diplomatic pursuit.
And of course, there are many voices who are saying, look, Israel, I was able to go into Lebanon, I didn't get demolished or decimated. In fact, Israel has actually had its first exchange of missiles with Iran in 2024. Maybe the Israelis can go further and the risk is not as high. And the people who kind of have set that expectation and created that impression are the Biden administration.
who were simultaneously saying they don't want to see a regional war. So as we look at the chances of a regional war, that's also higher because of the choices the U. S. has been making even prior to Trump.
Trump's Middle East Plans w Mouin Rabbani Part 3 - Behind the News - Air Date 1-23-25
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: Finally, um, you alluded to this earlier, but let's talk a bit more about it. Um, Gaza is Iraq. It's not possible to imagine any civilization being reestablished there. So what's ahead?
What are we going to do? Like 2 million people who are essentially homeless.
MOUIN RABBANI: Yes. 2 million people who are essentially [02:33:00] homeless. Israel's initial intention, one, by the way, that was, um, endorsed and embraced by the Biden administration and specifically by the former Secretary of State, uh, Blinken, the initial proposal was to transfer, in other words, to forcibly deport the Palestinian population of the Gaza Strip to the Sinai Peninsula, open the border, push them all out, close the gate, problem solved.
Lincoln, in fact, went to the region and met with officials in the Gulf States and in Egypt and proposed this plan. And much to his surprise, Washington's closest Arab allies categorically, uh, rejected it. It has been suggested that the Egyptian strongman, Abdel Fattah el Sisi, was in principle prepared to consider that.
But was met with very strong pushback from other power centers in the Egyptian security establishment. But [02:34:00] my sense is that at least for the foreseeable future, that objective or that plan is no longer on the agenda. It's no longer considered feasible. And I suspect what Israel wants to do now is to create.
Conditions within the Gaza Strip where if you don't have kind of an organized mass departure of Palestinians from the Gaza Strip, you will have a situation similar to what you've had, for example, in Syria or in North Africa, where people We'll get into boats or fishing trawlers or rubber dinghies, try to make it to the nearest island or landmass and either make it or drown in the Mediterranean like so many thousands before them.
Having said that, while I generally agree with your statement about the Gaza Strip, certainly in its current form, not being a viable place for human civilization, we do have somewhat of a historical analogy here. And that's the late [02:35:00] 1940s. What I'm pointing to specifically is that the Gaza Strip did not exist before 1948.
You had Gaza city, certainly one of the oldest cities in the world. And during the British mandate of Palestine, you had the district of Gaza, which was very much larger than the current Gaza Strip, but the Gaza Strip itself is a product of the Palestine war of the late 1940s. and particularly of the Nakba, the mass dispossession and expulsion of Palestinians from territory that became the state of Israel.
And overnight, the population of what became the Gaza Strip more than tripled from 80, 000 to, I believe it was 240 or 250, 000. These were all destitute, penniless, uprooted people who often entered the Gaza Strip on foot with only the clothes on their backs or on, on donkey carts. And there are actually very detailed reports at the time from, for example, the Quakers, an [02:36:00] organization that was quite active in the Gaza Strip during the late 1940s and subsequently from, uh, UN, uh, agencies that were there.
So, you had, yes, Gaza's infrastructure was certainly more prepared than it is today, but it was similarly in no way able to absorb three times, uh, the existing population. Yet, as I always say, one should never underestimate the resourcefulness and the persistence of the Palestinians of the Gaza Strip. And we're talking about people here who were under blockade and siege for 17 years, for a prolonged period, were not even able to get fuel into the Gaza Strip to run their vehicles, and found a way to use cooking oil to make their cars run and have Taxi transportation and all the rest of it.
Yes, the challenges are going to be enormous. We don't yet know to what extent they [02:37:00] will be supported either by Arab states or the international community or whether, you know, once, uh, the guns fall silent, um, if people will just, uh, move on to the next crisis, but this is an extraordinarily uh, resourceful people that has managed to build a viable society out of nothing, um, once before, and may well succeed in doing so again, particularly if the underlying political crisis that is now in its eighth decade, and that ultimately explains a crisis that erupted on October 7th of 2023, is also addressed.
DOUG HENWOOD - HOST, BEHIND THE NEWS: That's a big qualification.
MOUIN RABBANI: Yes, I readily,
The Ceasefire in Gaza w Mohammad Alsaafin Part 5 - American Prestige - Air Date 1-19-25
DEREK DAVISON - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: Uh, but this, the last 15 months have revealed something, I think, very, Ugly about the Western led international order that is not going to be a you're not going to be able to put that toothpaste to use a trite phrase [02:38:00] back in the tube. What are your thoughts on where we go from here in terms of international law and the structures, the rules of the rules based order that supposedly exists?
What what's what's in store for that?
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: Yeah, I. It's, it's ironic that all these structures were built extensively, uh, and, and designed after World War II to stop something, something like this, specifically something like this from happening. And their credibility has been destroyed at the altar of ensuring Israel continues, gets to continue doing the job there.
Um, it is, it is. It's going to be interesting to see what elements of international law and these international systems, um, actually call back some of their credibility. So accountability, I think, will be key. [02:39:00] Um, the international criminal court has arrest warrants out for you. I'd go on Benjamin Netanyahu.
Um, obviously the United States is furiously working and make sure that the court is undermined or sanctioned if it carries out those arrest warrant. Um, it will be interesting to see how many European countries, um, decide that their relationship with the United States and Israel, uh, supersedes, um, their, uh, you know, their belief in international law or any of these systems.
It's something that I have been thinking about. I'm not an expert. And this stuff, but I think it's very clear. You know, when you look at the United Nations Security Council, any credibility had, um, died every time, um, you know, Robert Wood or, uh, Linda Thomas Greenfield raised their hands, defied the entire world and said that the, no, there's no cease firing.
Gaza continue with the bloodshed. Um, I [02:40:00] think, Danny, you might have written more about this. I would be actually really curious to hear your thoughts.
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: I think that the, um, uh, it was never great for the global South when you just look at the history, uh, particularly in Asia, uh, the Asian landmass, Paul Chamberlain in his, I think it's called, um, the Cold War's Killing Fields just shows 70 percent of people who died in Cold War conflicts died in Asia.
And some, I think, Believe that's the exact statistic, but people could look it up for themselves. So it was always pretty bad. I think what, what makes this unique is that Israel is in the global imaginary, more connected to Europe than anywhere else. So it's like the periphery of Europe doing it. And I think like Israel is very much a global northern nation.
Um, and so it really, in that sense. in the, in the core, it's on the periphery of the core, but it's still in the core that something like this is able to go, uh, to occur, [02:41:00] um, I think reveals the hypocrisy at the heart of the system. You know, that it's still founded on the type of colonial violence that defined the 1500s to the, the basically the Holocaust, um, when you're talking about the global North.
And so I think that's why it feels so strange because in some sense, if you know history, you know, it rests on this type of violence, but it hasn't been as present for people who are alive today because most of us weren't alive during World War II. So I think like it really exposes the hypocrisy of the order itself.
And what's different about previous moments when that hypocrisy has been exposed in the Western imagination, mostly during Vietnam, that was the big moment a little bit after in Central America, but not as much. Is that there's actually other gigantic powers, particularly China, that really does reshape things.
There's not a, um, for the mo the 20th century, there was no power challenging that order. So [02:42:00] it'd be very interesting, I think, to see what China does going forward. Uh, I think China has taken a step back to this for a variety of reasons. I think it basically doesn't seek global hegemony. It seeks a regional hegemony.
Uh, but I'm curious to how they're going to use the, uh. exposure of the order's hypocrisy to their end. And that's obviously tangentially related to Gaza and the ceasefire, but I think this could have larger repercussions for international relations more broadly. Um, so I think that's going to be a big shakeout going forward to see what happens.
Or it could be that people just say, we always knew it was bullshit. We didn't care. And honestly, the United States gives us trade agreements and enriches our local elite. So fuck China, which could also happen as well. So we'll just have to see and wait. What's going on.
MOHAMMAD ALSAAFIN: Where do you think, do you think that, um, the U S a soft power has taken a hit?
DANIEL BESSNER - CO-HOST, AMERICAN PRESTIGE: So the way I describe it is that the American century in its initial form had three pillars, culture, politics, and [02:43:00] economy. The culture part has gone away and has gone away over the course of the global war on terror. I don't think that people, people still want to come here because it's better to be in the empire than not.
That's what the right wing always points to. Immigrants want to come here. Yeah, fucking obviously. You want to be the people putting the boot on the neck. You don't want to be the neck. Um, but I don't think that there is this sort of global notion of the United States being a font of democracy, which there really was between the Um, but the, it turns out that you don't actually, the culture is not shock among shocks.
The least important part of that hegemonic project of this American, that I call the American century. It turns out the economy and security are really the Marx and Engels were right, right? Marx wrote about the economy, Engels wrote about the military. Those are still the core forms of power on earth because we haven't yet achieved communism.
That's coming soon. Um, so, uh, we also are in a moment where the sort of the hegemony and the Gramscian sense no longer exists for American empire, but [02:44:00] the pure material power continues to exist. And so that is going to be this issue going forward. Um, I, I mean, I predict that the United States will basically remain in predominance in every region except East Asia.
I think that in the next 10 to 25 years East. The Chinese are going to force the United States out of regional hegemony or region even regional parody, which it arguably has now, but it's going to remain pretty dominant in doing a form of imperial management in Latin America, especially in the Middle East, especially less so Africa.
The U S has always been less concerned with Africa. Uh, and Western Europe will become sort of like the, as it is the little kid decaying brother of the United States. Another large story that we don't really talk about is sort of the decline of Europe in the last 10 years, in a way that very different.
From the two thousands. Um, and I think what, what makes Israel Palestine so resonant as opposed to the particular historical reasons it's resonance. Is it, it it's sort of a fulcrum of the entire world system in a sense. It's where the liminality is [02:45:00] exposed in its most stark form. Um, and I think it, it is, it is going to be key to what comes next.
Credits
JAY TOMLINSON - HOST, BEST OF THE LEFT: That's going to be it for today. As always, keep the comments coming in. I would love to hear your thoughts or questions about today's topic or our upcoming topics. We're going to be looking at the big picture perspective on the changing landscape of international politics under a second Trump administration, as well as the shifting landscape of the media as corporations attempt to position themselves to avoid attacks from Trump. You can leave a voicemail or send us a text at 202-999-3991. You can now reach us on the privacy-focused messaging app, Signal, at the username BestoftheLeft.01. There's a link in the show notes for that. Or simply email me to [email protected].
The additional sections of the show included clips from American Prestige, The Socialist Program, The ReidOut, Long Reads, Democracy Now!, Revolutionary Left Radio, CounterSpin, and Behind the News. Further [02:46:00] details are in the show notes.
Thanks to everyone for listening. Thanks to Deon Clark and Erin Clayton for their research work for the show and participation in our bonus episodes. Thanks to our transcriptionist quartet, Ken, Brian, Ben and Lara for their volunteer work helping put our transcripts together. Thanks to Amanda Hoffman for all of her work behind the scenes and her bonus show co-hosting. And thanks to those who already support the show by becoming a member or purchasing gift memberships. You can join them by signing up today at BestOfTheLeft.Com/Support, through our Patreon page, or from right inside the Apple Podcasts app. Membership is how you get instant access to our incredibly good and often funny weekly bonus episodes, in addition to there being no ads, and chapter markers in all of our regular episodes, all through your regular podcast player. You'll find that link in the show notes, along with a link to join our Discord community, where you can also continue the discussion. And don't forget to follow us on any new social media platforms you might be joining these days.
So coming to you from far outside the conventional wisdom of Washington, DC, my name is Jay! and this has been the Best of the Left podcast coming to you [02:47:00] twice weekly, thanks entirely to the members and donors to the show from BestOfTheLeft.Com.


